LIBRARY 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 University of California. 
 
 GIFT OF 
 
 GEORGE MOREY RICHARDSON. . 
 
 Received, ^August, i8g8. 
 zAcc&ssion No. /; £ .»3 /^S" Class No. .^ ..sS .../.^ 
 
 

AN 
 
 ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY 
 
 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS, 
 
 GBOUPS OF WORDS ETYMOLOGICALLY RELATED. 
 
 JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, Ph.D. (Harv.), 
 
 Professor of Greek, 
 
 AND 
 
 MORRIS H. MORGAN, Ph.D. (Harv.), 
 
 Assistant Professor of Greek and Latin, 
 IN Harvard Univerbkcy. 
 
 f university] 
 
 Kal 07} KaPy'o^ve^i rwy ompCarwu ou 
 
 fffJLLKpbv Tvyx^vei ov fiddrj/Ma. Plat. Crat. 384 b. 
 
 BOSTON, U.S.A.: 
 PUBLISHED BY GINN & COMPANY. 
 
 18 92. 
 
Copyright, 1891, 
 !t JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE and MORRIS H. MORGAN. 
 
 All Rights Reserved. 
 
 Typography by J. S. Gushing & Co., Boston, U.S.A. 
 Presswork by Ginn & Co., Boston, U.S.A. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 
 This Dictionary has not been compiled from other vocabularies 
 and lexicons, but has been made from the Anabasis itself, on the 
 basis of an independent collection and examination of all the 
 places where each word occurs. The editors have aimed to give 
 all words found in the principal editions of the Anabasis now in 
 use, including Dindorf's fourth edition and Hug's recension of 
 the Teubner text, as well as the editions of Kriiger, Vollbrecht, 
 Rehdantz and Cobet, and Goodwin and White's edition of the first 
 four books. 
 
 In the definitions, they have intended to give all the meanings 
 that each word has in the Anabasis, beginning, when possible, with 
 the etymological meaning, and passing through the sirnpler varia- 
 tions to the more remote. Each meaning or group of meanings is 
 supported by at least one citation. The number of citations given, 
 except in the case of conjunctions, particles, pronouns, and prepo- 
 sitions, is determined by the importance of the word as shown by 
 the frequency of its occurrence in the Anabasis. When a word 
 is of common occurrence in all the books (as "EXXrjv and epxo- 
 (lai), this is indicated by a row of one or more citations from 
 each book. But a few words, like KaTa/catVco, though not common, 
 are cited at length because their treatment in lexicons has been 
 defective. Under each word the first passage in which it occurs is 
 always cited. When but one citation is made for a word, that 
 word is found only once in the Anabasis. 
 
 In treating of the derivation of words, special attention has been 
 given to their connexion with one another and with related words 
 in Latin and English. Because of the importance of this subject, 
 etymological explanations have for the most part been removed 
 from the body of the Dictionary, and added at the end in the form 
 
of one hundred and twenty-four groups of related Greek, Latin, 
 and English words. These groups include the greater number 
 of the words in the Anabasis, presented in the natural order of 
 their development from a common element. The groups are not 
 complete for the entire language, since they contain in the main 
 only words found in the Anabasis and selected Latin and English 
 words. For a fuller treatment, Vanicek's GriecJnsch-Latehiisches 
 Etymologisches Worterbuch may be consulted, as well as the books 
 named on page 247. These groups should be specially and sepa- 
 rately studied. Too little attention is given to the manner in 
 which pupils acquire their Greek vocabulary. The result is often 
 a confused half-knowledge of the meaning of words. The acquisi- 
 tion of a vocabulary becomes both easy and interesting, if the 
 method is used which recognizes the great advantage of grouping 
 words that are related. 
 
 At the end of many articles are placed phrases or idioms of 
 special difficulty or interest in which the given word appears. Li 
 selecting English equivalents for these phrases, as for the words 
 themselves, the editors have been governed by a desire to keep 
 the Greek ideas alive, and to avoid that strange dialect which 
 seems to have been devised by the Adversary for the express 
 use of schools, and which has done much to make Greek (and 
 Latin also) a dead language indeed. Further, at the suggestion of 
 a well-known teacher, Latin equivalents have been given for many 
 Greek words and phrases, in the hope of encouraging the compara- 
 tive 'study of the two languages in schools. Latin words, unlesw 
 included within squar-e brackets, are of course not necessarily ety- 
 mological equivalents. 
 
 Simple constructions that follow a given verb, such as the 
 'dii'ect' or 'indirect object,' are not indicated unless some other 
 construction also is found in the Anabasis w-ith this verb. When 
 more than one construction is found, at least one citation is given 
 for each. It may be thought that some articles are swelled beyond 
 their due limits by the statement of constructions at length, but 
 the editors have preferred to risk this criticism rather than to be 
 too brief. They believe, too, that the fulness with which such 
 words are treated will be found of real assistance by many teach- 
 ers, especially by those who teach Greek composition by means of 
 exercises based on the Anabasis. 
 
Among the ' principal parts ' of verbs, only those tenses have 
 been admitted of which forms are actually found in Attic prose or 
 poetry before Aristotle. To ascertain the facts has been a task of 
 no little difficulty, since, except for the ' irregular verbs,' the present 
 attempt has not before been made in a Greek dictionary. Yeitch's 
 well-known work has been of great assistance, and so have various 
 indexes to the most important authors. But there must still be 
 many Attic forms not yet catalogued. No tense, however, is here 
 given which is not represented by a form in some Attic author. 
 
 Under geographical words, the modern name, when it differs 
 from the ancient, is generally added in parenthesis (see e.g/'AXvi). 
 As many of these names are Turkish, the following vocabulary 
 may be of service. It is taken from Dr. Sterrett's preface to his 
 Ejngraphical Journey in Asia Minor, in Vol. II. of the Papers of 
 the American School of Classical Studies at Athens. 
 
 Ak, white. Kieni, village. 
 
 Boy ilk, large. Kilisse, church. 
 
 Dagh, mountain. Kizil, red. 
 
 Hissar, castle. 8ii, water, large river. 
 
 Irmak, large river. Tchai, small river. 
 Kara, black. 
 
 The Greek vowels a, i, and v, when long, and all long vowels in 
 Latin words, are marked with the usual sign wherever they occur 
 in the Dictionary. The same mark is placed on the penult of 
 English transliterations of Greek and Latin proper substantives 
 and adjectives in all cases where the pupil is in danger of giving 
 the English word the wrong accent. 
 
 The editors hope that the illustrations and the articles on man- 
 ners and customs, on military organization and equipment, and on 
 other topics relating to the objective side of old Greek life, may 
 help to arouse the pupil's interest as he reads Xenophon's graphic 
 account of the achievements of the Ten Thousand. As works of 
 art, some of the illustrations leave much to be desired, but they 
 may nevertheless serve to make Xenophon's narrative seem more 
 real to the youthful reader. The sources of the illustrations are 
 stated on page 243 ff. 
 
 The publication of this book discharges an obligation which 
 Mr. White rashly assumed many years ago. He would not be able 
 
VI 
 
 to meet it now if his colleague, INIr. IVIorgan, had not come to his 
 aid. Mr. White begs to acknowledge his obligations for assist- 
 ance when the book was in the early stages of making, to Gardiner 
 M. Lane, Esq., of Cambridge, to Dr. F. B. Goddard, of Columbia 
 College, and to Professor F. L. Van Cleef, of the University of 
 Wisconsin. Both editors would acknowledge their more recent 
 indebtedness for valuable help to Mr. Charles B. Gulick and to 
 Miss Lucy A. Paton. 
 
 Cambkidge, Dec. 1, 1891. 
 
DIRECTIONS AND EXPLANATIONS. 
 
 When a verb is 'regular' and all the six 'principal parts' are 
 found in Attic Greek, only the present and future tenses are given, 
 followed by etc. The parts of ' irregular verbs ' are given in full, so 
 far as they occur in the authors, as well as all the existing parts of 
 those 'regular' verbs of which some parts are not found in Attic. 
 The theme is inserted among the 'principal parts,' just after the 
 present tense, unless the verb is of the First or Variable-vowel 
 class. A hyphen prefixed to a tense signifies that the tense occurs 
 only in compounds. The parts of a compound verb are not given 
 if the simple verb occui-s in its proper place in this Dictionary. 
 
 The form of the genitive is given for substantives of the A- 
 declension, the gender is indicated in the 0-declension, and both 
 genitive and gender are given in the Consonant-declension. 
 
 The derivation of the word is indicated in square brackets just 
 before the definition. When the root or word given in these 
 brackets is in heavy-face letter, refer to the Groups of Related 
 Words alphabetically arranged (p. 247 if.). If a word is given in 
 light-face type in these brackets, without further statement, refer 
 to that word in its proper alphabetical place in the body of the 
 Dictionary. If no square brackets occur, the derivation of the 
 word is unknown or its etymological connexion is doubtful. Eng- 
 lish cognate words are printed in small capitals, English borrowed 
 words in heavy-face letter. (See p. 247.) 
 
 For information in regard to the illustrations, see p. 243 ff. 
 
 The following Abbreviations are used : — 
 
 abs. — absolute, absolutely. adv. = adverb, adverbial, adverbi- 
 
 acc. = accusative. ally. 
 
 ace. to = according to. antec. = antecedent. 
 
 act. = active, actively. aor. = aorist. 
 
 adj. - adjective, adjectively. apod. — apodosis. 
 
appos. = apposition, appositive. 
 
 art. = article. 
 
 attrib. = attributive. 
 
 c/. = confer, compare. 
 
 comp. = comparative. 
 
 cond. = condition, conditional. 
 
 conj. = conjunction. 
 
 contr. — contraction, contracted. 
 
 dat. = dative. 
 
 def . = definite. 
 
 dem. = demonstrative. 
 
 dep. = deponent. 
 
 dim. = diminutive. 
 
 dir. = direct. 
 
 disc. = discourse. 
 
 Dor. = Doric. 
 
 edit. =r edition, editor. 
 
 editt. = editions, editors. 
 
 e.(j. = for example. 
 
 end. = enclitic. 
 
 Eng. = English. 
 
 esp. = especial, especially. 
 
 etc. = and so forth. 
 
 f., ff. = follovs^ing (after numerical 
 statements). 
 
 fem. = feminine. 
 
 fin. = sub fine. 
 
 freq. = frequently. 
 
 fut. = future. 
 
 gen. — genitive. 
 
 ibid. = in the same place. 
 
 i.e. = that is. 
 
 impers. = impersonal, imperson- 
 ally. 
 
 impf. = imperfect. 
 
 imv. = imperative. 
 
 indef . = indefinite. 
 
 ind., indie. — indicative. 
 
 indir. = indirect. 
 
 inf. = infinitive. 
 
 interr. = interrogative, interroga- 
 tively. 
 
 iutr. = intransitive, intransitively. 
 Lat. = Latin, 
 masc. = masculine, 
 mid. = middle. 
 
 Ms., Mss. = manuscript, manu- 
 scripts, 
 neg. = negative, 
 neut. = neuter, 
 nom. = nominative, 
 obj. = object, 
 opp. to = opposed to. 
 opt. = optative, 
 p., pp. = page, pages, 
 part. gen. = partitive genitive, 
 partic. = participle, 
 pass. — passive, passively, 
 pers. = person, personal. 
 Pers. = Persian, 
 pf . = perfect, 
 pi. = plural, 
 plpf . = pluperfect, 
 poet. = poetic, 
 pred. = predicate, 
 prep. = preposition, 
 pres. = present, 
 pron. = jironoun. 
 prop. = proper, properly, 
 prot. = protasis. 
 q.v. = which see. 
 refl. = reflexive, reflexively. 
 rel. = relative, relatively. 
 R. = root. 
 sc. = scilicet. 
 sing. = singular. 
 subj. = subject, 
 subjv. = subjunctive, 
 subst. = substantive, substantively, 
 sup. = superlative. 
 s.v. = snb voce. 
 
 trans. = transitive, transitively. 
 voc. = vocative. 
 
DICTIONARY TO THE ANABASIS. 
 
 d-, an inseparable particle, (1) 
 negative, orig. ava-, afterwards dv- 
 (which is its usual form before 
 vowels, whereas d- is used before 
 consonants), gives the word to 
 which it is prefixed a negative 
 meaning, Lat. in-, Eng. un- ; (2) 
 copulative (older form a-, in a.-6p6os, 
 d-Tra^, d-Trds, d-nXoos, q.V.) signifies 
 union, Eng. together ; (3) euphonic 
 or prothetic, a phonetic element 
 occurring especially before two 
 consonants, but also before simple 
 liquids, nasals, and f, merely facili- 
 tates pronunciation. 
 
 a, see 6s. 
 
 aParos, ov [R. Po], not to be 
 trodden. Of mountains or a coun- 
 try, impassable, for men or horses, 
 iii. 4- 49, iv. i. 20, 6. 17 ; of a river, 
 not to be crossed, except by boats, 
 not fordable, v. 6. 9. 
 
 'Appo^eXjA^Sj °^i Abrozelmes, a 
 Thracian, interpreter to Seuthes, 
 vii. 6. 43. 
 
 'AppoKo^ids, a (Dor. gen.), Abro- 
 comas, satrap of Phoenicia and 
 Syria, and commander of one- 
 fourth of the king's army, 300,000 
 men, i. 7. 12. From cowardice or 
 treachery he abandoned the Cili- 
 cian Pass at the approach of Cy- 
 rus, i. 4. 5, though he afterwards 
 burned the boats used for crossing 
 the Euphrates in order to impede 
 his advance, i. 4. 18, cf. i. 3. 20. 
 At Issi his Greek mercenaries, 400 
 in number, deserted to Cyrus, i. 4. 
 3. He did not reach Cunaxa until 
 five days after the battle, i. 7. 12. 
 
 "APvSos, V, Abydns, a city of 
 Troas, mentioned by Homer, but 
 later colonized by the Milesians, 
 on the Asiatic side of the Helles- 
 pont at the point where the strait is 
 narrowest, i. i . 9. It was here that 
 Xerxes built his famous bridge, 
 and from here Leander swam the 
 Hellespont to Hero in Sestus. 
 
 d-yaYtiv, aYd-yT), d-ya-ywv, see 
 dyw. 
 
 dYaOos, -q, 6v, good, in the broad- 
 est sense, as opposed to kukos. 
 Hence, of persons, good (in war), 
 brave, valiant, i. 9. 14, iii. 2. 3, v. 
 8. 25, upright, virtuous, i. 9. 30 ; of 
 things, serviceable, useful, profita- 
 ble, excellent, ii. i. 12, iv. 4. 9, 
 favourable, advantageous, iii. i. 
 38, v. 7. 10, fertile (of land), ii. 4. 
 22, auspicious (of a dream), iii. i. 
 12. As subst., dyadov, to dya06u, 
 good, good thing, benefit, service, 
 resource, advantage, blessing, ii. 5. 
 8, iii. I. 45, vi. i. 20, vii. 7. 52 ; in 
 the plur., good things, blessings, 
 means of living, advantages, loealth, 
 products, iii. i. 20, 22, 2. 11, iv. 
 6. 27, V. 6. 4, vi. 6. 1, vii. 6. 32. 
 Phrases : dyadov ri iroieiv Tiva, do 
 one some service, i. 9. 11, v. 7. 10; 
 dya06v tl ^ovXeveffdai, take good 
 counsel, iii. i. 34 ; dyad6v ti i^Tjyei- 
 a-dai, give good gxddance, iv. 5. 28 ; 
 dyadd irdaxeii', receive benefits, vii. 
 3. 20 ; K'aX6s /cat dyadhs, KaXbs Kciya- 
 0ds, noble and good, possessing the 
 virtues of a noble man, 'gentle- 
 man,' ii. 6. 19, 20; iw' dyaeQ,for 
 one''s good, v. 8. 18. Comp. dfieluuv, 
 
 1 
 
d-yaWw-d'yvwii.oarvvT] 
 
 /SeXrfwi', KpetTTuv, sup. dpiaros, /3A- 
 TiffTos, KpariffTOS, q.v. 
 
 d-ydXXb) (d7aX-), d7aXw, ■^717X0, 
 glorify ; mid., j/Zu?'^ in, <aA:e delight 
 in, either with eTri and the dat., or 
 with tlie simple dat. of the cause, 
 ii. 6. 20. 
 
 aYap-ai, rj-yaffdfjL-rjv, rj-ydff dtjv, ad- 
 mire., i. 1.9. 
 
 ayav, adv. [R. a-y], very, exceed- 
 ingly, vii. 6. 39. 
 
 dYa-n-do), ayairr}ffuj, etc., treat icith 
 affection, love, with ace, i. 9. 29 ; 
 be ivell content, be thankful, with 
 a clause with oVt, v. 5. 13. 
 
 *A7a<rCds, ov, Agasias, a Stym- 
 phalian Arcadian, iv. i. 27, one of 
 the captains in the Greek army, iv. 
 7. 9, and the fast friend of Xeno- 
 phon, vi. 6. 11. He was one of the 
 volunteers through whose brave 
 efforts a mountain fastness of the 
 Taochi was stormed, and a sup- 
 ply of provisions obtained for the 
 army, iv. 7. 11 ; was foremost in 
 storming the stronghold of the 
 Drilae, v. 2. 15 ; advocated Xeno- 
 phon's election as commander-in- 
 chief, vi, 1.30; was one of three 
 envoys to demand money from 
 Heraclea, vi. 2. 7 ; and was deliv- 
 ered to Oleander, governor of By- 
 zantium, for punishment for res- 
 cuing one of his own company 
 whom Dexippus was carrying off, 
 but was set free at the request of 
 an embassy from the army, vi. 6. 
 7 sqq. 
 
 dYaoTTos, 17, (>v [verbal of ayajxaC], 
 admirable, praiseworthy, i. 9. 24. 
 
 d"yY€iov, t6 [dim. of ^770?, t6, 
 vessel'], vessel, wine-jar, vi. 4. 23, 
 vii. 4. 3. 
 
 d"y7€Xid, ds [077^X00], message, 
 announcement, ii. 3. 19. 
 
 dYY^XXw (d77eX-), d77eXw, rjy- 
 7eiXa, T]yye\Ka, TjyyeXp-ai, ■f)yyi\67)v, 
 bring neirs, announce, report, with 
 7rp6s and the ace. of the person and 
 the simple ace. of the thing, i. 7. 
 13, or with the dat. of the person 
 and a partic. clause, ii. 3. 19. 
 
 d^YeXos, 6 [d77AXtj, cf. Eng. an- 
 gel, ev-angelist], messenger, scout, 
 envoy, herald, i. 2. 21, 3. 8, ii. i. 5, 
 3. 3, vii. 6. 12. 
 
 d-ycipw (^dyep-^, rjyeLpa [^ayilpal, 
 collect, in. 2. 13. 
 
 dYcvcios, ov [7€vvs], beardless, 
 ii. 6. 28. 
 
 'Ayiio-iXoos, 6, Agesildus, king 
 of Sparta from b.c. 398 to 361-360. 
 He obtained the throne on the 
 death of his brother Agis, whose 
 son Leotychides was declared ille- 
 gitimate. Although unattractive 
 in person, and lame, he was always 
 famous as patriot, warrior, and 
 general. In command of the ex- 
 pedition against Persia in 396, he 
 was victorious in Asia Minor until 
 394, when he was recalled on the 
 news of the alliance of Athens, 
 Thebes, and other states against 
 Sparta. Xenophon accompanied 
 him on his return, v. 3. 6, and is 
 said to have been with him at his 
 victory at Coronea. He twice saved 
 j the city of Sparta from the attacks 
 of Epaminondas, and died during 
 a campaign in Egypt at the age of 
 80. An encomium on Agesilaus is 
 attributed to Xenophon. 
 
 'AYids, ov, Agias, an Arcadian 
 in the Greek army, one of the five 
 generals entrapped and put to 
 death by Tissaphernes after the 
 battle of Cunaxa, ii. 5. 31 sq. At 
 this time he was about 35 years of 
 age. He was a man free from the 
 charge of cowardice or unfaithful- 
 ness, ii. 6. 30. Cleanor was chosen 
 general in his place, iii. i. 47. 
 
 dYKos, ovs, t6 [R. ttYK], betid. 
 Hence mountain-glen, valley, iv. 
 I. 7. 
 
 eiYKvpa, ds [R. oyk], anchor, iii. 
 5.10. 
 
 dYvoco), dyvo-f)ff(j}, etc. [R. Y"**]) 
 not knoio or recognize, iv. 5. 7, vii. 
 3. 38 ; be in doubt, vi. 5. 12. 
 
 dYvci>|xo(rvvT), ijs [R. Y****]' wctnt 
 of knowledge, ignorance. Hence 
 in plur., misunderstandings, ii. 5. 6. 
 
d7V(d|i(i>v-d.-Y<ov(^o}i.ai, 
 
 ayv<S>[i.av, ov, gen. ovos [R. yvw], 
 without knowledge, senseless, in- 
 considerate, devoid of judrjment, 
 vii. 6. 23, 88. 
 
 aYopd, as [oiYtipw], assembly, 
 meeting, v. 7. 8, place of assembly, 
 Lat. forum, esp. market-place, mar- 
 ket, i. 3. 14, V. I. 6, vii. I. 19, in 
 Greek cities commonly situated in 
 the middle of the city. So on the 
 march the market was set up near 
 the general's tent in the middle of 
 the camp. Hence, market in the 
 sense of provisions for sale, v. 5. 
 19, vi. 2. 8. Phrases : d/x(pl dyopav 
 TT\rjdov<jav, irepi wXrjOovffav dyopdv, 
 about the time of full market, fore- 
 noon, when the market was full of 
 people and ordinary business was 
 going on, i. 8. 1, ii. i. 7 ; dyopkv 
 irapixeiv rivl, dyopav dyetv, furnish 
 a market, offer provisions for sale, 
 ii. 4. 5, iv. 8. 23, v. 7. 33 ; dirb r^s 
 dyopds ^^v, subsist by purchasing 
 provisions (as distinguished from 
 living by plunder), vi. i. 1 ; dyop^ 
 xpv<^0ai, purchase provisions, vii. 
 6. 24. 
 
 d-yopdto) {dyopab-), dyopda-u), etc. 
 [aydpu], frequent the market. 
 Hence, b^ty, purchase, i. 5. 10, v. 7. 
 13, vii. 3. 5 ; mid., bin/ for oneself, 
 i- 3- 14. 
 
 d-yopdv6|j.oSi [d-ytipco + R. v€(x], 
 market-master, ■ market-inspector, 
 commissary, v. 7. 2, 23 sq., 29. 
 
 d-yopcvb), dyop€ij(rot}, etc. [dYtCpto], 
 speak in the assembly, harangue, 
 speak, say, v. 6. 27. 
 
 ayptiw, dypevaw, etc. [R. ay], take 
 in the chase, catch; pass. dypev6- 
 fieva drjpia, beasts of the chase, v. 
 3-8. 
 
 d^pios, a, ov [R. a-yj, living in 
 the fields, wild, i. 2. 7, 5. 2, v. 7. 24. 
 
 dYpos, 6 [R. a7], field, land, rd 
 €K Tov dypov (Jpaia, the products of 
 the land, v. 3. 9 ; the country, as 
 opposed to the town, vi. 2. 8. 
 
 d'Ypvirvtft), dypvirvfiffu) [R. a'Y + 
 fiirvos], lie aivake, be icatchful, vii. 
 6.36. 
 
 oLyw, a^w, riyayov, fixoL, ^yp.ai, 
 VX^V [R- tt'yi) set going, drive, 
 lead. Hence, lead, bring, as per- 
 sons, horses, or beasts of burden, 
 ii. 4. 18, iv. 3. 13, 5. 36, 7. 19, 8. 28, 
 vi. 6. 6 ; lead, as a general does, i. 
 3. 5, 8. 12, V. 7. 1, 27; carry, as 
 freight, arms, mill-stones, or men, 
 i. 5. 5, 7. 20, 9. 27, V. I. 4, 8. 6; 
 direct, guide in a given way, vi. 3. 
 18; apprehend, carry off, vi. 6. 21, 
 24, 28 ; sometimes apparently in- 
 trans., with the object to be sup- 
 plied from the context, lead the 
 way, lead on, march, i. 3. 21, 10.6, 
 ii. 2. 16, vii. 2. 2, and then actually 
 so (of troops), march, go, iv. 8. 9 ; 
 so of a road, lead, go, iii. 5. 15, iv. 
 
 3. 5. Phrases: dye d-q, dyere 5tJ, 
 come now ! well then ! ii. 2. 10, v. 
 
 4. 9, vii. 6. 33 ; oE7«i' eni ydpLtf, take 
 home as one''s wife, ii. 4. 8 ; ipipav 
 Kal dyeiv, Lat. ferre et agere, plun- 
 der, despoil, where (p^peiv strictly 
 refers to the plunder that is car- 
 ried off, dyeiv to men and cattle, 
 ii. 6. 5, V. 5. 13; rjavxidv dyeiv, 
 keep quiet, be at p)eace, iii. i. 14; 
 aytDv, dyovres, the partic. often 
 where we should use with, ii. 4. 25, 
 iv. 4. 16, V. 4. 11 ; eVt ddvarov &ye- 
 ffdai., dyeadai iwl Oavdrai, see under 
 ddvaros, i. 6. 10, V. 7. 34 ; dyopdv 
 dyeiv, bring, furnish provisions for 
 sale, V. 7. 33. 
 
 d^wYifios, ov [R. a^], capable 0/ 
 being carried; rd dydjyifxa, things 
 portable, freight, cargo, v. i. 16. 
 
 d-y<ov, Cjvos, 6 [R. 07], gathering, 
 assembly, assembly at the great 
 national games. Hence, contest, 
 struggle, games, i. 7. 4, iii. 2. 15, as 
 in the phrase dyuva riOhai. or woi- 
 eiv, hold games, i. 2. 10, iv. 8. 25, v. 
 5.5. 
 
 d-yuvC^o^ai (d7wi'i5-) , dyuvLOvp-ai, 
 etc. [R. a^], contend, fight, engage, 
 of an army, iii. i. 16, iv. 8. 9, v. 
 2. 11, with irp6s and the ace, ii. 
 
 5. 10; contend in games, with 
 cognate ace. of the contest, iv, 
 8. 27. 
 
d-y«vo66TTis-'A0T]va(d 
 
 dYwvoO^Ttis, ov [R. a-y + R. Oe], 
 judge of a contest, president in the 
 games, iii. i. 21. 
 
 aSciirvos, ov [R. 8a], without 
 supper, supperless (see s.v. deTirvov), 
 i. lo. 19, iv. 5. 21. 
 
 d8e\({>6s, 6, voc. d8e\(f)e [d- copula- 
 tive and d€\(pvs, uterus'], brother, i. 
 1.3, ii. 3. 28, vi. 3. 24, vii. 2. 25. 
 
 dSews, adv. [SeiSw], roithout fear, 
 fearh'sshj, confidently, i. 9. 13, vl. 6. 1. 
 
 dSi]\os, ov [5^\os], doubtful, tin- 
 certain, V. I, 10, vi.l. 21 ; ovK ddyj- 
 \ov (litotes), indisputable, abso- 
 lutely certain, vii. 7. 32. 
 
 dSidparos, ov [R. Pa], not to be 
 crossed except by boats, not forda- 
 hle, ii. I. 11, iii. i. 2. 
 
 dSiKCw, dSi/cTjo-w, etc. [R. 1 SaK], 
 be unjust, be in the lorong. Hence, 
 do wrong, abs., ii. 6. 20, vi. i. 2, 
 U, wrong, injure, harm, witli the 
 ace. of the pers., ii. 5. 3, vii. 6. 41, 
 and the cognate ace. of the thing, 
 i. 9. 13, vii. 6. 14, sometimes v^'ith 
 both aces, iu tlie same sentence, i. 
 
 6. 7, V. 4. 6, tlie cognate ace. re- 
 maining unchanged in tlie pass., v. 
 
 7. 34. Tlie pres. is often used in 
 the sense of the perf., have done 
 icrong, be in the torong, i. 5. 11, ii. 
 6. 21, V. 7. 26, and so in the pass., 
 be wronged, have suffered wrong, i. 
 6. 7, vii." 7. 31. 
 
 dSiKid, as [R. 1 SaK], injustice, 
 lorongdcnng, ii. 6. 18. 
 
 aSiKos, ov [R. 1 8aK], unjust, 
 unprincipled, i. 6. 8, ii. 6. 25. As 
 subst., 6 ddLKos, the wrong-doer, rb 
 &81KOV, injustice, i. 9. 13, 16. Sup. 
 ddiKiiraTos, as dSt/cwTara 7rd(7xe'J', 
 be treated most unjustly, vii. i. 16. 
 
 d8£K<os, adv. [R. 1 8aK], unjustly, 
 V. 7. 29. 
 
 d86\ci>s, adv. [SiXos], loithout de- 
 ceit or treachery, faithful, ii. 2. 8, 
 iii. 2. 24. 
 
 ■A8pa|jivTTiov, see ' Arpa/xijTeLov. 
 
 dSvvaTos, ov [Svvajjiai], unable, 
 powerless, impossible, impractica- 
 ble, ii. 4. 6, iii. 5. 12, iv. i. 25, v. 
 6. 10, vii. 7. 24. 
 
 oiSw, gicro/xac, riffa, riff0t)v, Att. for 
 aeidw, sing, iv. 7. 16, v. 4. 14, 17. 
 Sometimes with cognate ace, iv. 
 3. 27, vi. I. 6. 
 
 &€£, adv. [older form aiel, cf. aiJjv, 
 an age, Lat. aeuum, Eng. ever, 
 aye], always, ever, in each case, 
 regularly, constantly, successively, 
 at the time, from time to time, i. 9. 
 19, iii. 2. 31, 38, iv. i. 7, 7. 23, v. 4. 
 15., 
 
 d£T6s, 6 [R. 2 aF], eagle. The 
 bird consecrated by the Greeks to 
 Zeus, which, as his messenger, 
 foretold men tlieir affairs. On this 
 account the seers carefully gave 
 heed to its flight and cry, vi. 1. 23, 
 5. 2. The standard of the Per- 
 sian king was a golden eagle, i. 
 10. 12. 
 
 oLOeos, ov [0€6s], godless, impi- 
 ous, ii. 5. 39. 
 
 'Aefjvai, Qv [Epic ' ABrivq, 'Adrj- 
 valr), Att. 'AdTjvd, 'AOrjvala, Athe- 
 na}, Athens, the chief city of At- 
 tica, famous for its splendid build- 
 ings and its political history. It 
 was situated somewhat south of 
 the centre of the plain of the Ce- 
 phisus, four miles distant from the 
 sea. Its harbour, called Piraeus, 
 was distant from Athens towards 
 the south-west about five miles, 
 and was connected with it by ' the 
 long walls.' The most extensive 
 and noblest buildings of the city 
 were on the AcropoUs, the chief 
 ornament of which was the Par- 
 thenon, the temple of Athena. At 
 the time of its gi'eatest prosperity 
 Athens had between 180,000 and 
 200,000 inhabitants, iii. i. 5, 2. 11. 
 
 'Aei]vatd, ds [cf 'Adrjvai'], Athe- 
 na, the watchword agi-eed upon by 
 Seuthes and the Greeks because 
 of their relationship, vii. 3. 39, cf. 
 vii. 2. 31. In Greek mythology 
 Athena is the goddess of warlike 
 prowess and wisdom, and the pro- 
 tectress of Athens. According to 
 the myth she sprang into being 
 full-aruied from the head of Zeus. 
 
'A9T]vaios-Alvidv 
 
 'AGiivaiosi a, ov ['A^^i'ai], Athe- 
 nian. Used in the Anab. as a 
 subst., A^Tji'ttios, 6, an Athenian^ i. 
 S. 15, ii. 5. 37, 6. 2, iii. i. 5, iv. 6. 
 1(), vi. 2. 10. 
 
 'AeTJviio-i, locative adv. ['A^^- 
 vaL], at Athens, iv. 8. 4, vii. 7. 57. 
 
 d6\ov, t6 [c/. ddXos, 6, contest, 
 Eng. athlete'], prize of contest, 
 prize, i. 2. 10, iii. i. 21. 
 
 dOpoi^w (dOpoLd-), ddpolffw, etc. 
 [d0p6os], press close together, col- 
 lect, as troops, Lat. cdgo, i. i. 6, 
 10. 5 ; mid., muster, intrans., i. i. 2, 
 9. 7, vi. 3. 4. 
 
 dOpoos, a, ov [d- copulative aiad 
 dp6os, noise, older form dOpbos'], in 
 a noisy crowd, close together, in a 
 body, all together, of living men, 
 dead bodies, and villages, i. 10. 13, 
 iv. 6. 13, 7. 8, vi. 5. 6, vii. 3. 9, 41 ; 
 strengthened by iroXvs, in a mass, 
 used of men and missiles, iv. 8. 11. 
 
 d0{)|j.€w, ddvp.T}<Too [R. 1 0v], he 
 ddvp-os, be despondent, lose cour- 
 age, be disheartened, iii. 2. 18, 4. 
 20, 5. 3, V. 4. 19, vi. 2. 14, 6. 36, 
 vii. I. 9. 
 
 dei|ATiT€os, a, ov, verbal [R. 1 
 0u], must lose courage, iii. 2. 23. 
 
 devjAid, ds [R. 1 9v], faintheart- 
 edness, discouragement, dejection, 
 despondency, iii. 2. 8, 3. 11, iv. 3. 
 7, 8. 10, 21. 
 
 d9{i|ios, ov [R. 1 0v], withoitt 
 heart or courage, dispirited, de- 
 pressed, fainthearted, i. 4. 9, iii. i. 
 36, vii. 8. 16. 
 
 d0i|Aws, adv. [R. 1 0v], faint- 
 heartedly, dejectedly, iii. i. 40; d6v- 
 p.ws exeiv, be disheartened or de- 
 spondent, iii. I. 3, vi. 4. 26. 
 
 al, O.S., see 6, 6s. 
 
 aiYiaXos, 6, seashore, beach, vi. 
 4- 1, -^, 7. 
 
 At-yviTTios, d, ov \_AiyvwTo%'], 
 Egyptian, ii. i. 6. As subst., M- 
 yviTTios, 6, an Egyptian, i. 4. 2, 8. 
 9, ii. 5. 13. 
 
 Ail-yvirTos, ^, Egypt, the land of 
 the Nile. For over a century before 
 the time of the Anabasis Egypt had 
 
 been under Persian rule, but had 
 been liberated by Amyrtaeus in the 
 time of Darius II., 414 b.c. The 
 Persians attempted to subjugate 
 the land again, and the Ten Thou- 
 sand Greeks after the death of Cy- 
 rus offered their assistance, but 
 Egypt remained independent until 
 350 B.C. In 332 b.c. it vpas sub- 
 dued by Alexander the Great, ii. 
 1.14.^ 
 
 al8co|xai, aidiffoixai, rjdead/irjv, 
 ydea-fjiai, ri^iffd-qv [al8«0|xai], respect 
 with fear, reverence, respect the 
 memory of, revere, iii. 2. 4, 5. 
 
 al8TJ(JL(i>v, ov, gen. ovos, sup. aibi)- 
 fiov^ffraros [atSeojiai], rcspectfid, 
 modest, i. 9. 5. 
 
 alSotov, t6, comni.pl. [atSeoiiai], 
 the private parts, Lut. jnidenda, iv. 
 3.12. 
 
 alSws, oOj, 7} [al8fo|iai], respect, 
 ii. 6. 19. 
 
 atei, see ael. 
 
 AtT|Tiis, ov, Aeetes, king of Pha- 
 sis in Colchis, v. 6. 37, and not to be 
 confused with the mythical owner 
 of the golden fleece. But the king 
 of Phasis doubtless claimed de- 
 scent from the other. 
 
 alOpCd, ds [alOco], clear sky, iv. 
 4.14. 
 
 al'0w [ai:0w], set on fire, kindle, 
 burn, iv. 7. 20 ; mid. intrans., be on 
 fire, burn, vi. 3. 19. 
 
 atKitw (aUiS-), comm. dep., at'/ct- 
 ^o/xai, aiKiodfjLai, etc. [i'oiKa], Ollt- 
 rage, torture, maltreat, mutilate, 
 ii. 6. 29. Phrase : rd etrxara alKi- 
 a-dp.evos, torturing most cruelly, Lat. 
 uUimis crucidtibus adficere, iii. i. 
 18. __ 
 
 alfjia, aros, t6, blood, v. 8. 15. 
 
 Alve'ds or AlveCds, 01;, Aeneas, a 
 Stymphalian captain in the Greek 
 army, iv. 7. 13. 
 
 Alvidv, dvos, 6, an Aenianian. 
 The Aenianians were an ancient 
 Hellenic race and settled finally in 
 the upper valley of the Spercheus 
 in southwestern Thessaly. i. 2. 6, 
 vi. I. 7. 
 
all^-aVTios 
 
 6 
 
 ai:|, aiyds, 6, ij, goat, iii. 5. 9, iv. 
 
 5. 25, V. 3. 11. 
 
 AloXCs, iSos, i), Aeolis, v. 6. 24, a 
 district on the coast of northern 
 Lydia, between the rivers Hermus 
 and CaTcus, colonized by Aeolians. 
 I'he chief city was Cyme. In a 
 wider sense the name included all 
 the AeoUc colonies as far north as 
 the Troad. 
 
 alpcT^os, o, ov, verbal [alpew], 
 imist be taken, iv. 7. 3. 
 
 alpETos, -q, 6v [alpiw], that may 
 be taken or chosen, chosen ; ol aipe- 
 Tol, the men chosen, the deputies, i. 
 
 3-21.^ . , , . ., 
 
 aip£<i> (fX-), aiprjffu}, elXov, rjptjKa, 
 ^prjiJLai, vpedT]v [aips'w], take, seize, 
 capture, of persons or things, i. 4. 
 8, 6. 2, v. 2. 9, 4. 26, vii. 3. 26 ; mid., 
 take for oneself, choose, prefer, 
 elect, side with, i. 3. 5, 7. 3, 4, 9. 9, ii. 
 
 6. 6, iii. 4. 42, iv. 8. 25, v. 6. 3, 7. 28, 
 vi. I. 25, vii. 3. 5, 6. 15 ; correspond- 
 ingly, in the pass., be elected, chosen, 
 iii. I. 46, 47, 2. 1, v. 8. 1, vi, i. 32, 
 6. 22. Phrase : otl S.px^v vpTjro, ex 
 officio, vi_. 2. 6. 
 
 al'po) (ap-), SLpCi, fipa, ^pKa, Tipfiai, 
 ripdT}v, Att. for dei'pw (dep-), etc. 
 [asipw], raise, i. 5. 3, v. 6. 33, vii. 
 3. (). 
 
 als, see 5s. 
 
 alo'Odvofi.ai (aiV^-), aicrdriaofiai, 
 ^<r66p.7]v, ycrdrjixat [E. 1 ap], per- 
 ceive, learn, see, observe, become 
 aware of, with the simple ace, i. i. 
 8, iv. I. 7, which is often to be 
 supplied from the context, i. 8. 22, 
 iv. 3. 33, with a partic. clause, i. 9. 
 21, iv. 6. 22, or with a clause with 
 Sri, tJs, or owoi, i. 2. 21, 10. 5, iii. i. 
 40, V. 7. 19 ; with gen., hear, hear 
 of, vi. 3. 10, vii. 2. 18. 
 
 al'o-Or^a-is, ews, ^ [R. 1 ap], per- 
 ception ; aia-driaiv -wapix^iv, afford 
 perception, i.e. be perceived, iv. 6. 13. 
 
 al'o-ios, ov [alo-a, fate, fortune'], 
 boding icell, auspicious, vi. 5. 2, 21. 
 
 Alo-x£viis, ov, Aeschines, an Acar- 
 nanian, in command of peltasts, iv. 
 3. 22, 8. 18. 
 
 alcrxpos, a, ov [atSeofjiai], shame- 
 ful, base, infamous, disgraceful, i. 
 9. 3, ii. 5. 20, iv. 6. 14, vi. 2. 1*0, vii. 
 
 7. 22; comp. ai(Txi<^v, sup. atffxi-- 
 (jTos, V. 7. 12, vii. 6. 21. 
 
 alo-xpws, adv. [al8€0|xai], shame- 
 fully, disgracefully, iqnominiously, 
 hi. I. 43, vii. i". 29. 
 
 alcrxvvT), 77s [alS^ojiai], shame, 
 dishonour, disgrace, ii. 6. 6, vii. 7. 
 11. Phrases: 5t' ai<TxOv-nv dXXri- 
 Xwv, from a sense of shame before 
 one another, iii. i. 10; wo-re Trdcnv 
 aicrxwv eJvai, so that all were 
 ashamed, ii. 3. 11- 
 
 at(rxvvw (at(7xi"'-)i aiaxwCi, 
 Xiaxvva, ■^ffx^vd-qv [at8^0|xai], dis- 
 honour, shame ; mid. as pass, dep., 
 be or feel ashamed, feel shame be- 
 fore, stand in awe of, i. 3. 10, 7. 4, 
 'ii. 3. 22, 5. 39, vi. 5. 4, vii. 6. 21, 
 7.9. 
 
 alTc'ci), alT-fjffw, etc. [alrt'o)], ask 
 for, beg, demand, with the simple 
 ace. of the thing, iii. i. 28, two aces., 
 one of person, the other of thing, 
 i. I. 10, 3. 14, iii. 4, 2, v. 8. 4, vi. 
 2. 4, or with ace. of thing and 
 TTopd with gen. of pers., i. 3. 16. 
 Mid., entreat, beseech, beg for, ob- 
 tain by entreaty, with ace. of pers., 
 ii. 3. 19, the ace. of thing and Trapd 
 with gen. of pers., v. i. 11, with 
 ace. of pers. and inf., vi. 6. 31, or the 
 infin. and Trapd with gen, of pers,, 
 ii. 3. 18. 
 
 alTid, as [alT^w], a charge, im- 
 putation, blame, censure, vi. 6. 15, 
 16 ; alridv (airlas) ex""? b^ blamed, 
 censured, held responsible, vii. i. 
 
 8, 7. 56, with iinb and gen. of pers., 
 and either ev with dat. or Trepl with 
 gen. of thing, vii. 6. 11, 15. 
 
 alTido|jiai, aiTtda-ofiaL, etc. [atrew], 
 blame, lind fault vnth, reproach, 
 iii. 3. 12, vi. 6. 16, 20, 26 ; accuse, 
 charge, with inf., i. 2. 20, v. 5. 19, 
 vi, 2. 9, or with ace. of pers. and 
 Uti with a clause, iii. i. 7, iv. i. 19, 
 vii. I. 8. 
 
 allrios, a., ov [alr^w], causing, to 
 blame, culpable, responsible, i. 4. 
 
alx|jid\(0Tos-aK6vTiov 
 
 15, V. 5. 19 ; of persons or things, 
 cause of, reason for, to blame for, 
 with gen. of thing, ii. 5. 22, v. 5. 19, 
 vi. I. 20, 6. 15; with ace. and inf., 
 vi. 6. 8. As subst., t6 airiov, the 
 cause, iv. i. 17 ; tovtov 6 ai'rws, the 
 author of this, vii. 7. 48 ; airws ov- 
 d^v, guiltless, vii. i. 25. 
 
 alxixdXwTOS, ov [R. aK + alp€w], 
 captured by the spear, captured, of 
 persons or things, iii. 3. 19, iv. i. 
 12, 7. 26. As snbst., ol alxM'dXuTot, 
 irrisoners of war, captives, iv. 8. 
 27, vii. 4. 5 ; to. alxiJ^dXooTa, booty, 
 both persons and things, iv. i. 13, 
 V. 3. 4. 
 
 'AKapvdv, ai'os, 6, an Acarnanian. 
 The Acarnanians inhabited the 
 province of Acarnania in the west 
 of Greece, bounded on the soutli 
 and west by the Ionian Sea, on the 
 north by the Ambracian Gulf, and 
 on the east by the river Achelous 
 and Aetolia. iv. 8. 18. 
 
 (iKavo-Tos, ov [Kaiw], unburnt, 
 iii. 5. 13. 
 
 dKcpaioS) ov [R. 2 Kpa], undi- 
 luted, undiminished, i.e. complete, 
 perfect; of troops, in fine condi- 
 tion, fresh, vi. 5. 9. 
 
 dKTJpvKTOs, OV [R. KttX], unpro- 
 claimed; of a war in which no 
 overtures from the enemy are re- 
 ceived, truceless, iii. 3. 5. 
 
 dKivdKT]s, 01; [Persian word], a 
 short, straight sword or poniard, i. 
 8. 29,the general form 
 of which was identi- 
 cal with that of the 
 scabbard represented 
 in the accompanying 
 cut. The acinaces 
 was worn on the right 
 side, and hung from 
 a leathern belt over 
 the hip. In the illus - 
 No. 1. tration, from a bas- 
 
 relief found at Per- 
 sepolis, the single lines at the right 
 and left represent the outline of 
 the front and back of the dress 
 of the wearer. This weapon was 
 
 peculiar to the Persians, Medes, 
 and Scythians. A golden acinaces 
 was often given by the kings of 
 Persia as a mai'k of honor, i. 2. 27. 
 An acinaces taken from Mardo- 
 nius was preserved in the Acropo- 
 lis at Athens, and was worth, De- 
 mosthenes says, not less than 300 
 darics. 
 
 dKCvSvvos, ov [kCvSvvos], without 
 danger; sup. dKLvdlv^Taros, safest, 
 vi. 5. 29. 
 
 ttKivSvvws, adv. [kiv8vvos], with- 
 out danger, in security, ii. 6. 6. 
 
 dK\t]pos, ov [kXtjpos, 6, lot, por- 
 tion, cf. Eng. clergy, c/erk], with- 
 out portion, in poverty, iii. 2. 26. 
 
 dK|i,d^(i> (dK/;iaS-), aK/jida-cj [R. aK], 
 be at highest point, in full bloom, 
 at the height of one's ability, with 
 inf., iii. i. 25. 
 
 dK(j.T|, ^s [R. aK],2wint; ace. as 
 adv., at the point, just, iv. 3. 26. 
 
 dKoXao-Tosi ov \_Ko\d^uj~\, unpun- 
 ished; of soldiers, undisciplined, 
 ii. 6. 10. 
 
 dKoXovOeo), dKo\ovd-f)(T<j}, etc. [R. 
 K€\], accompany, follow, with crvv 
 and dat., vii. 5. 3. 
 
 dK6\ov6os> ov [R. K€\], going 
 the same way, consistent, of things, 
 ii. 4. 19. 
 
 dK0vT(5« (aKOvTid-), dKovTib} [R. 
 aK], Mirl the javelin, iii. 3. 7, v. 2. 
 12 ; throw a javelin at, hit with a 
 javelin, hit, with ace. of pers., i. 
 10. 7; with ace. of pers. and dat. of 
 the weapon, i. 8. 27. 
 
 ttKovTiov, rb [R. ttK], javelin, 
 dart, the weapon of the dKovTiaT-qs 
 (q.v.), shorter and lighter than the 
 56pv, q.v. The javelin had a leather 
 thong permanently attached to it 
 at its centre of gravity (iv. 2. 28, cf. 
 iv. 3. 28), through the end of which 
 the finger was put when it was 
 hurled (see s.v. 8ia-/Ku\6oiJ.ai). This 
 thong was wrapped round the shaft 
 and gave the javelin when hurled a 
 rotary motion, similar to that of 
 the ball shot from a rifled gun. In 
 the heroic age this weapon was 
 
dK6vTl<riS-dKTT| 
 
 used chiefly in hunting, but later 
 throwing the javelin was one of 
 the regular exercises ui the Greek 
 gymnasium, and became one of 
 the five events in the pentathlon. 
 Here the object was either to hit 
 a mark or throw a long distance, 
 and the javelin was light and short 
 with a long, thin point. 
 
 oLkovtio-iS) ews, t] [R. aK\., javelin- 
 throwing, i. 9. 5. 
 
 dKovTKTT^s, oO [R. ttKJ, javcUii- 
 throtver, ill. 3. 7, iv. 3. 28. The 
 javelin- throwers, doubtless, carried 
 each several javelins (see s.v. a.K6v- 
 Tiov). They had no defensive ar- 
 mour (helmet, breast- plate, etc.), 
 since they were to fight at a dis- 
 tance, and with the bowmen and 
 slingers constituted the light-armed 
 troops. See s.v. yvfj-pris and TreXra- 
 
 (TT-flS. 
 
 dKovo), ciKovcrofjiai, y)Kov(xa, a,Kr}Koa, 
 TiKoiffdrtv [R. Kop], hear, learn, 
 listen to. Used either abs., iii. 
 I. 27, v. 5. 8, or as follows: with j 
 the simple gen. or ace. of the thing, 
 i. 3. 7, iv. 2. 8, 4. 21, V. 7. 21; 
 with the gen. of source, vii. 3. 8 ; 
 with the gen. of the pers. and ace. 
 of the thing, i. 2. 5, ii. 5. 16 ; with 
 the ace. and partic, i. 2. 21, v. 5. 
 
 7, or a clause introduced by Srt or 
 (Js, i. 3. 21, vi. 6. 3, 23, either con- 
 struction being sometimes accom- 
 panied by the gen. of the person, i. 
 
 8. 13, 10. 5, vi. 2. 13 ; with the ace. 
 and inf., i. 3. 20, iii. i. 45, iv. 6. 14, 
 16 ; with irepL and gen., ii. 5. 26, 
 accompanied by the ace. of the 
 thing and a ws clause, vi. 6. 34, or 
 by the ace. of the thing and gen. 
 of the source, vii. 7. 30 ; followed 
 by a rel. clause, v. 7. 12, vii. 3. 5, 
 4. 21. Also, hear of, with ace, i. 
 4. 9, 9. 4 ; hearken to, give heed 
 to, obey, with gen., ii. 6. 11, iii. 5. 
 16. The pres. is sometimes used 
 in a sense that strictly requires the 
 perf., have heard, am told, binder- 
 stand, i. 9. 28, V. I. 13, 5. 23, 8. 23. 
 Phrases : e5 aKoiei-v, hear good of 
 
 oneself, hence with vtt6 and gen. of 
 pers., be in good repute among men, 
 Lat. bene andlre, vii. 7. 23 ; clkovSv- 
 Twv tQp TToXeyaioji', within hearing 
 of the enemy, iii. 4. 36 ; 6tl wXei- 
 (TTOJv cLKovovTwv, icttMn the hearing 
 of every possible man, vii. 3. 7. 
 
 dKpd, as [R. a.K], summit, height ; 
 then the fortified stronghold there- 
 on, citadel, v. 2. 17, vii. i. 20. 
 
 dKpdros, ov [R. 2 Kpa], unmixed, 
 of wine, v. 4. 29, hence strong, iv. 
 5. 27. It was the custom among 
 the Greeks to mix water with their 
 wine. The usual proportion was 
 three to one or two to one, some- 
 times three to two, the amount of 
 water always exceeding that of 
 wine. The mixture was made in 
 large bowls (see s.v. KpdTrjp), and 
 was dipped from these by means 
 of a ladle or wine-pitcher (see s.v. 
 oti'ox6os). 
 
 dKpiTos, ov [Kptuuil, iinjudged, 
 xmthont a trial, v. 7. 28, 29. 
 
 dKpoPo\(^o(iai (d/cpo/3oXt5-), rjKpo- 
 ^o\iadiJi.r]v [R. aK-fPd\\«], throw 
 from a distance or height, as op- 
 ioosed to fighting a pitched battle, 
 skirmish, abs., iii. 4. 18, v. 2. 10, or 
 with dat., iii. 4. 33. 
 
 dKpoPoXuriS) ews, ij [R. aK -f 
 pdWw], throwing from a distance, 
 skirmishing, skirmish, iii. 4. 16, 18. 
 
 dKpoiroXi.s, ecus, ^ [R. ttK -f- R- 
 irXa], vpper city, acropolis, citadel, 
 i. 2. 1, 6. 6, vii. I. 20. 
 
 aKpos, a, ov [R. aK], pointed, at 
 the point, highest, topmost. As 
 subst., TO S.Kpov, height, summit, 
 eminence, of a hill or mountain, 
 iii. 4. 27, 44, iv. 7. 25, v. 4. 26 ; to. 
 dKpa, the heights, i. 2. 21, v. 2. 16, 
 vii. 3. 44; to aKporarov, the highest 
 peak, the chief stronghold, v. 4. 15 ; 
 Kara to. &Kpa, alonq the heights, 
 iv. 6. 23, 24, vi. 3. 19. 
 
 dKpwvvx^d, as [R. aK + 6vv^, 
 nail}, tip of the nail, spur, crest, 
 of a mountain, iii. 4. 37, 38. 
 
 aKT-f\, Tjs, foreland, proinontory, 
 coast, beach, vi. 2. 1. 
 
aKvpos-oXieuTiKOS 
 
 aKvpos, Of [Kvpos, TO, power, 
 nuthoritij], oj no force., mill and 
 void, vi. I. 28. 
 
 aKtov, ovcra, ov [for diKwv by 
 contr., see e/cw;;], unwilling, reluc- 
 tant, used as partic. without u>v, 
 iii. I. 10, vii. 3. 30; as adv. with a 
 partic, xudntentionalbj, accident- 
 ally, iv. 8. 25 ; dKovrSs tivos, sc. 6v- 
 Tos, against a man's tvill, without 
 his consent, i. 3. 17, ii. i. 10, vii. 
 
 6. 40. 
 
 dXaXd^b) (d\aXa7-), dXaXd^o/xai, 
 rjXdXa^a \_dXaXayv, shouting, dXa- 
 Xt}, battle-cry'], raise the battle-cry 
 of dXaX^, shout the war-cry, iv. 2. 
 
 7, vi. 5. 26, 27. Poetic, except in 
 Xen. and late prose. 
 
 dXcEivos, V, (>" [dX^o, e:Xi7, prop. 
 tvarmth of the sun, aeXas, bright- 
 ness, cf. Lat. sol, sun, Eng. sul- 
 try], warm; as subst., rb dXeeivdv, 
 source of warmth, iv. 4. 11. 
 
 dXE^w (dXe/c-), dXi^o/JLai, r/Xe^dfirjv 
 [R, apK], toard off, only in mid., 
 icard off from oneself, defend one- 
 self from, repidse, obj. in ace. or 
 implied, i. 3. 6, iii. 4. 33, v. 5. 21, 
 vii. 7. 3 ; return like for like, re- 
 quite, i. 9. 11. 
 
 d\^TT)s, ov [dX^w, grind], lit. 
 grinder. Used only as an adj. in 
 the phrase dros dXirrjs, i. 5. 5, the 
 upper mill-stone, marked dd in the 
 annexed cut, which represents a 
 mill found at 
 Pompei. At 
 the right, not 
 quite one- 
 half of the 
 outside of 
 the mill is 
 shown ; at 
 the left, a 
 jiiiNiiiwiMi — vertical sec- 
 No. 2. tioii- The 
 stone base is 
 marked a, and terminates above in 
 the cone-shaped lower mill-stone 
 (fiijXos) c, in the top of which is 
 set solidly a heavy iron peg (a in 
 No. 3). The upper stone (6vos) 
 
 dd is in the form of an hour-glass, 
 the lower half revolving closely 
 upon c. The 6vos is closed at its 
 narrowest part by 
 a thick iron plate 
 (6 in No. 3) in 
 which there are 
 five holes. The 
 peg in the upper 
 part of c (ffl in 
 No. 3) passes through the hole at 
 the centre of this plate ; through 
 the others, arranged round it, the 
 grain, which was put into the up- 
 per half of dd, or the hopper, passed 
 downward. When the upper stone 
 was turned by means of the bar 
 / the grain gradually worked its 
 way downward, and was ground 
 into flour in the gi'oove e by the 
 friction of the two rough sur- 
 faces, and fell into the rill b be- 
 low. 
 
 dXcvpov, TO [dXew, grind], flour, 
 xcheaten flmir, always in the plur., 
 i. 10. 18, iii. 4. 31 ; as distinguished 
 from barley meal, i. 5. 6. 
 
 dX^jOeia, as [K. XaO], truth, truth- 
 telling, C((ndour, sincerity, ii. 6. 25, 
 26, vii. 7. 24. Phrase: ry dXij^eiiy, 
 Lat. r7i nerd, in fact, in reality, 
 vi. 2. 10. 
 
 dX.T]Oev<d, dX7]6ev(rw, ijXridevcTa [R. 
 Xa6], speak the truth, i. 7. 18, vii. 
 7. 25 ; report correctly, iv. 4. 15 ; 
 with ace, tell the truth about, v. 6. 
 18. 
 
 dXi^O^s, h [R. XaO], unconcealed, 
 and so true, of things, v. 5. 24, vii. 
 
 2. 25 ; as subst., rb dX-qdes, the truth, 
 truth, Lat. uerum, ii. 6. 22 ; dXij^^ 
 Xi'yeiv, speak the truth, ii. 5. 24, iii. 
 
 3. 13, V. 8. 10. 
 
 dX7i9iv6s, -f), <5v [R. XaO], agree- 
 able to truth, real and true, genu- 
 ine ; (TTpaTev/ia dXy)divbv, an army 
 xoorthy of the name, i. 9. 17. 
 
 dXievTiKOSt 77, bv [aXte^w, fish, 
 &Xi, b, scdt, aXs, 7], sea, cf. Lat. 
 sal, sea, salt, Eng. salt], o/_or 
 belonging to a fisherman ; with 
 ■wXoiov, fishing boat, vii. i. 20. 
 
dXi^u-aXXos 
 
 10 
 
 . oXt^ca (aXi5-), ijXiffa, 7)\iffdr)v 
 [aXis], gather^ collect, assemble, 
 ii. 4. 8 ; in mid. intrans., assemble, 
 meet, vi. 3. 3. 
 
 dXiOos, ov [Xi^os], vnthout stones, 
 free from stones, of land, vi. 4. 5. 
 
 aXis, adv., in heaps or croiods, in 
 plenty, enough, witli gen., v. 7. 12. 
 
 'AXwrdpvTi, rjs, T), Halisarne, a 
 city in Mysia, south of Pergamus, 
 vii. 8. 17. 
 
 dXi(rKO|iai (ctX-, ciXo-), aXuaofj-ai, 
 idXiov or ■^Xwi', eaXw/ca or ijXw/co 
 [alpe'to], pass, to atp^w, 6e cajHured, 
 taken, caught, of persons, animals, 
 places, and things, i. 4. 7, iii. 4. 8, 
 17, 5. 14, V. 3. 10, vii. 3. 10. The 
 pres. sometimes approaches the 
 signification of the perf., as oi 
 ctXio-/c6|Uej'ot, the captives, iv. i. 3, cf. 
 i. 5. li. 
 
 dXKi|ji.0S) ov [R. apK], stout, brave, 
 imrlike, iv. 3. 4, 7. 15. 
 
 dXXd, adversative conj. [dXXos], 
 otherwise, in another wag, on the 
 other hand, still, but. It intro- 
 duces something different from 
 what has been said before, or op- 
 posed to it, and occurs frequently 
 after negatives, i. i. 4, 4. 18, ii. 4. 
 
 2, 6. 10, vi. 4. 2, vii. i. 31. It often 
 introduces an antithesis, which em- 
 phasises the thought, i. 8. 11, iii. 2. 
 
 3, 13, V. 7. 32. At the beginning 
 of a speech, by way of an abrupt 
 transition, or to break off discus- 
 sion, well, loell but, however, for 
 my part, i. 7. 6, 8. 17, ii. 1. 10, 5."l6. 
 In conditional sentences, the apod- 
 osis may be opposed to the prot- 
 asis by aWa, yet, still, at least, ii. 
 5. 19, vii. 7. 43. An objection in 
 the form of a question is intro- 
 duced by oKKd, v. 8. 4. At the be- 
 ginning of a second question dWd 
 is best translated or, ii. 5. 18. After 
 questions containing a negative 
 idea, or one to be refuted, rather, 
 on the contrary, iv. 6. 19, v. i. 7, 
 7. 30. dXXd is joined with various 
 particles, as follows: dXXd ydp, 
 but really, iii. 2. 2-5, 26, v. 7. 11, 
 
 vii. 7. 43 ; aWd ye, but at any rate, 
 iii. 2. 3 ; dWd yi rot, yet at least, ii. 
 5. 19 ; dXXd /xdWov, but rather, iii. 
 
 I. 35; dXXd /i^vtol, yet truly, iv. 6. 
 16 ; dXXd fxrjv, but, but then, used 
 when the speaker resumes an in- 
 teiTupted thought, ii. 5. 12, 14 ; 
 dXX" 6/xws, but nevertheless, i. 8. 13, 
 v. 8. 19. 
 
 dXX' r[, i.e. dXXd ^, other than, 
 with the accent of the first word 
 lost ; after a negative, except, iv. 6. 
 
 II, vii. 7. 53. 
 
 oXXt), as adv. [dXXos], in another 
 loay, iv. 2. 4, 10 ; elsewhere, some- 
 ichere else, ii. 6. 4, v. 6. 7, vi. 3. 7 ; 
 elsewhere, in another direction, only 
 in phrases, as dXXos dXXj irpdirero, 
 one one tmy, another another, dif- 
 ferent ways, iv. 8. 19 ; dXXos &K\ri 
 StwKwj', vii. 3. 47. 
 
 dXXifjXuv, reciprocal pron. [aX- 
 Xos], of one another, each other, i. 
 10. 4, iii. I. 10; dXXT7Xots, i. 2. 27, 
 iii. 3. 1, v. 2. 11 ; dXX^Xous, iii. 2. 5, 
 iv. 3. 29, vii. I. 39. 
 
 dXXo6€v, adv. [dXXos], from an- 
 other place; dXXot dWodev, some 
 from one point, others from an- 
 other, i. 10. 13. 
 
 dXXo(i,ai (aX-), aXoO/xot, TjXdfirfv 
 or i]\6fj.T]v [cf. Lat. salio, leap], 
 leap, jump, hop, iv. 2. 17, vi. i. 5. 
 
 dXXos, 7), o [dXXos], other, an- 
 other, i. I. 7, 9,'3. 16, ii. i. 20, iv."5. 
 28. When preceded by the art., 
 the other, the remaining, the rest, 
 the rest of, i. 2. 15, iv. 3. 6 ; oi dXXot 
 "EXXTj^es, the rest of the Greeks, ii. 
 1.4; TO dXXo (TTpdrevfia, the rest of 
 the army, i. 2. 25, 4. 17 ; ol dXXot 
 Trdvres, all the rest, ii. I. 16. rd 
 dXXa is used adverbially, as for the 
 rest, i. 3. 3, 7. 4, iv. 8.^20. 'When 
 joined with one of its own cases or 
 an adv. derived from the same 
 stem, it is used distributively, like 
 Lat. alius, as dXXos Kal dXXos, one 
 and another, another and another, 
 i. 5. 12, vii. 3. 27, 6. 10 ; dXXoi . . . 
 dXXot, some . . . others, i. 8. 9, vii. 
 I. 17; dXXoj dXXa Xiyei, one says 
 
11 
 
 aXXoo-€-apia 
 
 this, another that, ii. i. 15; &\\os 
 OXKrj, one in one place, another in 
 another, vi. 3. 7, or one in one di- 
 rection, others in another, iv. 8. 19, 
 vii. 3. 47 ; dWoi dWodev, Lat. aln 
 aliunde, some from one quarter, 
 others from another, i. 10. 13 ; dXXot 
 aXXwj, Lat. alii aliter, some one 
 way, others another, i. 6. 11. tt? 
 dXXr;, with r|^lipcl. understood, means 
 next day, ii. i. 3, iii. 4. 1, vi. i. 15 ; 
 dtXXos EXKov el\Ke, one put Jed up the 
 other, V. 2. 15. Used with numerals 
 dWos may be best translated be- 
 sides, further, dXXot 5^ ^(xav e^aKia- 
 xtXioi iirweis, and there were fur- 
 ther six thousand horsemen, i. 7. 
 11, cf. vii. 3. 48, 8. 15; so also in 
 enumerating several objects, as ov 
 yap 9jv x^P'''^^ ouSe fiXXo divSpov, for 
 there was no grass, and besides not 
 a single tree, i. 5. 5, cf. iii. 3. 18, v. 4. 
 25. Resembling this is the phrase 
 01 fiev dWoL Kprjres, V. 2. 31 , where 
 dWoi distinguishes the Cretans 
 from their leader and does not 
 mark a class of Cretans ; English 
 has not this idiom, but cf. French 
 tioiis autres Francais. Phx-ases: 
 (SXXos Tts, any other, some other, ii. i. 
 14 ; o\)5eh dWos, nobody else, i. 10. 
 16, iv. 4. 4, vii. 6. 39 ; ci' rts dWos 
 or et Tis Kal dWos, if any other, if 
 anybody, ichatever other, i. 4. 15, 5. 
 
 1, 6. 1, iv. I. 23; ws rts /cat dWos, 
 as (well as) any other man whoso- 
 ever, i. 3. 15, ii. 6. 8 ; ovd^v dWo ij, 
 nothing else than, only, ii. 2. 13, iii. 
 
 2. 18, iv. 2. 27, vii. 4. 8 ; ov5ei> dWo 
 ei p.T), nothing else except, ii. i. 12 ; 
 dWo Ti 71 ; is anything else true 
 than? equivalent to ov or ap ov, 
 Lat. nbnne, ii. 5. 10, iv. 7. 5. 
 
 aXXoo-c, adv. [oXXos], to another 
 place, in the phrase rivh oixoixevoi 
 dWocre, some having gone one way, 
 others another, vi. 6. 5 (where some 
 read dWoi dWy). 
 
 aXXoT€, adv. [aXXos], at another 
 time, at other times, iv. i. 17; d\- 
 \oTe Kal dWore, every noiv and 
 then, ii. 4. 26, v. 2. 29 ;' eif Trore Kai 
 
 dWoTf, if ever in the world, vi. 4. 
 12. 
 
 aXXdrpios, a, ov [aXXos], anoth- 
 er'' s, strange, foreign, Lat. alienus, 
 iii. 5. 5, vii. 2. 33 ; hence, lost, for- 
 feit, ill. 2. 28. 
 
 aXXus, adv. [aXXos], otherwise, 
 in another ivay, iii. 2. 39, v. 2. 20, 
 vii. 5. 5 ; in a different way than is 
 fitting, at random, rashly, Lat. 
 temere, v. i. 7. Phrases: dWoi 
 dWoos, some in one way, others in 
 another (see under dWos), i. 6. 11; 
 dXXws ex"" or yiyvea-dai, be differ- 
 ent, be otherwise, iii. 2. 37, vi. 6. 10; 
 dWus TTws, in any other way, iii. i. 
 20, 26, vi. 4. 2 ; dXXws re Kai, on 
 other grounds and jmrticnlarly, 
 hence especially, v. 6. 9, vii. 7. 40. 
 
 dXo-yio-Tos, ou [II. Xe-y], unreas- 
 oning, foolish, ii. 5. 21. 
 
 aXo-os, ovs, t6, grove, esp. about 
 a temple or shrine, a sacred grove, 
 V. 3. 12. 
 
 "AXvs, vos, 6, the Halys (Kizil- 
 Irmak), the principal river in Asia 
 Minor, rising in Pontus, and flow- 
 ing southwesterly into Cappadocia, 
 then northwesterly through Gala- 
 tia, and, finally, between Paphla- 
 gonia and Pontus into the Euxine. 
 It was two stadia wide near its 
 mouth and impassable except by 
 boats, V. 6. 9, cf Hdt. i. 75. The 
 Greeks sailed by its mouth, vi. 2. 1. 
 
 aX({>i.Tov, TO, in Attic always pi., 
 barley meal, i. 5. 6, iv. 8. 23. 
 
 dXwTTCKf], ^s \_a\ibin)i, fox, cf Lat. 
 uolpes, /ox], fox-skin cap, worn 
 over the head and ears by the 
 Thracians, vii. 4. 4. Observe the 
 form of the cap worn by Paris, s.v. 
 TiepiTTTTov, and by the Amazon, s.v. 
 (pap^Tpd. 
 
 dX(Gcri|jios, ov [aip€»], easy to cap- 
 ture, of places, V. 2. 3. 
 
 dXwo'oivTO, see dXlffKo/xai. 
 
 d|ia, adv. [dfi.a] , at the same time 
 or moment, at the same time with, 
 together, i. 2. 9, 8. 18, iii. 4. 31, v. 
 4. 17 ; together with, with dat. of 
 pers., ii. 4. 9. Phrases: dp-a ry 
 
'Ajia^uv-'AjiPpaKiioTiis 
 
 12 
 
 Vix^pgi, at daijbreak, ii. i. 2, iii. i. 
 13, vi. 5. 1 ; d/Jia ttj iinoijcrri TifJ-^pq., 
 as the next day vms breakiug, i. 7. 
 2 ; dfia ijXliji dvariWovTi, avlaxovri 
 (or dc^xo*''''')) SvuovTL, at sunrise, 
 at sunset, ii. i. 3, 2. 13, 3. 1. a/ta 
 fiiv . . . &ij.a 8^, emphatic expression 
 of the idea, where in Eng. we should 
 naturally translate the adverb with 
 the second clause only, iii. 4. 19, 
 iv. 1. 4, vi. 2. 14. a/jLa is sometimes 
 joined to the first of two verbs 
 where we should expect it with the 
 second, v. 5. 13, vii. 6. 20. It often 
 appears to be closely connected in 
 sense with the partic, but gram- 
 matically modifies the verb, as a/ia 
 TavT eiwwu dvea-TT], as SOOtl as he 
 had said this, he rose, iii. i. 47, cf. 
 ii. 4. 5, iv. I. 19, vi. 3. 5. 
 
 'A|ia^Mv, owj, i), an Amason. The 
 Amazons were a mythical, warlike 
 race of women, the ideal of female 
 bravery and strength. They have 
 a prominent place in Greek mythol- 
 ogy, and are frequently represented 
 in Greek works of art. They lived 
 about the river Thermodon, and 
 their chief city was Themiscyra. 
 From here they invaded at differ- 
 ent times the greater part of the 
 known world. There was a cele- 
 brated representation of the battle 
 of the Amazons with the Athenians 
 in the Stoa Poecile at Athens. The 
 cut given s.v. (paper pa represents an 
 
 Amazon, as pictured on a Greek 
 vase, attendant on Hippolyte in 
 
 her struggle with Theseus. She is 
 armed simply with bow and quiver, 
 and wears upon her head the so- 
 called fjLLTpa, a cap of wool or leather 
 not unlike a helmet. In the accom- 
 panying cut, from a sarcophagus 
 in the Museum of the Capitol at 
 Rome, the Amazon is armed with 
 quiver (see s.v. (papirpd), shield 
 (see S.v. ir4\TT]), helmet (see s.v. 
 Kpdvos), and battle-axe (see s.v. 
 ffdyapis), iv. 4. 16. 
 
 a^a^a, t/s [a|xa + R. a^] , a heavy 
 vmgon, originally and generally 
 with four wheels (and therefore 
 with two united axles, as the name 
 signifies), designed especially for 
 baggage, used also for carrying 
 arms, provisions, and wounded 
 men, i. 5. 7, 7. 20, 10. 18, ii. 2. 
 14. See s.v. dpixa and dpfxdfxa^a. 
 Phrases : afia^a ireTpuiv, iragon-load 
 of stones, iv. 7. 10 ; ^oOs iKp' dixd^rjs, 
 draught-ox, vi. 4. 22, 25. 
 
 dfia|i.aioS) a, ov [apia-f R. a^], 
 fit for a xmgon, large eiiough to 
 load a xmgon, iv. 2. 3. 
 
 dn,a|iT6s, 6v [afia-f R. a-y], pas- 
 sable by tcagons; 656s dfia^irds, 
 xcagon-road, i. 2. 21. 
 
 dfJiapTdvu (dpiapT-'), dp.apTrj<Top.ai, 
 rip.apTov, TjixdpT-qKa, i]p,dpTTjp.ai., i)p.ap- 
 TTjdriv, fail of one's aim, miss the 
 mark, miss, with the gen. of the 
 person, i. 5. 12, iii. 4. 15, or of the 
 thing, vii. 4. 17 ; hence fail (in 
 conduct), do ivrong, sin against, 
 with cognate ace. and irepL with 
 ace. of the pers. wronged, iii. 2. 20 : 
 /uiKpd d/iapTTidivra, smcdl blunders, 
 V. 8. 20. 
 
 d|Aax€i, adv. [R. |iax], without 
 fighting or resistance, vithout a 
 struggle, i. 7. 9, iii. 4. 46, iv. 6. 12. 
 
 dpiaxTiTi, adv. [R. |J.ax], xoith- 
 out fighting, iv. 2. 15. 
 
 'A(iPpaKiwTT)s or 'AinrpaKiwTTiS} 
 ov, an Arnbraciot, a citizen of Am- 
 bracia (Arta), which was a colony 
 of the Corinthians in Epirus, 80 
 stadia north of the Ambracian 
 Gulf, i. 7. 18, V. 6. 16, vi. 4. 13. 
 
13 
 
 dp,£ C v<i) v-d|ji({>opcvs 
 
 d|j.€Cv(i>v, ov, gen. owy, comp. of 
 dyadds, q.v., better, braver, stouter, 
 -iii. I. 21, 23, 2. 15, v. 6. 28, vii. 6. 
 44, 7. 54 ; joined with Kpelrrwu, 
 hraver and mightier, i. 7. 3 ; neut. 
 as adv., better, ii. i. 20, vii. 3. 17. 
 
 d|i€X€ia, as [R. |A£\], careless- 
 ness, neglect in guarding, iv. 6. 3. 
 
 d[i€X€(o, dfj.e\iri<ni}, etc. [R. p-eX], 
 he careless, be heedless, neglect, 
 slight, with gen. of the person or 
 thing, i. 3. 11, V. I. 15, 4. 20, vii. 
 
 2.7. 
 
 dp,cXwSi adv. [R. neX], heedlessly, 
 negligently, v. i. 6. 
 
 d|X€Tpos, ov [/x^rpo;'], without 
 measure, countless, iii. 2. 16. 
 
 d|i,i^X"'''os, ov [R. jittK], without 
 means, destittUe of means (of per- 
 sons), ii. 5. 21; impossible (of 
 things), impracticable, i. 2. 21; 
 TToWd KkiJi.7ixa.va, many difficidties, 
 ii. 3. 18.^ 
 
 d|j,iXXdo|j.ai, d./jLL\\rj<TOfj.ai, etc., dep. 
 pass. [fi/xiXXa, co»<es<], contend, 
 struggle ; with eTrt or 7rp6s and ace, 
 race for, struggle for, iii. 4. 44, 46. 
 
 dfJiTrcXos, V, vine, i. 2. 22, vi. 4. 6. 
 
 'A(ji"irpaKiwTT]s, see ' AfjLj3paKiwTr]s. 
 
 dfjiv-ySdXivos, V: o" [dfivyddX-ri, 
 almond, cf. Eng. a/mond}, of al- 
 monds, iv. 4. 13. 
 
 dfxvvb) (d/xuv-), d/xui'tD, riixvva [root 
 |jiv, s7i?<^, fasten, a- prothetic, g.v., 
 c/. Lat. moenia, ramparts, munio, 
 fortify^, ward off. Mid., ward off 
 from oneself, defend oneself, avenge 
 oneself tipon, ii. 3. 23, iii. i. 14, 29, 
 V. 4. 25, vii. 3. 35. 
 
 dfi.(|>(, prep, [aiiin to fiyU0w, cf. 
 Lat. amhi-, amb- in composition, 
 round about'], orig. on both sides 
 of, hence about, followed by the 
 ace. and very rarely by the gen. 
 Used of persons, places, and tilings, 
 sometimes of time and number. 
 With gen., about, concerning, of 
 things ; d/j-cp' (Sv eixov diacp^peffdai, 
 quarrel over tohat they had, iv. 5. 
 17. With ace, of place, round, 
 aboiit, of persons, countries, or 
 things, i. 2. 3, v. 2. 17, vii. 8. 2 ; 
 
 of the object affected, dyu^i arpi- 
 revfia Satravdi', spend money on an 
 army, i. i. 8; of time, about, at, 
 dp.(t>i 8opTrr]ffT6v, about supper-time, 
 i. 10. 17 ; (■/. ii. 2. 8, iv. 5. 9, vi. 
 
 4. 26 ; with "numerals preceded by 
 the art., about, Lat. circiter, 1. 2. 
 9, 7. 10, iii. I. 33. Phrases: oi 
 dfj.(pl with an ace, of a pers, may 
 denote either the followers of that 
 pers., or that pers. and his follow- 
 ers, as ol dix(j)l /SaffiX^a, the king''s 
 attendants, i. 10. 3, cf. i. 8. 1, 21, 
 but ol d/x(pL Xeipiaocpov, Chirisophus 
 and his men, iv. 3. 21, cf. iii. 2. 2, 
 
 5. 1 ; TO. dp.<pl rd^eis, tactics, ii. i. 7 ; 
 dfj.<pi ravra exeiv, be busy about 
 this, occupied, v. 2. 26, vii. 2. 16 ; 
 d/i0t TO. i-jriT-^Seia elvai, be busied 
 about the provisions, iii. 5. 14. In 
 composition dfKpl signifies on both 
 sides, aboitt. 
 
 d|X({>i-yvo^(o, imp. ■^/x(peyv6ovi>, rjfi- 
 (f>€yv6r\(ja, rj/xcpeyvorjOtjv [R. •yvw], 
 think on both sides, be in doubt or 
 pm.zled, ii. 5. 33. 
 
 'A|X(|>i:8T)|ios, 6, Amphidemus, fa- 
 ther of Amphicrates (see the next 
 word), iv. 2. 13. 
 
 *A(Jwj)iKpdTTis, ovs, 6, Amphicrates, 
 an Athenian, son of the preceding, 
 one of the captains of the Greek 
 army, and killed by the Carduchi 
 in the retreat, iv. 2. 13, 17. 
 
 dp.<|>iX€-yu [R. X«7], speak on 
 both sides, have a dispute, quarrel, 
 i. 5. 11. 
 
 'Afj.<j>iiroXfTris, ov, an Amp)hipoU- 
 tan, a native of Amphipolis, i. 10. 
 7, iv. 6. 1, a colony of Athens 
 founded in 437 b.c. in eastern 
 Macedonia, on the left bank of 
 the river Strymon, just below its 
 egress from lake Cercinltis and 25 
 stadia from the sea. The Stry- 
 mon flowed almost round the 
 town. The ruins of Amphipolis 
 can be seen near Neochorio at 
 the present day. 
 
 d|X()>op€vS) ^ojs, 6 [in Epic dfupi- 
 (popevs, R. «|>€p], Lat. amphora, a 
 jar primarily intended for liquids, 
 
d(x4>6T«pos-av 
 
 14 
 
 as wine or oil, but used variously, 
 as for pickled dolphin, v. 4. 28. 
 As the name implies, the dfi<popevs 
 had two handles, and was so large 
 as to need two persons to carry it. 
 As a liquid measure it contained 
 89.39 liters, 41.6+ quarts U. S. 
 liquid measure, having one and 
 one-half times the capacity of the 
 Roman amphora. In form it was 
 more or less bulky, had a neck 
 and mouth which were generally 
 of moderate size in comparison 
 with the body of the vessel, and 
 
 No. 5. 
 
 either rested on a foot, as in the 
 illustration, or was pointed at the 
 lower end. The dfx<pop€6s was some- 
 times highly ornamented. 
 
 d|X(|>6T£pos, a, ov [dfjLcpw'], both, 
 from its signification generally 
 plural (in Anab. only dual or pi.) ; 
 when used with the art., put in the 
 pred. position, i. i. 1, 4. 4, iii. i. 31, 
 vii. 6. 17. Sometimes used subst., 
 both parties, i. 5. 17, ii. 5. 41, v. 
 3-8. 
 
 d)x<)>OT€p(o6€v, adv. [d/x^irepos] , 
 on both sidfis, from both sides, i. 10. 
 9, iii. 5. 10 ; "with the gen., iii. 4. 
 29. 
 
 ap,<{>ci) [akin to d/x(p[, cf. Lat. 
 ambo, both, Eng. both], gen. and 
 dat. dfj.(poiv, both, ii. 6. 30, vi. 2. 6. 
 
 av, a post-positive particle with- 
 out an exact equivalent in Eng- 
 lish, but having force according 
 to the construction in which it is 
 employed. Three uses of S.v are 
 to be distinguished: I. In condi- 
 tional, relative, and temporal prot- 
 ases and in final clauses ; II. In 
 apodosis ; III. In iterative sen- 
 tences. I. With subjv. in protases 
 with €t, when el and 8.v combine to 
 form idv, dif, or iji', or with rel. 
 advs. like eTre^, eTreiSi?, 6Ve, etc., com- 
 bining to form iirdv, iweLddv, orav, 
 etc. (for this use see under the dif- 
 ferent words); with a rel., as 6s, 
 6(rTis, birbaos, etc., i. 3. 5, 4. 15, ii. 
 5. 18, or a temporal conj., as ?ws, 
 ■wpiv, liixpi-i ecTfi !• !• 10, 4. 8, 13, 
 ii. 3. 9, 24 ; in a final clause with 
 cJs and subjv., ii. 5. 16, vi. 3. 18. 
 
 11. In apodosis, where dv belongs 
 to the verb and is used with sec- 
 ondary tenses of the ind. in condi- 
 tions contrary to fact, ii. i. 4, iii. 
 2. 24, vii. 5. 5, 6. 9 ; with the opt. 
 in less vivid fut. conditions, i. 3. 
 19, ii. 3. 23, vi. i. 28, vii. i. 21 ; in 
 Mss. it is sometimes found with 
 the fut. ind., which in editt. is cor- 
 rected to the opt., ii. 5. 13, v. 6. 32; 
 with the inf. or partic. in indir. 
 disc, representing the ind. or opt., 
 i. I. 10, 3. 6, 7. 5, 9. 8, 29, ii. i. 
 
 12, 2. 1, iii. I. 17, V. 2. 8, vi. 4. 
 7, vii. 7. 30, 40 ; the protasis may 
 be implied in the context, iii. 5. 12, 
 iv. 2. 10, vii. 6. 23, or be altogether 
 lacking with an independent po- 
 tential ind. or opt. with dv, i. 5. 8, 
 9. 3, ii. 5. 20, iii. i. 7, 2. 24, iv. 6. 
 12, 7. 7, V. 6. 15, 7. 10, vi. 5. 17, vii. 
 7. 27 ; dv is sometimes repeated 
 for emphasis or in a long sentence, 
 i. 3. 6, 6. 2, ii. 5. 20, iv. 6. 13, 
 
15 
 
 dv-dvdY« 
 
 vii. 7. 38 ; the verb to which S.v be- 
 longs may be omitted when it can 
 easily be supplied from the con- 
 text, i. 3. 6, iii. 2. 24, v. 4. 34, or dv 
 itself may be omitted for the same 
 reason, i. 6. 2, iv. 6. 13. III. In the 
 iterative construction, with impf. 
 and aor. ind., i. 9. 10, ii. 3. 11, iii. 
 4. 22, iv. 7. 16. 
 
 av, conditional conj., contracted 
 form of edv, q.v. 
 
 dv-, see d-. 
 
 dvd, prep. [cf. Eng. on], up (op- 
 posed to /card), followed by the 
 ace. It is used of place (in the 
 Anab. not of time), -iip, up along, 
 upon, over, throughout, iii. 5. 16, 
 vii. 4. 2 ; with numerals to signify 
 distribution, dva irivre Trapaadyycii 
 TTJs rjfj.ipds, at the rate of five para- 
 sangs a day, iv. 6. 4 ; dva sKarbv, 
 by hundreds, a hundred each, iii. 
 4. 21, v. 4. 12, vi. 5. 11 ; and to ex- 
 press mode and manner, dva. Kpd- 
 Tos, from weakness 7ip to the full 
 measure of strength, at full speed, 
 i. 8. 1, 10. 15, iv. 3. 20, v. 2. 30. In 
 composition dvd signifies up, back, 
 again, and is sometimes simply 
 intensive. 
 
 dvaPaCvw [R. Pa], go up, as- 
 cend, climb up, a mountain or 
 stronghold, either with the obj. 
 omitted, iv. 2. 8, 12, 8. 19, v. 2. 15, 
 or with iirl and ace, i. 2. 22, iii. 4. 
 25, iv. 8. 13, V. 2. 22 ; march up 
 (from the coast to the interior, 
 Lat. escendo), i. i. 2, 4. 12, ii. 5. 
 22, iii. I. 2 ; mount (a horse), with 
 iirl and ace, i. 8. 3, iii. 4. 35, vii. 6. 
 42; embark (sc. i-n-l rd irXoTa), vi. 
 1.14. 
 
 dvapdXXo) [pdXXw], throio up, 
 V. 2. 5 ; help to mount, with eirl 
 and ace, iv. 4. 4. 
 
 dvdpao-is, ews, t) [R. Pa], going 
 up, ascent, march upwai'd, of a 
 hill, iv. I. 10. Esp. applied to the 
 expedition from the coast to Baby- 
 lon, made by Cyrus the Younger 
 against his brother. King Arta- 
 xerxes, and used as the title of 
 
 Xenophon's history, i. 4. 0, iii. 1. 1, 
 vii. 8. 26. 
 
 dvaPipdJw (iSt/Sdj-oj, j3(/3a5-, -^i- 
 /Sdo-w or /3i/3tD, -e^ljiaaa [R. pa], 
 make go, causative to jiaivw), make 
 go up, lead up, i. 10. 14. 
 
 dvaPodcD [R. PoF], let up a 
 shout, cry oiit, v. 4. 31. 
 
 dvaPoXrj, ^s [pdXXw], that which 
 is thrown up, momid, earth-work, 
 Lat. itdllum, v. 2. 5. 
 
 dva-yytXXw [d77AXaj], bring 
 back word, report, Lat. renuntio, i. 
 3. 19, 21 (some read dirayyiKKu}). 
 
 dva-yi-yvt&o-Kw [R. "Yvw], knovj 
 again what has been seen before, 
 recognize, v. 8. 6 ; hence of written 
 characters, read, 1 6. 4, in. i. 5. 
 
 dva-yKd^o) (dz'a7K:a5-), dvayKdcrw, 
 etc. \_dvdyKr)], force, compel, oblige, 
 generally with ace, and inf., ii. 1.6, 
 iii 4. 49, V. 8. 8, vii. 2. 6 ; in pass, 
 with ml, iii. 3. 12, iv. i. 10, 19, vii. 
 6. 28 ; abs., iii. 4. 19. 
 
 dva^Kalos* f" , ov \_dvdyKr]'\, forced, 
 necessary, indisjX'nsable, inevita- 
 ble, xu. i. 43, 5. 17, iv. I. 12, 15; 
 dvayKac6v tl, some necessity, i. 5. 9. 
 As subst., ot dvayKaioi, one's rela- 
 tives, Lat. necessdrii, ii. 4. 1. 
 
 dvd7Ki], 7]s, force, necessity, stress, 
 iii. 4. 32 ; pi., pressure, distress, iv. 
 
 5. 15 ; dvdyKT) iffrL (more often 
 without i<TTi), it is necessary, one 
 must, i. 6. 8, iv. i. 9; with hif., iv. 
 
 6. 10, V. 5. 17, vii. 6. 24, or with ace. 
 and inf., ii. i. 17, 4. 26, iii. 2. 8, 4. 
 19, vii. 2. 15, or with dat. and inf., i. 
 
 _3. 5, V. 5. 12. Phrases : dvdyKti, by 
 "or of necessity, necessarily, v. 5. 16, 
 vii, 7. 29 ; ev dvayK-jj exeff^at, be 
 constrained by necessity, be com- 
 pelled, ii. 5. 21 ; dvdyKT) KOLrixecrdai, 
 be mastered by necessity, ii. 6. 13 ; 
 ev dvdyKTi eivai, be in straits, in a 
 tight place, vii. 6. 27. 
 
 dva^vovs, see dvayiyvwa-Kw. 
 avd^to [R. a-y], lead up, take up, 
 from the coast to the interior, or 
 from a lower to a higher place, ii. 
 3. 21 (some read the simple verb), 
 6. 1, iii. 4. 28 ; with e/c and the gen.. 
 
dva^tv-yvvfii- Ava^CPios 
 
 16 
 
 lead up out of, extricate, vii. 6. 24 ; 
 iuithdraic, v. 2. 8 (some read dira- 
 YttYerc) ; mid., ]mt to sea, set sail, 
 V. 7. 17, vi. I. 33, 2. 1. 
 
 dva5€V7vv|ii [K. t^-y], 2/o^"e «;) 
 beasts of burden, hence transferred 
 to an army, break camp, iii. 4. 37, 
 iv. 6. 1. 
 
 dvaOappe'w [Gpacrvs], regain conr- 
 aqc, 'pluck up courage again, vi. 4. 
 12. 
 
 dvaGeuvai, dvaOeis, see avaTiO-qixi. 
 
 dvd6ti(Aa, aros, t6 [R. 0«], rt 
 ?/////f/ .ST? »/», esp. in a temple, hence 
 v<,ti're nffering, v. 3. 5. 
 
 dvaOopvPeo) {dopv^^cj, dopv^-qffuj, 
 etc. [(^opu/ios], make an uproar), 
 send up a shout, cry out, applaud, 
 V. I. 3, vi. I. 30. 
 
 dva6p€\|/avTi., see avarpicfxii. 
 
 dvaipe'o) [alp€«], take up, pick 
 xip, of things, mid., v. 7. 21, vii. 3. 
 22 ; also mid., take up one's dead 
 for burial, carry off the dead, iv. i. 
 19, V. 7. 30 ; in this sense rare in 
 act., vi. 4. 9. Of an oracle or deity, 
 take %ip the subject, answer, direct, 
 act., iii. I. 6, 8, v. 3. 7, vii. 6. 44. 
 Phrase : aveKi(Tdai ivbiXeixov, begin a 
 v:ar, opp. to KaraXOaai, v. 7. 27. 
 
 dvaKaCo) [Ka(w], light up, kin- 
 dle, iii. 1.3. 
 
 dvaKaXt'w [K. Ka\], cctll again 
 and again, vi. 6. 7 ; mid., summon; 
 ffdXTriyyi avaKaXfiadai, Lat. receptui 
 canere, sound the retreat, iv. 4. 22. 
 
 dvaK6iov, TO, equal to avuyeiav, 
 q.v. 
 
 dvaKoivob) [_KOLv6io'], communi-, 
 cate, consult a god, iii. i. 5, vi. i. 
 22, mid., confer with a friend, com- 
 municate, iii. I. 5, V. 6. 36, in both 
 voices with dat. of the person. 
 
 dvaKO}j.C^o> [/co/x/fw], carry up; 
 mid., lay up for oneself, store away, 
 iv. 7. 1, 17. 
 
 dvaKpa^u [R. Ka\], lift up the 
 voice, raise a shout, shout, iv. 4. 20, 
 5. 18, V. I. 14, vi. I. 6, 4. 22 ; with 
 an obj. by prolepsis, v. 8. 12. 
 Phrase: dv^Kpaye iroXep-iKdv, gave a 
 war-shout, vii. 3. 33. 
 
 dva\aXdto> [dXaXdfcu], raise the 
 icar-cry, cry dXaXr), iv. 3. 19. 
 
 dvaXa|i.pdv(i> [Xa/x^dccj], take or 
 pick up, of persons or things, v. 2. 
 32, vi. 5. 1, vii. I. 41 ; take along 
 with, of soldiers, i. 10. 6, iv. 7. 24, 
 vii. 3. 36. 
 
 dvaXd[j.ir(i> [Xci/uttw], burst into 
 flames, flame cmt, v. 2. 24. 
 
 dvaXicKco (drnX-, dwXo-), dvd- 
 Xwcrai, dv7)X(j3(Ta, dvrjXwKa, dv/jXwfiai, 
 dvr]XJ}dr]v, use up, expend, exhaust, 
 iv. 7. 5, 7, 10, vii. 7. 34. 
 
 dvdXwTOSi ov [alp^co], not to be 
 taken, invincible, impregnable, v. 
 2. 20. 
 
 dvafi^vw [R. ikOL], xoait for, await, 
 Lat. exspecto, with ace. and inf., 
 iii. I. 14, 24, or the simple ace, v. 
 8. 14 ; abs., stay cohere one is, re- 
 main, wait, V. 1.5, vi. 4. 19, vii. 3. 
 36. 
 
 dvaixt-yvvfj.!. (piyvvixi., fjny-, M'?<^» 
 €fu^a, fiiixiyixai, ffitx^V a-l^d efjiiyr]v 
 [R. H17], mix), mix up, pass., min- 
 gle, with iv and dat. of the person, 
 iv. 8. 8. 
 
 dva)i,ip.vx)(rK(i> [R. [xo], remind 
 
 of, with two aces., iii. 2. 11 ; recall, 
 
 make mention of, v. 8. 26 ; pass., 
 
 recall to mind, remember, Lat. re- 
 
 I minlscor, with the ace, vii. i. 26, 
 
 : the ace. and a partic, vi. i. 23, or 
 
 I with a rel. clause, vi. 5. 23, vii. 6. 
 
 24,^ 7. 25, 27. 
 
 avavSpos, ov [dvTJp], unmanly, 
 cowardly, ii. 6. 25. 
 
 *Ava|iPios, 6, Anaxibius, a Spar- 
 tan admiral in command at Byzan- 
 tium, and a friend of Chirisophus, 
 V. I. 4, vi. 6. 13, vii. i. 2. After 
 promising to take the Greeks into 
 his service and enticing them to 
 Byzantium, he treated them with 
 cruelty and faithlessness in order 
 to curry favor with Pharnabazus, 
 who had promised to reward him, 
 vii. 1 . 3-39, 2. 4. Succeeded in office 
 by Polus, he found himself snubbed 
 by Pharnabazus, and laid schemes 
 for revenge with Xenophon, but 
 unsuccessfully, vii. 2. 5-15. In 
 
17 
 
 dva{vpC8cs-dvaTC0T]|jii 
 
 389-8 B.C. he was defeated and 
 slain by the Athenian Iphicrates 
 at Abydus. 
 
 dva^vpiSes, i5oji', ai [Persian 
 word], trousns, worn by the Per- 
 sians in Cyrus's suite, i. 5. 8. 
 These trousers were close-fitting, 
 and were in vogue among nations 
 of the East. They are often worn 
 also by the Amazons, as depicted 
 on the monuments. See s.v. (pa- 
 pirpa. 
 
 dvairavo) [Traww], make to cease, 
 mid., rest oneself, go to rest, pass 
 the night, i. 10. 16, ii. 4. 23, iii. i. 
 3, iv. 5. U), 20, vi. 5. 30, vii. 3. 39, 
 41 ; repose, refresh oneself, vi. 5. 
 30. 
 
 dvairciBw [R. iri6], bring over to 
 another opinion, persuade, 1. 4. 11, 
 V. 7. 1 ; with a clause with ws, ii. 
 6.2. 
 
 dvair€TttvviJ|ii (^TreTavvvin, Trera-, 
 TreTuJ, fTT^racra, Triirrafiai, €ir€Ta.aO-qv 
 [(/. Lat. pateo, lie open, pando, 
 spread oiit, Eng. fathom], spread 
 out), unfold, throio wide, of gates, 
 vii. I. 17. 
 
 dvairr]8d(0 (TrrjSdw, -n-qh-fiffw, iir-f}- 
 S-ncra, -v€vridr)Ka [R. ireS], leap), leap 
 Up, spring to one's horse, vii. 2. 20. 
 
 dvaTTveo) [ttk^oj], hreathe again, 
 catch oni^'s lin-iith, iv. i. 22, 3. 1. 
 
 dvairpaTTw [Trparra)], exact, Col- 
 lect, of dues, with ace. of the thing 
 and irapd with gen. of the pers., 
 vii. 6.40, 7.31. 
 
 dvaiTTvo-crw (tttwctw, irrvy-, 
 
 fold), uiifiihl, fiild Jiack, as a mili- 
 tary phrase, dvavTvacreiv to K^pas, 
 '■fold hack'' the ving, i.e. wheel 
 round, a movement by which the 
 Greek foi'ce in i. 10. 9 was brought 
 to face to the right, but still in 
 line, with their rear resting on the 
 river Euphrates. 
 
 dvairvvOdvo|j.ai [Truvtfdcojuot], in- 
 quire again and again, ask care- 
 fully, v. 5. 25 ; learn by question- 
 ing, inform oneself, with ace. and 
 a partic, v. 7. 1. 
 
 dvapiO|niTOS, ov [R. ap], not to 
 
 be counted, innumerable, iii. 2. 13. 
 
 dvdpio-Tos, ov \_iipi<TTov'], without 
 breakfast, not having had breakfast, 
 Lat. imprdnsus, i. 10. 19, iv. 2. 4, 
 vi. 5. 21. 
 
 dvapird^o) [R. dpir], snatch up, 
 carry off as booty, i. 3. 14, vii. i. 15. 
 
 dvapxid, ds [dpx«], lack (f 
 leaders, anarchy, iii. 2. 29. 
 
 dvao-Kcvd^w [R. o-kv], pack up, 
 get ready ; hence, remove, vi. 2. 8. 
 
 dvao-rds, see dviffrrjixi. 
 
 avaa-TOivpota (^aravpdiii, ecTTavpuxra, 
 -ecTTavpco/xai, €<XTavpd)dy}v [R. (rra], 
 fence viith jmles), set up on a stake, 
 impKile, iii. i. 17. 
 
 dva«rT€\\w [a-xAXaj], send back, 
 keep back, repidse, v. 4. 23. 
 
 dvao-TTjvai, dva<rTT|(rds, see dv- 
 
 iaTTtfXl. 
 
 dva(rTp€4>(o [a-rp^cpu'], intrans., 
 turn back, retreat, loheel round, 
 face about, i. 4. 5, 10. 8, iv. 3. 
 29 ; turn about, of horses, into the 
 home stretch, iv. 8. 28 ; mid., con- 
 duct oneself, proceed, Lat. uersor, 
 as cJs decrirdrrii dva(TTpi<pe(r0ai, be- 
 have like a Czar, ii. 5. 14 ; pass., be 
 turned back, face about, ralh/, i. 
 10. 12. 
 
 dvao-xeVOai, dvdo-xo>|iai, see dv- 
 
 dvarapaTTW [rapdrTw], stir up; 
 perf. pass., be in confusion or dis- 
 order, i. 7. 20. 
 
 dvareCvw [reiVw], stretch up, hold 
 up ; of a show of hands in voting, 
 xetpoTovid, iii. 2. 9, 33, v. 6. 33; 
 perf. partic. dvarerafx^vos, of the 
 royal standard, an eagle toith ex- 
 tended icings, with icings displayed, 
 i. 10. 12. 
 
 dvareWo) (reXXw, reX-, eTeiXa, 
 -riraXnai [R. Ta\], make to arise), 
 intr., rise ; dpia ijXiip dvariWovTi, at 
 sunrise, ii. 3. 1. 
 
 dvaTi6r](ii [R. 9e], put or lay 
 upon, of things, esp. baggage, iii. 
 I. 30, iv. 7. 26 ; mid., with iirl and 
 ace, ii. 2. 4 ; set up as a votive of- 
 fering, dedicate, v. 3. 5, 6. 
 
dvaTp€'<^u)-dvT|p 
 
 18 
 
 dvaTpc<|>(o [rp^ipu}'], bring up, 
 fatten, of a horse for sacrifice, iv. 
 
 dva(f>evY(d [R. <j>v7], flee up, with 
 €irL and ace. of the place, vi. 4. 24. 
 
 dva({>povc'<o [<j)pTiv], come back to 
 one's senses, recover one''s senses, 
 iv. 8. 21. 
 
 dvaxd^o) (tlie simple x'*f'»'» niake 
 retire, is Epic only), cause to re- 
 tire ; hence mid., retreat, draw back, 
 iv. 7. 10, and so once the act. used 
 intrans. in the same sense, iv. 1. 16. 
 
 dvaxcopcw [xwp^w], move back, 
 retire, of troops, iii. 3. 13, iv. 3. G, 
 vi. 4. 10 ; fTTi 7r65a avax^P^Lv, Lat. 
 pedem referre, retreat toith one''s 
 face to the foe, v. 2. 32. 
 
 ava\(t>pLio) [xcopt'fw], make re- 
 tire, draw off, of troops, v. 2. 10. 
 
 avSpa, see dvi^p. 
 
 dvSpa-yaOid, as [dvi^p + dyaSos], 
 manly virtue, bravery, valour, v. 2. 
 11. 
 
 dvSpdiroSov, t6, cUtendant on a 
 freeman, slave, esp. a captive taken 
 in war, who became the slave of 
 his conqueror, i. 2. 27, ii. 4. 27, iv. 
 I. 12, v. 6. 13, vi. 6. 38, vii. 8. 12. 
 
 dvSpeios, d, ov [dvTJp], manly, 
 valorous, vi. 5. 24. 
 
 dv8pei6Ti]s, r/Tos, 17 [dv^p], man- 
 liness, valour, Lat. nirttls, vi. 5. 14. 
 
 dvSpi^w, dv5piffw [dvi^p], make a 
 man of; mid., play a man's part, 
 act bravely, iv. 3. 34, v. 8. 15. 
 
 a.vf^r\v, see dva^aivui. 
 
 dv€7€ipw [eyeipw], wake up, 
 arouse; pass., be aroused, awake, 
 iii. I. 12, 13. 
 
 dv6i\ov, see dvaip^u). 
 
 dveivai, see dvtrjixi. 
 
 dveiirov [_eJirov'\, proclaim, of a 
 herald, with inf., or with 6'ti and a 
 clause, ii. 2. 20, v. 2. 18. 
 
 dvtKirinirXiini [R. -irXaJ, fill out 
 or tqj again, iii. 4. 22. 
 
 dvcXecrOai, see dvaip^w. 
 
 av€)xos, 6 [0/. Lat. anirna, breath, 
 imnd, animus, soid], ioind, iv. 5. 4 ; 
 dve/uLos poppas ivavrioi, a north wind 
 full in the face, iv. 5. 3. 
 
 dvtiriXiriirTws, adv. [\1j7rT6s, verbal 
 of Xa/x/Sdi/w], not to be attacked, 
 imthout blame, in security, vii. 6. 
 37. 
 
 dv€p69C^fa> (ipedi^w, ipediS-, ipe- 
 dicru or epediQ, etc., excite), pro- 
 voke; pass., be instigated, egged 
 on, vi. 6. 9. 
 
 dvcpwrdci) [epwrdw], rtsA; with 
 authority, demand, ii. 3. 4, iv. 5. 34. 
 
 dv€(rTTjv, see dviarTj/ju. 
 
 dv€0"Tpd<j>T]v, see dvaa'Tp^(f)io. 
 
 av€\), improper prep, [akin to 
 negative prefix d-], without, fol- 
 lowed by the gen., i. 3. 11, 13, ii. 2. 
 
 3, 3. 10, 6. 6, 18. 
 
 dv€vp(o-K(<> [eypfo-zcw] , .^H(Z o?(?, 
 discover, vii. 4. 14. 
 
 dvexb), impf. and aor. mid. with 
 double aug., v. 6. 34, i. 8. 26 [R. 
 o-€x], hold up; mid., control one- 
 self, i. 8. 26 ; stand firm against, 
 tolerate, endure, abs., v. 6. 34, with 
 the simple ace, i. 7. 4, 8. 11, with 
 ace. and a partic, vii. 7. 47, or with 
 the gen. and a partic, ii. 2. 1. 
 
 dvc\|ri6s, 6 [(?/. Lat. nepos, grand- 
 son^, rirst cousin, hat. cdnsobr'inus, 
 vii. 8."9. 
 
 OLvfiyayov, see di'd7w. 
 
 dvirytpOTl, see dveyeipo). 
 
 dvi]-Y|X£'vos, see dj'd7w. 
 
 dvT|K«o-ToSi ov l^aK^o/iai, heal, dfcoy, 
 t6, remedy, cf Eng. pan-aceal, not 
 to be healed, irreparable, ii. 5. 5, 
 vii. I. 18. 
 
 a.vi\KO) [ri(cw], have come up to a 
 point, extend, reach, of land, with 
 els and ace. of limit, vi. 4. 3, 5. 
 
 dvi^p, dvSp6s, 6 [dv-qp], man, Lat. 
 uir, as opposed to woman, youth, 
 or child, in contrast with the gene- 
 ric dvdpuiros, h^nnan being, iv. 7. 
 2, V. 3. 10, 4. 34, 7. 19 ; hence, hus- 
 band, iv. 5. 24 ; soldier, i. i. 11, iii. 
 
 4, 21, V. 6. 12 ; the enemy, iii. i. 23, 
 vi. 5. 16. As a title of honour, a 
 true man, a man indeed, i. 7. 3, 9. 
 23, vii. 1.21. Often used with an 
 adj. of nationality and not to be 
 translated, i. 2. 20, iii. 4. 35, v. 4. 
 
 5, vi. I. 26, vii. 6. 40, (/. vii. 7. 23. 
 
19 
 
 dvt]pwTa-"AvTav8pos 
 
 Sometimes used in respectful allu- 
 sion, or as a special designation 
 when the person is not named, 6 
 dv7)p, i. 3. 12, meaning Cyrus ; rbv 
 dv5pa opCo, i. 8. 20, of the Persian 
 king. Without much force, person, 
 individual, i. 3. 18, iii. 2. 20, iv. 8. 
 4, vii. 6. 39. As a form of address 
 (but not always to be translated), 
 often in connexion with other 
 nouns, with or without w, as dv- 
 dpes, gentlemen, soldiers, my men, 
 i. 4. 16, iii. I. 43, 4. 46 ; dvdpes (plXoi, 
 comrades, friends, i. 6. 6 ; dvdpes 
 (TTpaTiCJTOLi, ffrparijyol, Xoxoiyol,' E\- 
 Xrjj/es, felloio soldiers, etc., i. 3. 3, 7. 
 
 3, ii. I. 9, iii. i. 15, 34, vi. 3. 12. 
 See dwdpojiros. 
 
 dvt]p(0Td, see dvepuTdo}. 
 
 dvTJx0ii<rav, see dvayu. 
 
 dv8', by elision and euphony for 
 avri before an aspirate. 
 
 dvO^liiov, t6 Idvdos, t6, flower'], 
 flower ; -pi., flower jxitterns, v. 4. 32. 
 
 dve£o-Tt]|ii [R. o-Ttt], match 
 against; mid., stand against, re- 
 sist, vii. 3. 11. 
 
 dvOpwinvos, yj, ov [dvrjp + R. oir], 
 human ; neut. pi. as subst., human 
 things, things fallible, ii. 5. 8. 
 
 av6p<oiros, 6, r] [dv^p + R. oir], 
 man, htiman being, Lat. homo, one 
 of the human race as opposed to a 
 higher or lower order of beings, ii. 
 
 4. 15, iii. 2. 13, V. 8. 9, vii. 6. 11 ; 
 sometimes used instead of d 1/77/3 as 
 a general term for soldier, i. 8. 9, ii. 
 I. 11, iv. 7. 4, vi. 4. 23. With an 
 adj. of nationality and not to be 
 translated (see dvrip), vi. 4. 23. As 
 a contemptuous expression, fellow, 
 person, i. 7. 3, iii. i. 27, v. 8. 8. In 
 the pi., men, human beings, per- 
 sons, people, inhabitants, i. 5. 9, 6. 
 6, ii. 5. 21, iv. 8. 4, v. 2. 2, 7. 32 ; 
 with implied meaning, the enemy, 
 iv. 2. 7, vii. 3. 43. See dvr]p. 
 
 dvidb), dvldiTta, -rfviaffa, rividdr]v 
 [ddd, grief], grieve, harass, trou- 
 ble, iii. 3. 19 ; mid., hurt oneself, 
 be distressed, iv. 8. 26, 
 
 dvt'qp.i [HT]fxi], send up or back. 
 
 let go, let go free, Lat. remittd, 
 vii. 6. 30 ; intrans., of the wind, 
 slacken, go down, abate, iv. 5. 4. 
 
 dvip,d<o, impf. dvifiuv [i/x^s], 
 draw up loith a strap, draw up, iv. 
 2.8. 
 
 dv£(rTii|xt [R. o-Ttt], make stand 
 up, rouse up, of persons or ani- 
 mals, i. 5. 3, iv. 5. 19, 21 ; mid., with 
 pf. and 2 aor. act., stand up, rise, i. 
 6. 10, iii. 3. 1, esp. in order to 
 speak, i. 3. 13, iii. 2. 1, v. 6. 27, vi. 
 I. 25, vii. 3. 3, or to act, iv. i. 5, 
 vi. I. 5, vii. 3. 32 ; get up (from the 
 ground, or after sleep or an ill- 
 ness), iii. I. 15, 4. 1, iv. 5. 8, 8. 21, 
 vi. 5. 2, vii. 4. 6. 
 
 dvCo-xw [R. o-ex], hold up ; in- 
 trans., rise, of the sun, ii. i. 3, 
 
 dvoSos, V [686s], ivay up, the 
 march up from the coast to the 
 interior, ii. i. 1. See dra/Sao-ts. 
 
 dvoSos, ov [686s], having no 
 way, impassable, of a mountain, 
 opposed to euoSos, iv. 8. 10. 
 
 dv6T]Tos, ov [R. ■yvw], not under- 
 standing, foolish, ii. I. 13. 
 
 dvoC-yo), dvol^o}, dv^u)^a, dv^ifiya or 
 dv^ipxo-i dv^Lpyfjiai, dvei^x^^V [oi'yw, 
 otyvvfjii, open], open up, open, of 
 gates, V. 5. 20, vii. i. 16. 
 
 dvopiCd, dj [R. v€|i], lack of law, 
 laivlessness, v. 7. 33, 34. 
 
 dvo|Ao(ws, adv. [d|ia], differ- 
 ently ; dvo/jLoiios exeti', be held in a 
 different light, vii. 7. 49. 
 
 dvo(j.os, ov [R. v«|i], xdthout law, 
 lawless, vi. 6. 13. 
 
 dvT , by elision for dvri. 
 
 dvTa7opd^(o [d-ysCpw], buy in ex- 
 change, i. 5. 5. 
 
 dvTa-ywvCSopiai [R. a^], Struggle 
 against, rival, with irp6s and the 
 ace, iv. 7. 12. 
 
 dvTaKovo) [R. KoF], listen in 
 one''s turn, ii. 5. 16. 
 
 "AvTav8pos, V, Antandrus (An- 
 tandi'o), an ancient city on the 
 southern slope of Mt. Ida, vii. 8. 7, 
 in the Troad, and near the head of 
 the gulf of Adramyttium. It was 
 founded by the Relasgians, and 
 
d VT« |xir t pLirXii (ii-d vTixifid w 
 
 20 
 
 later colonized by the Aeolians, but 
 the Persians took it, and during 
 the Feloponnesian war engaged in 
 various struggles with the Athe- 
 nians for its possession. Accord- 
 ing to Vergil, Aeneas built his 
 fleet there. 
 
 dvTCfi.'jrCiJ.irXiijjii [R. irXa], Jill 771 
 recompense, with ace. and gen., iv. 
 5. 28. 
 
 dvT€iri|i,€X€0(iai [R. |uX], take care 
 i)i return, take measw-es against, 
 iii. I. 1(3. 
 
 avrl, prep, with the gen, [avrC], 
 orig. over against, against, hence, 
 instead of, for, in place of, i. i. 4, 
 7. 16, iii. I. 17, 47 ; di>9' wv, i.e. avrl 
 TovTwv a, in return for, i. 3. 4, v. 
 
 5. 14, vii. 7. 8 ; aipeladal ti dm I 
 TLvos, prefer one thing to another, 
 I. 7. 3, 9. 9 ; dvff (Sv effrr^KbTes, 
 standing tcith lohich in front (of 
 pine trees), behind ichich, iv. 7. 
 
 6. As adv., in recompense, in re- 
 turn, V. 5. 21. In composition dvri 
 signifies against, in opposition, in 
 return, in turn, instead. 
 
 dvTi8i5«(i,i [R. 80], give in re- 
 turn, put in phice of iii. 3. 19. 
 
 dvTiKa0io-TTi|xi [R. o-ra], estab- 
 lish, iipjioint instead, iii. i. 38. 
 
 dvTi\€7w [R. X€7], saij or sj^eak 
 against, oppose, object, iii. 2. 38, vi. 
 5, 22, vii. 3. 14 ; say in opposition, 
 \vith the dat. and inf., ii. 5. 29 ; with 
 ws and a clause, ii. 3. 25. 
 
 'AvTiXtwv, ovTos, 6, Antileon, a 
 Greek soldier from Thurii (see 
 Qovpios), V. 1.2. 
 
 dvrCos, a, ov [dvrC], set against, 
 opposite, face to face. In the pred. 
 where we should use an adv., 
 against, with the dat. of the pers. 
 expressed or understood, i. 10. 10, 
 iv. 3. 26 ; so avrioi Uvai, go to meet, 
 i. 8. 17 ; cf 8. 24, vi. 5. 26. As 
 subst., oi avrloi, the enemy, iii. i. 42 ; 
 €K ToO avrlov, from the opposite 
 side, i. 8. 23. Phrase : (rare, only 
 in Xen. in Att. prose, cf. ivavrlo^) 
 XSyoi avrloi ^ ovs tJkovov, icords just 
 the reverse of v:hat I heard, vi. 6. 34. 
 
 dvTiirapa0«ci) [64a)'], run along 
 one's own line to meet, iv. 8. 17. 
 
 dvTiirapao-K€vd^O}i.ai. [R. <rKv], 
 prepare oneself in turn, i. 2. u. 
 
 dvTiirapaTdTTop.ai [R. raK], ar- 
 ray oneself against, with /card <pd- 
 Xa77a, iv. 8. 9 (where some read 
 .simply (pdXayya). 
 
 dvTiirdpciiJLi [ei/^0' march along 
 over against, on the opposite side 
 of a stream, iv. 3. 17. 
 
 dyTiirdtrxw [R- o-na'], suffer in 
 rettirn, ii. 5. 17. 
 
 dvTnrt'pdv or dvTiirepds, adv. [R. 
 ircp], preceded by /card (/car'), over 
 against, on the opposite side of, 
 with the gen., 1. i. 9, iv. 8. 3. See 
 KaTavTLiripdv. KaravTiiripas. 
 
 dvTiiroUw [irouw], do in return, 
 retaliate, iii. 3. 7, 12; mid., lay claim 
 to, contend for, dispute about, with 
 the gen. of the cause and dat. of 
 the pers., ii. i. 11, 3. 23 ; vie with, 
 be rivals in, with the gen. of the 
 thing, iv. 7. 12, or with the dat. of 
 the pers. and irepl with gen. of the 
 thing, V. 2. 11. 
 
 avrCiropos, ov [R. irep], on the 
 opposite coast, over against, oppo- 
 site, with the dat., iv. 2. 18. Poetic 
 word, except here. 
 
 dvTi<rTa<rid5« [R. o-ra], form a 
 party against, contend with, with 
 the dat.," iv. i. 27. 
 
 dvTi<rTa<riwTT]s, 01; [R. o-ra], one 
 of the opposite faction, party foe 
 or opponent, i. i. 10. 
 
 dvTKTTOlXt'w (o-TOtX^W, (TTOlX'^O't^ 
 
 [<j-TO£xos, 0, roio], be in a row), 
 stand in roics opposite, with the 
 dat., V. 4. 12. 
 
 dvTi<rTpaTOir£8«vo|j.ai [R. o-rpa -f 
 R. ir£8], encamp against, vii. 7. 33. 
 
 dvTiTdTTw [R. TttK], sct against, 
 set in battle against, with the ace. 
 and the dat., ii. 5. 19 ; mid., set 
 oneself in array, marshal oneself 
 against, set the battle in array, with 
 the dat., iii. 2. 14, iv. 8. 5, v. 4. 23, 
 vi. 1.9; so the pass., i. 10. 3. 
 
 dvTiTifidw [R. Ti], honour in re- 
 turn. V. 5. 14. 
 
f 
 
 21 
 
 dvTiTO^evw-dira-yy^XXo 
 
 dvTi,To|€va) [R. tok], shoot in re- 
 turn, shout back, iii. 3. 15. 
 
 dvTi<t)v\.dTT« [<j)w\dTT«], guard 
 in turn; mid., guard oneself in 
 turn, ii. 5. 3. 
 
 dvTpov, t6 [Lat. antrum is a 
 borrowed word], cave, i. 2. 8. 
 
 dvTpw8i]s, es [dvTpov +11. piS], 
 cave-like, cavernous, iv. 3. 11. 
 
 dwcTTos, 6v [verbal of dww], to be 
 accomplished, possible ; 0-17^ oJs d;/!;- 
 (tt6v, as silently as possible, i. 8. 11. 
 
 dvvw, Att. regularly dvvrw, dvijo-w, 
 rivvffa., TiwKa, rjvv(TiJ.ai, achieve, ac- 
 complish, bring to pass ; mid., for 
 oneself, vii. 7. 24. 
 
 ovo), adv, [dm], above, up, on 
 higher ground, upwards, iv. i. 6, 
 2. 8, 3. 5, 8. 28, V. 4. 24, 25 ; %tp, 
 into the air, iii. 4. 17 ; up country 
 (from the coast to the interior), i. 
 2. 1, vii. 3. 16, 5. 9. Comp. dfw- 
 Tip(j3, higher, with the gen., i. 4. 17, 
 
 iv. 2. 25. Sup. T] dvUTOLTO) KU>fJ.r], 
 
 the village highest up, vii. 4. 11. 
 With the art., to dvw (sc. iJ-ipos), 
 the part above, iv. 6. 26 ; rd dvw, 
 the heights, iv. 3. 25 ; oi dvu ttoX^- 
 fiLoi, the foe above, iv. 3. 23 ; 17 fii/w 
 656s, </ie journey inland, iii. i. 8; 
 17 &VU} xw/sd, </ie up-country, v. 2. 3 ; 
 6 (icw ^aa-iXeijs, the up-coxintry king, 
 vii. I. 28, 7. 0. As adv. of place, 
 with gen., iv. 3. 3 ; cf 3. 21. 
 
 dvto'ytwv, t6 [dt/w-f^fi], what is 
 raised above the ground, upper 
 floor, loft, V. 4. 29. 
 
 dvwOcv, adv. [d^w], from above, 
 iv. 7. 12, V. 2. 23 ; from up-country, 
 vii. 7. 2, 
 
 dg£d, ds [R. a^], worth, value; 
 TTjv d^ldv rivl vfifiai, give one his 
 deserts, vi. 6. 33. 
 
 d^tvri, 17s [c/. Lat. ascirt, axe, Eng. 
 AXE, adze], axe, Lat. bipennis. 
 
 with double head. The d^tvrj was 
 used for chopping and digging, and 
 
 in Homer as a battle-axe. i. 5. 12, 
 vii. I. 17, 
 
 d^ioS) d, ov [R. a^y], weighing as 
 much as, loorthy of deserving, of 
 persons, with or without the gen., 
 i. 7. 3, vi. 6. 15, vii. 3. 10, 7, 37 ; 
 with the inf., i. 9. 1, ii. 5. 24 ; of 
 things, valuable, befitting, worth, 
 sometimes with the gen. of value, 
 i. 9. 29, vii. 3. 27, 7. 25 ; neut. d^iov 
 (sc. eari), be worth while, befitting, 
 becoming,' due, Lat. operae pretium 
 est, decet, aequum est, v. 7. 5, 8. 7, 
 with dat. and inf., ii. 3. 25, vii. 3. 
 
 19, with the simple inf., vi. 5. 18, 
 or with the gen., vi. 5. 13, Phrases : 
 TToXXoO dftos, ioo7-th much, valuable, 
 of great service, i. 3. 12, ii. i. 14, 
 iv. I. 28 ; irXeiovos d^ios, more valu- 
 able, ii. I. 20; vXela-Tov d^ios, most 
 valuable, ii. 4. 6 ; iravrbs dftos, very 
 valuable, vii. 3. 13. 
 
 d^ioo-TpdTT^-yos, Of [R. a7 + R, 
 o-Tpa], loorthy of being general, iii. 
 1.24. 
 
 d|i6«, dftiio-w, etc. [R. a^], think 
 fit, worthy or proper, expect, with 
 the inf., ii. 6. 27, iii. i. 37, v. 5. 9, 
 vii. 3. 19, or with the gen., iii. 2. 7; 
 so mid. (ace. to some), i. 9. 15, and 
 pass., iv. 6. 16. Hence, claim, ask, 
 demand, with the inf., i, 1,8, 3. 19, 
 V. 5. 20, vi. 6. 25, 
 
 d^i(i>|j.a, aros, t6 [R. a^], loorth, 
 authority, dignity, vi. i. 28. 
 
 d|a), see dyu. 
 
 a|(ov, ovos, 6 [R. a^], axle, i. 8. 
 10.^ 
 
 aoirXos, Of [R. o-eir], without 
 arms, unarmed, ii. 3. 3. 
 
 d-ir', by elision for d7r6. 
 
 diraY-ycXXw [d77AXa;], bring or 
 Cfflrr^ ftacA; loord, bring tidings (from 
 a person or place, of envoys, mes- 
 sengers, scouts, etc.), announce, 
 report, with the simple dat. or 
 irpbs with the acc. of the person to 
 whom the message is sent, and the 
 gen. with napd of the person from 
 whom it comes, i. 4. 13, 7. 2, ii. i. 
 
 20, 3. 24, 5. 36, vi. 3. 22 ; the pur- 
 port of the message is 
 
aTra-yopev(<j-air<L(ii 
 
 22 
 
 by the ace, i. 4. 12, ii. i. 21, 3. 2, 
 vi. 4. 25, or a clause with dn or ojs, 
 i. 10. 15, ii. I. 4, 22, 4. J, iv. 5. 20, 
 vi. I. 1(5, or an indir. quest., i. 10. 
 14, ii. 5. 27, or with ws and the 
 gen. ab.s., ii. i. 21. 
 
 dira-yopevw, pf. aireLpr)Ka, cf. airei- 
 TTov [dYcCpw and R. 1 ^ip], forbid ; 
 intr., renounce, give up or out, be- 
 come exhausted, of men or ani- 
 mals, i. 5. 3, ii. 2. 16, V. I. 2, vi. 5. 
 30, 8. 3. 
 
 dira7« [R. 07], lead off or back, 
 march back, esp. of troops, i. 3. 14, 
 ii. 3. 26, 29, vii. 6. 9, 7. 10, 57 ; 
 camj away, remove, v. 8. 7, vi. i. 
 8, 5. 20, 6. 1. 
 
 diraYWYT), ^s [R. a-y], leadUuj 
 off, removal, vii. 6. 5. 
 * d-iraeVis, ^s [R. o-iraj, without 
 experience of, free from, with the 
 gen., vii. 7. 33. 
 
 dirai5ei)Tos, oi> [irais], unedu- 
 cated, iiinoriint, ii. 6. 20. 
 
 diraipto [dtipw], lift off; hence, 
 of a ship, set sail, depart, vii. 6. 
 33. 
 
 diraiTJw [alT«'w], demand or ask 
 from, demand (as a right or debt) , 
 Lat. posed, i. 2. 11, iv. 2. 18, vii. 
 5. 7, 7. 20 ; sometimes with two 
 aces., ii. 5. 38, v. 8. 4, vii. 6. 2 ; one 
 of the aces, may be represented by 
 a rel. clause, vii. 7. 21, 39. 
 
 diraXXdrrw (dWciTraj, dXXa7-, 
 aXXd|co, ^XXa^a, --qWaxo., •vXXa7- | 
 fxai, -rjWdx^V or riWdyTiv [dXXos], 
 change), change off, abandon, de- 
 part, iii. 2. 28*, V. 6. 32 ; so mid., 
 but with dir6 or eK and the gen., 
 vii. I. 4, 6. 2 ; pass., be freed from, 
 be rid of, with the gen., iv. 3. 2, 
 V. I. 13, vi. 2. 15. Plirase: us fj.elov 
 exwi' dirriWdyi], lohen he had come 
 off xoith the icorst of it, i. 10. 8. 
 
 diraXos, v, iv, tender, delicate, 
 soft, i. 5. 2, V. 4. 32. 
 
 dira|i€iPofxai (d/uet'^w, d/ielfw, 
 ^fj.ei\pa, -ri)j.€l(p0r]v, change), dep. 
 mid. and pass., make return, an- 
 swer, reply, ii. 5. 15. Poetic verb, 
 perhaps only here in Attic prose. 
 
 diravrdb), diravTrfcofxaL, dirrjv- 
 TTjffa, dirr)VTr]Ka [dvT(J, meet, go to 
 meet, Lat. obuiam eo, with the dat., 
 ii. 3. 17, 4. 25, vii. 8. 1 ; in a hostile 
 sense, encounter, iv. 6. 5, 24, vi. 
 1.8. 
 
 aira|, numeral adv. [R. ira-y], 
 once; used in Anab. after iirel, 
 idv, edvirep, or u!s, without the ex- 
 act idea of number, Lat. itt semel, 
 si semcl, etc., i. 9. 10, ii. 2. 12, iii. 2. 
 25, iv. 6. 17, 7. 12. 
 
 dirapdo-Kivos, ov [R. (tkv], un- 
 prepared, i. I. 6, 5. 9, ii. 3. 21. 
 
 dirds, d(xa, dv [irds], all together, 
 all, ichole, of persons or of things, 
 when with the art., it has pred. posi- 
 tion, i. 4. 4, 5. 1, 5, 6. 10, 7. 8, ii. 
 3. 7, 5. 28, 29, iii. 2. 9, iv. 3. 19, 
 V. 6. 8, 7. 28, vi. 4. 20, vii. i. 27. 
 Phrases: dwdv to /x4(tov, the entire 
 space between, i. 4. 4 ; dirdv bfioikh, 
 entirely level, i. 5. 1 ; TreSi'oj' dirdv, 
 all a plain, iv. 4. 1. 
 
 diravOT]|i£p(^(i> {avdrjtiepl^w, aiidi)- 
 /jLepiS- [avT6s + i7M^pd], return on 
 the same day), return on the same 
 day, V. 2. 1. 
 
 diTEYvwKcvai, see diroyiyvdxTKo}. 
 
 a.TriS6\ir\v, see d-rroSlSwui. 
 
 dirc'Spd, diroSpdS) etc., see diro- 
 didpdcTKO). 
 
 dircSuKa, see dirodlSoj/ju. 
 
 dircOavov, see dTrodv-^ffKio. 
 
 dirciOew, dneidT^crw [R. iriO], dis- 
 obey, be disobedient, ii. 6. 4, iii. 2. 
 31. 
 
 dTTCiXcu, dTreiXrjffu}, etc. [diretXij], 
 threaten, with a cognate ace. and a 
 clause with w's, or with the dat. of 
 the pers. and a clause with 6ti, v. 
 5. 22, 6. 34. 
 
 dirsiXri, •^s, boastful promise, 
 threat, generally pi. (always pi. in 
 Anab.), vii. 7. 24, 54. 
 
 dirci|jii, [R. €<r], be away, stay 
 away, ii. 5. 37, vi. 6. 20. 
 
 dir€i|ii \_eip.i], go off or away, 
 depart, retreat, desert, return, go 
 along, disappear (often with fut. 
 meaning in the pres., like iiiu), i. 3. 
 11, ii. I. 21, 2. 1, 10, 3. 7, iii. 3. 5, 
 
23 
 
 dirtiirov-dirXoos 
 
 4. 34, iv. 5. 24, 6. I, V. 2. 3, vi. 3. 25, 
 vii. 2. 16. The person to whom is 
 expressed by irpis, irapd or oJs, with 
 the ace, i. 9. 29, ii. 3. 20, vii. 2. 
 37 ; from lohom by d7r6 with the 
 gen., vi. 5. 17 ; the place or thing 
 to lohich by et's or ewL witli the ace, 
 i. 4. 7, 10. 17, ii. 3. 29, 4. 8, iv. 8. 
 14, vi. 3. 4 ; toimrds which, by ^tt^ 
 with the gen. or by an adv., i. 7. 4, 
 ii. 1 . 3, vii. 8. 2 ; /or ly/iic/i by iwi 
 with dat., ii. 4. 5 ; within which by 
 eiftrw with gen., vii. i. 40; from 
 which by airb or e/c with gen., iii. 5. 
 4, iv. 3. 9, vii. 6. 42. A cognate 
 ace. follows the verb in v. 3. 6. 
 Phrase: (card x^/sav dTrt^z'ai, Htoue 
 ftacA; <o its former position, of an 
 army, vi. 4. 11. 
 
 d.ir«iirov \_eiwov'\, renounce, vii. 
 
 1. 41 ; forbid, with the dat. and 
 the inf. "with ^.r), vii. 2. 12. 
 
 dircipi^KOTas, see awa-yopevo}. 
 
 airciposi ov [R. irep], without ex- 
 perience, unskilled, unacquainted 
 with, Lat. imperitus, abs. or with 
 the gen., ii. 2. 5, iii. 2. 16, v. i. 8, 
 6.29. 
 
 dir€ixov, see ott^xw. 
 
 direKTOve, see dTro/cTet'i'w. 
 
 direXavvco [eXayj-oj], rfnue a(Crt»/, 
 ea:peZ, iii. i. 32, vi. 6. 6 ; with dir6 
 and gen. of the place, iii. 4. 40 ; 
 intr., march, ride, or go away, ii. 3. 
 6, 4. 24, vii. 3. 1, 7. 12 ; with irapd 
 and ace. of the person, or et's and 
 ace. of the place, i. 4. 5, 8. 17, vii. 
 6. 42. 
 
 direXBovTas, see dw^pxafiai. 
 
 amp, see Sa-irep. 
 
 dTTcpvKw [R. 2 Ftp], ward of, v. 
 8. 25. 
 
 dir€'pxo|iai [epx^M^']' ^^^ verb 
 d-rreifxi serving as fut., come or go 
 avmy, go forvxird, depart, retreat, 
 desert, return, ab?., i. i. 4, 3. 17, ii. 
 
 2. 5, 6. 5, iii. 4. 18, iv. 7, 7, v. 2. 7, 
 vi. 3. 25, vii. 2. 15. The person to 
 whom is expressed by vpds or irapd 
 with ace, i. 4. 7, iv. 2. 21, vii. 6. 34 ; 
 /?-om whom by Trapd and gen., i. 9. 
 29 ; j;Zace or thing to which by eTri 
 
 or et's with ace, iii. 5. 7, iv. 8. 6, 
 vii. 5. 8, or by the advs. of/caSe and 
 xwp/s, V. 6. 20, vi. 6. 2 ; so e^w with 
 gen., vii. i. 35 ; from lohich by dTro 
 with gen., v. 2. 27, or by the adv. 
 ivd^vde, V. 7. 5. 
 
 d-ircx.6dvo|J.ai, direxdriffop-ai, dirrj- 
 ■)(d6p.7)v, dirrjxdvf^^'- [e'x^os, to, ha- 
 tred], be hateful to, incur one''s 
 hatred, with tlie dat., ii. 6. 19, v. 
 8. 25, vii. 6. 34, 35, 7. 10. 
 
 dirt'xw [R. <r«x], keep off or 
 away (not so in Anab.); intr., be 
 away from or distant, Lat. dlsto, 
 with the ace of extent, i. 3. 20, iii. 
 2. 34, vi. 3. 20, vii. 3. 2 ; the person 
 or ^Zace /ro9/i which is expressed 
 by the gen., ii. 4. 10, 12, vi. 5. 8, 
 vii. 3. 9 ; also the place from xohich 
 by diro with gen., iv. 3. 5, v. 4. 31 ; 
 mid., AoZcif oneself off from, abstain 
 from injuring, keep away from, 
 with the gen., ii. 6. 10, iii. i. 22, v. 
 5. 14, vi. I. 31, 6. 14. 
 
 dirT|-ya"y€v, see dirdyy. 
 
 diTTjci, see direinc (elpu). 
 
 dirT|Xa(ra, dirT|Xavvov, see dir- 
 eXavviv. 
 
 dirfiXOov, see dnipxop-ai. 
 
 din]XXd"Yii, see dTraXXdTTc;. 
 
 dirfjpa, see diraipw. 
 
 din<rT€w, dviffTTicru, etc. [R. iri8], 
 distrust, suspect, disobe>/, with the 
 dat., ii. 5. 6, 16, 6. 19, vi. 6. 13, vii. 
 2. 31. 
 
 dirio-Ttd, OS [R. iriO], distriist, 
 suspicion, treachery, ii. 5. 4, iii. 2. 
 4, 8 ; with irp6s and the ace of the 
 person, ii. 5. 21. 
 
 aiTicTTOs, ov [R. iri9], not to be 
 trusted, untrustworthy, faithless, 
 vii. 7. 23, 24 ; with the dat., ii. 4. 7. 
 
 diriT€ov [^iriov, verbal of flp.i], 
 with eurl, one must go, must de- 
 part, v. 3. 1. 
 
 dirXsTos, OP [R. irXa], not to be 
 filled or measured, great, tremen- 
 dous, iv. 4. 11. 
 
 dirXoos, 677, 60V, contr. ovs, rj, ovp 
 [R. irXa], simple, frank, straight- 
 forward, Lat. simplex, v. 8. 18 ; rb 
 dirXovp, sincerity, ii, 6. 22. 
 
d,ir6-diro0VT)'o-Kw 
 
 24 
 
 airo, by elision and euphony, air' 
 or d(f), prep, with gen. [Lat. ah, 
 Eng. OFF, of], from, off, away 
 from. Used of place, including 
 persons and things ; of time ; and 
 of source in its broadest sense, 
 including cause and means. Of 
 place, including separation and 
 distance, /rom, away from, i. i. 2, 
 8. 15, 28, 9. 6, iii. 4. 24, iv. 3. 5, v. 
 4. 31, vi. 3. 8, vii. 3. 12. Of time, 
 from, after, starting from, i. 7. 18, 
 ii. 6. 30, V. 6. 23, vii. 5. 6, 8 ; dTro 
 Toi^Toi;, /ro^rt ^/«'s time on, ii. 6. 5 ; 
 d^' oS, siHce, iii. 2. 14. Of source, 
 including origin, i. 5. 10, ii. 3. 14, 
 4. 13, iii. I. 12, vi. i. 22, vii. 2. 37 ; 
 descent, ii. i. 3, vii. 8. 17 ; cause, 
 on, upon, Ii. 5. 32, iv. i. 5; means, 
 by, out of, by the aid of, i. i. 9, ii. 
 6. 5, V. 3. 4, 5. 1, vii. 7. 9. In the 
 constructio praegndns, ol awb rwv 
 oIkiQv, the people in the houses, v. 
 2. 24, 25, cf ii. 2. 16, iii. 4. 43. 
 Phrases : dwo iirwov, on horseback, 
 i. 2. 7 ; cf. iii. 3. 10 ; dirb tQiv dewv 
 dpxea-dai, start out from the gods, 
 supplicate them before beginning 
 an undertaking, vi. 3. 18, cf. ii. 5, 7 ; 
 €vdvs d(f> iffTT^pds, just after night- 
 fall, vi. 3. 23. In composition dno 
 signifies from, away, off, in return, 
 back, but is sometimes simply in- 
 tensive, and sometimes almost neg. 
 (arising from the sense of off). 
 
 diroPaivw [R. Pa], Step off, esp. 
 from a ship, disembark, Lat. egre- 
 dior, with et's or eiri and the ace. of 
 place, v. 7. 9, vi. 2. 17, 19, 3. 2 ; 
 issue, result, come true, vii. 8. 22. 
 
 diroPdWw [Pa\\«], cast off or 
 away, lose, iv. 6. 10, vi. i. 21, vii. 
 6. 31. 
 
 diroPiPaSw {^i^a^w, /3i^a5-, -/St- 
 /3d(7a; or /3i;8w, -e/Si/Sacra [R. Pa], 
 make go, causative to jSaivw), cause 
 to go off, disembark, i. 4. 5. 
 
 d-iropXe'irw [/SX^ttw], look away 
 from all other objects at one, 
 look steadily, with ei's and the ace. 
 of the thing, i. 8. 14 ; as a dog 
 towards his master's table, look 
 
 with longing eye, of a dependant, 
 vii. 2. 33. 
 
 diroYiYvwo-KO) [R. •yvw], give up 
 the intention of, with the gen., i. 7. 
 19. 
 
 diroStSpdKouriv, see diroStSpio-Kw. 
 
 d-iroSeiKvviJLi [R. 1 ha-K], point out, 
 make known, v. 8. 7, 11 ; shoio to, 
 direct, with the inf., ii. 3. 14 ; ap- 
 point, i. I. 2, 9. 7 ; mid., set forth 
 one's vieios, declare, with or with- 
 out yvwfiTjv, and with a clause with 
 6rt or with inf., v. 2. 9, 5. 3, 6. 37 ; 
 pass., be declared, vii. i. 26. 
 
 diroScpo) (5^pw, depw, fSeipa, dt- 
 Sap/xai, eddpT]v [R. Sap], ./fa?/), take 
 the hide off, flay, skin, iii. 5. 9. 
 
 diroS€xo|i,ai [R. 2 Suk], receive 
 at the hands of, accept, vi. i. 24. 
 
 diro8r]|ji£(i>, dirodrjfjLrjaoo [R. 8a], 
 be from home, go abroad, vii. 8. 4. 
 
 diroSiSpdcrKw (^-dtdpacTKu, dpa-, 
 -Spdcro/Jiai, -edpdv, -didpaKo, [root 
 8pa, rtin, cf. Eng. tread], run), 
 run away, desert, escape by stealth, 
 i. 4. 8, ii. 2. 13, iv. 6. 3, v. 6. 34, vii. 
 
 6. 36; abandon, with ace, vi. 4. 8 ; 
 ivithdraw, hide oneself, with els and 
 the ace. of the place, ii. 5. 7. 
 
 diro8(S(d|ii. [R. 80], give back or 
 up, restore, deliver, iv. 2. 19, 23, 
 V. 3. 6, 7, vii. 5. 5, 6. 2, 3, 8. 6 ; re- 
 turn what is due, pay, with or 
 without fiLo-dSv, i. 2. 11, 12, 4. 15, 
 vii. 5. 4, 7. 34; fulfll a promise, i. 
 
 7. 5, vii. 6. 22 ; inid., sell, vii. 2. 3, 
 6, 8. 2, 6. 
 
 diro8oK£i [R. 8ok], it displeases, 
 with dat. and inf., ii. 3. 9. 
 
 diroSovvai, see dnodidufxi. 
 
 diro8pa(T], diroSpdvai, see diro- 
 8i.5pdaKw. 
 
 diroSpafjiov|xai, see dirorp^x'^- 
 
 diroStjw [5uw], strip off, spoil the 
 .slain, V. 8. 23; mid. with 2 aor. 
 act., strip oneself, undress, iv. 3. 
 17. ^ 
 
 diro8(o(r€i, see dirobl5wp.i. 
 
 diro6av€tv, see dirodvijaKoj. 
 
 diro0vT(<rKw [^vTyV/cw], die off, die, 
 be killed, fall in battle, i. 6. 11, 
 9. 31, ii. 6. 20, iv. i. 18, v. i. 17; 
 
25 
 
 dTToOiiw-'AiroXXcov 
 
 he put to death, ii. i. 10, iii. i. 13, 
 V. 3. 5, vii. 4. 7 ; with vir6 and gen., 
 by, at the hands of, ii. 6. 29, v. i. 
 15, vii. 5. 13 ; the manner of death 
 is expressed by the dat. or by a 
 partic, iii. i. 13, 2. 18, v. 7. 19, vii. 
 2. 32. oi d.wodav6vT(s, the dead, the 
 fallen, iii. 4. 5, iv. 2. 23. 
 
 diro6«(d [R. 2 Ov], sacrifice as 
 due, offer up, pay a vow, Lat. iiotiim 
 soluo, with cognate ace, iii. 2. 12, 
 iv. 8. 25. 
 
 diroiKCd, as [R. Fik], colony, 
 settlement, Lat. colunia, iv. 8. 22. 
 
 airoiKos, ov [R. Fi-k], away from 
 home ; woXn d-rroLKos, a colony, v. 3. 
 2, vi. 2. 1 ; as subst., diroiKoi, colo- 
 nists, Lat. coloni, v. 5. 10, vi. i. 15. 
 
 diroKa((0, Att. diroKao) [Kaiw], 
 burn off; of a blizzard, freeze off, 
 Lat. aduro, iv. 5. 3, vii. 4. 3. 
 
 diroKaXt'w [R. KaX], call off, call 
 aside, Lat. seuoco, vii. 3. 35. 
 
 diroKd)i.v<i> [/cdynvw], (/roio iveary, 
 fail, flay, iv. 7. 2. 
 
 d'ir6K€i|j.ai [K€i(iai], he laid away, 
 he laid up in store, ii. 3. 15j vii. 7. 
 46. 
 
 diroK\€i<o [/cXetw], s?i?«^ 0^, CM< 
 off, exclude, iv. 3. 20; with the gen., 
 vi. 6. 13 ; shut, vii. 6. 24. 
 
 diroKXtvci) (/cXtfo;, /cXt;/-, (cXikw, 
 (KXlva, K^KXifxai, iK\ldt)v or -eKKlvrjv 
 [root kXi, Zean, c/. K\ifj.a^, Lat. tn- 
 ciwjo, feettfZ, cliuus, declivity, libra, 
 balance, Eng. lean, lid], bend), 
 intr., <t(r?i «sjde, ^?<ra o# «/te roaJ, 
 ii. 2. 16. 
 
 diroKoiTTCi) [/ciTTTw], CM^ off, strike 
 off, vii. 4. 15; beat off from, of an 
 enemy, iii. 4. 39, iv. 2. 10 ; with d7r6 
 and gen. of the place, iv. 2. 17. 
 
 diroKptvofiai [/cpfcw], r/rye a de- 
 cision, ansicer, Lat. responded, abs., 
 i. 4. 16, ii. 3. 20, vii. 2. 26, or with 
 cognate ace, ii. 5. 42, iii. 3. 3, or with 
 a rel. clause, ii. i. 9 ; t\\Q person to 
 %vhom is expressed by the dat., i. 4. 
 14, vi. 6. 34, vii. 7. 4, the thing to 
 which by wpbs and ace, ii. 5. 39, 
 V. 4. 8 ; the answer itself may be 
 a direct quotation, with or without 
 
 •6Ti, i. 6. 8, 8. 16, ii. i. 22, 4. 5, iv. 
 8. 6, vii. I. 22, or indirect with 6ti, 
 i. 3. 20, 8. 13, iv. 5. 10, v. 4. 8, vii. 
 2. 10. 
 
 diroKpvirTw [KpyTrToi], hide from, 
 conceal, i. 9. 19, iv. 4. 11. 
 
 diroKTsCvco [KTelvus'], with dwoOvg- 
 a-KU} (q.v.) serving as passive, kill 
 off, put to death, slay, i. i. 3, 7, 2. 
 20, ii. 1.8, 3. 23, iv. 7. 22, v. 7. 16, 
 vi. 4. 24, vii. I. 28. 
 
 diroKTCvv{)|xi [ktivvv/ju, not Attic, 
 collateral form of Kret'j'w], only 
 pres. and impf., kill, vi. 3. 5, 5. 
 28. 
 
 diroKuXvct) [kwX6w], hinder from, 
 prevent, with the ace. and the gen., 
 iii, 3. 3 ; with the ace. and yinj with 
 inf., vi. 4. 24. 
 
 diroXap,pdv(i) [XajajSai/w], take 
 from, take back, receive back, re- 
 cover, regain, i. 2. 27, 4. 8, vii. 3. 
 31, 7. 25, 8. 6 ; pass., be cut off, as a 
 military phrase, ii. 4. 17 ; cf, iv. 3. 
 20 (where editions differ). 
 
 diroXefiro) [Xe/ttw], leave behind, 
 forsake, desert, abandon, i. 4. 8, 
 ii. 6. 12, iv. 2. 15, vi. 2. 12 ; ZeatJe 
 ojien, leave a space, vi. 5. 11 ; mid. 
 and pass., fall behind, be parted 
 from, iv. 3. 22, v. 8. 16 ; with the 
 gen., V. 4. 20, vi. 3. 26. 
 I d-iroXtKTOs, ov [R. Xe-y], selected, 
 ; picked, ii. 3. 15. 
 
 I d'iroX'q<j)9TiT€, diroX^xl/ovrai, see 
 d7roXa/U,;3dccj. 
 
 d')r6XXv(ii {dWd/jLt, 6X-, 6Xw, 
 wXe(ra, uiX6fj.riv, -oXwXe/ca, or 6XwXa 
 [root oX, destroy, cf. Lat. ab-oleo, 
 destroy^, destroy), destroy bitterly, 
 kill, lose, ii. 4. 3, 5. 39, iii. 2. 4, 
 vi. 6, 23 ; with w6 and the gen. of 
 agent, iii. 4. 11, vii. 2. 22; mid. 
 with 2 pf. and plpf. act., perish, 
 die, he lost, be ruined, i. 2. 25, ii. 
 5. 41, iii. I. 2, 38, vii. i. 19, 4. 12; 
 with viro and the gen. of cause or 
 the dat. of manner, i. 5. 5, v. 3. 3, 
 8.2, vii. 4. 5. 
 
 'AttoXXwv, wkoj, ace. (ava and w, 
 voc. " k-n-oXXov, Apollo, one of the 
 greatest of the divinities of the 
 
'ATroXX«vid-d-iro(rT|ir« 
 
 26 
 
 Greeks, son of Zeus and Leto, twin 
 brother of Artemis. His birthplace 
 was Del OS. He was the god of 
 prophecy, his most famous oracle 
 being at Delphi, iii. 1.6, of music 
 ((•/. i. 2. 8), and of poetry. As 
 god of archery and preserver of 
 health, the Greeks made thank- 
 offerings to him for their safe re- 
 turn, V. 3. 4, cf. vii. 8. 3. 
 
 'AiroWwvid, as, ApoUonia, a 
 town in the district of Teuthrania 
 in Mysia, east of Pergamus. The 
 exact site of it is not known, vii. 
 8. 15. 
 
 'AitoWwviStis, 01^, Apollonides, a 
 pretended Boeotian among the 
 captains of Proxenus. Having 
 given cowardly advice, he was dis- 
 covered to be a Lydian, and was 
 driven off, iii. i. 20-32. 
 
 diroXo-yeoiJiai, dwoXoyriaoiJLaL, etc. 
 [R. Xe-y], say in defence, offer a 
 defence, with irepi and the gen., v. 
 6.3. 
 
 diroXvto [X6u>], loose from, ac- 
 quit, with gen. of the charge, Lat. 
 absolno culpae, vi. 6. 15, 16. 
 diroXttXeKare, see d7r6X\u/xt. 
 diro|idxo(JLai [R. [tax], fight off, 
 resist, Lat. repugno, vi. 2. 6. 
 
 dir6|xaxos, ov [R. (lax], not fight- 
 ing ; hence, disabled or non-com- 
 batant, iii. 4. 32, iv. i. 13. 
 
 dirovocTTea) (voario}, voffTT^cru {^v6- 
 (TTos, 6, a return homel, go home), 
 return home, iii. 5. 16. 
 
 diroire'ii'Trco [jr^/inrw], send off or 
 back, despatch, send what is due, 
 remit, i. 1.8, 7. 8, iii. i. 9, vii. 7. 51 ; 
 with irpos and the ace. of the per- 
 son, or ei's or iirL with the ace. of 
 the place, i. i. 3, 2. 1, 20, or with 
 the ace. and the inf., vii. 4. 2 ; mid., 
 send from oneself, dismiss, i. i. 5, 
 vii. 7! 8, 23. 
 
 d-iroTrVj'yviJp.i [R. irav], freeze; 
 mid., of blood, freeze, curdle, Lat. 
 concresco, v. 8. 15. 
 
 diro-n-T^Sdw (irTjSdcj, irr}bri<ToiJ.ai, 
 iiTTidrjffa, -TreTrrjdiqKa [R. ireS], leap), 
 
 spring away, iii. 4. 27. 
 
 diroirXew [R. irXtF], sail off, 
 away, or back, hence, sail home, 
 i. 3. 14, V. 4. 12, vi. 6. 9, vii. i. 4; 
 with e/c and the gen. of the place, 
 vii. 1.38, 2. 5. 
 
 diroirXooS) Att. dirdirXovs, 6 [R. 
 irXeF], a sailing back, homeward 
 voyage, v. 6. 20. 
 
 d-n-oirop€vo|iai. [R. irtp], journey 
 away, depart, vii. 6. 33, 7. 8. 
 
 diropeo), dwopriiTw, etc. [R. ir€p], 
 be xoithout loays and means, be in 
 doubt, perplexed, at a loss, act. and 
 ! mid., iii. 5. 8, v. 6. 30, vi. i. 21, vii. 
 I 3. 20 ; with the dat. of cause, i. 3. 
 18, 5. 13 ; with an indir. question, 
 ' vii. 3. 29 ; with the inf., vi. i. 22 ; 
 be in toant of, lack, with the gen., 
 i. 7.3, V. I. 11. 
 
 I diropCd, ds [R. *ir«p], lack of ways 
 i and means, difficulty, perplexity, 
 ! embarrassment, i. 3. 13, ii. 5. 9, 
 vi. 6. 11 ; lack, want, with the gen., 
 ; ii. 5. 9 ; pi, difficulties, straits, iii. 
 I. 12, 26. 
 
 diropos, ov [R. 'ir€p], withoxit 
 
 I loays and means, icithout resources, 
 
 of persons, Lat. inops, ii. 5. 21 ; 
 
 I with the inf., v. 6. 20 ; of roads, 
 
 1 mountains, or rivers, impassable, 
 
 I nnfordable, Lat. inuius, ii. 4. 4, 5. 
 
 ■ 18^ iii. 2. 22 ; neut., dwopdv ia-ri., it 
 
 ; is impracticable, iii. 3. 4, vi. 6. 23 ; 
 
 subst., diropov, obstacle, Lat. im- 
 
 pedimentum, iii. 2. 22. Phrase, iv 
 
 iiropois eivai, be at a loss, in straits, 
 
 vii. 6. 11, 38. 
 
 dir6ppT)TOS, ov [R. 1 F«p], not to 
 be told, secret, Lat. secretus (for 
 lnfand^ls and nefandus mean un- 
 utterable, abominable; so airSpprj- 
 Tos, but not in Anab.), 1. 6. 5 ; iv 
 diropp-^Tif, Lat. secreto, under seal 
 of secrecy, vii. 6. 43. 
 
 diroppM^, dyos, 6, r] [root FpaK, 
 break, cf. pvyvvfii, break, Lat. fran- 
 go, break. Eng. break, breach], 
 broken off ; with iriTpd, sheer, Lat. 
 abruptus, vi. 4. 3. 
 
 diro<rT|Tr<o (<r^7rw, aair-, a-ff^u), 
 (Ti<Trjira, icrdinjv. make rot), make 
 rot off; pass., with perf. act., rot 
 
27 
 
 dirocrKdTTTW-d-Trp69v(Jios 
 
 of, lose by rotting, iv. 5. 12, v. 8. 
 15. 
 
 diroo-KdiTTw ((T/cdTTTw, <rKa.(p-, 
 ffKOHpu}, (crKa\pa, faKa<pa, eaKafi/xai., 
 i<rKd(priv, dig), dig off; with rl, cut 
 off by a trench, Lat. trdnsuersatn 
 fossam obduco, ii. 4. 4. 
 
 diroo-KeSdvvvni \_ffKe8dvi'v/xi'], scat- 
 ter to the winds ; mid. and pass., be 
 dispersed, straggle, iv. 4. 9, 15, vi. 1. 1. 
 
 diroo-Kiiv6« [R. <rKa], encamp 
 apart from, iii. 4. 35. 
 
 diroo-irdw [R. o-ira]. draw off, 
 loithdraw, trans., i. 8. 13; intr., 
 separate from, ivithdraw, i. 5. 3 
 (some read mid.), vii. 2. 11 ; pass., 
 be separated from, with the gen. or 
 with dwd and the gen., ii. 2. 12 
 (some read act.), vii. 3. 41. 
 
 diroo-Tavpo'to (^(rTavp6w,€(jTavpojaa, 
 -iffTavpuifiai, iaTavpwdriv [R. (TTa], 
 fence toithjmles), stake off, i.e. by 
 driving in stakes along the top of 
 a rampart, vi. 5. 1. 
 
 dTToo-reWw [(ttAXo;], send back, 
 ii. I. 5. 
 
 diroo-repeo) [o-rep^w], defraud, 
 rob, despoil, with two aces, or abs., 
 vi. 6. 23, vii. 6. 9, 7. 48. 
 
 diroo-Tfjvai, see afpiaTTj/ii. 
 
 d-iroo-TpaTO-ireSevoiiai [R. (rTpa + 
 R. ireS], encamp away from, vii. 7. 
 1 ; with the gen., iii. 4. 34. 
 
 diroo"Tp€<j)<o [^(TTp4(f)w^, turn back, 
 induce to return, ii. 6. 3. 
 
 diro<rTpo<j)TJ, ^s [dTroffrp^c^w], a 
 turning back, retreat, place of ref- 
 uge, Lat. perfugium, ii. 4. 22, vii. 
 6. 34. 
 
 dirocrvXdb) (o-iiXdw, <tv\i^<tw, etc. 
 [R. o-Kw], strip, spoil, Lat. spolio), 
 strip off, plunder, i. 4. 8. 
 
 d-rroo-xeiv, diroo-xwutv, see dTr^x'^- 
 
 diroo-tp'^w [R. o-aF], lead back 
 in safety, with eU and the ace. of 
 the place, ii. 3. 18. 
 
 diroTa(f>p6va> {Ta<ppev(j}, racppeixrco, 
 irdcppevcra, -TerdcppevfJiai [^rdcppos^, 
 make a trench), trench off, draw a 
 trench (the Lat. udllo fossdque mu- 
 nio includes both this word and 
 diroiTTavpoio, q.v.), vi. 5. 1. 
 
 diroreivw [Teivui'\, reach out, ex- 
 tend; pass, with e/c and the gen. 
 and ei's and the ace, i. 8. 10. 
 
 diroTeixitw [reix'Tw], wall off, 
 build an intercepting wall, ii. 4. 4. 
 d-iroT€|i.v(>> [riij.vw'], cut off, sever, 
 of heads, iii. i. 17, iv. 7. IG ; in 
 the pass, the part cut oi^ may be 
 retained in the ace, or changed to 
 the nom., i. 10. 1, ii. 6. 1 ; as a 
 military phrase, cut (ff, intercept, 
 Lat. intercipio, intercludo, in the 
 pass., iii. 4. 29. 
 
 diroTi9Tin,i [R. 0€], put away, 
 store away, ii. 3. 15. 
 
 dirOTivo) (tlvw, Tiau, irlaa, ri- 
 TiKa, T^Tia/xac, iriadi]v [R. ti], 
 pay), pay back, pay what is due, 
 vii. 6. 16; mid., exact payment, 
 punish, requite, iii. 2. 6. 
 
 diroT(ji,Ti6€VT£S, see diror^fxvu). 
 dir6T0|j.0Si ov [t^/uvw], cut off, 
 steep, sheer, iv. i. 2. 
 
 diroTpeiro) [rpeww'], turn off; 
 mid., ttirn aside or back, return, 
 iii. 5. 1, vii. 6. 11. 
 
 diroTpt'xw \Tpix<j}'], run away 01 
 back, escape, v. 2. 6, vii. 6. 5. 
 
 diro<|)aiv« [R. ^a], show forth ; 
 mid., show oneself or something of 
 one's oion, appear, declare, i. 6. 9, 
 V. 7. 12. 
 
 cLTTO^ivyoi [R. <|)V7], flee away, 
 flee too far to be caught, escape, i. 
 4. 8, ii. 2. 13, iii. 4. 9, vii. i. 20; ol 
 diro(pvy6vT€s, the fugitives, v. 7. 19. 
 dir64>pa|is, ews, 17 \_(ppdTTw, fence 
 in, root ^paK, shut in, cf. Lat. 
 farcio, cram, frequens, repeated, 
 full, Eng. BOROUGH, borrow], a 
 fencing off, blockade, iv. 2. 25, 26. 
 diroxa)p€w [xt^pf'w], go away 
 from, retreat, ivithdraw, i. 10. 13, 
 iv. 2. 21, V. 2. 22, vii. 3. 26; with 
 « or e'^co and the gen., or with 7rp6s 
 or ei's and the ace, i. 2. 9, iii. 4. 
 15, iv. 3. 24, V. 7. 16. 
 
 diro4>T]4>i^o|iai [xj/rjcpl^o}'], vote 
 away from, vote aijainst, reject by 
 vote, i. 4. 15. 
 
 dirpdeviios, ov [R. 1 Ou], not 
 I eager, unwilling, vi. 2. 7. 
 
d-irpoo-86 KT)TOS- Ap-yci 
 
 28 
 
 onrpo<r86KT)TOS, ov [Trpoo-SoKciw], 
 unexpected ; i^ dwpocrdoKriTov, unex- 
 pectedly, L,at.eximprou'isd,iv. 1. 10. 
 
 airpo<j>a<rC(rT«s, adv. [R. «j>a], 
 without offering excuses, without 
 evasion, ii. 6. 10. 
 
 OTTTW (d<p-'), afio, -q^a, vi^fJ^^h 
 ri(pevv [cf. Lat. aptus,fit, Eng. apse~\, 
 lay hold of; mid., tonch, under- 
 take, engage in, with the gen., i. 5. 
 10, V, 6. 28. 
 
 dircaXero, see dir6\\viJ.i. 
 
 dptt, post-positive particle of in- 
 ference, therefore, accordingly, in- 
 deed, then, it seems, certainly, dpa 
 denotes a connexion of events, and 
 adds something new to what has 
 already been said, or is used by 
 way of oblique reference ; i. 7. 18, 
 ii. 2. 3, iv. 2. 15, V. 6. 29, 7. 5, vii. 
 4. 13, 6. 11. It often follows el or 
 idv, and in this connexion means 
 perhaps, ii. 4. 6, iii. 2. 22, v. i. 13. 
 
 apa, interrogative particle de- 
 noting anxiety on the part of the 
 questioner, surely? indeed?, but 
 often its meaning can be best ex- 
 pressed in Eng. by the intonation. 
 When it is followed by ov, an af- 
 firmative answer is expected, Lat. 
 nonne, by fir), a negative, Lat. mini, 
 iii. I. 18, vi. 5. 18, vii. 6. 5, 7. 54. 
 
 'ApaPid, as, Arabia, a large pen- 
 insula in the southwestern part of 
 Asia, lying between the Red Sea 
 and the Persian Gulf, bounded 
 on the north by Syria, and sepa- 
 rated from Mesopotamia by the 
 Euphrates. It included Arabia 
 Petraea,i]UeTpaid, Arabia Deserta, 
 T] epriiJ.os, and Arabia Felix, rj evdal- 
 ixu)v. The ancients used the word 
 in a wider sense than we do, in- 
 cluding the neighbouring tracts in- 
 habited by nomadic tribes ; so i. 5. 
 1, of a district still called Irak-al- 
 Arabi. The greater part of Arabia 
 is a desert ; on the western coast 
 is a strip of fertile land. 
 
 'Apd^T]S, ov, the Araxes, an afflu- 
 ent of the Euphrates, above the 
 Tigris, called by other authors 
 
 Xa/3wpas and ' A^oppas, now Chabur, 
 i. 4. 19. The name Araxes is ap- 
 plied by other writ^Ts to the Phasis 
 of Xenophon. 
 
 apdru, see atpu). 
 
 'AppdKds< ov, Arbacas, ruler of 
 Media at the time of the retreat 
 of the Ten Thousand, vii. 8. 25. 
 
 'AppdKTfS) ov, Arbaces, one of 
 the four generals of the king's 
 army, commanding 300,000 men, 
 i. 7. 12. 
 
 'Ap^eios, a, ov [ Apyoi, to, Ar- 
 gos], of Argos or Jirgolis, as subst. 
 masc, an Argive, iv. 2. 13, 17. 
 Argos, the capital of Argolis or 
 Argeia, was situated in a level 
 plain a little to the west of the Ina- 
 chus, and was, according to Greek 
 tradition, the oldest city in Pelo- 
 ponnesus. Said to have been built 
 by Inachus, It was in mythological 
 times the capital city of Danaus, 
 Acrisius, and Orestes. In Homer 
 Argos is subordinate to Mycenae. 
 On its first appearance in history, 
 about 750 e.g., it was the most 
 important city in the peninsula. 
 Owing to destructive wars with 
 Sparta, its power declined, and it 
 took no part in the Persian wars, 
 but, having partially recovered, 
 sided with the Athenians in the 
 Peloponnesian war. It was fa- 
 mous for its worship of Hera. 
 
 apYos, ov [R. F€p7], viithout la- 
 bour, idle, lazy, iii. 2. 25. 
 
 dp7vp€os, d, ov, contr. dpYvpovs, 
 j a, ovv \_6,pyvpo's, 6, silver, dpy6s, 
 shining, bright, root ap7, bright, 
 cf Lat. arguo, make clear, argen- 
 tu7n, silver], of silver, silver, iv. 7. 
 27, vii. 3. 27. " 
 
 dpYvpiov, t6 [c/. dpyOpeos^, sil- 
 ver, esp. coined, money, i. 4. 13, 
 ii. 6. 16, V. 3. 9, vii. 7. 53. 
 
 dp-yupoirovs, o8os, 6, ij [f/. dpyi- 
 peos + R. ireS], loith silver foot, sil- 
 ver footed, iv. 4. 21. 
 
 'Ap-yw, ovs, T), the Argo, the ship 
 in which Jason and the Argonauts 
 sailed from lolcos to Colchis to 
 
29 
 
 dp8T)v-'Api(rTuvv|jios 
 
 fetch the golden fleece for King 
 Pelias. She was built of pine from 
 Mt. Pelion, and at her stern was a 
 piece of the talking oak of Dodoua. 
 vi. 2. 1. 
 
 dp8r]v, adv. [deCpw], raised vp, 
 i.e. from the ground up, uiholh/, 
 quite; apSr]v wdi'Tes, all together, 
 vii. I. 12. 
 
 apS<o, impf. Jjpdov, water, of land, 
 irrigate, Lat. inrigd, ii. 3. 13. 
 
 dpeo-KO) (ape-)' o.pi(TW, rjpeaa, -rjpi- 
 adriv [R. ap], please, suit, ii. 4. 2. 
 
 dptTTJ, Tji [R. ap], fitness, esp. in 
 war, bravery, valour, magnanim- 
 itij, Lat. 7tirtus, i. 4. 9, ii. i. 12, 
 iv. 7. 12, vi. 4. 8 ; good service 
 towards one, with Trepi and the 
 ace, i. 4. 8. 
 
 dpTj-yo), dprj^u}, ripy}^a [R. apK], 
 help, esp. in war, succour, save, i. 
 10. 5. 
 
 *Apii|Cwv, wTOs, 6, Arexion, of 
 Parrhasia in Arcadia, soothsayer 
 to the Greek army after the deser- 
 tion of Silanus, vi. 4. 13, 5. 2, 8. 
 
 'Apiaios, 6, Aiiaeus, the lieuten- 
 ant-general of Cyrus, and com- 
 mander of his barbarian force. 
 He held the left wing at Cunaxa, 
 and was the only one of the friends 
 of Cyrus who escaped alive, i. 8. 
 5, 9. 31. After exchanging oaths 
 of fidelity and alliance with the 
 Greeks, he deserted them, and 
 joined Tissaphernes, ii. 1.4, 2. 1, 
 8, 4. 9, 5. 39, 6. 28, iil. 5. 1. 
 
 dpi9(i6s, 6 [R. ap], number, Lat. 
 Humerus, numbering, enumeration, 
 i. 7. 10, v. 3. 3, vii. 7. 36 ; dpidixQ, 
 in number, Lat. numero, v. 6. 12. 
 Phrases : dpie/xdv iroieiv, hold a 
 count, census, i. 2. 9, vii. i. 7 ; dpi- 
 0p.bi T^s 6S0V, extent of the march, 
 ii. 2. 6, vii. 8. 26. 
 
 'ApCo-rapxos, 6, Aristarchus, the 
 successor of Cleander as Spartan 
 harmost at Byzantium, vii. 2. 5. 
 He was corrupted by Pharnabazus, 
 and acted in hostility to the Greeks 
 under Xenophon, vii. 2. 7, 12, 3. 
 2ff. 
 
 dpio-Tao), apiffTTfcrw, etc. {^apLtTTOv], 
 take breakfast, breakfast, Lat. pran- 
 deo, iii. 3. 6, iv. 3. 10, vi. 3. 24, 5. 
 21, vii. 3. 9. 
 
 'Apio-Ts'ds, ov, Aristeas, a Chian, 
 a brave commander of a company 
 of light-armed troops, and espe- 
 cially useful in volunteer service, 
 iv. I. 28, 6. 20. 
 
 dpicrrepos, a, 6v, left, Lat. sinister, 
 ii. 3. 11, iv. 2. 28; esp. in fem. 
 without x^^Pi ^^ ^^ dpuxrepq., i^ 
 dpicrrepas, on the left, ii. 4. 28, iv. 
 
 8. 2, vi. I. 14. 
 
 'Apio-Tiiriros, 6, Aristipjms, of 
 the noble family of the Aleuadae 
 in Larissa, Thessaly. HS received 
 money from Cyrus with which he 
 raised an army against a hostile 
 faction in Thessaly, and afterwards 
 sent the army under Menon to 
 join Cyrus, i. i. 10, 2. 1, ii. 6. 28. 
 
 apio-Tov, t6 [cf. ^pi, earlyl, an 
 eai'ly meal, Lat. prandium, gener- 
 ally translated breakfast, although 
 corresponding more nearly in time 
 and nature to the English lunch- 
 eon, French dejeuner a la four- 
 chette, I. 10. 19, ii. 3. 5, vi. 5. 1 ; 
 eK ToO iplffTov, after breakfast, iv. 
 6.21. 
 
 apto-TOiroieojiai, ^apttTTOTToiTjo-OyLiai, 
 Tipi<TTOTroir]ffdjj.riv [apicrroi' -f 'TOUw], 
 get one's breakfast ready, iii. 3. 1, 
 iv. 6. 8. " 
 
 apio-TOSt ti, ov [R. ap], fittest in 
 any sense, serving as sup. of dya- 
 e6s; hence, bravest, noblest, most 
 eminent in rank, i. 5. 7, 6. 1, 8. 27, 
 
 9. 3, ii. 2. 20, iii. i. 24, iv. 2. 28 ; of 
 things, best, most advantageous, i. 
 3. 12, V. 6. 28. Neut. pi. dpLara as 
 adv., in the best ivay, most success- 
 fully, i. 9. 5, iii. I. 6. 
 
 *Ap£o-Twv, wcoj, 6, Ariston, an 
 Athenian, chosen as one of the en- 
 voys to the Sinopeans, v. 6. 14. 
 
 'Api<rTwvv(i,os, 6, Aristonymus, a 
 captain of heavy-armed troops, 
 conspicuous for his bravery. He 
 came from Methydrium in Arca- 
 dia, iv. I. 27, 6. 20, 7. 9, 11, 12. 
 
ApKaSiKos-apfia 
 
 30 
 
 'ApKaSiKos, ■)?, 6v ['ApKtis], he- 
 longing to Arcadia, Arcadian; rb 
 'ApKa5iK6i>, the Arcadian force, iv. 8. 
 18. 
 
 'ApKds, aSos, 6, an Arcadian, i. 
 2. 1, ii. I. 10, vi. I. 11, vii. 3. 23. 
 Arcadia was the country in the 
 centre of Peloponnesus, mountain- 
 ous and surrounded by mountains, 
 and watered by many streams, esp. 
 the Alpheus. The Arcadians were 
 a strong, brave, and active race, 
 of a simplicity of life which has 
 been exaggerated by poets into an 
 ideal excellence. They were de- 
 voted to hunting and pastoral pur- 
 suits. They worshipped especially 
 Pan and Artemis. They were fine 
 soldiers, and, with the Achaeans, 
 formed more than half of the 
 Greek force of Cyrus, vi. 2. 10. 
 
 dpK€(o, dp/c^trw, TJpKeaa [R. apK], 
 suffice, be sufficient or enough, with 
 or without the dat. of the person, 
 also with inf., v. i. 13, 7. 11, 8. 13, 
 vii. 5. 3 ; with irpds and the ace. of 
 the thing, ii. 6. 20 ; partic. dpKuiv 
 as adj., enough, v. 6. 1, vi. 4. 6. 
 
 dpKTos, 7] [c/. Lat. ursus, beur}, 
 bear, she-bear, i. 9. 6 ; the constel- 
 lation Ursa Mdior, the North; so 
 in the phrase irpbs &pktov, towards 
 the North, i. 7. 6, iii. 5. 15. 
 
 dp|xa, arcs, to [R. ap], chariot, 
 Lat. currus, either the war-chariot 
 (the only sort mentioned in the 
 Anab., i. 2. 17, 8. 20, and only of 
 the Persians), or for racing. The 
 two sorts were essen- 
 tially the same, but 
 among the Greeks 
 the war-chariot be- 
 longs to the Heroic 
 Age. The Persian 
 war-chariots were 
 sometimes fitted with 
 scythes, dp/xara dpe- 
 iravy)(p6pa, 1. 7. 10 ff., 
 8. 10. See s.v. dp€TravT](j)6pos. The 
 dp/xa was low and broad, to pre- 
 vent its upsetting, and was open 
 behind. It consisted of the S'Kppos 
 
 or body (see s.v. St^pos), axle 
 ((Sfwp), wheels, and pole. In the 
 war-chariot the 5l(f>pos was large 
 
 enough, as the name implies, to 
 accommodate both the warrior and 
 his driver (see s.v. iiploxoi). It 
 consisted of the floor, and of en- 
 closing sides that i^rotected the oc- 
 cupants. At the top of this bar- 
 rier in front was a curved rim {dv- 
 Tv^), which could be grasped by 
 the hand or serve as a place to 
 which to attach the reins. There 
 were generally curved rims also at 
 each side of the chariot behind, to 
 assist in mounting. The chariot 
 
 had a single axle and two wheels. 
 The latter were of small diameter, 
 and in the vase paintings have 
 
31 
 
 dp(xd(xa^a-'ApTuo5os 
 
 generally four spokes. For an ad- 
 ditional representation of the dp/xa, 
 see s.v. ridpiim-ov. Phrases : e^' 
 dp/xaros or eTrt roO ap/j-aTOi, in a 
 chariot, i. 2. 16, 7. 20 ; dnb toD dp- 
 /xaros, with a verb of nuition, out 
 of the chariot, i. 8. 3. 
 
 dp|JLd|jia|a, tjs [R. ap + afia+R. 
 ttY], closed carriage, hixurious, 
 and used in travelling, esp. by 
 women and children, i. 2. 16, 18. 
 
 'Ap|i€v(d, as, Armenia, a lofty 
 table-land of Western Asia, part 
 of the plateau of Iran. Of vol- 
 canic nature, it had many moun- 
 tains, including Ararat, and nu- 
 merous rivers, with the sources of 
 the Tigris and the Euphnites, iii. 
 5. 17, iv. 3. 1, 4. 1, 4. 4, 5. 34. No 
 exact boundaries can be given, as 
 the country has greatly varied in 
 extent at different periods. The 
 climate was severe in winter, but 
 the valleys were fertile and pro- 
 duced a famous breed of horses. 
 The people were hospitable, al- 
 though rude, and still live in the 
 manner described by Xen., iv, 5. 
 25 ff. The Armenians were per- 
 haps the first nation to adopt 
 Christianity. 
 
 'Apfji^vioSi a, ov ['Ap^uevt'a], of or 
 belonging to Armenia, Armenian, 
 iv. 3. 4, 5. 33. 
 
 'Ap|iTJvti, 17s, Harmene (Ak 
 Liman), a port town of the Sino- 
 peans, about 50 stadia west of 
 Sinope, vi. i. 15, 17. 
 
 dp(ioo-TT|s, ov [R. ap], one who 
 sets in order, organizer, adminis- 
 trator, harmost, a Spartan officer 
 in charge of a district of the Peri- 
 oeci, but also and generally one 
 sent out by Sparta to govern a 
 subject state, vi. 2. 13, vii. 2. 5. 
 Xen. applies the title to the Sino- 
 pean governor of Cotyora, v. 5. 
 19, 20. 
 
 dpv€ios, a, oi> ldpv6s, of a lamb, 
 gen. without nom. in use], of lamb, 
 with Kpia, lamb''s meat, lamb, iv. 
 5.31. 
 
 dpiraYTJ, ^5 [R. dpir], a seizing, 
 plundering, pillage, v. 4. 16, vii. i. 
 18 ; Kad' dpTrayrjv, after plunder, 
 iii. 5. 2. _ 
 
 dpird^cD (dpira8-), dpTrdau, ijp- 
 iraca, ^piraKa, rjpiraff/xai, T]pTrd(T6r]v 
 [R. dpir], snatch, snatch up, seize, 
 capture, iv. 6. 11, v. 2. 15, vi* i. 8, 
 5. 18 ; sii-ii'i> ttiridj, of a river, iv. 3. 
 6 ; pluin/rr. jiillmje, rob, i. 2. 25, iv. 
 5. 12, vii. 5. I-'! ; ol dprrd^ovTes, the 
 pillagers, i. 10. 3 ; perf . pass, par- 
 tic , carried off, stolen, i. 2. 27. 
 
 "Apirao-os, 6, the Harpasus, a 
 river separating the Chalybes from 
 the Scytluni, probably emptying 
 into the Pontus and identical with 
 the Acampsis (C'haruk), iv. 7. 18. 
 
 'ApraYCpo-ris, ov, Artagerses, in 
 command of the king's body-guard 
 of cavalry at Cunaxa, and said to 
 have been slain by Cyrus there, i. 
 7. 11, 8. 24. 
 
 'ApTaKdfids, a (Dor. gen.), A7'ta- 
 camas, satrap of Phrygia, vii. 8. 25. 
 
 "Apra^epgiis, ov [Pers. Arta- 
 Khshatra, Lord of the Times}, in 
 the Anab. Artaxerxes II. (called 
 Mnemon from his good memory), 
 eldest son of Darius II. and Pary- 
 satis, and king of Persia from 405 
 to 361 or 359 b.c, i. i. 1, 3, 4. 
 Against him Cyrus, his younger 
 brother, made the expedition re- 
 corded in the Anab. His reign was 
 a succession of wars, carried on 
 with rebellious satraps and tribu- 
 tary princes. Of a weak and mild 
 character, he left too much to the 
 government of his slaves. Towards 
 the end of his reign his eldest son, 
 Darius, formed an unsuccessful 
 conspiracy to assassinate him. He 
 was succeeded by his son Ochus 
 (under the style of Artaxerxes 
 III.), who gained the throne by 
 causing the death of his two 
 brothers. 
 
 'AprdoSos, 6, Artaozus, a trusted 
 friend of Cyrus, but after the,bat- 
 tle of Cunaxa one. of the king's 
 party, 11. 4. 16, 5. 35. 
 
'ApTaiTCiTiis-do-cPtia 
 
 32 
 
 'ApTairoiTTiS) ov, Artapates, the 
 confidential attendant of Cyrus, 
 slain upon his master's body at 
 Cunaxa, i.,6. 11, 8. 28. _ ^ 
 
 aprdci), dpT'^ffu, etc. [deipw], hang 
 on to, fasten one thing to another, 
 iii. 5. jo. 
 
 "ApT€p,is, tSos, ij, Artemis, daugh- 
 ter of Zeus and Leto, and twin- 
 sister of Apollo. Like her brother, 
 she spread pestilence and sudden 
 death with her arrows, but pro- 
 tected those who loved her. She 
 was the especial patroness of hunt- 
 ing, and as such was worshipped 
 at Agrae in Attica, wliere also there 
 was a yearly sacrifice in her hon- 
 our to commemorate the victory 
 over the Persians, iii. 2. 12. The 
 Artemis of the renowned temple at 
 Ephesus was an Asiatic divinity, 
 the Anaitis-Aphrodlte of the Per- 
 sians, having originally nothing in 
 common with the Greek goddess. 
 V. 3. 4, (5 ff. 
 
 dpri, adv. [R. ap], just, just noic, 
 iv. 6. 1, vii. 4. 7. 
 
 'ApTijtds, a (Dor. ^Qn.),Artimas, 
 satrap of Lydia, vii. 8. 25. 
 
 dpTOKoiros, 6 \_8.pTos -f- root ko-it, 
 cook, cf. Lat. coquo, cook'], baker, 
 iv. 4. 21. 
 
 dpros, 6, loaf of bread, gener- 
 ally of wheat, but sometimes of 
 barley, i. 9. 26, ii. 4. 28, iv. 5. 31, 
 V. 3. 9 ; ApToi ^vfiTrai, leavened or 
 raised bread, vii. 3. 21 ; rpixolviKos 
 dpros, three-quart loaf, vii. 3. 23. 
 
 'ApTovxds, a. (Dor. gen.), ArtU- 
 chas, a general in the king's army, 
 iv. 3. 4. 
 
 'Apvio-Tds, a. or ov, Arystas, an 
 Arcadian, described as a great 
 eater, vii. 3. 23 f. 
 
 'Apxa^opds, a or ov, Archago- 
 ras, captain in the Greek army, 
 exiled from Argos, iv. 2. 13, 17. 
 
 dpxaioS) a, ov [dp\o>], from of 
 old, old, ancient, iii. i. 4, iv. 5. 14, 
 vii. I. 28, 3. 28 ; KOpos 6 dpxaios, 
 Cyrus the Elder, i. 9. 1 ; rb dpxaTov, 
 adv., formerly, i. i. 6. 
 
 dpx'^, ^s [dpxw], beginning, ori- 
 gin ; so adv. apx^v, from the first, 
 at first, often followed by a neg. in 
 the sense of not at all, vii. 7. 28 ; 
 the first 2)lace, sovereignty, rule, 
 power, command, ii. i. 11, 3. 23, 
 iii. 4. 8, vi. I. 19, 2. 12; govern- 
 ment, j)rovince, empire, realm, i. i. 
 2, 5. 9, ii. 3. 29, vii. 2. 32, 5. 1. 
 
 dpxiKos, •^, (>v [dpxco] , fit to com- 
 mand, ii. 6. 8, 20. 
 
 dpxw, &.p^<j3, fip^a, 7ipyp.ai, rjpxdrjv 
 [dpxw], begin, be first, with the 
 inf. or with the gen., i. 3. 1, 4. 15, 
 iii. I. 24, v. 7. 34, vii. 7. 17 ; be the 
 foremost, hence rule, command, 
 lead, reign over, abs., or with the 
 gen. of persons, countries, or cities, 
 i. I.. 8, 7. 11, 9. 1, 19, 10. 7, ii. 2. 
 
 5, 6. 21, V. 7. 10, vi. 6. 9 ; as subst., 
 (ipxwi', leader, chief, general, gov- 
 ernor, i. I. 2, 8. 22, ii. i. 3, iii. i. 
 38, iv. 5. 28, V. 6. 8 ; a higher title 
 than a-Tparrjyds, vi. i. 18, 2. 6; 
 6 (5t/>|as, the former ruler, i. 4. 10, 
 V. 7. 34 ; t6 dpxeiv, the government, 
 ii. I. 4 ; mid., begin, abs., with the 
 gen., or with the inf., i. 8. 18, ii. 
 
 6. 14, iii. 2. 7, 9, v. 7. 13, vii. 2. 
 24; of the extent of a country, 
 begin with, with dwd and the gen., 
 vi. 4. 1 ; of a place, begin from, 
 start from, with iK and the gen., 
 vi. 2. 18 ; pass. , be begun, be ruled, 
 with or without vird and the gen., 
 obey, i. 3. 15, 9. 4, ii. 6. 15, v. 7. 
 12 ; ol dpx6/J-€voi, subjects, soldiers, 
 ii. 6. 19, iii. 2. 30. Phrases: wpds 
 dWov dpxon^fovs dirUvai (others 
 read 8,Wov% Apxovras, or dp^o/x^vovs, 
 fut. pass.), go into another'' s ser- 
 vice, transfer one^s allegiance, ii. 
 6. 12 ; &pxea-dai dirb tuv Oedv, begin 
 idith the gods, consult the gods first, 
 vi. 3. 18. 
 
 dpxcov, see Hpxoj- 
 
 dpwfia, arcs, t6 [cf. Eng. aroma'], 
 spice, fragrant herbs, i. 5. 1. 
 
 d(rd(|>€(.a, as [o-ac^i^s], obscurity, 
 uncertainty, iii. i. 21. 
 
 do-^Pcia, ds [dcrejSi^s], irrever- 
 ence, impiety, iii. 2. 4. 
 
33 
 
 do-€pTJs-d(nr(s 
 
 d<r€P^]s, ^s [tr^/So/uat, worship, cf. 
 Lat. scuenis, severe'], irreverent, 
 impiuus, sacrilegious, Lat. impius, 
 V. 7. 32 ; with irpds and gen., ii. 5. 
 20. 
 
 aa-Oivim, aadevqcyuj [da-^eci^s], he 
 weak, feeble, ill, i. i. 1, v. 8. 25, 
 vi. 2. 18 ; oi d(T0€uoOvTes, the sick, 
 the men on the sick-list, iv. 5. 19, 
 V. 3. 1. 
 
 d<j-0€VT|s, h [ad^voi, t6, strength], 
 witiioHt stri'tiijtJi, loeak, i. 5. 9. 
 
 'Ao-id, as, Asia, the continent 
 separated from Europe, ace. to 
 some of the ancient geographers, 
 by the Tanais and the Cimmerian 
 Bospliorus, ace. to others by tlie 
 Phasis, or even the Araxes and 
 tlie Caspian sea, and from Libya 
 at the Isthmus of Suez. It was 
 sometimes divided into Lower and 
 Upper Asia, to. k6,to) 'Ao-i'as or -^ 
 Ka.T03 'Ao-td, and to. dvu) 'Acrt'ds, or 
 r/ dew ' Xa-id, being tlie parts to the 
 west and east of the Halys respec- 
 tively. In the Anab. no such 
 division is mentioned, v. 3. 0, vi. 
 4. 1, vii. I. 2, 6. 32. 
 
 *A<riSdTT]s, ov, Asidates, a noble 
 and wealthy Persian, captured by 
 Xen., vii. 8. 9 ff. 
 
 'A<rivaios, d, ov ['Acr/cr;, Asine], 
 of or belonging to Asine ; subst. , 
 an Asinaean, v. 3. 4, 6. 36. Asine 
 was a seaboard town of Laconia, 
 between Gythium and Taenarum. 
 Hence Neon the Asinaean is called 
 Laconian, vii. 2. 29. 
 
 do-ivws, adv. [aivofxai], harm- 
 lessly, vjithout doing harm, ii. 3. 
 27 ; cJs civ Swili/xeda affiv^ffrara, do- 
 ing as little damage as x)ossihle, iii. 
 3. "3. 
 
 ao-iTOS, ov [(TiTos], withoid food,, 
 in want of food, ii. 2. 10, iv. 5. 
 11. 
 
 do-K€(o, do-KTjcrw [c/. Eng. ascetic], 
 practise, cultivate, Lat. exerceo, of 
 a virtue, ii. 6. 25, vn. 7. 24. 
 
 do-Kos, 6, skin forming a bag, 
 leathern bag, but esp. goat-skin bag, 
 used particularly for storing and 
 
 in transporting wine, wine-skin. 
 
 The raw side of the skin was kept 
 
 inward, the 
 
 seams were 
 
 tightly sewed 
 
 and pitched, 
 
 and the neck 
 
 closed by 
 
 binding with 
 
 a cord, dtr/cot 
 
 were used (T^^ 
 
 for carry- / f]?! 
 
 ing other 
 
 commodities 
 
 than wine, 
 
 vi. 4. 23, and 
 
 when inflated with air might be 
 
 used as a float for a temporary 
 
 pontoon bridge, iii. 5. 9 ff. 
 
 ao-[ievos, rj, ov [R. d8], xcell 
 pleased; always with a verb, where 
 in Eng. an adv. is used, with joy, 
 toith pleasure, gladly, ii. i. 16, v. 6. 
 22, vii. 2. 9, 6. 6, 
 
 do-ird^oiiai (dcrTraS-), dcnrdao/xaL 
 [R. o-ira], draiv to oneself, em- 
 brace, either at meeting or parting, 
 greet or take leave, vi. 3. 24, vii. i. 
 *8, 40, 2. 23; daird^effeai rbv dedv, 
 bring one's parting greeting to the 
 god (i.e. by an offering), vii. 8. 23. 
 
 *A(rir€'vSios, 6 ['Ao'Trei'Sos, Aspen- 
 diis], native of Aspendus, an As- 
 pendian, i. 2. 12. Aspendus was 
 an Argive colony in Pamphylia, 
 about sixty stadia from the mouth 
 of the Eui-ymedon. It early fell 
 into the hands of the barbarians. 
 ThrasybQlus was surprised and 
 slain here, b.c. 389. 
 
 do-iris, iSos, 7), shield, in shape 
 either oval or round. The large 
 oval shield was an important part 
 of the defensive armour of the hop- 
 lite, i. 2. 16, 5. 13, iii. 4. 47, vii. 4. 
 16, and covered him from the neck 
 to the knees. It was convex on 
 the outer side, so that it could on 
 occasion be used in sacrifices to 
 catch the blood of the victims, ii. 
 2: 9. About the outer edge ran a 
 continuous rim of metal, fastened 
 
*ATTvpCi-atr<{)a\T|S 
 
 84 
 
 with nails (tVus, q.v.). See s.v. 
 oirXiTTis. The oval shield was often 
 
 emblazoned with a device, either 
 that of an individual or the com- 
 mon symbol of an entire state, as 
 /\ on the shields of the Lacaedae- 
 monians. A peculiar form of the 
 oval shield, called Boeotian, had 
 apertures at the sides. See s.v. 
 KV7)nis, where the illustration also 
 shows the manner in which the 
 shield was held. See further s.v. 
 6ir\ov, where Hephaestus is fitting 
 the metal ' handle ' to the inside 
 of the shield. The round or Ar- 
 golic shield was similar to the oval 
 shield in most respects except its 
 
 shape, but was held differently. 
 A bar ran across the centre, under 
 which the left arm was slipped, 
 the hand gi-asping any one of a 
 
 succession of leathern loops that 
 ran about the outer circle. Since 
 the round shield was too small to 
 cover in action the lower pait of 
 the body, a flap, generally of 
 leather, was often attached to it. 
 This might be ornamented. See 
 s.v. ^i<poi and ffaX-n-iy^. In histori- 
 cal times shields were made chiefly 
 of bronze. Shields made of other 
 materials, however, are mentioned; 
 those carried by the Egyptians 
 in the army of Cyrus were of 
 wood, i. 8. 9, ii. i. 6. When not 
 in use the shield was protected by 
 a leathern case, hence the expres- 
 sion dffirides eKKeKaXv/xixivai, i. 2. 
 IG. Phrases: wap aa-rrlSa, to the 
 left, since the shield was carried 
 on the left arm, iv. 3. 26 ; aawls 
 /xvpia. Kal TeTpaKoa-id, 10,400 shield 
 (i.e. men), i. 7. 10. 
 
 'Ao-o-vpia, as, Assyria, properly 
 the long narrow territory on the 
 Tigris, chiefly to the east, and ex- 
 tending as far as Media ; in a later 
 ' and wider sense, the great Assy- 
 rian empire, which extended to the 
 ; Mediterranean and to Pontus, and 
 I which was destroyed towards the 
 ! end of the seventh century b.c. by 
 1 the Medes and Babylonians. To 
 I the Greeks with Cyrus Assyria 
 I meant the former district, as a 
 ! province of the king, vii. 8. 25. In 
 i it were Arbela and Gaugamela. 
 
 'A<r<rvpios> d-, ov ['Ao-erupid], As- 
 ' si/rian, vii. 8. 15. 
 i ' d<rTa<})Cs, iSos, i], collective subst., 
 1 drird grapes, raisins, iv. 4. 9. 
 
 do-TpairTO) (da-rpair-'), ^<TTpa\pa, 
 fash, (/Jitter, i. 8. 8. 
 
 do-<}>d\€ia, ds [R. o-<j)aX], secur- 
 ity, personal safety, Lat. incolumi- 
 tds, v. 7. 10, vii. 6. 30. 
 
 d<r«j>aX«(rTaTa, see dacjyoKwi. 
 do-<j>aX€o-T£pos, see dcr^aXijs. 
 do-^aXris, ^s [R. (r<}>aX], not lia- 
 ble to be tripped up, hence sure, 
 safe, secure, Lat. incolumis or tu- 
 tu's, iv. 3. 12, V. 2. 20, vi. 4. 27, vii. 
 3. .3 ; comp. dff(pa\^ffTepos. safer, 
 
35 
 
 ao-<|)aXTOS-av6is 
 
 surer, iii. 2, 19, 36; vi. 2. 13. 
 Phrases : ^j* d<T<l)a\eT, ev tQ d<7<pa\eT, 
 in security, in a safe place, iv. 7. 
 8, V. 6. 33 ; iv dacpaXeaT^pui, in 
 greater security, iii. 2. 30 ; ev d<T(pa- 
 XeaTdrij}, in the safest place, i. 8. 22. 
 
 oo-<t>oX.TOs, r) \_cf. Eng. aspha/Q, 
 asphalt, a mineral pitch, soft and 
 combustible, used as a cement or 
 as mortar, ii. 4. 12. 
 
 do-<|>aXws, adv. [R. o-<t>aX], 
 firmly, safely, ivithout danger, i. 
 3. 19, iii. 4. 6, vi. 3. 7 ; sup. da-(pa- 
 'Kiffrara, i. 3. 11, iii. 2. 27. 
 
 do-xoXCa, as [R. <r€xJ, lack of' 
 leisure, business, Lat. negotium ; 
 pi., engagements, vii. 5. 16. 
 
 draKTco) [R. raK], 6e disorderly, 
 he undisciplined, v. 8. 21. 
 
 araKTOs, ov [R. tok], i?t cKsor- 
 der, not in battle array, undisci- 
 plined, i. 8. 2, iii. 4. 19, v. 4. 21. 
 
 ara^ia, aj [R. raK], disorder, 
 insuboirlination, lack of discipline, 
 opp. to eura^id, iii. I. 38, 2. 29, v. 
 8. 13. 
 
 drdp, adversative conj., but, but 
 yet, Lat. at, always standing first 
 in its sentence, and introducing an 
 objection or a self-correction in the 
 form of a question, iv. 6. 14, vii. 
 7. 10. 
 
 'Arapvevis, ^ws, 6, Atameus (near 
 Dikeli Koi), acorn-producing coun- 
 try with a city of the same name 
 in the southwestern part of Mysia 
 (or ace. to others in Aeolis), oppo- 
 site to Lesbos, vii. 8. 8. 
 
 dracrOaXCd, as [drdcrdaXoi, pre- 
 sumptuous'], mostly poetic, blind 
 folly, presumption, wantonness, iv. 
 4.14. 
 
 dTa(t>os, ov IddiTTw], unburied, 
 vi. 5. 6. 
 
 dT€, adv. of manner [ace. pi. neut. 
 of Ss -f- Ti~\, as, just as ; often empha- 
 sising a causal partic, inasmuch as, 
 because, iv. 2. 13, 8. 27, vi. 3. 3, 5. 28. 
 
 drcXcia, as [R. Ta\], freedom 
 from a public tax, hence exemption 
 from any service, Lat. immunitds, 
 iii. 3. 18. 
 
 dTi|i,d|ci) (dTi/taS-), drlfidffu, etc. 
 [R. Ti], dishonour, affront, dis- 
 grace, i. 1.4, 9. 4. 
 
 dTl|xoS) ov [R. Ti], without hon- 
 our, in dishonour, disregarded, vii. 
 7. 24, 46 ; comp. drl/xdrepos, vii. 7. 
 50. 
 
 dT(Ji(t<i> (drfiiS-), dTfjiia-w [R. 2 
 aF], steam, iv. 5. 15. 
 
 'ATpap.vT€iov or 'A8pa|jivTTiov, t6, 
 Adramyttitim (Edremit), a city in 
 the western part of Mysia, on a 
 bay of the same name, founded by 
 the Lydians and afterwards colon- 
 ized by the Athenians, vii. 8. 8. 
 
 drpiPris, ^s [rpi^T?], untrodden, 
 unused, of roads, iv. 2. 8, vii. 3. 
 42. 
 
 'Attikos, t^, 6v, of or belonging 
 to Attica, Attic, i. 5. 6. Attica was 
 a country in the southeastern part 
 of Northern Greece, forming a tri- 
 angular peninsula, of which two 
 sides were washed by the sea and 
 the third was separated from Boe- 
 otia and Megaris by mountains. 
 Its area, Salamis included, was 
 748 sq. miles, and its population in 
 the fifth century b.c, excluding its 
 capital, Athens, was about 350,000 
 (.see 'AdTjvai). A poor country for 
 agricultural and pastoral pursuits, 
 it was rich in marble quarries and 
 silver mines. 
 
 av, adv., post-positive, of rela- 
 tions of time, often adversative 
 and preceded by 5/, again, back 
 again, in turn, on the other hand, 
 moreover, i. i. 7, 9, 10. 5, ii. 6. 5, 
 18, iii. I. 32. 
 
 ava(v(i> (auai'-), a^a»'cD, rjvrjva, 
 ai)dvdr)v [auw, dry], dry ; mid., dry 
 up, icither, impf. without aug., ii. 
 3. 16. 
 
 av6aCp€TOS> ov [avros -f alptw], 
 self-appointed, v. 7. 29. 
 
 ai9i]\L€p6v, adv. [avros + VP^^pd], 
 on the same day, iv. 4. 22, 5. 1. 
 
 av6is, adv. [aO], again, once 
 more, a second time, i. 10. 10, iv. 7. 
 2, v. 8. 9 ; in turn, afterwards, next, 
 iv. 2. 12, vii. 2. 25, 5. 3. 
 
avX^w-avTOS 
 
 aiXioi, av\ri<Tu [R. 2 aF], i^lay the 
 Jlute, play on any wind instrument, 
 Kipdtn Kal ffaXwiy^ip, vii. 3. 32 ; 
 mid., have the flute piaffed for one, 
 be accompanied on the flute, vi. i. 
 11. 
 
 avXC^Ofxai (ai}\i5-), rjvXKrdfjirjv 
 and rjvXla-drjv [R. 2 aF], lie in the 
 open air, pass the night, bivouac, 
 encamp, ii. 2. 17, iv. i. 11, 3. 1, vi. 
 4. 1, vii. 4. 11. 
 
 a{iX6s> 6 [R. 2 oF]? a %oind- 
 instrument, usually rendered ^w^e. 
 
 No. 12. 
 
 although more like our clarinet. 
 The avXos had a mouth-piece, and 
 consisted of tvfo connected tubes. 
 The manner of playing it is illus- 
 trated in the accompanying school- 
 room scene. See also s.v. KXtv-q. 
 Phrases : irpbs rbv avX6v, to the 
 sound of the flute, vi. i. 8, 10; wphs 
 avXbv 6pxei<r0at, dance to the flute, 
 vi. I. 5. 
 
 av\(0v, Q)vos, 6, hollow between 
 hills or banks ; canal, drain, Lat. 
 candlis, ii. 3. 10. 
 
 avpiov, adv., to-morroxo, Lat. 
 eras, ii. 2. 1, iv. 6. 8, vi. 5. 21 ; 
 T) avpiov (sc. rjixipa), the morrow, 
 vi. 4. 15 ; avpiov irp(fi, Lat. eras 
 mane, earh/ to-morrow morning, 
 vii. 6. 6. 
 
 avo-TTjpoTTjs, ■»;tos, i] \^av<TT7\pbs, 
 dry, rough, avu, dry, cf avalvu], 
 ha7'sh7iess, bitterness, acidity, Lat. 
 austeritds, of wine, v. 4. 29. 
 
 avTiKa, adv., at this very moment, 
 immediately, on the spot, i. 8. 2, ii. 
 
 1.9, 5. 84 ; strengthened by a fol- 
 lowing ixdXa, instantly, in a twink- 
 ling, iii. 5. 11, vii. 6. 17. 
 
 avrdOcv, adv. [avros], from this 
 or that veri/ spot, hence, thence, iv. 
 2. 0, 7. 17, V. I. 10. 
 
 avT66i, adv. [avros], in this or 
 that very place, Lat. ib'i, ibidem, i. 
 4. 6, iv. 5. 15, vii. I. 13. 
 
 avTOKtXeuo-TOs, ov [aires + R. 
 KtX], self-directed, of one''s own 
 accord, Lat. sua sponte, iii. 4. 5. 
 
 avroKpdrwp, opos, 6, i] [avros + 
 R. 1 Kpa], being one''s oion master, 
 as adj. with &px^v, absolute, Lat. 
 cum potestdte imperioque uersdri, 
 vi. I. 21. 
 
 avr6|jLaros, t], ov [avros + R- Jio], 
 self-impelled, of one's own accord, 
 spontaneously, of persons or of 
 things, iv. 3. 8, v. 7. 3 ; dirb or Ik 
 ToO avTo/xdrov, unbidden, by chance, 
 voluntarily, i. 3. 13, 2. 17, vi. 4. 18. 
 
 avro)xo\€(i>, avTOfj.oXrj(ru, r]iiT0fi6- 
 Xr]<Ta [avrbfj-oXos}, desert, abs., with 
 7rp6s and ace, or with irapd and 
 gen., ii. i. 6, 2. 7; oi avro/MiX-^crav- 
 res, the deserters, i. 7. 13, 10. 6. 
 
 avrofioXos, 6 [avros + root jjioX, 
 move, cf. ^XwcTKw], deserter, Lat. 
 trdtisfuga, with wapd and gen., i. 
 7. 2.* 
 
 avr6vop,os, ov [avros + R. vcp.], 
 under one's own latvs, independent, 
 Lat. sui iuris esse, vii. 8. 25. 
 
 avros, -q, 6 (neut. with the art. 
 often ravrbv, iii. i. 30, vi. 3. 17) 
 [avros], intensive pron., self, when 
 preceded by the art., same. Not 
 preceded by the art. : — in the 
 oblique cases it may serve as the 
 common pron. of the third pers., 
 him, her, it, etc, Lat. is, i. i. 2, 8, 
 ii. I. 5, 3. 8, iii. i. 4, 4. 7, v. 3. 6, 4. 
 26 ; in all its cases it may be used 
 as an intensive adj. pron., Lat. 
 ijyse, self, myself, hi^nself etc., or 
 very, exactly, either with or without 
 a personal or a dem. pron. in agree- 
 ment, i. 6. 7, 9. 21, 10. 17, iii. i. 
 4, 44, 2. 24, iv. 4. 0, 7. 7, 10, v. 6. 
 24, vii. 3. 3, 7. 13 ; with a subst. 
 
37 
 
 aviT6o-€-a<|>ti}fJii 
 
 always in the pi-ed. position, tlie 
 art. never being omitted unless the 
 subst. is a prop, name or denotes 
 an individual, i. 7. 11, 8. 14, ii. i. 
 5 ; as a refl. , either alone or joined 
 with an oblique case of a pers. 
 pron., i. I. 5, ii. 3. 22, 5. 28, iii. 
 
 I . 37, 2. 14 ; with possessives, as 
 Tots 'V/iier^pots avrdv (pLXois, our own 
 friends; often more than sim- 
 ply emphatic, admitting of such 
 translations as by oneself, in one^s 
 own person, of one^s own accord, 
 alone, ii. 3. 7, "iii. 2. 11, iv. 7. 11, vi. 
 6. 9 ; sometimes when followed by i 
 the art. and a subst. it may be I 
 rendered by pist, right, as inrip 
 oiVTov ToO (TTparevfJiaTos, just over 
 the army, iii. 4-41, cf. iv. 3. 11, j 
 vi. 4. 4 ; the gen. avroO or avTuv | 
 serves as a possessive pron., Lat. | 
 eius, eorum, i. i. 7, 9. 23, iii. 4. ' 
 44. Preceded by the art., the 
 same, Lat. Idem, i. i. 7, iv. 5. 31, 
 V. 8. 22 ; neut. often denoting 
 place, as sk toO aiiToD, from the 
 same place, ii. 4. 11 ; so also with 
 ei's or iv, with or without a follow- 
 ing dat. of resemblance, i. 8. 14, 
 ii. 6. 22, iii. i. 27, 30, vi. 3. 17, 24. 
 
 avTocrt, adv. [avros], to the place 
 itself, thither, iv. 7. 2. 
 
 avTov, adv. [avros], in the very 
 place, here, there, Lat. ilico, i. 3. 
 
 II, 5. 13, ii. I. 21, iv. 3. 28; often 
 the place is still further noted, av- 
 Tov irapa ' Apiaiif), there with Ari- 
 aeus, ii. 2. 1 ; avrov irov, hereabouts, 
 iii. 2. 24. 
 
 avTOv, see eavroO. 
 
 avTws, adv. [aires], in the very 
 manner ; only in the phrase ws 5' 
 auTwj, just so, even so, v. 6. 9 ; see 
 daavTciJS. 
 
 avxT|v, ivos, 6, the neck, Lat. cer- 
 ulx; hence, of a neck of land, 
 isthmus, vi. 4. 3 bis. 
 
 d<j)', by elision and euphony for 
 dird. 
 
 d<}>aipea> [alptw], take away, de- 
 tach, vi. 5. 11 ; mid., take away for 
 oneself, deprive, rob, either with 
 
 ace. of the thing, or the ace. or 
 gen. of the person, with two aces., 
 or with the object omitted, i. 3. 4, 
 9. 19, iii. I. 30, iv. i. 14, 4. 12, vi. 
 6. 7, and in the pass, either with 
 the thing omitted or in the ace, 
 vi. 6. 5, vii. 2. 22 ; take away to 
 oneself, rescue, with ace. or with 
 ace. and gen., vi. 6. 10, 21, 23 ; in 
 the pass., vi. 6. 19, 27. 
 
 d^avi^is, is [R. <j>a], invisible, 
 out of sight, unobserved, and so 
 hidden, doubtful, i. 4. 7, ii. 6. 28, 
 iv. 2. 4. 
 
 d<)>avCt«> (d(pavid-), dipavid, ri(pd- 
 vLcra, i)(f)dvLKa [R. <|>a], make hid- 
 den, hide, blot out, annihilate, iii. 
 2. 11, 4- 8. 
 
 d<t>apirdS<i) [R. opir], snatch away, 
 plunder, pillage, i. 2. 27. 
 
 d<|>€i8ws, adv. \_d4>ei5-n$, unspar- 
 ing, cf. viro4>eidofiai], without spar- 
 ing, mercilessly, vii. 4. (3 ; sup. 
 d<f)eiSi(TTaTa, i. 9. 13. 
 
 d<j)€KrTTJK£<rav, see d(f)tffT7iiJLi. 
 
 a^i^io-Qai, see ciTr^x'^- 
 
 d<j)€o-TTJ|€i., see d<pl(TTt)ni. 
 
 d(j>r]7co|j.ai., [R. a-y], explain, tell, 
 vii. 2. 26. 
 
 d<j>Ti<r£T£, see d<ptr]iM. 
 
 d<{>OovCd, ds Idcpffovos], freedom 
 from envy, liberality ; hence 
 plenty, abundance, of men or 
 things, i. 9. 15, vi. 6. 3 ; eh d4>do- 
 vidv, in plenty, vii. i. 33. 
 
 d(t>9ovos, ov [c/. (pdoviw^, ungrudg- 
 ing, plenteous, abundant, of sup- 
 plies, iii. I. 19, vii. 6. 26, 28 ; of a 
 country, fertile, v. 6. 25 ; of water, 
 copious, vi. 4. 4. Phrases: iv 
 d4>d6voLs ^LoreOecv, live in clover, iii. 
 2. 25 ; iv irdaiv d<p96voLS, in all 
 sorts of comforts, iv. 5. 29 ; iv d<f)0o- 
 vuripois, in greater supply, v. i. 
 10. 
 
 d<|>ti][i,i [twt]» ^^'*f^ away, let go, 
 let depart, iv. 5. 24, 30 ; let escape, 
 set free, give up, ii. 3. 25, iv. i. 12, 
 14, vi. 6. 30 ; of water, let flow, of 
 animals, let loose, ii. 2. 20, 3. 13, 
 V. 8. 24 ; send back, cast off, reject, 
 dismiss, sometimes with ace. and 
 
d<j)iKv€Ofi,ai dxpeios 
 
 38 
 
 inf., V. 4. 7, vii. 3. 44 ; of an anchor, 
 let go, iii. 5. 10. Phrase : Trpos 
 (piXiav a<plivai, let depart in peace, 
 i. 3. 19. 
 
 d<j>iKvco|i.ai, (iKveofiai, Ik-, l'|o/aai, 
 'Ik6hi]v, ly/iai [R. Fik], come), ar- 
 rive, abs., ii. 3. 19, v. 4. 4 ; arrive 
 at, come to, reach, with wapd or 
 irp6s and ace. of pers., or with eh, 
 ewl, TTpbs, or /card and acc. of place, 
 i. I. 5, 2. 4, 12, 25, 4. 19, 5. 4, ii. 
 2. 8, iii. I. 43, 4. 30, iv. i. 5, 7. 
 18, 8. 1, vii. 2. 28, 7. 49; with e/c 
 or €^w and gen., vi. i. 16, 6. 3 ; re- 
 turn, with 7rp6s and acc. of pers., 
 eh or eiri and acc. of place, or an 
 adv., i. 10. 17, iii. 2. 20, vi. i. 17, 
 6. 38, vii. 8. 23. Phrase: eh to 
 yijpas d(pLKvei(Tdai, live to be old, iii. 
 I. 43. 
 
 d(j>i iTircvo) (iTnreiJd), iinreijffu [R. 
 ttKj, ride), ride back or of, i. 5. 
 12. 
 
 d<}>(<rTT]|ii [R. (TTa], set off from, 
 separate, trans., lead to revolt, with 
 dird and gen., vi. 6. 34 ; intr. in 
 pass, and in 2 aor., pf., and fut. pf. 
 act., stand away from, revolt, go 
 over to, loithdraiv, Lat. deficio, i. 
 4. 3, ii. 4. 5, iii. 2. 17 ; with eh and 
 acc. of place, and eh or 7rp6j and 
 acc. of pers., i. i. 6, 6. 7, ii. 5. 7 ; 
 with gen. of person from whom, 
 ii. 6. 27. 
 
 a4>o8os, r) [686s], a going aicay, 
 retreat, place fur retreat, Lat. re- 
 cpptus, iv. 2. il, v. 2. 7, vi. 4. 13, 
 vii. 8. 10. 
 
 d4>poo-vvT], Tjs [<|>PTiv], thought- 
 lessness, folly, V. I. 14. 
 
 a<{>p(i>v, ov, gen. ows [4>P'^v], 
 without sense, foolish, light-headed, 
 out of 07ie's head, iv. 8. 20, vii. i. 
 28. 
 
 d<)>vXaKT6a> [<j)v\dTTw], be with- 
 out a watch, off one's guard, vii. 
 8.20. 
 
 d()>vXaKTOs, ov [<(>vXdTT<i)] , ^^n- 
 vmtched, unquarded, ii. 6. 24, v. 7. 
 14. 
 
 d<|>vXdKTci>S) adv. [<j>vXdTTa)], un- 
 guardedly, rashly, v. i. 0. 
 
 'Ax.ai6s, ov, 6, an Achaean, i. i. 
 11, ii. 6. 30, vi. 2. 7. Achaia was 
 the country lying along the north- 
 ern coast of Peloponnesus, and 
 ^contained a confederacy of twelve 
 cities. The Achaeans enjoyed in- 
 ternal prosperity, but had but little 
 influence outside and held aloof 
 from Hellenic affairs until after 
 the death of Alexander, when they 
 formed the Achaean League. In 
 the Heroic Age they were the 
 ruling nation in Peloponnesus, 
 and accordingly Homer calls the 
 Greeks collectively Achaeans. They 
 formed with the Arcadians over 
 one-half of the Ten Thousand, vi. 
 2. 9, 10. 
 
 dxapicTTos, ov [R. \OLp^, ungra- 
 cious, unpleasant; ovk dxapiara 
 \&yeiv, ironical, speak prettily 
 enough, ii. i. 13 (some read dxd- 
 pira) ; of persons, act., ungrateful, 
 pass., unrewarded, i. 9. 18, vii. 6. 23. 
 
 dxapio-Tws, adv. [R. x«ip]) ungra- 
 ciously, xcithout gratitude, thank- 
 lessly, ii. 3. 18, vii. 7. 23. 
 
 dxdpira, see dxdpicyro^. 
 
 'Ax€pov<rids, ciSos, r] ['Ax^pwv, 
 Acheron:], Acherusian; with Xep- 
 p6vr}<Tos, the promontory or penin- 
 sula of Acheron (Baba-Burun), 
 near Heraclea in Bithynia, where 
 Heracles, according to the myth, 
 descended to fetch up Cerberus, 
 vi. 2. 2. 
 
 dxOo|iai,, dx^^coixai, r)x&i<fSy]v 
 [c/. d-xos, r6, pain, distress, Lat. 
 anger, anguish, Eng. awe, ugly], 
 be iceighed down, distressed, trou- 
 bled, displeased, vexed, angry at, 
 abs., vii. 5. 5, 6; with 6'ri and a 
 clause, sometimes accompanied by 
 TovTo, iii. 2. 20, V. 4. 18, vi. 6. 9 ; 
 with the gen. abs., i. i. 8 ; with the 
 dat. of the person, vi. i. 29, vii. 5. 
 7 ; with the dat. of the cause, 
 sometimes governed by ewL, v. 7. 
 20, vii. 6. 10. 
 
 dxpcios, ov [xpdojitai] , useless, 
 unjit for service, of persons or 
 things, iv. 6. 26, v. 2. 21. 
 
39 
 
 a\pi^o-TOs-PaKTiipia 
 
 axpiio"Tos, ov \_xpdoiJ.ai'\, useless, 
 unserviceable, iii. 4. 26. 
 
 oxpi> adv., utterly, Lat. usque; 
 with et's, v}^ to, v. 5. 4 ; as temporal 
 conj., with dv and the subjv., tmtil, 
 ii. 3. 2. 
 
 d\|/(v6iov, t6, tvormivood, i. 5. 1. 
 
 BaPvXwv, wvos, 7} \_Bahel, the 
 gate of God], Babijlon, 1. 4. 11, 
 5. 5, ii. 2. 6, 4. 12, iii. 5. 15, one of 
 the oldest and most famous cities 
 of antiquity. Its origin is un- 
 known. It was the capital of the 
 province of the same name as early 
 as the Elamite conquest, b.c. 2300. 
 After the loth century, when As- 
 syria became the controlling power 
 in the Tigris-Euphrates region, the 
 city was conquered at various 
 times by Assyrian kings and fin- 
 ally by Sennacherib (first part of 
 the 7th century), who dealt its 
 prosperity a heavy blow. With 
 the fall of Nineveh and the rise 
 of the new Babylonian empire 
 (B.C. 606), it entered on a career 
 of unprecedented splendour. It 
 was reljuilt and beautified by Nabo- 
 polassar, his son Nebuchadnezzar, 
 and their successors down to the 
 last native king, Nabonidas. It 
 survived the conquests of Cyrus 
 the Great (539 b.c.) and of Alex- 
 ander (331 B.C.) ; its last king was 
 the Seleucid Antiochus the Great 
 (224-187 B.C.). In Pliny's time 
 it was a ruin, and has so contin- 
 ued until to-day. Herodotus (who 
 probably and rightly included Ba- 
 sippa in his measurement) de- 
 scribes it as a square, each side of 
 which was 120 stadia long. Its 
 hanging-garden, built by Nebu- 
 chadnezzar for his Median queen, 
 was reckoned one of the wonders 
 of the world. The ruins of Baby- 
 lon (which represent the city of 
 
 the Nabopolassar dynasty) have 
 been in part excavated, and nu- 
 merous inscriptions have been 
 found, from which and from As- 
 syrian inscriptions its history has 
 been to some extent recovered. 
 
 Ba|3v\(ovCd, as [Ba/3i/Xwi'tos], Ba- 
 bt/loiiia, the di.strict in which Baby- 
 lon was situated, i. 7. 1. It was a 
 plain, watered by the Tigris and 
 Euphrates and bounded on the 
 north by Mesopotamia, and ex- 
 tending to the Persian gulf on the 
 south. The famous Median wall 
 was intended as a barrier against 
 foes from the north. The natural 
 fertility of the plain was increased 
 by means of canals from the 
 rivers. 
 
 BaPvXwvi.os, a, ov [BajSuXwv], of 
 Babylon, with x^pa, ii- 2. 13. 
 
 pdSTjv, adv. [R. Pa], at a loalk, 
 ivith slow pace, of men or horses, 
 iv. 8. 28, V. 4. 23, vi. 5. 25. Phrase : 
 ^<i57}v Tfflxi^, of soldiers, at a quick- 
 step, of an advance in which the 
 ranks were still preserved, as op- 
 posed to 5p6yoiy, iv. 6. 25. 
 
 Pa8iSw (/3a5i5-), /SaStoO/iat, ^/3d- 
 5i(ra, ^e^ddcKa [R. Pa], go on foot, 
 walk, march, Lat. incedo, of sol- 
 diers, V. 1.2, vi. 3. 19. 
 
 PdOos, ovs, t6 [/Sa^t^s, cf. Eng. 
 bathos], depth or height, ace. to 
 the point of view of the speaker, 
 Lat. altitudo, i. 7. 14, iii. 5. 7, iv, 
 5-4. 
 
 Pa6vs, eta, v, deep or high, Lat. 
 alius, i. 7. 14, V. 2. 3. 
 
 PaCvw (i3a-, ^av-), ^T^a-ofxai, ^i- 
 fir]Ka, 4^r)v [R. Pa], go, tvalk ; perf., 
 ha,ve stepped out, stand, standfast, 
 iii. 2. 19. 
 
 PaKTTipCd, as [R. Pa], staff, walk- 
 ing-stick, Lat. baculum. Staves 
 and walking-sticks were very gen- 
 erally carried by the Greeks, not 
 only by the old for support (see 
 the representation of Pelias, s.v. 
 dfMcpopevs), but also by young men, 
 and even in the army, ii. 3. 11, iv. 
 7. 26. 
 
P dXavos-P«XTf lov 
 
 40 
 
 pdXavos, V \_cf. Lat. gldns, acorn, 
 mit], acorn, hence any acorn- 
 shaped fruit, as a date, i. 5. 10, ii. 
 3.15. 
 
 pd\X« (iSaX-, /3Xa-), /3aXw, ^|3a- 
 XoK, /S^^XTjKtt, j3e/3Xi7/iat, i^Xrjdrjv 
 [PdXXw], throw, throw at, hit, abs. 
 or with the ace. of the person, the 
 word for the missile being omitted 
 or in tlie dat., i. 3. 1, iii. 4. 25, iv. 2. 
 
 12, V. 4. 23, 7. 21, vii. 4. 15 ; pass., 
 exposed to missiles, under fire, iv. 
 
 7. 6, V. 2. 32. Plarase : oi iK xe'pos 
 ^iiXXoi'res= dKocTtcTTai, iii. 3. 15. 
 
 PdiTTw (^a4>-), /3di/'w, ^/Jai/'a, ^i- 
 ^cLfifxai, e^dcprjv [cf. Eng. baptize], 
 dip, dip in, ii. 2. 9. 
 
 PapPapiKos, 77, 6v [(3a/3/3apos] , ?iO« 
 Greek; foreign, harharic, i. 3. 14, 
 
 8. 14, iv. 5. 33, V. 7. 13 ; to fiap^api- 
 k6v {sc. a-Tpdrevfia), the Persian 
 force of Cyrus, i. 2. 1, 8. 5. 
 
 pappapiKus, adv. [/3ap^aptK6s] , in 
 a foreign tongue, e.g. in Persian, 
 i. 8. 1. 
 
 pdppapos, ov [c/. Eng. barbarous], 
 not Greek, foreign, barbarian, un- 
 civilized, a word applied by the 
 Greeks to all other races, their 
 possessions, and defects; as adj., 
 i. 7. 3, ii. 5. 32, V. 5. 16, vii. i. 29, 
 3. 18 ; sup. ^ap^apwraros, most un- 
 civilized, V. 4. 34 ; as subst., for- 
 eigner, barbarian, in tlie Anab. 
 applied esp. to Persians, i. i. 5, 9. 
 
 13, ii. I. 7, 6. 28, iii. i. 35, iv. 2. 3, 
 V. 4. 16, vii. 1.28. 
 
 Papcws, adv. l^apvs, heavii, cf 
 l.a.t. grauis, heavy, Eng.bary-tonc], 
 heavily, grievously ; in the phrases 
 Pap4w (pipeiv, take to heart, Lat. 
 grauiter ferre, ii. i. 4, and ^ap^ws 
 aKoOeiv, hear with anger, ii. i. 9. 
 
 Bao-Cds, ov, Basias, an Arcadian, 
 killed by the Carduchi, iv. i. 18. 
 
 Bao-ids, ov, Basias, of Elis, a 
 soothsayer, vii. 8. 10. 
 
 Pao-iXcid, ds [/SacriXeys] , king- 
 dom, royalty, royal dignity, i. i. 3, 
 iii. 2. 15, vii. 7. 26. 
 
 Pao-iXeios, ov [/3a(riXei;s], belong- 
 ing to a king, royal, i. 2. 20, 10. 12, 
 
 ii. 1 . 4 ; neut. as subst. and gener- 
 ally pi., palace, cf. Lat. regia (fern. ) , 
 i. 2. 7, 9, 4. 10, iii. 4. 24, iv. 4. 2. 
 
 Pao-iXevs, fws, 6 [qf. Eng. basilica, 
 basi/isk], king, Lat. rex, esp. the 
 King of Persia, when the art. is 
 regularly omitted as the word is 
 used as a proper name, i. i. 5, ii. 
 I. 4, iii. I. 2, V. 5. 17; so p-iyas 
 ^aaiXevi OV ^aaiXevs p-eyas, i. 2. 8, 
 4. 11 ; of other kings with the art., 
 i. 2. 12, V. 4. 26, vii. i. 28 ; of Zeus, 
 iii. I. 12, vi. I. 22. Phrases: 6 fivw 
 ^a<ri.\evs, the king of the up-country, 
 applied even to the king of Persia, 
 vii. I. 28, 7. 3; Trapd ^aaikei, at 
 court, i. 2. 27. 
 
 Pa<riX€v(o, ^a<n\e6<T(iJ [/3aa-iXei;s], 
 be king, be sovereign, i. i. 4, ii. 2. 
 1 ; with gen., v. 6. 37. 
 
 Pao-iXiKOS, v, 6v l^aa-iXevs], fit to 
 be king, i. 9. 1 ; belonging to a 
 king, royal, ii. 2. 12, iii. 5. 16. 
 
 pdo-ijAos, ov [R. ^a], iMSsable, for 
 animals ; ?ws ^dcripa ^v {sc. rf 
 iwinp), as long as he could ride, 
 iii. 4. 49. 
 
 paros, v, ^v [R. ^a], passable, for 
 animals, with dat., iv. 6. 17. 
 
 P^'Paios, d, ov [R. Pa], abiding 
 fast, trusty, constant, i. 9. 30. 
 
 PePatow, /3e/3atwcrw [R. Pa], make 
 sure, confirm, fulfil, with ace. of 
 the thing" and dat. of the person, 
 vii. 6. 17. 
 
 PcPriKOTCSt see ^aivcj. 
 
 BtXeo-is, see BAeo-us. 
 
 Be'Xeo-us, vos, or Be'Xecris, ws, 6, 
 Belesys, satrap of Syria and As- 
 syria," i. 4. 10, vii. 8. 25. 
 
 PtXos, ovs, t6 [pdXXw], thing 
 thrown of any sort, missile, iii. 3. 
 16, iv. 3. 6, V. 2. 14 ; e^w rdv ^eXwv, 
 out of range, iii. 4. 15, v. 2. 26. 
 
 PeXrio-Tos, 17, ov [R. PoX], used 
 as sup. of dyado^, best in any re- 
 spect, noblest, bravest, of meas- 
 ures, most advantageous, i. u 6, 
 ii. 5. 41, V. I. 8, 6. 2, vii. 6. 12. 
 
 PcXrtwv, ov [R. PoX], used as 
 comp. of dyadds, better in any re- 
 spect, braver, nobler, of measures. 
 
41 
 
 Pfina~Bi<rdv9T] 
 
 more advantageous, ii. 2. 1, iii. 2. 
 23, 32, 3.5, vi. 1.31, vii. 6.38. 
 
 PilUa, aro?, rb [R. Pa], Step, stride, 
 iv. 7. 10. 
 
 P£d, as, phiisical strength, force, 
 violence, Lat. uls, vi. 6. 25, vii. 7. 
 24 ; freq. as adv., /Sict, hy force, by 
 storm, i. 4. 4, iii. 4. 12, vii. 3. 3; 
 ^Iq. T^s /jL-nrpds, Lat. innitd mdtre, 
 against his mother's will, vii. 8. 17. 
 
 Pid^ofi,ai, (I3iad-), ^lacroixai, etc. 
 [;8t'a], employ force, compel, w^ith 
 ace. and inf., i. 3. 1, v. 7. 8, 8. 14 ; 
 overpower, with ace, i. 4. 5 ; abs., 
 force oneself upon, obtrude oneself, 
 vii. 8. 11. 
 
 pCaios, a, ov \^^l.a.'\, forcible, vio- 
 lent, V. 5. 20 ; neut. as subst., vio- 
 lence, act of violence, vi. 6. 15. 
 
 Piaiws, adv. [jSi'aios], vnth vio- 
 lence, hard, i. 8. 27. 
 
 P(pX.os, V [_cf ^'^"8- Bible, biblio- 
 graphy'], properly the cellular sub- 
 stance of the stem (not the inner 
 layers of bark, as it is often erro- 
 neously stated) of the Egyptian 
 /SiJ^Xos, or papyrus (an endogenous 
 plant), from which the papyrus- 
 paper was made on which Greek 
 and Latin ' books ' were written. 
 Hence jBijSXoi ye-ypaixfiivai, manu- 
 scripts, books, vii. 5. 14. The pith 
 of the papyrus was cut into thin 
 strips, which were placed one by 
 the side of the other on a wetted 
 board. A second layer was placed 
 on these crosswise, and the whole 
 was submitted to pressure, and 
 afterwards smoothed. The gluti- 
 nous nature of the pith was gener- 
 ally sufficient to make the two 
 layers adhere. The pages- thus 
 manufactured were pasted together 
 at the longer edges, so as to form 
 a continuous strip. The vn.'iting 
 was in columns, one column to 
 each page, with a space between 
 the pages. Only one side of the 
 strip was written on, and the strip 
 was formed into a roll with the 
 written side inward. These rolls 
 were sometimes of great length. 
 
 As the ' book ' was read it was un- 
 rolled at one side, which was, in 
 
 No. 13. 
 
 its turn, rolled up as the reader 
 proceeded. A tag with a title was 
 attached to the roll, and several 
 rolls might be kept together in a 
 single case. Books in the modern 
 form belong to a later age. For an 
 additional illustration of the ;3i/3Xos 
 (Lat. liber), see s.v. ifidTiov (No. 27), 
 where is a case containing seven 
 rolls, representing the seven extant 
 plays of the poet Sophocles. 
 
 Bi9vv6s, V, 6f, Bithynian, vi. 5. 
 30 ; as subst., ot BWvvol, the Bithy- 
 nians, vi. 2. 17, 4. 24, 6. 37. Bi- 
 thynia was a province in the north- 
 western part of Asia Minor, on the 
 Pontus. It was separated by the 
 Bosphorus from Thrace from which 
 theBithynians had migrated, hence 
 they are called Thracian, and the 
 province Thrace in Asia, vi. 4. 1, 
 2. The principal cities were Ilera- 
 clea and Chalcedon. Pliny the 
 Younger was governor of Bithynia 
 under Trajan. 
 
 piKos, 6, a large jar or vessel of 
 earthenware, used for storing oil, 
 figs, salt meat, and esp. wine, i. 9. 25. 
 
 pCos, 6 [c/. Lat. u'littis, <ilin\ Eng. 
 QUICK, bio-logy, bio-grajihy], life, 
 Lat. u'lta, i. I. 1, 9. 30; living, sub- 
 sistence, support, vi. 4. 8 ; with dird 
 and gen. of the trade or pursuit, 
 V. 5. 1, vii. 7. 9. 
 
 PioT€V(i>, pioreijau} [/3^s], live, iii. 
 2. 25. 
 
 Bio-dv9Ti, 77?, Bisantlie (Rodosto), 
 a Thracian city on the Propontis, 
 with a fortress and harbour, be- 
 longing to Seuthes, vii. 2. 38, 5. 8. 
 
BCTiov-PovXevo) 
 
 42 
 
 B^Ttov, see Blwu. 
 
 B((i>v or BiTwv, wvos, 6, Bion, a 
 messenger irom Thibron, bringing 
 money to the Greeks, vii. 8. G. 
 
 pXdpTi, 7;s, hurt, damage, injury, 
 ii. 6. 6. 
 
 pXapos, ous, t6 [jSXciiSTj], hurt, 
 damage, injury, vii. 7. 28. 
 
 pXaK€vw [jSXd^, s?fflcA-], fte slacl: 
 or jd/e, s/i/rA;, ii. 3. 11, v. 8. 15. 
 
 pXdiTTw (i3Xa/3-), iSXafw, ^^Xai/'a, 
 ^i^\a(f>a, jS^/SXaMMcii, ip\d(pd7]v or 
 e/SXd/Srji' [/SXcijStj], /u(r<, damage, 
 harm, ii. 5. 17, iii. 3. 11, 14, iv. 8. 3. 
 
 pXe'-irw, /3X^i/'w, e^SXei/'a, ZooA;, {?<r« 
 one's e;/es, ZooA- to one for aid, 
 Lat. specto, with 7r/[)6s and the ace, 
 iii. I. 36, iv. i. 20; of tilings, /ace, 
 point, with et's and ace, i. 8. 10. 
 
 pXwo-KW (/xoX-, fi\o-, iSXo-), fioXov- 
 fiai, efioXov, /ji^fijSXwKa [root |xoX, cf. 
 avrdfwXos and Lat. remulcum, toio- 
 rope'], go, arrive, vii. i. 33; per- 
 haps only here in Att. prose, and 
 here in the mouth of a Theban. 
 
 Podci), /SoTjiTo/xat, i^o-qaa [R. PoF]i 
 shtnit, call out, cry aloud, abs., with 
 dat. and a clause with on, or with 
 dat. and inf., i. 8. 1, 12, iv. 3. 22, 
 
 7. 24, V. 6. 34. 
 
 Po€uk6s or PoiKos, v, ov [R. PoF], 
 belonging to an ox; ^evyrj /Soet/cd, 
 ox-teams, vii. 5. 2, 4. 
 
 Po'iKdS) see ^oeiKos. 
 
 PoTJ, ^s [R. Pop], shout, call, cry, 
 iv. 7. 23 his. 
 
 PoT|0€ia, ds [R. PoF+6'^w], sue 
 cour, help, esp. in the form of troops, 
 Lat. auxilia, rescuing party, ii. 3. 
 10, iii. 5. 4. 
 
 PoT]6€(D, ^o-ndria-w, eporjdrjaa, j3e- 
 ^o-qd-qKa, ^eporjdrifxaL [R. PoF+ ^^w], 
 
 run to rescue at a cry for help, come 
 to the rescue, help, abs., i. 9. 6, iv. 
 
 8. 13, V. I. 8, vii. 7. 19, with dat., 
 ii. 4. 20, 25, iii. 4. 13, vii. 4. 7, or 
 with fTf/ and ace. of the enemy and 
 virip with gen. of the side helped, 
 iii. 5. 6. 
 
 PoOpos, 6 [cf. Lat. fodio, dig'}, 
 pit, hole, hollow, iv. 5. 6, of a grave, 
 V. 8. 9. 
 
 BoCo-Kos, 6, Boiscus, a Thessa- 
 lian pugilist, a shirk and a plun- 
 derer, V. 8. 23. 
 
 BoiwrCd, ds [Botwrios], Boeotia, 
 iii. I. 31, a country in northern 
 Greece, bounded on the north by 
 the territory of the Gpuntian Lo- 
 crians, east by the Euboean sea, 
 south by Attica, Megaris, and the 
 Corinthian gulf, and west by Pho- 
 cis. Its position, between seas and 
 mountains, and its numerous lakes 
 and marshes, rendered the cli- 
 mate damp and subject to frequent 
 changes, and its cloudy skies made 
 the air thick and heavy. To this 
 and to the fact that the Boeotians 
 were great eaters may be ascribed 
 the natural dullness attributed to 
 them, especially by the lively Athe- 
 nians, which passed into a prov- 
 erb. Yet Boeotia furnished not 
 only good soldiers, athletes, and 
 flute-players, but also several great 
 generals, poets, and historians. 
 Under Epaminondas it became for 
 i a short time the mistress of Hellas. 
 Boeotia was settled by Aeolians 
 from Thessaly after the Trojan 
 war. 
 
 PoiwTid^u) [Bottirios], act the 
 Boeotian ; ^oiwrid^eiv rri (pt-ivji, 
 speak vjith a Boeotian accent, that 
 is, b7'oadly, coarsely, as if from a 
 full mouth, iii. i. 26. 
 
 BoiwTios, d, ov [BotwT6sJ, Boeo- 
 tian ; only as subst., ii. 5. 31, 6. 16, 
 V. 6. 19. 
 
 BoiuTos, 6, a Boeotian, v. 3. 6. 
 
 Bop^dS} ov, or contr., Boppds, d, 
 Boreas, the North wind, Lat. 
 aqtiilo, with or without dveixos, iv. 
 5. 3, V. 7. 7. Strictly speaking, 
 this was to the Greek a north-east 
 wind, blowing over the Thracian 
 mountains, and bringing purer and 
 cooler air. 
 
 Poo-KT^^a, aros, t6 [/36o-kw, feed]. 
 fed or fatted beast; pi, cattle in 
 pasture, iii. 5. 2. 
 
 PovXcvu, ^ovXeijffu}, etc. [R. PoX], 
 plan, think tip, rare in act., with 
 
43 
 
 PouXVi-Bv^avTiov 
 
 ace. and dat., ii. 5. 6 ; usually in 
 mid., advise with oneself, plan, 
 ponder, consider, deliberate, medi- 
 tate, abs., ii. 3. 8, iii. 2. 36, vi. 2. 8 ; 
 the subject under consideration 
 may be expressed by the ace, i. i. 
 7, 10. 10, vi. I. 33, 2. 4, or by a 
 relative clause, i. 3. 11, 6. 6, iii. 2. 
 38, or by a clause introduced by 
 Sttws vs^ith the fut. ind. or the opt. 
 with &v, i. I. 4, iv. 6. 7, v. 7. 20, or 
 by an indirect question, single or 
 double, i. 10. 5, iv. 6. 8, vi. 2. 4, vii. 
 5. 9, or by irepi with gen. of the 
 person or the thing, or 7rp6s with 
 ace. of the thing, i. 3. 19, ii. 3. 20, 
 21, v. 1.2, vi. 6. 28 ; the person on 
 whose behalf the plan is made is 
 expressed by vnip or ivpb with gen., 
 V. 7. 12, vii. 6. 27 ; resolve on, set- 
 tle on, Lat. consili^im capio, with 
 ace. of the thing, or with the inf., 
 iii. I. 34, 2. 8, 3. 2. 
 
 PovXi], Tjs [R. PoX], consultation, 
 reflexion, deliberation, vi. 5. 13. 
 
 PouXl|xid<o, fjiovXluldaa, [K. PoF 
 + \ifx6s^, have bulimy, iv. 5. 7, 8. 
 Bulimy, or ' ox-famine ' {i.e. great 
 hunger), was a disease brought on 
 by exposure to intense cold and 
 hunger. It developed suddenly, 
 the symptoms being a burning and 
 gnawing in the pit of the stomach, 
 until faintness and collapse en- 
 sued. The patient quickly recov- 
 ered on receiving nourishment. 
 
 PovXo^ai, ^ovXricrofiai, ^e^ovXr]- 
 /mai, e^ov\r)dr)v [R. ^oK],Xi}ill,10ish, 
 desire, be inclined, Lat. uolo, used 
 abs. or with ace, ii. i. 5, 3. 4, iii. 4. 
 41, iv. I. 3, V. 4. 6, 8, vi. i. 20, vii. 
 2. 3, with the simple inf. or ace. 
 and inf., i. i. 1, 11, ii. i. 10, 5. 12, 
 iii. I. 25, 45, iv. 2. 11, v. 6. 17, vi. 
 2. 13, 5. 18, vii. 1.4; prefer, choose, 
 ii. 6. 6 ; 6 ^ov\6ixevo%, he that wishes, 
 whoever likes, i. 3. 9, v. 3. 10, 7. 27, 
 vi. 4. 15. 
 
 poviroposi Of [R. PoF+R. ir^p]! 
 ox-piercing ; only in phrase pov- 
 wopos djSeXiffKos, a spit big enough 
 for a whole ox, ox-spit, vii. 8. 14. 
 
 Poiis, /3o6s, 6, i] [R. PoF], ox, 
 
 steer, bullock, cow, Lat. bos; pi., 
 cattle, oxen, ii. i. 6, iii. 5. 9, iv. 5. 
 25, vi. I. 4, vii. 7. 53; ^oOs, ^, ox- 
 hide, iv. 5. 14,_ 7. 22, V. 4. 12. 
 Phrase: /SoOs v(t> dfid^-ns, draught- 
 ox, vi. 4. 22, 25. 
 
 PpaSe'ws, adv. [/3/)a5i^s], slowly, 
 leisurely, i. 8. 11. 
 
 PpaSvs, eia, v, slow; only in the 
 phrase to ISpadvTaTov (sc. toO arpa- 
 Tevfj.aros'), the sluioest division of 
 the army, vii. 3. 37. 
 
 Ppaxvs, e?a, v [cf. Lat. breuis, 
 shoi't] , short, of space and time ; 
 only in phrases: wireffdai ^pax^, 
 have a short flight, i. 5. 3 ; ^paxv- 
 repa. To^eveiu, shoot less far, iii. 3. 
 7 ; iiri ^pax^ i^LKveicrdai, have a 
 short range, iii. 3. 17. 
 
 Ppe'xw, eiSpefa, (ie^peyp-ai, e^p^xOv 
 [cjf. Lat. rigo, wet], wet, pass., get 
 xoet, i. 4. 17, iii. 2. 22, iv. 3. 12, 5. 2. 
 
 PpovT'/j, 7j% [root Pp€ji, roar, cf. 
 Lat. fremo, roar, Eng. brim], thun- 
 der, clap of thunder, iii. i. 11. 
 
 PpcoTos, ■f), 6v \cf. ^L^puxTKOj, eat, 
 Lat. uoro, devour, uordx, vora- 
 cious], that is to be eaten, eatable, 
 iv. 5. 5, 8. 
 
 Bv^dvTiov, TO [BufdvTios], By- 
 zantium (Constantinople), a city in 
 Thrace on the Bosporus, founded 
 by the Megarians (led, ace. to the 
 story, by Byzas) in 067 b.c. Its 
 favourable situation rapidly gave 
 it importance, and it became the 
 key to the Pontus. Abandoned by 
 its inhabitants in the Persian wars, 
 it afterwards fell into the hands of 
 the Athenians, vii. i. 27, and after 
 Aegos Potami passed to the Spar- 
 tans, in whose control it was at 
 the time of the retreat of the Ten 
 Thousand, vi. 2. 13, 4. 2, vii. i. 2, 
 2. 5. Later it became an ally of 
 Athens and enjoyed independence 
 until it fell into the power of the 
 Romans. The Emperor Constan- 
 tine founded the modern city in 
 3.30 A.D. (Turkish Istamboul or 
 Stamboul) . 
 
Bv^ttvTios-^tXdo) 
 
 44 
 
 Bv^dvTios, a, ov, heloHijing to 
 Byzantium, Byzantine; only as 
 subst. in pi., the Byzantines, vii. i. 
 19, 39. 
 
 P«|j,6s, 6 [R. Pa], any raised 
 place, but. esp. altar, Lat. ara, 
 i. 6. 7, V. 3. 9 ; in the stadium (see 
 s.v. (TTabiov) it was usual to have 
 the start made from near an altar, 
 iv. 8. 28. For an illustration of one 
 form of the altar used in bloody 
 sacrifice, vii. i. 40, see s.v. o-^drrw. 
 
 r. 
 
 ^aX'^vT], 77s, stillness, calm, of 
 wind or sea, v. 7. 8. 
 
 ■yaiicco (ya/j.-), ya.iJ.Cb, tyrjua, ye- 
 ydfX7]Ka, yey a fj.7]fjLaL [7d/xos], marry, 
 wed, act. of the man, Lat. diico ; 
 mid. and pass, of the woman, Lat. 
 nubo, ei>a,Tr]v -rj/jLepav yeyafiri/xeur], an 
 eight days'' bride, iv. 5. 24. 
 
 •yd|ios, 6 [cf. Eng. bi-gamy, crypto- 
 gam], T'edding, marriage; dyeiv 
 iiri yafxii}, take home as one''s wife, 
 ii. 4. 8. 
 
 rdvos or rdvos, r/, Ganus (Ga- 
 nos), a Thracian city on the Pro- 
 pontis, southwest of Bisanthe, vii. 
 5.8. 
 
 7dp, post-positive causal conj. [7^ 
 + apa], for, commonly giving the 
 cause, reason, explanation, or con- 
 firmation of some fact, which may 
 either follow or precede the clause 
 with yap, or be supplied from the 
 context, i. 2. 2, 3. 17, 6. 8, ii. 3. i:^, 
 5. 40, V. 6. 4 ; yap cannot always be 
 translated /o/', but because, indeed, 
 certainly, then, now, for example, 
 namely, may be used when it ex- 
 presses specification, confirmation, 
 or explanation, i. 7. 4, 9. 25, ii. 5. 
 11, iii. 2. 29, V. I. 8, vii. 7. 5; 
 in questions yap refers to a cir- 
 cumstance not expressed, though 
 giving rise to the question, and 
 may be translated then, or left un- 
 translated, i. 7. 9, V. 7. 10, vii. 2. 28. 
 
 In elliptical phrases : /cat yap, Lat. 
 etenim, and to be sure, and really, 
 where there is an ellipsis between 
 Kal and yap, and (this was so) be- 
 cause, i. 1.6, 8, iii. 3. 4, v. 6. 11, 8. 
 11 ; rat yap o?)v, and therefore, and 
 consequently, in full, and (this is) 
 then (so), for, i. 9. 8, 12, 17, ii. 6. 
 13, vii. 6. 37 ; aXXa yap, Lat. at 
 enim, but, but to be sure, in full, 
 but (enough of this), for, iii. i. 24, 
 
 2. 25, 32. 
 
 Yao-TTJp, rpo's, i] \_cf. Lat. uenter, 
 belly, Eng. gastric'], belly, of men 
 or animals, ii. 5. 33, iv. 5. 36. 
 
 YavXiKos or -yavXiTiKOS, ^, ov [7au- 
 Xo'j, 6, merchant-vessel], belonging 
 to a merchant-vessel ; yavXiKa xpv- 
 fxara, merchantmen's cargoes, v. 
 8. 1. 
 
 ravXirris, ov, GauUtes, a Samian 
 exile, in the confidence of Cyrus, 
 i. 7. 5. 
 
 -yavXiTiKos, see yavXiKos. 
 
 y(, intensive particle, enclitic 
 and post-positive, serving to em- 
 phasise a preceding word, or the 
 clause which the word introduces ; 
 often it can be translated only by 
 emphasis, at other times yet, at 
 least, nevertheless, indeed, cer- 
 tainly, even, can be used, i. 3. 9, 
 6. 5, 9. 18, ii. 2. 12, iii. i. 27, 2. 24, 
 iv. 8. 6, vii. 2. 38, 7. 47, 51 ; in addi- 
 tion to its emphasising force it often 
 has a limiting or restricting sense, 
 like Lat. quidem, i. 3. 21, 10. 3; it 
 is also used to introduce and con- 
 trast something new with the fore- 
 goijig, i. 9. 14, 24, ii. 5. 19, iii. 3. 6 ; 
 with other particles, ye 5ri, indeed, 
 iv. 6. 3 ; ye fj-riv, ye fihroi, at least, 
 at any rate, certainly, i. 9. 14, 16. 
 20, ii. 3. 9, iii. i. 27, vii. 7. 32. 
 
 Ye-yevTicrOai, yiyova., see yiyvofiai. 
 
 ■yeiTwv, ovos, 6 [yf(], neighbour, 
 Lat. ulc'inus, with gen. or dat., ii. 
 
 3. 18, iii. 2. 4, vii. 3. 17. 
 
 ^€\d(i>, 7eXdo"o/iat, iy^Xaffa, iye- 
 \dad-qv, laugh, Lat. ruled, abs. or 
 with ewl and dat., ii. i. 13, v. 4. 34, 
 vii. 4. 11, 7. 54. 
 
45 
 
 yi\oio'i-ylyvo\i.a\. 
 
 ■ycXolos, a, ov [7e\dw], laughable, 
 farcical, ridiculous, with inf. or 
 witli €1 and a clause, v. 6. 25, vi. i. 
 •JO. ^ 
 
 'y€\(os, wTos, 6 [7e\dw], laughter, 
 roar of laughter, i. 2. 18, iv. 8. 28, 
 vii. 3. 25. ' _ 
 
 ■ycXtoToiroios, 6 [7Acus + iroiew], 
 o«e who makes laughter, jester, a 
 professional who was employed 
 chiefly at dinner-parties, vii. 3. 3;]. 
 
 •ye'ixw, only in pres. and impf., be 
 fall of, stuffed with, with gen., iv. 
 6.27."^ 
 
 •yeved, as [R. Y€v], time of birth, 
 birth ; d-n-b 7ei'eaj, from one''s birth- 
 day, of age, ii. 6. 30. 
 
 -y£v€idu> [-ytvus], grow a beard, be 
 bearded, ii. 6. 28. 
 
 •yevvaioTTjs, tjtos, i) [R. -ytv], emi- 
 nence of race or character (cf. Lat. 
 generosus), hence, nobility, mag- 
 nanimity, generosity, vii. 7. 41. 
 
 7€vos, ous, TO [R. 7€v], family, 
 race, Lat. genus, i. 6. 1. 
 
 ■yepaios, a, oV [7^pw)'], old, with 
 the additional idea of reverence or 
 dignity ; corap. ol yepalrepoi, digni- 
 taries, elders, v. 7. 17. 
 
 ■yepovTiov, to [yipwv'], poor or 
 werti; old man, vi. 3. 22. 
 
 ■y€'ppov, TO, s/uVM of wicker-work 
 covered with ox-hide, iv. 7. 22, v. 
 4. 12, wicker-shield, carried by the 
 Persians and by other Eastern 
 tribes, ii. i. 6, iv. 3. 4, 6. 20, 7. 26, 
 8. 3, V. 2. 22. Of. i. 8. 9, where the 
 y^ppa are contrasted with the long 
 wooden shields of the Egyptian 
 heavy-armed troops in the king's 
 army. The yippa of the Mossy- 
 noeci are said to have resembled 
 an ivy-leaf in shape, v. 4. 12. 
 
 -y£ppo({>6pos, 6 [7^ppo;'-t- R. <j)£p], 
 one who carries a wicker-shield; 
 pi., light-armed troops with wicker- 
 shields, i. 8. 9. 
 
 7€p(i>v, ovTos, 6 [root yep, old, cf. 
 Eng. gray], old man, Lat. senex, 
 iv. 3. 11, vii. 4. 24. 
 
 yiiwf yevcroj, eyevffa, yiyevjxai 
 [cf. Lat. gusto, taste, Eng. choosk]. 
 
 give a taste of; mid., taste, Lat. 
 gusto, abs. or with gen., i. 9. 20, 
 iii. I. 3, vii. 3. 22. 
 
 -ye()>vpa, as, bridge, i. 7. 15, ii. 3. 
 10, 4. 17, iii. 4. 19 ; y^(f>vpa i^evy/j.ivr} 
 TrXot'otj, bridge of boats, pontoon 
 bridge, i. 2. 5, ii. 4. 24 ; also raised 
 way, dam, embankment, vi. 5. 22. 
 
 7cwSt)Si es [71) 4- R. FtS], of earth, 
 earthy, deep-soiled, vi. 4. 5. 
 
 ■yn* 7^s [7^] 5 ear^/i, ground, 
 country, Lat. fe?Trt, i. 3. 4, 5. 1, 8. 
 10, iii. 2. 19, 5. 10, V. 5. 16. vi. 4. 
 
 0, vii. 7. 11 ; land, as opp. to sea, 
 V. 4. 1, 6. 5, vi. 4. 3, 6. 13. Phrases : 
 Kal Kara yrjv /cat Kara, ddXarrav, by 
 land and sea, Lat. terra marlque, i. 
 
 1. 7, iii. 2. 13, vii. 6. 37 ; irapa yrjv, 
 along the coast, vi. 2. 1. 
 
 "yVjivos, 1?, ov [^fj], of earth; 
 TrXivdoL yrjivai, sun-burnt earthen 
 bricks, vii. 8. 14. See otttos. 
 
 7ifj\o(|>os, 6 [7114- Xo'0os], mound 
 of earth, hill, hillock, i. 5. 8, 10. 
 12, iii. 4. 24, iv. 4. 1. 
 
 ^iipas, 7T?pws, to' [7^/)wi'], old age, 
 iii. I. 43. 
 
 ^C^vop-ai (7e»'-), yevrjaop.ai, iye- 
 i'6p.y]v,y4yova oryey^vrjfxai [R.^ev], 
 become, be, used of men ami tilings. 
 Of men, be born, be descended from, 
 with gen. or with diro and gen., i. 
 I. 1, ii. I. 3, iii. 2. 13, vii. 6. 34. 
 Phrases : ol rpidKovra frij yeyovores, 
 men thirty years old; ruiv /xeTo, KO- 
 pov yevofj.^vixji', men born after Cy- 
 rus, i. 9. 1. Of things, be, become, 
 happen, take place, occur, but the 
 translation of the verb varies 
 greatly according to its subject. 
 Used with words signifying the 
 time of day {r^ixipd, (tkotos, ews, 5ei'- 
 \y]),dawn, break, come, draiv on, i. 8. 
 8, ii. 2. 13, 4. 24, iv. 2. 4 ; with words 
 signifying time of year or weather 
 (xet/iwj', x'-'^^i oi^^X^v)i arrive, fall, 
 iv. I. 15, 2. 7, 4. 8; with Tro'Xe/xos, 
 rdpaxos, dopv^os, and p-axv^ arise, 
 take place, break out, i. 8. 2, ii. i. 
 6, iii. 4. 35 ; with words meaning 
 pledge, oath, or treaty (6pKoi, a-irov- 
 5a/), be taken ov given, concluded. 
 
■yi'yvwo-KW-rop'Ytwv 
 
 46 
 
 ii. 2. 10, 3. 6, 5. 3 ; used of money 
 or taxes, be paid, accrue, come in, 
 i. I. 8, V. 3. 4, vii. 6. 41, 7. 27 ; of 
 sacrifices or victims, be favourable, 
 sometimes with the inf., ii. 2. 3, vi. 
 
 4. 9, 6. 36 ; of numbers, amount 
 to, i. 2. 9, 7. 10, V. 2. 4 ; of shout- 
 ing and other noises (Kpavyrj, ^orj, 
 ppovTTi), arise, resound, iii. i. 11, 
 iv. 7. 23, 8. 28. When followed by 
 the simple inf., be possible, i. 9. 13 ; 
 when by an adj. or adv., be, prove 
 oneself to be, 1. 6. 8, 10. 7, ii. 2. 18, 
 iii. 4. 36, iv. i. 26, 2. 15, 3. 24, vii. 
 8. 11. Often with dat., as Spo/xos 
 iyivero roii (TTpaTnIiTai.s, the sol- 
 diers Started to ^run, i. 2. 17. 
 Phrases: iv eauri? yiyvea-0at, come 
 to himself, recover himself, i. 5. 17; 
 for many others, see the various 
 prepositions ; to yev6p.evov or to 
 yeyevi)p.ivov, the occurrence, the 
 fact, i. 9. 30, vi. 3. 23 ; rd yeyevrj- 
 fiiva, the circumstances, ii. 5. 33, v. 
 4.19. 
 
 ■yiYvwo-KW (yvo-),yvu}aofiai, tyuoov, 
 eyvcoKa,fyv(ii3(TfjiaL,iyvdia9riv[li.yvo)], 
 know, perceive, feel, experience, un- 
 derstand, recognise, learn, think, be 
 convinced, with the simple ace, i. 
 3. 13, ii. 3. 19, 5. 35, iii. i. 45, iv. 
 8. 4, V, I. 14, vii. 5. 11 ; with Srt 
 and a clause, i. 3. 2, ii. 2. 15, iii. 
 3. 4, V. 6. 13, vi. I. 31 ; with the 
 ace. and a partic, i. 7. 4, ii, 5. 13, 
 iii. 4. 36, vii. 7. 24 ; with the ace. 
 and inf., i. 3. 12, 9. 18; with irepi 
 and gen., ii. 5. 8; abs., iii. i. 27; 
 the source is expressed by €k and 
 gen., vii. 7. 43. 
 
 rXovs, 6, Ghis, a noble Egyp- 
 tian, son of Tamos, on the staff of 
 Cyrus. After the death of Cyrus, 
 he joined the king's party, i. 4. 16, 
 
 5. 7, ii. I. 3, 4. 24. He was hon- 
 oured by Artaxerxes and placed 
 in command of a fleet, but on en- 
 gaging in another revolt he was 
 put to death. 
 
 rvTicriiriros, 6, Gruesippus, a cap- 
 tain from Athens, vii. 3. 28. 
 ■yvoCtj, see yiyviJj<TKw. 
 
 ■yvu|j,T], r;s [R, yvw], opinion, in- 
 tention, purpose, plan, judgment, 
 advice, Lat. sententia, i. 6. 9, 10, 
 8. 10, ii. 2. 10, 12, iii. i. 41, vi. i. 
 31, 3. 17, vii. 6. 20. Joined with 
 certain verbs, it forms a phrase 
 which is treated like a single verb 
 and which may be followed by the 
 inf. or by 6ti and a clause, v. 5. 3, 
 6. 37, or by cJs with the gen. or ace. 
 abs., i. 3. 6, 8. 10. Phrases : ivev 
 yvd}p.y}% Tivos, against one''s will, i. 
 3. 13 ; €/JLTn.fnr\a.s ttjv yvuifjL-qv, satisfy 
 one's heart's desire, i. 7. 8; -n-pos 
 TLva T7]v yvd)fj.T]v e'xe"') be on one's 
 side, be devoted to one, ii. 5. 29; 
 yviJi/xr} KoXd^eiv, punish on princi- 
 ple, ii. 6. 9. 
 
 ■yvwvat, -yvwo-eo-Oe, see yiyvih^Ku). 
 
 Toy^v\o<i, 6, Gongijlus, 1) a Greek 
 living at Pergamus, vii. 8. 8 ; 2) his 
 son, vii. 8. 8, 17. Their common 
 ancestor, Gongylus of Eretria in 
 Euboea, had been the go-between 
 of Pausanias and Xerxes, and was 
 rewarded by the king with four 
 cities in the Troad. 
 
 yoryrtixa, yeyoi^Tev/iai, iyotjreOdriv, 
 [7or;s, rjTos, sorcere/'], ensorcel, be- 
 witch, V. 7. 9. 
 
 7ov€vs, ^ws, 6 [R. 7£v], begetter, 
 father; pi., parents, iii. i. 3, v. 8. 
 18. 
 
 ■yow, 76^x05, TO [r/. Lat. genu, 
 knee, Eng. knee], knee, of men, 
 1. 5. 13, iii. 2. 22, vii. 3. 23; joint, 
 knot, of reeds or canes, iv. 5. 26. 
 
 Fop-yCas, ov, Gorgias, of Leon- 
 tlni in Sicily, a famous rhetorician, 
 who lived about 485-380 b.c. He 
 first came to Athens in 427 b.c. on 
 an embassy from his native city, 
 and won literally golden opinions 
 by the brilliancy of his oratory. 
 Later he revisited Athens, and 
 travelled through Greece, getting 
 pupils everywhere. Among these 
 was Proxenus, ii. 6. 16, but his 
 most celebrated pupil was Isocra- 
 tes. 
 
 ropvCwv, tows, 6, Gorgion, son 
 of Gongylus the elder, q.v., vii. 8. 8. 
 
47 
 
 •yovv-SaKTuKos 
 
 ■yovv, postpositive intensive par- 
 ticle [yi + oSv'], stronger than 7^, 
 used to bring forward tlie proof 
 of a foregoing assertion, or a rea- 
 son for it, at least, at any rate, 
 anyhow, at all events, iii. 2. 17, v. 
 8. 23, vi. 5. 17, vii. i. 30. 
 
 ■ypi;i8iov, TO [y^pujv, cf. ypavs, 
 ypdos, old woman'], poor or feeble 
 old woman, vi. 3. 22. 
 
 -ypd|x|J''(^i o-Tos, TO [7/)d0w], letter 
 of the alphabet, Lat. littera; pi., 
 inscription, v. 3. 13. 
 
 7pd({>{<), 7pdi/'w, typatpa, yiypa<pa,, 
 yiypa/x/jLai, iypd(pr)v [c/. Lat. scr'ibo, 
 write, Eng. sharp, grave, graphic, 
 hio-graphy, dia-gram, grammar, 
 etc.'], make a mark, draw, paint, 
 ivrite, ii. 3. 1, 6. 4, vii. 5. 14, 8. 1 ; 
 the person to whom is expressed 
 by Trapd and ace, i. 6. 3. 
 
 ■yvjivd^w (yvp.vad-), yv/jLvaffu, etc. 
 [yvp.v6s], train naked, exercise, i. 
 
 2.7. 
 
 ■yvfi.v^]s, rjTO^, or •yvH'V^lTTis, ov, 6 
 
 [yvfxvos], a generic term signifying 
 light-armed foot-soldier, in contra- 
 distinction "to the heavy-armed 
 hoplite, i. 2. 3, iv. 6. 20, and appli- 
 cable properly to javelin- men, bow- 
 men, and slingers, who wore no 
 defensive armour, iii. 4. 26 {(r<p€v- 
 SovrjTai. and to^Stcii are immedi- 
 ately mentioned), v. 2. 12 (proba- 
 bly slingers). The word i/'tXo'y, 
 q.i\, has, as a military term, the 
 same application. But yv/xuris is 
 sometimes used so broadly as to 
 include peltasts, who were light- 
 armed troops, although they car- 
 ried a shield for defence, iv. i. 6, 
 28 (equal to ireKTaaTixL in 26), vi. 
 3. 15 (equal to TreXraa-Tat in 19). 
 Conversely ireXraa-TTys, q.v., is some- 
 times used to designate all the 
 light-armed troops. The Greek 
 light-armed troops in the army of 
 Cyrus amounted, just before the 
 battle of Cunaxa, to 2500, i. 7. 10. 
 These were principally peltasts. 
 The javelin-men, bowmen, and 
 slingers were relatively of much 
 
 less importance. See s.v. olkovti- 
 
 (TT-fis, TO^OTTjs, ffcpevbovfjT-qs. 
 
 -yvjiv^TT]?, see yvp.vqs. 
 
 rv|Avids, dSos, or Fvp-vCas, aSos, i), 
 Gymnias, a flourishing city of the 
 Scythini, in Armenia, but its exact 
 site is now unknown. 
 
 -yviiviKos, Vi ov lyvfjLvos], belong- 
 ing to physical exercise (practised 
 naked), gymnastic, athletic, iv. 8. 
 25, V. 5. 5. 
 
 ■yvjivos, Vi ov [''/■ I'^^ng- gymnast], 
 naked, stripped, Lat. nUdus, iv. 3. 
 12 ; lightly clad, i.e. without the 
 f/jLaTiov, in one''s shirt or shift (see 
 s.v. xtToij'), i. 10. 3, iv. 4. 12; of 
 soldiers without armour, exposed, 
 defenceless, with wpos and ace, iv. 
 3-6. 
 
 yvv{\,yvvaiK6s, rj \J^.-^t.v], woman, 
 wife, i. 2, 12, 4. 8, iii. 2. 25, iv. i. 
 14, 3. 11, 5. 9; chief wife, consort 
 of a Persian king as distinguished 
 from the rest of his Harem, ii. 3. 
 17, iii. 4. 11. 
 
 FcoPpvas, 01; or d, Gobryas, one 
 of the four field marshals of Arta- 
 xerxes, in command of 300,000 
 men, i. 7. 12. 
 
 8*, by elision for 5^. 
 
 SdKvo) (8aK-), dri^ofiai, eSaKov, 
 d^8riyfj.aL, eSrix^V, bite, Lat. mor- 
 deo, iii. 2. 18, 35. 
 
 SaKpvb), daKpvJii}, e5dKpv<ra, Se8d- 
 Kplfxai \_8dKpv, tear, cf. Lat. lacrima, 
 tear, Eng. tear], shed tears, loeep, 
 Lat. lacrimo, i. 3. 2, iv. 7. 25. 
 
 8aKTii\i,os, 6 [R. 2 8aK], finger- 
 ring, ring, Lat. dnulus. Rings 
 were much affected by the Greeks 
 of the historical period, esp. by 
 men, and were used either as an 
 ornament or as a seal. Cf. iv. 7. 
 27, where they are worn by sol- 
 diers in the rank and file. 
 
 8dKTvXos, 6 [R. 2 SaK], finger, 
 Lat. digitus; with tCov ttoSwc, toe, 
 iv. 5. 12, V. 8. 15. 
 
Ad,)idpdTOS-Aa<|>va'Y6pd'': 
 
 48 
 
 AdjJidpdTos or AT]|idpdTOS, 6, D<'- 
 
 maratus, son uf Ariston and king 
 of Sparta, deposed by his colleague 
 and rival, Cleomenes I., b.c. 491. 
 He fled to Darius, and was by him 
 presented with the cities and dis- 
 tricts of Halisarne and Teuthrania. 
 He accompanied Xerxes in the in- 
 vasion of Greece, but his advice 
 and counsel were neglected, ii. i. 
 3, vii. 8. 17. 
 
 Adva, TCI, Dana, called also Ty- 
 ana (Kilisse-Hissar), a city of 
 Cappadocia north of Tarsus and 
 at the foot of Mt. Taurus. Its 
 position on the highway to Cilicia 
 and Syria rendered it important, 
 i. 2. 20. 
 
 Sauavdw, bairavriaw, etc. [R. 8a], 
 spend, expend, of money, with eh 
 or afi-cpL and the ace. of person or 
 thing, i. 1.8, 3. 3, ii. 6. 6 ; to. eav- 
 tG>v bairavav, live at their oicn ex- 
 pense, v. 5. 20 ; of property or 
 provisions, nse np, consume, vii. 6. 
 31, 7. 2. 
 
 SdTTcSov, TO [K. ir«8], solid earth, 
 ground, iv. 5. G. 
 
 AapaSd|, see Adpdas. 
 
 AapSav£vs, ew?, 6 [ActpSaws, ij, 
 Dardajutsi, a Dardanian, an in- 
 habitant of Dardanus, which was 
 an Aeolic city in the Troad on the 
 Hellespont. Near by was Cape 
 Dardanis, noted for a naval battle 
 in the Peloponnesian war. ill. i. 
 47, V. 6.21, vi. I. 32. 
 
 AdpSas, aros, or AapaSd^, cikos, 
 6, Dardns, a little river in Syria 
 whose exact po.sition is unknown. 
 It was probably west of Thapsa- 
 cus, i. 4. 10. 
 
 SdpeiKos, 6, daric, the name of 
 a gold coin of gi-eat purity, said to 
 have been coined first by Darius 
 Hystaspes and to have derived its 
 name from him (compare Napo- 
 leon, Louis d^or, as names of coins), 
 but both statements are in doubt. 
 The device on the obverse of the 
 daric is a crowned archer kneeling, 
 as shown in the cut, which is of the 
 
 No. 14. 
 
 size of the original. The daric con- 
 tained about 125.5 grains of gold, 
 and would therefore 
 now be worth about 
 15.40 in American , ^ 
 gold ($1.00 contain- 1 
 ing 23.22 grains). \/ 
 The daric was wortli 
 20 Attic drachmas, 
 i. 7. 18, where Cyrus 
 pays a bet of 10 talents, or 60,000 
 drachmas with 3,000 darics. Tlie 
 silver drachma was of greater 
 value, relatively to gold, then than 
 now. See s.v. fivd. The weight of 
 I lie daric was about equal to that 
 of two Attic drachmas, i. i. 0, 
 
 3. 21, ii. 6. 4, iv. 7. 27, vii. 6. 1, 8. 0. 
 Adpeios, 6 [Persian dard, king], 
 
 Darius, a name of many of the 
 Persian kings. In the Anab., Da- 
 rius II., called 6 No'^os as being the 
 natural son of Artaxerxes I.; his 
 real name was 'fix*"- He over- 
 threw and murdered his brother 
 Sogdianus, and reigned from 425 
 to 405 B.C. His sons were Arta- 
 xerxes II., who succeeded him, and 
 Cyrus the Younger, i. i. 1, 7. 9. 
 
 8d(r)i€vo-is, em, rj [R. 8a], distri- 
 hidion, vii. i. 37. 
 
 8a(r|jL6s, 6 [R. 8a], division, par- 
 tition ; hence tribute, tax, as laid 
 in equal parts on all subjects. A 
 yearly tribute was imposed on all 
 the provinces of the Persian em- 
 pire ; this was paid either in money 
 or in kind, as horses, cattle, slaves, 
 and fruits of the field, i. i. 8, iv. 
 5. 24. 
 
 8o<rvs, eto, i5 [t/. Lat. dens^is, 
 thick], thick, thickly grown, esp. 
 with trees and shrubs, which may 
 be expressed in the gen. or dat.. ii. 
 
 4. 14, iv. 7. 6, 8. 2, 26, vi. 4. 27 ; rb 
 5a(Tv, thicket, coppice, copse, iv. 7. 
 7 ; also of ox-hide with the hair 
 on, used for shields, shaggy, rough, 
 iv. 7. 22, V. 4. 12. 
 
 Aa<|>vaY6pds, ov, Daphnagoras, 
 a favourite of Hellas, the wife of 
 Gongvlus, vii. 8. 9. 
 
49 
 
 8a\|/i\T|s- Seiirvoiroi^ft 
 
 8a^i\V]s, h [R. 8a], liberal, am- 
 ple, of provisions, plentiful, abun- 
 dant, iv. 2. 22, 4. 2. 
 
 8€, post-positive conjunction, but, 
 strictly, but often weakly, adversa- 
 tive, standing midway in force be- 
 tween dXXd and KaL, and introducing 
 something new, which the lively 
 Greek felt to be of the nature of 
 opposition. In English this oppo- 
 sition IS not so apparent, and there- 
 fore 5^ is often to be rendered by 
 and, hoivever, yet, to be sure, further, 
 by the loay, while, now, or even 
 omitted in the translation, i. 3. 5, 
 ii. 3. 10, 4. 24, iii. i. 13, iv. i. 2, 6. 
 10, V. 2. 22, 5. 13, 6. 10, vi. 3. 7, 4. 
 12, vii. 5. 1, 6. 1. In the preceding 
 clause fiiv is often found, to call 
 attention to the fact that 5^ is to 
 follow in the second, /niv . . . di 
 being etiuivalent to while . . . yet, 
 on the one hand . . . on the other, 
 or weaker, both . . . and, i. i. 1, 
 2, 8, 3. 16, 5. 2, 10. 0, ii. 3. 10, 
 iii. I. 40, V. 6. 12, vi. 6. 18. Tlie 
 /jL^v is often omitted in the first 
 clause, i. 7. 5, 9, iii. i. 23, 4. 7, 
 especially in questions, v. 7. 33. 
 An apodosis is sometimes intro- 
 duced by 5^, which marks a sur- 
 vival of the paratactic construction, 
 V. 6. 20, 8. 25. Phrases : Kal . . . 8^, 
 and also, but further, i. i. 5, 8. 2, 
 iii. I. 25, iv. i. 3, vi. i. 1 ; oi)5e . . . 
 5^, and not indeed, and not even, i. 
 8.20. 
 
 -8«, a suffix joined to names of 
 places, generally in the ace, to de- 
 note motion towards ; to demon- 
 strative pronouns to give them 
 greater force. 
 
 8e8iws, see delSuj. 
 
 8€So-y|i.£va, see Sok^w. 
 
 Se'SoiKa, see SetSw. 
 
 SeSofi^vai, see Bidcj/uu. 
 
 8€T), 5€Ti9fjvai, 8ei, see 5^w, lack. 
 
 StiSoi (5c-, del-), 8ei(T0fj.ai, eSeiaa, 
 d^doLKa and de5ia (the present is 
 found only in Homer, in Attic the 
 perf. has a present force) [8€i8w], 6e I 
 afraid, fear, dread, with ace, with ' 
 
 /xij and a clause, or with a combi- 
 nation of the two, or abs., i. 3. 10, 
 7. 7, 8. 24, iii. 5. 18, iv. 2. 15, 5. 18, 
 V. 7. 22, vii. 3. 26. 
 
 ScCkvu^ii (5et/c-), Set'^w, e5et|a, 5^- 
 SeLxO; Sideiyfxai, idelxdv" [K- 1 SaKJ, 
 point out, indicate, shoio, make 
 signs to, Lat. ostendo, the thing 
 shown being expressed by an ace. 
 or a rel. clause with or without the 
 dat. of the person, iv. 5. 33, 7. 4, 
 27, V. 6. 7, vi. 2. 2, vii. 4. 12. 
 
 SciXt), 77s, afternoon, whether 
 early, i. 8. 8, vii. 3. 10, or late, 
 sometimes evening, iii. 3. 11, 4. 34, 
 5.2, iv. 2. 1, vii. 2. 16; a.iJL<pi dei- 
 \rjv, tovjards evening, ii. 2. 14 (cf. 
 ii. 2. 16, oi^i ^v). 
 
 8ci\6s, 77, ^i' [idiot], fearf id, cow- 
 ardly, skulking, vile, i. 4. 7, iii. 2. 
 35, vi. 6. 24. 
 
 8€iv6S) r)-, ov [8€i8w], frightfid, 
 terrible, awful, horrible, outra- 
 geous, severe, iii. i. 13, iv. 6. 16, 
 7. 13, V, 5. 8, 6r 27, vii. i. 25; as 
 subst., t6 SeLvov, terror, danger, 
 misfortune, ii. 3. 13, 22, 6. 7, 12 ; 
 with the added idea of power, 
 marvellous, skilful, clever, i. 9. 19 ; 
 sometimes with an inf., ii. 5. 15, 
 iv. 6. 16, V. 5. 7, vii. 3. 23. Phrases : 
 Ssiva v^pi^eiv, treed with outrageous 
 iiif(denre, vi. 4. 2 ; SeivSrara iroietv, 
 fiuUy maltreat, v. 7. 23; Seiva 
 TToteiadai, think prodigious, vi. i. 
 11. 
 
 8civa>8, adv. [8€i8a)], terribly; 
 exet" deifQs, be in a dreadful situa- 
 tion, vi. 4. 23. 
 
 8€iirv€«, denrurjcno, iBeiirvqira, 5e- 
 Sei-rrvrtKa [Ii. 8a], take the chief 
 mea.l, dine, ii. 2. 4, iii. 5. 18, iv. 3. 
 10, vi. r. 4, vii. 3. 23. 
 
 Seiirvov, TO [K. 8a], the chief 
 meal of the day, generally eaten 
 towards evening, evening meal, 
 dinner, Lat. cena, ii. 4. 15, iv. 2. 4, 
 vii. 3. 15, 21, 4. 3. 
 
 8Eiirvoiroi£(i> [R. 8a4- iroUw], get 
 dinner, entertain at dinner; mid., 
 get dinner for oneself, dine, vi. 3. 
 14, 4. 26. 
 
Sfto-ds-A^^iir-n-os 
 
 50 
 
 SeCcrds, see Seidco. 
 BtL<rti, see 5eL5w. 
 8€i<r6ai., see 5^a», lack. 
 BiKa, indecl. [ScKa], ten, Lat. 
 decern, i. 2. 10, iv. 4. 3, v. 2. 29, vii. 
 
 8€Kair£VT€, iudecl. [8€'Ka + irevre], 
 fifteen, Lat. qiiindecim, vii. 8. 20. 
 
 8€KaT£vw [StKtt], exact the tenth 
 part or tithe, take the tithe of, v. 
 3. 9. 
 
 ScKUTOs, 7;, ov [S€Ka], tenth, Lat. 
 decimus, vii. 7. 35 ; as subst., ^ 
 SiKixTt) {sc. iJ-oTpa), the tithe. Tlie 
 tenth part of the spoil taken in 
 vpar was dedicated to the gods, v. 
 3. 4, either in the form of offerings 
 in the temples, as to Apollo at 
 Delphi, v. 3. 5, or in lands, which 
 were bought and dedicated to the 
 god, as in the celebrated instance 
 when Xenophon bought an estate 
 at Scyllus near Olympia and dedi- 
 cated it in perpetuity to Ephesian 
 Artemis, v. 3. 7-13. 
 
 AiKra, TO, indecl. [c/. Eng. de/ta, 
 de/t-oid], the Delta, a peninsula of 
 Thrace, lying between the Pontus, 
 Bosporus, and Propontis, named 
 from its triangular shape, resemb- 
 ling the letter A, vii. i. 33, 5. 1. 
 
 8(X()>is, Tvos, 6, dolphin, the small- 
 est species of the whale familv, 
 still killed for its fat, v. 4. 28. 
 
 A€X<j>oi, ot, Delphi (Castri), a 
 city in Phocis, on the southern 
 slope of Parnassus and renowned 
 for its oracle of Apollo, for the 
 Pythian games, and for its temple 
 filled with the richest treasures of 
 art and wealth, iii. i. 5, v. 3. 5, vi. i. 
 22. It was regarded by the Greeks 
 as the centre of Hellenic civiliza- 
 tion, and even called the navel of 
 the whole earth. The city itself 
 lay in a deep valley between Mt. 
 Parnassus and Mt. Cirphis, and ex- 
 tended like an amphitheatre to the 
 river Pleistus. The great temple 
 was situated on the rock above ; 
 in its sanctuary was the chasm in 
 the earth from which issued the 
 
 vapour which was thought to in- 
 spire the oracles ; over the chasm 
 was placed the colossal tripod on 
 which sat the priestess, called the 
 Pythia. On the road to the tem- 
 ple was the Castalian spring. The 
 existence of a modern town on the 
 site has hitherto prevented exca- 
 vations to any extent. The ora- 
 cle was abolished by Theodosius, 
 A.D. 390. 
 
 8cv8pov, TO [c/. Eng. rhodo- 
 dendron^, tree, Lat. arbor, i. 2. 22, 
 ii. 4. 14, iv. 7. 8, V. 3. 11 ; dat, pi. 
 d^vdpois and devSpeai, iv. 7. 9, 8. 2, 
 
 8t|a(r9ai, see S^x^Mci'- 
 
 8£|i6o}iai,, Se^iwaonai, ede^iuxrdnTiv 
 [R. 2 8aK], take or give the right 
 hand, vjelcome, vii. 4. 19. 
 
 8£|i6s, d, 6v [R. 2 8aK], right, 
 right-hand side, Lat. dexter, i. 7. 1, 
 8. 13, 10. 1, iii. 4. 28, vi. 5. 25. 
 Phrases: the word x^^P is often 
 omitted, and we have iv rfj 8e^i^, 
 in the right hand, ii. 3. 11, v. 4. 12 ; 
 iv de^iq., on the right, i. 5. 1, ii. 2. 
 13, iv. 3. 17, V. 2. 24, vii. 5. 12 ; virip 
 Se^iwi', above on the right, iv. 8. 2 ; 
 Se^ihv dovvai, give the right hand 
 in confirmation, promise, ii. 3. 28, 
 
 4. 7,5. 3 ; 5e|tas dovvai. Kal Xa^eTv, 
 exchange hand-grasps, shake hands, 
 in token of friendship, iu conclud- 
 ing a treaty, etc., i. 6. 6, vii. 3. 1 ; 
 Se^tas (pipeiv, bring assurances, 
 pledged by the person who brought 
 them with his right hand, ii. 4. 1. 
 In military language /c^pas may be 
 omitted, as rb de^iov, the right wing, 
 the right, i. 2. 15, 8. 5, iv.'8. 14, vi. 
 
 5. 28 ; but TO. Sefid {sc. /xip-n) rov 
 Kiparos, the right of the toing, i. 8. 
 4, cf iirl de^id, to the right, vi. 4. 1. 
 In Greek divination the right was 
 the propitious side, because the 
 Greek soothsayer faced the North, 
 and therefore the lucky omens from 
 the East, the side of light, were on 
 his right ; so kerbs de^ios, vi. i. 23. 
 
 Ae'li-n-iros, 6, Dexippus, a Laco- 
 nian Perioecus (see s.v. TrepioiKos). 
 He deserted the Greeks while in 
 
51 
 
 8^01-8^ 
 
 command of a ship, v. i. 15, slan- 
 dered Xenophon before Anaxibius, 
 vi. I. 32, and tried to prejudice 
 Cleander against the army, but in 
 vain, vi. 6. 5 ff. He was finally 
 killed in Thrace for meddling in 
 the affairs of that country, v. 1. 15. 
 
 8€oi, S^ofiai, 8€ov, see 8ioj, lack. 
 
 AepKv\C8ds, ou, Der'cylidas, a fa- 
 mous Spartan general, harmost of 
 Abydus in 411 B.C., v. 6. 24, 
 
 8«p|i,a, aros, to [R. 8ap], hide of 
 animals, rarely of the ski7i of a 
 man flayed off, i. 2. 8, iv. 7. 26, 8. 
 26. 
 
 A4pvt]s, ov or ous, 6, Dernes, sa- 
 trap of Phoenicia and Arabia, vii. 
 8.25. 
 
 8€(rp.6s, 6 [R. 8c], band, halter, 
 strap, yoke-strap, iii. 5. 10. 
 
 8€o-ir6TT)s, ov [c/. Eng. despot], 
 master, lord, owner, Lat. dominus, 
 ii. 3. 15, 5. 14, iii. 2. 13, vii. 4. 14. 
 
 8€vpo, adv., hither, here, i. 3. 19, 
 ii. 2. 11, V. 4. 10, vi. 3. 26, vii. 6. 9. 
 
 8€VT£pos, a, OV [8vo], second in 
 time or order, iii. 4. 28, iv. 2. 13, v. 
 6. 9 ; adv. deijrepov or rb Seurepov, 
 for the second time, over again, 
 Lat. iterum, i. 8. 16, ii. 2. 4. 
 
 8^X0|jiai, S^^o/Ltai, idf^dfx-qv, Sidey- 
 fiai, id^x^V [K- 2 8aK], receive, 
 used of persons or things. Of 
 things, receive, accept, alloic, take, 
 i. 8. 17, iii. 4. 32, iv. 5. 32, v, 4. 8, 
 vi. 6. 37, vii. 3. 29. Of persons the 
 word may have either of two mean- 
 ings : — 1) receive as guests, hos- 
 pitably, or in « friendly manner, 
 abs. or with ace, iv. 8. 23, v. 5. 6, 
 24, vi. 6. 9 ; with eZs and ace. or 
 with oiKig., vii. 2. 6, 37 ; iiri ^^vta 
 bix^cdai, see ^ivLos ; 2) receive as 
 an enemy, await the charge of, 
 meet the attack, abs. or with ace, 
 i. 10. 6, iii. I. 42, 2. 16, iv. 2. 7, v. 
 4. 24, vi. 5. 27 ; et's x^'P''^ S^xeo-^at 
 Tiva, come to close quarters, Lat. in 
 manus uen'ire, iv. 3. 31. 
 
 84w, Si^cru), (87](7a, S48€Ka, S^Se/xai, 
 i540r,v [H. 8€], 6/Hf?, tie, fetter, 
 shackle, iii. 4. 35, 5. 10, iv. 2. 1 ; 
 
 with fv and dat., iv. 3. 8 ; to) x^'pe 
 Sed^a-6ai, have both hands tied, vi. 
 1.8. 
 
 8^w, 5e^(j-w, id^r]<ra, ded^rjKa, 5e- 
 dirj/iai, ide-f}dr)v [R. 8€], ZacA;, used 
 personally and impersonally. As 
 a personal verb it is rare in the 
 active, being confined to phrases 
 like oXlyov betv, leant little, i.e. al- 
 most, and TToXXoO bdv, be far from, 
 both followed by inf., i. 5. 14, v. 
 
 4. 32, vii. 6. 18 ; commonly in 
 mid., want, need, lack, abs. or with 
 gen., i, 9. 21, ii, 6. 13, iii, i, 46, 5. 
 9, iv. 4. 6, v. I. 11, vi. 4. 17, vii. i, 
 9 ; wish, desire, seek for, with gen,, 
 i. 4. 15, iii. 2. 32, v. 7. 27, vii. 6, 1, 
 with ace. of a pron., i. 3. 4, ii, 3. 
 29, vii. 2. 34, 7. 24, or with ace. and 
 inf., i. 4. 14 ; ask, request, beg, with 
 gen, of the person expressed or 
 understood and inf. of the thing, 
 i. I, 10, 9. 25, iv. 5. 16, V. 7, 30, vi. 
 6. 10, vii. I. 2, 7. 14, 19. Imper- 
 sonally it occurs in the forms Se?, 
 d^ri, 8^01, deiv, S^ov, etc., there is 
 need of or that, it is necessary or 
 projyer, or when translated person- 
 ally miist, ought, etc. As an im- 
 personal it is followed by the simple 
 inf., which may also be understood, 
 i. 3. 5, 6. 9, ii. I, 20, iii. i. 6, 37, iv. 
 I, 13, V. I. 6, 2. 12, vi. I. 18, vii, i. 
 14, by the ace. and inf., i. 7, 7, ii, 
 I, 10, iii. 4. 1, iv. 6. 19, v. 4. 21, vi. 
 1 . 30, vii. 1 . 30, and very rarely by 
 dat, and inf., iii. 4. 35 ; the gen, of 
 the thing needed is also rare, ii, 3. 
 
 5, iii. 2. 33, 3. 16, v. 1. 10, vii. 3. 45. 
 Phrases : to. biovTa, the needful 
 business, iii. i. 47 ; avTb to d^ov, the 
 very thing icanted, iv. 7. 7 ; els rd 
 5hv Ka.di(TTa<Tdai, be settled in the 
 right ivay, i. 3. 8. 
 
 hi\, post-positive intensive parti- 
 cle, serving chiefly to emphasise the 
 idea or word to which it belongs, 
 and which it generally immediately 
 follows. Among its various ren- 
 derings are now, just now, in par- 
 ticular, indeed, surely, tndy, ex- 
 actly, quite, accordingly, but often 
 
SfjXos-SiaPaCvo) 
 
 52 
 
 its force can be given only by 
 emphasis of tone ; such phrases as 
 >lou see, you know, I assure you, 
 thaVs clear, may sometimes be use- 
 ful, i. 2. 3, 3. 5, 8. 10, 10. 10, ii. i. 
 20, 3. 29, iii. i. 3, iv. i. 2, 3. 7, 4. 
 10, V. 4. 25, 8. 13, 26, vi. i. 22, vii. 
 
 1. 20, 3. 47, 4. 24. With imper- 
 atives it adds urgency, S.'ye d-q, 
 come noiv, Lat. age nerd, ii. 2. 10, 
 V. 4. 9 ; opare Sj?, praij consider, vi. 
 5. 16 ; cf. vii. 6. 23, 7." 27. It adds 
 force to superlatives, as Kpana-TOL 
 dri, the very best, i. 9. 18; cf. i. 9. 
 12. It is common in the r.podosis 
 of temporal clauses, i. 10. 13, iii. i. 
 
 2, iv. 2. 20, 7. 23. Phrases: tL a-fj; 
 lohat now? Lat. quid tandem? il. 
 5. 22, vii. 6. 20 ; oicnrep dri, just 
 as, exactly as, iii. i. 29; evda dri, 
 then, I assure you, i. 5. 8, iv. 5. 
 4 ; vvv d-q, now at once, Lat. nunc 
 iam, ii. 3. 29 ; ovtu 5t?, jms< so, vi. 
 1.24. 
 
 8f]Xos, ^, o;/, plain, clear, evident, 
 certain, manifest, ii. 2. 18, 3. 1, vii. 
 
 2. 16, 6. 10 ; S^Xov elmi, be clear, 
 be manifest, with a clause with 6'ri, 
 ii. 3. 6, iii. 2. 34, iv. i. 17, vi. i. 
 25, vii. 6. 17, or with rl, o ti, or ov 
 ?v€Ka, i. 4. 13, 14, vii. 4. 4 ; 5^\ov 
 Srt is often used parenthetically, 
 evidently, i. 3. 9, iii. i. 16, 35, vi. 4. 
 12. The personal construction with 
 a participle is often used instead 
 of the impersonal, as dijXos 7)v avlih- 
 p.evos, it was evident that he was 
 troubled, i. 2. 11, cf. ii. 5. 27, 6. 21, 
 V. 5. 24 ; rarely cJs with the parti- 
 ciple or St-i and a clause, i. 5. 9, 
 V. 2. 26. 
 
 8t)X6(i>, SrjXcio-w, etc. [S^Xos], make 
 clear, make known, explain, show, 
 with ace, i. 9. 28, ii. i. 1, 2. 18, iii. 
 
 3. 14 ; the person to whom is ex- 
 pressed by dat. or wpos and ace, 
 the thing shown by Sn or 66€v and 
 a clause, ii. 5. 26, v. 4. 21, vii. i.31, 
 7.35. 
 
 8T]p.a'yw7^(i), drjuayuy^a-u) [R. 8a 
 -t- R. a-y], be a leader of the people, 
 generally with the idea of unwor- 
 
 thy means, play the demagogue, 
 win by currying favour, vii. 6. 4. 
 
 Ar]|JidpdTOS, see Aatxaparos. 
 
 AT]|ioKpdTT]s, ovs or ov, Democra- 
 tes, of Temnus or Temenium (see 
 TTjfjivtTrjs), a scout, iv. 4. 15. 
 
 8T))i.6(rios, a, ou [R. 8a], belong- 
 ing to the community, public, Lat. 
 publicus, vi. *6. 2, 6, 37 ; to. Sv/j-o- 
 (7ia, the public money, the treasury, 
 iv. 6. 16. 
 
 8t|6ci), Sriuffw, iST^wffa [Epic 5?jios, 
 hostile, destructive^, destroy, lay 
 loaste, ravage, v. 5. 7. 
 
 Brjirov, intensive particle [5-q -{■ 
 TToO], surely, I s''pose, of course, 
 iii. 2. 15, V. 7. 6, vii. 6. 13. 
 
 8fi(rai, see biw, bind. 
 
 8r)x9€is, see Sd/cco;. 
 
 8id, by elision 5i', prep, with 
 gen. or ace. [8vo], through. With 
 gen., used of place, time, or means, 
 through, during, throughout, by 
 means of, Lat. per, i. 4. 6, 5. 12, ii. 
 3. 17, 6. 22, iii. 5. 15, iv. 2, 4, 6. 22, 
 V. 4. 14, vii. 7. 49. Phrases: 5id 
 raxif^v, rapidly, i. 5. 9 ; 5td (Jk6tovs, 
 in darkness, ii. 5. 9 ; 5id irl<TTeoji, 
 trustingly, iii. 2. 8; Slo. (piXlas iivai 
 Tivl, enter into friendship loith one, 
 iii. 2. 8 ; did. Travrbs iroXi/xov Uvai 
 Tivl, toage every kind of ivar ivith 
 one, iii. 2. 8; 5id t^Xovs, from be- 
 ginning to end, vi. 6. 11, cf. vii. 8. 
 11. With ace, through, by means 
 or aid of, on account of, for the 
 sake of, Lat. ob or propter, i. 7. 6, 
 iii. 5. i6, V. 8. 12, vii. 6. 33, 7. 7 ; 
 because of, with r6 and inf. where 
 we use a causal clause, i. 7. 5, iv. 
 5. 15, V. 5. 17. Phrases : Sia tovto, 
 for this reason, i. 7. 3 ; 5td TroXXd, 
 for many reasons, i. 9. 22 ; 81a. 
 (pLXldv, out of friendship, v. 5. 15. 
 In composition did signifies through 
 or over ; sometimes it adds an idea 
 of continuance or of fulfilment, or 
 it may signify apart, Lat. di-, dis-. 
 
 ACa, Alt, At6s, etc., see Zevs. 
 
 8ioPo£vw [R. pa], go with long 
 strides, stride, ioalk freely, iv. 3. 8 ; 
 but mostly trans., go over, cross. 
 
53 
 
 8iapd\Xw-8iai9pid^€ 
 
 Lat. trdnseo, abs. or with ace, i. 2. 
 6, 4. 15, ii. 2. 3, 3. 10, iii. 3. 6, 4. 3, 
 iv. 1.3, 3. 7, V. 2. 4, vi. 5. 3, vii. i. 
 3 ; the means may be expressetl 
 by dat. or by iiri and gen., i. 5. 10. 
 
 SiaPdXXo) [PdXXw], throiv over 
 or across; m Anab. always throv 
 at with words, slander, traduce, 
 accuse falsely, Lat. maledico, abs. 
 or with ace, ii. 5. 27, 6. 26, v. 7. 5, 
 vi. 6. 11 ; the person to whom is 
 expressed by -n-pos and ace, i. i. 3, 
 V. 6. 29, vii. 5. 6, the slander by the 
 ace. or by w's and a clause, v. 7. 5, 
 vii. 5. 8. 
 
 Siapds, see dia^alvi>i. 
 
 Sid^ao-iS) ews, ij [R. Pa], a going 
 over, a crossing, hence place or 
 means of crossing, ford, bridge, 
 i. 5. 12, iii. 4. 20, 5. 9, iv. 8. 3, vi. 
 3.5. 
 
 SiaPareos, a, ov, verbal [R. Pa], 
 that 7nust be crossed or passed over, 
 Lat. trdnseundus, ii. 4. 6, vi. 5. 12. 
 
 Siaparos, ^, 6v, verbal [R. Pa], 
 that can be crossed, fordable, pas- 
 sable, i. 4. 18, ii. 5. 9, iii. 2. 22. 
 
 SiaPcPr^Koras, see dia^aLvu}. 
 
 8iapipdS« (iStiSdfo;, j3(/3a5-, -^i- 
 /Sdcrw or /3i/3cD, -efii^aaa [R. Pa], 
 maA:e (70), make go across, lead 
 across, drive across, transport, Lat. 
 trdduco, iii. 5. 2, iv. 8. 8, v. 2. 10, 
 vii. I. 2. 
 
 SiaPoXTJ, ^s [pdXXw], slander, 
 false charges, ii. 5. 5. 
 
 Sia-y-yiXXw [d77eXXw], carry word 
 through, where dcd suggests inter- 
 vening space, cf Lat. internun- 
 tius, bring viord, report, with dat. 
 or eh and ace. of the person to 
 whom, and napa. with gen. of the 
 person from whom, i. 6. 2, ii. 3. 7, 
 vii. I. 14 ; mid., carry loord along, 
 pass the word, iii. 4. 36. 
 
 Sia-yeXdo) [7eXdc<j], laugh to 
 scorn, ridicule, ii. 6. 26, 
 
 Sia'yi-yvopiai [R. 7€v], of time, get 
 through, pass through, continue, 
 exist, remain, i. 10. 19, vii. 3. 13, 
 often with partic, i. 5. 6, ii. 6. 5, 
 iv. 5. 5. 
 
 I 8ta7KvX6o|Aai, pf. dmjyKvXw/jiai 
 j [R. a^K], hold by the thong, insert 
 i the finger through the javelin-thong, 
 
 No. 15. 
 
 only in pf. partic, iv. 3. 28, v. 2. 12. 
 See the account of the manner in 
 which a rotary motion was given 
 to the javelin, s.v. clkovtlov. 
 
 Ziayia [R. a^], carry through or 
 across, used esp. of ships, trans- 
 port, ii. 4. 28, iii. 5. 10, vii. 2. 12 ; 
 of time, pass, spend, live, tarry, 
 Lat. dego, with or without ace, 
 iii. I. 43, 3. 2, iv. 2. 7, vi. 5. 1 ; with 
 partic, continue, i. 2. 11. 
 
 Sia^wvi^ofiai, [R. a-y] , strive con- 
 tinually or earnestly, with Trp6s and 
 ace, iv. 7. 12. 
 
 SiaSf'xofxai [R. 2 8aK], receive at 
 intervals or along a line; d-qpQev 
 Siadexi/J-evoi, relieved one another 
 in the chase, i. 5. 2. 
 
 8ia8i8(0|ii [R. 80], give from 
 hand to hand, distribute, Lat. dis- 
 tribno, abs., or with ace of thing 
 and dat. of pers., or with dat. alone, 
 or with inf. of the thing, i. 9. 22, 
 10. 18, iv. 5. 8, V. 8. 7, vii. 7. 56. 
 
 8id8oxoSi 6 [R. 2 Sax], reliever, 
 successor, Lat. successor, with dat., 
 vii. 2. 5. 
 
 8ia|€v-yvv)ii [R. lvy'\, disjoin, Lat. 
 dliungo, separate, with 6.Tr6 and 
 gen., iv. 2. 10. 
 
 8ia6€do|xai [Ot'd], look through 
 and through, observe closely, iii. i. 
 19. 
 
 SiaiOpid^ei, [al'6w], be clearing 
 away, said of breaking weather, 
 Lat. disserendscit, iv. 4. 10. 
 
Staipew-Sia-irpaTTw 
 
 54 
 
 Siaipcu [aLp€«], sunder, tear 
 apart or aioay, destroy, ii. 4. 22, v. 
 
 2.21. 
 
 8idK<i|iai, [K€iftai], be set in or- 
 der, he disposed, generally of a 
 state of mind, feel, with dat. or 
 irp6s and ace, ii. 5. 27, 6. 12, iii. 1. 
 o, vii. 7. 38 ; &/x€i.vov vfiTv diaKeia-erai, 
 it will be better for you, vii. 3. 17. 
 
 SiaKcXcvofiav [R.KiX}, give direc- 
 tions to, urge, encourage, with dat. 
 of pers., iii. 4. 45, iv. 7. 26. 
 
 8iaKiv8vv€v(i> [kCvSwvos], run all 
 risks, risk a battle, iii. 4. 14, vi. 3. 17. 
 
 SiaKXdu (*cXdw, e/cXacra, K^/cXa- 
 (T/xai, eKXa.<T07]v [cf. Eng. icono- 
 c/ast], break), break in two; Kara 
 fiLKpov SiukXcLv, break into bits, vii. 
 3-22_. 
 
 SigLkovco), Si5.KovT)<T(j}, dediaKSvTjfMi, 
 iSidKovrjdT]v [diaKovos, servant, cf. 
 Eng. deacon^, serve, esp. wait at 
 table, Lat. ministro, iv. 5. 33. 
 
 SiaKdiTTco [/ciTTTOj], cut in pieces, 
 cut through, i. 8. 10, iv. 8. 11, 13, 
 vii. I. 17. 
 
 SidKOcrioi, at, a [8vo + tKarov], 
 two hundred, Lat. ducenti, i. 2. 9, 
 ii. 5. 30, vi. 5. 11. 
 
 SiaKptvo) [/cpfvw], separate from 
 one another, decide, settle, Lat. 
 dec'idb, abs., vi. i. 22. 
 
 8iaXa-yxdv(d [Xa7xa«"<'], part or 
 assign by lot, iv. 5. 23. 
 
 8iaXa|jiPdvb> [Xafj.^dvuj'], take sep- 
 arateli/ or apart, iv. i. 23; divide, 
 V. ^ 4. 
 
 8iaX€70|j.ai, diaX^^ofiai, SielXeyfjLai, 
 8i€X^X^r]v [R. Xe-y], to/A; or C07i- 
 verse with, abs. or with ace, or with 
 wepi and gen. of the thing spoken 
 of, i. 7. 9, ii. 6. 23, iv. 2. 19, vi. 3. 9, 
 vii. 1.15; the pers. spoken to is ex- 
 pressed by dat. or by rrpds and ace, 
 ii. 5. 42, iv. 2. 18, v. 5. 25. 
 
 8iaX€iir(« [Xe^TTw], leave a space 
 or gap between, stand apart or at 
 intervals, be distant, Lat. d/isto, 
 abs. or with ace, i. 7. 15, 8. 10, iv. 
 7. 6, 8. 12 ; TO dLaXeiTTov (sc. xwpioi'), 
 Lat. interudllum, gap, space be- 
 tween, iv. 8. 13. 
 
 8taHidxo(iai [R. |iax], Jight to a 
 finish, Jight it out, struggle ear- 
 nestly, with wepl and gen. or with 
 liri and inf., v. 8. 23, vii. 4. 10. 
 
 8ia|j,^va) [R. |ji,a], stay through, 
 stay, vii. i. 6. 
 
 8i,a(i€Tp€ci> [juerp^w], divide by 
 measure, measure out, of food, vii. 
 I. 40; mid., serve out rations, vii. 
 1.41. 
 
 8ia|X'ir£p€s, adv. [R. ir«p], through 
 and through, right through, with 
 ace, iv. i. 18, vii. 8. 14. 
 
 Siave'fio) [K. vtjji], divide up 
 among, with ace of thing and dat. 
 of pers., vii. 5. 2. 
 
 8i,avo€0|j,at, [R. ^vw], think out, 
 purpose, plan, intend, mean, with 
 ace. or with inf., ii. 4. 17, iii. 2. 8, 
 V. 7. 15, vi. I. 19, vii. 7. 48. 
 
 Sidvoia, cij [R. "yvw], way of 
 thinking, puipose, intention, v. 6. 
 31. 
 
 SiaTravTOSi properly 5ta Trairo's, 
 see Tras. 
 
 Siair^^i-ira) [winTru], send in dif- 
 ferent directions, send round, abs. 
 or with ace, i. 9. 27, iv. 5. 8. 
 
 8iair£pdti) [R. irtp], cross through 
 or over, iv. 3. 21. 
 
 8ia-7rX€b> [R. xXeF], sail over or 
 across, abs. or with ei's and ace, 
 vii. 2. 9, 6. 13, 8. 1. 
 
 8iairoX€|i€(o [TToXe/x^w], carry a 
 war through, fight it out, Lat. de- 
 bello, with dat., iii. 3. 3. 
 
 8iairopcvw [R. irep], carry across, 
 set over, ii. 5. 18 ; pass, and fut. 
 mid., pass over, march through, 
 abs. or with ace, ii. 2. 11, iii. 3. 3, 
 vi. 5. 19. 
 
 8i,airop^a> [R. irtp], be Utterly at 
 a loss, vi. I. 22. 
 
 SiairpaTTw [TrpoTroj], work out, 
 bring about, accomplish, Lat. effi- 
 cid, with ace or with Sttws and a 
 clause, V. 7. 29, vii. i. 38, 2. 37 ; 
 generally in mid., which has much 
 the same meaning as the act., carry 
 o?ie^s point, bring to pass, effect, 
 secure one''s object, arrange, obtain 
 one''s wish or request, make an 
 
55 
 
 8i.apird^(d-8ia<j>a(va> 
 
 agreement, stipulate, used abs. or 
 with ace. of the object, for which 
 the inf. or ace. with inf. or a clause 
 with ua-re or a relative clause may 
 stand ; the person benefited is ex- 
 pressed by dat., and the person 
 from whom by wapd and gen., ii. 
 3. 20, 25, 29, 5. 30, 6. 2, iii. 5. 5, 
 iv. 2. 23, V. 7. 30, vi. 6. 12, vii. i. 
 .">0, 7. 24. Phrases : irpbs rhv "Zev- 
 Or)v W€pl ffTTOvSQv dLeirpaTTOVTO, they 
 tried to arrange a truce with Seu- 
 thes, vii. 4. 12, cf. vii. 2. 7; (piXldv 
 SiaTTpd^dfjievoi. irpbs MiySo/coi', having 
 conchided an alliance with Afedo^ 
 cits, vii. 3. 16. 
 
 Siapird^w [R. apir], tear in pieces, 
 lay vmste, plunder, sack, spoil, Lat. 
 (Uripid, i. 2. 19, 10. 2, 18, ii. 2. 16, 
 v. 2. 19, vii. I. 25. 
 
 8iapp^w [p^u}'],floiv through, run 
 through, with 5id and gen., v. 3. 8. 
 
 Siappt-n-Tco and Siappiirxtw [pf- 
 TTTw], throw round, scatter, Lat. 
 disicio, divide among, v. 8. 6, vii. 
 3. 23. 
 
 8idppi\|/i.S) ecas, 7} [SiappiTTTw], a 
 tossing about, scattering round, v. 
 8.7. 
 
 8iao-T]|iaCvo> [crrj/ia/vw], point out 
 clearly, announce publicly , ii. 1.23. 
 
 8iao-Kr]v£co, 5ie(TK7}vr)(xa [R. CKa], 
 in aur. , take up one's qitarters 
 apart, go into quarters separately, 
 sometimes with eU and ace. of 
 place, iv. 4. 8, 5. 29. 
 
 8ioo-KT|viiT€'ov, verbal [R. o-Ka], 
 must encamp apart, iv. 4. 14. 
 
 Siao-K-qvoo) [R. o-Ka], encamp 
 apart ; be quartered apart, iv. 4. 10. 
 
 8i.a(r7rdta) [R. o-iro], draiv apart; 
 in Anab. always pass, and gener- 
 ally of soldiers, be separated, scat- 
 tered, dispersed, i. 5. 9, iii. 4. 20, iv. 
 8. 10, 17, V. 6. 32, vii. 3. 38. 
 
 iiaa-KtipulcTTreipu'], scatter about, 
 prop, of seed ; in Anab. used only 
 in the pass, of soldiers, be scat- 
 tered, be routed, disperse, Lat. dis- 
 pergor, i. 8. 25, ii. 4. 3, vi. 5. 28, vii. 
 2.8. 
 
 8iao'<|>cv8ovd(i> [<70ei'5oi'dw]. sling 
 
 in all directions ; pass.,.^;/ in pieces 
 as if from a sling, iv. 2. 3. 
 
 8iao-(p'^(o [R. <rap'\, bring through, 
 save, save up, keep, v. 6. 18, vi. 6. 
 5, 28 ; pass., be brought through 
 safe, come out safe and sound, with 
 Trpo's and ace, v. 4. 5, vii. 8. 19 ; 
 mid., save for oneself, preserve, v. 
 5.13. 
 
 8iaTdTT<i> [R. TttK], draw up in 
 array , Lat. dispono, of soldiers, i. 
 7. 1 ; pass, of skirmishers, posted 
 at intervals, iii. 4. 15. 
 
 8iaTe£v« [relvui^. Stretch out; 
 mid., let oneself out, in the phrase 
 irdv 7rp6s iip.d.% diaTeLm/j.evov, doing 
 my very iitmost against you, vii. 6. 
 36. 
 
 8iaT«\€« [tc'Xos], bring quite to 
 an end, complete, finish, as a jour- 
 ney or road, iv. 5. 11 ; sometimes 
 bSbv is understood, complete the 
 march, finish the distance, with 
 7rp6s and ace. of the end in view, i. 
 5. 7 ; with partic, continue to do or 
 do constantly, the partic. containing 
 the leading idea, iii. 4. 17, iv. 3. 2. 
 
 8i,aTT|K<o [ttj/cw], melt up ; pass., 
 melt away, iv. 5. 6. 
 
 SiaTCOtipii [R. Ot], set out in 
 place, arrange, order, dispose of, 
 treat, Lat. dispono, i. i. 5, iv, 7. 4 ; 
 mid., set out for oneself, esp. in the 
 market, sell, Lat. uendle propono, 
 vi. 6. 37, vii. 3. 10. 
 
 8iaTp€<j)w [tp^0w], feed thor- 
 oughly, sustain, support, iv. 7. 17. 
 
 SiarpiPri, 175 [SiaTpi/Sa;], a toast- 
 ing away, esp. of time, tcaste of 
 time, delay, vi. i. 1. 
 
 Siarptpo) (rptpoj, TpL^-, Tpi\p(i3, 
 iTplxpa, T^TpLcpa, TirplfifxaL, erpl^riv 
 \_cf. Tpi^T)'], rub), rub through, 
 ivaste away, consume, spend, of 
 time, Lat. tempus tero, with the 
 ace., iv. 6. 9, or in pass., vii. 2. 3, 
 4. 12 ; abs., waste time, delay, 
 wait, i. 5. 9, ii. 3. 9, vii. 3. 13. 
 
 8ia4>aCv(i> [R. <|>a], make show 
 through ; pass., be visible through, 
 shine through, v. 2. 29, impers., 
 light shoics through, vii. 8. 14. 
 
8ia<|>avci)s-8iSu>p.i 
 
 56 
 
 8ia4>av(ios> adv. [li . ^a], distinct! ;i, 
 clearly, J^at. 2)e)'spicne , vi. i. 24. 
 
 Sia^cpovTcos, adv. [R. 4>€p], dif- 
 ferently from others, i.e.pecrdiarly, 
 surpassingly, i. 9. 14. 
 
 8ia(}>cp(i> [R. <|>€p], carry different 
 ways, bear apart, hence be different 
 from, Lat. differo, with gen., ii. 3. 
 15 ; be better than, surpass, with 
 gen., iii. i. 37; mid., differ from, 
 quarrel, with dij.(pl and gen. of the 
 thing, or with 7rp6s and ace. of the 
 person and wepi with gen. of the 
 thing, iv. 5. 17, vii. 6. 15. Phrase : 
 woXv 5ie(pepov, they found it very 
 different, i.e. they found it easier, 
 iii. 4. 33 (where most editt. have 
 the impers. ttoXi) 8U<pepev, it was a 
 very different thing). 
 
 8ia(|>£viYa> [R. <^vy], flee away, 
 escape, Lat. effugio, abs. or witli 
 ace, V. 2. 3, vi. 3. 4, vii. 3. 43. 
 
 8ia(|>0€ipci> \_(pddpu}'\, destroy alto- 
 gether, spoil, ruin, corrupt, bribe, 
 Lat. corrumpo, iii. 3. 5, vi. 2. 9 ; 
 pass., be destroyed, break up, or in 
 a moral sense, lose credit, iv. 1. 11, 
 vii. 2. 4, 7. 37. Phrase: diecpdap- 
 fi^voi Toits d(pda\fj.ovs, icith their 
 eyes blinded, iv. 5. 12. 
 
 8id(j>opos, ov [R. 4>€p], different, 
 unlike, at variance, sup., vii. 6. 15 ; 
 subst., TO SLa.(popov, difference of 
 opinion, disagreement, Lat. dissen- 
 sio, iv. 6. 3. 
 
 8ia({>vTi, ijs [06w], a natural 
 grov^th betvcen, divisiun, in some 
 iiuts, V. 4. 29. 
 
 8ia(j>v\dTT<d [<|)vXdTTw] , loatch 
 closely; mid., be on one^s guard, 
 vii. 6. 22. 
 
 Siaxd^w, SiexairdyLiT?!/ (the simple 
 xdfw, make retire, is Epic only), 
 intr., give ground, fall back, iv. 8. 
 18. 
 
 8ia\£ifi,d^w (xftM^i''^? X^'M'^S-, xei- 
 fidcrw, ^x^'Mdc^jyv [x€?/uci, iriuter, cf 
 Xtwf],7)rtss the idnter, Lat. hiemo), 
 ivinter, spend the winter, vii. 6. 31. 
 
 8iaxci'pit«' (■X^'P^f'^j Xf'P'^-) -X^'-- 
 piovfiai, etc. [R. x^p], handle), have 
 in hand, manage, i. 9. 17. 
 
 8iaxwp€w [x'<'p^w], r/w through, 
 pass through; impers., /cdrui 5ie- 
 xwpet ayrois, «/ie?/ AacZ diarrhoea, 
 iv. 8. 20. 
 
 SiSdo-KaXos, 6 [R. 1 8aK], teacher, 
 Lat. magister. The Athenian boy 
 was under the instruction of teach- 
 ers continuously for twelve years, 
 from the beginning of his seventh 
 year, and the discipline was severe, 
 ii. 6. 12, V. 8. 18, where note that 
 the speaker is Xenophon, an 
 Athenian. The boy received in- 
 struction in reading, v/riting, and 
 arithmetic, in music (singing and 
 the use of the ai)X6s and Xvpa), 
 and in gymnastics. See the school- 
 scene, s.v. avX6s, where instruction 
 in the cti;X6s is represented at the 
 left (a lyre is suspended at the 
 centre above) and in writing at 
 the right (on the wax-tablet with 
 the stylus). 
 
 8u8d(rKC5 (5t5ax-), didd^w, idida^a, 
 deSidaxo., dedidayp-ai, idiBdxOrjv 
 [R. 1 5aK], teach, inform, prove, 
 show, Lat. doceo, abs. or v/itli ace. 
 of the pers., with inf. of the thing, 
 or with a clause with us, i. 7. 4, ii. 
 5. 6, iii. 2. 32, iv. 5. 36, vii. 7. 47 ; 
 pass., be taught, learn, with dird 
 and gen. and a clause with 5rt, vi. 
 5. 18. 
 
 8i8t]ji,i [R. Se], bind, tie up, v. 
 8. 24. (Epic, except here, see 5^w, 
 hind.) 
 
 8i8(i>|xi, (So-), 5<i<ra>, eSw/ca, 5^- 
 5uKa, 5^5o/iai, idSdrjv [R. 80], give, 
 present, give over, allow, permit, 
 pay, give to wife, Lat. do, with the 
 ace. or the dat. alone, or with dat. 
 of the pers. and ace. of the thing, 
 i. 1.9, 6. 3, ii. 3. 28, 6. 4, iii. 2. 4, 
 3. 18, iv. 4. 14, 5. 8, V. 2. 24, vi. i. 
 12, vii. I. 7, 2. 38, 3. 24; with the 
 inf., or with dat. of pers. and inf., 
 i. 6. 6, ii. 3. 18, iv. 5. 32, vii. 3. 13 ; 
 with eh and ace. of the thing for 
 which, i. 2. 27, 4. 9 ; the agent is 
 expressed by vno and gen., vii. 7. 
 1 ; by e/c and gen., i. i. 6; often 
 in pres. and impf., offer, iii. 2. 24, 
 
57 
 
 5t€ip"yw SlKT] 
 
 vi. 3. ; used of gods, bestow, or- 
 dain, grant, with ace, or with dat. 
 and ace, or witli inf., iii. i. 23, 2. 
 7, vi. I. 26; didorai, it is ordained, 
 vi. 6. 36. 
 
 8i€ip7(d [etpyuj'], keep asunder, ait 
 off, with ace. understood, iii. i. 2. 
 
 SuXavvti) [fXavvo}'], drive through, 
 ride through, charqe through, abs., 
 i. 5. 12, 10. 7, ii. 3." 19. 
 
 8i€\6vT€s, see SLaip^w. 
 
 8i€|€pxo|iai [epxoA""]» P^** 07(? 
 through, vi. 6. 38. 
 
 8i€pxo|xai. [epxoMa']' (f^ through, 
 march through, pass through, com- 
 plete, travel, of distance, countries, 
 or peoples, abs., with ace, or with 
 Sid and gen., ii. 4. 12, iii. 5. 17, iv. 
 
 1. 5, 5. 19, V. 4. 14, 6. 7, vi. 5. 5, 
 19 ; with et's and ace. of place, vi. 
 3. 16 ; of a rumour, spread abroad, 
 with 8tl and a clause, i. 4. 7. 
 
 8i€p<i>Td(i) [^ipuirdw'], ask in turn, 
 ask publichj, iv. i. 26. 
 
 8i6o-irdp9ai, see Siaaweipw. 
 
 iu\a [R. <r€x]» hold apart, sep- 
 arate, Lat. separo ; subst., t6 5U- 
 xov, the separating space, interval, 
 Lat. interudllum, iii. 4. 22 ; intr., 
 be separated, be apart, abs., witli 
 gen., or with d-n-b and gen., i. 8. 17, 
 10. 4, iii. 4.20, 22. 
 
 8iT]7£'o}i.ai, [K. ttY], lead out in 
 detail, set forth, tell, Lat. narro, 
 iv. 3. 8, 13, vii. 4. 8. 
 
 8i'i]Xa(r€, see dieXarivu. 
 
 8itr]|ii. [irifii'], let go through, let 
 pass through, allow a passage, abs., 
 or with ace, and with bid and gen., 
 iii. 2. 23, iv. 1.8, v. 4. 2. 
 
 8i(<rTTi|xi [K. o-Ttt], sef apart; 
 mid. and 2 aor. act., intr., separate, 
 open ranks, stand at intervals, i. 5. 
 
 2, 8. 20, 10. 7. 
 
 SiKaios, a, oj' [R. 1 8aK], right, 
 lawful, just, fit, proper, Lat. ius- 
 tus, i. 6. 6, vii. 6. 22 ; impers., 
 8lKai6v io-Ti, with acc. and inf., ii. 
 5.41, iii. I. 37, V. 8. 26; pers., 5(- 
 Kuio's elixi with inf.. / deserve to, it 
 is right that I, so SiKaioTdrovs (sr. 
 wapaKaXucrdai^, vi. i. 3; subst., to 
 
 diKaiov, the right, justice, pi., 07ie''s 
 rights, so witli exeif and \ap.^dveiv, 
 have or get one''s rights, vii. 7. 14, 
 17, and in such phrases as iK toD 
 SiKaiov, and ffiiv tQ diKaiifi, right- 
 eously, justly, i. 9. 19, ii. 6. 18, irapd 
 rb diKaiov, unjustly, v. 8. 17 ; biKaia 
 eTTtt^e, he met his deserts, v. i. 15. 
 
 8i.Kaio(rvvT], r]s [R. 1 8aK], jus- 
 tici', Lat. iustitia, i. 9. 16, vii. 7. 41. 
 
 8lKai6TTlS, -qTOS, 7] [R. 1 SttK], 
 
 justice, equal to biKaioavurj, ii. 6. 26. 
 
 8iKaC«s, adv. [R. 1 8aK], vnth 
 justice, rightly, properly, filly, Lat. 
 iure and recte, i. 9. 17, ii. 3. 19, v. 
 I. 9, vii. I. 29. 
 
 8iKa<rTif|s, ov [R. 1 8aK], one who 
 awards or decides what is just, a 
 dicast, resembling a juryman rather 
 than a judge, Lat. iiidex, v. 7. 34. 
 
 8£kti, tjs [R. 1 8aK], custom, 
 usage, right, judgment, justice. The 
 meaning of a phrase in which this 
 word appears can often be deter- 
 mined only from tlie context, as 
 81k7i may signify satis/ action re- 
 ceived or imnishm,ent inflicted by 
 the sufferer of a wrong, as well as 
 the atonement made by the crimi- 
 nal or the penalty which he pays ; 
 thus iKavTji' blKt)v exw, I am abun- 
 dantly satisfied, vii. 4. 24, but t7]v 
 biKTjv e'xei, he has his deserts, i.e. 
 his punishment, ii. 5-38; cf also 
 dlKT] icTxa-Tr], Lat. fdtimum supj^li- 
 cium, extreme penalty, i.e. death, 
 vi. 6. 15 ; b'lK-qv iiriridivai or \ap.- 
 ^dveiv, inflict punishment, Lat. sup- 
 plicium siimere, i. 3. 10, iii. 2. 8, 
 v. 6. 34, 8. 17 ; diK7]v SiSbvai, pay 
 the penalty, be punished, Lat.poe- 
 nds dare, soluere, ii. 6. 21, iv. 4. 14, 
 V. 4. 20, vii. 6. 10 ; dlK-qv uTr^xf'") 
 sriffer or undergo the penalty, vi. 6. 
 15 ; T^s blK7)s Tvxe'iv, meet the pen- 
 alty, vi. 6. 25. The word some- 
 times means a reckoning, account, 
 trial, investigation, v. 7. 34 ; cf. the 
 phrases bU-qv imix^i-v and Sibbmi, 
 render account, v. 8. 1, 18 ; ei's 5tK-as 
 Trdvras KaTaaTTJaai, bring all to 
 trial, V. 7. 34. 
 
8i(icipid-8oK£. 
 
 58 
 
 Si.|J,oipLd, as [Svo + fjiolpa, por- 
 tion, cf. Mf'pos]i double portion or 
 share, vii. 2. 86, 6. 1. 
 
 8iv€(», edtv'^ffa, idlvrjdrjv [5ivr), 
 uihirlpool], whirl round; mid. in- 
 trans., of a dance, vi. i. 9. 
 
 816, for di 6, on account of which, 
 wherefore, therefore, i. 2. 21, v. 5. 
 10, vi'i. 6. 39. 
 
 81080s, v [686s J, passage, v. 
 4.9. 
 
 8iopdco [R. 2 F«p]) see throxigh, 
 discover, v. 2. 30. 
 
 8iopwTT« [dpi/rrw], dig through, 
 make a breach in, of a wall, vii. 8. 
 13, 14. 
 
 BioTi, for 5t' 8ti, on account of 
 which, because, since, ii. 2. 14. 
 
 8iirtjxvs, V [8vo + TT^xus], of two 
 cubits, two cubits long, iv. 2. 28. 
 
 8iir\da-i0St a, ov [8vo + K. irXa], 
 twofold, double, of number.s or of 
 bulic, Lat. duplus, iv. i. 13, vi. 5. 
 17 ; StTrXdo-toi/, adv., tvnce as far, 
 witli gen., iii. 3. 16. 
 
 8iirXe9pos, ov [8vo + R. irXa], of 
 tvii plethra, iv. 3. 1. 
 
 8fir\6os, y), ov, coutr. ovs, tj, ovv 
 [8vo+ R. 7r\a], twofold, double, of 
 amount, Lat. duplex, vii. 6. 7. 
 
 8(s, numeral adv. [8vo], twice, 
 Lat. bis ; in Anab. only in compo- 
 sition, 5i(r- or 5t-. 
 
 8io-xt\ioi, ai, a [Svo + x'X'O']' 
 two thousand, i. i. 10, iv. 2. 2, vii. 
 3.48. 
 
 &.«j>ee'pd, as [cf. d^(pio, soften by 
 working, Erig. diphtheria], softened 
 or prepared hide of an animal, 
 made ready for use, tanned skin, 
 leathern bag, i. 5. 10, v. 2. 12. 
 
 8i(|>0€pivos, T), ov \_Si<pdipa'\, made 
 of hide, leathern, ii. 4. 28. 
 
 8(4>pos, 6 [8vo-f R. <j>€p], holding 
 tico, the body of the war-chariot 
 (see s.v. apfia), on the floor of 
 which stood the driver and the war- 
 rior, i. 8. 10. Then, the word los- 
 ing its etymological signification, a 
 seat, large enough to accommodate 
 only one person, stool. The 5^<Apos 
 had neither back nor arms. The 
 
 seat was square and rested on four 
 legs, which were either perpendic- 
 ular and solidly attached to it (see 
 s.v. avXds), or crossed one another 
 and were bolted at the centre, so 
 that the di^pos could be closed like 
 a camp-stool (see s.v. aixcjyopew). 
 In this form the legs often curved 
 inward below (cf. the Roman sella 
 curulis') . 
 
 8ixa, adv. [Svo], in two parts; 
 5txa voidv, divide, vi. 4. 11. 
 
 Sixatw (5tx<^3-) [Svo], divide in 
 two; intrans., divide, separate, iv. 
 8. 18. 
 
 Sixj/aw, 5L\l/-f)<xti}, idl\j/r}a-a l_dl\j/a, 
 thirst, cf Eng. dipso-mania], be 
 thirsty, Lat. sitio, iv. 5. 27. 
 
 SiwKTcov, verbal [5tw/cw], must 
 pursue, iii. 3. 8. 
 
 8i(0K(i>, diib^u}, e5i'w|a, SeSiojxa, 
 idubxdrjfi l>ursue, chase, hunt, of 
 an enemy or of game, Lat. perse- 
 quor, i. 4. 7, 8, 5. 2, 10. 4, ii. 3. 19, 
 iii. 2. 35, iv. 1 . 8 ; abs., give chase, 
 follow %(p a victory, pursue, i. 5. 
 3, 8. 19, iii. 3. 8, iv. 6. 24, v. 4. 16, 
 vii. 3. 26 ; intrans., run quickly, 
 make haste, vi. 5. 25, vii. 2. 20. 
 Phrase : t6 hubKeiv, the pursuit, i. 
 8.25. 
 
 SCw^is, €(j:s, i] [Sici/cw], a x>ursu- 
 ing, pursuit, iii. 4. 5. 
 
 SlWpvl, VXOS, ij [cf. SlOpUTTOj], 
 
 ditch, trench, canal, Lat. fossa, i. 
 7. 15, ii. 4. 13, 21, 22. 
 
 So^fia, aros, to [R. Sok], that 
 ichich seems to one, principle, 
 maxim, Lat. placitum ; piiblic de- 
 cree, ordinance, standing order, 
 Lat. decretum, iii. 3. 5, vi. 4. 11, 6. 
 8,27. 
 
 SoOijvai, see SiSu/ju. 
 
 8oK€(i> (5oK-), 56|w, (8o^a, diSoyp.ai, 
 iddx^v (rare) [R. Sok], 1) con- 
 sider, suppose, think, trans., with 
 two aces., with inf. or with ace. 
 and inf., i. 7. 1, 8. 2, ii. 2. 10, 14, 
 iii. 2. 17, V. 7. 26, vi. i. 3, 17 ; 2) in- 
 trans. and both pers. and impers., 
 seem, appear, seem right, best, or 
 good, be determined or resolved, 
 
59 
 
 8oKi(i,d5w-8opdTi 
 
 Lat. nidetiir, used with the clat., i. 
 4. 7, ii. I. 22, iii. 5. 6, iv. 4. 6, v. 5. 
 22, vi. 3. 25, vii. 3. 22 ; with inf., i. 
 3. 11, 4. 15, ii. 6. 1, 29, iii. i. 38, 
 iv. I. 26, V. 3. 1, vi. I. 25, vii. i. 20 ; 
 with dat. and inf., i. 2. 1, 3. 11, ii. 
 I. 2, 17, iii. I. 10, 11, iv. i. 2, v. 2. 
 3, vi. I. 14, vii. 2. 17; abs., i. 10. 
 6, iii. 5. 18, V. 2. 15, vi. i. 25, 2. 12, 
 see TttOra eSofe below; sometimes 
 the inf. or the dat. is to be sui^plied 
 from the context, i. 6. 8, vi. 5. 10, 
 vii. I. 6, 2. 16 ; when impers., with 
 dat. and ace. and inf., i. 3. 18, iii. 
 I. 30, iv. 3. 15, v. 8. 1, vi. 5. 4, vii. 
 I. 31 ; sometimes a combination of 
 the pers. and impers. constructions 
 is found, i. 3. 12, iv. 6. 13, v. 6. 32, 
 vii. 5. 5, and in this case the phrase 
 doKu fioi, like Lat. uideor mihi, 
 moderates the statement which fol- 
 lows, and gives an air of civility 
 and courtesy, like the old English 
 methinks, i. 7. 4, vii. 6. 10, 11, 
 18. Phrases : at the end of busi- 
 ness meetings we find often « 5o^e 
 ravra or ravra eSo^e, this xvas re- 
 solved, decided, voted, Lat. plactiit 
 or uisum est, i. 3. 20, ii. 3. 28, iii. 3. 
 38, iv. 8. 14, V. I. 7, vi. 2. 11, vii. i. 
 32 ; 56^av ravra, having resolved on 
 this course, iv. i. 13; to 86^av, the 
 resolution, vi. i. 18; ra Bh^avra ttj 
 ffTpariq., the decision of the army, 
 i. 3. 20 ; TO. 5e8oy)xiva, the conclu- 
 sions, Lat. quod u'lsum est, iii. 2. 39, 
 vi. 2. 7 ; iKirXeiv SeSoy/x^vov eHrj, it 
 had been decided to sail out, v. 6. 
 35 ; 8t({) SoKei ravra, avareimroi rrjv 
 X«po, all in favour of this motion 
 will raise their hands, iii. 2. 9, cf. v. 
 6. 33 ; Soldrw vfuv, let it be a])proved, 
 let it be sanctioned publicly, v. 7. 31. 
 In the phrase 8okov(tL /jloi dwrjXdov, v. 
 7. 13, doKovffi yuoi is used parentheti- 
 cally without influencing the con- 
 struction (but some read dweXdeLv). 
 8oKip,d^b) (5oK-t/xa5-), doKL/jLCLcru, 
 deSoKi/jLaff/jLai, i8oKLfxa.ad7)v [R. 8ok], 
 test, examine; pass., be accepted 
 after examination, of cavalry, iii. 
 3.20. 
 
 SoXios, a, ov [56Xos], treacherous, 
 traitorous, i, 4. 7. 
 
 86\ixos, 6, long race, varying, 
 ace. to circumstances, from six 
 to twenty -four times the length of 
 
 No. 16. 
 
 the stadium, q.v., iv. 8. 27. Com- 
 pare the second set of runners 
 in the accompanying illustration, 
 where the pace shows that the race 
 was a long one. 
 
 86\os, 6 \_cf. Lat. dolus, device, 
 deceit'], craft, fraud, stratagem, v. 
 6.29. 
 
 A6\ot{/, OTTOS, 6, a Dolopian (only 
 in plur.), i. 2. 6. Dolopia, a coun- 
 try between Mt. Pindus and Aeto- 
 lia, was inhabited by a brave tribe 
 which long kept its independence. 
 They were perhaps not of Greek 
 origin. 
 
 86|a, 7;s [R. 8ok], opinion, esti- 
 mation, in one's own mind, trapk 
 r7)v So^av, contrary to one''s expec- 
 tation, Lat. contra exspectdtionem, 
 ii. I. 18; of others about one, rep- 
 utation, fame, glory, Lat. fdma, vi. 
 I. 21 ; with ets and ace, vi. 5. 14. 
 
 Sopdriov, ro \_86pv'], prop, small 
 spear, but in the Anab., vi. 4. 23, 
 rather the jjole of the spear, used 
 for carrying booty. See s.v. dopv- 
 
SopKas-Speiraviicljopos 
 
 60 
 
 SopKaSi ados, ij \_cf. d^pKOfj-ai, see 
 clearly, see], a sort of deer, gazelle, 
 with large bright eyes, i. 5. 2, v. 3. 10. 
 Sopirno-ToS) 6 [So'pTTO!', in Horn., 
 evening meal'], time of the evening 
 meal, tea-time, i. 10. 17. 
 
 86pv, arcs, TO \_cf. 5p\)s, tree, 
 the oak, Eng. tree], prop, stem 
 i of a young tree, then iwle or 
 l\ shaft of a spear, and hence, 
 spear. The spear and the 
 sword (^Icpos, q.v.) consti- 
 tuted the weapons of attack 
 carried by the Greek hop- 
 lite, i. 8. 18, iv. 5. 18. The 
 spear consisted of a smooth 
 shaft, a double-edged iron 
 head, technically called X67- 
 X^;, vii. 4. 15, and, properly, 
 a spike at the butt end. The 
 hbpv was of great length, iii. 
 5. 7, iv. 2. 8. See also s.v. 
 
 &pfji.a (No. 8) and s.v. OTrXfrr;?. 
 
 Xenophon relates that the 
 dopara of the Mossynoeci 
 were long and thick, almost 
 too heavy for a man to carry, 
 V. 4. 25, and that those of 
 the Chalybes measured fif- 
 teen cubits, which seems to 
 be almost incredible, iv. 7. 
 16. The hoplite carried two 
 spears (see s.v. Kvnfits and s.v. 
 xXci/ui/s), one to be hurled, 
 the other to be used in the 
 charge and in the hand to 
 hand fight. The spear was 
 carried in the right hand. 
 See s.v. d(rirl$ (No. 10) and 
 s.v. TreXrairTTjs. So arose 
 in military movements the 
 phrase iirl dopv, to the right, 
 iv. 3. 29. See danis, where 
 note the phrase wap' da-irida, 
 to the left, iv. 3. 26. Other 
 phrase_s : rd dopara iiri rbv 
 No. 17. ^f^'O'' '^AW" ^Xf'"? to keep their 
 spears at rest on the right 
 shoulder, vi. 5. 25; rd dopara els 
 ■irpo^o\T)v Kadivras, lowering or 
 couching their spears for the charge, 
 vi. 5. 25, c/. 27. 
 
 
 
 8opv({>6pos, 6 \_S6pv 4- R. <|)€p], one 
 who carries a spear, spearman, 
 pikeman. But in the Anab. said 
 of those who went out with 5opd- 
 ria, q.v., to carry the captured 
 booty to camp, v. 2. 4. 
 
 SovXcCd, as [6ouXei5a>], slavery, 
 Lat. seruitus, vii. 7. 32. 
 
 SovXcvu, edov\evaa, dedovXevKa 
 [SoOXos], be a slave, Lat. seruio, 
 iv. 8. 4. 
 
 SovXoS) 6, slave, Lat. sermis, ii. 3. 
 17, 5. 32, iii. I. 17, vii. 4. 24; ap- 
 plied to all subjects of the Persian 
 king, i. 9. 29, ii. 5. 38. 
 
 Sovvai, see diduifxi. 
 
 Sovircb), fdoiiirrjaa [SoOttos], poetic 
 verb, soiind heavily, make a din, 
 strike heavily, with irpos and ace, 
 i. 8. 18. 
 
 Sov-iros, 6, poetic word, any heavy 
 sound, din, uproar, ii. 2. 19. 
 
 ApaKovTios, 6, Dracontius, an 
 exile from Sparta in the Greek 
 army, in charge of the games at 
 Trapezus, iv. 8. 25 ; sent to Olean- 
 der, vi. 6. 30. 
 
 8pd|ioi., Spa^ovvrai, see rp^x^- 
 
 8p€7ravT]()>6pos, ov [8p^iravov+ Ji. 
 <}>€p], scythe-bearing, of chariots, 
 La,t.falcatae quadrigae, i. 7. 10, 11, 
 12, 8. 10. Such chariots were much 
 in use among the Persians. Those 
 described in the Anab. had, as rep- 
 resented in the accompanying cut, 
 
 No. 18. 
 
 a stationary scythe inserted in 
 each end of the axle, the chariot be- 
 ing two- wheeled, and other scythes 
 fastened in the axle underneath, 
 with the points downward and the 
 
61 
 
 Spii 
 
 -SvernTJ 
 
 blades turned toward the horses. 
 There are other representations of 
 Persian scytlie- bearing chariots in 
 whicli blades are fastened to the 
 outside of the felly of the wheel, 
 with iron spikes on the inside of 
 the felly and between the spokes. 
 In these the pole also of the wagon 
 ends in an iron spike, and spikes 
 and scythes are attached to the 
 yokes of the horses. For the gen- 
 eral form of the chariot, see s.v. 
 dpfia. 
 
 Sp^Travov, to [Sp^TTco, plucky, 
 reaping hook, scythe, Lat. falx, 
 used on chariots, i. 8. 10. 
 
 ApC\ai, (D;', the Drilae, a tribe of 
 mountaineers living southwest of 
 Trapezus, called the most warlike 
 people of the Pontus, v. 2. 1, 2, 3. 
 
 8p6|j.os, 6 [root 8pa, 8pa|x, cf. awo- 
 SiSpda-KO}, Eng. dromedary], a run- 
 ning, run, Lat. cursns, i. 2. 17, iv. 
 8. 25, V. 2. 31 ; the dat. 5p&fx.i{), 
 when used of infantry, means on 
 the run, double quick, of cavalry, at 
 a gallop, and is frequently joined 
 with OeTv and found also with dpfiSiv, 
 diwKeiv, and (fievyeiv, i. 8. 18, iv. 3. 
 31, 6. 25, V. 7. 25, vi. 5. 25, vii. i. 
 15 ; running track, race-course, 
 Lat. spatium, iv. 8. 26, see s.v. 
 iinr6dpop.os. 
 
 8vva|j.ai., 8vvricrofj,ai, Sedvurj/Mai, 
 idvvifldTjv [8vva|iai], be able, capa- 
 ble, strong enough, can, with inf. 
 or abs. with inf. understood, i. i. 
 4, 2. 25, 3. 2, 6. 7, ii. 2. 3, iii. i. 35, 
 iv. I. 19, V. 2. IG, vi. 3. 8, vii. i. 28 ; 
 often with relatives cJs, ^, ottt/, 
 6'o-oc, Uttol, onola and the sup. of an 
 adv., as /xaxop-evoi cJs civ dvvibfieda 
 KpaTicrra, fighting with all our 
 might and main, iii. 2. 6, cf. i. 1.6, 
 2. 4, iii. 4. 48, iv. 5. 1, 18, vi. 6. 1, 
 vii. 7. 15; less often with uJs or 
 UtTov and sup. of an adj., as ex'^" 
 iTTTT^cij ws Slv Svvqrat. TrXeiarovs, loith 
 the largest possible number of cav- 
 alry, i. 6. 3, cf. ii. 2. 12, vii. i. 37, 
 2. 8 ; of things, be xoorth, amount 
 to, Lat. ualeo, with ace, i. 5. G, ii. 
 
 2. 13. Phrases: oi fiiynTTov bvva.- 
 fievoL, the most powerful, cf. Lat. 
 pirmmum posse, ii. 6. 21, vii. 6. 37 ; 
 rb i^awaTdv dvvcLffdai, the power of 
 deception, ii. 6. 26. 
 
 8vva|j,is, ews, T] [8ijva|iai], ability, 
 means, Lat. facultds, vii. 7. 36 ; 
 generally in a military s«nse, force, 
 troops, i. I. 6, 3. 12, ii. i. 13, iii. 4. 
 
 3, iv. 4. 7, vii. 4. 21, so also in pi., 
 like Lat. copiae, i. 5. 9 ; poicer, re- 
 sources, Lat. opes, i. 6. 7, ii. 5. 11; 
 influence, position, Lat. auctoritds, 
 ii. 6. 17, V. 6. 17. Phrases: ets or 
 Kara, diiva/xiv, according to one''s 
 ability, Lat. pro uiribus, ii. 3. 23, 
 iii. 2. 9. 
 
 Svvdo-TTis, on [8vva|xai] , a mighty 
 man, nobleman, i. 2. 20. 
 
 8vvaT6s, 17, ^v [Svivajxai], able, in 
 both active and passive sense; act., 
 powerful, influential, capable, i. 
 9. 24, iv. I. 12, vii. 7. 2 ; with inf., 
 ii. 6. 19, vii. 2. 33, 4. 24; pass., 
 possible, practicable, with inf. or 
 abs., i. 3. 17, ii. i. 19, iv. i. 24, v. 
 5. 13, or with a rel. and sup. of an 
 adv., ire'KTop.a.i -^ Swarov p,a.\iffTa, I 
 shall obey to the best of my ability, 
 where e<TTl is understood with 5i^- 
 varbv and ^ means as, i. 3. 15. 
 Phrases : wj hwarbv, (so far) as 
 loas possible, ii. 6. 8 ; e/c rCov 8vva- 
 tQv, as well as they coidd, iv. 
 2. 23. 
 
 8vv(i>, see Suw. 
 
 8vo, olv, [8vo], two, Lat. dxio, 
 generally not declined, i. i. 1, 2. 
 23, ii. 2. 12, iii. 2. 37, iv. i. 19, v. 4. 
 11, vi. I. 9; but the gen. occurs in 
 v. 6. 9, vi. 6. 14, vii. 5. 9 (with 
 which cf. vii. 6. 1). Phrase: eh 
 5uo, two abreast, ii. 4. 26. 
 
 8vo-- [c/. Eng. dys-peptic'], insep- 
 arable prefix signifying hard, ill, 
 with difficulty. 
 
 8vo-paTos, ov [R. Pa], hard to 
 travel, of country, v. 2. 2. 
 
 8v(r8idpaTos, ov [R. Pa], hard to 
 march through, vi. 5. 19. 
 
 8vo-p.'/j, rjs [56a>], a going under, 
 of the sun, in Anab. always pi., 
 
8vo-irdpiTOS-ePSo|AT|KovTa 
 
 62 
 
 TfXlov Svfffial, sunset, Lat. solis 
 occdsus, vi. 4. 26, 5. 32, vii. 3. 
 
 8v<nrdpiTos» ov [el/ut], hard to 
 get by, hard to pass, of a fortress, 
 iv. I. 25. 
 
 8v(rir6p6VTOS, ov [R. irep], hard to 
 get through, of heavy ground, with 
 dat., i. 5. 7. 
 
 8vo"n-opid, OS [R. ircp], diffi- 
 culty of passing, of a river, iv. 
 3-7. 
 
 8v(nropos, ov [R. ircp], hard to 
 travel, hard to cross, of rivers, ra- 
 vines, and roads, ii. 5. 9, v. i. 13, 
 vi. 5. 12. 
 
 8vo-xpTjo-TOs, ov [xp^<''t6s, useful, 
 verbal of xpao/uai], hard to use or 
 manage, of little service, of troops 
 in disorder, iii. 4. 19. 
 
 8vo'\(i)pid, as [xiSpos], roughness 
 of country, hard or rough country, 
 iii. 5. IG. 
 
 8v« (61'-), 5u(7w, fdixra or eSui', 
 8^8vKa, S48vfiai, ididrfv, enter; in 
 Anab. always of tlie sun, e»^er the 
 sea, set, Lat. occido, and in act. 
 only in the collateral pres. dvvui, ii. 
 2. 3, 13 ; elsewhere in pres. and 
 impf. mid., i. 10. 15, ii. 2. 16, v. 
 7.6. 
 
 8w, see Si8u}ni. 
 
 8w8€Ka, indecl. [8vo 4- Scxa], 
 tvelve, Lat. duodecim, i. 2. 10, iii. 
 5. 16, V. 6. 9, vii. 3. 16. 
 
 8<opeo)iai, dwpr,(rofj.ai, etc. [R. 80], 
 give a present, present, abs. or 
 with ace, vii. 3. 18, 20, 26, 27, 
 5.3. 
 
 8(opo8oKe(o, 8(j3po8oK-fi<TU}, etc. [R. 
 80 4- R . 2 SttK] , accept a present, 
 take a bribe, vii. 6. 17. 
 
 Swpov, t6 [R. 80], present, gift, 
 Lat. donuni. It was the universal 
 custom among the Persians that 
 those who approached the king or 
 a satrap should bring him gifts, 
 and in general among them gifts 
 were freely bestowed, i. 2. 27, 
 ii. I. 10, iv. 7. 27, V. 6. 11, vii. 
 3-16. 
 
 8(da-w, see SlSufxi, 
 
 ka,, see ido). 
 
 ldX«>, see d\[<rKOfj.ai. 
 
 iav, iMiitr. U.V or rjv, in crasis Kav 
 for Kai idv, conditional conj., [et4- 
 (Sv], if, if haply, used with subjv. 
 in the prot. of cond. sentences of 
 the vivid future and present gen- 
 eral classes, i. i. 4, 3. 14, iii. i. 36, 
 2. 20, 4. 19, 35, iv. 8. 11, v. i. 9, 5. 
 22 ; iav ht), unless, i. 4. 12 ; idv re 
 . . . idv T€, with verb to he sup- 
 plied, whether . . . or, v. 5. 16, vii. 
 3-37. 
 
 cdvirtp, conj. [eav], if at least, 
 if only, iv. 6. 17. 
 
 eapC^co (eaptS-) [eap, spring, cf. 
 Lat. uer, spring^, spend the spring, 
 iii. 5. 15. 
 
 cavTOv, ^s, ov, contr. avrov, etc., 
 refl. pron. [pronominal stem I (see 
 ov) 4- avTos], of himself, herself, 
 itself, used both directly and in- 
 directly, i. I. 5, 2. 7, 14, 7. 9, ii. 5. 
 29, 38, iv. 5. 24, v. 3. 6, 6. 16, 8. 
 14, vi. I. 32, vii. i. 18. The gen. 
 with the article takes the place of 
 the possessive pron., Lat. suns, as 
 d(pnnr€vei iiri rrjv eavTov (TKrjvriv, he 
 rode off to his oton tent, i. 5. 12, 
 cf. ii. 4. 7, iv. 3. 26, v. 6. 37 ; in 
 this case the substantive may be 
 omitted, as toi>s eavrov, his ovm 
 men, i. 2. 15, cf. iii. i. 16, 4. 45, iv. 
 5. 23, vii. 7. 44. 
 
 tdw, eacroj, etacra, etoKa, etafiai, 
 elaOrjv, let, allow, permit, with inf., 
 or with ace. and inf., i. 4. 7, 9. 13, 
 ii. 3. 26, iii. 3. 3, v. 8. 22, vii. 4. 
 20 ; ovK iav, not alloio, i.e. refuse, 
 forbid, prohibit, abs. or with inf., 
 i. 4. 9, V. 2. 10, 7. 3, vii. 4. 10 ; let 
 go, neglect, give wp, with ace, i. 
 9. 18, vii. 3. 2. Phrases : idv xa«- 
 peLv, vii. 3. 23, see x°-^P^ '■> to^vtu 
 dd, he let the matter drop, vii. 4. 
 11. 
 
 eP8o|iTJKOvTa, indecl. [Iirrd -f 
 ctKoo-i], seventy, Lat. septudgintd, 
 iv. 7. 8. 
 
63 
 
 ?P8o(AOs-e8ii8oK6T€s 
 
 ^pSofios, 17, ov [lirrd], seventh, 
 Lat. Septimus, vi. 2. 12. 
 
 iy-, by assimilation for iv- before 
 a palatal mute. 
 
 iyyLyvo\i.ai [R.7€v], be born in, be 
 innate, be in, Lat. inndscor, v. 8. ."I 
 
 €7"Yvdw, ■^yyvrja-a, ■^yyv-rjKa, iyye- 
 yvTjfxai, -^yy vridrii' [iyyvv, pledge}, 
 pledge; mid., p)ledge oneself, en- 
 gage, promise, Lat. spondeo, with 
 ace. and inf., vii. 4. 13. 
 
 CY-yvBcv, adv. [iyyv's'], from close 
 by, iv. 2. 27. 
 
 t^-yvs, adv., jiear, close by, nigh, 
 nearly, comp. eyyvrepov, sup. 67711- 
 TciTw or iyyvrara, of place, abs. or 
 with gen., i. 8. 8, 10. 10, ii. 2. 15, 
 4. 1, iii. 3. 7, iv. 2. 15, 4. 1, 7. 23, 
 v. 4. 16, vi. I. 17; sup. with the 
 art., Clearest, Lat. proximus, ii. 2. 
 16, v. 7. 13 ; of time, sup. with 
 the art., last, ii. 2. 11 ; of relation, 
 nigh on to, very nearly, Lat. fere, 
 iv. 2. 28, v. 4. 13 ; with gen., v. 7. 9. 
 
 i'^iipia (f7ep-), iyepQ, TJyeipa or 
 ■^yp6fir]v, iyprjyopa, iyrjyep/xai, riy4p- 
 drjp, rouse; pass, and 2 perf., fee 
 awakened, wake up, lie awake, keep 
 vigil, Lat. uigilo, iv. 6. 22, v. 7. 10. 
 
 I^KaX^w [E. Ka\], call in, claim, 
 of a debt, vii. 7. 33 ; bri7ig a charge 
 against, reproach, blame, of per- 
 sons, with dat. and sometimes a 
 clause with ws or 6ti, vii. 5. 7, 7. 
 44, 47. 
 
 «"YKa\virT« ((caXuTTTw, /caXi/jS-, /ca- 
 \v\j/cj, iKaXvxpa, KeKd\v/J.fiat., e/caXu- 
 ^^Tji', cowj')> couer closely; mid., 
 ujj-ap oneself up, iv. 5. 19. 
 
 €YKei|j.ai [K€inai], Zi'e in, 6e in, 
 iv. 5. 26. 
 
 t'YKtXevo-Tos, 01' [R. K£\], insti- 
 gated, of persons, with i'7r6 and 
 gen., i. 3. 13. 
 
 £7Ke(|>aXos, oi/ [/ce^aXi^], within 
 the head ; as subst., 6 iyKicpaXos (sc. 
 fjLveXds, marrow), the brain; of the 
 palm tree, ifte croton, a cabbage- 
 like growth at the top, edible and 
 of a peculiar flavour, but causing 
 headache, ii. 3. 16. 
 
 €YKpaT^s, ^s [R. 1 Kpa] 
 
 of power, holding fast, master or 
 lord of, with gen., i. 7. 7, v. 4. 15. 
 
 l-ypri-yopeo-av, see iyelpu. 
 
 I^XaXlvow [xaXtyico], put on a 
 bridle; esp. in perf. pa.ss. eyKexa-- 
 Xlvw/x^voi, ready bridled, vii. 2. 21, 
 7.6. ^ 
 
 €'YX*''P***» ^X^'-P'^<^'^i fi'exeip'?<ra 
 [R. x^pji ^^2/ one^s hand on, make 
 an attempt, abs., 
 V. I. 8. 
 
 [R. x«p]i i" Ifi^ 
 hand ; sub.st., t6 
 iyXd-plSiov, dag- 
 ger, dirk, as eas- 
 ily held in the 
 hand, Lat. pu- 
 gio, iv. 3. 12. 
 The iyxeiptSiov 
 was two-edged, 
 and often had 
 an ornamented 
 handle. In the 
 second of the 
 accompanying 
 cuts the handle 
 was faced with 
 plates of wood, 
 united by rivets. 
 €7X«tp'S« (-Xf'P^f'^) X"P'5-, -xet- 
 pi.oOp.aL, etc. [R. x^pji handle), com- 
 mit to the ha)ids of, entrust, Lat. 
 mando, iii. 2. 8. 
 
 XVKa, K^xvpai, ixvOv [root x^, cf. 
 Lat. fundb, pf. fudi, pour, Eng. 
 GUSH, gut], pour), j^our in (sc. 
 olvov), fill a cup, esp. for a liba- 
 tion, iv. 3. 13. 
 
 €7(6, ipov or fjLov, pers. pron. [c/. 
 Lat. ego, Eng. I, Lat. me, Eng. 
 me], /, in the nom.used only when 
 emphatic, i. 3. 3, 10, 6. 8, 7. 7, ii. 
 2. 3, iii. I. 25, iv. 8. 12, v. i. 7, vi. 
 I. 29, vii. 2. 25. 
 
 'iya-^t [e7w + 7^], I for my part, 
 Lat. equidem, i. 4. 8, vi. i. 32. 
 
 cScSoiKccav, see deidw. 
 
 t'Sti, see diw, lack. 
 
 cScicrav, see 5e/5a>. 
 
 IS-qSoKoresi see ejdiu. 
 
 No. 19. 
 
c8pa)Lov-€lXTJxci'V 
 
 64 
 
 €Spa|i,ov, see Tpix<^- 
 
 eSwKa, see didoj/xi. 
 
 ii,i\, ejwv, see fdw. 
 
 kQi\ovr-(]s, ov [e^Aw], volunteer, 
 Lat. uoluiiklrius, in a military 
 sense, iv. i. 2(3, 2. 14; as adj., 01 
 iBeXovral (piXoL, friends of their 
 own free will, i. 6. 9. 
 
 cOeXovo-ios, a, ov [e^eXw], volun- 
 tary, of one's own accord, Lat. 
 sua sponte, iv. 6. 19, vi. 5. 14. 
 
 cOc'Xu or QiKo) (see below), e^e- 
 Xtjo-w, Tjd^XTjTa, rj9e\r}Ka, wish, he 
 willing, be ready, be glad to do 
 anything, desire, volunteer, with 
 the inf., which may be understood, 
 i. 2. 26, 3. 6, 9. 13, 14, ii. 3. 23, iii. 
 I. 25, 4. 41, iv. I. 28, V. 4. 26, vi. 5. 
 
 21, 6. 20, vii. 4. 9 ; with ace. rt, iv. 
 4. 5; with ace. and inf., vi. i. 32 
 (some read <Tvvede\rj<rai); the par- 
 tic, is used as adj., vi. 2. 6. Forms 
 from d^Xu} occur rarely and only 
 in the third pers., ii. i. 14, 6. 18, 
 iii. 2. 16, v. 7. 27, vi. 6. 18; ^^z 
 eeh deXri, God roil ling, vii. 3. 43 ; 
 cf 3. 31. 
 
 e6€To, £Ot]K€, see ridrini. 
 
 €'6vos, ous, TO [c/. Eng. ethnic'], 
 company of men, people, nation, 
 tribe, Lat. ?u7fio, i. 8. 9, iii. i. 2, iv. 
 '5.28; Kara tdvr) OV edvos, according 
 to nations, J>y tribes, i. 8. 9, v. 5. 5. 
 
 cl, conj., (/', Lat. si, used 1) with 
 the indie, in simple conditions, 
 whether present, past, or future, 
 and in conditions contrary to fact, 
 i. 3. 11, 16, ii. 1.4, 5. 17, 41, iii. i. 
 13, 2. 39, 4. 39, iv. I. 11, 8. 11, v. i. 
 10, 4. 6, 6. 34, vi. I. 32, vii. 4. 20, 6. 
 30 ; 2) with the opt. in less vivid 
 fut. or in past general conditions, 
 i. 9. 28, ii. 3. 11, iii. 2. 35, iv. 8. 11, 
 v. I. 11, 6. 4, vii. 7. 30, in indir. 
 disc, i. 2. 2, 4. 7, iv. 6. 1, vi. i. 25 ; 
 
 3) used for on after an expression 
 signifying discontent, iii. 2. 17 ; 
 
 4) after words of questioning or 
 doubting, ichether, ii. i. 15, iii. 2. 
 
 22, iv. I. 8, 25, V. i. 12, vii. 2. 25, 
 3. 37 ; ei ... ^, ichether . . . or, ii. 
 3. 7, V. 6. 28 ; 5) joined with other 
 
 words, ei /cai, although, or Kal ei, 
 even if, iii. 2. 24, vi. 6. 27 ; ei /x-^, 
 if not, iv. 2. 4, after a negative, 
 except, unless, Lat. nisi, i. 4. 18, 5. 
 6, ii. 1.12, iv. 7. 5 ; ei 5e firj, other- 
 wise, ii. 2. 1, iii. 2. 3, vii. i. 8; et 
 TLs and e? Ti, if anybody, whoever, 
 vjhatever, many, some, i. 5. 1, 6. 1, 
 V. 3. 3, vi. 2. 12, vii. 3. 21, 6. 32. 
 
 €i!d, el'dere, see edw. 
 
 EiScvai, clS-fiTC, see olda. 
 
 elSov, 2 aor. (18-), used as aor. 
 of opdij [R. F18], see, behold, look, 
 observe, perceive, remark, abs. or 
 with ace, i. 2. 18, 22, 10. 15, ii. i. 9, 
 iii. I. 11, 4. 24, iv. 2. 7, 3. 12, vi. 5. 
 10, vii. 3. 7 ; with ace. (which may 
 be omitted) and partic, i. 8. 28, 10. 
 10, ii. 3. 18, iii. i. 31, v. 7. 25, 8. 
 15, vi. 6. 17 ; rarely with 6ti and a 
 clause, iii. 2. 23 ; with a rel. clause, 
 iv. 1.20. 
 
 clSos, ovs, TO [R. FiS], look, 
 shape, ii. 3. 16. 
 
 «156t€s, see olda. 
 
 clKd^o) (ei'/caS-), eiKaffu, eiKacra, 
 elLKaatioLL, eUdad-qv [eoiKa], make 
 like; perf. pass., resemble, with 
 dat., v. 3. 12, 4. 12 ; compare and 
 infer something, conjecture, fancy, 
 suppose, like the Yankee guess, 
 Lat. conicio, abs., with inf., or ace. 
 and inf., i. 6. 1, 11, 10. 16, iv. 5. 15, 
 vii. I. 26. 
 
 tlKos, oTos, neut. partic. of eoiKa, 
 q.v., natural, reasonable, likely, 
 probable, with or without eaTl, fol- 
 lowed by inf. or ace. and inf., ii. 2. 
 19, iii. I. 13, 2. 10, iv. 6.9, v. i. 12 ; 
 eiKos Kal diKaLov, Lat. aequiim et 
 iustum, iii. 2. 26 ; eUora X^yeiv, say 
 tchat is reasonable, ii. 3. 6. Phrases: 
 w's eiKos and cJs to eiVo's, as is (or 
 teas) likely, reasonable, natural, 
 iii. I. 21, 4. 24 ; cf vii. 6. 13. 
 
 eilKoo-i, indecl. [ttKoo-i], twenty, 
 Lat. uiginti, i. 2. 5, iii. 4. 7, v. 3. 
 11. 
 
 cIkotws, adv. [€0iKa]. naturally, 
 with good reason, ii. 2. 3, vi. 4. 18. 
 
 £llXi]({>E, €tX'^()>€i., see Xaii^dvu. 
 
 cIXtjxciv, see \a-,xa^a>. 
 
65 
 
 €l\KOV-€tirOV 
 
 «IXkov, see ^Xkoj. 
 
 ii\6\i.j]v, cIXov, see alp^oj. 
 
 ii\i.i (eo--), eaofiai [R. €o-], be, in 
 its widest sense, he in existence, 
 exist, take place, happen, used both 
 as the copula and as the substantive 
 verb, i. i. 4, 4. 4, 10. 15, ii. 2. 8, 21, 
 
 6. 15, iii. I. 9, 5. 7, iv. 2. 1, 3. 8, v. 
 
 4. 25, 6. 9, vi. 2. 2, vii. i. 25, 28, 3. 
 43. The predicate, when a sub- 
 stantive, may be nom., gen., or 
 dat. The gen. is either partitive 
 or possessive, or of measure or 
 material, while the dat. is posses- 
 sive. With the possessive gen. or 
 dat. the verb is translated belong, 
 have, possess, as tQv vlkuvtwv t6 
 dpxeiv ea-rl, to the victors belongs the 
 right to command, ii. i. 4, cf. i. i. 0, 
 ii. I. 11, iii. 2. 39, iv. 3. 4, vii. 3. 19 ; 
 5vofia Se Jjv rrj iroXei MicnrtXa, the 
 city had the name of Mespila, 
 iii. 4. 10, cf. i. 5. 4, ii. 4. 13 ; Xeyiruj 
 tL fCTTai ToTs (TTparidiTais, let him 
 state what the soldiers are to have, 
 ii. I. 10, cf. i. 7. 8, vii. 2. 25; to 
 8eiirvov 9jv Ka6rt/j.^voi.s, they had their 
 dinner sitting, vii. 3. 21. Exam- 
 ples of otlier gens, and dats. will 
 be found in i. 2. 3, 4. 9, ii. 6. 20, 26, 
 iii. 4. 7, 10, iv. 6. 14, vL. 2. 3. Joined 
 with a partic. a perii^hrastic ex- 
 pression is formed, as ^j/ 5vvap.ivri 
 for idvvaTo, ii. 2. 13, cf. v. 2. 23, 3. 
 
 8, vii. 6. 36. Used impers., eo-rt, it is 
 possible, one can, with inf., i. 4. 4, 
 ii. 3. 15, iii. 2. 13, iv. 7. 2, v. 6. 10, 
 vi. 3. 17. In conjunction with rel- 
 ative words, as eVrt 5' Scrrts, some- 
 body, i. 8. 20 ; effTiv 6 n ere ijSlK-qaa, 
 have I done yoii any wrong? i. 6. 
 
 7, cf. V. 7. 6 ; Tjv dk Tuv (TTadjxwv 
 ovs fj.aKpo{>s ijXavvev, some of the 
 marches he made were long, i. 5. 
 7, cf. ii. 5. 18; ecmv o'i and rjcrap 
 o'i, some, V. 2. 14, vi. 2. 6 ; fcrd' 
 Sre and ^v oirdre, sometimes, ii. 6. 
 
 9, iv. 2. 27; ovk ecrnv ottws ovk Ittl- 
 dri<r€Tai rjfuv, it is impossible that 
 he will not attack us, ii. 4. 3, cf. v. 
 7. 7 ; OVK 9jv oTTov 01), everyiohere, iv. 
 
 5. 31, cf. vi. 2. 4. Other phrases: 
 
 Tb vvv eivai, for the present, iii. 2. 
 37 ; TO. 6vTa, facts, possessions, iv. 
 4. 15, vii. 8. 22 ; rtp 6vti, in fact, v. 
 4. 20 ; rb Kara tovtov eivai, as far 
 as this fellow is concerned, i. 6. 9. 
 
 il\t.i (i-), impf. ■^eiv or ^a [root i, 
 c/". Lat. eo, Ire, go'], go (but the 
 pres. ind. always has a tut. sense, 
 and so sometimes the inf. and par- 
 tic, when in indir. disc, i. 3. 1, 6, 
 4. 12, ii. 2. 3, 6. 10), come, proceed, 
 march, abs., or with the preps, 
 ets, iirl, Trapd, and Trpos, i. 2. 11, 
 
 4. 8, ii. I. 8, 5. 27, iii. i. 22, 42, 
 2. 16, iv. 2. 1, 4. 14, V. I. 8, 7. 19, 
 vi. I. 11, vii. 2. 17; for phrases 
 with 8id, iii. 2. 8, see 5td ; imv. idi, 
 come noio, Lat. rt(/e, vii. 2. 26, 7. 
 27. Phrase : els x^^P"-^ i^vai, come 
 to close quarters, Lat. pugna in 
 manus uenit, iv. 7. 15. Verbal 
 hiov, q.v. 
 
 cliras, eiliraTt, see elirov. 
 
 d-mp [el], if in fact, if really, 
 sometimes strengthened by 7^, i. 7. 
 9, ii. 4. 7, iv. 6. 16, vii. 3. 37, 6. 16 ; 
 with causal force, inasmuch as, vi. 
 I. 26. 
 
 eiireTO, see 'iiroixai. 
 
 elirov, 2 aor. (of the 1 aor. are 
 ind. elTTttf, ii. 5. 23, v. 8. 10, and 
 imv. etVare, ii. i. 21) [root Feir, cf 
 Lat. ^loco, call, udx, voice], say, 
 speak, talk, tell, allege, relate, often 
 of speeches in an assembly and of 
 messages through an interpreter or 
 other person, abs. or with ace, i. 3. 
 7, 14, 8. 15, ii. 1 . 4, 5. 24, iii. i. 38, 45, 
 iv. 3. 10, V. 1.8, 6. 27, vi. i. 30, vii. 
 3. 25, 39 ; witli a clause in dir. disc, 
 with or without 6ti, i. 4. 8, 16, ii. 
 
 1. 21, iii. 1.45, iv. 6. 10, v. 4. 10, 
 vi. I. 32, vii. 3. 39; with a clause 
 in indir. disc, with on or w'?, i. 6. 2, 
 9. 13, ii. I. 21, iii. i. 9, iv. 4. 5, v. 
 
 5. 24, vi. I. 30, vii. 6. 16; with a 
 rel. or interr. clause, ii. i. 15, 21, 
 
 2. 2, 10, V. 8. 2 ; with dat. of pers., 
 either alone or with ace. or a clause, 
 i. 6. 2, ii. I. 15, 2. 2, iv. 5. 8, v. 6. 
 16, 19, 7. 14, vii. I. 31, 3. 7; with 
 ace. and els with ace, v. 6. 37 ; 
 
tilp-yto-eto-poXTJ 
 
 66 
 
 with wepi and gen., iK i. 21 ; with I 
 advs., as oTSe, outwj, eu, ii. 3. 24, vi. j 
 I. 30, vii. 2. 32. Often the word I 
 may be rendered 7'eply, retort, 
 when irp6s with ace. of the thing, 
 with or without dat. of pens., i.s j 
 used, i. 6. 9, ii. i. 11, vi. 6. 28. I 
 With inf., or ace. and inf., the 
 word means command, order, move [ 
 (in an assembly), propose, i. 3. 14, ! 
 ii. 3. 2, iv. 5. 4. j 
 
 tl'p-yw (etp7")> f'P^'^i f'Ps«5 elpyiJ.3.L, 
 dpxdy]v, shut out, kei'p off, Lat. ex- , 
 cludo, with eK or d7r6 and gen. of j 
 thing, vi. 3. 8, 6. 16 (fut. mid. as j 
 pass.) ; prevent, hinder, Lat. pro- 
 hibed, with wo-re /ii? and inf., iii. 3. 
 16 ; shut in, hem in, Lat. incJudo j 
 (in this sense usually written with 
 rough breathing, but not so in edd. \ 
 of Anab.), iii. i. 12. 
 
 €l'pT]Ka, €£pi](iai,, see ei'pcu. 
 
 clp'^vT), i;s [R. 1. F«p], agreement, 
 result of an agreement, i.e. p)eace, 
 Lat. pax, ii. 6. 2, iii. i. 37, v. 7. 27, 
 vii. 7. 33. 
 
 «tpr]To, see upu. 
 
 tilpM (ep-), pres. only in Epic, the 
 Attic forms being fut. ipQi, pf. eipr)- 
 Ka, etprjfjLai, aor. epp-qd-qv [R. 1 F«p]i 
 sa(/, mention, tell, with ace. or a 
 clause in indir. disc, with ws or Srt, 
 i. 2. 5, 3. 5, ii. 5. 2, 12, iii. 2. 33, v. 
 
 I. 5, vi. 3. 1 ; tell, order, in pass, 
 with dat. of pers. and inf., iii. 4. 3, 
 4. Phrase: rd elprjp.iva, V'hat has 
 been said, the foregoing, v. 5. 24, 
 7.11. 
 
 €ls, prep, with ace. [Iv], in, into, 
 to, used of place after verbs of 
 motion, i. 2. 20, 22, 3. 14 ; often 
 with a personal object, among, 
 against, into the country of, i. i. 
 
 II, iv. 5. 18, 7. 1, V. 3. 6; cf. v. 6. 
 27, 28, 37 ; with verbs of rest, but 
 implying previous motion, where 
 Eng. uses in, i. i. 3, 2. 2, 3, ii. 5. 
 33, vii. I. 11, 4. 6 ; of time, up to, 
 during, in, at, i. 7. 1, ii. 3. 25, iii. i. 
 3, iv. I. 15, V. 3. 10, vii. i. 35; ets 
 rijv vuKTo. viro\v€(Tdai, take off one''s 
 shoes for the night, iv. 5. 13; of 
 
 measure and limit, with numerals, 
 up to, at most, to the number of, 
 i. 2. 3, 8. 5, ii. 2. 7, iv. 8. 15, v. 2. 
 4 ; els rpls, even to three times, vi. 
 4. 16, 19 ; ei's 5ijo, tioo abreast, ii. 4. 
 26 ; eh oktu, eight deep, vii. i. 23 ; 
 of the end, object, object of refer- 
 ence. Mi regard to, for, in respect 
 to, with verbs or adjectives, i. i . 9, 
 10, 2. 27, 8. 1, 9. 14, 23, ii. 3. 23, 6. 
 6, 30, iii. 3. 19, vi. 5. 14. Phrases : 
 ets Ka\6v rJKeiv, come in the nick of 
 time, iv. 7. 3; els irXdyiov, obliquely, 
 i. 8. 10; ets dcf>6ovlav, in abundance, 
 vii. I. 33. In composition ets sig- 
 nifies into, on, in. 
 
 As, p-ia, '^v, gen. ev6s, nids, ii>6s, 
 numeral adj., one, Lat. unus, i. 2. 
 6, ii. I. 7, iii. i. 10, iv. i. 20, v. 2. 
 3, vi. 3. 16, vii. 2. 29 ; as pron. 
 stronger than rts, i. 3. 14, but 
 sometimes modified by it, ii. i . 19, 
 vi. 6. 20 ; ets 'iKacrros, each indi- 
 vidual, Lat. unusquisque, vi. 6. 12 ; 
 iva p.i}, not a single man, stronger 
 than p.7]diva, v. 6. 12. Phrase: dQpa 
 wXeTffTa ets ye uv dvqp e\dp.pa.ve, he 
 received, for one man, the very 
 greatest number of presents, i.e. he 
 received more than any other indi- 
 vidual, Lat. unus omnium max- 
 ime, i. 9. 22, cf. 12. 
 
 (ia-a.y<o [R. a-y], lead into or in, 
 with ets and ace. of place or 7rp6s 
 and ace. of pers., i. 6. 11, vii. 3. 27, 
 5.9; in theatrical sense, b7'ing on, 
 Lat. indued, vi. i. 12. 
 
 cl(raKovT(^(i> [R. aKJ, throw in a 
 javelin, vii. 4. 15. 
 
 eL(r|3a(vw [R. Pa], go on board, 
 embark, with ets ttXoiov, v. 7. 15. 
 
 elo-pdWw [pdXXw], throio into; 
 intr., throw oneself into, invade, 
 with ets and ace. of place, i, 2. 21, 
 V. 4. 10 ; of rivers, empty, i. 7. 15. 
 
 £l<rpipd?« ((3t(3dftj,i3t/3a5-,-/3ti3d(r(o 
 or /3t/icD, -efH^acra [R. Pa], make 
 go), make go on, of persons, ptit on 
 board, embark, Lat. impond, v. 3. 1. 
 
 clo-poXri, ^s [pdWw], inroad, in- 
 vasion, v. 6. 7 ; place of entrance, 
 pass. i. 2. 21. 
 
67 
 
 €tcr8uo(xai-€KaT6» 
 
 el(rSvo)i,ai, [56w], go down into, 
 sink into, with eh and ace, iv. 5. 
 14. 
 
 €i!(rci)i,i [ei/it], (JO in, enter, of 
 places, abs. or with eh and ace, 
 vii. I. 15, 39, 2. 30; of persons, 
 into the presence of, with irapd and 
 ace, i. 7. 8 ; of tlioughts, occur to, 
 with ace. of pers. and Hiruis &v with 
 subjv., vi. I. 17. 
 
 elo-cXavvd) [eXa^i'w], drive into; 
 intr., march into, i. 2. 26. 
 
 clo-^pXoiJiai [epxoiJ.a.i.'], come in, 
 enter, abs. or with eh, ewl, or 7rp6s 
 and ace, i. 2. 21, iv. 7. 4, v. 5. 20, 
 vli. I. 38, 3. 21 ; of an actor's en- 
 trance, vi. I. 9. 
 
 (ia-irai, see ol8a. 
 
 cl'o-oSos, 7) [686s], ivay into, en- 
 trance, of a house, ravine, or 
 stronghold, sonaetimes with eh and 
 ace, iv. 2. 3, 5. 25, vi. 5. 1. 
 
 cto"irT]Sdci) (irr]5doj, Trrjdi^a-OfJLai, 
 iirriSijcra, -veir'qSrjKa [K. ireS], leap), 
 spring into, with eh and ace, i. 
 5.8. ^ 
 
 clo-iriirTO) [R. 'ir«T], tumble in, 
 rush in or into, abs. or witli^e/s 
 and ace, i. 10. 1, vii. i. 17, 19. 
 
 elo-irXtw [K. irXeF], sail into; eh 
 rbv WbvTov eljirX^ovTi, as one enters 
 the Pontus, vi. 4. 1. 
 
 elo-TTiKei, see iffTrifii. 
 
 6l<rTp€X.M [rp^x'^]? '■"'* ^'"1 TUsh 
 in, abs., iv. 7. 12, v. 2. 16. 
 
 il<r^ipo> [II. <|>ep], carry into or 
 in, vii. 3. 21. 
 
 €to-<t>op€o> [R. <j>€p], bring or carry 
 into, with eh and ace, iv. 6. 1. 
 
 £l'<r«, adv. [ev], inside, within, 
 inside of, inwards, Lat. intus and 
 intra, with verbs of rest or of mo- 
 tion, sometimes with gen. or eh 
 and ace, i. 2. 21, 6. 5, ii. 4. 12, iii. 
 3. 7, v. 2. 18, 7. 7, vi. 2. 8, vii. i. 
 18. 
 
 cIo-mO^m [cJ^^w], thrust in; mid., 
 /orce one's loa.v in, v. 2. 18. 
 
 tlra, adv., of time, then, there- 
 upon, afterwards, thereafter, i. 5. 
 10, 12, vii. 8. 7 ; wpQiTov fxiv . . . elra 
 5^, i. 2. 16, 3. 2, c/. 6. 10, ii. 4. 22 ; 
 
 with a partie, which may be trans- 
 lated as a finite verb, i. 2. 25, iv. 7. 
 13. 
 
 tin, disjunctive conj. [el + ri], 
 doubled, whether . . . or, if . . . or, 
 Lat. slue . . . slue, ii. 1. 14, iii. i, 40, 
 
 2. 7, vi. 6. 20 ; in indir. questions, 
 iv. 6. 8, vii. 7. 18. 
 
 fl\(, see ex'^' 
 
 tiuQa, 2 pf. as pres., elddeiv, 2 
 plpf. as impf., of Epic edu, be ac- 
 customed [(•/. edos, rd, custom, ^dos, 
 t6, custom, character, Eng. ethic], 
 be accustomed, be used, with inf., 
 vii. 8. 4. 
 
 dwv, see edui. 
 
 Ik, see i^. 
 
 €Ka<rTax6o-€, adv. [^Kaa-To^'], in 
 every direction, all round, iii. 5. 
 17. 
 
 €Kao-Tos, 7], ov [superlative form, 
 cf. eKo.Tepos'], each, each one, every, 
 every one, used of more than two, 
 Lat. quisque, i. i. 6, 7. 7, iii. i. 
 
 3. iv. 3. 29, 7. 10, V. 2. 16, vi. 4. 
 9, vii. 2. 17 ; when used with a 
 subst. it is generally in the pred. 
 position, i. 8. 9, iv. 8. 12, 15, vi. 3. 
 2, vii. 4. 14 ; the sing, is often used 
 in appos. to a pi., i. 7. 15, iv. 2. 12, 
 vi. 6. 12. 
 
 €Kd<rTOT€, adv. [^Kacrros], every 
 time, always, ii. 4. 10. 
 
 €KdT£pos, a, ov [comparative 
 form, cf. ?Ka(7Tos], each of two, Lat. 
 uterque, when used with a subst. 
 it is in the pred. position, i. 8. 27, 
 vi. I. 9, vii. I. 23; pi., both, both 
 parties, Lat. utrlque, iii. 2. 36, v. 
 5.25. Phrase: t^s 68ov Kad' e/cd- 
 repa, on both sides of the road, v. 
 6.7. 
 
 lKaT£p(o6€v, adv. [e/cdreposj, /ro»H 
 both directions, on both sides, Lat. 
 utrimque, i. 8. 13, 22, vi. 4. 3, 5. 
 25. 
 
 eKaT€p(0(r£, adv. [^eK6.Tepof\, in 
 both directions or toays, Lat. in 
 utramque partem, i. 8. 14. 
 
 cKaT6v, indecl. [lKaT6v], one 
 hundred, Lat. centum, i. 2. 25, ii. 
 
 4. 12, iii. I. 33, vi. 2. 3. 
 
'EKaTww(ios-€KK\i]<rid5'< 
 
 68 
 
 'EKaTww[xos, 6, Hecatonyrmis, a 
 Sinopean envoy, v. 5. 7, 24, 6. 3. 
 
 €KPa£v« [R. Pa], step out, esp. 
 from a boat, disembark, Lat. egre- 
 dior, V. 4. 11 ; go forth, march out, 
 esp. from lower to higher ground, 
 abs. or with irp6s, iwl, oriels and 
 ace, iv. 2. 1, 3, 3. 3, 23, vi. 3. 20. 
 
 ckPolXXu [pdWw], throw away, 
 Lat. eicio, ii. i. 6 ; cast out, expel, 
 banish, drive out, sometimes with 
 iK and gen., 1. i. 7, 2. 1 ; pass., e/c- 
 ^a\\6fiei>0L eis tovs TroXefiiovs, thrust 
 out among or abandoned to the foe, 
 vii. I. 16 ; iK Trj% <f>iXids e/c^dX\e- 
 a-dai, be deprived of one''s favour, 
 vii. 5. 6. 
 
 cKPao-is, ews, 17 [R. Pa], a going 
 out, esp. place of going out, out- 
 let, pass, of mountains or ravines, 
 sometimes with eis and ace, iv. i. 
 20, 2. 1, 3. 20 ; •^ Tov TTOTaixov-dvii) 
 fK^aa-is, the up-country road from 
 the river, iv. 3. 21. 
 
 'EKpdrava, rd [old Pers. Hag- 
 matcinal, Ecbatana, an ancient 
 city and capital of Media, about 
 12 stadia from Mt. Orontes. It 
 was greatly improved by the- Per- 
 sians and became the summer resi- 
 dence of the king, ii. 4. 25, iii. 5. 
 15. The city and palace were 
 famous in antiquity for their mag- 
 nificence. Only insignificant ruins 
 remain, near the modern Hamadfin. 
 
 €Kpori9€w [R. PoF+^^w], come 
 out to the rescue, with iK and gen., 
 vii. 8. 15. 
 
 €K-yovos, Of [R. -ytv], born of, de- 
 scended from; subst., ol iKfovoi, 
 descendants, iii. 2. 14 ; of animals, 
 rd fKyova, the young, iv. 5. 25. 
 
 CKSe'pb) (5^pw, depQ, tSetpa, 8i8ap- 
 ixai, iddpyjv [R. Sap], jfay), strip 
 off the skin, flay, with ace. of pers., 
 i. 2. 8. 
 
 ckSCSwixi, [R. 80], give away or 
 up, deliver up, Lat. dedb, vi. 6. 10, 
 18 ; give away from one's liouse, 
 of marrying off a daughter, Lat. 
 nUptum do, in pass, with irapd and 
 dat., iv. I. 24. 
 
 IkSvci) [5irw], put off, strip off; 
 mid. and 2 aor, act., stnp oneself, 
 iv. 3. 12. 
 
 £K€i, adv., there, in thit place, 
 with verbs of rest, i. 3. 20, 8. 12, 
 vi. 3. 10, vii. 2. 15 ; with verbs of 
 motion, thither, iii. i, 46, v. 6. 26. 
 
 IkciOcv, adv. [e/ceZ], thence, from 
 there, Lat. illinc, v. 6. 24. 
 
 £K€ivoSi Vi 0, dem. pron. [e/cet], 
 (hat, that man there, Lat. ille, used 
 prop, of a person or thing remote 
 in thought or actual distance from 
 the speaker or subject in hand, 
 but sometimes refers to one near 
 at hand or lately mentioned, and 
 j even to the subject itself ; in agree- 
 j ment with a subst. it has the 
 I pred. position ; it is often used as 
 i a strong form of the pers. pron., 
 I he, she, it; i. i. 4, 2. 7, 15, 3. 1, 18, 
 ii. 5.38, 6.8, 14, 19, iii. i. 29, 2.5, 
 ! iv. 3. 20, V. 6. 31, vii. 3. 4. Phrase : 
 1 iK Tov iir iKfiva, see iiriKeiva. 
 
 €K€io-€, adv. [e/cet], to that place, 
 I thither. Lat. illuc, vi. i. 33, 6. 36. 
 €KeKTi]o-o, see KTdo/j.ai. 
 €ipr|p{i|€, eKiipvxOil, see KriptrTio. 
 
 €Ke\fp(i» (extiiw, e\t^-, ^Xifw, 
 
 edXl^l/a, i6\i(t>dT)v, press), squeeze 
 out, crowd out, of soldiers crowded 
 out of their ranks, iii. 4. 19, 20. 
 
 cKKaOaipu iKaOalpu)'], cleanse 
 thoroughly, of shields, burnish, i. 
 2. 16, an inferior reading for the 
 following word. 
 
 tKKoAvirTw (^KaXvTTTw, koXv^-, Ka- 
 \v\p(i), iKd\v\pa, K{Kd\v/j.fj.ai., eKoKv- 
 4>dy)v, cover), uncover, said of 
 shields, when carried without the 
 usual leathern case (<rdyfj.a), i. 2. 
 16. 
 
 ckkXyio-Co, as [R. KaX], assem- 
 bly, the regular word for town 
 meeting, the people being called 
 out by proclamation of the herald ; 
 in Anab. meeting or assembly of 
 soldiers, with awdyeLv or Trotei;', i. 
 3- 2, 4. 12., 
 
 lKKX't](ridt(i>> iKK\T](Tid(7(i}, i^€K\rj- 
 fflaffa or r}KK\-i)(rlaaa [R. KaX], hold 
 an assembly, abs.. v. 6. 37. 
 
69 
 
 €KKXi 
 
 va>-€KTaTTa) 
 
 €KK\tv(o (^kXii/oj, kXiv; /cXtvcD, f/fXt^'a, 
 K^KXifxai, iK\i6T]v or -€K\lvr]v [_rf. diro- 
 fcXtrw], bend), of soldiers, bend out 
 of line of battle, give ground, Lat. 
 incl'mo, abs., i. 8. 19. 
 
 cKKO[t,(t«> [xofil^u'], carry out, 
 draw out, as wagons from the mud, 
 i. 5. 8 ; bring off, lead off, of sol- 
 diers, vi. 6. 30 ; mid., carry off for 
 one's own use, v. 2. 19. 
 
 eKKoiTTw [/coTTTw], cut aioatj from 
 what surrounds, of trees from a 
 wood, or of an entire wood, where 
 we say cut down {cf. iKirlirTu), i. 4. 
 10, ii. 3. 10. 
 
 {KKvPicrrdco (^kv^kttohxj, -eKv^L- 
 (TTTjcra [kvittw, stoo}^'], tremble head 
 foremost), turn heels over head, 
 throw! a somersaidt, of a dancer, 
 vi. I. 9. 
 
 lKKV|ia(v<i> (Kv/j-aivw, Kv/xav- [/cO/ua, 
 billow, cf. Lat. cumuhis, heap,pile'], 
 surge), billow out, surge forward, 
 of part of a line of battle, "i. 8. 18. 
 
 iKkiym (-\4yw, -eXe^a, -eiXoxa, 
 -€L\€yixai,-e\iy7jv [R. Xfy], gather), 
 pick out, Lat. deligo, iii. 3. 19 ; 
 mid., select for oneself, choose, ii. 
 
 3. 11, V. 6. -20. 
 
 iKkdiToi [Xeiirco], leave out, aban- 
 don, of cities, houses, etc., with 
 ace, which may be understood, iii. 
 
 4. 8, iv. I. 8, vii. 4. 2; Tr]v iroXiv 
 eKXiweiv eis xwptoi' oxvpov iirl to. 6pr], 
 leave the city and flee to a fortress 
 in the mountains, i. 2. 24 ; intr., 
 give out, of snow, melt away, iv. 5. 
 15. 
 
 €K[i,T]pvop,ai (fiTipvofiai, ifiripma- 
 p.-qv, draw, intr., wind), intr., wind 
 out, of an army, defile, vi. 5. 22. 
 
 tKTTi\nro> [irifiirus'], send off or 
 away, abs., iii. 2. 24 ; mid., send 
 from oneself, let go, dismiss, v. 2. 21. 
 
 iKire-irXTiYtitvos, tKircirXiixOai, see 
 iKwXriTTOj. 
 
 €Kir€pa£vw [R. irep], bring to^^ an 
 end, fulfil, accomplish, with wore 
 and inf., v. i. 13. 
 
 £Kiri]8d(>> (7rr;5dw, ■wr}5-q<Top.aL, eirij- 
 57;(Ta, -TreTTTjdriKa [R. irtS], leap), 
 spring out, vii. 4. 16. 
 
 tKiri|iirXTijii [K. irXa], lill up, iii. 
 4. 22. 
 
 €Kiriv« [R. iro], drink off or up, 
 i. 9. 25. 
 
 tKirtiTTw [R. ir£T], fall out, of 
 trees from their place in a wood, 
 where we say fall dovm (cf. iK- 
 KOTTTw), ii. 3. 10 ; from one's house 
 or country, be driven out, be exiled, 
 with gen. or e/c and gen., v. 2. 1, 
 vii. 2. 32 ; oi iKirewTCJKores, the ex- 
 iles, Lat. exsides, i. i. 7; ex ttj$ 
 65ou eKirl-KTeiv, drop out of the road, 
 V. 2. 31 ; used also abs., esp. of 
 voyagers, be shipiorecked, vi. 4. 2, 
 vii. 5. 12, and of hasty movement, 
 tumble out, hurry out, v. 2. 17, 18. 
 
 tKirXa-yeCs, see fKirXrjTTu. 
 
 iKirXe'w [R. irXcF], s«(7 0/ or 
 au-ai/, ii. 6. 2, iii. i. 8, v. 6. 21, vi. 4. 
 8, vi'i. 6. 1. 
 
 cKirXcwS) i^v, gen. w [R. irXa], 
 filled up, complete, fidl, of a square 
 of men, and also of pay, iii. 4. 22, 
 vii. 5. 9. 
 
 tKirXifJTTW, aor. pass. e|e7rXd777i/ 
 [ttXtjttw], strike out of, esp. out 
 of one's senses, amaze; pass., be 
 astounded, sin-prised, frightened 
 out of one's wits, sometimes with 
 dat. of cause or eirl and dat., i. 5. 
 13, 8.20, ii. 2. 18, V. 6. 30, vi. i. 12, 
 vii. 6. 42. 
 
 cKiroSwv, adv. [R. ir«8], out of 
 one's way, of removing an obsta- 
 cle, ii. 5. 29 ; eKiroduv iromudai with 
 ace, pid one otd of the vjay, i. 6. 9. 
 
 EKirop€vo)i,ai. [R. ir€p], go out, 
 march forth, v. i. 8, 6. 33, vi. 6. 
 37. 
 
 cKiropC^w [R. ir€p], bring to light, 
 provide, supply, v. 6. 19, vi. 2. 4. 
 
 cKircofjLa, aros, to [R. iro], drink- 
 ing cup, goblet, iv. 3. 25, 4. 21, vii. 
 
 3- 18- 
 
 €KTaO€is> see iKTdvW. 
 
 €KTaios, a, ov [€^], on the sixth 
 day, vi. 6. 38. 
 
 €KTdTT« [R. TttK], draw out in 
 line of battle ; mid., form line of 
 battle, Lat. explico aciem, v. 4. 12, 
 vii. I. 24. 
 
€KT£CvW-€\«iv 
 
 70 
 
 €KTeivw [reivw], stretch OUt, 
 stretch, of legs, v. 8. 14 ; pass., of 
 a man asleep, stretched at full 
 length, v. i. 2. 
 
 €KTo|£vw [R. TaK], shoot arrows 
 from a place, vii. 8. 14. 
 
 £kt6s, adv. [e|], outside of, with 
 gen., ii. 3. 3. 
 
 ^KTos, 77, ov [?|], sixth, Lat. sex- 
 tiis, vi. 2. 12. 
 
 €KTp€irw [rp^TTw], iwrra o?6^, di- 
 vert ; pass, and 2 aor. mid. intrans., 
 iztrft aside or owi 0/ ifte way, iv. 5. 
 15. 
 
 eKTp€4>w [rp^i^w], 6riH(7 ?«p, rear, 
 of a child, Lat. enutrio, vii. 2. 32. 
 
 €KTp^X" [■'■p^X'^]) '*'fs'i' oiit, esp. 
 to attack, »rta^•e a sally, v. 2. 17, 4. 
 16. 
 
 €KT«vTo, see KTaoixai. 
 
 (K^aivbi [R. <j>a], ferm^ to light; 
 phrase : iroXe/xov iKcpalveiv, open hos- 
 tilities, with irpos and ace, iii. 1. 16. 
 
 €K4>cpw [R. ^ep], carry orit a per- 
 son as dead, Lat. efferd, vi. 1.6; 
 bring to accomplishment, in the 
 phrase intpipeiv iroXefiov irpos riva, 
 open hostilities against one, Lat. 
 bellum inferre alicui, in. 2. 29 ; 
 carry forth to people, announce, 
 report, sometimes with eh and ace, 
 i. 9. 11, v. 6. 17, 29. 
 
 ck4>ev7w [R. <J)vy], flee out of, es- 
 cape, abs., with wpos, or with fj.ri 
 and inf., i. 3. 2, 10. 3, vii. 4. 6. 
 
 €Kwv, oOo-a, 6v, loilling, of one''s 
 own choice, in pred. position when 
 with art., and then generally best 
 translated as adv., willingly, vol- 
 untarily, i. I. 9, ii. 4. 4, iii. 2. 26, 
 V. I. 14, vii. I. 16. 
 
 cXa^ov, see Xa/x/Sdvoj. 
 
 «\dd or cXaid, ds [c/. Eng. olive'], 
 olive tree, Lat. ol'iua, vi. 4. 6 ; the 
 fruit of the tree, olive, vii. i. 37. 
 
 cXaiov, t6 [c/. eXdd, Eng. o/7], 
 o?rae oil, oil, Lat. oleum, olluom, 
 used especially after the bath, iv. 
 4. 13, v. 4. 28, vi. 6. 1. 
 
 ^XaTTwv, Of, gen. ovos [Aaxi^s, 
 smart, little, root Xaxi c/. Lat. leuis, 
 light, Eng. light, long], used as 
 
 comp. of ixiKpds, of size, number, 
 or amount, smaller, less, fewer, ii. 
 
 4. 13, iv. 2. 3, vi. 2. 5, Vii. 2. 6. 
 Phrase : eXarrdv icrri with inf., it 
 is easier, vii. 7. 35. 
 
 eXavvu (eXa-), eXw or i\a<rio, 
 TjXacra, ^XTjXa/ca, ^XiyXo/xat, 7)\ddrii/ 
 [cf Eng. elastic], drive, set in mo- 
 tion, of animals and men, iv. 7. 24, 
 V. 8. 6, 15, vi. I. 8, vii. 7. 55 ; but 
 the obj. is generally omitted and 
 the word used intrans., ride a horse, 
 drive in a chariot, abs., with els or 
 irp6$ and ace, or did and gen., i. 5. 
 15, ii. 5. 32, iii. 4. 4, iv. 8. 28, vi. 5. 
 13, vii. 3. 42, 44 ; in the phrase 
 eXa^ivcov idpovvri, rifi iinrifi, i. 8. 1, 
 the original obj. becomes dat. ; in 
 (to. dpfiara) eXQvTO. eis ras rd^eis, 
 i. 8. 10, it becomes subj. ; with 
 (TTpdrevixa. omitted, march, abs., 
 with cognate ace, with ace of 
 space, or eh or iwl and ace, i. 2. 23, 
 
 5. 7, ^13, 7. 12, 8. 24. 
 
 £Xd4>ci'0s, ov [eXa0os], of or he- 
 longing to deer ; Kpia. i\d(peia, veni- 
 son, i. 5. 2. 
 
 €Xa<}>os, 6, 71, deer, stag, hind, 
 Lat. ceruus, v. 3. 10, 7. 24. 
 
 €Xa<|>p6si d, dv, light in weight or 
 motion ; esp. of light-armed sol- 
 diers, who were active, nimble, 
 Lat. expeditus, iii. 3. 6, iv. 2. 27. 
 
 €Xa<{>pwSi adv. [i\a(pp6s], lightly, 
 nimbly, swiftly, vi. i. 12, vii. 3. 33. 
 
 €XdxKj-TOS) Vi ov [c/. eXaTTiav], 
 used as sup. of fxiKphs, of number, 
 distance, and space, fewest, least, 
 shortest, loivest, iii. 2. 28, iv. 6. 10, 
 vi. 3. 16, 4. 3 ; used adv., roi^Xdxt- 
 (7T0V, at the least, v. 7. 8. 
 
 €X«7X**> f^^7l<^i V^ey^o-i eXijXeY- 
 fiai, r)\^yxOvv, investigate, examine, 
 cross-question, with an interr. 
 clause, iii. 5. 14, iv. i. 23; convict, 
 confute, in pass, with a partic, ii. 
 5. 27. 
 
 cXfeivds, 17, 6v [eXeoy, 6, pity, cf. 
 Eng. alms, eleemosynary], finding 
 or moving pity, piteous, Lat. miser, 
 iv. 4. 11. 
 
 ikiiv, see aipiw. 
 
71 
 
 eXeXCJ""*^'"^''? 
 
 cXc\(^w, riX^Xi^a [AeXeO, a war 
 cry], cry AeXeO, raise the war-cry, 
 always with t(J3 'EvvaXiiii, i. 8. 18, 
 V. 2. 14. This cry followed the 
 singing of the paean and the sound 
 of the trumpet, and was raised 
 during the charge. 
 
 IXco-Oai, see aip^w. 
 
 cXevOcpCd, as [eXevdepos'], liberty, 
 freedom, Lat. Ubertds, i. 7. 3, iii. 2. 
 13, vii. 7. 32. 
 
 cXevOcpos, a, 01/, free, indepen- 
 dent, of persons or nations, Lat. 
 fiber, ii. 5. 32, iv. 3. 4, vii. 4. 24, 
 7. 29. 
 
 €X«x6'no"av, see Xi-yia. 
 
 €X'/j4>6't]v, see Xafx^dvw. 
 
 iXQtiv, see fpxofiai. 
 
 '^Xkco, ?\^w, etX/ci/cra, e'iXKVKa, e'iX- 
 Kva-fiai, elXKv<Td-r)v, drag, draw, puU 
 up, of persons and of the bow- 
 string, iv. 2. 28, 5. 32, V. 2. 15. 
 
 •EXXds, dSos, 7} [cf."EXXr,v^, Hel- 
 las, in Homer a city in Phthidtis 
 in Thessaly, said to have been 
 founded by Hellen, also the dis- 
 trict in its neighbourhood, and 
 even the whole tract between the 
 EnTpeus and the As5pus ; later it 
 denoted the mainland of Greece as 
 distinguished from Peloponnesus ; 
 in the historical period, it included 
 the whole Greek world, Lat. Grae- 
 cia, i. 2. 9, ii. i. 17, iii. i. 2, iv. 8. 6, 
 V. 4. 5, vi. I. 17, vii. i. 30. 
 
 'EXXds, aSos, -7, Hellas, the wife 
 of Gongylus, hostess of Xenophou 
 in Mysia, vii. 8. 8. 
 
 "EXXtiv, -qvos, 6 [c/. Eng. Hel- 
 lenic], an inhabitant of Greece, a 
 Greek, Lat. Graecus. According 
 to the myth Hellen was the son 
 of Deucalion and chieftain of the 
 tribe from which the Greeks were 
 descended. In the Anab. the word 
 generally is applied to the Greek 
 soldiers in the army of Cyrus, be- 
 ing sometimes used as an adj., i. i. 
 2, 10. 7, ii. I. 7, iii. i. 30, iv. 2. 28, 
 V. 4. 16, vi. 3. 7, vii. 6. 36. 
 
 IXXifvCtco (eXXr]i>i8-), aor. pass. 
 rjXXrjda-drjv [ EXXijr/], speak Greek, 
 
 talk in Greek, Lat. Graece loquor, 
 vii. 3. 25. 
 
 •EXXtivikos, ^, 6p ["EXXt;^], Hel- 
 lenic, Greek, Lat. Graecus, i. 1.6, 
 iii. 4. 45, iv. 8. 7, v. 4. 34, vi. 3. 10, 
 vii. 3. 41 ; TO "E.XXhvlk6v, the Greek 
 army, i. 2. 1, iii. 4. 34, iv. i. 10. 
 
 IXXt)vi.kws, adv. ['EXXT7J'tK:6s], in 
 the Hellenic language, in Greek, 
 Lat. Graece, i. 8. 1. 
 
 'EXXt)vis, ^5os, t) ["EXXr;c], Greek, 
 Grecian, fem adj. used with 717 
 and wbXis, iv. 8. 22, v. 5. 16, vi. 6. 
 12, vii. I. 29. 
 
 IXXtivio-tC, adv. [eXXTjcifw], in the 
 language of Hellas, in Greek, vii. 
 6.8. 
 
 'EXXtjo-itovtiokos, r], 6v ['EXXij- 
 awovTos], Hellespontine, of cities, 
 lying on the Hellespont, i. i. 9. 
 
 'EXXiicnrovTOS, ["EXX77-I- 7r6f- 
 Tos], the Hellespont, i.e. Helle''s 
 sea, named, according to the myth, 
 from Helle, who was drowned in 
 it while riding with her brother 
 Phrixus on the ram with the golden 
 fleece to escape their stepmother 
 Ino. It is the strait (Dardanelles) 
 separating Europe from Asia and 
 connecting the Propontis with the 
 Aegean. The ancients called it 400 
 stadia long and 7 stadia wide at 
 its narrowest part. Here Leander 
 swam across to visit Hero, and here 
 Xerxes built his famous bridge. 
 The possession of this strait was 
 of the utmost importance to Ath- 
 ens, as it was the key to the coun- 
 tries on which she depended for 
 grain ; hence it was the scene of 
 several important naval battles. 
 The name is also extended to the 
 neighbouring coast, which was full 
 of Greek cities, i. i. 9, ii. 6. 3, vii. 
 2. 5. 
 
 eXirC^M (iXirid-), TjXirLo-a, TiXiria-d-nv 
 \_iXirls], hope, trtist, expect, Lat. 
 spero, with fut. inf., iv. 6. 18, vi. 5. 
 17, vii. 6. 34. 
 
 eXiris, idos, i) [root FeXir, tvish, cf. 
 Lat. uolnptas, satisfaction, pleas- 
 ure'], hope, Lat. sp)es, ii. 5. 10 ; with 
 
i[i- -tfiiroSC^w 
 
 72 
 
 gen., or aor. or fut. inf. of the thing 
 hoped for, ii. i. 19, iii. 2. 8, iv. 3. 
 8. Phrases: iXwlSas Xeyiav dLrjye, 
 he continually put them off loith 
 hope, i. 2. 11 ; iv iXirlcn /xeydXaLS 
 e'lvai, be full of confidence, i. 4. 17; 
 i^ uv exu iX-n-idas, on what grounds 
 I hope, ii. 5. 12. 
 
 €|i-, by assimilation for ev- in 
 composition before a labial mute. 
 
 €|ia6Ev, see fj.av6dvco. 
 
 IfiavTov, ^s, refl. pron. [pronomi- 
 nal stem \u (see eyu) + avT6s], of 
 myself, i. 3. 10, ii. 3. 29, iii. i. 14. 
 V. 8. 15, vii. 6. 35. 
 
 cfiPaCvco [R. Pa], go into, enter, 
 abs. or with et's and ace, ii. 3. 11, 
 iv. 3. 28 ; esp. embark, Lat. con- 
 scendo, abs. or with els and ace, i. 
 3. 17, V. 7. 7, vii. 3. 3. 
 
 €fi.pdXXa) [pdWo)], cast in, put 
 in, thrust in, of a bar into its place 
 in the doorposts, vii. i. 12, 15 ; in- 
 trans., throw oneself into, of rivers, 
 empty, and of soldiers and armies, 
 make an invasion, attack, abs. or 
 with els and ace, i. 2. 8, 8. 21, 
 iii. 4. 14, 5. 16, iv. 8. 2, vi. 2. 18. 
 Phrases: irXriyas i/xPaXXeip, inflict 
 blows, i. 5. 11 ; Tols 'iinrois ifi^aXXeLP 
 t6v xIXoi/, throve in, i.e., give fodder 
 to the horses, i. 9. 27. 
 
 €|iPiPd£« (/3ti3dfw, ^i^ad; -j3i/3d(7w 
 or ^t/3uj, -e/3i^a<ra [R. Pa], make go, 
 causative to ^aivw), make go in, 
 esp. viake embark, put on board, 
 Lat. in nduem impdno, abs. or with 
 et's and ace, v. 3. 1, 7. 8. 
 
 Ip.poX.'ii, ^s [pdX.\«], invasion, in- 
 road, with et's and ace, iv. i. 4. 
 
 luPpOVTTJTOS, OV \_^pOVTaw, thlUl- 
 
 der, cf. /SpofTTj], thunderstruck, 
 stunned, terrified, Lat. attonitus, 
 iii. 4. 12. 
 
 c|X€iv€, see fxivo). 
 
 i\Li<)}, i/jLov/jLaL, rifieaa [root Fsj*) 
 cf Lat. uomo, vomit, Eng. emetic], 
 vomit, be sick, iv. 8. 20. 
 
 €(i,€[j.vi]To, see /xtfivyffKO}. 
 
 c|x|i.£viD [R. (ia], stay in, live in, 
 with iv and dat., iv. 7. 17. 
 
 £(i6s, v- OV, possessive pron. [pro- 
 
 nominal stem |i,€ (see iycb), cf. Lat. 
 mens, my, Eng. mine, my], my, 
 mine, with or without the art., as 
 6 ifxbs irar-qp, my father, i. 6. 6, cf. 
 ii. 5. 22, but ifibs d5eX<p6s, a brother 
 of mine, i. 7. 9 ; rd i/j-d, my situa- 
 tion, vii. 6. 33. 
 
 cfiiraXiv, adv., in Anab. always 
 with the art. and by crasis tovij.- 
 TraXiv [irdXiv'], back, back again, so 
 also the phrase et's Tovfj.iraXiv. i. 4. 
 15, iii. 5. 13, iv. 3. 21, v. 7. 6, vi. 6. 38. 
 
 e|xir£86a>, impf. -qfjiiriSovv, ifiire- 
 Sibaw [R. ireS], make firm, hold 
 fast, hold sacred, of oaths, iii. 2. 10. 
 
 cfXTTEipost OV [R. irep], acquainted 
 with, skilled in, experienced, of 
 countries and diseases, abs. or with 
 gen., iv. 5. 8, v. 6. 1, vii. 3. 39. 
 
 £)X7r€ip(i>Si adv. [R. irep], by expe- 
 rience ; ifjLireipws avroO exeti/, be 
 personally acquainted with him, ii. 
 6. 1. 
 
 eiiirCfiirXTui,!. [R. irXa], fill full, 
 satisfy, pass, with gen., be full of, 
 i. 7. 8, 10. 12 ; mid. with partic, 
 VTTiaxvovfievos ovk iveiriixirXaao, you 
 couldnH make prinnises enough to 
 satisfy yourself, vii. 7. 46. In the 
 Anab. there is no instance of the 
 loss of p. in the pres. stem of this 
 word. 
 
 £)i,iri(i.irpT)p,i {irinTrprjiJLi, irpa-, irprf- 
 ffw, €Trpr]ffa, TriTrprjiiai, iirprjffdrjv, 
 burn), set on fire, burn, the com- 
 pound being used in prose for the 
 poetic simple verb, iv. 4. 14, v. 2. 
 3, vii. 4. 15. In the Anab. the p. is 
 never lost in the pres. stem of this 
 word. 
 
 Ifiirt-irTw [R. irer], fall upon, 
 seize, occur to, of panic, disease, 
 or thought, abs. or with dat., ii. 2. 
 19, iii. I. 13, V. 7. 26; of men, 
 tumble into, meet ivith, attack, abs. 
 or with et's and ace, iv. 8. 11, v. 7. 
 25, vi. 5. 9. 
 
 €|iirX£(i>S) WK, gen. w [R.ir\a],/?<?/ 
 of, quite full of, with gen., i. 2. 22. 
 
 €)i,iroSit(>) [R. ireS] , j)ut in bonds, 
 hinder, be in the v:ay of, Lat. im- 
 pedio, iv. 3. 29. 
 
73 
 
 tUTroSios-eva-TTTa) 
 
 €|iir68ioS) o;* [R. ireS], in the way, 
 hinderin^l, vii. 8. 4 ; t6 iixnoSiov, 
 the hindrance, vii. 8. 3. 
 
 €p.-iro8wv, adv. [R. ireS], before 
 the feet, in the way ; ifiirodicv elvai, 
 be in the ivay, hinder, with dat. of 
 pers., V. 7. 10 ; with t6 /ui^ and inf. 
 or IJ.7] oi) and ace. and inf., cf Lat. 
 quid impedit quominus, iii. i. 13, 
 iv. 8. 14. 
 
 cixiroUw [iroi€'«], make in, cause, 
 impress upon, with ace. and dat., 
 or with dat. and a clause with ws, 
 ii. 6. 8, 19, vi. 5. 17. 
 
 ^fiLiro\do), ifJ.Tro\ri<Tw, eueTr6\-r]<Ta, 
 rifiirdXriKa, -7jixTr6Xr]fj.ai, -^fxiroXridriv 
 
 [^juttoXtJ, traffic'], fjet by traffic, earn, 
 realize, vii. 5. 4. 
 
 cfjiirbpiov, t6 [R. irep], trading- 
 place, mart, emporiiim, wliere mer- 
 chants (J^/jLiropoi) brought goods by 
 sea to sell to retail dealers (Kdirrj- 
 Xol), i. 4. 6. 
 
 €|i7ropoSi 6 [R. irep], passenger, 
 generally by sea, hence, merchant, 
 wholesale dealer, Lat. mercdtor and 
 negotiator, engaged in export and 
 import as well as in home trading, 
 v. 6. 11», 21. 
 
 e|xirpo(r6€v, adv. [Trphcrdev'], of 
 place, before, in front of, iv. 2. 12, 
 v. 4. 12, Vii. 7. 36 ; witli gen., i. 8. 
 23, iv. 5. 9. Phrases: ol efivpo- 
 adev, those in front, the van, iii. 4. 
 48, iv. 3. 14, 5. 19; to, efnrpocrdev, 
 of men, foreparts, as opp. to the 
 back, V. 4. 32 ; of country, ivhat is 
 ahead, vi. 3. 14 ; 6 iinrpoadev \6yos, 
 see X670S. Of time, t6v ifiTrpocrdev 
 xpbvov, hitherto, vi. i. 18; iv ti^} ep.- 
 wpocrdev XP^^V^ *" past days, vi. 6. 31. 
 
 €^<{>d-YOi€v, €|i,<f>a-y6vTas, see ev- 
 ((payov. 
 
 I|x<(>avif|s, e's [R. <}>a] visible, mani- 
 fest. Phrase : iXOeiv iv rip ep^tpavd, 
 come publicly, ii. 5. 25. 
 
 lp,<)>avo)s, adv. [R. <f>a], visibly, 
 openly, v. 4. 33. 
 
 Iv, prep. [«v], with dat., in, like 
 Lat. in with abl., used of place and 
 time, and in other relations. Of 
 place, in, among, in one'' s presence, 
 
 before, on, at, b>/, i. i. 6, 5. 1, 6. 1, 
 8."22, ii. 2. 14, iv. 7. 9, 8. 22, v. 6. 
 22, 7. 10 ; iv eTTiTr/Sei'ots da^iXiffi, 
 with provisions in abundance, iv. 2. 
 22 ; iv SirXois, under arms, iii. 2. 
 28. Of time, in, during, within, 
 at, in the course of, often iv roirip 
 with xp^vip understood, meanwhile, 
 i. 5. 15, iii. I. 44, iv. 2. 17, 5. 22; 
 so also iv (p and iv ah {sc. r]p,ipais) , 
 during this time, while, i. 2. 10, 20, 
 10. 16, ii. 2. 15, iv. 2. 19. Often 
 used with the art. and neut. adj. 
 instead of an adv., as iv rip (pa- 
 vepip, openly, i. 3. 21, cf. ii. 5. 25. 
 Phrases : iv irelpq, Ktpov yeviffOai, 
 be intimately acquainted with Gy- 
 rus, i. 9. 1 ; iv 6(pdaXp.oh e'xe'i', keep 
 in sight, iv. 5.29 ; adovres iv pvdp.ip, 
 singing in time, v. 4. 14 ; ei tl iv 
 To^Tip eiTj, if haply there were any- 
 thing important in this, vi. 4. 22. 
 In composition iv- becomes iy- be- 
 fore a palatal (k, y, x) and ip.- be- 
 fore a labial (tt, /3, 0) or before 
 p, and signifies m, at, on, upon, 
 among. 
 
 iv, see eh. 
 
 €va7Kv\d.w [R. a-yK], fit javelins 
 with a thong, for the purpose of 
 hurling them, iv. 2. 28. 
 
 tvavTi6o[jiai, ivavrnhaopai, rjvav- 
 Tiwpai, rjvavTLwdrjv [dvrC], set one- 
 self against, withstand, oppose, 
 with dat. and gen., vii. 6. 5. 
 
 IvavTtos, a, ov [civtC], opposite, 
 in the opposite direction, before, 
 in one^s face, Lat. aduersus, iv. 3. 
 28, 5. 3, vii. 3. 42 ; rkvavrla, the 
 opposite, the reverse, v. 6. 4, 8. 24 ; 
 opposed to, hostile, abs. or with 
 dat., iii. 2. 10, vii. 6. 25 ; with r/, 
 V. 8. 24 ; oi ivavrloi, the enemy, vi. 
 5. 10. Phrases : rSvavria arpi- 
 \j/avTes, having faced about, iv. 3. 
 32 ; e/c tov ivavriov, on the opposite 
 side, iv. 7. 5, vi. 5. 7 ; tovtov ivav- 
 riov, in this man^s presence, Lat. 
 coram hoc, vii. 6. 23. 
 
 evdiTTw lawTo}'], fasten to, kindle, 
 set on fire, Lat. incendo, abs. or 
 with ace, V. 2. 24, 25, 26. 
 
tVaTOs-tvOa 
 
 74 
 
 evarosi 17. ov [evvea], ninth, Lat. 
 nanus, ivdrrji' ij/x^pdv yeyafirjfjL^vrjv, 
 married eight days before, iv. 5. 
 24. 
 
 evavXCtot**"''' L^- - "-F]) pass the 
 night in, bivouac, encamp, vii. 7. 
 8. 
 
 evScia, as [R. Be], tcajti, need, 
 scarcity of provisions or money, 
 poverty, i, 10. 18, vi. 4. 23, vii. 
 8.6. 
 
 ^v8eCKvv|xi [E. 1 8aK], shore forth, 
 Lat. indico ; mid., s/ioio w^rti zs 
 o?ie's oH'H, express, declare, vi. i. 
 19. 
 
 cvScKaros, r), ov [el's + SeKa] , eZev- 
 entli, Lat. undecinuts, i. 7. 18. 
 
 €v8€« [R. 8€], Z«cA; impers., 
 there is need or toant, witli dat, 
 of pers., gen. of thing, and uia-re 
 with inf., vii. i. 41 ; iwpd irXelovoi 
 ivSiov, he saiv that more reasons 
 ivere loanted, vi. i. 81. 
 
 cv8t)\os, ov [S^Xos], evident, ob- 
 vious, plain, manifest, generally 
 with partic. like an adverb, evdijXos 
 iylyvero fWLlSovXeiujv, he was clearly 
 plotting, ii. 6. 23, <■/._ 4. 2. Phrase : 
 evBrjXov a5 Kal tout eix^v 8tl, he 
 made this also obvious that, ii. 6. 
 18. 
 
 ev8T]|xosi ov [R. 8a], dwelling in 
 a place, native, at home ; to. evdrjfxa, 
 home or internal revenues as con- 
 trasted with foreign, vii. i. 27. 
 
 €v8i<|)pi,os, ov [8vo+ R 4>€p], on a 
 5i4>po^ with one, on the same seat, 
 sharing one''s seat, vii. 2. 33, 38. 
 / £v8o66v, adv. [Iv], from the in- 
 
 side, from within, v. 2. 22, vii. 8. 
 14. 
 
 €v8ov, adv. [ev], inside, within, 
 of a honse or other place, ii. 5. 32, 
 iv. 5. 24, V. 2. 17, vii. i. 17. 
 
 €v8o|os, ov [R. 8ok], in renoum, 
 glorious, famous ; act. of a bird of 
 omen, betokening or presaging 
 glory or fame, vi. i. 23. 
 
 €v8vw [56co], put on, clothe one- 
 self in, Lat. induo, i. 8. 3 ; pf. and 
 plpf., have put on, wear, v. 4. i;5. 
 
 4v€8pd, as [R. o-eS], a sitting in. 
 
 ! ambush, ambuscade, Lat. Insidiae, 
 iv. 7. 22, V. 2. 30. 
 
 €V€8pEVCi), iveSpeiJffonai (as pass.), 
 ivTjSpevaa, ivyjdpevd-qv [R. <r€8], lie 
 in ambush, set an ambush, loay- 
 lay, Lat. Insidior, abs., i. 6. 2, iv. 
 I. 22, 6. 17. 
 
 €v€t8ov [R. F18], see, remark, 
 observe something in any one or 
 anything, with ace. and dat., vii. 7. 
 45. 
 
 cv£i|ii [R. €0-], be in or on, abs. 
 or with ^v and dat., i. 6. 3, ii. 4. 22, 
 iv. 5. 26, V. 3. 8 ; be there, abs., i. 
 5. 1, 2, ii. 3. 14. 
 
 Sv€Ka or «veK€v (see below), adv. 
 and improper prep, with gen., on 
 account of, by reason of, generally 
 post-positive like the Lat. causa, i. 
 9. 21, ii. 3. 13, 5. 14, V. 6. 11 ; stand- 
 ing before a vowel, i. 5. 9, iii. 4. 
 35, iv. i. 22 ; preceding its subst., 
 V. 4. 19 ; between the adj. and 
 subst., i. 4. 5, 8 ; separated from 
 the subst., 1. 9. 21 ; ^veKev, gener- 
 ally used before a vowel, ii. 3. 20, 
 iii. 2. 28, V. 4. 16 ; before a conso- 
 nant, V. I. 12 ; preceding its sub- 
 stantive, V. 8. 13. 
 
 €V€VTJKovTa, indecl. [Ivve'a -f cVko- 
 o-i], ninety, Lat. nondgintd, i. 5. 5, 
 
 7. 12, ii. 2. 6. 
 
 evtos, a, ov, speechless, dumb, 
 deaf and dumb, iv. 5. 33. 
 
 €V€t6s, -fi, 6v [ero's, verbal of trj/nt], 
 sent in, suborned, instigated, with 
 vw6 and gen., vii. 6. 41. 
 
 €V£<j)a*yov [e0a7ov], eat quickly or 
 hastily, iv. 2. 1, 5. 9. 
 
 Ivcx^^pi-o'av, see iyxeipi^'^- 
 
 «v€xvpov, t6 [R. o"£x], pledge, 
 paion, security, with wj and a 
 clause, vii. 6. 23. 
 
 €v€x<i> [R. <r£x]) hold or catch 
 fast in, entangle, in pass, with 
 dat., vii. 4. 17. 
 
 €v6a, adv. of place or time [Iv] ; 
 of place, rel., where, wherein, iv. 
 5. 6, V. I. 1, attached to a subst., i. 
 
 8. 1, iii. 4. 41, iv. 2. 20 ; with verbs 
 of motion, lohither, iv. 8. 14, vii. 6. 
 14 ; rarely as dem.. there, v. 7. 6, 
 
75 
 
 €v6dS€-€vT€XXofj.ai 
 
 vii. 5. 12. Of time, then, thereupon, 
 i. 5. 8, iv. I. 17, 5. 6. Phrase: ivda. 
 5^, see 5r). 
 
 cvOdSc, adv. of place [ev], here, 
 iii. 3. 2, V. I. 10, vii. 3. 4, 5 ; with 
 verbs of motion, hither, here, ii. i. 
 4, 3. 21, iii. 2. 26, v. 7. 18. 
 
 i'vOairtp, adv. of place [ev], rel., 
 there lohere, just where, iv. 8. 25, 
 vi. 4. 9. 
 
 tvOev, adv. of place [tv] ; dem., 
 from there, thence, in the phrases 
 '4vdev ixkv . . . euOev 84, Lat. hijic . . . 
 illinc, on this side . . . and on that, 
 ii. 4. 22, iii. 5. 7 ; fvBev Kai evdev, on 
 both sides, Lat. ah utrdque parte, 
 iv. 6. 12, 8. 13, with gen., iv. 3. 28 ; 
 rel., lohence, from which, i. 10. 1, 
 ii. 3. 6. 
 
 €v6£v8€, adv. of place [tv], from 
 hence, from this spot, v. 6. 10, 7. 5, 
 vi. 3. 16 ; of persons, in the phrase 
 ivdivde dp^6/ie6a to. diKaia Xa/x/3d- 
 veiv, we shall begin by doing jiistice 
 on tjou (for a.(t> i/xQv), vii. 7. 17. 
 
 cvGvp.cop.ai, ivOvfirjaofiai, ivredv/xr]- 
 fiai, iv€6vfji.7j67]v [R. 1 6v], bear in 
 mind, lay to heart, reflect, con- 
 sider, with ace, to which may be 
 added a clause with 6ti, or with 
 a rel. clause, or with Srt and a 
 clause, ii. 4. 5, 5. 15, iii. i. 20, 2. 
 18, V. 8. 19, vi. 1.21, vii. i.25; pf., 
 I have observed, iii. i. 43. 
 
 cv6vp.T]|i,a, aros, t6 [R. 1 6v], 
 thought, idea, fancy, iii. 5. 12, vi. 
 1.21. 
 
 cvOupdKCto) [^wpa/fifoj], init on 
 the breastplate; evreOwpaKLfftiivos, 
 equipped in mail, vii. 4. 16. 
 
 €vi, for fvecTi, V. 3. 11. 
 
 ivL, see eh. 
 
 cviavTos, 6, year, Lat. annus, ii. 
 6. 29 ; /car' iviavT6i>, annually, Lat. 
 quotann'is, iii. 2. 12, vii. i. 27. 
 
 «vioi, ai, a, some, i. 7. 5, v. 5. 11, 
 vi. 4. 9, vii. 6. 19. 
 
 «v£oT€, adv. [c/. ewoi], sometimes, 
 Lat. interdum, i. 5. 2, ii. 6. 9, iii. i. 
 20, vi. I. 8. 
 
 cvvca, indecl. [^vv^a], nine, Lat. 
 nouem, i. 4. 19. 
 
 I kvvoiw [R. -yvw], hace in one's 
 mind, think, reflect, consider, de- 
 vise, ponder, abs., with ace, with 
 Sri or ei and a clause, ii. 2. 10, 4. 
 5, 19, V. I. 9, 12, vi. I. 29; ivvoGi 
 li-n, I fear that, iv. 2. 13, vi. i, 28 ; 
 mid., consider, iii. i. 2, 41 ; with 
 1X7) ov, fear that not, iii. 5. 3. 
 
 evvoia, as [R. ■yvto], thought, in- 
 spiration, iii. I. 13. 
 
 'EvoSCds, see EwSei^s. 
 
 6V01KCW [R. Fik], live in, inhabit, 
 Lat. incolo, v. 6. 25 ; ol epoiKovvres, 
 the inhabitants, i. 2. 24, 5. 5, iii. 4. 12. 
 
 evdirXios, oc [R. o-eir], «;t or 
 tCTY/i arms ; ivdirXios f)v0iJ.6s, martial 
 rhythm, vi. i. 11. 
 
 €vopd(o [R. 2 pep], s^e, remark, 
 observe something in anybody or 
 anything. Phrase : iroXXd evopQ di 
 a, I see many reasons in (the un- 
 dertaking) why, i. 3. 15. 
 
 Ivos, see eh. 
 
 IvoxX^w, ei'oxX'?o'w, rjvwx'l^'n'^O; 
 ■ffvthx^V^^i ■^''WX^W^'? •^z'WxX'^^r;^ 
 [R. F€x]j trouble with numbers, 
 crowd upon, harass, annoy, with 
 dat., ii. 5. 13, iii. 4. 21. 
 
 eva-KEvd^M [R. o-kv], get ready, 
 dress up, vi. i. 12. 
 
 evrdTTw [R. raKJ, enroll, regis- 
 ter ; pass., evTera-yixivos (T(pev5ovdv, 
 enrolled ov posted among the sling- 
 ers, iii. 3. 18. 
 
 ivravOa, adv. of place and time 
 [€v] ; of place, therein, there, i. 4. 
 19, 5. 4, iv. I. 18, 4. 18 ; with verbs 
 of motion, thither, i. 2. 1, 10. 13, 
 17, iii. 4. 11; of time, thereupon, 
 then, i. 10. 1, iii. 4. 45, iv. 3. 7, vi. 
 I. 30; ixixpi- ivravda, Lat. hue us- 
 que, thus far, v. 5. 4. 
 
 IvTcivw [retVw], stretch or strain 
 tight. Phrase : 7rX7j7as ivrelveiv, 
 with dat., Lat. pldgds intenderc, 
 inflict blows on, ii. 4. 11. 
 
 IvTeXTJs, ^s [reXos], at the end. 
 complete, of pay, infidl, i. 4. 13. 
 
 £VT€XXop,ai, eireXoO^oi, ecereiXd- 
 /tT/^, evriroKixai [R. raX], enjoin 
 upon, direct, command, with dat. 
 and inf., v. i. 13. 
 
«vT€pov-€5a7"V€XXo 
 
 76 
 
 €VT€pov, TO [€v], intestine, i/iit, ' 
 Lat. intestinum, ii. 5. 33. 
 
 ivTtvQiv, adv. of place, time, and 
 cause [^v] ; of place, thence, from 
 there, i. 2. 7, 10, v. 4. 26 ; of time, 
 then, thereafter, afterwards, ii. 2. 
 7, iii. I. 31," iv. 4. 15, vi. 6. 1 ; of 
 cause, therefore, in consequence, 
 vi. 4. 15, vii. I. 25. 
 
 €vt(0tih,i [R. Oe], put or place in; 
 of fear, instil in, inspire in, with 
 ace. and dat., vii. 4. 1; mid., put 
 aboard ship, i. 4. 7, v. 7. 15, 
 
 evTifjios, oc [R. Ti], in honour, in 
 credit, esteemed, of persons, v. 6. 
 32, vi. 3. 18, vii. 7. 52. 
 
 cvTt|ici>s> adv. [R. Ti] ; iurifjLws 
 eX"'') be held in honour, ii. i. 7. 
 
 tvToCxios, ov [rotxosjj o« the 
 wall ; TO. evTolxta, icall paintings, 
 vii. 8. 1. 
 
 IvTovws, adv. [^vTovos, eager, cf. 
 ivrdvw'], urgently, earnestly, vii. 
 5-7. 
 
 tvTos, adv. of place or time, with 
 gen. [€v] ; of place, within, inside 
 of, i. 10. 3, ii. I. 11, vi. 4. 3, 5, 7 ; 
 of time, ^i't6s dXiywv ij/iepuv, within 
 afevj days, vii. 5. 9. 
 
 tvTVYxavw [R. tok], chance or 
 light upon, fall in loith, meet, find, 
 abs. or with dat., i. 2. 27, 8. 1, ii. 
 3. 10, iii. 2. 31, iv. 5. 19, vi. 5. 5. 
 
 'EvvdXios, 6 ['Evuci, Enyo, god- 
 dess of war], E7iyalius, a name 
 applied to Ares as the furious god 
 of war and companion of 'Evvw. 
 After the singing of the paean the 
 war cry was raised to him, i. 8. 18, 
 V. 2. 14. 
 
 tvvirviov, t6 [virvos], vision in 
 sleep, dream, whether prophetic or 
 not, whereas 6veLpov is always a 
 prophetic dream; rd Mirvia, dream- 
 pictures, vii. 8. 1 (where some read 
 evTolxio.) . 
 
 ev(0|iOTdp\T]Si 01; [c/". ivufjMTid 4- 
 dpxw], commander of an enomoty, 
 iii. 4. 21, iv. 3. 26. 
 
 €V(i>|xoTCd, ds [evu)fj.0T0i, bound by 
 oath, (f. d^w.^i], any sicorn band, 
 esp. the enomoty, which formed a 
 
 quarter of the Xo'xos and one half 
 of the wevTr]K0(7Tv%, or division of 
 fifty, and therefore consisted nor- 
 mally of twenty -five men, iii. 4. 22, 
 iv. 3. 26. 
 
 €^, or, before a consonant, Ik, by 
 loss of s, prep, with gen. denoting 
 separation or distance from a 
 point [c/. Lat. ex, e]. Used of 
 place, from, aii^ay from, out of, 
 i. 2. 1, "7, 7. 13, ii. 4. 28, iii. 4. 25, 
 iv. 7. 17, vi. I. 4 ; often Greek used 
 the terminus ex quo where the 
 English has the terminus in quo, 
 as elxov e| dpiffTepdi woTafiov, they 
 kept the river on the left, iv. 8. 2 ; 
 cf i. 2. 3, iv. 2. 19, V. 3. 9, 7. 15. Of 
 time, succeeding, after, as sk toO 
 ipiffTov, after breakfast, iv. 6. 21 ; 
 e/c TovTov, after this, thereupon, i. 2. 
 17, 6. 8, ii. 5. 34 ; e/c iraldwv, from 
 boyhood, Lat. a puerls, iv. 6. 14. 
 Of source or origin, from, as a re- 
 sult of, in consequence of, as iK 
 ^ao-tX^cos dedo/jievai, a present from 
 the king, i. i. 6 ; cf i. 9. 16, 19, 28, 
 ii. 5. 5, iii. i. 12, vii. 7. 43; t6v ik 
 'EWrjvuv (j>6^ov, the fear inspired 
 by the Gh'eeks, i. 2. 18 ; iK roirov, 
 as a result of this, in consequence 
 of this, therefore, ii. 6. 4, iii. 3. 8 ; 
 (/. i. 3. 11 ; vi. 6. 11 ; e/c tGsv trapbv- 
 TU)v or v-rrapxovTOJv, in the present 
 state of things, iii. 2. 3, vi. 4. 9 ; iK 
 TTjs viKdxrrjs (sc. yvdbfn)^), in conform- 
 ity to a majority vote, vi. i. 18 ; iK 
 T^s i/'iiX^s 0tXos, a friend in heart, 
 Lat. ex anirnd, vii. 7. 43. Adver- 
 bial phrases : f/c iravrbs rpbirov, in 
 every vmy, iii. i . 43 ; ef taov eJvai, 
 be on an equality, iii. 4. 47 ; iK tQv 
 dvvarQv, as well as possible, iv. 2. 
 23; e| iwi^ovXrjs, by a stratagem, in- 
 sidiously, Lat. ex Insidiis, vi. 4. 7. 
 In composition ^| signifies from, 
 away, out, often implying resolu- 
 tion, strong intention, fulfilment, 
 or completion. 
 
 •ii, indecl. [€|], six, Lat. sex, i. i. 
 10, ii. 4. 27, in. 4. 21. 
 
 k^a^yiWa [077 AXw], tell out, 
 report, make known, bring word. 
 
77 
 
 c^d-yw-^leXavvw 
 
 with ace, dat., and ws with a 
 clause, with dat. with or without 
 6ti and a clause, or with cJs and a 
 clause, i. 6. 5, 7. 8, ii. 4. 24, vii. 2. 
 14. 
 
 €^d-ya> [II. a7], lead out, bring 
 out, march out, esp. of generals, 
 Lilt, ediicd, abs. or with ace, and 
 with et'?, iiri, or 7rp6s and ace, i. 6. 
 10, V. I. 17, 2. 1, vi. 4. 9, 19, 6.34, 
 vii. 5. 2 ; pass., ov5' i^rjxdv dLWKeiv, 
 he ivas not induced to pursue, i. 8. 
 21. 
 
 l^aipcTos, ov [aip€w], selected, 
 pirked, choice, like Lat. eximius, 
 cf. eximo, vii. 8. 23. 
 
 c^aipcM [alpe'w], take out, remove, 
 with ace. and gen., ii. i. 9, 3. 16, 5. 
 4 ; of a cargo, unload, discharge, v. 
 I. 16 ; of tithes, take out, dedicate, 
 with dat. of the god, v. 3. 4 ; mid., 
 pick out, choose for oneself, with 
 ace. and iK with gen., ii. 5. 20. 
 
 c|aiTca> [atrtw], require of one, 
 demand, esp. the surrender of a 
 person, vi. 6. 11 ; mid., beg off, 
 make intercession for another for 
 one's own sake, Lat. exoro, i. i. 3. 
 
 €|ai<j>vi]s, adv. [ft0vw, adv., of a 
 sudden], suddenly, all of a sudden, 
 une.rprrte(Jh/, Lat. improtiiso, v. 6. 
 19, 7. 21, vi. 2. 17, 3. 3. See i^a- 
 TrLvrjs. 
 
 €^aKio-x,i^ioi, ai, a [?5+x'^"'0' 
 six thousand, i. 7. 11, ii. 2. 0, vii. 
 7.23. 
 
 l^aKovTitw [R. aw], dart or hurl 
 forth (he javelin, hurl, with dat. 
 Tois iraXrois, V. 4. 2'). 
 
 e|aK6o-ioi., ai, a ['i^+ cKarov], six 
 hundred, Lat. sescent'i, i. 8. 6, iv. 8. 
 15, V. 3. 3. 
 
 claXaird^co (dXairpfoj, aKaTray-, 
 aXaird^w, dXaira^a, Epic verb, plun- 
 der), sack, pillage, of a city, vii. i. 
 29, used only here in Attic. 
 
 €|dXXo|Jiai [aWo/iat], jump out 
 of the way, spring aside, vii. 3. 33. 
 
 c^afiapTdvu [a'/xapTdcw], go astray, 
 err, do wrong, with Trep^ and ace. 
 of tlie thing, v. 7. 33. 
 
 €|avi<rTT]|j[,i [R. o-Ttt], make stand 
 
 up from one's place ; mid. and 2 
 aor. act., stand up, rise from one's 
 seat, start tip, iv. 5. 18, v. 2. 30, vi. 
 I. 10, 30. 
 
 £|airaTd(o (dirardoj, dvaTrjau, etc. 
 [dTrdrr), deceit^, deceive), deceive 
 thoroughly, take in, cheat, Lat. 
 decipio, abs., with ace, with ace 
 of the person and of the thing, or 
 with ace and cJs with a clause, ii. 
 6. 22, iii. I. 10, 2. 4, v. 7. 1, 6, 11, 
 vii. I. 25; fut. mid. as pass., vii. 
 3.3. 
 
 t^airdn], rjs [dTrctrT?, deceif], gross 
 deceit, imposition, Lat. falldcia, 
 vii. I. 25. 
 
 sgdinixws or ?|irTixvs, v ['^| + tt^- 
 xns], of six cubits, v. 4. 12. 
 
 elairivTis, adv., equal to iS,aL<pvqi, 
 q.r., rare in Attic, all of a sudden, 
 unexpectedly, iii. 3. 7, 5. 2, iv. 7. 25, 
 V. 2. 24, vi. 4. 26. 
 
 £|dpxo> [dpx»], make a begin- 
 ning of, begin, with gen., vi. 6. 15 ; 
 lead off, in singing, v. 4. 14. 
 
 €|avX.i^op,ai [R.2 aF], leave one''s 
 quarters, break camp, to go else- 
 where, with eh and ace, vii. 8. 21. 
 
 i'leijxi [R. €0-], used only im- 
 pers., it is allovxd, it is possible 
 or permitted, it is in one''s power, 
 one may, Lat. licet, with inf. or 
 ace and inf., ii. 6. 12, 28, iii. i. 13, 
 iv. 3. 10, v. 7. 34, vi. 6. 2 ; with the 
 dat. of the pers. and inf., when a 
 predicate subst. or partie may be 
 in the dat. or ace, ii. 3. 26, 5. 18, 
 iii. 2. 26, iv. i. 20, 3. 10, v. 6. 3, vi. 
 I. 30, vii. I. 21, 6. 16, 17 ; the par- 
 tie ikbv is often used abs., ii. 5. 22, 
 iii. I. 14, 2.26, iv. 6. 13, v. 6. 3. 
 
 €'^ti|Ai [^eiij.i], go out, make one^s 
 exit, Lat. exeo, esp. of soldiers, 
 march out, abs., with e/c and gen. 
 or with evdev, the purpose of going 
 being expressed by iiri and ace, 
 iii. 5. 13, v. I. 8, 17, vi. i. 6, 4. 19. 
 5.3, vii. I. 1, 3. 35. 
 
 c^cXavvw [fXaiyj'w], drive out, ex- 
 pel from a place, Lat. expello, with 
 ace or with ace and iK with gen., 
 i. 3. 4, vii. 7. 7, 11 ; intr. (see 
 
«^€X^-yX"~'°'-'<°' 
 
 78 
 
 iXativu), march forth, out, or on, 
 proceed, with the ace. dTadixbv, 
 often followed by the preps, cis, 
 eirl, and 5td with their cases, i. 2. 
 5, 0, 7, 14, 19, 4. 1, 4, 5. 5. 
 
 €^e\€7x« [eX^7X'^]> concict, ii. 5. 
 27. 
 
 l|€V€YK€iv, see iK<pepu. 
 
 ll^'pirb) (^jOTTW, -'^p^ui, dpirvffo. \_ef. 
 Lat. serpo, creep'], creep), creep 
 out ; among the Dorians = i^epxo- 
 nai, move out, of an army, vii. i. 8. 
 
 li€pxo|j.ai {_epxofJ.ai}, go or come 
 out, get out, escape, esp. of sol- 
 diers, march out, take the field, 
 abs. or with sk and gen., i. 3. 17, 6. 
 5, ii. 5. 37, iii. i. 12, iv. 8. 2, v. 4. 
 18, vi. 4. 23, vii. i. ID ; of time, run 
 out, elapse, vii. 5. 4. 
 
 lleVao-is, 6WS, 17 [R. ccr], exami- 
 nation, inspection, esp. of an army, 
 review, v. 3. 3, vii. i. 11 ; i^eraaiv 
 TTOLeiv or TTOLeTcrdai, hold a review, i. 
 2.9, 14. 7. 1. 
 
 l|€V7ropi5w [R. irep], supply or 
 provide in plenty, v. 6. 19. 
 
 €gT)-Y€0|jiai [R. a^], ?e«(7 out or 
 forth, with et's and ace, vi. 6. 34 ; 
 be leader, in the phrase dyadop tl 
 Ti^ ffTparevfj-aTi. e^rjyrjcracrdai, give 
 good guidance to the army, iv. 5. 28. 
 
 t^TJKOvTa, indecl. [tl + tilKoo-i], 
 sixty, Lat. sexdgintix, ii. 2. 6, iii. 4. 
 34, iv. 6. 11, vii. 2. 17. 
 
 IIVJKw [^Kw], have come out; of 
 time, have run out, expired, Lat. 
 exed, vi. 3. 26. 
 
 «|if|V£-YK€, see eKcpipti}. 
 
 £|i.KV€0)j.ai (iKveoixai, Ik-, i^ofj.ai. 
 iKoiMTjv, ly/xat [R. Fik], come), reach 
 a place />-o//i somewhere, attain to, 
 esp. of missiles, reach the mark, 
 hit, do execution, abs. or with gen., 
 i. 8. 19, iii. 3. 7, 4. 4, iv. 3. 18 ; eiri 
 ^paxv e^LKvetadoLi., have short range, 
 iii, 3. 17 ; of the valne of property, 
 amotint to, with ei's and ace, vii. 7. 
 54. 
 
 €|£<rTii|ii [R. o-ra], make stand 
 out of; mid., stand aside, retire, in 
 .the phrase ck tov p.ia-ov i^iaraa-dai, 
 get out of the way. i. 5. 14. 
 
 €|o8os, V [6865], ivay out, march 
 out, departure, Lat. exitus, v. 2. 2(5, 
 vii. 4. 17 ; esp. of soldiers, expedi- 
 tion, sally, march, v. 2. 9, vi. 4. 9, 
 vii. I. 9. 
 
 c|o|i£v, see exw. 
 
 lloirXi^w [R. a-£ir], arm fully, 
 accoutre ; mid., arm oneself, i. 8. 3, 
 ii. 1.2, iii. I. 28, vi. i. 11; pass., 
 i^uwXia-fi^voi, armed cap-fi-pe, iv. 
 3.3. 
 
 IgoirXio-Cd, as [R. creir], state oj 
 being ftdly armed. Phrase : iv rfj 
 i^oTrXi(rig., under arms, Lat. in prb- 
 cinctii, i. 7. 10. 
 
 €|op|xd(d [opfj.do}'], urge on, cheer 
 on, incite, iii. i. 24 ; used also intr. 
 in act., like mid., set out, rusfi 
 forth, abs. or with iiri and ace, iii. 
 I. 25, V. 2. 4, 7. 17. 
 
 6|ov(rid, as [R. €<r], possibility, 
 power, licence, Lat. potestds, with 
 inf., V. 8. 22. 
 
 €|'7rr)x,vs, see i^d.ir7)xvs. 
 
 i'^w, adv. [e^, cf. Eng. exoteric, 
 exotic], used with verbs of rest or 
 of motion, Lat. /ores or for'ds, out, 
 outside, out of doors, out and away, 
 abroad, ii. 2." 4, 5. 32, 6. 3, v. 2. 16, 
 5. 19, vi. 6. 5, vii. i. 12, 19, 4. 12 ; 
 rb e^u), the outer, i. 4. 4. With the 
 gen., Lat. extra, viithout, outside 
 of, beyond, o^itflanking, i. 4. 5, 8. 
 13, 23, iv. 7. 9, V. 1.15, vi. 5. 7, vii. 
 I. 35 ; of a file of light-armed sol- 
 diers posted on the flank of heavy 
 infantry to support it, iv. 8. 15 ; e^w 
 ^eXCiv, out of bowshot, out of range, 
 iii. 4. 15, V. 2. 26 ; e^w tov deivov, 
 out of danger, ii. 6. 12 ; efw toijtwv, 
 besides this, Lat. praetered, vii. 3. 
 10. 
 
 €'^ci)0€v, adv. [i^], from outside; 
 with gen., like €|w, outside of, iii. 
 4. 21, V. 7. 21. 
 
 coiKa, pf. as pres., fi^Kecv, plpf. as 
 impf. (from supposed pres. ef/cw, 
 yielding in Attic the rare fut. er^w) 
 [eoiKa], be like, look like, resemble, 
 with dat., to which may be added 
 the ace. tI. ii. i. 13, iv."8. 20, v. 3. 
 12, vii. 3. 35 ; neut. partic. «'(c6s, q.v. 
 
79 
 
 lopdKOTts-^ireiB^] 
 
 Phrases: oiSevl /caXcJj eoi/ce, it doesii't 
 look at all honourable^ vi. 5. 17; cJs 
 €otKe, used parenthetically, as it 
 appears, naturally, likely enough., 
 ii. 2. 18, vi. I. oO, 4. 12, 6. 30. 
 
 eopdKOTfS} see opdco. 
 
 topTT|, ijs, festival, celebration, v. 
 3.9, 11. 
 
 iiT, by elision for eirt, 
 
 iira^iyiWoi [d77^X\w], give no- 
 tice, proclaim ; mid., declare one- 
 self, propose or offer oneself, prom- 
 ise, abs. or with inf., or with dat. 
 of the pers. and inf., ii. i. 4, iv. 7. 
 20, vii. I. 33. 
 
 eird^o) [R. a^], bring on, urge 
 on, bring forward, of a vote or 
 motion, in the phrase 01) yap irw 
 \f/rj(pos avrQ itrrJKTo irepl (f>vy7]S, no 
 decree of exile had yet been pro- 
 posed against him, vii. 7. 57. 
 
 ciraOov, see Trdcxw. 
 
 Iiraivcw (atV^oj, aivicru, rji/eca, 
 -TjveKa, -yvrjfiai, -rjvidyjv [^aXvos, tale, 
 praise'], praise) , praise, Lat. laudo, 
 commend, approve, compliment on, 
 abs., witli ace, with ace. and iirl 
 with dat., or with on and a clause, 
 i. 3. 7, 4. 16, ii. 6. 20, iii. i. 45, v. 
 5. 8, 7. 33, vi. 6. 35, vii. 3. 41 ; as a 
 polite formula in declining an of- 
 fer, in the phrase tt^v ixkv arjv vpb- 
 voiav iiraivw, thank you very much 
 indeed for your thoughtfulness, vii. 
 7. 52. 
 
 Eiraivos, 6 [alvos, tale, praise'], 
 praise, approval, commendation, 
 V. 7. 33, vi. 6. 16, vii. 6. 33. 
 
 liraCpw [deipco], raise up, rouse 
 up, excite, induce, with ace. of 
 pers. and a following inf., vi. i. 21, 
 vii. 7. 25. 
 
 liraCruos, ov [atr^w], blamed for, 
 blameworthy; subst., iiralTidv n, 
 a cause for blame, with dat. of 
 pers. blamed, and 7rp6j and gen. of 
 blamer, iii. i. 5. 
 
 €iraKo\ov0€to [R. k€\], folloiv 
 closely tipon or up, pursue, abs. or 
 with dat., iii. 2. 35, iv. i. 1. 
 
 ciraKOvw [R." koF], give ear to, 
 overhear, vii. i. 14. 
 
 Iirdv or lirTJv, temporal conj. liwei 
 + &v], ichen, ii^henecer, with rdx'- 
 (rra, as soon as, the moment that, 
 Lat. cum prlmuin, with tlie subjv., 
 the aor. often being rendered by 
 our fut. perf., i. 4. 13, ii. 4. 3, iv. 
 6.9. 
 
 MravaTeCvo) [TeiVoi], stretch out 
 and hold up, vii. 4. 9. 
 
 eiravax.wp*'* [x'^P^'»']i moce back, 
 retreat, retire, with TrdXic or eh 
 TOv/xwaXiv, iii. 3. 10, 5. 13. 
 
 €irav€pxoji.ai [epxafJiai], go back 
 to, return, witli els and acu., or 
 evda and a clause, vi. 5. 32, vii. 3. 
 4, 5. 
 
 eTrdvwjadv. \_&vui],(diore. Phrase: 
 iv Toh eTTCLvw dp-qrai, it has been 
 stated above, Lat. supra dictum 
 est, vi. 3. 1. 
 
 €irair€iX«a) [aTreiX^co], threaten in 
 addition, add tJireats, vi. 2. 7. 
 
 iTnyyikoLot [7eXdu;], laugh at be- 
 sides, insult besides, with dat., Lat. 
 inrideo, ii. 4. 27. 
 
 eirtYcCpo) \_eyelpiii], wake uj>, 
 arouse, iv. 3. 10. 
 
 eirei, temporal and causal conj., 
 Lat. cum ; of time, lohen, after. 
 with indie, i. i. 1, iv. 7. 2, v. 8. 9, 
 vi. I. 30, vii. 3. 47; with opt. in 
 indir. disc, vii. 2. 27, or in a sup- 
 position, i. 3. 1, 5. 2, 8. 20, V. 6. 30 ; 
 with inf. by assimilation in indir. 
 disc, V. 7. 18 ; eirel rdxi^ra, as 
 soon as, Lat. cum pr'imum, with 
 indie, vi. 3. 21 ; of cause, since, be- 
 cause, as, with indie, i. 3. 5, 8. 23, 
 ii. I. 4, iii. i. 31, vii. 3. 45 ; after a 
 full stop, for, Lat. nam, vi. i. 30, 
 vii. 6. 22 ; ewel ye, sitice at any 
 rate, i. 3. 9. 
 
 circiSdv, temporal conj. [iireidrj + 
 dv], uihen, after, as soon as, when- 
 ever, in protases with subjv., esp. 
 the aor., when it may often be ren- 
 dered by the fut. perf., i. 4. 8, ii. 2. 
 4, 3.29, V. 6. 19, vii. 1.6, 2.34, 5. 
 8 ; with To-xi-ara, Lat. cum prlmum. 
 iii. I. 9, 
 
 €ir€i8^, temporal and causal conj. 
 [eTTei-i-drj], of time, lohen, after, 
 
iirtiiov-iiTl 
 
 80 
 
 with indie, i. 2. 17, 7. 16, 8. 28, 9. 
 29, iii. I. V-], 4. ;J8, 5. 18, iv. 5. 8; 
 with opt. in indir. disc, iii. 5. 18 ; 
 of cause, since, because, with indlc, 
 vii. 7. 18 ; eiretSiJ ye, since at least, 
 i. 9. 24. 
 
 lirciSov [K. FiS], have one''s eyes 
 on, behold, see, with ace. and par- 
 tic, vii. 6. 31 ; live to see, experi- 
 ence, with ace, or ace and partic, 
 iii. I. 1.3, vii. I. 30. 
 
 €'ir£i|ii [K. €o-], be over or on top 
 of, of a bridge or tower, abs. or 
 with eTTt and dat., i. 2. 5, ii. 4. 25, 
 iv. 4. 2. 
 
 eira^i [eIa"]' d^ o?i, come up, 
 make progress, of persons or things, 
 abs., i. 5. 15, v. 7. 12 ; esp. of sol- 
 diers, advance, attack, abs. or with 
 dat., i. 2. 17, 7. 4, 10. 10, iii. 4. 33, 
 iv. 3. 23, 5. 17, vi. 3. 7, 5. 16 ; of 
 orators or actors, come forward, 
 enter, Lat. in scaenam prbdeo, vi. 
 
 1. 11 ; of time, 17 iirioOffa rj/j-epd, the 
 next day, the folhnnng day, so 
 with vv^ and 'im, i. 7. 1, iii. 4. 18, 
 iv. 5. 30, V. 2. 23, vii. 4. 14. 
 
 tirtiirtp, causal conj. [^ttc/], with 
 indie, since in fact, seeinq that, ii. 
 
 2. 10, 5.38, iv.'i. 8, vii. 4! 19. 
 eireKra, tirtitrfliio-av, see treWw. 
 iVeiTtt, adv. [elra], thereupon, 
 
 then, Lat. cleinde, ii. 4. 5, 5. 20, iii. 
 I. 46, iv. I. 7, 3. 11, V. I. 3, vii. i. 
 4 ; e.sp. in enumerating, then, next. 
 further, besides, i. 3. 10, 9. 5, iv. 
 8. 11, V. 5. 8 ; often in narrative, 
 wpwTov fj.€v . . . eTretra 5^. V. 4. 20, 
 6. 8, cf. ii. 4. 13. Phra.se: et's toi' 
 e-rreiTa xP^^^^i ^'^ «/"^e»' times, ii. 
 I. 17. 
 
 lirtKtiva, adv., for eir' eKetva, on 
 the further side, beyond, J^&l. ultra. 
 Phrase : ol in roO iir^Keiva, those 
 who dicelt beyond, v. 4. 3. 
 
 c-n-cKOco) [6iw'], ru7i out against, 
 make a sally, abs., v. 2. 22. 
 
 eir€|€px.o|jiai. [epx^M'"]' cowie out 
 against, make a sally, v. 2. 7. 
 
 tire^oStos, oi- [686s], belonging 
 to a march out or expedition; 
 subst., TO. ewe^ddia (sc. lepd) dveiv. 
 
 offer the sacnfice before marching, 
 vV_5.2._ 
 
 sirtirdTO, see Trdo/xat. 
 
 eir€irpdK€i, see inwpd.<7Kw. 
 
 lircTrpaKTo, see wpdrTw. 
 
 lir€po|xai, only in 2 aor. inr]p6fj.riv 
 [epo/iai], ask again or besides, 
 question about, inquire, ask, with 
 a clause in dir. disc, or with ace. of 
 the pers. and a clause with el, 8ti, 
 or an interr., iii. i. 6, v. 8. 5, vii. 2. 
 25, 31, 3. 12. 
 
 lircp\o|jiai [epx^'Mfl']' Come upon, 
 visit, Lat. obeo, of a country, with 
 ace, vii. 8. 25. 
 
 ftK<rov, see wivTw. 
 
 €irevxo|xai [eiJxoyaat], make a 
 prayer to. Phrase : eirev^dixevos 
 eiwe, he spoke, calling the gods to 
 witness, v. 6. 3. 
 
 €'ir€<(>€v-Y€(rav, see (petjyu. 
 
 Iire'xw [R. <ri\]. hold upon, hold 
 in or back, I-at. inhibeo ; intr., hold 
 in. hold back, delay, with gen., iii. 
 4. 36. 
 
 tiTTiKoos, ov [E. KoF], giving ear 
 to ; of a place, lohere one can hear 
 or be heard; els ew-riKoov with verbs 
 of rest or motion, or ev eirr]K6(ji 
 with verbs of rest, xvithin hearing 
 distance, icithin earshot, ii. 5. 38, 
 iii. 3. 1, iv. 4. 5, vii. 6. 8. 
 
 eirfjKTO, see iwdyu. 
 
 €iri]v, see iwdv. 
 
 jirfjpev, see iwaipoi. 
 
 «7rT|p€T0, see eiripoixai.. 
 
 liTi, prep, with gen., dat., or ace, 
 before a vowel eir' or i(p' , upon. 
 
 With gen., of place, on, upon, i. 
 4. 3, 5. 10, 7. 20, iv. 3. 6, 5. 25, v. 
 2. 5, vii. 4. 11, ecp' iTTTTwv, on horse- 
 back, iii. 2. 19, eirt ToO troTafxov, on 
 the river bank, iv. 3. 28, (/. ii. 5. 18, 
 iirl Opq-KTjs, on the coast of Thrace, 
 vii. 6. 25, ewl tov evuivtjpLov, on the 
 left, i. 8. 9, cf. iii. 2. 36, with verbs 
 of motion, toioards, in the direction 
 of, ii. I. 3, vi. 3. 24 ; of time, in the 
 time of, at, i. 9. 12, iv. 7. 10, iirl 
 TOV wpdjTOV (iepeiov), with the first 
 victim, iv. 3. 9, vi. 5. 2, 8 ; of man- 
 ner, esp. denoting distribution, iwl 
 
81 
 
 «iriPdWa)-€in0a\dTTios 
 
 TtTTapuv, four deep, i. 2. 15, cf. iv. 
 8. 11, vii. 8. 14, e0' ev6s, in single 
 file., V. 2. 6, e</)' eai/Twj', fty them- 
 selves, ii. 4. 10, iirl (pdXayyos, in 
 the form of a phalanx, in battle 
 array, iv. 3. 26, 6. 6, vi. 5. 7, 
 25. 
 
 With dat., of place, upon, on, at, 
 by, near, i. 2. 8, 4. 4, 8. 27, 9. 3, iv. 
 4. 2, V. 2. 16, vii. 3. 44, eTrt daXdrrr], 
 on the sea, i. 4. 1, cf. i. 3. 20, 7. 19, 
 iv. I. 20, V. 4. 2, iirl T(f €VMvu/x(i), on 
 the left, i. 9. 31 ; of time, r^Xtos ^i/ tTrt 
 dv<Tfj.ah, the sun loas just setting, 
 vii. 3. 34, eTTi T$ rpiTiii, at the third 
 (signal), ii. 2. 4, iirl Todrip or tovtols, 
 at or M|jo« this, therexipon, next, iii. 
 2. 4, vi. I. 11, vii. 3. 14 ; of cause, 
 aim, or reason, for, i. 3. 1, 6. 10, ii. 
 4. 5, 8, iii. 2. 4, V. 4. 11, 8. 18, vi. 4. 
 13, vii. 7. 39 ; of possession, in the 
 power of, i. i. 4, iii. i. 13, v. 5. 20, 
 over, in command of, i. 4. 2, t6 cttJ 
 TovTii), as far as in him lay, vi. 6. 
 23 ; of condition, ^<^' (j5 or t^re, o?i 
 condition that, with inf., iv. 2. 19, 
 4. 6, vi. 6. 22. 
 
 Witli ace, of place, to, on, upon, 
 i. 1.3,5. 13, iii. 4. 25, iv. 4. 4, 15, v. 
 
 2. 19, 22, vi. 2. 19, vii. 3. 23, iwl 
 dopv (q.v.), to the right, iv. 3. 29, 
 ^7r2 Se^id, to the right, vi. 4. 1, ^7ri 
 TToda, see dvaxwp^w, v. 2. 32, dva- 
 /3aj fTri Toc 'iirirov, mounting one''s 
 horse, i. 8. 3, iii. 4. 35, in" a hos- 
 tile sense, against, i. 3. 1, ii. i. 4, 
 
 3. 21, iv. 4. 20, V. 7. 24 ; of ex- 
 tent of space, extending over, over, 
 along, i. 7. 15, iv. 6. 11, eirl iroXv, 
 for a great distance, i. 8. 8, iv. 2. 
 13, cf. vii. 5. 12, iirl I3paxv, see 
 i^iKvio/Mai, iii. 3. 17, iirl wav eXdetv, 
 make every effort, iii. i. 18; of 
 extent of time, for, during, vi. 6. 
 36, (Js eirl rb ttoXv, generally, for 
 the most part, iii. i. 42, 43 ; of the 
 purpose or object of an act or mo- 
 tion, to, for, i. 2. 2, 6. 10, iii. i. 22, 
 iv. 3. 11, V. I. 8, vii. 4. 3; rarely 
 distributive, iiri voWovs rerayfi^- 
 voi, arranged many deep (but some 
 read gen.), iv. 8. 11. I 
 
 In composition ini signifies over, 
 in, upon, against, in addition, but 
 often gives merely intensity and 
 force to the simple word without 
 otherwise affecting its meaning. 
 
 ciripdWu [pdWw], throw on, iii. 
 5. 10 ; pf. mid., e-wL^e^X-qixivoi. to^o- 
 Tai, archers with their arrows on 
 the string, with or without eTrt rats 
 veupais, iv. 3. 28, V. 2. 12. 
 
 £mPoTi0tw [R. poF + ^^w], come 
 to the rescue or aid of, with dat. , 
 vi. 5. 9. 
 
 €iriPov\£v<o [R. PoX,], plan or 
 plot against, consjnre or intrigue 
 against, lay snares against, with 
 dat., i. I. 3, ii. 5. 15, iii. i. 35, v. 
 I. 9; with inf., purpose, design, 
 scheme, v. 6. 29. 
 
 eiriPovX'^, Tjs [R. PoX], a phtnning 
 against, plot, scheme, design, in- 
 trigue, ii. 5. 1, 38, vii. 2. 1(5 ; with 
 dat. or irpos and ace. of the pers., 
 i. I. 8, V. 6. 29; i^ iiri^ovXTjs, by 
 artifice, vi. 4. 7. 
 
 tiri-yC-yvoiJiai [R. ytv'], be upon, 
 come upon, esp. in a hostile sense, 
 fall upon, attack, Lat. superuenio, 
 abs. or with dat., iii. 4. 25, vi. 4. 
 26. 
 
 €iriYpd<j>(i> lypd<pw'], lorite upon, 
 inscribe, Lat. Inscribo, v. 3. 5. 
 
 liriSEiKvvpii [R. 1 8aK], shoio to, 
 point out, display, abs., with ace. 
 and dat., or with dat. and a clause, 
 i. 2. 14, iii. 2. 26, v. 4. 17 ; show 
 in words or deeds, make clear, dis- 
 close, i. 3. 13, 16, 9. 7, V. 5. 24, vii. 
 4. 23; mid., show oneself or for 
 oneself, distinguish oneself, bring 
 to light, show, abs., with ace, or 
 with a clause, i. 9. 10, 16, ii. 6. 27, 
 iv. 6. 15, V. 4. 34. 
 
 eiriSiwKd) [Stw/coj], pursue after, 
 follow) up, chase, of enemies, abs., 
 i. 10. 11, iv. I. 16, 3. 25. 
 
 tiriSovras, see iireiSov. 
 
 kitUXjero, see ttU^u}. 
 
 eiriOaXdrTios, d, ov, or os, ov \_dd- 
 Xarra"], on the sea, lying on the 
 sea, Lat. maritimus, of places, v.\ 
 5.23. 
 
l'Tr£9eo-is-<"n-iji.£XT|s 
 
 82 
 
 €ir£0€(ris, ews, i] [R. 0«], a setting 
 071, attack, Lat. impetus, \ii. 4. 23; 
 with dat., iv. 4. 22. 
 
 eTriO-ufjicw, eiriOvfirjfftj}, iireOvfxriffa 
 [R. 1 9v], /mre ojie's ?ieffr« o?i, de- 
 sire, loish for, long for, covet, Lat. 
 cupio, with inf., ace. with inf., or 
 witli gen., i. 9. 12, 21, ii. 5. 11, 6. 
 16, iii. 2. 39, V. i. 2, vi. i.21; lust 
 after, he in love v:ith, iv. i. 14. 
 
 ciri6v)jLid, as [R. 1 9v], desire, 
 longing, Lat. cupiditds, ii. 6. 16. 
 
 eiriKaipios, ov [/catpo's], i?i season, 
 suitable, appropriate, Lat. oppor- 
 tunus ; oi e-rr LKCLipioi, the important 
 or chief men, vii. i. 6. 
 
 liriKafiirTW (^Kdfj.irTw,Kainr-,Ka.iJL\l/w, 
 eKa/JL^pa, -KiKa/j-fiai, eKdfKpdriv, bend), 
 betid towards, of an army, icheel, 
 i. 8. 23. 
 
 l-iriKaTappiirTCw [ptTrrew], throw 
 ' (Zoic/i a/i?ec, iv. 7. 13. 
 
 £7r(Kcip.ai [K€iji.ai], ?«e upon, press 
 upon, of an enemy, attack, Lat. ?«- 
 sfo, abs. or with dat., iv. i. 16, 3. 
 7, V. 2. 5, vi. 5. 29, vli. 8. 17. 
 
 liriKivSvvoSi ov [kivSvvos], dan- 
 gerous, Lat. perlculosus, with dat. 
 of pers., i. 3. 19, ii. 5. 20. vii. 7. 54. 
 
 €iriKOvp€a), iiriKovprj<Tw, eweKovprjaa 
 [i-iriKovpos, 6, ally], be a helper, aid, 
 assist, with dat., v. 8. 21 ; also with 
 dat. of pers. and ace. of thing, el 8^ 
 T<j3 x^'M'^f''^ eTreKovpTjaa, if I pro- 
 tected anil (Die from the cold, v. 8. 
 25. 
 
 eiriKOvpT^fia, aros, to [eiriKovpew], 
 help, protection, defence, witk gen. 
 Xtivos and dat. 6(p6a\fxois, iv. 5. 13. 
 
 ciriKpdT€i.a, as [R. 1 Kpa], mas- 
 tery, power, command, Lat. impe- 
 num, vi. 4. 4 ; of a country, realm, 
 dominion, vii. 6. 42. 
 
 tiriKpvirTO) [/cpi^TTTo;], conceal 
 thoroughly, hide; mid., conceal 
 oneself or one's acts, do secretly, i. 
 1.6. 
 
 tirlKVITTW ((CVTTTCJ, KV^-, -Kvfo), 
 
 tKvypa, KiKiKpa, Stoop), stoop towards 
 or over, iv. 5. 32. 
 
 liriKvpow (Kvpow, Kvpuxrcj, iKvpoisa-a, 
 K€Kvpwfj.ai, (Kvpd}67]v [Kvpos.To, might. 
 
 poicer], make valid), confirm, rat- 
 ify, vote, iii. 2. 32. 
 
 CTTiKuXvco [KwXoa;], prevent, hin- 
 der, with ace. of pers. and gen. of 
 thing, iii. 3. 3. 
 
 liriXapLpdvo) [Xa/i/3dvw], take to 
 oneself, fasten to, take in, include, 
 vi. 5. 5, 6 ; mid., take hold of 
 catch, abs. or with gen., iv. 7. 12, 
 13. 
 
 ciriXavOdvoiiai [R. Xa6]. let es- 
 cape one, forget, Lat. ohUuiscor, 
 witli gen., iii. 2. 25. 
 
 tiriXt'Yw [R. X«y], say besides, 
 add, with dir. disc., i. 9. 26. 
 
 l-iriXeiiro) [XeiTrw], leave behind, 
 Lat. relinqub / in pass., to iTriXenro- 
 fjLevov, the part (of the army) ivhich 
 was left behind, i. 8. 18 ; of things, 
 fail, give out, fall short, Lat. de- 
 ftcio, abs. or with ace. of pers., i. 5. 
 6, iv. 5. 14, V. 8. 3, vi. 4. 20. 
 
 I €irCX€KTos, ov [R. X€'y], selected, 
 
 \ picked out, Lat. elect!; subst., ol 
 eiriXeKTOL, picked men, a band of 
 
 I soldiers reserved for difficult or 
 
 i dangerous service, the flower of the 
 
 I army, iii. 4. 43, vii. 4. 11. 
 
 ein|jLapT«po)iai (fiapTtpo/xat. i^ap- 
 
 j Tvpd/jLTjv [fj.dpTvs]. call to icitness), 
 appeal to, invoke. Lat. ohteslor, of 
 gods, iv. 8. 7. 
 
 eirC|iaxoS) ov [R. |iax,] that may 
 
 j be easily attacked, assailable, of a 
 place, V. 4. 14. 
 
 £iri(i£Xeia, as [R. (uX], Cffl?-e for a 
 person or thing, solicitude, pains, 
 attention, i. 9. 24, 27. 
 
 €iri|ji€X€0|i,ai and ciri,pi^Xo)i.ai (iv. 2. 
 26, V. 7. 10), eirLfj.e\7)CT0fjiai, iiri.fj^/j.i- 
 Xrjixai, €ireij.e\-^6r]v [R. (acX], take 
 care of, look out for, vmtch out 
 for, Lat. euro, with gen. or irepl 
 and gen., with '6tl and a clause, or 
 a clause with uJj or ottws, i. i. 5, 8. 
 21, iii. I. 14, 38, iv. 2. 26. v. i. 7, 7. 
 10 ; take charge of, attend to, with 
 gen. of pers. or tiling, iii. 2. 37, iv. 
 8. 25, V. 3. 1. 
 
 eiri|i€XTJS| ^s [R. (wX], careful, 
 anxious, watchful, Lat. diligens, of 
 persons, iii. 2. 30. 
 
83 
 
 tirijjitXoiiai-eino-TtWd 
 
 ciri|Ji€\o}i.ai, see iiri/xeX^ofiai. 
 
 «iri(i,e'vw [R. |ia], stay by, stay on 
 loith, with iiri and dat., vii. 2. 1 ; 
 stay on, loait for, toait, with eVre 
 and a clause, v. 5. 2. 
 
 l7ri|jit'Yvv|ii. (^/juyvvfjLi, fiiy-, jJ-i^oi), 
 f/M^a, /x^fxlyfiai, efux^V" <^^^^^ €/j.iyr]v 
 [R. 1117], mix), mix with; mid. 
 intr., mix with others, have inter- 
 course or dealings with, Lat. im- 
 misceo, of races, iii. 5. 16. 
 
 iiTivoio) [R. 7vw], have on one''s 
 mind, purpose, intend, Lat. in 
 animo habeo, ii. 2. 11, iii. i. 6, vi. 
 4.9. 
 
 iiriopKio), €TnopKri(T(x], eTridipK-qcra, 
 iiriwpK-rjKa [e7r top/cos], sioear falsely, 
 commit perjury, be a perjurer, Lat. 
 peiero, abs., ii. 5. 38, iii. 2. 10, vii. 
 6. 18 ; t6 €iriopK€iv, perjury, ii. 6. 
 22 ; siuear falsely by, with deovs, ii. 
 4. 7, iii. I. "22. 
 
 €iri,opK(d, as [eTriop/cos], /aZse 
 swearing, perjury, Lat. periurhmi, 
 abs. or with Trpos (?eoi5s, ii. 5. 21, iii. 
 2. 4, 8. 
 
 €ir(opKos, o^ [6'p/cos], forsworn, 
 perjiired, Lat. permrus, ii. 6. 25. 
 
 Iirtirdptiiii [R. €<r], ?je </ifre 5e- 
 sWes, iii. 4. 23. 
 
 e7ri7rdp€i,|j.i. [ei/x']» march on be- 
 side or abreast of another body, 
 with Kord and ace, iii. 4. 30, vi. 3. 
 19 ; march along up to one's place, 
 abs., iii. 4. 23. 
 
 tTriiriTTTw [R. ■ir«T],/aZ? ?<pon, esp. 
 in a hostile sense, attack, assail, 
 abs. or with dat., i. 8. 2, iv. i. 10, 
 V. 6. 20, vi. 3. 3, vii. 3. 43 ; of snow, 
 fall, abs., iv. 4. 11. 
 
 Iiriirovos, ov [R. o-ira], painful, 
 toilsome, laborious, Lat. laborio- 
 siis, i. 3. 19 ; of a bird of omen, 
 portending suffering, vi. i. 23. 
 
 eirtppiirT^co [plTrr^a;], throw at, 
 cast at, V. 2. 23. 
 
 eirippvTOS, oy [pew] , ^otoed M;po?i, 
 watered, well watered, of a plain, 
 Lat. inriguus, i. 2. 22. 
 
 €Trio-dTTW {(TaTTij}, aaK-, eaa^a, 
 (r4<rayp.ai, load), put a load on; 
 phrase, eTrto-dtai rbv 'iwirov, put the 
 
 housings on nne''s horse, Lat. equum 
 sternere (the ancients having no 
 saddles), iii. 4. 35. 
 
 'EiricrOevT]?, ovs, 6, Episthenes, of 
 Amphipolis, captain of peltasts at 
 Cunaxa, where he fought skilfuUv, 
 i. 10. 7, iv. 6. 1, 3. 
 
 'Eirio-GevTis, ous, 6, Episthenes, of 
 Olynthus, a lover of boys, vii. 4. 
 7-10. 
 
 €iri(riTi|o|iai (fflTilopiai, airiov- 
 fiai, -efflTKrdfjiriv [o-rros], eat), fur- 
 7iish oneself" unth pirovisions, i.e. 
 food or provender, collect or pro- 
 cure supplies, forage, abs., or with 
 eh TT}v TTopeidv, i. 4. 19, ii. 5. 37, iii. 
 4. 18, iv. 7. 18, vii. I. 7. 
 
 lirio-lTKTiioSi o [eTrtffJTtfo/iai], a 
 supplying oneself xoith provisions, 
 procuring supplies, foraging, Lat. 
 frumentdtio, i. 5. 9 ; food supplies, 
 vii. I. 9. 
 
 €'jrio-K€irTOjj.ai [ffK^TTTo/iai] , look 
 to, see to, examine, inquire, with 
 indir. que.stion, iii. 3. 18. 
 
 €iri,(rK€vd^<>> [R. o-Kv], Jit out, 
 make ready, of a temple, restore, 
 repair, Lat. reficid, v. 3. 13. 
 
 tirto-KOirea) [o-/co7r^w], look to, see 
 to, of a general, inspect, reviexc. 
 Lat. recenseo, ii. 3. 2. 
 
 ewio-irdw [R. o-ira], fZ/'rtiO or d?'«(/ 
 to or after ; mid., draj/ to oneself, 
 pull along, iv. 7. 14. 
 
 €ir[o-iroiTO, see irpi-n-Ofxai. 
 
 €iri<rTa|j,ai, eTrio-TTjcro/xai, ■^TricrrTj- 
 ^t;^, understand, know, esp. of a 
 knowledge got from practice or 
 experience, knoiv how, with inf., i. 
 3. 15, iii. 3. 10, vii. 3. 25 ; under- 
 stand, be sure of, be acquainted 
 with, know, abs., with ace, with 
 6ti and a clause, or with ace. and 
 partic, i. 3. 12, 4. 8, ii. 5. 9, iii. i. 
 35, 3. 2, V. I. 10, vi. 6. 17, vii. 6. 12. 
 
 €irC<rTa<ris, ews, r) [R. o-ra], a 
 stopping, of troops, halt, ii. 4. 26. 
 
 lirio-TaTew [R. o-ra], fee a com- 
 mander, exercise command, ii. 3. 11. 
 
 tirio-TeXXo) [o-tAXw], send to, 
 send word, give notice either by 
 letter or message, with ace. of the 
 
€'7ri<rTir|p.wv-€'7rix«p€<» 
 
 84 
 
 thing, dal. of pLTS., and cJs with a 
 clause ia indir. disc, vii. 6. 44 ; di- 
 rect, command, enjoin, with dat. of 
 pers. and inf., v. 3, 6, vii. 2. 6. 
 
 €iri<rTT||i,wv, ov, gen. ocos [eTriiTTa- 
 /uat], acquainted with, expert in, 
 with gen., ii. i. 7. 
 
 cwio-ToXtj, 17s [^TTio-rAXw], letter, 
 missive, either public or private, 
 and therefore representing botli 
 litterae and epistula in Lat., i. 6. 3, 
 iii. I. 5, vii. 2. 8. 
 
 lirio-TpaTtCd, as [R. o-rpa], march 
 or campaign against, ii. 4. 1. 
 
 tirio-TpaTevo* [R. <rTpa], march 
 or take the field against, make war 
 on, with dat., ii. 3. 19. 
 
 €irwr<j)aTTa) [^<t (parr 03'], slay upon, 
 properly of sacrilices at a grave ; 
 of one man upon another's body, 
 i. 8. 29; mid., slay oneself upon, 
 with iavrdv or abs., i. 8. 29. 
 
 liriTdTTO) [R. TaK], draio tip be- 
 sides or behind, draw up as a re- 
 serve force, with ace. and dat., vi. 
 5. 9 ; lay orders on, command, with 
 dat. of pers. and inf., ii. 3. 0, vii. 6. 
 14. 
 
 €-iri,T€\£(D [tc'Xos], bring to an 
 end, fulfil, 2)erform, of oracles, 
 dreams, etc., iv. 3. 13. 
 
 tiriTTJSeios, a, ov {_€TriTr)5h, adv., 
 of set imrpose'], made on purpose 
 for an end or object, suited to, 
 apt, fitted, proper, adapted to, con- 
 venient, Lat. idoneus, abs. or with 
 inf., or as pass, with ace. and inf., 
 i. 3. 18, ii. 5. 18, V. 2. 12, vi. 6. 30, 
 vii. I. 39, 7. 13; top e-iriT-fi^eLov 
 eiraia-ev, he strtick the man who de- 
 served it (i.e. to be struck), ii. 3. 11 ; 
 oi ewLT-^deioi, friends, Lat. necessd- 
 ril, vii. 7. 57 ; very freq. is rd eTrt- 
 TT^Seia, provisions, Lat. commedtus, 
 i. 3. 11, ii. 2. 3, iii. i. 19, iv. i. 8, 
 v. I. 6, vi. I. 23, vii. i. 13. 
 
 €iriTi0r]fj.i [R. 0£], set up, lay 
 iipon, put on, vi. 4. 9 ; Sik7)v eiri- 
 Tidiva.1, inflict punishment or pen- 
 alty, make pay for, Lat. supplicium 
 sumere, abs., or with dat. of pers. 
 and gen. of cause or crime, i. 3. 10, 
 
 20, iii 2. 8, v. 6. 34; mid., fall 
 upon, attack, assault, abs. or with 
 dat., ii. 4. 3, 19, iii. 4. 29, iv. i. 16, 
 vii. 4. 14. 
 
 eiriTpeiTft) [t/s^ttw], turn anybody 
 towards, with ^wl 5e^i.bv, vi. 5. 11 ; 
 turn anything over to another, give 
 over to, grant, entrust, Lat. con- 
 cedo, with dat. of pers. and some- 
 times with inf. added, i. 2. 19, ii. 
 4. 27, vi. I. 31 ; alloio, permit, leave 
 free, with dat. of pers. and inf., 
 iii. 2. 31, 5. 12, vi. 2. 14, vii. 7. 3; 
 leave a question to another, refer 
 to, with dat. of pers. and an interr. 
 clause, vii. 7. 18 ; mid., give one- 
 self up for protection, of cities and 
 persons, i. 9. 8. 
 
 €TriTp«xw [■'■pfX'^]' '^'un upon or 
 at, assault or attack rapidly, iv. 3. 
 31. 
 
 tiriTVYxdivw [R. tok], chance 
 upon, come upon, meet with, find, 
 with dat., i. 9. 25, iii. 4. 18, vii. 2. 18. 
 
 ciri(j>a(vo(jiai [R. 4>a], shoto one- 
 self, come in sight, appear, ii. 4. 
 24, iii. 3. 6, 4. 39. 
 
 itri^ipoi [R. 4>€p], bring upon, 
 layxipon; mid., bring oneself upon, 
 rush upon, attack, abs., i. 9. 6 ; of 
 the sea, rage, run high, v. 8. 20. 
 
 €in(t>9€770|xai [0^^70/iat], sound 
 besides or against; of a trumpet, 
 sound the charge, iv. 2. 7. 
 
 €iri.({>op£6) [R. ^tp'], put upon, of 
 earth, cast loads of upon, iii. 5. 10. 
 
 £xCxapis> I, gen. tros [H. x**P]) 
 ' pleasing, gracious, suave; subst., 
 t6 iirixoipi, pleasantness of manner, 
 suavity, Lat. suduitds, ii. 6. 12. 
 
 ciri.xci.pca), fTTLxeLp-qa-u], eirexelpyjcra, 
 eTTt/cexet/ST/Ka, iwexei.p'rjdrjv [R. X*P]' 
 put one^s hand to, set to work at, 
 attempt, try, Lat. Conor, abs. or 
 with inf., i. 9. 29, ii. 5. 10, iv. 3. 25, 
 vi. 6. 6, vii. 7. 29. 
 
 Xi"ca, K^xu/uoi, ex^Ov [c/. f7X^'«']? 
 pour), pour on or jh, Lat. Infundo, 
 iv. 5. 27. 
 
 iir\.\tapi<i» [xtop^oj], move against, 
 advance as for attack, i. 2. 17. 
 
85 
 
 «irn|/Ti<|>C5w-epo|Aa>' 
 
 €irii|/ti«j)£?w l\l/Trj<pi^o}'\, put to vote, 
 put the question, Lat. in sjiffi-d- 
 r/ium mitto, abs. or with ace, v. i. 
 14, 6. 35, vi. I. 25, vii. 3. 14. 
 
 €ir\€\j<rav, see ttX^w. 
 
 €'ir\T|7Ti, see ttXtjttw. 
 
 ciroi.KoSo(t.€(i) [R. Fn< + 5^/xw, build, 
 i-f. Lat, domus, house'], build on or 
 upon, with €wi and dat., iii. 4. 11. 
 
 ^iro|iat (creTT-), ^tpo/xai, f(nr6fj.T]v, 
 impf. etTTo/xT/i' [R. o-eir], follotv, go 
 ivith, attend, accompany, Lat. S(?- 
 g?(or, abs., with dat., or witli avu 
 and dat., i. 3. 6, 4. 11, ii. 2. 4, iii. 
 I. 25, iv. I. 6, V. 4. IG, vi. 5. 1, vii. 
 I. 37 ; follovj as an enemy, pursue, 
 abs., i.' 8. 19, iii. 4. 19, v. 4. 24. 
 
 €ir6fj.vv(ii \_6fjivv/xi'], sicear to a 
 thing ; abs. in aor., elir^v iiro/xdcrds, 
 he said icith an oath, vii. 5. 5, 8. 2. 
 
 tirrd, indecl. [lirTol], seven, Lat. 
 septem, i. 2. 5, ii. 4. 13, vii. 4. 19. 
 
 cirraKaiScKa, ' indecl. [lirTd + Zi- 
 Ko], seventeen, Lat. septemdecim, 
 ii. 2. 11, iv. 5. 24. 
 
 l-TTTOKOo-ioi, ai, a [tirrd + tKarov], 
 seven hundred, Lat. septingenti, i. 
 4. 3, vi. 2. If). 
 
 'Eirva^a, t??, Epyaxa, the wife 
 of king Syennesis of Cilicia ; she 
 visited Cyrus, i. 2. 12' sqq., 25. 
 
 €irv0£TO, see TrwddvofxaL. 
 
 cpafxai, epaa-d'^aofiai, ripdcrdTjv, 
 love, of sexual passion, fall in love 
 with, with gen., Lat. amo, iv. 6. 3. 
 (Poetic,. except in aorist.) 
 
 t'paw, only pres. arid impf. in 
 Attic [ipa/xai], love, desire ardently, 
 long for, Lat. amo, as death, with 
 gen., iii. i. 29. 
 
 €p7dto|jLai, epydao/xai, €ipyaa-dfj.r)u, 
 fipyaafiat, -eipydadrjv [R. F«PY], do 
 vmrk, labour, esp. of farmers, with 
 yrjv understood, Lat. colo, ii. 4. 
 22 ; do, accomplish, with ace, vi. 3. 
 17, vii. 3. 47 ; do to any one, inflict 
 on, with two aces., v. 6. 11. 
 
 €p7ov, t6 [R. F<P7]» work, action, 
 deed, residt of an action, operation, 
 execution, ii. 6. 6, iii. i, 24, 5. 12, 
 V. 7. 32, vi. 3. 17, vii. 8. 17. Phrases : 
 TO. els Tbv TToXe/xov epya, military 
 
 exercises, i. 9. 5 ; epiV e7re5ei/ci'i/To 
 Kal eXeyev, he showed both in xvord 
 and deed, i. 9. 10, cf. iii. 2. 32 ; /cpd- 
 TiffTOL VTTTjp^Tai. wavrbs epyov, the 
 best supporters of every undertak- 
 ing, i. 9. 18. 
 
 ep€i, see dpoi. 
 
 cpeo-Oai, see epofxai. 
 
 'Epcrpuvs, ^wy, 6 ['Eperpia, Ere- 
 tria], a native of Eretria, an Ere- 
 trian, vii. 8. 8. Eretria was an 
 ancient city on the western coast of 
 Euboea. It joined the Athenians 
 against the Persians in 500 b.c, 
 and was destroyed by the latter in 
 490 B.C., but was afterwards rebuilt 
 in a new position. 
 
 €pT]|j,id, as [epT/juos], loneliness, 
 solitude, privacy, Lat. solitudo, ii. 
 5. 9, V. 4. 34. 
 
 €pT]|xos, -n, ov, and os, ov [r/. Eng. 
 hermit], lonely ; of places, "things, 
 and conditions, deserted, viithout 
 inhabitants, empty, unprotected, 
 abandoned by, without, abs. or with 
 gen., i. 5.4, ii. i. 6, iii. 4. 10, iv. 
 2. 13, vii. 1.24, 2. 18; aradp-oi epTj- 
 /J.OL, marches through desert, i. 5. 1, 
 iv. 5. 2 ; of men, alone, without ; 
 phrases : hixdv ip-qp-os, tvithout you, 
 i.'3. 6; tTTireis ip-np-oi, cavalry with- 
 out infantry, vii. 3. 47 ; epr]p.a Kara- 
 Xiireiv TO. diTicdev, leave the rear 
 exposed, iii. 4. 40. 
 
 epC^b) (e/3t5-), 7jpi(Ta [epis, Strife], 
 strive, contend, rival, vie ivith, 
 abs. or with dat. of pers. and irepL 
 with gen., i. 2. 8, iv. 7. 12. 
 
 6pi^eios, ov \ipi<pos, o, kid], of a 
 kid, Lat. haedinus, iv. 5. 31. 
 
 €pp,i]V€vs, ews, 6 ['Ep/i^s, Hermes, 
 the messenger of Zeus], interpreter 
 of foreign tongues, Lat. inte'rpres, 
 i. 2. 17, iv. 5. 10, 34, vii. 2. 19. 
 
 lpp,T]V€V(i>, 7)pp.-fjv€v<ya \_epp.-r)ve'L)$, cf. 
 Eng. hermeneutic], be an inter- 
 preter, interpret, Lat. interpretor, 
 ■V. 4. 4. 
 
 cpopiai, Attic only in fut. ip-ncrop-ai 
 and 2 aor. ijpop.Tqv [r/. epu>Tdw], ask 
 a question, inquire, Lat. quaero, 
 abs. or with ace, the question 
 
€povvTtt-«o-Ta\n€'vos 
 
 86 
 
 following ill dir. disc, or in in- 
 dir. disc, introduced by an interr. 
 word, i. 7. 9, 8. 15, 16, ii. 3. 20, iii. 
 I. 7, V. 8. 0, vi. I. 13, vii. 2. 26, 
 3.45. 
 
 s'povvra, see dpu. 
 
 «pp(0|ji«vos, "n-i ov, properly pf. 
 partic. of pdivvvfu, q.v., strong, 
 stout, vigorous, as comp., ippuifie- 
 vicrepoL, iii. i. 42 ; as subst., ippuo- 
 fiivov, TO, resolution, vigour, ii. 6. 
 11.^ 
 
 €pptop.ev{os> adv. [eppwyic^j'oj], vig- 
 orously, manfully, vi. 3. 6. 
 
 epvKw, ripv^a [R. 2 F«p]5 hold 
 back, keep off, with ace. and airo 
 ■with gen. of pers., iii. i. 25. (Po- 
 etic, except in Xen.) 
 
 epvfia, aros, tI) [R. 2 F«p], safe- 
 guard, protection, icall, i. 7. 16, 
 iv. 5. 9. 
 
 cpv|j.v6si 1?, 6v [R. 2 F«p]i de- 
 f ended, fortified, strong by nature, 
 of fortresses, i. 2. 8, v. 5. 2, vi. 4. 
 21 ; TO. ipv/jLvd, strong positions, 
 strongholds, iii. 2. 23. 
 
 €pXO|iai, {epx-j iXvd-, i\6-), eXeij- 
 a-ofxai., fjXdov, eXrjXvda, come, go, ar- 
 rive, Lat. uenio ; of the present 
 stem only the indie, is used, the 
 other moods of the pres. and the 
 impf. being represented by forms 
 of elp.1 ; used abs., i. i. 11, ii. i. 3, 
 iii. I. 4, iv. 2. 17, v. i. 4, vi. 2. 7, vii. 
 I. 39 ; vpith wp6s, irapa, and i-rri 
 with ace. of the pers., i. i. 10, 4. 3, 
 ii. 5. 39, iii. i. 24, iv. i. 19, vii. 7. 
 19 ; with 7rp6s, ei's, and eirt with acc. 
 of place, i. 2. 18, 7. 4, ii. 4. 23, iii. i. 
 3, iv. 6. 27, 8. 6, v. 5. 24, vi. 3. 17, 
 vii. 2. 12 ; with an adv. of place, ii. 
 I. 4, iii. I. 7, V. 5. 16, vi. i. 16, 33; 
 with irapd and gen. of pers. or f/c 
 and gen. of place, ii. i. 8, iv. 8. 24, 
 V. 5. 7, vii. 4. 14 ; with the fut. par- 
 tic, to denote purpose, with or 
 without cJs, iii. 2. 11, vii. i. 28, 7. 
 17 ; with cognate acc. 656 v, ii. 2. 6, 
 iii. I. 6, cf. fiaKpoTdrriv, vii. 8. 20; 
 with the dat. of pers. in the sense 
 of for, to the aid of, iii. i. 14. 
 Phrases : els xe^aJ ix'delv with dat. 
 
 of pers., co7ne into close relations 
 tcith, i. 2. 26 ; ets \67oi;s <7ot iXduv, 
 have an interview with you, Lat. in 
 conloquium uenire, ii. 5. 4, cf. iii. i. 
 29 ; eiri irdv iXdetv, make every ef- 
 fort, iii. I. 18. 
 
 €pM, see dpw. 
 
 cp(ovT€s, see epdoj. 
 
 epws, 0)705, 6 [4'pa/Ltai, cf. Eng. 
 erotic^, love, desire, icish, Lat. 
 amor, with an inf. clause as obj. 
 acc, ii. 5. 22. 
 
 iparOkO), epwr^aw, etc. [c/. epo/uat], 
 ask a question, inquire, Lat. quaero, 
 abs., with or without an interr. 
 clause in dir. or indir. disc, i. 6. 7, 
 ii. I. 15, iii. 4. 39, iv. 8. 5, vi. 6. 4, 
 vii. 6. 4 ; with acc. of pers and a 
 clause in dir. or indir. disc, 1. 3. 
 18, 6. 8, ii. 4. 15, V. 5. 15, vii. 3. 25 ; 
 with two aces, of pers. and thing, 
 sometimes with a clause in indir. 
 disc, i. 3. 20, iv. 4. 17. 
 
 €o-€'<r«(<r)To, see (ri^^io. 
 
 €0-0*, by elision and euphony for 
 eari. 
 
 i<rQ-f\<s, ^Tos, ii [R. F«o-], dress, 
 clothes, raiment, collectively, Lat. 
 uestis, iii. i. 19, iv. 3. 25, vii. 4. 18. 
 
 cVOCci) (e5-, edecT-), edofiat, fdT)8oKa, 
 -t5-q5€(Tp.ai, 7)8^<t6tji' [root eS, cf. Lat. 
 (do, eat, Eng. kat], eat, hare to 
 cat, live on, abs. or with acc, i. 5. 
 
 6, ii. 1.6 (for 2 aor. €0a7ov, see the 
 word). 
 
 €0'Ke8ao'}i.6vwv, see aKsBavvvfiL. 
 €arK€v|/aTO, see ffK^irTOfiai. 
 i'eroiTO, see eifii. 
 tVireio-avTO, see (nr^vdw. 
 lo-ircpd, ds [R. F«o"], evening, Lat. 
 uesper and uespera, iii. i. 3, iv. 
 
 7. 27 ; with x^P^ understood, the 
 west, Lat. occidens, so 7rp6s ea-ir^pdv, 
 westward, to the loest, iii. 5. 15, v. 
 7. 6. Phrase : evdvs d(p' iair^pds, 
 directly after nightfall, Lat. pr'imo 
 uespere. vi. 3. 23. 
 
 'EorircpiTai, (hv, the Hesperltae, 
 vii. 8. 25, a people in northwestern 
 Armenia, about the head of the 
 Acampsis river {cf. iv. 4. 4). 
 
 €<rTaX|Atvos, see ariXXu). 
 
87 
 
 i'o-TC-evSaiiiovC^" 
 
 €o-T€, adv., even to, all the way 
 to, Lat. usque, as in fare eirl ddwe- 
 dov, clear down to the ground, iv. 5. 
 6 ; as temporal conj., up to, until, 
 Lat. d^im, with indie, ii. 5. 30, iii. i. 
 28, 4. 49 ; witli &v and subjv., ii. 3. 
 9, iv. 5.28, V. 1.4, 6. 26, vii. i.33; 
 with opt., i. 9. 11, V. 5. 2 ; trhile, as 
 long as, with indie, iii. i. 19 ; with 
 opt, iii. 3. 5. 
 
 €<rTT]K«s, €<rTr]<rav, see io-T-rjfju. 
 
 6o-Ti"y|x€vous, see o-rifo). 
 
 €(rTpa(i(i€va, see arp^cpw. 
 
 €<rTwS) see 'icxT-q/xi. 
 
 so-xaTos, 17, ov [i^l, farthest, out- 
 ermost, extreme, Lat. extremus ; of 
 situation, 7r6\ts ia-xdrTj, frontier or 
 border city, i. 2. 10, 4. 1 ; metaplior- 
 ically, extreme, outermost, worst, of 
 punishments, in phrases : iaxo-Tt] 
 SiKT], capital punishment, Lat. ulti- 
 mum supplicium, vi. 6. 15 ; to. 
 fo-xa-ra iradelv, suffer death, ii. 5. 
 24 ; TO, fO-xo-Ta aiKLo-dfxevos, tortur- 
 ing 7nost cruelly, Lat. iiltimis cru- 
 ridtibus adficere, iii. i. 18. 
 
 €0-xdTws, adv. [eVxaroj], in the 
 highest degree, extremely, ii. 6. 1. 
 
 €<rx€) see ex'^- 
 
 eo-coGev, adv. [e v] , from inside ; 
 TO fo-wdev, the inner, i. 4. 4. 
 
 Iralpd, ds [c/. eratpos], female 
 companion, courtesan, Lat. paelex, 
 iv. 3. 19, V. 4. 33. 
 
 €TaipoS) o [(■/. eralpa'], compan- 
 ion, friend, comrade, chum, Lat. 
 comes, iv. 3. 30, 7. 11, vii. 3. 30. 
 
 €Tdx9T]o-av, see rdTTu. 
 
 'Et€6vikos, 6, Eteonicus, a Spar- 
 tan officer under Anaxibius in By- 
 zantium, vii. I. 12, 15, 20. 
 
 ?T€pos, d, ov \_cf. Eng. hetero-dox, 
 hetero-geneous^, the other, one of 
 two, the one, Lat. alter, with art., 
 iii. 4. 25, iv. i. 23, vi. i. 5, 6, so 
 without art., other ships, of a sec- 
 ond fleet, i. 4. 2 ; without art. and 
 loosely, like &\\os, Lat. alius, an- 
 other, a second, others, i. 2. 20, ii. 
 5. 23, iv. 8. 27, so toijtui> 'irepoi, 
 others besides, others still, vi. 4. 
 8. Phrase : iK tov iwl ddrepa (for 
 
 TCI erepa), over on the other side, v. 
 4. 10. 
 
 £T€Tt(XTlTO, SBB Tlfxduj. 
 CT^TpWTOj see TlTpd}(TKW. 
 
 €Ti, adv. of time and degree. Of 
 time, present, past, or future, yet, 
 as yet, still, longer, any more, after- 
 vmrds, again, Lat. adhiic, i. 5. 12, 
 6. 8, ii. I. 4, 2. 14, iii. i. 3, iv. 3. 33, 
 v. 2. 26, vi. 2. 15 ; with negs., no 
 longer, no more, not in future, not 
 at all, i. I. 4, 6. 8, 7. 18, iii. i. 2; 
 (Ti Si, Trpbs 5' en, and en roivvi', 
 besides, Lat. praetered, iii. 1. 23, 2. 
 
 2, V. I. 9. Of degree, with comps., 
 still, even, i. 9. 10, iii. 2. 17, iv. 3. 
 32, vi. 6. 35 ; so eVt dvu>, yet higher, 
 still further inland, vii. 5. 9. 
 
 €T0i.)i,0S| r), ov, or OS, ov [R. €0-], 
 real, ready, prepared, Lat. pardtus, 
 with dat. of pers. or with inf., i. 6. 
 
 3, iv. 6. 17, vi. I. 2, vii. i. 33 ; of the 
 future, sure to come or to be real- 
 ised, certain, vii. 8. 11. 
 
 €Toi|i,(tfs, adv. [R. €<r], readily, at 
 once, ivillingly, L^l. prompte, ii. 5. 
 2, V. 7. 4. 
 
 €Tos, ovs, TO \_cf. Lat. uetus, old, 
 Eng. wether], year, 'L^.t. annus, ii. 
 
 6. 15, V. 3. 1, vi. 4. 25 ; ol rpiaKovTa 
 fTT] yeyovoTes, men of thirty, ii. 3. 
 12 ; 9JV €tQ)v TpiaKovTa, he wasthirty 
 years old, ii. 6. 20 ; e/cdo-rou erous, 
 annually, Lat. quotannis, v. 3. 13. 
 
 erpdircTO, see Tpiirw. 
 
 €Tpd4)T]T€, see Tp4(f>u}. 
 
 eTVXO", see ruY^di'w. 
 
 £v, adv. [R, €0-], weZZ, in its wid- 
 est sense, Lat. bene, fortunately, 
 prosperously, easily, luckily, i. 4. 8, 
 
 7. 5, ii. 3. 21, iii. i. 36, v. 6. 4, vii 
 I. 22 ; esp. with the verbs wpaTTeLv, 
 irotdv, elSivai, and ird^x^i-v, q.v. : 
 with an adv., eS fidXa, repeatedly, 
 thoroughly, vi. i. 1. 
 
 cv8ai.(j.ovid, ds [evdai/juav^, fortu- 
 nate circumstances, prosperity, ii. 
 5- 13- 
 
 cvSaifiovi^o), €v5aLfjLoviii), rjvdaifid- 
 viaa l^evdaLp.wv'], count hapjpy, ii. 5. 
 7 ; congratuhde, with ace. of pers. 
 and gen. of cause, i. 7. 3. 
 
€v8aipi6v(i>s-€uKX.cia 
 
 88 
 
 €v8ai(i.6vws, adv. [eOdalfj.wv'], hap- 
 pily, prosperouslii, in comp., iii. i. 
 43.' 
 
 cvSaC|iwv, ov [5at/Liwj', divinity, cf. 
 Eng. demon~\, with a good genitis, 
 hence, happy in its widest sense, 
 fortunate, prosperous, loealthy, 
 flourishing, of men and very freq. 
 "of cities and countries, i. 2. 6, 5. 
 
 7, 9. 15, ii. 4. 28, iv. 7. 19, v. 4. 32, 
 6.25. 
 
 €v8ti\os, ov [S^Xos], quite clear, 
 in neut. with 6rt and a clause, iii. 
 1.2, V. 6. 13. 
 
 €v8£d, as, fair weather, a calm, v. 
 
 8. 19. 
 
 €V€i8^s, ^s [R. F18], good looking, 
 v^ell shaped, handsome, in sup., ii. 
 3-3. 
 
 twsXms, t, gen. tSos [eXTri's], full 
 of good hope, hopeful, ii. i. 18. 
 " iviiridiTos, OP [R. Oe], easily as- 
 sailable; phrase: eiieirLdeTov rjv tois 
 TToXe/Lttots, it icas easy for the enemy 
 to attack, iii. 4. 20. 
 
 cvep7£(rCd, as [R. F«P"y]» well do- 
 ing, good conduct, kindness, ii. 5. 
 22, 6.' 27, vii. 7. 47. 
 
 cv€p7€T€b), evepyeTTjau}, €vepy£Tr]aa 
 or ev-qpyir-qcra, evepyir-qKa or evr]pye- 
 rrjKa, evepyirrjixaL or €V-qpyiT-qp.ai, 
 €vepyeT7)dT)v [R. F«PY], (^0 well, do 
 good, do a kindness, Lat. bene fa- 
 cid, ii. 6. 17. 
 
 tvtp-ye'rqs, ou [R. pep^], well doer, 
 benefactor, ii. 5. 10, vii. 7. 11. 
 
 cvtcovos, ov [^wvr]'\, well-girdled, 
 an epithet of women, because tli'e 
 girdle just above the hips (not to 
 be confused with the girdle worn 
 just under the breast) made the 
 garment set well. See s.v. ^uvrj. 
 Sometimes the garment was drawn 
 up over the girdle, so that the limbs 
 might be free to move, as in pic- 
 tures of Artemis. Men on journeys 
 and in war followed this fashion, 
 hence the word means %vith clothes 
 tucked up, and therefore active, 
 agile, of soldiers, applied to bar- 
 barians, iii. 3. 6, iv. 2. 7, v. 4. 23, 
 to Greek light-armed troops, vi. 3. 
 
 15, to Greek heavy -armed troops, 
 iv. 3. 20, vii. 3. 46. The word does 
 
 No. '20. 
 
 not mean light-armed, but is ap- 
 plied to any sort of troops capable 
 of active movement. The hoplites 
 mentioned in vii. 3. 46 as ev^ojvoi 
 were under thirty years of age. 
 
 €VTJ6ci.a, as [eu-^^Tjs], guilelessness, 
 simplicity, silliness, i. 3. 16. 
 
 €vir|6T]s, es [cf et'w^a], simple- 
 minded, silly, foolish, i. 3. 16. 
 
 €v6vp.£0|xai, €vdv/xrj(ToiJ.ai [R. 1 0v], 
 be cheerful, enjoy oneself, iv. 5. 30. 
 
 €vOv|jios, ov [R. 1 0v], of good 
 heart, cheerful, in comp., iii. i. 41. 
 
 £v9vsi adv. of time, straightway, 
 j immediately, at once, directly, Lat. 
 statim, i. 5. 8, 8. 1, ii. 2. 15, iii. i. 
 I 9, iv. 3. 9, 7. 2, v. 4. 14, vi. i. 28, 
 vii. 3. 14. Phrases : evdvs 7ra?5es 
 5fTes, even from childhood, Lat. a 
 puer'is, i. 9. 4, cf. ii. 6. 11 ; e^^i>s iK 
 irald(j}v, even from boyhood, Lat. a 
 puer'is, iv. 6. 14 ; evdiis iweiddv, as 
 soon as, iii. i. 13, iv. 7. 7; irpwrou 
 ixiv o'lda evdijs, in the flrst place to 
 state the facts at once, etc., v. 6. 
 7 ; evdvs d<p' icnripdt, directly after 
 nightfall, vi. 3. 23. 
 
 evOvwpos, ov [eiiOdsl, in a straight 
 direction; only in neut. as adv., 
 straight on, ii. 2. 16. 
 
 cvKXcia, as [kX^os, t6, fame, cf. 
 Lat. clued, be spoken of, and laus, 
 praise, Eng. loud], fair fame, 
 glory, vii. 6. 32, 33. 
 
89 
 
 EvkX€(8t]S~€VPV5 
 
 £vk\€(8i]s, ov, Euclides, a Phlia- 
 siau soothsayer, friend of Xeno- 
 phon, vii. 8. 1 ff. 
 
 6uk\€ws, adv. [ei)KXe?js, famous, 
 cf. evKXfia], gloriousl'j, vi. 3. 17. 
 
 €V|A€vqs, ^s [R. |xa], loell disposed, 
 of gods and men ; of places, actions, 
 etc., favourable, kindly, comfort- 
 able, iv. 6. 12. 
 
 CVflCTaXCipiCTTOS, ov [R. X*P]) ^<**.'/ 
 
 to handle or deal with, of a person, 
 ii. 6. 20. 
 
 €vvoia, ds [R. •yvw], good will, 
 kindness, affection, i. 8. 29, ii. 6. 13, 
 vii. 7. 46 ; with objective gen., iv. 
 
 7. 20. 
 
 cvvo'iKws, adv. [R. 7vw], with 
 good ivill or affection ; with e'xe'^') 
 be well disposed, with dat. of pers., 
 i. I. 5. 
 
 cvvoos, ov, contr. evvovi, ow [R. 
 7v«], icell or kindly disposed, at- 
 tached, of persons, abs. or with 
 dat. of pers., i. 9. 20, ii. 6. 20, v. 6. 
 2, vii. 7. 30. 
 
 cv^a(r6ai, see evxa/J-ai. 
 
 €i5|€ivos, ov [ie'vos], kind to 
 strangers, hospitable; 6 Ev^eivos 
 lUvToi, the Black Sea, the Euxine, 
 iv. 8. 22, which was at first called 
 by Ionic sailors in old times 'A^et- 
 cos, inhospitable, because of its 
 stormy character. The name was 
 changed by euphemism {cf. Cape 
 of Good Hope, originally Stormy 
 Cape) after the colonization of its 
 shores by the Milesians in the sev- 
 enth century b.c. 
 
 EvoSevs, i(^s, or EvoSids, 01;, 6, 
 either a proper name of a Greek 
 captain, Euodeus, or a coiTupted 
 gentile adj., vii. 4. 18. 
 
 CV080S, ov [686s], easy to tnir,-!^ 
 practicable, passable fur men or 
 animals, abs. or with dat.. iv. 2. li, 
 
 8. 10, 12. 
 
 €voir\os, ov [R. a-tir], well armed 
 or equipped, in sup., ii. 3. 3. 
 
 tvirtTws, adv. [R. ir€T], easily, 
 with little difflcultii, ii. 5. 23, iv. "3. 
 21. 
 
 cviropid, ds [R. irep], easy means 
 
 or facility of obtaining what one 
 can use, means in the sense of 
 money, v. I. 6 ; ttoXXt; bfilv eiiwopia. 
 (palverai, you appear to have excel- 
 lent prospects, vii. 6. 37. 
 
 ciiiropos, ov [R. irtp], easy to 
 travel through or jmss, iii. 5. 17, 
 vi. 5. 18; of a road, ii. 5. 9, v. i. 
 14. 
 
 cvirpaKTOs, ov [wpaKTos, verbal of 
 irpaTTw'], easy to be done, practica- 
 ble, in comp., ii. 3. 20. 
 
 €virp€irT|s, ^s [irpiiroj'], good look- 
 ing, handsome, of persons, iv. 1. 14. 
 
 €v-irp6o-o8oSi ov [686s], easy to 
 approach, accessible, in sup., v. 
 4.30. 
 
 €vpi^|*a, aros, to [eypiV/cw], what 
 
 is found, esp. unexpectedly, a Jind, 
 
 icindfall, vii. 3. 13 ; evprjpia eiroL-q- 
 
 (TOLix-qv, I thought it a jnece of good 
 
 I luck, ii. 3. 18. 
 
 ! evpio-Kw (evp-), evprjau, rjvpov, 
 ri'vpriKa, ri'vpTjfxat, -qvpiOriv, find, dis- 
 cover, Lat. reperio, i. 2. 25, iii. 2. 
 12, iv. 8. 10, V. 4. 27, vii. 5. 14 ; 
 Jind out, discover, devise, iii. 3. 18, 
 with ace. of pers., and inf. or partic, 
 i. 9. 29, vi. 1. 29; mid., Jind for 
 oneself, procure, obtain, ii. i. 8, 
 with irapd and gen. of pers., vii. 1. 
 31. (The late forms evpov, evpr^Ka, 
 etc., are printed in some editt. of 
 the Anab.) 
 
 €vpos, ovs, TO [el/pis'], breadth, 
 width, Lat. Idtitudo, used with or 
 without the art., and generally in 
 ace. of specification, i. 2. 5, 23, 7. 
 15, ii. 4. 12, iii. 4. 7, iv. 3. 1, v. 6. 
 9, vi. 4. 3, vii. 8. 13 ; with gen. ol 
 measure, i. 2. 8, ii. 4. 25, iii. 4. 9 ; 
 with adj. TrXedpialoi, i. 5. 4, iv. 6. 4. 
 
 EvpvXoxos, 6, Eurylorhus, a hop- 
 lite from Lnsi in Arcadia, well 
 known for his bravery, iv. 2. 21, 
 7. 11, 12, vii. 1.32, 6.40. 
 
 Evpv|xaxos> 6, Eurymachus, of 
 Dardanus ; he aided in thwarting 
 Xenophon's plan to found a city 
 on the Pontus, v. 6. 21. 
 
 tipvst «o, 1;, broad, wide, Lat. 
 Idtus, iv. 5. 25, V. 2. 5. 
 
Evp(fiTrr]-"E<|)eo-os 
 
 90 
 
 Evpcoini, 7?s, Europe, the north- 
 west division of the Old World, 
 vii. I. 27, 6. 32. 
 
 €VTaKTos, ov [R. TttK], veil ar- 
 ranged, of soldiers, orderly, icell 
 disciplined, ii. 6. 14, iii. 2. 30. 
 
 €VTdKT«s, adv. [R. to.k], in a 
 disciplined manner, icith good dis- 
 cipline, vi. 6. 35. 
 
 €VTagid, ds [R. tok], good ar- 
 rangement, esp. in a military sense, 
 discipline, subordination, Lat. dis- 
 cipl'Dia. I. 5. 8, iii. i. 38. 
 
 €vToX(ios, OV [R. TttX], of brace 
 spirit, cnurageous, i. 7. 4. 
 
 £VTvx.€a), ei^ruxiycw, etc. [R. raK], 
 &e K'eH 0^', fortunate, or successful, 
 abs. or with cognate ace, i. 4. 17, 
 vi. 3. 6. 
 
 evTti\T]n.a, aros, to [R. raK], jnVce 
 0/ good fortune, success; tovto to 
 evTvxviJ-a- eiiTvxe'ii', gain this advan- 
 tage, vi. 3. 6. 
 
 Ev<t>pdTr)s, ov, the Euphrates, the 
 great river of AVestern Asia, i. 3. 
 20, 4. 11, ii. 4. (), iv. 1.3. It rises in 
 Armenia, where it consists of two 
 branches, the modern West Phrat 
 or Turkish Kara Su (Black River), 
 and the East Phrat or Murad Su. 
 The latter w^as crossed by the 
 Greeks, iv. 5. 2, and the main 
 river at the usual ford at Thapsa- 
 cus, i. 4. 17. It flowed through 
 Mesopotamia and Babylon to its 
 junction with the Tigris, thence to 
 the Persian gulf. 
 
 tvx^i ^s [euxo/uat], praiier, i. 9. 
 11. 
 
 €i5xo|ji,ai, ev^ofjLai, ev^dixr^v or ■t)v^d- 
 ix-qv, pray, offer prayers, irish for, 
 abs. or with inf. or with ace. and 
 inf., i. 4. 7, 17, 9. 11, iv. 8. 16, 
 vii. I. 30, 7. 27 ; pray or pay one's 
 vows to the gods, offer vows, Lat. 
 uota facio or suscipio, with ace. of 
 the thing vowed, iv. 8. 25 ; abs. 
 with dat. of the god. iii. i. 6, to 
 which may be added the inf. ex- 
 pressing what one will do or what 
 the god is asked to do. iii. 2. 9, iv. 
 3. 13, vi. I. 2(;. 
 
 «v«8tiS) es [cifw, smell, cf. Lat. 
 odor, smelQ, sweet-smelling, fra- 
 grant, Lat. odordtus, of plants and 
 wine, i. 5. 1, iv. 4. 9, v. 4. 29. 
 
 6vww|j.os, ov [R. -Yvw], of good 
 name or omen ; euphemistic for 
 dpKjTepbs, left, in order to avoid 
 the mention of this word, which 
 was considered unlucky from its 
 use in soothsaying; as a military 
 phrase, to evcbw/Mv, with or with- 
 out K^pas, the left wing of an armv, 
 the left, i. 2. 15, 8. 4, 10. 0, iv. 8. 
 14, V. 4. 22, vi. 5. 11. 
 
 iiuyjio), evo}xV<^ofxai, ewwxW*'? 
 evcjxv^V [R- o't\], entertain; mid. 
 and pass., /are sumptuously, feast, 
 have one's Jill, of men and ani- 
 mals, iv. 5. 30, V. 3. 11. 
 
 «v«xi6i, ds [R. <r€x]i feast, ban- 
 quet, vi. I. 4. 
 
 €<}>', by elision and euphony for 
 iiri. 
 
 «<|)a-yov (<pay-), 2 aor. with no 
 pres. in use, inf. <payeiv [cf. Eng. 
 oeso-phagus}, eat, taste of, abs., 
 with ace, or gen., ii. 3. 16, iv. 8. 20, 
 vii. 3. 23. (See iaOiw.) 
 
 e({>dvT], see <f>aivu). 
 
 €<^a(rav, 'i^art, see 4>r)p.i. 
 
 €<|>e8pos, ov [R. <re8], seated by; 
 subst., 6 fcpedpos, a contestant in 
 the games who has drawn a bye 
 and therefore waits for the second 
 round in the contest, Lat. stipposi- 
 t'lcius, hence, fresh opponent, re- 
 serve force, ii. 5. 10. 
 
 €(|>£iro(jiai [R. <r€irj. follow after, 
 follow, pursue, esp. of an enemy, 
 abs. or with dat., ii. 2. 12, iii. 4. 3, 
 v. 8. 8, vi. 5. 17, vii. 6. 29; 2 aor. 
 opt. eiriairoiTO, iv. I. 6. 
 
 *E<|)€<ri0Si d, ov ["E^etros], of 
 Ephesus, Ephesian, v. 3. 4, 6. 
 
 "E4)£<ros, 17, Ephesus, the oldest 
 of the twelve ancient cities of Ionia, 
 settled by colonists of the Attic 
 deme Euonomeus, i. 4. 2, ii. 2. 6. 
 It lay on the Sellnns, v. 3. 8, near 
 the mouth of the Cayster, in the 
 Asian Plain, from which the chief 
 highways led into the interior. 
 
91 
 
 ««1>1-«X" 
 
 This plain is believed by many to 
 have given its name to the conti- 
 nent. Ephesus was the most con- 
 venient landing place for Greeks 
 and Romans coming to Asia, and 
 from here Xenophon started to 
 join Cyrus, vi. i. 23. It was not, 
 however, of great commercial im- 
 portance before the time of Al- 
 exander, nor did it take a promi- 
 nent part in wars. It was re- 
 nowned as a sacred city, contain- 
 ing the famous temple of the 
 Ephesian Artemis, the largest of 
 Greek temples and one of the won- 
 ders of the world, v. 3. 12. This, 
 however, was the second temple, 
 the first having been burned on 
 the very night, it was said, when 
 Alexander was born. The present 
 ruins at Ajasluk are those of the 
 suburb of the city, for Ephesus it- 
 self lay on the hill Prion or Pyon. 
 The remains of the temple lie be- 
 tween Ajasluk and this hill. 
 
 £<|>Tj, 'i^r\trQa, see (p-q/nl. 
 
 c(j>66s, Vi ^v [(■/"• ^'/'w], boiled, v. 
 4. 32. 
 
 €<|>tT]|i,i [trjM']) ^^'^^ 01' ^^^ 9c to ; 
 mid., leave to or allow one to do a 
 thing, with dat. of pers. and inf., 
 vi. 6. 31. 
 
 €«)>£o-TTi|ii [R. o-ra], set beside or 
 on, make stop at, make halt, bring 
 to a stop, i. 8. 15 {sc. t6v 'iinrov), 
 ii. 4. 25 ; set over, set in command, 
 Lat. praeficio, abs. or with dat., iii. 
 3. 20, 4. 21, V. I. 15; intr. in mid. 
 and 2 aor., pf. and plpf. act., be set 
 on, stop, halt, sometimes with ewi 
 and dat., i. 4. 4, 5. 7, ii. 4. 26, v. 4. 
 34 ; be set in command of, com- 
 mand, with dat., vi. 5. 11. 
 
 €<{>68iov, TO [686s], provision for 
 ajortrney, travelling expenses, Lat. 
 uidticum, vii. 3. 20, 8. 2. 
 
 c(|>oSoSi 17 [oSos], way to, ap- 
 proach, with kwi and ace, iii. 4. 41, 
 iv. 2. 6 ; of an army, advance, at- 
 tack, ii. 2. 18, 3. 1. 
 
 «4>opda> [R. 2 F«p], have oue'^s 
 eyes on, keep in sight, vi. 3. 14. 
 
 €'(|>op|ie(o [6p/xe'w], lie at anchor 
 opposite or against, blockade, abs., 
 vii. 6. 25. 
 
 c<{>opos, 6 [R. 2 F«p], overseer; 
 esp. a Spartan officer, ephor. The 
 board of ephors at Sparta num- 
 bered five, elected annually from 
 all of the citizens. They possessed 
 authority not only over the com- 
 monwealth in general, but also 
 over the kings. Two of them regu- 
 larly accompanied the kings on 
 their campaigns. But at the end 
 of their year of office, they were 
 liable to be called to account by 
 their successors. The year was 
 dated by the name of the first 
 ephor, as at Athens by that of the 
 first archon. ii. 6. 2, 3. 
 
 €'<j>u-y«, see (pevydj. 
 
 'c\6pd, as [ex^os, to, h'fte], en- 
 viiti/, ill will, Lat. inimicitia, ii. 4. 
 11." 
 
 sX^poS) a? 0" [fX^os, TO, hate], 
 hated or hating, hostile, Lat. ini- 
 mlcus, i. 3. 20; subst., enemy, Lat. 
 hostis, i. 3. 6, ii. 5. 39, vii. 6. 7 ; 
 sup., oi iKciPov exOicTTOL, his bitterest 
 foes, iii. 2. 5. 
 
 e'xvpos, a, 6" [R. <rt\], tenable, 
 linn, strong, with x'^P'O"! h. 5. 7, 
 vii. 4. 12. 
 
 «X« (ffex-^, ??w and <rxi7<raj, ecrxoc, 
 eo-Xij/ca, -^(Txw" [R- •rfxli have, 
 in its widest sense, Lat. Imbed, 
 hold, possess, occupy, keep with 
 one, include, i. i. 6, 2. 11, 8. 10, 
 21, iii. I. 19, 5. 1, V. 4. 15, vi. i. 
 17, oi ix'>vT€'5, the nch, vii. 3. 28 ; 
 have to wife, iii. 4. 13 ; obtain, re- 
 ceive, i. 3. 11, ii. 4. 22, iii. 2. 20; 
 keep, holdfast, carry, wear, i. 5. 8, 
 9. 6, ii. 3. 11, iii. 2. 28, iv. 4. 16, vi. 
 
 1. 9; pass., be held, captured, iv. 
 6. 22, vii. 3. 47, iv dvajKri €x^<^^°-h 
 see dvayKT], ii. 5. 21 ; ex^''i having, 
 is generally best rendered by with, 
 i. 1,2, iii. 3. 6, iv. 5. 13, vii. 3. 47 ; 
 with inf., be able, can, ii. 2. 11, iii. 
 
 2. 12, vii. 6. 39 ; hold off, keep off, 
 with ace. or with ace. and gen., iii. 
 5. 11, vii. I. 20; used intr. and 
 
t\|/t]T6s-5evYos 
 
 92 
 
 generally with adv., when the 
 phrase is best rendered like eivai 
 with an adj., as eiivoiKus ex^iv, be 
 well disposed, 1. i. 5, elxev ovrus, 
 it icas so, iii. i. 31, so with /caKws, 
 (caXtSs, ivrtfius, ijirep, fiXXwj, Sttt?, 
 etc., i. 5. 16, 8. 13, ii. i. 7, 2. 21, 
 iii. 2. 37, vi. i. 21; without an adv., 
 Kuj/iiat virb rb iroXifffia exouerat, vil- 
 lages extending along under the 
 citadel, vii. 8. 21, with a:j.(f>i and 
 ace, be busy at or about, v. 2. 26, 
 vi. 6. 1, vii. 2. 16. Mid., hold on 
 to, come next to, be next, abs. or 
 with gen., i. 8. 4, 9 ; cling to, strive 
 for, vi. 3. 17. Phrases: fieiov ix^iv, 
 have the u-orst of it, i. 10. 8, iii. 4. 
 18 ; elprjvTjv exeiv, live in peace, ii. 
 6. 6 ; fvdriXov TovTo eixc, he made 
 this clear, ii. 6. 18 ; Tja-vxi-du exfiv, 
 keep still, iv. 5. 13 ; with a partic. 
 exw retains its own force, as exofj-ev 
 dvyipwaKbres, we have Carried off 
 and we keep, 1. 3. 14, cf. iv. 7. 1, vii. 
 7.27. 
 
 €t|/T]T6s, v, bv (verbal of 'i^j/oj), 
 boiled, made by boiling, with anb 
 and gen. of source, ii. 3. 14. 
 
 et|ro|xai,, see '^rrofJiaL. 
 
 'i^ii), eipricrw, ■^i/'T/tra, boil, ii. I. 6, 
 V. 4. 29. 
 
 'iaitv, adv. [^ws], from dawn, at 
 daybreak, Lat. prima luce, iv. 4. 8, 
 vi. 3. 23. 
 
 cu>K€(rav, see eoiKa. 
 
 iiovTis, see idu). 
 
 cwpd, cwpdKa, impmv, see opdo). 
 
 ?«s, ew, i] [c/. Lat. aurora, Eng. 
 east], i/^e rosy ?i(//(« of dawn, Lat. 
 aurora, dawn, daybreak, Lat. dlZw- 
 culum, i. 7. 1, ii. 4. 24, iv. 3. 9 ; 
 irpbs 'du, to the east, eastward, Lat. 
 ad orientem or ad sdlis ortum, iii. 
 5. 15, V. 7. 6. 
 
 Slws, temporal conj., as Zo?«^ as, 
 while, Lat. fZ?im, with indie, i. 3. 
 11, ii. 6. 2, iii. 4. 49; with dv and 
 subjv., i. 4. 8, iii. i. 43, vi. 3. 14; 
 Ttp to, until, Lat. fZ?(?» or donee, 
 with indie, iv. 8. 8 ; with dv and 
 subjv., V. I. 11 ; with opt., ii. i. 2, 
 vi. 5. 26. 
 
 Z. 
 
 ZdPaTos, see Za- Iris. 
 
 ZaTdrdSt ou, or Zdparos, 6, i/ie 
 Zapatas river, in Syrian called 
 Zaba, Wolf, and hence by later 
 Greeks Avko%. It emptied into the 
 Tigris just below Nineveh, ii. 5. 1, 
 iii. 3. 6. (Great Zab.) 
 
 Jdw, fi7(rw, live, be alive, abs. or 
 with ace. of time, i. 6. 2, 9. 11, ii. 
 6. 29, iii. I. 43, v. 8. 10 ; the means 
 by which one lives may be ex- 
 pressed by partic. or by dirb and 
 gen., i. 5. 5, vi. i. 1, vii. 2. 33. 
 
 Stid, as, used only in pi., spe?f, 
 Lat. far, a sort of wheat-like grain 
 used for cattle and by the poor 
 for food (triticum spelta), v. 4. 
 
 Seipd, as, mantle or cloak reach- 
 ing to the feet, worn by Thracian 
 horsemen, vii. 4. 4. 
 
 5€VYt)XaT€ci) [R. %vy + eXatjvw'], 
 drive a yoke of oxen, abs., vi. 
 I. 8. 
 
 5€vyT]\dTTjs, ov [R. t,vy+ Aaiy^w], 
 07ie who drives a yoke of oxen, 
 teamster, vi. i. 8. 
 
 tEv^vviJii (fi'T-)) fc^lw, i'gexi^a, 
 i^€vy/xai, i^evxOriv, or ii;vyr)v [R. 
 tvy], yoke, attach, bind, join, 
 fasten, Lat. iungd, with irpbs or 
 wapd and ace, iii. 5. 10, vi. i. 8; 
 esp. of bridges, y€<pvpa e^evyp-evrj 
 irXoiois, bridge made of boats, i. 2. 
 5, ii. 4. 24 ; biQpv^ i^evyfievT] irXoioLS, 
 canal with a pontoon bridge, ii. 4. 
 13. 
 
 t€xi-yos, ous, TO [R. Svy], a yoke 
 or pair of oxen, horses, or mules, 
 Lat. iugum, pi., cattle, iii. 2. 27, 
 vi. I. 8, vii. 5. 2, 8. 23. The name 
 arose from the use of the yoke. 
 ^vybv, in harnessing horses, mules, 
 or cattle to the chariot, wagon, 
 or plough, instead of the modern 
 collar with its attached traces. The 
 yoke was commonly curved where 
 it rested on the neck of the animal. 
 Straps were fastened to it at the 
 
Zivs-i,<!>vt] 
 
 middle and ends, and tied under 
 the animal's neck across the breast. 
 
 No. 21. 
 
 By means of other straps the yoke 
 was securely lashed to the pole. 
 
 Zevs, Ai6s, 6, Zeus, son of Cronus 
 and Rhea, king and father of gods 
 and men, god of the heavens and 
 director of the powers of nature, 
 esp. thunder and lightning, iii. i. 
 12, 4. 12. The destiny of all man- 
 kind was believed to lie in his 
 hands, and from him came both 
 good and evil. Justice and the 
 laws were under his protection. 
 He was worshipped everywhere, 
 but at Olympia stood his most 
 splendid temple, with the famous 
 statue by Phidias, v. 3. 11. Of 
 the many titles applied to him, the 
 Anab. contains the following: ^^- 
 vLos, as defender of strangers and 
 upholder of the laws of hospitality, 
 iii. 2. 4 ; auiT-qp, as preserver from 
 troubles and dangers, i. 8. 16, iii. 
 2. 9, vi. 5. 25 ; l^aa-iXevs, as king of 
 gods and men, iii. i. 12, vi. i. 22, 
 vii. 6. 44 ; yuetX^x'os, the gracious, 
 7nerciful, whose favour was to be 
 won by propitiatory sacrifices, vii. 
 8. 4. His name occurs freq. in 
 oaths, i. 7. 9, v. 8. 6, vii. 6. 11. 
 
 Sfiv, see ^du. 
 
 ZTJXapxos, 6, Zelarchus, market- 
 master or commissary in the Greek 
 army ; attacked by the soldiers, 
 but escapes, v. 7. 24, 29. 
 
 SiiXwTos, Vi ^f [verbal of fT;X6a>, 
 emulate, envy, f^Xos, 6, emulation. 
 
 envy, cf. Eng. zeal, jealous], to tie 
 deemed happy, envied ; rois or/coi 
 i;7i\wT6v, an object of envy to his 
 neighbours, i. 7. 4. 
 
 ^T]|j.i6co, ^rjfiidxTU), etc. [f»;/i/a, loss], 
 cause one loss, fine, punish, with 
 dat. of the penalty, vi. 4. 11. 
 
 jTiTt'w, ^r)T-n<Tw, etc., seek for, ask 
 for a person, ii. 3. 2, 4. 16 ; seek to 
 do a thing, desire, with inf., v. 4. 33. 
 
 5v|itTiis, ov [fujUT/, leaven, cf. Eng. 
 zymotic], in the phrase dproi ^v/u- 
 Tai, leavened bread, li'dt. p)dnis fer- 
 mentdtus, vii. 3. 21. 
 
 ^ci>Yp€<o, i^iliyprjcra, e^ij)y pyjfiai, efw- 
 yp-qd-qv [^w6s 4- R. a^], take or save 
 alive, give quarter to, iv. 7. 22. 
 
 5«v, see fdw. 
 
 twvTi, 77s [cf. Eng. zone], belt, 
 girdle, zone, Lat. zona, worn both 
 by men and by women just above 
 the hips, to be distinguished from 
 the second girdle worn by women 
 just under the breast (see the cut 
 s.v. eufwi/os). The 
 i;ihvq kept the x'Tcic 
 {q.v.), which was a 
 loose garment, in 
 place, and furnished 
 the means for regu- 
 lating its leng'th, 
 since it could be 
 drawn up under the 
 girdle so as to 
 leave the feet un- 
 impeded. The gir- 
 dles of women were 
 often simple cords, No. 22. 
 
 but they might be 
 elaborate and handsomely orna- 
 mented. See s.v. (pLdXi). The sol- 
 dier's girdle, iv. 7. 16 (in Homer 
 
 commonly called ^ua-r-np), was a 
 substantial belt of metal, or of 
 
^(i>6s-T]Y^0H'''''^ 
 
 94 
 
 leather plated with metal, worn 
 about the loins to secure the lower 
 part of the cuirass and fastened by 
 hooks. Hees.v.KVTjfus. Phrases: e\a- 
 (iov TTJi ^wvr)s Tbv 'Opovrdv, grasped 
 Orontas by the girdle, the sign 
 among the Persians that one had 
 been condemned to death, i. 6. 10 ; 
 els ^wvriv deSofj-ivai, given for gir- 
 dle money (as we should say, pin 
 money), of Persian queens who 
 had cities given them for their 
 small expenses, i. 4. 9. 
 
 ?«6s, r/, 6v [fdw, cf. Eng. zodiac, 
 zoo-logy], living, alive, iii. 4. 5. 
 
 H. 
 
 •J], disjunctive conj., or, used like 
 both Lat. vel and aiU, i. 4. 16, 8. 
 12, iv. 7.5, 10, V. 2.4, 6. 9; ^ ... 17, 
 either . . . or, i. 3. 5, vii. 6. 40, 7. 
 14 ; in indir. double questions, the 
 first member introduced by irdre- 
 pov, irdrepa, or ei, whether . . . or, 
 Lat. ntrnm . . . an, i. 4. 13, 10. 5, 
 17, ii. I. 10, 21, 5. 17; in a dir. 
 question, having no first member 
 expressed, ii. 4. 3. 
 
 T], comp. conj., than, Lat. quam, 
 used after a comp., i. i. 4, 2. 4, 11, 
 iii. I. 2, iv. 7. 9 ; with a following 
 inf., vi. 2. 13 ; after words of comp. 
 meaning, as avrios, evavrlos, aXXws, 
 oi;5ei' &\\o, dLa(p4p€iv, ii. 2. 13, iii. 
 I. 20, V. 8. 24, vi. 6. 34 ; S.\\o n ^, 
 see EXKos ; omitted after p-elov with 
 a numeral, vi. 4. 24. . 
 
 •fj, prepositive intensive particle, 
 really, truly, certainly, Lat. uero, 
 i. 6. 8 ; esp. in an oath, ^ fiiiv, in 
 very truth, upon my sacred honour, 
 ii. 3. 26, vi. I. 31, 6. 17, vii. 7. 35, 
 8. 2. 
 
 TJ, interr. particle, implying noth- 
 ing as to the answer expected, Lat. 
 -we, V. 8. 0, vii. 4. 9, 6. 4, 27. 
 
 T), see 6. 
 
 if, dat. sing. fern, of rel. Ss, used 
 adv. {sc. 65(3), of place, in what 
 place, vuliere, by the v^ay in which, 
 
 Lat. qua (sc. uid), i. 10. 6, iii. 4. 
 37, 5. 1, iv. 2. 8, 5. 34, 8. 12, v. 3. 
 11, 6. 7, vi. 5. 22 ; of manner, in 
 what way, hoio, as, Lat. qua (sc. 
 ratione), esp. with sup. of adv., ■§ 
 \ idivcLTo rdxiffTu, as q^dckly as pos- 
 ! sible, i. 2. 4, vi. 3. 21, so fi Tdxto"To, 
 vi, 5. 13 ; •g Svvarbv fiaXicTTa, with 
 all one^s power, i. 3. 15. 
 
 ij, see dp.i. 
 
 TiPdo-K« [ri^ri, youth], begin to 
 be in the flower of youth, Lat. 
 pubesco, iv. 6. 1, vii. 4. 7. 
 
 Tj-ya-yov, see Eyui. 
 
 T|7d(r0Tj, see dyap-ai. 
 
 TJ-yy€i\a, see dyy^Wu}. 
 
 T|-Y7va.T0, see iyyvduj. 
 
 T)-y£p.ovi6L, as [R. a-y], leadership, 
 chief command, precedence, iv. 7. 8. 
 
 T|-y€fJi6o-vva, rd (sc. lepd) [R. a^], 
 offerings for safe-conduct, esp, to 
 Heracles ijyefxwv, iv. 8. 25. 
 
 T)-y£|i.(ov, 6vos, 6 [R. a-y], one who 
 leads, a guide on a journey, Lat. 
 dux, i. 3. 14, ii. 3. 0, iii. 2. 23, iv, 
 
 1. 22, V. 2. 1, vi. 3. 11, vii. 3. 40; 
 with T17S 65o0, iii. i . 2 ; leader, com- 
 mander, esp. of large bodies of 
 troops, field marshal, i. 6. 2, 7. 12, 
 vi. 6. 35 ; of the state standing at 
 the head of Greece, said to hold 
 the hegemony, vi. i. 27 ; as a title 
 applied to Heracles as protector of 
 wanderers and warriors, vi. 2. 15, 
 5. 24, 25 (cf. 7)y€fji6<Tvva). 
 
 i\yio\i,a,i, i)yriaop.a.i, 7]yr]a-dfji.r]v, 
 Tjyr]p.ai, -T]y riB-qv [R. ay], go he- 
 fore, lead the way, guide, conduct, 
 Lat. diico, abs. or with dat. of 
 pers., ii. 3. 10, iii. 2. 20, iv. 6. 2, v. 
 4. 20, vi. 3. 15, vii. 3. 8 ; with iirl, 
 wpbs, or eis and ace, ii. 3. 9, iv. 2. 
 
 2, vi. 5. 1, vii. I. 33 ; with eK and 
 gen., i. 4. 2 ; with bbov, iv. i. 24, 
 V. 4. 10 ; KttXws r)yu(TdaL, be a good 
 guide, iv. 6. 1 ; t6 ijyovpLevov or 01 
 7}yovp£voL, the van, Lat. primum 
 dgmeu, ii. 2. 4, vi. 5. 12, vii. 3. 6 ; 
 lead, take command of, command, 
 be general, abs., or with gen. or 
 dat., i. 7, 1, 8. 22, ii. 2. 8, iii. i. 25, 
 2. 3r.. iv. I. 27, V. 2. 0, vi. 6. 82, 
 
95 
 
 'HYVjo-avSpos-TiXCBios 
 
 vii. 1.40; thinks believe, consider, 
 after a survey of the facts, like 
 Lat. ducb, with inf., ace. and inf., 
 or with two aces., i. 2. 4, ii. r. 11, 
 vi. I. 18, vii. 7. 27. 
 
 'H^Y^o-avSpos, o, Hegesander., a 
 Greek captain, chosen as one of 
 their generals by the Arcadians 
 and Acliaeans, vi. 3. 5. 
 
 ■jj'Sei, ■gStcrav, see ol5a. 
 
 ti8«'ws, adv. [R. 0I8], with pleas- 
 ure, gladly, contentedly, Lat. lihen- 
 ter, i. 2. 2, iv. 3. 2 ; comp. tjSIov, 
 i. 4. 9 ; sup. rfSiora, ii. 5. 15. 
 
 •i]8ti, adv., referring to time just 
 past or just about to come, some- 
 times of present time, Lat. iam, 
 already, by this time, ere now, now, 
 at once, straightway, i. 2. 1, 3. 11, 
 4. 16, ii. I. 3, 6.4, iii. i. 46, iv. 3. 
 24, V. 5. 22, vi. 5. 29, vii. i. 4, 7. 
 24. 
 
 T|8o|xai., i](Tdr}(TO/J.ai, rjffO-qv [R. d8], 
 
 he glad, take pleasure in, delight 
 in, enjoy, abs., with partic, or with 
 dat., i. 2. 18, 4. 1«), 9. 26, ii. 5. 16, 
 iv. 3. 9, v. I. 4, vii. 8. 0. 
 
 T]8ovTJ, rjs [ R. d8] , pleasure, de- 
 light, Lat. iioluptds, ii. 6. 6, iv. 4. 
 14 ; of fruit, flavour, taste, Lat. sa- 
 por, ii. 3. 16. 
 
 T)8voivoS) ov [R. aS + oiws] , pro- 
 dncing svjeet xoine, of a vine, vi. 
 4.6. ■ 
 
 T181JS, eZa, V [R. 08], sweet to the 
 taste or the feelings, Lat. suduis, 
 dulcis ; of food and drink, sweet, 
 delicious, ii. 3. 15, v. 4. 29, vi. 4. 4 ; 
 comp. rjSiuv, i. 9. 25 ; of a brave 
 action, pleasant, fine, vi. 5. 24 ; 
 sup. tjSkttos, i. 5. 3. 
 
 •n0€\€, see id^Xw. 
 
 ■gKav, see "rifiL. 
 
 t]Ki<rTa, see i^ttwi/. 
 
 tlKO), ^|w, in pres. indie, with 
 meaning of the pf., he come, have 
 come, be present or there, have ar- 
 rived, Lat. uenio or adsum (the 
 other moods of the pres., and the 
 impf., having generally an aor. 
 force, but the impf. sometimes 
 serves as plpf. and the fut. as fut. 
 
 perf.); used abs., i. 2. 1, 5. 12, 6. 3, 
 7. 2, ii. I. 15, iii. i. 13, iv. 5. 5, v. 
 2. 11, vi. 5. 1, 6. 36, with et's or iirl 
 and ace. of place, i. 4. 13, ii. 5. 34, 
 iv. 2. 18, vi. 2. 13, with eiri, irapd, 
 or Trpo's and ace. of pers., iv. 5. 19, 
 vii. 3. 24, 36, with irapd or did ami 
 gen., ii. 3. 17, iii. 5. 15; with irdXn' 
 iv. 3. 12, vi. 4. 8 ; with pres. par- 
 tic, as '^K€v €\avvu)v, he came rid- 
 ing, i. 5. 15, cf. i. 2. 6, iv. 4. 16, v. 
 I. 10, or with aor. partic, ii. 3. 29, 
 vi. 5. 10, vii. I. 39; of things, as 
 presents, or a story, v. 5. 2, vi. 6. 
 13. 
 
 T]\ao'€, see iXavvui. 
 
 r\\ty\ov, see iX^yx'^- 
 
 'HXeios, o, ov I'UXts, Ells'], a 
 dweller in Elis, an Elean, ii. 2. 20, 
 vi. 4. 10, vii. 8. 10. Elis was the 
 name of a state in the western 
 part of Peloponnesus, bounded 
 by Achaea, Arcadia, Messenia, 
 and the sea. Its western shore 
 was low and sandy, through its 
 middle ran the large river Al- 
 pheus, and the mountains on the 
 eastern border were comparatively 
 low. Its independence was, there- 
 fore, not due to natural causes, but 
 to the fact that it contained Olym- 
 pia {q.v.), and therefore generally 
 enjoyed exemption from war. It 
 produced flax and timber, and was 
 noted for its horses. 
 
 T]\«KTpov, TO [c/. Eng. electric'], 
 lustre, radiance, a name applied 
 to amber and to a compound of . 
 f gold and \ silver, used in coin- 
 age. In the Anab., ii. 3. 15, the 
 color of certain dates is compared 
 to that of TjXeKrpov, which proba- 
 bly means the compound electrum, 
 as the same dates are called by 
 Galen xpi't^o/SaXavot, gold-dates. 
 
 •^\.0ov, see epxo/J-ai. 
 
 T|\iPaTos, ov, Tonic and poetic 
 adj., high, steep, precipitous, of 
 rocks, i. 4. 4. 
 
 T|X.(Oios, d. Of, idle, foolish, silly, 
 Lat. ineptus, ii. 5. 21, v. 7. 10; 
 subst., TO rjXidiov. folly, ii. 6. 22. 
 
T]\iKCa-T]ni(rvs 
 
 96 
 
 TiXwKCd, as ItjXIkos, as old as], 
 age, time of life, Lat. aetas, esp. 
 the prime of life, ma/i's estate, 
 manhood, from 18 to 45 years, cf. 
 Lat. iuuentus, i. 9. 6, iii. i. 14, 25. 
 
 T|\iKi«TT)s, ov [^XtKi'd], an equal 
 in age, comrade, contemporary, 
 Lat. aequdlis, i. 9. 5. 
 
 ilXios, 6 [c/. Eng. heliacal, helio- 
 trope, peri-helion], the sun, Lat. 
 sol, generally without art. ; of its 
 rising the verbs aviaxeiv and ava- 
 riWeiv are used, of its setting 5t- 
 veiv or 8v€(r6ai. i. 10. 15, ii. 2. 3, KJ, 
 3. 1, iii. 4. 8, V. 7. 0, vii. 3. 34. 
 
 "HX.10S, 6 [cf. T^'XiosJ, Helios, the 
 sun-god, son of Hyperion and Theia, 
 rising out of the ocean in the 
 morning in his chariot, and sink- 
 ing into it again in the evening. 
 Among the Greeks he was exten- 
 sively worshipped, but more par- 
 ticularly by eastern nations, esp. 
 Persia. Horses were raised in 
 Persia and in Armenia to be sacri- 
 ficed to him. iv. 5. 35. 
 
 ■qXtDKOTa, see ctXtV ko/uoi. 
 
 T]|A€is, etc., see iyuj. 
 
 T||ji€\i]p.evcos, adv. from pf. pass, 
 partic. of dfj.e\iw [R. \>.iK], care- 
 lessly, heedlessly, i. 7. 19. 
 
 r\[i.iv, impf. from et>L 
 
 T)|X€pd, as \_cf. Eng. ep-hemeral'], 
 day, as opposed to night and also 
 as including the whole 24 hours, 
 Lat. dies, generally without the 
 art., i. 2. 6, 25, 5. 1(3, 7. 14, 18, ii. 
 
 1. 6, iii. 2. 1, 4. 31, iv. 6. 9, 8. 22, 
 V. 6. 1, vi. I. 14, vii. 3. 12, 4. 14. 
 Phrases : ry avrfi rjtiipq., on the 
 same day, i. 5. 12 ; r^ iirioija-ij 
 Tinipq., next day, Lat. postridie, i. 7. 
 
 2, cf. iii. 4. 18 ; /xi(roi> -riiiipas, noon, 
 Lat. mer'idies, i. 8. 8, cf. vi. 5. 7 ; 
 5iKa i7yu.epwi', icithin ten days, i. 7. 
 18, cf iv. 7. 20 ; d/xa ttj 7}ixipq. or 
 fi/xa vp-^pq., at daybreak, Lat. prima 
 luce, ii. I. 2, iv. i. 5, vi. 3. 6 ; t^ 
 irpbcrdiv rip-ipq., on the day before, 
 Lat. prtdie, ii. 3. 1 ; Tr]v r)p.ipa.v and 
 ■r)p.ipav, during the day, by day, as 
 opp. to night, Lat. liice, v. 8. 24. 
 
 vii. 2. 21, 6. 9, so V^pas, gen., ii. 
 6. 7, vi. I. 18; t^s i)p.ipa.s, a day, 
 as we say per diem (but it is not 
 Latin), iv. 6. 4 ; ttjs i]p.4pas SXr;s. 
 «i a t/.'/io?e da?/, iii. 3. 11 ; SXt/v ttjv 
 rjfi^pdv, all day long, iv. i. 10 ; ^kcI- 
 a-TT)s r}p.4pds, every day, vi. 6. 1 ; 
 ^/x^pa 7t7)'€Tat, day breaks, it is 
 day, Lat. lucescit, iv. 6. 23, cf vii. 
 3. 41 ; Trpos rjixepav, near or a6o?<< 
 daybreak, iv. 5. 21 ; /ue^' rip.ipav, 
 after daybreak, by clay, iv. 6. 12 ; 
 wpb T]p.ipds, before daybreak, Lat. 
 ante lucem, vii. 3. 1. 
 
 tjixcpos, Of, tame, tamed, Lat. 
 mdnsuetus ; of trees and plants, 
 cultivated, as opp. to wild, Lat. 
 satiuus, V. 3. 12. 
 
 T]|j.€T£pos, a, OV [^juets], ow)', be- 
 longing to us, Lat. noster, ii. 5. 
 41, V. 5. 10, vii. 3. 35; subst., rd 
 rip.eTepa, our affairs, circumstances, 
 relations, i. 3. 9. 
 
 Tjpii-, found only in composition 
 [cf. Lat. semi-, /la//-, Eng. hemi-^. 
 half 
 
 T|fi.iPp<i>TOSf oc [^pwt6s], halj- 
 eaten, Lat. semesus, i. 9. 2d. 
 
 TIp.iSdpciKOV, TO [5apeiK6s], half a 
 daric. i. 3. 21, see SdpeiKds. 
 
 Tijii5€TJs, ^s [R. St], loanting a 
 half half full, i. 9. 25. 
 
 f)p.i.oP6Xi.ov, see rjfxiwpoXiov. 
 
 T)p.(.6\ios, d. Of [oXos], containing 
 the ichole and half, half as much 
 again, of pay, with gen. of com- 
 parison, i. 3. 21. 
 
 T)p.ioviK6s, 17, 6v [^/lifovos], belong- 
 ing to mules, with ^evyos, mule 
 team, pair of mules, vii. 5. 2. 
 
 T||Ji(ovos, 6 [Sfos], half-ass, i.e. 
 mule, Lat. mulus, v. 8. 5. 
 
 TiixiTrXcOpov, t6 [R. irXa], half a 
 plethron, i.e. 50 Greek feet, iv. 7. 
 6 ; see irXedpov. 
 
 tiptio-vs, eM, V [^M'-]i ^O^A i- 8. 
 22 ; subst., rjfxiffv or ripLijea, with 
 or without art., the half, half, Lat. 
 dimidium, with gen., i. 9. 26, iv. 3. 
 15, vi. 2. 10 ; often assimilated to 
 gender and number of the depend- 
 ent subst., sometimes even when 
 
97 
 
 T||ll«P6XlOV-TlTTWV 
 
 the subst. is omitted, iv. 2. 9, vi. 5. 
 17, vii. 8. 18. 
 
 T]p,i.<oP6\iov or T]|iioP6\iov, rb 
 [6i3oX6s], half an ohol, i. 5. 6, see 
 d^oUs. 
 
 T])xovv, see i/x^u}. 
 
 rj^cjjE'yvoovv, see d^Kptypoiu. 
 
 r[v, contr. for idv, q.v. 
 
 ■nv, impf. of elfil, 
 
 i\vtnp, see Sairep. 
 
 r\vi\Qi], see ^ipw. 
 
 TiviKa, temporal conj., at lohich 
 time, lohen, with indie, i. 8. 1, iii. 
 4. 24, 5. 4, vii. 3. 40 ; with 8,v and 
 subjv., and with opt., iii. 5. 18 ; 
 TjvlKa TTjs upas, at whatever time, 
 iii. 5. 18. 
 
 TjvCoxos, 6 \_r)v'i.a, to., reins + R. 
 o-€x], one who holds the reins, 
 driver, charioteer, Lat. aur'iqa, i. 
 8. 20. 
 
 •fl|«uv, see TjKi^. 
 
 fjirep, dat. fem. of oawep, as adv., 
 in the manner in which, Lat. qua 
 (sc. ratione), ^wep e'ixof, just as 
 they were, ii. 2. 21 ; in the place in 
 which, lohere, just where, Lat. qrid 
 {sc. uid), iv. 2. 9, 4. 18. 
 
 T|irio-Td|xe8a, see iirlffTa/xai. 
 
 'HpaKXcia, as ['Hpa/cX^s], Hera- 
 clea, a Greeli city in Bithynia on 
 the Pontus, in the country of the 
 Mariandyni, colonized by the Me- 
 garians, v. 6. 10, vi. 2. 1, 4. 2. 
 
 'HpaKXcCStjs, ov l'HpaK\r}s'\, He- 
 raclules, of Maronea in Thrace, in 
 the service of Seuthes, vii. 3. 16, 
 29, 5. 6, 6. 7, 42. 
 
 'HpttKXewTTjs, ov ['H^d/cXeta], an 
 inhabitant of Heruclea, a Hera- 
 clean, V. 6. 19, vi. 4. 23. 
 
 'HpaKXcwTis, tSos, r) (sc. yrj) 
 ['Hpd/fXeia], the district of Hera- 
 clea, vi. 2. 19. 
 
 'HpaKX^is, ^ovs, 6, Heracles, called 
 by the Romans Hercules, son of 
 Zeus and Alcmene of Thebes, the 
 greatest hero of antiquity and after 
 his death received among the gods. 
 In the service of Eurystheus, king 
 of Argos, he performed his twelve 
 celebrated labours, the last and 
 
 greatest of which was the bringing 
 of Cerberus from Hades. Accord- 
 ing to one legend he descended 
 through a chasm in the peninsula 
 called Acherusia, near Heraclea in 
 Bithynia, vi. 2. 2. In the Anab. 
 he figures in his character of guide 
 to travellers and warriors, vi. 2. 15, 
 5. 24, 25, and as such offerings 
 were made to him, iv. 8. 25. 
 
 T|pdo-6T), see epa/xat. 
 
 TJp€0T]o-av, Ti'pTivTO, SCe alpiu. 
 
 T|p6|XTiv, see epofxai. 
 
 r\a-Qr\, see r;5o/xat. 
 
 T)0-vxoiSw (^(Tux'tS-), r}<Tvxdaw, 
 j)(Tvxo-(Ta [yicrvxosi'], he at rest, keep 
 quiet, V. 4. 16. 
 
 f|o-vxTf> adv. [rjffvxos'], stilly, 
 qidetly, in silence, i. 8. 11. 
 
 Ti<rvxCa, as [fjcrvxos], stillness, 
 quiet, rest, repose, Lat. quies, in 
 tlie phrases, KaO' ija-vxlciv, at one''s 
 ease (i.e. without being attacked) , 
 Lat. sine molestid, ii. 3. 8 ; r)avxlo-v 
 dyfiv, take one^s ease, repose, Lat. 
 otium agere or quietem capere, iii. 
 
 1. 14; 7)<Tvx'-o-v exf*) keep still, 
 stand still, iv. 5. 13, v. 8. 15. 
 
 Tio-vxos, ov, still, quiet, Lat. quie- 
 tus ; loithoitt speaking, in silence, 
 Lat. silentid, vi. 5. 11, 
 
 ■qTT]<rd|A€6a, see alriw. 
 
 f|Tpov, Tb, the part heloic the 
 navel, belly, abdomen, iv. 7. 15. 
 
 TjTTdojjiai, riTT-fiffOfiai, etc. [^t- 
 Twj'], be less or inferior, be sur- 
 passed, with ijartic, as T]TTdadai 
 evepyerCov, be surpassed in icell- 
 doing, ii. 6. 17, cf ii. 3. 23, where 
 gen. of comparison roirov occurs ; 
 be worsted, beaten, in battle, abs. 
 or with dat., i. 2. 9, ii. 5. 19, iii. i. 
 
 2, iv. 6. 26. 
 
 TlTTwv, OV, gen. ovos, inferior, 
 meaner, weaker, used as comp. of 
 KaKbs, abs. or with gen., v. 6. 13, 
 32, vii. 3. 5 ; neut. as adv., tjttov, 
 less, ii. 4. 2, v. 4. 20, 5. 2, vi. i. 18 ; 
 ov5kv ^TTov, not a xohit less, not less 
 effectively, vii. 5. 9 ; sup. ■^Kio-ra, 
 least of all, by no means, i. 9. 19, 
 vii. T,. 08. 
 
TlvXOvTO-e«d 
 
 t]\5x.ovTO, see fvxofJ.cn. 
 T|vp£, see evpicTKO}. 
 T]VTvxTi(rav, see ei^rnx^w. 
 Tlx9Tio-av, see ^170;. 
 
 6', by elision and euphony for r^. 
 
 8d\aTTa, 7?s, sea, Lat. mare, i. 2. 
 22, iv. 7. 24. V. I. 2, vi. 2. 18, vii. 5. 
 12 ; ddXaTTa /xeydXri, a heavy sea, 
 V. 8. 20. Phrase: Kai /card yrjv Kai 
 Kara ddXaTrav, by land and sea,- 
 Lat. terra marlqiie, i. i. 7, v. 6. 1. 
 
 0d\Tros, ovs, t6 [MXttw, soften by 
 heat^, warmth, heat, esp. of sum- 
 mer, in pL, Lat. calores, iii. i. 23. 
 
 0a|Aivd, adv. [dafid, often'], fre- 
 quentJij, often, Lat. saepe, iv. i. 10. 
 
 Odvaros, 6 [^j/tjo-zcw] , death, form 
 or ^7■Hr? o/" death, Lat. wo^', i. 6. 
 10, ii. 6. 29, iii. i. 43, vi. 4. 11. 
 Phrases : iwl Odvarop dyeffOai, be 
 led to execution, i. 6. 10 ; iirl eavdrif) 
 dyea-dai, be prosecuted on a capital 
 charge, v. 7. 34. 
 
 davarob), davaruaw, fdavdruxra, 
 (davarwdrjv [ddvaros], condemn to 
 death, Lat. damnd capitis, ii. 6. 4. 
 
 Od-rrrw {Tatp- for 6a(p-), 0d\f/w, 
 ida\pa, TedafXfiai, eTd(pT)v, perform 
 the funeral rites for a dead body, 
 either by burning or burying, like 
 Lat. sepelio ; but in A nab. burial is 
 always meant, hence, bury, abs. or 
 witbacc.. iv. i. 19, v. 7. 20, 30, vi. 
 4-9. 
 
 6appa\£0S) a, ov [Gpoo-tis], full of 
 confidence, bold, Lat. fortis, in 
 sup., abs. or with Trpos and ace, 
 iii. 2. 16. iv. 6. 9. 
 
 OappaXcws, adv. [6pa<rvs], icith 
 confidence, boldly, Lat. fortiter, 
 abs. or with irpbs and ace. of pers., 
 i. 9. 19, ii. 6. 14, vii. 3. 29. 
 
 Oappeo), 6apprj(no, iddpprjaa, reOdp- 
 pr)Ka (older Attic Oapaiw, etc., not 
 in Anab.) [Gpao-vs], he 0/ confi- 
 dence, he of good cheer or courage, 
 he vithont fear, abs. or with ace, 
 i. 3. 8, iii. 2. 20, V. 8. 19, vi. 3. 12, 
 
 5. 30 ; partic. as. adv., confidently, 
 icith courage, iii. 4. 3, v. 7. 33. 
 
 Odppos, ovs, t6 [6pa<rvs], confi- 
 dence, courage, vi. 5. 17. 
 
 9app«v6> [9pao-vs], make confi- 
 dent, cheer, enccna-age, i. 7. 2. 
 
 ©apvirds, ov, Tharypas, Menon's 
 favourite, ii. 6. 28. 
 
 fldrepov, see erepos. 
 
 GdTTov, see Taxvs. 
 
 Gavfxa, aros, to [Gt'd], a v:onder, 
 marvel, cause of wonder, with an 
 interr. clause, vi. 3. 23. 
 
 Oav|id^(d (^6avfj.a8-), davpAffOjiai, 
 iOatj/jiacra, reOaij/xaKa, i0av/xdff0Tjv 
 [Ot'd], tconder at, admire, be sur- 
 prised or amazed, abs. or with ace, 
 Lat. mlror, 1. 2. 18, 3. 2, ii. 3. 16, 
 iii. 2. 35, iv. 8. 20, vii. 6. 19 ; with 
 a clause with 6tl or el, i. 3. 3, v. 8. 
 25, vi. 5. 19 ; iconder, in the sense 
 of desiring to know, with interr. 
 clause, i. 8. 16, iii. 5. 13, v. 7. 13. 
 
 Oavfxdo-ios, a, ov [Oe'd], icondrous, 
 marvellous, remarkahle, Lat.?»Ij'o- 
 bilis or singxddris, abs. or with 
 gen. of cause, ii. 3. 15, iii. i. 27. 
 
 6avp,ao-T6S) 17, l>v [fled], wondrous, 
 wonderful, remarkable, strange, 
 Lat. mirdbilis, i. 9. 24, ii. 5. 15, iv. 
 8. 11, vii. 7. 10. 
 
 0ax|/aKT)voi, 01 [Gdi/'aKos], inhab- 
 itants of "ITiapsacus, Thapsacenes, 
 i. 4. 18.' 
 
 0d\|faKos, V, Thapsacus, a flour- 
 ishing commercial city in Syria on 
 the west bank of the Euphrates, i. 
 4. 11, the usual place for fording 
 the river, which is here only about 
 a metre deep. The statement of 
 the Thapsacenes to Cyrus, i. 4. 18, 
 was therefore mere flattery. Here 
 Darius crossed before and after 
 Issus. Thapsacus was the Jewish 
 Tiphsah, the eastern boundary of 
 Solomon's kingdom, 1 Kings 4, 24. 
 Its ruins are near the modem 
 Rakka. 
 
 e€d, as [Ged], sight, spectacle, 
 shoic, Lat. spectdcidum, iv. 8. 27. 
 
 0€d, as [0£6s]. goddess, Lat. dea, 
 in pi., vi. 6. 17. 
 
99 
 
 0^d(Jia-OT]Paios 
 
 Ocdfia, aros, rb [Bed], sight, iv. 
 7. 13. 
 
 Oedofiai, Oedcrofiai, etc. [8^d], (/a2:e 
 at, look on, vmtch, see, behold, 
 Lat. intueor, abs., with ace, or 
 with a rel. clause, i. 5. 8, iii. 5. 13, 
 iv. 7. 11, V. 7. 26, vi. 5. 16. 
 
 Oeios, a, ov [Oeos], divine, Lat. 
 diuinus ; subst., deiov, to, divine in- 
 tervention, portent, ±&t. prodigium, 
 i. 4. 18. 
 
 64\w, see ^6i^Xa>. 
 
 -9€v, suffix denoting the place 
 whence. 
 
 ©eo-yevTjs, ovs, 6, Theogenes, a 
 Greek captain from Locris, vii. 
 
 4. 18. 
 
 0«6iro(Airos, 6, Theopompus, an 
 Athenian, ii. i. 12 (believed by 
 some to be a pseudonym for 
 Xenophon) . 
 
 Geos, 6, i] [Oeos], divinity, god, 
 goddess, Lat. c^eiis, i. 4. 8, ii. i. 17, 
 iii. I. 21, iv. 3. 13, v. 2. 24, vi. i. 
 22, 31, vii. 6. 18; with the sing, 
 the art. is used only when a par- 
 ticular divinity is meant, iii. i. 
 
 5, 2. 12, V. 3. 7, vi. I. 22, vii. 8. 23. 
 Phrases : irpbs dewv, in the presence 
 of, before, or by the gods, ii. 5. 20, v. 
 7. 5 ; (ri)v rots deals, or ffiiv OeoTi, with 
 the aid of the gods, under Provi- 
 dence, ii. 3. 23, iii. i. 42, vi. 5. 23 ; 
 ev Tats irpbs tovs deofis Trpo(T68ois, in \ 
 processions to the temples, vi. i. 11. : 
 
 Ocoo-ipeia, as [Otos + (T^^ofiai, wor- 
 ship, cf. d(re/377s], reverence for the 
 gods, religion, piety, ii. 6. 26. 
 
 Oepaircvco, depaTreva-u, etc. [^epd- 1 
 iriav, cf. Eng. therapeutic~\, serve, 
 attend to, ivait upon, pay attention 
 to, Lat. seritio, i. 9. 20, ii. 6. 27, 
 vii. 2. 6. 
 
 6€pdircov, ovTos, 6, servant, attend- 
 ant, follower, of freeborn persons, 
 i. 8. 28, iii. i. 19, 3. 2. 
 
 9tpiX,(ti {Oepid-), id^piffa, Tedipicfxai, 
 idepLadTjv \_dipos, to, summer, cf. 
 dipw, heat, Lat. furnus, oven^, do 
 summer work ; intr,, pass the sum- 
 mer, iii. 5. 15. 
 
 Ocpfiao-Cd, as [^ep/x6s, hot, cf. 6e- 
 
 pl^w, Eng. thermal, thermo-meter], 
 warmth, VMrming, v. 8. 15. 
 
 @£pp.(6S(ov, OVTOS, 6, the Thermo- 
 don, a river in Cappadocia empty- 
 ing into the Pontus, v. 6. 9, vi. 2. 
 1. About it lived the Amazons. 
 (Termeh Tchai.) 
 
 Gco-Oai, see TiO-qfu. 
 
 0€TTaX.td, as [BeTraXos], Thes- 
 saly, the most northern state of 
 Greece, i. i. 10, consisting origi- 
 nally of the valley of the Peneus, 
 with the district of Thessaliotis on 
 the west and that of Pelasgiotis on 
 the east. In these were the most 
 important cities comprising the 
 Thessalian state. To these were 
 added, by constant conquests, Hes- 
 tiaeotis and Phthiotis on the north 
 and south. Magnesia and some 
 other outlying districts were not 
 part of Thessaly before the Mace- 
 donian period. On the uorthei-n 
 boundary of Thessaly was Mt. 
 01ympus„ the fabled home of the 
 gods, with the vale of Tempe be- 
 low it. The plain of Thessaly was 
 very fertile, producing much grain 
 and supporting cattle and horses, 
 the Thessalian cavaliy being noted 
 for its efficiency. The government 
 was oligarchical, and the country 
 was divided into the four political 
 divisions mentioned above, all be- 
 ing nominally under a chief magis- 
 trate called Tayos. 
 
 0£TTa\6s, 6, a TTiessalian, i. i. 
 10, ii. 5.31, V. 8.23. 
 
 Gt'o* (Ov-), Oevcrofxai, run, race, 
 charge, abs. or with Spo/j.^, i. 8. 18, 
 iii. 4.4, iv. 6. 25, 8. 28, vii. 1. 18; 
 with et's, €irl, or irpos and ace, ii. 2. 
 14, iv. 3.20, vii. I. 15. 
 
 Qiapito, dewp-qau, edeiLp-qffa, Tedeih- 
 prjKa [Ge'd], gaze, view, look on, be 
 a spectator, Lat. spjecto, i. 2. 10, ii. 
 4. 25, V. 3. 7, vi. 2. 1 ; of troops, 
 review, i. 2. 16. 
 
 ©TiPatos, 6 [Qri^at, Thebes], a 
 Theban, inhabitant of Thebes, ii. 
 1. 10, vii. I. 33, the oldest and most 
 powerful city of Boeotia, on the 
 
0T|PTi-0paKios 
 
 100 
 
 Ismeims. Thebes was said to have 
 been built by Cadmus and en- 
 larged by Amphlon. It was pre- 
 eminent in the mythical age among 
 all the cities of Greece, among its 
 most important legends being those 
 connected with Heracles, Dionysus, 
 and the family of Oedipus. In the 
 historical period, Thebes was al- 
 ways the bitter enemy of Athens, 
 supporting Xerxes and later the I 
 Spartans. After the Peloponnesian 
 war, she took sides against Sparta | 
 from jealousy, and under Epami- 1 
 nondas rose to be the head of j 
 Greece. Having resisted the Mace- 
 donians, the city was destroyed | 
 by Alexander in 335 e.g. Twenty ' 
 years later it was rebuilt, but never 
 regained its former standing. 
 
 0^Pt], 77s, Thebe, a city and dis- 
 trict in either Mysia or the Troad, ' 
 vii. 8. 7, at the foot of Mt. Pla- ' 
 cus, and hence called 'TirowXaKiij. 
 Here Achilles took captive Cliry- 
 seis, having sacked the city. 
 
 6^pd, as [6rip, xdld beast, cf. Lat. 
 fenis, unhl, Eng. deer], a hunting, 
 chase, hunt, Lat. nendtio, of wild 
 animals, v. 3. 8, 10. 
 
 6T)pdw, dTjpd<TU}, fdripaaa, redrj- 
 pdKa, id-qpdd-qv [^Tjpa], hunt, chase, 
 pursue, Lat. uenor, of animals or 
 men, abs. or with ace, i. 5. 2, iv. 5. 
 24, V. I. 9. 
 
 6T]p€va), 6r]p€iJ(Tw, etc. \^dripd'\, hunt, 
 chase, catch, Lat. uenor, i. 2. 7, 13, 
 v. 3. 9. 
 
 6t)piov, to [07ipd^, beast, animal, 
 esp. of beasts of the chase, Lat. 
 /era, i. 2. 7, 9. 6, v. 3. 8. 
 
 fliio-avpos, 6 [R. Oc], something 
 put away, treasure, v. 4. 27 ; store- 
 house, treasury, like those estab- 
 lished by different states at Delphi 
 and Olympia, to contain their pub- 
 lic offerings to the gods, v. 3. 5. 
 
 ©•^X^s, ov, Theches, the mountain 
 in Pontus, south of Trapezus, from 
 which the retreating Greeks first be- 
 held the sea, iv. 7. 2L Its identity 
 cannot be certainly established. 
 
 -01, a suffix denoting the place 
 iche7-e. 
 
 0Cpp«v, wvos, 6, Thibron, a gen- 
 eral sent out by the Spartans 
 against Tissaphernes in 400 b.c. 
 He took the Greeks into his pay, 
 vii. 6, 1, 43, 7. 57, 8. 24, and met 
 with some success, but was super- 
 seded for allowing his troops to 
 plunder allied nations. 
 
 9vTi'<rKW {dav; dva-'), 6avod/xai, 
 idavov, ridvr)Ka, die; in Anab. al- 
 ways in composition, except in pf., 
 he dead, he slain, have fallen in 
 battle, the following forms occur- 
 ring: TedvqKe, ii. I. 3, Tedvarov, iv. 
 I. 19, redvda-i, iv, 2. 17, redvavai, iv. 
 I. 20, T€6vr]K6Tos, iii. i. 17, redv-q- 
 Kora, i. 6. 11, redveCoras, vii. 4. 19. 
 
 GvTiTos, Vi ov [verbal of dvya-Kw'], 
 subject to death, mortal, Lat. mor- 
 tdlis, iii. I. 23. 
 
 06ava, TO., Tyana, see Aaca. 
 
 Oopvpos, 6 [^dpbos, 6, noise, cf. 
 ddpoos'], turmoil, disturbance, noise, 
 confusion, of the noise a crowd 
 makes, Lat. turba, i. 8. 16, ii. 2. 19, 
 iii. 4. 35, vii. 2. 18. 
 
 0ovpios>6, a Thurian, inhabitant 
 of Thurii, v. i. 2, a city in Luca- 
 nia in Magna Graecia, on the gulf 
 of Tarentum. It was colonized by 
 Athenians sent out by Pericles, 
 among them Herodotus and Lysias. 
 Its ruins are near Terra Nuova. 
 
 0paKTi, 77s [6/)^^], Thrace, either 
 
 1) in Europe, a country formed 
 by the southeastern part of the 
 Balkan peninsula, without definite 
 borders on the west, but reaching 
 as far north as the Danube, now 
 Ronmelia, v. i. 15, vii. i. 14; or 
 
 2) in Asia, called also Bithynian 
 Thrace, the coast extending from 
 the mouth of the Pontus to Hera- 
 clea, vi. 2. 17, 4. 1. 
 
 0paKi.ov, TO [Gp^'/ctos], the Thra- 
 cium, a public square in Byzan- 
 tium, vii. I. 24. 
 
 ©p^Kios, d., ov [0p$^], Thracian, 
 belonging to Thrace, vii. i. 13, 2. 
 23. 
 
101 
 
 0pd^-Oc« 
 
 0pq|, k6s, 6, a Thracian, native 
 of Thrace, whether in Europe or in 
 Asia, i. 1.9, ii. 2. 7, vi. i. 5, 3. 4, vii. 
 I. 5, 4. 4; the latter were called 
 also Bithynian Thracians, vi. 4. 2. 
 
 6pao-£(i>s, adv. [Opao-vs], with 
 confidence., boldlij, iv. 3. 30. 
 
 Opao-vs, eia, v [0po(rtis], confident, 
 bold, darinq, Lat. anddx, in comp., 
 V. 4. 18, 8. 19, vii. 8. 16. 
 
 6p€x|r6|j,e6a, see rpi<pw. 
 
 Opdvos, 6 [cf. Eng. throne'], seat, 
 chair, chair of state, throne. The 
 word would suggest to a Greek 
 the large chair with straight back 
 
 No. 24. 
 
 No. 25. 
 
 and legs and low arms (Lat. so- 
 linm), which in a private house 
 would be the seat of honour of the 
 master and of his guests, and in 
 temples the throne of the god. The 
 former were commonly made of 
 heavy wood, although sometimes 
 in part of metal, the latter were 
 wrought in marble. The dpovos 
 might be provided with a cushion 
 and coverings ; and, since the seat 
 was lofty, a footstool might be 
 added. Of the throne of the king 
 of Persia, dpovos 6 ^aa-iXeios, ii. I. 4. 
 
 9vy6.Tr\p, Tpos, T) [c/. Eng. daugh- 
 ter], daughter, Lat. filia, ii. 4. 8, 
 iv. I. 24, vii. 2. 38. 
 
 OvXaKos, 6, hag, sack, generally 
 of leather, vi. 4. 23. 
 
 0i)|ia, aro's, to [R. 2 9v], that 
 which is offered, victim, sacrifice, 
 animal for sacrifice, Lat. hostia, vi. 
 4. 20, vii. 8. 19. 
 
 0v|iPpiov, TO, Thymhrium, a city 
 
 in the southern part of Phrygia, i. 
 2. 13. Its site cannot be exactly 
 determined. 
 
 ei|A0€i8Vis, ^s [R. 1 0V+ R. F18], 
 high-spirited, Lat. animosns, of 
 horses, in comp., iv. 5. 36. 
 
 6v)i6o|xai., Ovfiwaofxat, etc. [R. 
 1 9v], be angry, incensed, with dat. 
 of pers., ii. 5. 13. 
 
 0vp.6s, 6 [R. 1 Ov], the animating 
 principle in man, both of physical 
 and mental feelings, Lat. anima 
 and animus, used in a wide sense, 
 like English heart; as the seat 
 of passion, anger, icrath, vii. i. 25. 
 ©iivoC, oi, the Thyni, a tribe of 
 Thracian stock, which originally 
 lived on the Black Sea in the neigh- 
 bourhood of Salmydessus, but af- 
 terwards crossed into Asia and 
 lived in the Bithynian coast dis- 
 trict, vii. 2. 22, 4. 2, 14, 18. 
 
 Ovpd, as \_cf. Lat. foris, door, Eng. 
 door], door, of a room or build- 
 ing, generally pi., as the doors were 
 ui^ually double, Lat. /ores, ii. 5. 31, 
 vii. 3. 16, 4. 15. Phrases : eirl rais 
 'EXXdSos dvpais, at the door, or as 
 we might say, on the very threshold 
 of Greece, vi. 5. 23 ; so iirl tuis 
 l3a<Ti\iws Ovpais may denote neigh- 
 j bourhood, at the very gates of the 
 \ king, ii. 4. 4, iii. i. 2, but it"^ also 
 j denotes his residence, as we say, 
 I at the king''s court, Lat. in aula, 
 i. 9. 3, ii I. 8 ; so dvpaL denotes a 
 ; general's residence, headquarters. 
 I. 2. 11, ii. 5. 31. 
 
 0vp£Tpa, TO. [^diipa], door, gate, 
 of a town, Lat. porta, v. 2. 17. 
 
 9vo-id, as [R. 2 0v], offering to 
 the gods, i-acriftce, Lat. sncrificium, 
 iv. 8. 25, 26, V. 3. 9, vi. 4. 15. 
 
 0^0), dvcruj, fdvca, TedvKa, T46vfiai, 
 iTvdrjp [R. 2 0v], sacrifice, offer 
 sacrifice, Lat. sacrifico, abs. or with 
 ace. of the victim offered, iii. 2. 12, 
 iv. 6. 27, vi. I. 4, vii. 8. 4; with 
 dat. of the god, iii. i. 6, v. 5. 5; 
 mid., have a sacrifice offered for 
 oneself, esp. with the idea of learn- 
 ing something about the future. 
 
OwpdKitw-'ISTl 
 
 102 
 
 have, a victim offered, make an 
 offering, offer sacrifice, abs., i. 7. 
 18, ii. 1.9, iv. 3. 9, vi. i. 24, vii. 
 8. 10 ; with the dat. when a priest 
 offers for a person, v. 6. 18, vii. 8. 
 4 ; with dat. of the god, vi. i. 22 ; 
 with 4iri and dat. of the end for 
 which the sacrifice is offered, iii. 
 5. 18, V. 6. 22, vi. 4. 9, 6. 35 ; with 
 irepi and gen., v. 6. 28, vi. 4. 17 ; 
 with vw^p and gen., in the sense of 
 for, in the interest of, v. 6. 27, 28 ; 
 with eiri and ace. of the pers. 
 against whom the gods are con- 
 sulted, vii. 8. 21 ; in inquiries by 
 sacrifice, with an interr. clause 
 with d or irorepa, vi. I. 31, vii. 6. 
 44. Phrases: to. Aujcata edvae, he 
 celebrated the Lycaea with sacri- 
 fices, i. 2. 10 ; dvTeiv o-wriypia, offer 
 sacrifices for preservation, iii. 2. 9 ; 
 TO. dvoixeva, the victims, v. 3. 9. 
 
 6(i>pdK(t«> (6upaKL8-), idupdKiaa, 
 TedupcLKKyixai, idwpaKiffdriv [^wpd|], 
 arm wAth a breastplate; m.\A., put 
 on one's breastplate or corselet, ii. 
 2. 14 ; pass., reOwpaKLO-ixivoi and 
 OupaKLcrdels, armed with the breast- 
 plate, ii. 5. 35, iii. 4. 35, vii. 3. 40. 
 
 6(6pd|, d/cos, 6, breastplate, corse- 
 let, cuirass [if. Eng. thoraxi, i. 8. 3, 
 
 No. 26. 
 
 26, iv, 2. 28, worn not only by the 
 heavy- armed footsoldier (ottXittjs, 
 q.v.), but also by the cavalryman 
 
 (lirirevs, q.v.), iii. 4. 48, cf i. 8. 6, 
 iii. 3. 20. The dupa^ consisted 
 of two metal plates, made to fit 
 the person (see cut s.v. dnXov), of 
 which one protected the breast 
 and abdomen, the other the back. 
 These were hinged on one side 
 and buckled on the other. They 
 were further kept in place by 
 leathern straps passing over the 
 shoulders from behind and fas- 
 tened in front, and by the belt (sec 
 s.v. ^ilivt) and s.v. aairls, No. 10). 
 About the lower part of the cui- 
 rass was a series of flaps (jrripv- 
 765, q.v.) of leather or felt, covered 
 with metal, which protected the 
 hips and groin of the wearer, while 
 not in the least interfering with his 
 freedom of movement. A lighter 
 and less expensive cuirass was in- 
 troduced at an early period, and was 
 called o-TToXds, q.v. The Chalybes, 
 further, wore corselets of linen, iv. 
 7. 15. See also s.v. XevKodwpd^. For 
 additional representations of the 
 cuirass, see s.v. dpua (No. 8, the 
 original of the accompanying cut) , 
 Kvyjijis, ^i(pos, otrXiTTjs, and a-dXiriy^. 
 @wpd4, d/cos, 6, Thorax, a Boeo- 
 tian ; opposed Xenophon's plan of 
 founding a city in Pontus, v. 6. 19, 
 21, 25, 35, 
 
 tdo^ai, ia<ro,uat. ido-d/nTji^, Iddrjv, 
 heal, cure, of a wound, i. 8. 26. 
 
 *Ido-ov(d dKTTJ, i], Jason's Cape, 
 a promontory in Pontus between 
 CotySra and Sinope where, ace. to 
 the myth, the Argonauts landed, 
 vi. 2. 1. (Yasiin Burun.) 
 
 idrp^s, 6 [ido/xai], one who heals, 
 surgeon, j)h>/sician, i. 8. 26, iii. 4. 
 30,"v. 8. 18. ' 
 
 ISe, ISsiv, see eUov. 
 
 "ISti, 7JS, Ida, a high and precipi- 
 tous range of mountains beginning 
 in Phrygia and extending through 
 the Troad and Mysia, the modem 
 Kas Dagh, vii. 8. 7 . Its highest peak 
 
103 
 
 lISios- Ikoviov 
 
 was Gargarus (Kara Dagh), over 
 5000 feet above the sea. Its slopes 
 formed the plain of Troy. Ida was 
 the scene of the judgment of Paris. 
 
 I'Sios, ci, ov [cf. Eng. idiom, idio- 
 sf/iimis!/], iine''s oivn, belonging to 
 (D) iiiilin'dinil, personal, private, 
 Lat. jirii/iriKs, peculidris, subst. in 
 the phrase els t6 Idiov, for one^s 
 personal use, i. 3. 3, vii. 7. 39 ; adv., 
 I8ig., in a private capacity, pri- 
 vately, lj?it. proprie, V. 6. 27, 7. 31, 
 vi. 2. 13. Phrase : iKetvov iSig. we- 
 vXo^TiKev, he has enriched him per- 
 sonally, vii. 6. 9. 
 
 18i6tt]s, -qTos, 17 [i5ws^, jyeculiar 
 nature, peculiarity, ii. 3. 16. 
 
 t8i.wTr]s, 01; [ifSios, cf. Eng. idiot^, 
 one in a private station, as opp. 
 to an officeholder, Lat. priudtus ; 
 hence, as opp. to a king, subject, 
 private citizen, vii. 7. 28 ; as opp. 
 to a general, private soldier, pri- 
 vate, i. 3. 11, in. 2. 32, v. 7. 28 ; as 
 opp. to one of special knowledge 
 in any subject or profession, lay- 
 man, amateur, vi. i. 31. 
 
 ISiuTiKoS) '^, ov [t5iwT7;s], per- 
 taining to one in private station, 
 ordinary, common, vi. i. 23. 
 
 tSot, l8ovo-a, see eibov. 
 
 l8p6(o, l'5pw(j-a \_cf. iSpiis, sweat, 
 Lat. sudor, sweat, Eng. sweat], 
 sveat, reek with sioeat, Lat. sTalo, 
 of a horse, i. 8. 1. 
 
 I8<*v, see eiSov. 
 
 ilfVTO, see t-riiu. 
 
 Upciov, rb [kp(4s], animal for 
 sacrifice, victim, Lat. hostia, vi. 5. 
 2 {cf. iv. 3. 9) ; pi., cattle, as a part 
 of every animal slain was offered to 
 a god, iv. 4. 9, v. 7. 13, vi. i. 4, 4. 25. 
 
 'Icpov opos, TO, the Sacred Mount, 
 in Thrace, on the northern coast 
 of the Propontis, near Ganus, vii. 
 1.14,3.3. (TekirDagh.) 
 
 Upos, a, 6v \_cf. Eng. hier-archy, 
 hiero-glyphic], holy, consecrated to 
 a god, sacred, Lat. sacer, v. 3. 9, 
 vii. I. 14, with gen. of the god, iv. 
 5. 35, V. 3. 13 ; as subst., rb iepbv, 
 temple, Lat. sacrum, v. 3. 11 ; pi., I 
 
 TO. iepd, sacred rites, sacrifices, sa- 
 cred things, esp. the vitals of the 
 victim, or the omens from inspect- 
 ing the vitals (see a-tpdyia), ii. i. 
 9, iv. 3. 9, V. 2. 9, 6. 29, vi. i. 31, 
 vii. 8. 22. Phrases: tA iepd /caXd 
 icTTi or ylyverai., the omens are fa- 
 vourable or result favourably, i. 
 8. 15, ii. 2. 3, iv. 3. 9, vi. 4. 9 ; i] iepa 
 (TV/xjBovXt] \eyop.ipT) elvai, the advice 
 termed holy (with allusion to the 
 proverb iepbv ij av/xpovXr)) , v. 6. 4. 
 
 'Icpwwfios, 6, Ilieronymus, a 
 Greek captain, from Elis, iii. i. 34, 
 vi. 4. 10, vii. I. 82, 4. 18. 
 
 ifrini (e-), 7]aii}, ijKa, -eiKa, -ti/jLai. 
 -d6-qv, make go, send, throw, hurl. 
 with fivw or with dat. of thing 
 thrown, i. 5. 12, iii. 4. 17 ; -qKav 
 eavToiis et's ttjv vdwrjv, they tlirew 
 themselves into the ravine, Lat. se 
 demlserunt in uallem, iv. 5. 18 ; 
 mid., send oneself, rush, charge, 
 abs., with &vw or Kara with gen., or 
 ewi with ace. of place or pers., i. 5. 
 8, 8. 26, iii. 4. 41, iv. 2. 8, 20, v. 7, 24. 
 
 I'Oi, see elfu. 
 
 iKavos, '^, bv [R. Fik], sufficient, 
 whether in number, size, strength, 
 or character, of persons and things, 
 Lat. idoneus ; in number or size, 
 enough, adequate, in plenty, abs. 
 or with inf., i. 2. 1, 7. 7, iii. 3. 18, 
 iv. I. 15, V. 6. 1, vi. 4. 3, vii. 4. 24 ; 
 in strength or character, sufficient, 
 able, fit, capable, competent, abs. or 
 with inf., i. i. 5, 3. 6, 9. 20, ii. 3. 4, 
 iii. 1.23, 2. 10, V. I. 6, 4. 10, vii, 3. 17. 
 
 iKavws, adv. [E. v^k], sufficiently, 
 well enough, hdX.satis bene,\\. 3. 31. 
 
 IK€T€VW, lK€TeV(T03, TK^T€vaa [R. 
 
 Fik], implore, beg, beseech, Lat. 
 supplied, with inf., vii. 4. 7, 10, 22. 
 ik€'ttis, ov [R. Fik], petitioner, 
 siippliant, JjSit. supplex, with inf., 
 vii. 2. 33. 
 
 'Ikoviov, t6, Iconium, an old, 
 but in antiquity an unimportant 
 city, placed by Xenophon on the 
 southeastern border of Phrygia, i. 
 2. 19. It was afterwards in Lyca- 
 ouia. (Konia. ) 
 
IfXews-iva 
 
 104 
 
 t'X.€(i>s, uv, gen. w, gracious, pro- 
 pitious, Lat. secundus, of gods, vi. 
 6. 32, vii. 6. 36. 
 
 iXt], r]i [eifXoj, press, ftem i»], 
 crowd, band ; of soldiers, esp. cav- 
 alry, troop, Lat. tuiina, i. 2. 16. 
 
 i|xds, dvTos, 6, thong, strap of 
 leather, esp. in pi. of the shoe or 
 sandal straps, Lat. amentum, iv. 
 5. 14. See s.v. Kap^dnvai. 
 
 t|idTiov, t6 [R. F«o-], outer gar- 
 ment I'esembling the mantle, hima- 
 
 tion, corresponding in use to the 
 Roman toga; pi., clothes, iv. 3. 11, 
 
 12. The himation was worn both 
 by men and by women, vii. 3. 27, 
 5. 5, and its shape was the same 
 for both sexes. It was a rectan- 
 gular piece of drapery, one end 
 of which was gathered about the 
 left arm and shoulder, and there 
 held in place by the left hand. The 
 other end was then carried across 
 the back to the right, brought either 
 under or over the right shoulder, 
 and thrown across the front of the 
 body over the left shoulder. But in 
 the house it was 
 either thrown off 
 altogether, or 
 else it dropped 
 loosely about 
 the person. See 
 the illustrations 
 s.v. K\tvr] and 
 rplirovs, which 
 also show that 
 in the case of 
 men the x'''"'^" 
 (q.v.), or un- 
 dergarment, was 
 sometimes en- 
 tirely lacking. 
 The himation 
 was a part of 
 thedressevenof 
 boys at Athens. 
 See the illustra- 
 tion s.v. av\6s. The garment fre- 
 quently had a border, and might be 
 otherwise ornamented. See the two 
 figures at the left s.v. (pidXr). The 
 prevailing colour of the himation 
 was white, but it is a mistake to 
 suppose that other colours, brown, 
 saffron, red, wei'e not common. 
 The ordinary material of the gar- 
 ment was wool, the weight vary- 
 ing according to the season of the 
 year. 
 
 'iva, final particle, that, in order 
 that, with subjv. after a primary or 
 secondary tense, i. 3. 15, 4. 18, ii. 
 2. 12, 5. 36, iii. 2. 27, vii. 3. 28; 
 with opt. after a secondary tense, 
 i. 3. 4, ii. 3. 13, 21, vi. 6. 28. 
 
 No. 28. 
 
105 
 
 iTT'irapxos-i.'n'TroSpofiOs 
 
 iirirapxoSt o [R. aK + ap\w], 
 
 cavalry commander, hipparch, iii. 
 3- 20. 
 
 lirirao-Cd, as [R. uk], a ridiny, 
 riding about, ii. 5. 33. 
 
 iinreCa., as [R. uk], cavalry, Lat. 
 fquitdtus, V. 6. 8. 
 
 lirirtvs, ^ws, 6 [R. ok], horseman, 
 rider, cavalryman, Lat. eques, gen- 
 erally in pi., cavalry. The Greek 
 cavalryman was protected by a 
 metal helmet, a metal cuirass, 
 which was heavy (iii. 4. 48), thigh 
 pieces called irapa/jLrjpidia, q.v., and 
 greaves, but he carried no shield, 
 since his left arm controlled his 
 horse. His offensive armour was 
 the spear and the straight two- 
 
 designated the place for races, both 
 of chariots, i. 8. 20, and of single 
 horses, which formed a part of their 
 national games. The accompany- 
 ing cut represents the supposed 
 
 No. 29 
 
 sword. The horse also was 1 
 protected by frontlet and breast- 
 plate, see s.v. Trpo/xeTw-n-lSLov and 
 TTpoa-Teppldtov. For the bridle of the 
 horse, see further s.v. xaXivow. The 
 rider had no saddle, but at most 
 a blanket confined by a girth, i. 2. 
 4, 5. 13, ii. 4. 6, 5. '17, iii. i. 2, 3. 
 20, iv. 3. 3, V. 6. 9, vi. 3. 7, vii. 3. 40. 
 
 liririKos, ■)J, 6v [R. ok], of or be- i 
 longing to a horse or to cavalry, 
 
 Lat. equester, i. 3. 12, iii. 4. 48 ; j ground plan of the hippodrome at 
 subst., rb linrLKbv, cavalry, i. 9-31, j Olympia. A is the natural slope 
 vi.^2. 16, 5. 29, vii. 3. 37. j of the hill, bounding one side, on 
 
 lirir68po|ji.os, 6 [R. aK -|- 5p6/^os], which the spectators sat, B a cor- 
 race-course, hippodrome, Lat. cir- 1 responding artificial elevation on 
 V.US. By this name the Greeks ] the other side, provided with seats. 
 
 No. 
 
lliriros-'Io-ff-oi 
 
 106 
 
 E is an entrance. F is the goal 
 farthest from the starting-point, G 
 the ' fuiish.' Over against f? at if 
 is the judges' stand. 2) is a por- 
 tico facing the course, C is a tri- 
 angular space bounded on two 
 sides by the stations, a, &, c, etc., 
 from which the chariots started, on 
 the right, and to which they might 
 return, on the left, in case they 
 did not leave the hippodrome al- 
 together. K is an altar, J the 
 'scratch.' On the former was a 
 bronze eagle with extended wings, 
 at the latter a dolphin. The ele- 
 vation of the eagle and the fall 
 of the dolphin, managed by some 
 sort of machinery, marked the be- 
 ginning of the race. The chariot 
 at a was the first to be sent off, 
 the chariot at h started when the 
 first came in line, and so for the 
 others. They were all in line at </, 
 but those on the outside had the 
 advantage of a 'flying-start' over 
 those placed nearer the ' pole,' 
 and thus the conditions of the 
 race were equalised. The distance 
 between the goals was probably 
 two stadia (1200 Greek feet) . The 
 race varied in length according to 
 the number of times the com- 
 plete circuit was covered. Sin- 
 gle horses were also run at the 
 
 pi., 01 iiriroi, cavalry, the horse, vii. 
 3. 39, 41, 43. Phrases: e^' iwirov 
 OX") you tide on horseback, iii. 4. 
 47, cf. 4. 49, vii. 4. 4 ; edi^pevev dirb 
 LTTirov, he used to hunt on horse- 
 back, i. 2. 7;^ 
 
 'Ipis, acc.'ipti', 6, the Iris, a river 
 in Pontus, between the Halys and 
 ThermSdon, now called in the in- 
 terior Tosanlu, but at the mouth 
 Jeschil Irmak, i.e. Green Eiver, v. 
 6. 9. 
 
 tcrOi, see olda. 
 
 la-6[L6s, 6 [cf. Eng. isthmus'], nar- 
 row passage, isthmus, esp. 'Icrdfios 
 as a proper name, the Isthmus of 
 Corinth by which Peloponnesus 
 and the mainland were connected, 
 u. 6. 3. 
 
 i!(r|xev, see ol5a. 
 
 t<r6ir\€vpos, ov [tffos-^ rrXevpa.], 
 icith equal sides, equilateral, of a 
 square, iii. 4. 19. 
 
 to-os, Vi ov [cf. Eng. isosceles, 
 iso-thermal'\, equal in number, size, 
 quality, strength, rank, etc., Lat. 
 aequus. Phrases : iv tfft^ (sc. /3t)- 
 yuari), in equal stej), in step, i. 8. 
 11 ; ovK e| taov ifffxiv, we are not on 
 an equality, Lat. nan aequdll con- 
 dicione utimur, iii. 4. 47 ; r/M'" «'« 
 rb taov, to the same level with us, 
 iv. 6. 18 ; ('(TODS rb fXTJKos Kal rb irXi- 
 Tos, as th ick as long, v. 4. 32. Adv. 
 
 national games, and precisely the 
 same arrangements were made for 
 the start. See the description of 
 the race in the improvised 5po>os 
 in iv. 8. 28. 
 
 i-n-TTOs, 6 [R. ttK], horse, steed, 
 Lat. eq^ius, i. 2. 27, 5. 2. 8. 1, iii. 
 2. 18, iv. 4. 4, V. 3. 11, vii. 2. 2 ; 
 
 iffov, equally, alike, Lat. aeque, 
 pariter, ii. 5. 7. 
 
 l(rox€iX.^S, 4s [?<ros -1- xetXos, to, 
 lip], level tvith the lips, up to the 
 brim, iv. 5. 26. 
 
 'lo-o-oi, ol, Issiis, a large city 
 near the southeastern border of 
 Cilicia, on the Pinarus, and not 
 
107 
 
 I'o-TC-KaO^toH''*'^ 
 
 far from the head of the gulf of 
 Issus, i. 2. 24, 4. 1. Near it oc- 
 curred the famous battle between 
 Alexander and Darius, 333 b.c. 
 
 l'<rT€, see olda. 
 
 i(rTi](ii (ara-), (Tttjo-w, effTijcra, 
 i<TT7)v^ 'i(XT7)Ka, -eo-ra/xat, iaTad-qv, 
 2 pf. inf. iardfai [R. <rTa], make 
 stand, stop, make halt, station, 
 place, Lat. sistd, i. 2. 17, 10. 14, iv. 
 6. 27, vi. 5. 32; intr. in mid. (ex- 
 cept 1 aor.), and in 2 aor., both 
 pfs., and both plpfs. act., take 
 one^s stand, stand, stop, halt, be 
 stationed, Lat. sto, i. 3. 2, 5. 8, 8. 
 5, 10. 1, ii. 5. 38, iv. 2. 20, 7. 9, v. 
 3. 13, vi. 5. 8, vii. I. 12. 
 
 lo-Tiov, TO [R. orra], imb, cloth, 
 sail, Lat. nehtm, i. 5. 3. For illus- 
 trations, see S.v. vav^, irevTTjKdvTo- 
 pos, and Tpi-()p-qs. 
 
 lo-xvpos, d, 6v [tVx^s], strong, 
 powerful, mighty, Lat. ualidus, of 
 persons and places, i. 5. 9, ii. 5. 
 22, iv. 5.20, 6. 11, v. 2. 7, 16; of 
 cold, severe, v. 8. 14. 
 
 l<rxvpws, adv. [^i<7x^p^^'\i strongly, 
 firmly, strictly, harshly, violently, 
 zealously, extremely, i. 2. 21, 5. 11, 
 ii, 5. 30, 6. 9, iii. 2. 19, iv. i. 16, 2. 
 26, vi. 3. 11. 
 
 terxiJS, i^os, 17 [root fi, cf. Lat. zils, 
 strengtW], strength, might, force, 
 iii. 1. 42 ; esp. of an army, a force, 
 i. 8. 22, V. 7. 30. 
 
 llo-xw, collateral form of e'xw, 
 only in pres. and impf. [R. erex], 
 hold, hold fast, hinder. Phrases : 
 iv TovTt^ tffxero, in this particu- 
 lar there was a hitch, vi. 3. 9 ; rb 
 ta-xov, the hindrance, with ace, vi. 
 5.13. 
 
 llo-wsj adv. [i'o-os], equally, in like 
 manner, perhaps, probably, often 
 used where the speaker 'has no 
 doubt, but desires to soften the 
 assertion, possibly, I suppose, ii. 2. 
 12, 4. 4, 5. 23, iii.' I. 37, v. i. 11, vi. 
 3.^8, vii. 3. 19. 
 
 'IraiJi^vTjs, ov, Itamenes, a Per- 
 sian officer, vii. 8. 15. 
 
 iriov [verbal of eiixi], one must 
 
 qo, Lat. eandum est, iii. i. 7, vi. 5. 
 30. 
 
 I'tvs, vos, rj, outer edge, rim, of 
 something round, esp. of a shield, 
 iv. 7. 12. See s.v. da-n-ls. 
 
 tx^^s, vos, 6 [cf. Eng. ichthyo- 
 logy}, fish, Lat. piscis, i. 4. 9, v. 
 3-8. 
 
 i\voi, ovs, t6, trace, track, foot- 
 step, Lat. uestigium, of men or 
 animals, i. 6. 1, 7. 17, vii. 3. 
 42. 
 
 'IwvCd, ds ["Iwv, Ion'], Ionia, the 
 coast district and islands of Asia 
 Minor between Aeolis and Caria, 
 or Phocaea and Miletus, i. 2. 21, 
 4. 13, ii. I. 3, iii. 5. 15. Here 
 lived the ancestors of the Ionic, 
 esp. of the Attic race, and on 
 these shores Greek literature was 
 born. 
 
 'IcoviKoS) "fj, 6v [cf. 'Iwvi'd], belong- 
 ing to Ionia, Ionian, i. 1.6. 
 
 K. 
 
 KoL-yaOd, for Kal ay add. 
 
 Kd7u, for Kal iydi. 
 
 KaO*, by elision and euphony for 
 Kara. 
 
 Ka0d, adv. for Kad' a, according 
 as, just as, exactly as, vii. 8. 4. 
 
 KaOaCpd) (^Kadap-), Kadapw, €Kd- 
 dy]pa, KeKaOapfiai, iKaddpOriv [Kada- 
 p6s, pure, cf. Lat. castus, chaste, 
 Eng. cathartic'] , make pure or clean, 
 purify by a religious rite, Lat. liis- 
 tro, V. 7. 35. 
 
 KaOdxcp, adv. for Kad' d-rrep, just 
 as, exactly as, v. 4. 28, 6. 26. 
 
 KaOap[x6S) 6 [Kadaipcol, a cleans- 
 ing from guilt, purification, pu7-ifi- 
 ca'tory rites, Lat. lustrdtio, v. 7. 
 35. 
 
 Ka6€5o|xai (i^oixai, e5-, sit, rare), 
 KaOedovfiai, impf. eKade^dpLrjv [R. 
 o-eS], sit doion, take one''s seat, Lat. 
 consido, iii. i. 33, v. 8. 14, vii. 2. 
 33 ; of a general, make a halt, en- 
 camp, i. 5. 9. 
 
Ka9€\K(i)-KaC 
 
 108 
 
 KaOcXKo) [eXfcw], draiv down, esp. 
 of ships, launch, Lat. deduco, vii. 
 I. 10. 
 
 KaOevras, see Kadi-qiu. 
 
 KaOevSw (ei;5w, evdrjiTw, she})), 
 impf. eKadevdov, lie down to sleep, 
 sleep, lie or be asleep, lie idle or 
 lazt/, Lat. dormio, i. 3. 11, iii. i. 3, 
 iv. 3. 10, vi. 3. 21. 
 
 KaeTi-y^ofioi [R. a^], Ze«d or shono 
 the wail, witli raOra, direct this 
 enterprise', vii. 8. 9. 
 
 KaOT]8v-n-a6«(i> (^TjSvvaO^w, -7i5vwd- 
 6v(ra [R. dS + R- o-rro], be luxuri- 
 ous) , -waste in luxury or in riotous 
 living, i. 3. 3. 
 
 KaOi^Kci) [^Vw], co??ie cZoton, reac^ 
 or extend down, esp. from higher 
 ground to the sea, of walls and 
 hills, with et's or ewi with ace. or 
 airb with gen., i. 4. 4, iii. 4. 24, iv. 
 3. 11, vi. 4. 3 ; impers., it falls to, 
 it belongs to, oh KadriKei ddpoii^ea-dai, 
 whose duty it is to muster, Lat. de- 
 cet, i. 9. 7. 
 
 Kd9i]|iai, impf. iKad-qixttv [^/xat, 
 sit, Epic and tragic], sit, be seated, 
 Lat. sedeo, abs. or with eiri and 
 gen., ^j' with dat., or d/x^i and ace, 
 i. 7. 20, iv. 2. 5, V. 8. 15, vi. i. 23, 
 vii. 3. 29 ; of public meetings or at 
 table, abs., vi. 2. 5, vii. 3. 21 ; of 
 soldiers, be encamped, i. 3. 12, iv. 
 2.6. 
 
 KaOfipai, see Kadaipu. 
 
 Ka0i£<i), Ka^tw, iKdeca-a (i'fw, seffli, 
 rare) [R. o-tS], make sit doicn, 
 seat. Phrases : els rbv Opbvov Kadi- 
 eiv, set on the throne, make king, 
 Lat. regnum deferre, ii. i. 4 ; e/cd- 
 Btffav x'^P^^i they seated apart, iii. 
 5. 17. 
 
 Ka6ti]|jii, [tr/Ai']' ^^'*<^ down. 
 Plirase : rd Sbpara. et's irpo^o\7]v 
 Kadivras, lowering or couching 
 their spears for attack, vi. 5. 25, 
 27. 
 
 KaOCo-Ti^fj.). [R. o-Ttt], se^ dotora or 
 in order, settle, station, i. 10. 10, 
 ii. 3. 3, iii. 2. 1, v. i. 16, vi. 3. 11, 
 vii. 3. 34 ; bring down to a place, 
 bring, with et? or i-n-i and ace, i. 4. 
 
 13, iv. 8. 8, V. 7. 34 ; set in office, 
 establish, appoint, iii. 2. 5, 4. 30, 
 vii. 7. 56 ; intr. in 2 aor. and plpf., 
 />e stationed, abs., iv. 5. 19, of a 
 king, with eis and ace. ^a(n\eidv, 
 s^icceed, begin his reign, i. i. 3; 
 mid. 1 aor., station, appoint, iii. i. 
 39, iv. 5. 21 ; intr. in pres. and 
 impf., take one''s place, abs. or 
 with et's and ace, i. 8. 3, 6, vi. i. 
 22. Plirase : oJs KaTacrTrjaop-^vuiv 
 TovTOJv ei's t6 d^ov, since this matter 
 will be settled in the right loay, i. 
 3.8. 
 
 KaOopdo) [R. 2 F«p]» look down 
 on from above, Lat. despicio, iv. 2. 
 15, vi. 3. 15 ; observe, discern, i. 8. 
 26. 
 
 Ka£, copulative conj., used to 
 connect words or sentences, and 
 almost adverbially with influence 
 on particular words or expressions. 
 Copulatively, and, Lat. et, in al- 
 most every section of the Anab., 
 as i. 1. 1, 10. 6, ii. 5. 22, iii. 2. 5, iv. 2. 
 21,4. 14, V. 5.22, 7. 1, vi. I. 7, 2.8, 
 vii. I. 27, 8. 21 ; wliere more than 
 two words or ideas are joined the 
 Greek uses /cat before each, where 
 we should use it only before the 
 last, i. 2. 27, 3. 12, ii. 6. 17, v. 7. 2, 
 vi. 2. 8, vii. 8. 22. Influencing par- 
 ticular words or expressions, also, 
 too, even, further, Lat. etiam, i. 3. 
 13, ii. 2. 17, iii. 4. 44, iv. 7. 18, v. 2. 
 25, vii. 4. 4 ; esp. with a sup. or a 
 rel., iii. 2. 22, 5. 18, v. 4. 29 ; super- 
 fluous in English after TroX^s, iv. 6. 
 27, vii. I. 33 ; with words of same- 
 ness and likeness, as, Lat. ac, as 
 6 a.vTo% vfuv (7t6Xos iffrl /cat ijfuv, 
 your march is the same as ours, 
 ii. 2. 10, cf. ii. I. 22, but after a 
 rel. it is not translated, i. 3. 6, iii. 
 I. 34 ; ^Trt'oTarat ei^ rts /cat dXXos, he 
 knows as well as any other man, 
 i. 4. 15, cf. 3. 15, ii. 6. 8 ; strength- 
 ening concessive parties., i. 9. 31, 
 iii. I. 29, vii. 3. 41 ; re . . . /cat or 
 /coi . , , /cat, both . . . and, not only 
 . . . but also, Lat. et . . . et, cum . . . 
 turn, i. 2. 18, 8. 1, ii. i. 7, 4. 22, 
 
109 
 
 KdiKos-KdXafjios 
 
 iv, 6. 2, V. 6. 32, vi. 3. 20 ; for kuI 
 yap and SXXws re Ka/, see yap 'and 
 
 KdiKos, 6, the Caicus, a river in 
 Mysia near the Lydian border, 
 emptying into the sea opposite 
 Lesbos (Bakir Tchai). Its plain 
 was the most fertile in Mysia. vii. 
 8.8. 
 
 Kaivai, Qv, Caenae, a large city 
 in Mesopotamia on the Tigris, 
 south of the mouth of the Zapatas, 
 ii. 4. 28. This was probably the 
 Canneh of the Old Testament 
 (Ezek. 27, 23). (Kala Scherkat, 
 where there are ruins of a brick 
 acropolis.) 
 
 Ka(ir£p, concessive conj. [/ca/], 
 (cUhough, with partic, i. 6. 10, ii. 
 3. 25. 
 
 Kaipos, 6, the fitting time, the 
 right time or moment, occasion, 
 opportunity, Lat. occdsio, abs. or 
 with inf., i. 7. 9, ii. 3. 9, iv. 6. 
 15, V. I. 5, vii. 3. 36. Phrases: iv 
 Kaipv, in season, opportunely, Lat. 
 in tempore, iii. i. 39; ev toiovt(^ 
 Kaipf, in such a condition or crisis, 
 iii. I. 44, V. 8. 3; /xiyiffrov exere 
 Kaipdv, you have your grandest op- 
 portunity, Lat. maximum momen- 
 tum habetis, iii. i. 36; irpoa-wTipw 
 ToD Kaipov Trpoi6vTes, going forward 
 further than they should have gone, 
 iv. 3. 34. 
 
 KaCroi, conj. [ko/ + roi], and yet, 
 still, i. 4. 8, V. 7. 10, vii. 7. 39, 
 41. 
 
 KaCci) or Kow (/can-), Kaiffoi, eKav<ra, 
 -K^KavKa, K^Kavfxat, eKa'Lidrjv [Ka£(o], 
 iiurn, burn up, set fire to, consume, 
 Lat. incendo, comburo, abs. or with 
 ace, i. 6. 1, 2, iii. 5. 3, v. 2. 25, vi. 
 3. 15 ; irvp iKCLov, they kept a fire 
 going, iv. i. 11, 4. 12, 6. 22, vi. 3. 
 20, vii. 2. 18 ; of surgeons, cauter- 
 ize, Lat. aduro, v. 8. 18 ; pass., be on 
 fire, be burning, Lat. drdeo, iv. 5. 
 6,7.^22, vii. 4. is. 
 
 KolKeivos, for /cai iKcivos. 
 
 KaKovoia, as [/caKo's + R. ■yvw], 
 (7/ tcUl, aversio7i, vii. 7. 45. 
 
 KaKovovs, ovv [kukos + W. "yvw], 
 ill-disposed, hostile, ii. 5. 16, 27. 
 
 KaKoiroi€(i> [/caKo's + irou'w], do ill 
 to, injure, ii. 5. 4. 
 
 KaKos, 7}^ ov, bad in its widest 
 sense, signifying what a person, 
 thing, or act ought not to be, Lat. 
 mains; hence of persons, bad, 
 wicked, insolent, base, abs. or with 
 wepi and ace. of pers., i. 4. 8, ii. 5. 
 39, V. 8. 22, vii. 6. 4 ; esp. of sol- 
 diers, cowardly, timorous, i. 3. 18, 
 iii. I. 36, V. 7. 12, vi. 5. 17, with 
 ev TToX^/xy, ii. 6. 30 ; of things and 
 acts, bad, weak, hurtful, injurious, 
 abs. or with dat. of thing, iv. 8. 
 11, V. 4. 19; comp. kukTuv, i. 3. 
 18, sup. KOLKiffTos, ii. 5. 39 ; subst., 
 t6 KaKov, hurtful thing, harm, in- 
 jury, loss, misfortune, ii. 5. 16, iii. 
 I. 25, iv. 3. 14, V. 8. 26. Phrases : 
 KaKbv or Ka/cd irouiv or ipyd^eaOai, 
 abs. or with ace, do harm to, in- 
 jure, hurt, i. 9. 11, ii. 5. 5, v. 6. 11, 
 vii. 3. 47, 4. 24. 
 
 KaKovp-yeo) [Ka/co's-f-R. F^PV]) do 
 harm to, injure, maltreat, vi. i. 1. 
 
 KaKovpYOs, 6 [KaKo's -f R. F<P7], 
 wrongdoer, criminal, Lat. malefi- 
 cus, i. 9. 13. 
 
 KaKoo), Ka/foxrw, cKdKucra, /ce/cd/co;- 
 fiai, eKaKwdrjv [/cokos], hurt, injure, 
 iv. 5. 35. 
 
 KaKws, adv. [/ca/co's], badly, in a 
 wide sense (see /ca/co's), Lat. male, 
 ill, erroneously, wrongly, wretch- 
 edly, miserably, iii. i. 43, iv. 4. 14, 
 V. 6. 4, vii. 6. 27. Phrases: /ca/ciDs 
 iroietv, injure, harm, maltreat, abs. 
 or with ace, i. 4. 8, 9. 11, ii. 3. 23, 
 iii. 2. 5, V. 5. 21 ; /ca/cws exeiv, fee 
 6«d?y of, be in a bad way, i. 5. 16, 
 vii. 7. 40 ; KdKiov irpaTreiv, be Still 
 worse off, i. 9. 10 ; ko/ccDs 7rdcrxet«', 
 be ill treated, be damaged, iii. 3. 7, 
 V. 2. 2, vii. 7. 16. 
 
 KaKcoo-is, ews, 17 [/ca/co'co], /7/ 
 tisage, bad treatment, iv. 6. 3. 
 
 KaX.d)j,T), 77s, straw, Lat. stipula, 
 V. 4. 27. 
 
 Kd\ap,os, 6, reed, Lat. harundo, i. 
 5. 1 ; siaZA- of grain, straw, iv. 5. 26. 
 
KaX^w-Kdv8us 
 
 110 
 
 KoX^ci) (/caXe-, kXt]-), /caXw, eKci- 
 Xecra, K^KXrjKa, K^KXrjfiai, eKK-fjd-rjv 
 [R. KaX], call, summon, Lat. uoco, 
 abs. or with ace, i. 2. 2, 3. 4, ii. i. 
 8, iii. 4. 38, iv. i. 9, v. 6. 8, vii. 3. 
 2 ; invite, with ctti and ace, vii. 3. 
 15, 6. 3 ; ca/Z to see whether, de- 
 mand, with d and interr. clause, 
 V. 4. 3; call, name, Lat. appellb, 
 with two aces., vii. 6. 38 ; pass., he 
 called, he named, i. 2. 8, iv. 4. 4, 
 vi. 4. 1 ; ^ KoKovfj-ivr), the so-called, 
 i. 2. 13, cf. 8. 10, ii. 4. 12; mid., 
 call to oneself, iii. 3. 1, vii. 2. 
 30. 
 
 KaXivScofxai [c/. ki^XivS^w], >'0?/, 
 V. 2. 31. 
 
 Ka\\i€p€(>>, Ka\\i€pri<ru}, eKaWii- 
 pr]<ya, KeKaWiep-rjKa, KeKaWi^prnxai 
 [KoXis + iepos], /mt'e favoiirahle 
 signs in a sacrifice, ohtain good 
 omens, Lat. lito, v. 4. 22, vii. i. 40, 
 8. 5. 
 
 KaXXijiaxos, 6, Callimachus, a 
 brave captain of hoplites, from 
 Parrhasia in Arcadia, often dis- 
 tinguishing himself, iv. i. 27, 7. 8, 
 10, V. 6. 14, vi. 2. 7, 9. 
 
 KaXXiov, KclXXio-Tos, see Ka\6s. 
 
 KdXXos, ovs, rd [/taX6s], heauty, 
 'L&t. pulchrHndd, ii. 3. 15. 
 
 KaXX(>>ino-|Ji6s> 6 [KaX6s + E. oir], 
 adornment, emhellishment, i. 9. 
 23. 
 
 KOXOS, T?, ii' [f/. Eng. HALE, 
 
 WHOLE, calli-graphy'], comp. /caX- 
 Xfwv, sup. /cdXXio-Tos, heautiful, 
 handsome, of outward beauty in 
 persons and things, Lat. pulcher, i. 
 2. 22, 10. 2, ii. 4. 14, iii. 2. 7, 25, iv. 
 8. 26, vi. I. 9, vii. i. 24 ; of ideas, 
 acts and things in reference to use, 
 fair, good, favourahle, ii. i. 17, iii. 
 2. 8, vi. I. 14; of sacrifices and 
 omens, good, propitious, favour- 
 ahle, i. 8. 15, iv. 3. 9, vii. 2. 17 ; in 
 a moral sense, fair, nohle, honour- 
 ahle, iii. i. 24, iv. 6. 14, v. 6. 15, 
 vii. 7. 41 ; subst., t6 KaXov, honour, 
 ii. 6. 18. Phrases: KaXol KayadoL, 
 or Kai ayadoi, nohle and good men. 
 i.e. gentlemen, Lat. optimdtes, ii. 6. 
 
 19, iy. I. 19; els KaXbv ijKere, you 
 are come at the right moment, iv. 
 7. 3 ; KciXXiffTov yey^vrjTai, it is the 
 luckiest incident, Lat. res optime 
 euenit, vii. 6. 2. 
 
 KaXirr], 775, only in the phrase 
 KdXTTTjs Xi/xrjv, Calpe Harhour, vi. 
 2. 13, 3. 16, 4. 1. This place was 
 on the coast of Asiatic Thrace, 
 midway between Heraclea and the 
 Bosporus (Kerpeh). 
 
 KaXxi]8ovCd, as [KaXx^jSw"]. 
 Chalcedonia, the country about 
 Chalcedon, vi. 6. 38. 
 
 KaXxriSwv, ovos, ij, Chalcedon, a 
 city in Bithynia, founded by Me- 
 garians, 682 b.c, at the southern 
 entrance of the Bosporus and op- 
 posite Byzantium, vii. i. 20, 2. 
 24, 26. Here was held the Coun- 
 cil of the Church, 451 a.d. (Kadi- 
 koi). 
 
 KoXws, adv. [xaXo's], beautifully, 
 loell, fairly, finely, favourahly, suc- 
 cessfully, honourahly, nobly, of out- 
 ward beauty, in a moral sense, or 
 of good fortune, i. 9. 17, 23, iii. i. 
 
 16, 43, iv. 3. 8, V. 6. 2, vii. 3. 43 ; 
 comp. KdXXlov, ii. 2. 13, vii. 3. 37 ; 
 sup. KdXXi(TTa, iii. I. 6, iv. 3. 14, 
 vi. I. 11. Phrases: /caXws /cora- 
 Trpdrreiv or yiyveadat, result in suc- 
 cess, turn out tcell, i. 2. 2, iv. 3. 
 24 ; /caXuJs ex^"*? tie loell, be all 
 right, i. 8. 13, vii. 7. 44 ; rd tQv 
 deCov KaXds e«xf ? the rites of the 
 gods were duly performed, iii. 2. 9 ; 
 KoXcDs 6%"'' opacdai, be finely dis- 
 posed to vieio, ii. 3. 3 ; /caXiDs iroieiv. 
 do well, benefit, abs. or with ace, 
 ii. 6. 20, V. 8.*25. 
 
 KafLvci) (/ca/x-), Ka/jMVfiai., sKafwv, 
 KiKp.-nKa, work, labour, hence, be 
 loeary, tired, v. 8. 23 ; with partic, 
 iii. 4. 47 ; ol Kap.vovTe'i, the ex- 
 hausted, the sick, invalids, iv. 5. 
 
 17, y. 5. 20, vii. 2. 6. 
 Ka|i.oi, for /cat ep.ol. 
 Kdv, for Kal iv. 
 Kciv, for Kal idv. 
 
 KdvSvs, iios, 6, a Median and 
 Persian long outer garment, caftan. 
 
Ill 
 
 KdvTevBev- Kapiroonai 
 
 It had wide sleeves, and was made 
 of woollen cloth, which was either 
 
 of purple or of some other splendid 
 colour, i. 5. 8. 
 
 KavTtvdiv, for Kal ivrevdev. 
 
 Kdireira, tor Kal e-rreiTa. 
 
 KairrjX.€iov, to [/cdTnjXos, 6, retail 
 dealer, cf. Lat. caupo, tradesman), 
 retail shop or general store for the 
 sale of all kinds of provisions, but 
 esp. tavern, restaurant, bar-room, 
 Lat. caupona, i. 2. 24. 
 
 KairC0Ti, 7JS, capithe, a Persian 
 dry measure, equal to two choi- 
 nixes, i. 5. 6. See s.v. x"?*''?- 
 
 Kairvos, 6 [cf. Lat. uapor, steam'], 
 smoke, Lat. fumus, ii. 2. 15, 18. 
 
 KairiraSoKid, as, Cappadocia, a 
 country in central Asia Minor, 
 bounded on the east by the Eu- 
 phrates, on the south by Taurus, i. 
 2. 20, 9. 7. Under the Persians it 
 was divided into two satrapies, the 
 
 southern, or Cappadocia proper, 
 and the northern, which included 
 Paphlagonia and part t)f Pontus. 
 
 KoLirpos, 6 \_cf. Lat. caper, goat], 
 wild boar, Lat. aper, ii.\2. 
 
 KapPdrivai, Cjv, sh(ms of un- 
 dressed hide, brogues, made of 
 single piece of oxhide, sq that sole 
 
 and upper leather were all in one, 
 and tied on with thongs. These 
 shoes were so simple that they could 
 be made easily, and so we find the 
 Greeks in the Anab. resorting to 
 them in an emergency, iv. 5. 14. 
 
 KapSCd, as [c/. Lat. cor, heart, 
 Eng. heakt], heart, as the seat of 
 feelings, ii. 5. 23. 
 
 KapSovx.ci'OS or Kap8ovx,ios, a, 
 ov [KapSoCxoi], of the Carduchi, 
 Cardachian, iv. i. 2, 3. 
 
 KapSoiJxoi, ol, the Carduchi, Car- 
 duchians, a wild and warlike race 
 living among mountains on the 
 left bank of the Tigris, and sepa- 
 rated from Armenia by the Cen- 
 trites river. They owned no alle- 
 giance to the king of Persia, v. 5. 
 17. The Greeks passed through 
 them under great hardship and 
 difficulty, with constant fighting, 
 iii. 5. 15, iv. I. 4, 8, 3. 1, 24, 4. 1. 
 The modern Kurds of Kurdistan 
 now represent this people. 
 
 KdpKao-os, 6, Carcasus, a river 
 in Mysia, vii. 8. 18. 
 
 KapiraCd, as, the carpaea, a Thes- 
 salian pantomimic dance or ballet, 
 fully described vi. i. 7, sq. 
 
 Kapirooixai, Kcpirdiaofiai, e/capTrw- 
 ffd/jL7)i>, KeKap-i. •.•'.' 't [(capTTOs], reap 
 crops from, enjoy the fruit of, hence 
 6 Kapwovixevoi, the pjossessor of an 
 estate, usufrurfHarij, v. 3. 13 ; of 
 an enemy, plnnder, devastate, iii. 
 2. 23. 
 
Kapir6s-KaTa-yY*^^« 
 
 112 
 
 Kapiros, 6 [(•/. Lut. carpo, plncA; 
 Eng. iiAUVKsiTJ, fruit, both of the 
 earth and of trees ; hence of grain, 
 crop, Lat. seges, ii. 5. 19. 
 
 Kdpo-os or Kcpo-osj 6, the Carsus 
 or Cersus, a small river emptying 
 into the gulf of Issus, between 
 Cilicia and Syria, i. 4. 4 (Merkez). 
 
 Kdpvov, TO, nut, Lat. nnx ; Kdpva 
 irXar^a ovk exovra Sta<pvriv, flat 
 nuts without divisions such as the 
 walnut has, v. 4. 29, 82, by which 
 description Xeu. probably means 
 chestnuts, ra Kaa-ravaiKa Kcipva or 
 Kacrrdvia, then unfamiliar to the 
 Greeks ; but others think hazelnuts 
 are intended. 
 
 Kdp<{>Ti, 17s [cf. Kdp^u, dini up'], 
 any dried stalks, hay, straio, i. 5. 
 10. 
 
 Kao-TwXos, rj, Castolus, a place 
 probably near Sardis, where there 
 was a plain which served as a 
 muster field for that part of the 
 Persian army which was recruited 
 from Lydia, Great Phrygia, and 
 Cappadocia, i. i. 2, 9. 7. 
 
 Kara, by elision and euphony 
 Kar or Kad' , preji. with gen. and 
 ace, down, downwards, Lat. sub. 
 
 With gen., denoting motion from 
 above, dnvn, doicn along, rare in 
 Anab., i. 5. 8, iv. 2. 17, 5.' 18, 7. 14, 
 8. 28; down under, heloio, vii. i. 
 30, 7. 11. 
 
 With ace, of place or position, 
 said of motion, on, over, down 
 along, by, throughout a space, iii. 
 4. 30, iv. 6. 23, vi. 5. 7, 22, so Kal 
 Kard yijv Kal /card ddXarrav, by 
 land and sea, Lat. terra marique, 
 i. 1.7, iii. 2. 13, cf. v. 4. 1 ; denot- 
 ing the place of a blow, on, i. 8. 
 26 ; of the object of motion, for, 
 after, iii. 5.2; with verbs of rest 
 or of motion, over against, oppo- 
 site, opposed to, against, i. 5. 10, 8. 
 21, 10. 4, 7, ii. 3. i9, iv. 3. 20, vi. 5. 
 28, vii. 3. 22 ; with verbs of rest, 
 near, at, by, v. 2. 16, vii. 2. 1, so 
 Kara ravra, on this side, vii. 5. 
 13 ; of fitness, in conformity to, 
 
 according to, in relation to, con- 
 cerning, ii. 2. 8, vii. 2. 23, 3. 39, 
 Phrases : to /card tovtov elvai, as 
 far as he is concerned, i. 6. 9 ; Kad' 
 Tjcvx't'O.v, see r/o-ux^d ; Kara a-irov- 
 d-qv, in haste, vii. 6. 28 ; Kara Tavrd, 
 in the same way, v. 4. 22, vii. 3. 23; 
 Kara /cpdros, tvith all one''s might, 
 i. 8. 19, but in vii. 7. 7 it means 
 by right of strength; distribu- 
 tively, of a divided whole : Kord 
 idv-q, by races, i. 8. 9, cf. i. 2. 16, 
 iii. 4. 22, 5. 8, V. 6. 32, vii. 3. 22 ; 
 Kad' 'iva, one by one, iv. 7. 8 ; ai- 
 Tov Kad' avTov, all by himself, vi. 2. 
 13, cf 11 ; of time, /card firjva, by 
 the month, i. 9. 17; /car' iviavrov, 
 annually, iii. 2. 12. 
 
 In composition /card gives the idea 
 of motion /roj/i above down, along, 
 or against, but freq. it strengthens 
 the simple idea in the sense of 
 utterly, completely, or it makes an 
 intr. verb transitive ; cf. the Lat. 
 de- in composition. 
 
 KaraPaCvu [P. Pa], step doivn, 
 go or come down, descend, dis- 
 mount, as from higher ground, 
 from a chariot or a horse, Lat. 
 descendo, abs. or with dTro and gen., 
 ii. 2. 14, iii. 4. 25, iv. 2. 20, 5. 25, 
 V. 2. 30, vii. 3. 45 ; with els and 
 ace. of place or Trpo's and ace. of 
 pers., i. 2. 22, iv. i. 10, vii. 4. 12; 
 with iirl, for, vi. 2. 2 ; descend 
 from the interior to the sea, ii. 5. 
 22, vii. 4. 21, 7-2; go down into 
 the arena, enter a contest, Lat. in 
 harenam descendo, iv. 8. 27. 
 
 KardPao-iSy ews, r; [K. Po], a go- 
 ing down, descent, march down, 
 abs. or with eh and ace, iv, i. 
 10 ; esp. from the interior to the 
 coast, V. 5.4, vii. 8. 26 ; concretely, 
 place of descent, descent, abs. or 
 with eh and ace, iii. 4. 37, 39, v. 
 2.6. 
 
 KarapXatc'vu [/SXd/ceyw], treat 
 neglpctfulli/, mismanage, vii. 6. 
 22. ' ' 
 
 KaTaY-y^Ww [d77AXw], an- 
 nounce, denounce, ii. 5. 38. 
 
113 
 
 KaTd7eios-KaTa\a|iPdv(d 
 
 KaTd^cios, ov [vfj], under the 
 earth, sxihterranean^ of dwellings, 
 iv. 5. 25. 
 
 KaraYcXda) [7eXdw], laugh at, 
 ridicule, muck, deride, Lat. derided, 
 abs. or with gen., i. 9. 13, ii. 4. 4, 
 6. 23, 30. 
 
 KaTdYvv|xi (dyvvfii, d7-, -d|w, 
 -^a|a, -^dya, -edyrj", break), shatter, 
 break, of a leg, iv. 2. 20. 
 
 KaTaYOT)T€vw [yoTjrevw'], bewitch 
 titterly, v. 7. 9. 
 
 KordYw [R. a^], lead down, Lat. 
 deduco ; esp. in nautical language, 
 bring down a ship to land from the 
 high seas, bring to port, land, put 
 in, Lat. applied nduem, abs., v. i. 
 11, 16, vi. 6. 3 ; of exiles, bring 
 down, restore, bring back, abs. or 
 with ot/caSe, i. 1.7, 2. 2, vii. 3. 18 ; 
 mid., arrive at, with eirl and ace., 
 iii. 4. 30. 
 
 KaraSairavdco [E. 8a], spend 
 completely, use up, Lat. cunsumd, 
 ii. 2. 11. 
 
 KaraSciXidb), KaredeiXlacra [Sei- 
 8«], flinch from for fear, avoid 
 from cowardice, vii. 6. 22. 
 
 KaraSiKd^w (StK-dfw, St/caS-, 5t- 
 Kaaiii, idlKacra, dediKacrfiai, idiKda0r}v 
 [R. 1 8aK], ;/H-e judgment), decide 
 judicially against, condemn, with 
 gen. of pers. and inf., vi. 6. 15 ; 
 give a distinct opinion, with Srt 
 and a clause, v. 8. 21. 
 
 KaraSiuKo) [5tt6Kw], pursue 
 closely or /jflivZ, c/ifflse o#, iv. 2. 5. 
 
 KaraSo^d^w (So^dfc;, 5o^a5-, 5o- 
 ^dacj, iS6^acTa [R. 8ok], believe), 
 hold ail opinion to one^s discredit, 
 with ace. and inf., vii. 7. 30. 
 
 KaraStjco [Suw], make go down, 
 sink, of ships, Lat. mergo, i. 3. 17, 
 vii. 2. 13 ; mid. intr., sink down, 
 sink, of persons, abs. or with m^xP' 
 or Kard and gen., iii. 5. 11, iv. 5. 
 36, vii. 7. 11. 
 
 KaraOedoiiat. [Bed], look doivn 
 on, i. 8. 14, vi. 5. 30. 
 
 KaraG^M [d^oj'], run down, charge 
 down, of soldiers, abs. or with eh 
 or eiri and ace, vi. 3. 10, vii. 3. 44. 
 
 KaraOyjo-eo-Oai, see KaraTidrifii. 
 
 KaraGvo) [R. 2 Gu], sacrifice, of- 
 fer, of victims, abs. or with ace., 
 iii. 2. 12, iv. 5. 35, v. 5. 8 ; dedicate, 
 V. 3. 13. 
 
 KaTai<rxvvw [al8€0(iai,], cover 
 icith shame, put to shame, disgrace, 
 iii. I. 30, 2. 14. 
 
 KaraKaCvo) (Kaivw, Kav-, KavQi, tKa- 
 vov, KiKova [(■/. /cTeiVw], kill, poetic), 
 kill, slay, cut down, in prose only 
 in Xen., in pres., 2 aor., and 2 pf., 
 i. 6. 2, 9. 6, 10. 7, iii. i. 2, 2. 12,39, 
 iv. 2. 5, 8. 25, V. 7. 27, 28, 30, 32, 
 vi. 4. 26, 6. 31, vii. 4. 10, 6. 37, vii. 
 6.36. 
 
 KaraKaici) or KaraKdw [Kaiu], 
 burn down or completely, burn up, 
 destroy, i. 4. 10, ii. 5. 19, iii. 3. 1, 
 V. 2. 27, vii. 4. 5, 15. 
 
 KardKCifxai, [Ksijiai], lie down, 
 lie sleeping, iii. i. 15, iv. 4. 11; 
 esp., recline at table, where the 
 Greeks rested on the left arm and 
 had the right free, Lat. accumbo, 
 with iv and dat., vi. i. 4; lie idle, 
 iii. I. 13, 14. 
 
 KaTaKT]pvTTw [R. Ka\], proclaim 
 or command by herald or crier, ii. 
 2.20. 
 
 KaraKXcCco [/cXei'w], shut down or 
 in, enclose, hem in, with eh and 
 ace. or etcii} and gen., iii. 3. 7, 4. 
 20, V. 2. 18, vii. 2. 15. 
 
 KaraKOVTC^o) [R. aK], shoot doion 
 with the javelin, vii. 4. 6. 
 
 KaraKoiTTW [ko'ttto)], c«< down, 
 slay, i. 2. 25, 5. 10, 10. 9, ii. 5. 32, 
 iii. 5. 2. 
 
 KaTaKTdo|j.ai [/crdo/iot], gain 
 completely, get full possession of, 
 vii. 3. 31. 
 
 KaraKTcCvw [/crefj/w], slay, mur- 
 der, ii. 5. 10. 
 
 KaraKuXficd [/cwXiiw] , hinder from 
 doing, /loZd back, keep back, abs. 
 or with e^oj, V. 2. 16, vi. 6. 8. 
 
 KaraXa^iPdvo) [Xa/x^Sdi/w], seise 
 upon, capture, take, catch, Lat. ca- 
 pio, i. 8. 20, iii. 5. 2, vii. 6. 26, os Sv 
 KaTa\r](t)6^, v'hocver gets caught, i.e. 
 hit, iv. 7. 4 ; esp. occupy, seize a 
 
KaTaX.€-y&)-KaTa.pdop,ai 
 
 114 
 
 town or stronghold, Lat. occ/iqio, i. 
 3. 14, 10. 1(3, iv. I. 20, 21, V. 4. 15, 
 vii. 3. 48 ; catch 7ip to, overtake, 
 Lat. adsequor, of persons, ii. 2. 12, 
 iii. 3. 8, iv. 5. 7 ; of a town, reach, 
 arrive at, Lat. peruenio, vii. 8. 8 ; 
 discover, find, meet, Lat. incido, 
 iii. I. 8, iv. 2. 14, v. 7. 18, with 
 partic, i. 10. 18, iv. 2. 5. 
 
 KaraXe-yw [R. Xe-y], recite, enu- 
 merate , reckon ; phrase: evepyeaidv 
 KareXeyev 6ti, he counted it as a 
 kindness that, ii. 6. 27. 
 
 KaraXiCirw [\e/7ra>], leave behind, 
 leace, Lat. relinquo, iii. 3. 19, 4. 
 49, iv. 2. 13, vii. 2. 30, witli ace. of 
 tiling and either dat. or Trapd with 
 dat. of pers., or inf. of purpose, iv. 
 
 6. 1, V. 2. 1, 3. 6 ; desert, abandon, 
 forsake, leave in the lurch, i. 2. 18, 
 hi. I. 2, 4. 40, iv. 6. 3, vi. 4. 8; 
 leave remaining, free, or over, with 
 ace. of thing and dat. of pers., iii. 
 
 5. 5, iv. 2. 11, vi. 5. 1, vii. 3.22; 
 pass., stay or remain behind, 1. 8. 
 25, V. 6. 12. 
 
 KaraXcvfa) (Xei/w, -Xei/cw, -iXevaa, 
 e\€vcrdr]v [Xaas, stone, cf. Lat. lau- 
 tumiae, quarry], stone, late Lat. 
 lapido), stone to death, i. 5. 14, v. 
 
 7. 19, 30, vii. 6. 10. 
 KaTaWdTTM (dWdrrw, dWay-, 
 
 dWd^w, ^Wa^a, -TjXXaxa, TjWayfjLai, 
 -yjWdxOrj" or rjWdy-qv [aXXos], 
 change), change; mid. and pass., 
 esp. of a change from enmity for 
 friendship, become reconciled, i. 
 
 6. 1. 
 
 KaTaXo7i^o(j.ai [R. Xe^] , put down 
 to one''s account, reckon up, v. 6. 16. 
 
 KaraXvo) [X6uj], unloose, dissolve, 
 end, Lat. dissoluo, vi. 2. 12 ; with 
 TToXe/jLOp, make peace, Lat. bellnm 
 conficio, V. 7. 27, without iroXe/jLov 
 and with irpos and ace. of the 
 pers., i. I. 10; unloose, -unyoke (sc. 
 i'TTTTous), i.Cj make a halt, abs. or 
 with 7rp6s apiarov, halt for break- 
 fast, i. 8. 1, 10. 19. 
 
 KaTa|xav6dv<i> [R. [la], learti 
 thoroughly, understand, obse^'ve, 
 be axcare, abs.. with ace. or with 
 
 ace. and a clause with w's or 6Vi, i. 
 9, 3, ii. 3. 11, iii. i. 44, v. 7. 14, vii. 
 2. 18, 4. 6 ; discover, with partic, 
 V. 8. 14. 
 
 KaraiicXew [R. (ieX], be neglect- 
 fid, neglect one''s duty, v. 8. 1. 
 
 KaTa|i€vw [R. ji.a], stay or icaft 
 behind, Lat. remaned, abs. or with 
 ^K or Trapd and dat., v. 6. 17, vi. 6. 
 2, vii. 3. 47, 6. 43. 
 
 KaTa|ji£pCtw [/Liept'fw], divide 
 among, distribute, vii. 5. 4. 
 
 KaTafj-tYvifii (piypiifjn, tJ-iy-, pi^u, 
 epl^a, txip.lyp.ai, eptxOrjv and ipiy-qv 
 [R. [kiy], mix), mix tip; pass., 
 mingle with, els ras wdXeis Karepdy- 
 vvvTo, they mingled with the citi- 
 zens, vii. 2. 3. 
 
 Karavot'o) [R. yvu'], mark well, 
 vii. 7. 43 ; observe, perceive, i. 2. 4, 
 vii. 7. 45. 
 
 KaTavTiirepdv or KaravTiirtpas 
 adv. [R. x£p], over against, on the 
 opposite side of, with gen., i. i. 9, 
 iv. 8. 3. 
 
 KaTairciiirw [tt^/uttw], sewd down, 
 esp. from the interior to the coast, 
 i. o. 7. 
 
 KaTa'ir€Tp6w (Trerpo'w, aor. pass. 
 iirerpudrjv [TT^rpos], stone, late Lat. 
 lapido), stone to death, in pass., 
 i- 3- 2. ^ 
 
 Karairt^Sda) (TrijSdcj, -rr-qh-qau}, iir-f)- 
 dr)(Ta, -TreirTjdTjKa [R. ireS], lea])), 
 jump or spring down, with d-Tro 
 and gen., i. 8. 3, iii. 4. 48. 
 
 KarairiirTw [R. itct], /aZi down, 
 esp. from a horse, /rt?Z off, get a 
 fall, iii. 2. 19, iv. 8. 26, 
 
 KarairX'^TTw [ttX^ttw], strike 
 down, esp. with terror or wonder, 
 terrify abjectly, with ^povrrj, iii. 4. 
 12. ■ 
 
 KaTairoX£|X€(i> [iroXe/x^w] , fight 
 down, vanquish, reduce, Lat. de- 
 bello, vii. i. 27. 
 
 KarairpaTTCi) [Trparrw], fulfil, 
 bring to an end, accomplish, exe- 
 cute, i. 2. 2, vii. 7. 17 ; mid., achieve, 
 vii. 7. 27. 
 
 Karapdopiai. (dpdopai, -dpdffopai, 
 ripd<jdpriv. -rjpdpai [^dpa, jirayer'\. 
 
115 
 
 KaTa<rp€vvvfjii-KaTa(j>povew 
 
 pray, poetic), pray against, impre- 
 cate, curse, Lat. detestor, abs. or 
 with dat., V. 6. 4, vii. 7. 48. 
 
 KaTao-pevvvjAU {afievvvfii, (r/3e-, 
 -<T^i(7w, and -a^riffoixai, eV/Seo-a, 
 -i<y^y)v, -iafijjKa, -e(T^i(Tdi)v [cf. P^ng. 
 a-sbestosi, quench), jyut out, Lat. 
 exstinguo, of fires, vi. 3. 21, 25. 
 
 Karao-KESdvvvfxi, [cTKfBdpvvfM], 
 sprinkle doton on, empty on, pour 
 out on. Phrase : KareffKeSda-aro 
 /Lcerd TOVTO (or twc fier avrov) t6 
 K^pas, next or on his comrades he 
 poured out what remained in his 
 drinking horn, vii. 3. 32 (see crvy- 
 Karaa-Kedavvvfii). According to the 
 lexicographer Suidas, it was the 
 custom among the Thracians for a 
 feaster at a carouse, when he had 
 drunk all that he could, to scatter 
 the rest of the wine in the cup over 
 his comrades. The object, prob- 
 ably, was to show that practically 
 nothing remained, since it was a 
 point of honour to drain the cup. 
 
 KaTao-K€XTO|xai [o-K^Trro/iat] , vieiv 
 closely, inspect, i. 5. 12. 
 
 Karao-KevdSw [R. o-kv], fit out 
 thoroughly with gear of any kind, 
 so of a horse, provide with proper 
 trappings, accoutre, iii. 3. 19 ; of a 
 house, furnish, iv. 1.8; of a coun- 
 try, improve, embellish, i. 9. 19; 
 mid., prepare oneself, make one's 
 arrangements, iii. 2. 24. 
 
 KaTa<rict|V€<i) [R. o-Kaj, aor., pitch 
 one''s tent, encamp, abs. or with iv 
 and dat., iii. 4. 32, .S3, vii. 4. 11. 
 
 Karao-KTivow [R. o-Ka], pitch 
 one's tent, encamp, with els and 
 ace. of place, ii. 2. 16. 
 
 KaTao-KoirTJ, ^s [cf. Karaa-KiirTo- 
 Mi']' watching, reconnoissance, vii. 
 4. 13. 
 
 KaTao-irdu [R. o-xa], draw or 
 drag doion, with dw6 and gen., i. 
 9.6. ^ 
 
 Kardo-Tao-is, ews, 17 [R. ara], 
 state, condition, v. 7. 26. 
 
 KaTao-TparoircStvo) [R. o-rpa + 
 R. ireS], put into camp; mid. intr., 
 encamp, iii. 4. 18, iv. 5. 1. vi. 3. 20. 
 
 KaTao-TpecJxo [(rrp^<j!)w] , turn up- 
 side dovii, orcrset; mid., subject 
 to oneself, subdue, i. 9. 14, vii. c. 14, 
 7. 27. ^ 
 
 KaTao-<(>dTTa) \_a(pdTrw~\, cut 
 doim, slay, kill, iv. i. 23. 
 Karacrxeiv, see Karix^- 
 Kaxaa-xitto [crx^foj], spilit doivn, 
 cleare usnn.der, of gates, break 
 through, h&i. perfringd, vii. i. 16. 
 Karareivw \_Teivu3'], stretch hard, 
 strain oneself, strtrr ninn-stly, in- 
 sist, Lat. conic lido, ii. 5. ;!0. 
 
 KaTaT€'(xvw [r^/xi'a)], citt all up or 
 in pieces, iv. 7. 20. I'hrase: e^ 
 avTuv KaT€TiTfiy)vTO Td(t>poL eiri ttjv 
 X'^pdv, from them ditches had been 
 cut that ran into the country, ii. 4. 
 13. 
 
 KaTttTiOrifjii [R. Oe], put down; 
 mid., 'put or lay down or atvay for 
 use, iv. 3. 11, V. 2. 15, vii. i. 37 ; de- 
 posit, lay up, lay by, Lat. depono, 
 with special reference to the an- 
 cient practice of depositing docu- 
 ments or valuable articles with 
 some friend or in the keeping of a 
 god, hence in phrases: ovk els rb 
 tSiov Kared^fXTjv ddpeiKovs, I did not 
 lay up the darics for my oimi use, 
 i. 3. 3 ; deol, wap ovs t^v (piXidv 
 KareOefxeffa, the gods, into tvhose 
 keeping we have given the friend- 
 ship, ii. 5. 8 ; dTro(jrpo(t>j)v Karad-^- 
 a-ea-dai, to instire a refuge, vii. 6. 34. 
 KaTaTiTpwo-Kb) [t IT piJjffKui'], wound 
 severely, iv. i. 10. 
 
 Kararpcxw [rp^x^], run doivn, 
 ab.s. or with ivi and ace, v. 4. 23, 
 vii. I. 20. 
 
 KaravXCJoixai [R. 2 ap], encamp, 
 vii. 5. 15. 
 
 KaTa<(>a7€iv, see KaTi<payov. 
 KaTa<j>avT|s, ^s [R. <j)a], in siqht, 
 Lat. in ocul'is, i. 8. 8, ii. 3. 3, vii. 2. 
 18. 
 
 KaTa<j)€V7« [R. ^vy'\, flee doion, 
 take refuge, flee for help, Lat. con- 
 fugio, with evrahda or with els and 
 ace, i. 5. 13, iii. 4. 11, v. 7. 2. 
 
 KaTa4>pove(i> [<f)pT)v], look down 
 (in, des2ri.<te, Lat. despicio, iii. 4. 2. 
 
KaTaxwp(t<»-K£Xai,va( 
 
 116 
 
 Karaxufitw [xwpi's'w], set apart 
 in one''s proper place, settle, sta- 
 tion, arrange, vi. 5. 10. 
 
 KaTca^av, see Kardyvv/xi. 
 
 KttT€9€'[lT]V, see KaTaTidr}fll.. 
 
 KaT€i8ov [R. FiS], look don- u on 
 from above, Lat. despicio, i. 10. 14, 
 iv. 4. 9, 7. 21, vii. 3. 44; observe, 
 discern, iv. 3. 11, vi. 5. 8. 
 
 KaT€iXfi<j>6ai, KaT€iXr]<f>6T«s, see 
 KaTaXafx-lidvu. 
 
 KOLTeifii [elyUi], go or come down, 
 Lat. descendo, v. 7. 13. 
 
 KaT£p7d^o|jiai [K. F«PY]i do thor- 
 oughly by icork, accomplish, bnng 
 to pass, achieve, i. 9. 20, ii. 6. 22, 
 vi. 2. 10, vii. 7. 25, 20. 
 
 KaTfpxofxai [epxoMai]' ^^ down, 
 esp. to one's home, return, with 
 orxaSe, vii. 2. 2. 
 
 KaT€T€T|XT]VTO, SeC KaTaTifJLVU}. 
 
 KaT«Tpw<rav, see KaTaTiTpwa-Kw. 
 
 KaT€'4>a'Y0v [e0a7oi'], eat up, bolt, 
 iv. 8. 14. 
 
 KaT€'x« [R. <r€x], hold doum or 
 firmly, hold fast, Lat. retineo, vii. 
 7. 28 ; restrain, check, prevent, vrith 
 ace. of the pers. or with inf., iii. 
 I. 20, vii. 7. 29; esp. hold in pos- 
 session, occupi/, Lat. obtineo, iv. 2. 
 1, 5, 12, V. 6. 7, 36; intr., in a 
 nautical sense, come down to land, 
 put in, Lat. portum capio, abs. 
 or with fKeia-e, v. 6. 20, vi. i. 33. 
 Phrases : dvdyKri Karexi/iecoi, com- 
 pelled by necessity, ii. 6. 13 ; roaov- 
 Tov x'^P^o" Karacrxe^f, cover so much 
 ground, iv. 8. 12. 
 
 KaTT]-yop€(i>, KaTTiyop-^ffio, etc. 
 [d7€Cp«], sjwak against, accuse, 
 charge, with gen. of pers. and 8tl 
 or ws with a clause, v. 7. 4, 8. 1, 
 vii. 6. 8, 7. 44. 
 
 Kar»i"yopCd, as [dY€ip«], a speak- 
 ing against, accusation, charge, v. 
 8."l. 
 
 KaTT]p£|ii^(>> (^pe/i/fu), ■7pe/ii5-, 
 -■qpiliiaa, -y)pep.l(TdT)v [ijpifxa, adv., 
 quietly'], make still), make thor- 
 oughly quiet, calm do^m, appease, 
 vii. I. 22, 24. 
 
 KaTtSdvras, see KareTSov. 
 
 KaroiKtw [R. Fik], have one^s res- 
 idence, lice, with €v and dat., v. 3. 7. 
 
 KaroiKiJo) [R. F<-k], make live 
 in, settle as a colonist ; of a city, 
 colonize, settle, found, Lat. condo, 
 V. 6. 15, vi. 4. 7. 
 
 KaTopvTTw [opuTTw], s(';;A' in the 
 ground, bnni, hide undergroiind, 
 Lat. infodiofiv. 5. 29, v. 8. 9, 11. 
 
 Kdro), adv. [/card], with verbs of 
 motion, doirn from above, do%cn- 
 wards, Lat. deorsus, iv. 8. 20, 28 ; 
 with verbs of rest, underneath, be- 
 low, Lat. infra, iv. 5. 25. Phrase : 
 t6 KdT03 rov t6^ov, the lou'er part of 
 the bow, iv. 2. 28. 
 
 Kavfia, aros, t6 [Kai«], heat, of 
 the sun, i. 7. 6. 
 
 Ka\i(ripioS) 01/ [Kaico], that can be 
 burnt, combustible, vi. 3. 15, 19. 
 
 Kavo-rpov ircSCov, to, Cayster 
 Plain or Caysterfield (cf. Spring- 
 field, Dartmoor), a city in Phrygia, 
 where the roads from Byzantium 
 and Sardis united on their way to 
 Syria, i. 2. 11. (Near Bulwudun.) 
 
 KOM, see Kaib). 
 
 Kt'-yxposj 0) millet, millet grass, a 
 hardy gi-ass used as fodder, with a 
 grain sometimes ground into meal, 
 i. 2. 22 (pdnicttm milidceum). 
 
 KCifiai, Kelo-o/xai [KCijiai], be laid 
 (used as a pass. (jiTidr]p.i), hence 
 of persons, lie, lie at one's length, 
 iv. 8. 21, esp. lie dead, i. 8. 27, vi. 
 5. ; of things, be laid, lie, be 
 placed, be situated, with iv or 7rp6j 
 and dat. of place or Kwrd and ace. 
 of pers., iii. i. 21, 4. 10, vi. 4. 3, vii. 
 3. 23 ; esp. as pass, of the phrase 
 d^ffOai rd fiTrXa, cf tvBa rd SirXa 
 fKeiTo, where the armed force icas 
 halted or stationed, iv. 2. 20, cf. vii. 
 1.24. 
 
 K€Kpd'y6T(ov, see Kpd^u. 
 
 KeKTT)<r0€, see Krdonai. 
 
 KeXaivai, C>v, Celaenae, a flour- 
 ishing commercial city of Phrygia, 
 at the sources of the Marsyas and 
 Maeander, with a citadel and royal 
 palace. Here Cyrus had a park. 
 i. 2. 7, 8, 9. (Ruins near Denair.) 
 
117 
 
 K€\€Va>-K^paS 
 
 KcXcvb), KeXet^ffw, e/c^Xeuiro, kek^- 
 \evKa, KeK^\€V(rfMat, eKeXevcrdj^v [R. 
 K€\], order, command, bid, give 
 orders, direct, Lat. iubeo, gener- 
 ally with ace. of pers. and inf. , i. 
 I. 11, 2. 15, ii. I. 8, iii. 4. 38, iv. 2. 
 1, V. 2. 8, vi. 6. 5, vii. i. 22 ; with 
 inf, alone, i. 3. 16, ii. 3. 1, iii. i. 
 26, vi. 3. 15 ; with ace. of pers. 
 alone, vi. 6. 15 ; with ace. of thing, 
 iii. I. 7, vi. 6. 14 ; abs., i. 6. 10, vi. 
 5. 26, 6. 26 ; in a weaker sense, 
 bid, urge, advise, suggest, abs., 
 with inf., or ace. and inf., i. 9. 27, 
 iii. I. 29, iv. 5. 16, vii. i. 4, 2. 8. 
 
 K€v6si 'n-i 6", empty, vacant, void, 
 Lat. indnis, uacuus, abs. or with 
 gen., i. 8. 20, iii. 4. 20 ; empty, 
 idle, groundless, of fear, ii. 2. 21. 
 Phrases : ttoXi) ttjs <j>d\ayyo$ kevov 
 iirolrjffav, they made a great gap in 
 the phalanx, iv. 8. 17. 
 
 K6voTd<{>iov, t6 [/ceyis + ra.(t>os, cf. 
 Eng. cenotaph}, empty gravemound 
 or tomb, cenotaph, in which there 
 were no ashes of the dead, vi. 4. 9. 
 These were erected chiefly in hon- 
 our of persons lost at sea or of 
 those whose bodies were missing 
 after a battle. They were often 
 handsome artistic structures with 
 pillars and inscriptions. 
 
 K«vT€(i>, KevTrjffw \_cf. KivTpov, sharp 
 point, goad, Eng. centre'], prick, 
 goad, stab, torment, iii. i. 29. 
 
 KevrpiTTis, 6, the Centrites, an 
 affluent of the Tigris, separating 
 Armenia from the country of the 
 Carduchi, iv. 3. 1 (Butan Tchai). 
 The Greeks crossed at the modern 
 city Sert, where there is now a 
 good ford. 
 
 K€pd|xi,ov, t6 [R. 2 Kpa], earthen 
 jar, used for wine, vi. i. 15, 2. 3. 
 
 Kcpa|X€ovs, a, ovu [R. 2 Kpa], of 
 earth or clay, wXivdoi Kepafieal, clay 
 brick, whether sunburnt or baked 
 in a kiln, iii. 4. 7. 
 
 Kcpd|Ji<ov or Kcpa^twv dYopd, a$, 
 the name of a town in Phrygia, 
 close to the Mysian boundary, i. 2. 
 10. It means either Tilemarket 
 
 or Market of the Ceramians, ace. 
 to the accent. It was perhaps the 
 later Trajanopolis, modern Uschak. 
 
 K€pavvv[Jii (/cepa-, Kpa-), iK^pacra, 
 K^KpdfJiaL, iKepa.(Tdr)v or eKpddriv [R. 
 2 Kpa], mix, mostly of the dilution 
 of wine with water, Lat. dlluo, v. 
 4. 29 (see s.v. &Kpa.Tos); of mix- 
 ing wine into water, with ace. and 
 dat., i. 2. 13. 
 
 K€pas, Kipdros or Kepws, dat. Ki- 
 pdri, TO [c/. Lat. cornu, horn, Eng. 
 HORN, HART, rhiho-ceros], horn, 
 prop, of an animal, Lat. cornu; 
 hence, from the resemblance of 
 shape or because horns of animals 
 were originally used for these pur- 
 poses, bugle horn, horn, used to 
 sound 'taps,' ii. 2. 4, and among 
 the barbarians for other purposes, 
 vii. 3. 32, 4. 19. The crdXwif^, q.v., 
 was the instrument employed by 
 the Greeks in war for signals of 
 every description, and the use of 
 the ' horn ' in ii. 2. 4 in giving a 
 military signal cannot be paralleled 
 in the writings of any other Greek 
 historian than Xenophon. As used 
 among the barbarians, the instru- 
 ment was probably the actual horn 
 of an animal. In vii. 4. 19, it is 
 worthy of note that the person who 
 blows on the K^pas is called by 
 Xenophon a craKiriKT-fis, which in- 
 dicates that the Kipas was used 
 among the barbarians as was the 
 <rciX7rt7^ among the Greeks. Among 
 the Romans the cornu developed 
 into a regular instrument, as shown 
 
 in the accompanying cut. /ce'pas 
 also signifies drinking horn, but 
 
Kepao-ovvTioi-K£<j>aXa\7T|s 
 
 118 
 
 in the Anab. is so used only of the 
 Thracians, vii. 2. 23, 3. 2-4 (c/. vi. i. 
 4). Among the Greeks the drink- 
 ing horn received elaborate devel- 
 opment, and was technically des- 
 ignated by the term pvrdv (cf. piia, 
 floio), since it had a small opening 
 at the bottom vv^hich the drinker 
 put into his mouth and thus allowed 
 the wine to run in. The rhyton, 
 as an artistic development of the 
 earlier horn, was made of pottery 
 or metal and was modelled into the 
 head of an animal, so that the 
 
 No. 35. 
 
 special cup might be called iinros, 
 e\a4>os, Kdirpos, etc. K^pas is also 
 used of a projection or peak of a 
 mountain, v. 6. 7. In military 
 language, the army in line of bat- 
 tle is compared to an animal which 
 shows its front to an enemy, but 
 whose strength lies in its horns on 
 either side ; we, however, from the 
 Roman comparison to a bird of 
 prey, call these vnngs, Lat. dla, 
 iv. 8. 12, vi. 5. 5, vii. i.23. Phrases : 
 TO de^ibv K^pas, the right wing., i. 7. 
 1, 8. 13; TO. 5e|ta rov K^pdros, the 
 right of the wing., i. 8. 4 ; rb evwvv- 
 fxov Kipas, the left wing, i. 8. 4, 10. 
 '.) ; e^o) eyevero rod K^pdros, he out- 
 flanked the wing, i. 8. 23 ; to. k4- 
 pdra Tov TrXatiriov, the wings (at 
 
 irXevpai) of the square, iii. 4. 19, 
 20, 21 ; Kara. Kipas, in column, the 
 common order of march, with the 
 right wing leading, iv. 6. 6; ttjv 
 ovpav TOV Kipdros, the rear of the 
 column, vi. 5. 5. See also s.v. dva- 
 irrva-a-u}. 
 
 Kepao-ovvTioi, ol [Kepao-ous], 
 Cerasuntians, inhabitants of Cera- 
 sus, V. 5. 10, 7. 13, 17, 31. 
 
 Kepao-ovs, ovvtos, i] [c/. Eng. 
 cherry], Cerasus, a city in Pon- 
 tus west of Trapezus, the mod- 
 ern Kiresiin, v. 3. 2, 4. 1, 7. 16, 
 30. It was a colony of the Sino- 
 peans and was doubtless named 
 from the cherry trees (Arme- 
 nian keraz, Turkish kires) which 
 grew there abundantly. Lucullus 
 brought the cherry from here to 
 Rome in 73 B.C., hence the Lat. 
 cerasus. 
 
 Kcpdrivos, 77, 01/ [/c^pas], of horn, 
 made of horn, vi. i. 4. 
 
 Kcppepos, 6, Cerberus, the hell- 
 hound, the watch-dog of the lower 
 world. His kennel was on the 
 further bank of the Styx, where 
 Charon put ashore the shades. 
 He let all pass in, but none out. 
 Ilesiod describes him as having 
 fifty heads, later writers and works 
 of art generally represent him 
 with only three, and with hair 
 composed of serpents. Heracles 
 brought him up to Eurystheus, vi. 
 
 2.2. 
 
 KcpSaCvco (KepSay-), KepSavQ, eK^p- 
 5dva, -KeK^pdrjKa [x^pSos], gain, ac- 
 quire, ii. 6. 21. 
 
 K€p8a\^os, d, ov [K^pSos], of things, 
 gainful, profitable, i. 9. 17. 
 
 Ks'pSos, ovs, r6, gain, profit, pay, 
 Lat. lucrum, i. 9. 17, vi. 2. 10. 
 
 K^po-os, see Kdpo-os. 
 
 KtpTwvov, t6, Certonus, a city 
 in Mysia between Adramyttium 
 and Atarneus, vii. 8. 8 {some read 
 
 KvTiivLOv). 
 
 K€<)>a\a\'YTJs, h [/c€(/)aX^ -\- &\yo$, 
 t6, pain'], causing headaches, ii. 3. 
 15, 16. 
 
119 
 
 Ke4>a\T|-Ki\i.KCd 
 
 K€(})a\T|, rjs [root Ktir, cf. Lat. 
 caput; head, Eng. head, a-cepha- 
 lous], head, of men, i. 8. 6, ii. 5. 
 23, iii. I. 17, iv. i. 18, v. 4. 13, vii. 
 4.4. 
 
 KT)8£|i(ov, 6vos, 6 [cf. K-qdofiai^, one 
 loho cares for another, guardian, 
 protector, iii. i. 17. 
 
 KTjSofiai (Ka5-), iKrjd€(rdiJ,7]v, be 
 troubled for, care for, with gen., 
 vii. 5. 5. 
 
 KT]p(ov, t6 [K7;p6s, 6, beeswax, cf. 
 Lat. cera, tmx'], honeycomb, Lat. 
 faults, iv. 8. 20. 
 
 KT)pvKeiov, t6 [R. KttX], heraWs 
 staff, Lat. cdduceus, v. 7. 30. See 
 s. !;. KTjpv^. 
 
 Kfjpvl, iiKos, 6 [R. Ka\], herald, 
 crier, v?ho carried messages to tlie 
 enemy, Lat. cdducedtor, fetidlis, 
 or made proclamatipns and gave 
 all sorts of pnblic notices to his 
 lellow-soldiers, Lat. praeco, ii. 2. 
 20, iii. I. 46, v. 7. 3, 4. His dis- 
 tinctive badge was his herald's 
 .staff, K-qptKeiov, q.v. When sent 
 with a message to a hostile force 
 (H- state, his person was held invio- 
 lable, V. 7. 30. The accompany- 
 ing illustration represents a herald 
 
 No. 36. 
 
 about to go on such a mission. He 
 is armed with sword and spear, 
 wears the wiraffos or travelling hat, 
 
 slung behind his back, and travel- 
 ling boots, and has his x^oMt's, 
 q.v., across his left arm. lie stands 
 before an altar on which still burns 
 the fire of sacrifice. In his right 
 hand he holds his staff, a straight 
 shaft with two intertwined shoots 
 above, which are sometimes repre- 
 sented on the staff of Hermes, the 
 patron of heralds, as snakes. 
 
 KTipvTTO) (^KrjpvK-), KTipv^oo, iKrjpv^a, 
 KeKrjpvxc, K€K7]pvyiJ,ai, iKripix^V" [R- 
 Ka\], be a herald, proclaim as her- 
 ald, so impers., fKrjpv^e, the herald 
 proclaimed, with dat. of pers. and 
 inf., iii. 4. 36 ; announce by a her- 
 ald, make proclamation, proclaim, 
 Lat. denuntio, with inf., ace. and 
 inf., or Sri and a clause, ii. 2. 21. 
 iv. I. 13, vi. 4. 23, vii. i. 7, 36; 
 with ace, command, ii. 2. 20 (see 
 KaTaK-rjpvTTw). 
 
 Kr]4>i(r6S(opos, 6, Cephisodorus, 
 an Athenian captain, killed in 
 battle by the Carduchi, iv. 2. 13, 
 17. 
 
 Kt]<J)io-o<j><ov, Qvtos, 6, Cephiso- 
 phon, father of Cephisodorus, iv. 
 2. 13. 
 
 KiP<oTiov, TO [Ki/3wT6s, wooden 
 box'], xoooden box, vii. 5. 14. 
 
 KiXiKid, as [KiXi^], Cilicia, a 
 country on the southeastern coast 
 of Asia Minor, i. 2. 20, 21, 4. 4, iii. 
 I. 10. It lay south of Lycaonia 
 and Cappadocia, was separated 
 from Pamphylia on the west by 
 the Taurus Mts., and was bounded 
 on the east by Syria (see ^-6X7]). 
 The western part was mountain- 
 ous, but in the east lay the Cilician 
 plain. Tarsus was the chief city. 
 According to the myth the country 
 was named from Cilix, son of Agc- 
 nor and brother of Phoenix. The 
 mountaineers lived the free life of 
 the bandit, the rest of the people 
 were famous pirates. Pompey sub- 
 dued the latter, 67 b.c, and the 
 country was organized as a Roman 
 province. Cicero was proconsul in 
 51-60 B.C. 
 
KtXi^-KXeirTu) 
 
 120 
 
 KiXi^, i/cos, 6, inhabitant of Cili- 
 rin, a Cilician, i. 2. 12, 22, 25, 4. 4. 
 
 KiXio-o-a, as [Ki'Xi|], Cilician 
 woman, i. 2. 12, 18, 20. 
 
 KivSvvcvw, KtcSDceyo-a;, etc. [k£v- 
 Swvos), encounter danger, expose 
 oneself., face danger, run a risk, 
 Lat. j:>erIcZi«of,"abs., i. i. 4, 9. 14, 
 iii. 3. 11, V. 3. (3, vi. 3. 13; with 
 inf. the word often means that 
 there is a danger, likelihood, or 
 possibility of a thing happening, 
 as iKivdtvevcrev Ai' dLacpdapTjvai woXv 
 ToO (TTpaTevfj-aTos, great part of the 
 host would priihiibbi have been 
 killed, iv. i. 11, rf. v. 6. 19. 
 
 kCvSvvoS} 6 [kivSvvos], danger, 
 hazard, risk, Lat. periculum, i. 7. 
 5, iii. I. 12, iv. 6. 16. Phrase: 
 KlvSvvds itrri (or simply KLvdvvos), 
 there is danger, with inf., ace. and 
 inf., or /X17 with subjv. or opt., 
 ii. 5. 17, iv. I. 6, V. I. 6, vii. 7. 
 31. 
 
 KivcoD, Kivrja-w, etc. [root ki, cf. 
 Lat. cied, cause to go, Eng. hie], 
 make go, move, iii. 4. 28 ; pass., be 
 put in motion, move, stir, iv. 5. 13, 
 V. 8. 15. Phrase : Klvetv to arpa- 
 Tbwebov, break camp, Lat. castra 
 mouere, vi. 4. 27. 
 
 KiTTos, 6, ivy, Lat. hedera, v. 4. 
 12. 
 
 KXea-yopds, ou, Gleagoras, either 
 a painter or a writer, ace. to the 
 reading in vii. 8. 1 (see ivvirviov and 
 ei'Totx'os), otherwise unknown. 
 
 KXcaCveros, 0, Cleaenetus, a 
 Greek captain, killed with his com- 
 pany while on a raid, v. i. 17. 
 
 KX^avSpos, 6, Oleander, the 
 Spartan governor of Byzantium, 
 vi. 2. 13, 6. 5, at first set against 
 Xenophon and the Greeks by Dex- 
 ippus, vi. 6. 9-28, but afterwards 
 reconciled to them and friendly to 
 Xenophon, vi. 6. 34 ff., vii. i. 8. 
 He took care of the Greek sick at 
 Byzantium, vii. 2. 6, until suc- 
 ceeded by Anaxibius, vii. 2. 5. 
 
 KXcdvwp, opos, 6, Clednor, a 
 Greek general from Orchomenus 
 
 in Arcadia, ii. i, 10, 5. 37, elected 
 to command the Arcadian hop- 
 lites after the death of Agias, iii. 
 I. 47, iv. 8. 18, often mentioned 
 for valour and wisdom, iii. 2. 4, 
 vi. 4. 22, vii. I. 40, 3. 46, 5. 4, 
 10. 
 
 KX€dp€Tos, 6, Clearetus, a Greek 
 captain, slain while on a plunder- 
 ing expedition, v. 7. 14-16. 
 
 KXe'apxos, 6, Clearchus, a Spar- 
 tan general in the Peloponnesian 
 war, was at the battle of Cyzicus, 
 and was harmost of Byzantium, 
 where his cruelty led to its capture 
 by Alcibiades, ii. 6. 1, v. 6. 24 ; 
 after the peace, he was guilty of 
 disobedience to the ephors and by 
 them condemned to death, ii. 6. 
 2 ff., but escaping them became 
 attached to Cyrus, i. i. 9, ii. 6. 4, 
 was in his most secret counsels, 
 iii. I. 10, and was the most trusted 
 of his generals. He commanded 
 the right wing at Cunaxa, i. 8. 4, 
 12, and after the death of Cyrus 
 led the Greek army until he was 
 treacherously captured and put to 
 death by Tissaphernes, ii. 5. 31-42, 
 6. 29. An estimate of his charac- 
 ter is given by Xen., ii. 6. 1-15 ; 
 see also i. 2. 9, 3. 1 ff., 5. 11 ff., 6. 
 
 5, ii. I. 4, 15, 3. 11, 4. 15, 5. 3, 27. 
 PI., KX^apxoi-, men like Clearchus, 
 iii. 2. 31. 
 
 KXclOpov, TO [/cXefw], the fasten- 
 ings of a city gate, generally pi. 
 like Lat. claustra, vii. i. 17. See 
 s.v. p.oxX6s. 
 
 kXcCu, -kXcIcu}, fKXeura, /ce/cXet/itai, 
 iK\elo-d7]v [root kXcF, cf. Lat. clduis, 
 key, claudo, close, Eng. slot], shut, 
 of doors and gates, v. 5. 19, vi. 2. 
 8, vii. I. 36. 
 
 kXcitt*) (/cXeTT-), kX^\j/w, e/cXei/'a, 
 KiKXo(pa, K<^KXeiJ.iJ.ai, eKXairriv and 
 poet. iKX4(pdyjv [c/. Lat. clepo, steal, 
 clipeus, shield, Eng. s/iop-lifter], 
 steal, pilfer, 'Lat. furor, iv. 6. 14, vii. 
 
 6. 41 ; embezzle, of public money, 
 iv. 6. 16 ; smuggle through, Lat. 
 furtim aufcro, iv. i. 14 ; in military 
 
121 
 
 KXttOVUflOS KOYX^^lttTTJS 
 
 language, seize or occupy secretly, 
 iv. 6. 11, V. 6. 9. 
 
 K\€<&vv|ios, 6, Cleonymus, a brave 
 Spartan soldier, iv. i. 18. 
 
 KXi|xa|, a/cos, i] [c/. kXivt), Eng. 
 c/imax'], ladder (because of its 
 leayiing aslant), Lat. scdlae, iv. 5. 
 25. For illustrations of the lad- 
 der, as found on board ship, see 
 S.V. vavs. 
 
 K\ivT), 17s [/cXfyw, cause to lean, 
 cf. Lat. incllno, incline, cUuus, 
 slope, Eng. lean, climate, clini- 
 cal, en-clitic}, that on which one 
 reclines, bed, couch, Lat. lectus, 
 used not only as a bed, but also 
 
 as a couch on which to recline at 
 table, iv. 4. 21. It had four legs 
 (see cut No. 73), was narrow, and 
 might have a headboard. It was 
 made of wood or bronze, and was 
 often richly adorned. The couches 
 in the tent of Tiribazus, which 
 the Greeks captured (iv. 4. 21), had 
 silver feet. It was furnished with 
 a mattress, which rested on girths 
 stretched across the wooden frame, 
 and with pillows and bedding. 
 Greek bedsteads were exported to 
 foreign parts, vii. 5. 14. 
 
 K\oirifi, Tjs [kX^tttw], a stealing, 
 theft, iv. 6. 14. 
 
 kXiottcvo) [/cXcoi/'], steal, rob ; with 
 ace. of pers., intercept, waylay, vi. 
 I. 1. 
 
 kX(6«|/, kXwtto'?, 6 [/cX^TTTw], thief; 
 in war, marauder, bummer, Lat. 
 praeddtor, iv. 6. 17. 
 
 KV€'(j)as, oi's, TO, darkness, dusk, 
 
 lioilight, Lat. crepusculum, iv. 5. 
 KVTllits, ?5os, T) \_Kvqix-q, leg, cf. 
 
 Lat. nitor, bear upon'], greave, Lat. 
 ocrea, generally pi., that 
 part of the defensive 
 armour of the Greek 
 hoplite which covered 
 his leg frona the knee 
 to the instep, i. 2. 16. 
 iv. 7. 16, V. 2. 22. The 
 greaves, which were 
 made of flexible metal 
 and lined with felt, 
 leather, or cloth, were 
 ' sprung on ' the leg, and 
 then fastened behind by 
 straps or buckles. Like 
 the cuirass, they were 
 made to fit the indi- 
 vidual person. See s.v. o-rrXov. 
 For additional illustrations see s.v. 
 dcriris, ^i<pos, oirXtrTjs. 
 
 No. oS. 
 
 Ko^x*]! V^ [c/". Eng. conch], mus- 
 cle, cockle, a bivalve shellfish, Lat. 
 concha, v. 3. 8. 
 
 KO"Yx.vXidTtis, ov, adj. [KoyxvXr) = 
 Koyxv]^ shelly, with \i9c-;, shelly 
 limestone, iii. 4. 10. 
 
KoiXos-KOvidros 
 
 122 
 
 KotXos, V, ov [root KaF, cf. Lat. 
 caitus, hollow, Eng. hole, hol- 
 low], hollow, of a country, lying 
 in a valley, v. 4. 31. 
 
 KOifidw, eKolfx.y]<Ta, eKoifx'^d-rjv [K€i- 
 fiai], lay to rest; mid. and pass., 
 lie down to sleep, go to bed, iv. 3. 
 2, 5. 14, vi. 4. 10. 
 
 Koivrf, dat. sing. fern, of koivos, as 
 adv., in common, together, jointly, 
 abs. or with ixeTo. and gen. or avv 
 and dat., iii. 3. 2, iv. 5. 34, v. 4. 26, 
 vi. 2. 13. 
 
 KOIVOS, 17, bv [c/. Eng. epi-cene'], 
 what is shared by all, common, 
 general, public, Lat. communis, 
 abs. or -with dat., iii. i. 43, 45, 2. 
 32, v. 4. 15. Phrases: to koivov, 
 the common stock, the public treas- 
 7try, the community, hence aivb kol- 
 voO, from the common purse, at the 
 public expense, Lat. publice, iv. 7. 
 27, V. 1. 12, but by public authority, 
 Lat. publico consilid, v. 7. 18 ; ds 
 TO Koivbv dyopeveiv, say publicly, v. 
 6. 27 ; irpbs to koivov iXdetv, come to 
 the public council, i.e. board of offi- 
 cers, v. 7. 17. 
 
 KOivoco, KOLVwaoi, iKoivuiffa, KeKoi- 
 voofxai, eK0LVib6y]v [koiw's], maJce Com- 
 mon, Lat. commit niro ; mid., im- 
 part for purposes of consultation, 
 communicate, consult, with dat. of 
 pers. and an interr. clause, v. 6. 27, 
 vi. 2. 15. 
 
 KOIV(OV£(0, KOLVWVqCTU}, iKOLVlJlVT](Ta, 
 KeKOlVUlVTJKa, K€KOtV(i)Vr]fiai. [KOtvoij/o's], 
 
 have a share of, partake of, with 
 gen., vii. 6. 28. 
 
 Koivwvos, 6 [Kotvo's], sharer, paH- 
 ner, vii. 2. 38. 
 
 KoipardSas or KoipaTd8T]Si ov, 
 Coeratadas or Coeratades, a The- 
 ban ; commanded the Greeks for a 
 day at his own proposal, vii. i. 3.3- 
 40. He had been under Clearchus 
 at Byzantium. 
 
 KoiToi, 01, the Coeti, an inde- 
 pendent race living between the 
 Mossynoeci and the Tibareui, vii. 
 8. 25, otherwise unknown. 
 
 KoXd^u (^Ko\ad-), Ko\6.(Tu), (KoXaaa, 
 
 KfKoXaafiai, iKoXdadrjv, cut shoi't, 
 check, punish, Lat. castigo, abs. or 
 with ace, ii. 5. 13, 6. 9, iii. 2. 31, v. 
 8. 18, vii. 7. 24. 
 
 KoXoo-o-aC, Qv, Colossae, a city 
 in the southwestern part of Phry- 
 gia, on the Lycus, i. 2. 6, of impor- 
 tance in the time of Herodotus and 
 Xenophon, but afterwards rarely 
 heard of untU in connexion with 
 St. Paul's epistle. Its ruins are 
 near Khonos. 
 
 KoXx's, Idos, i], Colchis, a coun- 
 try in Asia on the eastern coast 
 of the Pontus, and west of Iberia, 
 and watered by the Phasis, iv. 8. 
 22, v. 3. 2. It was a land of witch- 
 craft and sorcery, the home of Me- 
 dea, and the scene of the quest of 
 the Golden Fleece. (Mingrelia.) 
 
 KoXxoi, oi [cf KoXxis], the Col- 
 chians, inhabitants of Colchis. 
 They were divided into various 
 tribes, including the Moschi, iden- 
 tified with Meshech of the Bible 
 (Ezek. 27, 13). Afterwards the 
 Lazi possessed the countrj', from 
 whom are the modern Lazians. In 
 the Anab. a tribe of Colchians are 
 mentioned in the neighbourhood 
 of Trapezus, iv. 8. 8 ff., v. 2. 1, 7.2. 
 
 KoXwvos, 6 [cf Lat. celsiis, high, 
 collis, hill, Eng. hill], heap, hill, 
 of stones, cairn, iv. 7. 25. 
 
 Kofiavid, ds, Comania, a place 
 in Mysia, near Perganius, other- 
 wise unknown, vii. 8. 15. 
 
 KoixiSV], ^s [/co/4ifw], means of 
 conveyance by sea, transport, v. i. 
 11. 
 
 KOfiCf (Ko/jLid-), KoniQ, etc. [ko/u^w, 
 care for], take charge of, carry 
 aicay so as to save, bring, convey, 
 conduct, with iwl and ace. or with 
 otVaSe, iv. 5. 22, 6. 3 ; mid., convey, 
 fetch one's own, or for oneself, 
 abs. or with evOaSe, iii. 2. 26, v. 5. 
 20 ; pass., travel, v. 4. 1. 
 
 Kovidros, i}, ov [verbal of koviAw, 
 plaster, KovLd, dust, ashes, plaster, 
 cf. Kovis, dust, Lat. cinis, ashes}, 
 covered loith plaster, plastered, 
 
123 
 
 KOVlOpTOS-KpavOS 
 
 ceuieiited, of underground cisterns 
 for wine, iv. 2. 22. 
 
 Koviopros, 6 \_k6vis, cf. koviSltos 
 and^pcu/xt, stir up, Lat. orior, rise'}., 
 dust raised, cloud of dust, i. 8. 8. 
 
 Koiros, 6 [/coVtw], a belabouring, 
 hence fatigue, v. 8. 3. 
 
 Koirpos, r?) dung of animals, i. 
 6. 1. 
 
 KOITTW (kOTT-), Ko'l/'W, fKO\^a, -Ki- 
 
 KO(pa, K^KOfjifiat, eKOTTTjv [cf. Eng. 
 CHOP, syn-copate}, cut, hew, slash, 
 of trees, /eZ?, iv. 6. 26, 8. 2 ; of ani- 
 mals, slaughter, ii. 1.6; of a door, 
 knock at, Lat. pulso, vii. i. 16. 
 
 KopT), 7;s, girl, maiden, Lat. p?<- 
 eHa, iv. 5. 9. 
 
 Kopo-toTT], ^s, Corsute, a large 
 city in Mesopotamia, said to be 
 surrounded by the Mascas river, i. 
 
 5. 4. This was probably a canal 
 forming with the Euphrates an 
 island on which the city stood. 
 Remains have been found on the 
 island Werdi, similarly formed. 
 
 Kopv\ds, d, Dor, gen., Corylas, 
 chief of the Paphlagonians, inde- 
 pendent of the king of Persia, v. 5, 
 12, 22, 6. 11, vi. I. 2. 
 
 Kopv^-f\, ijs, highest point, top, 
 peak, summit of a hill or moun- 
 tain, iii. 4. 41, iv. 2. 20. 
 
 KO<r\Lio>, Kocr/jLTiaw, fKOcrfiria-a, kcko- 
 (THT]f^ai, iKoa-fjLrjdrjp [koct/jlos, cf Eng. 
 cosmetic}, arrange, array, mar- 
 shal, of an army, iii. 2. 36 ; of 
 persons, dress, adorn, i. 9. 23. 
 
 K6(r)xi.05, d, Of [KoVyuos], ivell- 
 ordered, under good discipline, vi. 
 6.32. 
 
 k6o-|i.os, 6 [cf. Eng. cosmic, cosmo- 
 logy}, order, good order, orna- 
 ments, attire, dress, Lat. mundus, 
 1. 9. 23, iii. 2. 7. 
 
 KoTvcopa, rd, Cotyora, a com- 
 mercial town, a colony of the Sino- 
 peans, in the country of the Tiba- 
 reni, on the Pontus, v. 5. 3 (Ordu). 
 
 KoTvupirai, Qv [Korvupa}, the 
 people of Cotyora, Cotyorites, v. c. 
 
 6, 7, 10, 19, 25. 
 
 Kov(|>os, ?y, Of, light in weight, 
 
 Lat. leuis, vi. i. 12. Phrase : 
 xo'pros Kovcpos, hay, i. 5. 10. 
 
 Kov<|>(os, adv. [/coi}0os], lightly, 
 vi. I. 5. 
 
 Kpd^u (Kpay-), fut. pf. KeKpa^ofiai, 
 fKpayov, 2 pf. K^Kpaya as pres., [R. 
 KaX], cry out, call aloud, vii. 8. 15. 
 
 Kpdvosi ous, TO [cf. Eng. cranium}, 
 headpiece, helmet, of metal, Lat. 
 cassis, i. 2. 16, 8. 6, iv. 7. 16, vii. 4. 
 16, or of leather, Lat. galea, v. 2. 
 22, 4. 13. The helmet of metal, 
 which was developed from the 
 simple dogskin cap, consisted of 
 
 No. 40. 
 
 six pieces : the cap, conformed to 
 the shape of the head ; the (pdXos, 
 a metal ridge running from the 
 front to the back of the cap at the 
 centre and designed as a support 
 for the crest ; the \o'</)os or crest, 
 commonly of horsehair and con- 
 stantly ending in the horse's tail ; 
 the visor, the cheekpieces, and 
 the neckpiece. The helmet was 
 lined on the inside. It might be 
 solid, when the visor had openings 
 for the eyes and mouth and a pro- 
 jecting nose guard, and the helmet 
 was put on by pulling it down from 
 above over the face (rf. No. 40, and 
 
KpaT€W-KpaTlO-TOS 
 
 124 
 
 see also s.v. kctj/xij and 6ir\ov) ; or 
 the visor might be a simple mova- 
 ble guard for the forehead (cf. 
 
 KpaT^jp, rjpos, 6 [R. 2 Kpa], mix- 
 ing bold, used like our punch 
 bowls, iv. 5. 26, -^2. The KpaT-qp, 
 as used at Greek symposia, was 
 designed to hold a large quantity 
 of wine and water mixed (for the 
 universal Greek custom of drink- 
 ing wine diluted, see s.v. &KpdTos). 
 It was therefore a bulky vessel. 
 The liquor was drawn from it by 
 
 No. 41. 
 
 No. 41, and see also s.v. dffirls 
 and irvppLxv)i and the cheekpieces 
 hinged, so that they could be 
 thrown up (see also s.v. dp/j.a, 
 No. 8, where the helmet rests on 
 the warrior's hand on the points 
 of the cheekpieces, ^(.(pos, and 
 oTrXtT?;?). The (f>d\os was some- 
 times lacking and the crest sup- 
 ported, high above the head, by a 
 rod that fitted into the centre of 
 the cap. See s.v. Kv-rj/j-ts, where 
 also the helmet is elaborately or- 
 namented, the cap with the figure 
 of a griffin and the cheekpieces { 
 with a ram's head. 
 
 Kparco), Kparrjffu, e/cpdrijcro, /ce- 
 KpdT7]Ka, €KpaT-^dr)v [R. 1 Kpaj, ^e 
 strong, have the power, he lord or 
 master, rule, get the upper hand, 
 abs. or with the gen. of place, ii. 
 5. 7, vii. 2. 25, 3. 3 ; esp. he victori- 
 ous, conquer, abs., i. 7. 8, iii. 2. 21, 
 39, V. 6. 7, hence partic. as subst., 
 victor, ii. i. 10, iii. 2. 26, pass., 
 vanquished, iii. 2. 28, vii. 7. 32 ; 
 conquer, worst, suhdue, vanquish, 
 with ace. or gen. of pers., iii. 4: 26, 
 iv. 7. 16, V. 6. 9, vii. 6. 32. 
 
 No. 42. 
 
 attendants (see s.v. oivoxoos), who 
 dipped into it their jugs or other 
 vessels. The mixer was, therefore, 
 broad at the top. Its form is 
 shown in the accompanying illus- 
 tration. The body of the vessel 
 rested on a foot and base. It had 
 two handles, which were generally, 
 but not always, attached to the 
 lower part of the vessel. For an 
 additional illustration, see s.v. rpi- 
 irovs, No. 74. 
 
 KpttTio-Tos, Vi 0" [R- 1 Kpa], used 
 as sup. of dyadds, best, most excel- 
 lent, strongest, bravest, Lat. opti- 
 mus, i. 9. 2, 18, 21, iv. 8. 12, vii. 6. 
 37 ; most eminent or distinguished, 
 noblest, Lat. optimates, i. 5. 8, ii. 
 2. 8, iv. 6. 16, vii. 3. 21. Neut. pi. 
 
125 
 
 KpaTOS-KpVJTTW 
 
 KpcLTicTTa, as adv., in the best imy, 
 with cJs, most excellently, bravely, 
 cleverly, suitably, iii. 2. 6, 3. 3, 
 iv. 6. 10, 15, V. 2. 11, vii. 7. 15. 
 Phrase: kpolticttov (sc. icrri), it is 
 best or most advantageotis, abs., 
 with inf., or with dat. of pers. and 
 inf., iii. 2. 28, 4. 41, iv. 5. 17, v. 6. 
 .■!6, vi. 3. 13, vii. 3. 8. 
 
 Kpdros, ovs, TO [R. 1 Kpa], 
 strength, force, might, Lat. ids, 
 used in Anab. only with ava and 
 KCLTo. ; see under those words. 
 
 Kpav^irj, ^s [R. Ka\], outcry, cry, 
 shout, Lat. clamor, i. 2. 17, ii. 2. 
 17, iii. 4. 45, V. 2. 17, vi. 4. 27. 
 
 Kpcas, /cp^ws, TO [c/. Lat. card, 
 flesh, Eng. creo-so^e], flesh, pi., 
 joieces of flesh, meat of animals, for 
 food, i. 5. 2, ii. i. 6, iv. 5. 31, vii. 
 3-2L 
 
 KpeCxTuv, ov, gen. ows [R. 1 
 Kpa], used as comp. of ayado^, bet- 
 ter, stronger, mightier, superior to, 
 more useful, more valuable, Lat. 
 melior, i. 2. 26, ii. 2. 10, 5. 19, iii. 
 1.4, 2. 22, V. 6. 8, vii. 7. 6, 31 ; 
 bolder, braver, i. 7. 3, v. 4. 21. 
 Phrase: Kpeirrov (sc. iffrl), it is 
 better or more advantageous, with 
 inf., iii. 2. 17, iv. 6. 11, vi. 5. 21. 
 
 Kp^p.a)iai, Kpefirja-ofj-aL, intr., hang, 
 be suspended, Lat. pendeo, with 
 c:rf and gen., iii. 2. 19 ; of moun- 
 tains, wltli vir4p and gen., overhang, 
 Lat. impended, iv. i. 2. 
 
 Kp6|idvvv)xi (Kpefia-), KpepLui, e/cp^- 
 fiaaa, eKpe/jLdaOrjv [/cp^/uayuat], trans., 
 /ia?if/, /io«y/ ??p, suspend, Lat. s?«.5- 
 pendo, i. 2. 8, vii. 4. 17. 
 
 KprjVT], Tjs, spring, well, fountain, 
 Lat. /ojjs, i. 2. 13, iv. 5. 9, 15, vi. 
 4.4.* 
 
 Kprjiris, rSos, ^, fta// &oo« or high 
 shoe, Lat. crepida ; of a building, 
 foundatio7i, iii. 4. 7, 10. 
 
 KpV|s, KprjTo's, 6, a Cretan, a 
 man from Crete, the largest of the 
 Greek islands in the Mediterra- 
 nean, now called Candia, famous 
 in mythology as the birthplace of 
 Zeus and as the kingdom of Minos, 
 
 The Cretans were swift runners 
 and renowned as archers, serving 
 in this capacity in the army of 
 Cyrus, i. 2. 9, iii. 3. 7, iv. 2. 28, 8. 
 27, V. 2. 29, but they were prover- 
 bial liars and cheats. 
 
 Kpi0i^, 17s, always pi. in Anab., 
 barleycorns, barley, Lat. hordeum, 
 i. 2. 22, iii. 4. 31, iv. 5. 26, vi. 4. 6, 
 6. 1, vii. I. 13. 
 
 KptSivos, 7j, ov ^Kp'td'/i'], of barley, 
 made of barley, as bread, iv. 5. 31 ; 
 with oivos, barley wine, i.e. beer, 
 a favourite beverage among the 
 Egyptians, Armenians, Thracians, 
 and Germans, iv. 5. 26. 
 
 Kptvcd (Kpcv-), KpivG}, (Kplva, Ki- 
 KpiKa, K^Kpifiai, €Kpidr)v [c/. Lat. 
 cerno, separate, crimen, judgment, 
 Eng. critic, hypo-crisy'], part asun- 
 der, divide, distinguish, pick out, 
 Lat. cerno, i. 9. 30 ; decide, deter- 
 mine, be of opinion, estimate, ad- 
 judge, with two aces., with inf., or 
 with ace. and inf., i. 5. 11, 9. 5, 20, 
 iii. I. 7, 12 ; esp. in judicial lan- 
 guage, decide as judge, try, Lat. 
 iudico, vi. 6. 16, 18, 20; pass., be 
 brought to trial, be tried, v. 6. 33, 
 vi. 6. 25. 
 
 KpioS) 6, ram, Lat. aries, ii. 2. 9. 
 
 Kpio-is> ews, 7} [Kpij'w, cf. Eng. 
 crisis'], a separating, distinguish- 
 ing, decision, esp. in court, triaJ, 
 Lat. iudicitim, i. 6. 5, vi. 6. 20, 26. 
 
 Kp6)j.|jivov, TO, onion, Lat. caepe, 
 vii. I. 37. 
 
 KpoTos, 6 [c/. Kpovw'], noise made 
 by two bodies striking together, 
 esp. of the hands, clapping, ap- 
 plause, Jj^t. plausus, vi. i, 13. 
 
 KpOVU, KpOVCU, fKpOVffa, -K^KpOVKa, 
 
 -KeKpov(ff)fiai, -eKpovdd-qv [c/. Kpo- 
 ros'], strike one thing against an- 
 other, clash, rattle, vi. i. 10, with 
 Trpo's and ace, iv. 5. 18. 
 
 KpiPirTW (Kpv(p-), Kpv\pw, iKpv\f/<x, 
 K^KpvfiiJi,ai, eKpxKpdriv and iKpvcpTiv 
 [cf. Eng. crypt, crypto-gam, grotto], 
 hide, conceal, keep secret, Lat. tego, 
 i. 4. 12, vi. I. 18, with ace. of pers. 
 from whom, i. 9. 19. 
 
KpwPvX.os-K.v^iKos 
 
 126 
 
 KpuPvXos, 6, the krobulos, a way 
 of arranging the hair, a sort of top- 
 knot or crest formed by drawing 
 all the hair to the crown and there 
 confining it in a knot. This was 
 old-fashioned for men in the time 
 of Xenophon, but the hair was still 
 worn so by children. In v. 4. 13 
 the name is applied to a horsehair 
 crest or tuft of leather on the hel- 
 mets of the Mossynoeci. 
 
 KTdo|jLai, KTTia-o/xat, eKT-qadiJ.-r}v^ Ki- 
 KTTifxai, €KTj)dt)v, procwe for one- 
 self acquire, gain, vnn-^ abs. or 
 with ace, i. 9. 19, ii. 6. 17, v. 6. 30, 
 vi. 4. 8, vii. 2. 38, 3. 31 ; perf., pos- 
 sess, eyijoy, i. 7. 3 ; of persons, in the 
 phrase Kapboixovs woXefjiiovs iKrt)- 
 a-d/xeda, we made enemies of the 
 Carduchi, v. 5. 17. 
 
 KTcCvu (/ere;'-), KTevQ), fKreiva and 
 iKTavov, -eKTOpa, kill, ii. 5. 32, rare 
 as simple verb, see dTroKret'vw. 
 
 KT{]|j.a, aros, to [Krao/xai], pos- 
 session, vii. 7. 41, pi., property, ii. 
 6.24. 
 
 KTTivos, ous, TO [/crdoyuat], piece 
 of property, chattel, then, as the 
 ancient races were pastoral, any 
 domestic animal, beast, v. 2. 3 ; 
 generally pi., a^iimals, cattle, used 
 like our stock, iii. i. 19, iv. 5. 25, 
 7.2. 
 
 KTTjo-Cds, ov, Ctesias, a famous 
 physician of Cnidus, belonging to 
 the Asclepiad guild there, lie was 
 taken prisoner by the Persians 
 about 415, and on account of his 
 skill was appointed body physician 
 to Darius II. and afterwards to 
 Artaxerxes. He attended the lat^ 
 ter at Cunaxa, i. 8. 20, 27. He re- 
 mained at the court 17 years, when 
 in 398 he was sent home by the 
 king on an embassy to Evagoras 
 and Conon, and never returned to 
 Persia. He wrote a history of 
 Persia in 23 books and a descrip- 
 tion of India in one book, of both 
 of which we have only epitomes, 
 made by Photius, and a few frag- 
 ments. 
 
 KvP€pv^TT]s, 01; [^Kv^epvdui, steer, 
 cf Eng. governl, one tcho steeds, 
 helmsman, v. 8. 20. The Kv^epvij- 
 T7)% was the most important oflficer 
 in the Greek ship. He not only 
 steered the vessel, a difficult and 
 delicate operation in case of the 
 man-of-war in action (see s.v. Tpirj- 
 pijs), but he also gave the orders 
 which were passed on to the rowers. 
 He had an assistant, called irpt^peiz 
 (q.v.), who stood at the bow of 
 the boat as lookout, and was in 
 constant communication with him. 
 For the steering gear of the Greek 
 ship, see s.v. in]8d\iov. For illus- 
 trations of the Kvl3epvTjT7]s at the 
 rudder, see s.v. wOs and irevTTjKdv- 
 Topos. 
 
 KvSvos, 6, the Cydmis, a river in 
 Cilicia which rose in the Taurus 
 range and flowed through the city 
 of Tarsus, i. 2. 23 (Tersus Tchai). 
 
 Kv^iKTivo's, 6 [Kvft/cos], a Cyzi- 
 cene, a gold coin of Cyzicus of 
 about twice the weight of the da- 
 ric (sees.f. ddpeiKos), but so alloyed 
 that in the time of Demosthenes 
 it had the value of only 28 Attic 
 drachmas (see s.v. /xva), v. 6. 23, vi. 
 2. 4, vii. 2. 36, 3. 10. 
 
 KvSiKos, V, Cyzicus (Balkiz), vii. 
 2. 5, a colony of the Milesians, on 
 the southern shore of the island 
 Arctonnesus, in the southern part 
 of the Propontis. This island is 
 now a peninsula, but in antiquity 
 two bridges spanned the strait with 
 a fine harbour on each side of 
 them. The position of the city 
 made it important, and its posses- 
 sion was therefore often hotly con- 
 tended for, especially in the battle 
 won there by the Athenians in 
 410 B.C. Since it was a station on 
 the way to the grain districts, its 
 coinage was current among the 
 Greeks (see Kv^iKrjvos), Under the 
 Romans the city reached its height 
 of prosperity, and the ruins on the 
 hills above the peninsula are of 
 that period. 
 
127 
 
 jKXos-Kvpos 
 
 kvkXos, [c/. Lat. curuus, hcnt, 
 clrcns, ciirlf, Kiig. kin"<;, cycle, bi- 
 cycle, en-cyclo-paedia], circle, ring, 
 esp. in the dat. as adv., kvkXcp, in 
 a circle, round, all round, i. 5. 4, 
 Hi. I. 2, iv. I. 11, vi. 3. G, vii. 2. 
 21 ; of a city, rimj-ioall, encircling 
 wall, iii.4. 7, 11 ; of persons, group, 
 kvkXoi ffvvliTTavTo, groups collected, 
 V. 7. 2. Phrases : tj}v kvkXcp vdcrav 
 X^po-v, the lohole region on every 
 side, iii. 5. 14, cf. v. 6. 20 ; KVKXtp 
 5id fi^a-ris rijs QpqlKrjs, round through 
 the middle of Thrace, vii. i. 14; 
 TTopevofxevoi kvkXo}, march in a curve, 
 vii. 8. 18. 
 
 kvk\6(0, kvkXwctw, eKtJKXojffa, Ke- 
 K^JKXcj/xai, iKVKXwdrjv [kiJ/cXos], encir- 
 cle, surround, of troops, in pass., i. 
 8. 13, iv. 2. 15 ; mid., forni a circle, 
 gather round, with irepl and ace, 
 vi. 4. 20. 
 
 KVK\(i)(ris, ews, r] [/cvkX6w], an 
 encircling; w's eis KVKXuffiv, as if 
 to encircle, i. 8. 23. 
 
 KvXiv84(0 or KvXCvSw, -e/ci^Xio-o, -/ce- 
 K^XTa-fiat, eKvXi(Td7)v [r/. KaXivd^o/xaL, 
 p]ng. cylinder^, roll, roll along ov 
 down, of stones, iv. 2. 3, 20, 7. 4 ; 
 pass, intr., ro?^, with Kdru, roll 
 down, of horses, iv. 8. 28. 
 
 KwvCo-Kos, 6, Cyniscus, a Spar- 
 tan, probably harraost in the 
 Cliersonese at the time of the 
 Greeks' approach thither, vii. i. 
 13. 
 
 KviraptTTivoSi V, 0" [wTrdptTTos, 
 cypress-tree, cf. Eng. cypress], of 
 cypress, made of cypress, v. 3. 12. 
 
 Kvp€ios or Kvpeios, a,ov [KDpos], 
 of or belonging to Cyrus, Cyrean, 
 as rb Ki'peioi' ffTparevixa, the Cyrean 
 army, i.e. the Greek army which 
 had accompanied Cyrus, vii. 2. 7, 
 but 01 Ktpeioi, iii. 2. 17, means Cy- 
 rus''s barbarian troops, and t6 K6- 
 peiov (TTpaTdwedov, means Cyrus''s 
 camp or quarters, i. 10. 1. 
 
 Kvpios, a, ov [Kvpos, TO. might, 
 po^ver], having power or author- 
 ity, Lat. potens, of persons, with 
 inf., as oiiK fcreffde Kvpioi dveX^<r9ai 
 
 woXefxov, you will nut have it in 
 your power to make war, v. 7. 27. 
 
 Kvpos, 6 [Vexs. Kurash'], Gyrus, 
 called 6 apx^uos, the Ancient or the 
 Elder, i. 9. 1, Gyrus the Great, the 
 founder of the Persian monarchy. 
 According to Xen. and Hdt., he 
 was the son of Cambyses, a Per- 
 sian noble, and Mandane, daughter 
 of Astyages, king of Media, whom 
 he overthrew and succeeded, reign- 
 ing from 560-529 n.c. But mod- 
 ern investigations have shown that 
 Ctesias (see Krrja-t'ds) was right in 
 stating that Cyrus was not related 
 to Astyages. He was in reality of 
 pure Persian stock, the descend- 
 ant of Achaemenes in the fifth 
 generation — Hakhaminis, Ksha'- 
 ispis, Kurash I., Kambudshia 
 (Cambyses I.), Kurash II. (Cy- 
 rus). His ancestors, of Iranian 
 stock like the Medes, coming from 
 Parsua in the north, had gradu- 
 ally moved down towards the Me- 
 dian empire, and Cyrus, becoming 
 kingof Anshan (Anzan) in 558 b.c, 
 carried on an active war against 
 Astyages, king of Media, until, in 
 550 B.C. the hitter's army revolted, 
 and Astyages and his capital, Ec- 
 batana, fell into the enemy's hands. 
 Cyrus enlarged the Median em- 
 pire by the conquest of the Lydian 
 kingdom of Croesus. The capture 
 of Babylon in 539, followed by the 
 extension of his domains to the 
 borders of India, made him the 
 monarch of the entire East. He 
 was succeeded in 529 by his son 
 Cambyses II., the invader of 
 Egypt. Xenophon's work called 
 the Cyropaedla is not a real his- 
 tory, but an historical romance in 
 which Cyrus is presented as the 
 highest type of a ruler. 
 
 Kvpos, 6 [Persian Kurash ] , Cyrus 
 the Younger, wliose ill-fated expe- 
 dition is described in the Anabasis. 
 He was the son of Darius Nothus 
 and Parysatis, i. 1. 1, and was born 
 after his father's accession(425 n.c.) 
 
KwTuvtov-XaYws 
 
 128 
 
 to the throne of Persia. In 407 b.c. 
 he was made bj^ his father satrap 
 of Lydia, Phrygia the Greater, and 
 Cappadocia, and military comman- 
 der of all Asia Minor west of the 
 Halys, i. i. 2, g. 7. In this position 
 he aided the Lacedaemonians in 
 the Peloponnesian war, iii. i. 5, 
 having indeed received special or- 
 ders from his father to this effect. 
 He became the warm friend of 
 Lysander, and on being summoned 
 to the deathbed of Darius in 
 405 B.C., i. 1.2, he turned over to 
 the Spartan admiral the money 
 which he had in hand and his en- 
 tire revenue from the satrapy. 
 This timely aid to the Spartans 
 did much to hasten the end of the 
 war. There is little doubt that it 
 was rendered by Cyrus with the 
 hope of enlisting the sympathy of 
 Sparta in his design to obtain the 
 throne of Persia. As the son born 
 in the purple (Artaxerxes Mnemon 
 having been born before his fath- 
 er's accession), he hoped to be ap- 
 pointed his father's successor, but 
 on the death of Darius he was 
 disappointed, and his elder brother 
 succeeded, i. i. 3. Upon this, 
 Tissaphernes, satrap of Caria, who 
 had been obliged to follow Cyrus 
 to Babylon, i. i. 2, accused him of 
 plotting the murder of Artaxerxes, 
 i. I. 3, and it was only the inter- 
 vention of Pary satis, i. i. 3, 4, that 
 saved Cyrus's life. He returned 
 to his satrapy, vowing vengeance, 
 i. I. 4, and from that time made 
 his preparations to dethrone his 
 brother. These and the expedition 
 which followed are described in 
 the first book of the Anabasis. 
 Cyrus set out from Sardis in the 
 spring of 401 r.c, i. 2. 5, and was 
 slain in a hand t(i hand encounter 
 with his brother at the battle of 
 Cunaxa some six months later, i. 
 8. 26 ff. A sketch of his character 
 is given, i. 9. The royal line of 
 which he came ran thus : Hakha- 
 
 minis (Achaemenes), Ksha'ispis, 
 Ariaramna (brother of Kurash I., 
 who was grandfather of Cyrus the 
 Great), Arsama, Hystaspes, Da- 
 rius I., Xerxes, Artaxerxes I., Da- 
 rius II. (Nothus) , Cyrus. ( Cf. with 
 this the genealogy of Cyrus the 
 Great, whose son Cambyses was 
 succeeded by Darius I.) 
 
 KvTwviov, t6, see Keprwvdv. 
 
 Kvwv, Kvvos, 6, i) [c/. Lat. canis, 
 dog, Eng. hoixd, cynic, cynos-ure^, 
 dog, bitch, hound, CU7; iii. 2. 35, v. 
 7. 26, 8. 24, vi. 2. 2, vii. 2. 33. 
 
 KwXvb), KuXvcrw, etc., hinder, keep 
 from, prevent, oppose, check, Lat. 
 impedio, abs. or with ace, i. 2. 21, 
 ii. 4. 6, iii. 5. 12, iv. 2. 24, 25, v. 4. 
 5 ; with inf., or ace. of pers. and 
 inf., i. 3. 16, ii. 5. 7, iv. 3. 3, v. 7. 
 10, vii. 3. 3 ; with toO and inf., i. 6. 
 2. Phrases: to kojXvop, the obstacle, 
 iv. 5. 20, 7. 4 ; /cwXi/ocres firidafxy 
 ^pias TTopi^effdai, preventing us from 
 (letting supplies anywhere, vii. 6. 
 20. 
 
 KWfidpxtis, 01; [K€t|ioi-f-apx«], 
 village chief, head man of a vil- 
 lage, chief, 'iv. 5. 10, 24, 29, 6. 1. 
 
 Ktofti], r;j [K«i[i.ai], village, ham- 
 let, unfortified, opp. to a walled 
 city, Lat. incKs, i. 4. 9, 10. 11, ii. 
 2. 15, iii. 2. 34, iv. 4. 2, vi. 4. 6, vii. 
 4.11. 
 
 KwfjiTiTTis, 01; [K€i|iai], villager, 
 Lat. uicdnns, iv. 5. 24. 
 
 KwiTTi, 7JS, handle, esp. of an 
 oar, hence oar, Lat. remus ; kw- 
 irais, by rowing, vi. 4. 2, see s.v. 
 Tpiripris. 
 
 Xa^civ, see Xan^dvo}. 
 
 Xa-yxavo) (Xax-), Xij^o/uat, eXa- 
 
 by lot, get, obtain, be possessed of, 
 hold, with ace. or gen., iii. i. 11, iv. 
 5.24. 
 
 Xa-yus, 6, hare, Lat. lepus, iv. 5. 
 24. 
 
129 
 
 Xa6Eiv-X.ap.|3av(o 
 
 XaOetv, see Xavddvw, 
 
 \depa, adv. [R. \a9], secretin, 
 coverthj, steaUhihj ; with gen., with- 
 out the knowJediie of, Lat. rJam, 
 i.3.8. 
 
 AaK£Sai)i,6vios, 6 [Aa/ceSai/xwj'], 
 a Lacedaemojildii, inhabitant of 
 Lacedaemonia ov Laconica, a name 
 applicable in its stricter sense only 
 to the weploLKoi (q.v.), but generally 
 used, as in the Anab., in a wider 
 sense to include both the Perioeci 
 and the Spartans, i. i. 9, 2. 21, ii. 
 
 6. 2, ill. 1.5, 2. 37, iv. 6. 14, v. 3. 
 
 7, vi. I. 26, 6. 9, vii. i. 28, 7. 12. 
 AaK£Sai^a>v, ovos, i], Lacedaemon, 
 
 Lacedaemonia, v. 3. 11, called also 
 Laconica and by late Roman and 
 by many modern writers Laconia, 
 the country in the southeastern 
 part of Peloponnesus, especially the 
 district between Mt. Taygetus and 
 Mt. Parnon with the fertile valley 
 of the Eurdtas to the south. The 
 Lelegae were the earliest inhabi- 
 tants, and to them came immi- 
 gi-ants from the north, Aeolians, 
 Achaeans, and finally Dorians. 
 The sovereignty remained in the 
 ancient native families of the Agia- 
 dae and Eurypontidae ; hence came 
 the two kings ruling together, by a 
 later invention called Dorians of 
 the family of Aristodemus. These 
 two were invested with the supreme 
 military command and priestly 
 dignity. Next to them were the 
 five ephors who gradually became 
 a committee of general control 
 (see f(f>opos), next to these was 
 the Gerousia or council of 28 citi- 
 zens over 60 years of age. The 
 final decision of all matters of im- 
 portance lay with the people, that 
 is, the sovereign Dorians, called 
 Spartans or, loosely, Lacedaemo- 
 nians. They dwelt in and about 
 Sparta (q.v.), observing the great- 
 est simplicity and severity of life 
 in accordance with the institutions 
 of Lycurgus. There were two 
 other classes in the state, the 
 
 older Achaeans, called the Perioeci 
 (q.v.), who had submitted volun- 
 tarily or by treaty, and the Helots, 
 or state slaves, destitute of all 
 rights, who had been overcome by 
 force. Until the Persian wars 
 the Spartans were regarded as 
 the champions of Greece ; then 
 followed the period of Athenian 
 supremacy until the end of the 
 Peloponnesian war. At the time 
 of the Anabasis the Spartans were 
 again in the ascendant. After 
 the battle of Leuctra Sparta never 
 regained her old supremacy, al- 
 though the Roman conquerors 
 were always partial towards her. 
 
 XdKKos, 6 [if. Lat. laciis, holloio, 
 hike, Eng. LOCii],piY, cistern, vat, 
 for wine, iv. 2. 22. 
 
 XaKTi^w (Xa/criS-), \aKTLw, eXd- 
 KTKTa, XeXaKTtKa, iXaKTiadrji' [Xd|, 
 adv., with the foot, cf. Lat. calx, 
 hi^el], kick at, kick, of horses, iii. 
 2. 18. 
 
 AcLkcov, wvos, 6, a Laconian, a 
 term properly applicable only to 
 the Perioeci, the free inhabitants 
 of the towns about Sparta, who 
 owed war service to the Spartans, 
 but were excluded from the offices. 
 But the word is also loosely used 
 to include Spartans, ii. i. 3, 5-31, 
 V. I. 15, vi. I. 32, vii. 6. 7, 7. 15, 
 8. 23. 
 
 AaKwviKOS) "fi, (>v [Ad/cwi'], of 
 Laconica, Lacedaemonian, of men 
 and things, iv. i. 18, 7. 16, vii. 2. 
 29, 3. 8.^ 
 
 Xa|iPdv(o (\aj3-), XrifofMai, eXa^ov, 
 efKr](pa, el'Xijyu/xai, e\r](f>9r]v [root XaP, 
 cf. Lat. labor, toil, Eng. dilemma, 
 epi-lepsy, i)ro-lepsis~\, take, Lat. 
 capio, also in less vigorous sense, 
 take to oneself, receive, Lat. ac- 
 cipio. In general, take, i. 5. 10, 
 ii. I. 10, 3. 14, iii. 2. 20, 4. 49, iv. 
 I. 8, 5. 35, V. I. 17, 5. 19, vi. 4. 24, 
 vii. 3. 26 ; the partic. Xa^d)v is 
 often used like €x<^^ in the sense 
 of with, i. I. 2, 11, iii. 4. 38, iv. i. 
 6, vii. 7. 13 ; esp., take pjrisoner, 
 
X.ap.'irpos-X^'Y*' 
 
 130 
 
 rapture, take posession of, i. 4. 7, 
 
 7. 0, 10. 2, iii. 2. 29, 4. 41, iv. i. 22, 
 V. 2. 5, vii. 3. 35 ; with the added 
 notion of sudden or unexpected 
 action, catch, seize, find, often with 
 partic, i. i. 6, 3. 10, 5. 2, ii. 3. 
 21, iv. 6. 15, V. 6. 9, vi. 2. 17, 
 
 4. 2, vii, 2. 13 ; receive, yet, obtain, 
 require, i. i. 9, 6. 6, 9. 22, ii. 2. 20, 
 6. 21, iii. 4. 2, iv. 2. 23, v. i. 15, vi. 
 6. 2, vii. 3. 1, 6. 19. To tlie ace. 
 witli this verb may be added ets or 
 7rp6s with ace, or dw6, e|, or irapd 
 with gen., i. 5. 15, ii. 2. 11, 3. 28, 
 iii. 4. 42, iv. 5, 32, v. 6. 18, vii. 3. 
 23. The part. gen. occurs, i. 5. 7, iv. 
 
 5. 35. Plirases: \aiMJ3dveLv &v8pas, 
 enlist men, i. 1.6; n-iVreis or Trto-rd 
 XajieTv, receive pledges, abs., witli 
 wapd and gen., and with inf., i. 2. 
 26, 6. 7, ii. 3. 26, iii. 2. 5, v. 4. 11 ; 
 eXa/Sov T^s fwz'r;? toj' 'Opiirai', theij 
 grasped Orontas bij the girdle, i. 6. 
 10 ; el TO (TTpdrev/xa \ddoi evdeia, if 
 need should befall the troopa, i. 10. 
 18 ; 5iK7}v or rd diKaia Xa^eiv, see 
 SIkt) and 5kaios, v. 8. 17, vii. 7. 17 ; 
 ireipav \aj3e2i', see ireTpa, V. 8. 15, 
 Vi. 6. .33. 
 
 XafJiirpos, a, 6;* [\d/x7raj], bright, 
 shining, brilliant, distinguished, 
 noble, Lat. splendidus, in comp., 
 vii. 7. 41. 
 
 XafxirpoTT];, T;ros, ^ [Xa^t7rp(5s] , 
 brightness, brilliancy, splendour, 
 i. 2. 18. 
 
 Xd[i7rw, Xd/ii/'w, '4\afvpa, XiXa/xira 
 [c/. Lat. limpidus, clear, Eng. 
 /amp~\, shine, be bright, glisten, of 
 fire, fe/a^e, iii. i. 11, "l2. 
 
 Aa|Jit}raKT]vo(, oi [ AdyLn/'aKos] , 
 Lampsacenians, inhabitants of 
 Lampsacus, vii. 8. 3. 
 
 Ad(i.4raKos, i], Lampsacus, a very 
 early Greek settlement and city in 
 the Troad, on the Hellespont, vii. 
 
 8. 1, 6, renowned for its wine. 
 (Lapsaki.) 
 
 XavOdvo (Xa^-), Xi^o-w, eXa^oy, 
 XiX-nOa, \4\7]ffiJ.ai [R. XaG], lie hid 
 or concealed, be unseen, escape the 
 notice of, Lat. lateo, abs. or with 
 
 ace, iv. I. 4, 2. 2, v. 2. 29, vi. 3. 14, 
 
 vii. 2. 18; partic, \ad(iiv, secretly, iv, 
 6. 11. A partic. used with Xavddvw 
 conveys generally the leading idea 
 and is best translated by a finite 
 verb, as rb ffrpdrev, j.a rpetpS/j^vov 
 eXdvdave, the arniij was secretly 
 supported, i. i . 9, cf. iv. 2. 7 ; in 
 this construction the ace. of person 
 occurs, as XadeTv avrbv dweXddiv, get 
 away without his knoivledge, i, 3. 
 17, cf vi. 3. 22, vii. 3. 38, 43, 
 
 Adpio-o-a, tjs, Larissa, an As- 
 syrian city, the southwest corner 
 of Nineveh (see M^o-TrtXa), on the 
 left bank of the Tigris, north of 
 the mouth of the Great Zab, iii. 4, 
 7. By some it is identified with 
 Kalach (Calah), by others with 
 Resen (Genesis 10, 12). Its ruins 
 are called Nimrud. It was first 
 excavated by Layard in 1845, when 
 remains of four palaces were un- 
 covered. Recent excavations have 
 shown that the pyramid mentioned 
 by Xen., iii. 4. 9, was originally a 
 square tower, whose ruins had 
 already assumed the pyramidal 
 shape in his time. 
 
 Xdo-ios, a, ov, hairy, shaggy, of 
 places, bushy, thickly groicn, Lat. 
 densus, v. 2. 29 ; subst., rd Xdo-ia, 
 thickets, vi. 4. 26, 
 
 Xa<|>vpo'rra>X€(i> [XacpvpoTrdjXrjs'], 
 sell booty or plunder, abs., vi, 6. 38. 
 
 Xa<)>vpoirMXT)s, 01; \Xd<p\jpov, booty 
 + wwXiw'], seller of booty, booty 
 dealer, Lat. sector. At Sparta the 
 XacpvpoTTwXat. were officers attached 
 to the kings' staff who took charge 
 of the booty captured in war. So 
 the Greeks that had enlisted under 
 Cyrus, on their return, appointed 
 official vendors of the booty, vii, 
 7, .56. 
 
 Xdx.0S) ovs, TO [c/. Xayxo-vu'], 
 allotted portion, Lat. sors, hence 
 share, part, v. 3. 9. 
 
 Xax.(ov, see Xa7xd>'w. 
 
 XcYo), Xi^oi, eXe^a, X^Xeyp-aL, 4X4- 
 xB-qv (for etpriKa and dirof, used as 
 pf. and 2 aor., see elpw and eltrov) 
 
131 
 
 Xefd-XTf^ojiai 
 
 [R. Xty], say, speak, talk, tell, state, 
 mention, relate, Lat. died, abs. or 
 with ace. of thing, i. 3. 2, 6. 9, ii. 
 
 I. 13, 2. 2, iii. 2. 08, iv. i. 23, v. 5. 
 7, vi. 2. 7, vii. 7. 4 ; with ace. of pers , 
 ii. 5. 25 ; with an interr. clause, 
 dir. or indir., tell, relate, i. 3. 12, 6. 
 
 II, 8.27, ii. I. 10, V. 8.2, 12; with 
 the dat. or els or vpos with ace. of 
 pers. to whom, i. 4. 11, ii. 3. 5, iii. 
 3. 2, V, 6. 28, 7. 18, vi. 6. 5, vii. i. 
 8 ; say in reply to a thing, with 
 irpos and ace, i. 3. 19; with vir^p 
 and gen. of pers. or wept and gen. 
 of thing, i. 9. 23, vi. 6. 18 ; followed 
 by dir. disc, ii. i. 22, 5. 39, iii. i. 
 15, V. 4. 4, vii. 2. 13; by 8ti or cJs 
 and indir. disc, i. 2. 21, 7. 5, ii. i. 
 14, iii. 2. 4, iv. 5, 34, v. i. 14, vi. i. 
 13, vii. 6. 7 ; very rarely with inf. 
 or partic, i. 3. 15, v. 4. 34, vii. 5. 
 13, but after X^-yw meaning bid, 
 charge, vote, the inf. is regular, i. 
 3. 8, iii. I. 26, v. 7. 34, vi. i. 25, 
 vii. 1 . 40. In the pass, the personal 
 constr. prevails where we use the 
 impers., as Xiyerai 'Atto'XXw;' iKSeX- 
 pai, Vis said Apollo flayed, i. 2. 8, 
 c/. 4. 4, ii. 2. 6, iii. i. 9, iv. 3. 4, vi. 
 2. 2, vii. 2. 22, but the impers. constr. 
 with ace. and inf., or even with 6ti 
 or us and a clause, is found, i. 2. 12, 
 iv. I. 3, V. 7. 7, vii. 2. 5. Phrases: 
 iX-rrldas X^7wv Siijye, he kept jmt- 
 ting them off ivith the hope, i. 2. 
 11 ; w's eX^yero or iX^yovTo, as '^^ms 
 said, i. 4. 5, 10. 18 ; Xeyofievos ev 
 Tois dpiffTois, reckoned as among 
 the noblest, i. 6. 1 ; irpq.ws \4yoi to 
 irddos, he spoke tamely of his treat- 
 ment, 1.5. 14; 7] iepa ffviJ.^ov\r) Xe- 
 yofidvr] elvat, the advice termed holy, 
 V. 6. 4 ; eS or opdQs X^yere, your ad- 
 vice is good, vii. i. 22, 3. 39. 
 
 \(la., as [cf. Lat. lucrum, gain, 
 latro, freebooter], property taken 
 in war, booty, plunder, including 
 esp. men and cattle, Lat. praeda, 
 v. I. 8, 17, vi. 6. 2, vii. 4. 2, 5. 2. 
 
 Xci|i(ov, Covos, 6 [cf. XifXTjf], any 
 moist place, green, meadow, Lat. 
 prdtum, v. 3. 11. 
 
 Xeios, a, ov [cf. Lat. leuis, 
 smooth~\, smooth; of a hill, even, 
 with gentle slope, iv. 4. 1. 
 
 XeCirw (XiTT-), Xdxj/u, eXiirov, X4- 
 Xoiwa, XiXei/x/xai, €\d(p9T)v [cf. Lat. 
 licet, it is lawful, linquo, leave, 
 Eng. LEND, LOAN, ec-l/pse, el-/ipse], 
 leave a place or station, abandon, 
 forsake, quit, Lat. relinquo, i. 2. 
 21, 10, 13, iv. 2. 7, 6. 19, V. 2. 15 ; 
 leave behind or remaining, leave 
 alive, spare, vi. 3. 5, vii. 4. 1 ; pass., 
 be left, abandoned, vi. 3. 13 ; be 
 left over, remain, be left alive, sur- 
 vive, of persons and things, ii. 4. 
 5, iii. I. 2, iv. i. 5; be left behind, 
 of persons, iv. 5. 12. Phrase : ttXi?- 
 6ei 7]p,Qv Xei(l>9^vTes, inferior to tit 
 in ^lumbers, vii. 7. 31. " 
 
 X€KT€os, d, ov, verbal adj. [R. 
 Xe-y], to be said, that must be told, 
 Lat. dicendus, v. 6. 6. 
 
 X€X€(\|/€Tai, see Xelirw. 
 
 \i^6.T(o, see Xiyti}. 
 
 AeovTivos, 6, a Leontine, man of 
 Leontmi, ii. 6. 16, an ancient Greek 
 city in the eastern part of Sicily. 
 (Lentini.) 
 
 XcvKoOwpcl^, 5.K0S, 6, i] [Xei;Ko's + 
 dibpd^], in white cuirass, of cav- 
 alry, i. 8. 9. This white cuirass is 
 probably identical with the Odpa^ 
 Xivovs mentioned in iv. 7. 15, and 
 was made of layers of linen placed 
 one over the other and stiffened 
 by some artificial process. 
 
 XevKos, v, ov [root Xdk, cf. Lat. 
 lux, light, luceo, shine, Eng. light, 
 lea], white, Lat. albus, i. 8. 8, v. 
 4. 12, 32, vii. 3. 26. 
 
 Ai<t>v, ovros, 6, Leon, a Greek 
 soldier from Thurii, v. i. 2. 
 
 Xtjyw, Xrj^w, fXrj^a, intr., leave 
 off, end, be over, iii. i. 9, vii. 6. 6; 
 of the wind, slacken, abate, iv. 
 
 XTf£o|iai (Xrjd-), iXrja-d/jLTiv [Xeld], 
 make booty, x>lunder, pillage, Lat. 
 praedor, abs. or with i^ and gen., 
 V. I. 9, vi. I. 1, 6. 27 ; with ace. of 
 place or person, spoil, plunder, 
 roh. iv. 8. 22, vii. 2. 34, 3. 31. 
 
Xfjpos-AoKpos 
 
 132 
 
 \fjpos, o, silliness, nonsensp, 
 humbug, Lat. nugae, vii. 7. 41. 
 
 \t|O-0|1€v, see Xavdavu. 
 
 \T|(rT£Cd, ds [Xt/o-t^s], getting 
 booty, pillaging, plundering, Lat. 
 praeddtio, vii. 7. 9. 
 
 Xtictttis, oO [\77fop1a1] , plunderer, 
 pillager, bummer, Lat. praedntor, 
 vi. I. 8, 6. 28. 
 
 \il4>071<r6|i€6a, \ti4'«o"0€, see Xa^n- 
 /3d. a,. 
 
 Xiay, adv., very, Lat. ualde, with 
 adjs., vi. I. 28, vii. 6. 23. 
 
 XiOivos, 'J, ov [Udos], of stone, 
 made of stone, iii. 4. 7, 9. 
 
 \i9os, 6 [0/. Eng. litho-graphy, 
 ob-IHe], stone, Lat. lapis, iii. 5. 10, 
 iv. 7. 25, as a substance, iii. 4. 10, 
 as used in attack or defence, i. 5. 
 12, iv. 2. 4. The use of stones as 
 an instrument of warfare was com- 
 mon in later times, and engines 
 for hurling them (called \ieo^6\oi, 
 Lat. ballistae) were invented and 
 came into extensive use in siege 
 operations. Such artillery was used 
 by Alexander the Great. Earlier, 
 in the time of Xenophou, stones 
 were thrown either with slings, in 
 which also lead bullets were used, 
 iii. 3. 17, cf iv. i. 10, or by the 
 hand, v. 2. 14, cf. v. 2. 12. In his 
 time stone- throwers, in the latter 
 sense, had not been developed into 
 a distinct branch of the service, 
 but their usefulness was recog- 
 nised. See further the illustration 
 s.v. ^l(pos. 
 
 Xi(i,TJv, ivos, 6 [root Xi, pour, cf 
 Lat. I'ltus, shore, llmus, slime, 
 Eng. lime], harbour, port, Lat. 
 partus, vi. 2. 13, 4. 1, 4, 6. 3. 
 
 Xi|x6s, 6, hunger, fam,ine, dearth, 
 Lat. fames, i. 5. 5, ii. 2. 11, 5. 19, 
 vii. 4. 5. 
 
 XCvcoS) d> 01*, contr. oOs, t], oOv 
 [\ivov, linen, rf. Lat. linum, flax'], 
 of flax, flaxen, linen, Lat. llneus, 
 V. 4. 13 ; on the cuirasses of linen, 
 iv. 7. 15, see XevKoddpoi^. 
 
 \oyL't,0]La.i (\oyid-), XoyioOfiai, etc. 
 [R. Xc-y], count on, reckon on. 
 
 take into account, consider, with 
 ace. of thing or inf., ii. 2. 13, iii. i. 
 20. 
 
 Xo-yos, 6 [R. Xe-y], vjord, saying, 
 statement, speech, discourse, pi. 
 UMrds, conversation, Lat. uerhum, 
 ordtio, ii. 5. 16, 27, 6. 4, v. 7. 27, 
 vi. I. 18, vii. 7. 24; debate, discus- 
 sion, i. 6. 5, iii. 2. 7 ; rumour, story, 
 i. 4. 7, V. 6. 17 ; narrative, ii. i. 1, 
 iv. I. 1. Phrase: ets Xb-yovs iXdeTv 
 with dat. of pers., have an inter- 
 view with one, Lat. in conloquium 
 uenire, ii. 5. 4, iii. i. 29. 
 
 Xo-yxij V^i spearhead, metal point 
 of the spear or lance (S6pv), Lat. 
 c'uspis, i. 8. 8, vii. 4. 15 ; also the 
 spear itself, lance, in Anab. used 
 of those employed by barbarians, 
 ii. 2. 9, iv. 8. 3, 7, v. 8. 16, but 
 not exclusively, v. 2. 14. The 
 term was sometimes applied also 
 to the metal shoe at the butt end 
 of the spear, iv. 7. 16. For the 
 manner in which the spearhead 
 was supported at the point where 
 it joined the shaft, in the case of 
 the lances of the Mossynoeci, see 
 sv. ff(patpoei.8ris. 
 
 XoiSopew, Xoidop-^aw, etc. [Xoldo- 
 pos, abusivel, revile, abuse, rebuke, 
 iii. 4. 49, vii. 5. 11. 
 
 Xoiiros, ■»?, 6" [Xelvw'], what is 
 left, remaining, Lat. reliquus, with 
 the art., the 'rest, of persons and 
 things, iv. 2. 14, 3. 13, 30, v. i. 2, 
 vi. 4. 26 ; of time and space, iii. 4. 
 6, iv. 7. 6; Xoiirbv (sc. iiXTL), with 
 dat. of pers. and inf., it remains 
 that, iii. 2. 29. Phrases : t6 Xonr6v, 
 of time, from note on or from then 
 on, henceforth, thenceforth, for the 
 future, Lat. dehinc, posthdc, ii. 2. 
 5, iii. 2. 8, V. I. 2, 3. 9 ; rod Xoinov, 
 in future, v. 7. 34; 6 Xoi.w6s, the 
 survivor, iv. i. 24, vi. 3. 12 ; ttJj' 
 XoiTTTjv (sc. 686v), the rest of the 
 loay, iii. 4. 46. 
 
 AoKpos, 0, a native of Locris, a 
 Locrian, vii. 4. 18. The Locrians 
 were divided into three tribes, the 
 Epicnemidian, who occupied a 
 
133 
 
 AovtriaTTis-AvKtiov 
 
 promontory extending into the 
 Malian gulf, the Opuntian, who 
 lived east of them on the Euboean 
 Sea, whose chief town was Opus, 
 and the Ozolian, upon the gulf of 
 Corinth, east of Aetolia, whose 
 chief town was Amphissa. The 
 third division was separated from 
 the other two by Phocis. 
 
 Aov<ridTT]s, 01/, and AovorievS) 
 ^ws, 6 \_Aov(xol, Litsi], a Lusian., 
 a native of Lusi, a small city in the 
 northern part of Arcadia, iv. 2. 21, 
 7. 11, 12, vii. 6. 40. (Sudhena.) 
 
 X6c|>os, 6, ridge or crest of any- 
 thing, esp. of I'ising ground, hill, 
 ridge, height, Lat. dorsum, i. 10. 
 12, iii. 4. 24, iv. 2. 10, 8. 20, vi. 
 3-3. 
 
 Xoxd-ytw [R. Xtx + R. a-y], be 
 captain, vi. i. 30. 
 
 Xoxa-yCd, as [R. X«x+I^- "■V]) 
 office of captain, captaincy, i. 4. 15, 
 iii. I. 30. 
 
 \0xd76s, 6 [R. X€x + R. a^], 
 commander of a X6xoy, captain, 
 Lat. centiirio, i. 7. 2, ii. 5. 25, iii. 
 I. 15, 32, 4. 21, iv. 3. 17, 26, 7. 8, 
 v. 2. 13, vi. 4. 10, vii. 4. 18 ; he re- 
 ceived twice the wages of a pri- 
 vate, vii. 2. 36. Above him were 
 the crrpaT-nyol and ra^lapxoi, below 
 him the VTroXdxciyoL, TrevrrjKovTTJpes, 
 and iv(j}fj.oTdpxo-i. 
 
 Xoxtrt]?, 01; [R. Xex], one of the 
 same company, comrade, vi. 6. 7, 
 17. 
 
 Xoxos, 6 [R. Xex], ambush, men 
 in ambush, armed men, esp. as a 
 certain part of the army, a com- 
 pany, iv. 2. 16, 7. 9, V. I. 17, vi. 5. 
 9, vii. 3. 46 ; it consisted generally 
 of about 100 men, Lat. centuria, 
 iii. 4. 21, iv. 8. 15, but might be less, 
 i. 2. 25, and was divided into two 
 ■TrevTTjKoa-Tves and four ivwfioTLai. 
 Two X6xot formed a Td|ts, vi. 5. 11. 
 In vi. 3. 2, the word is used of a 
 larger number of troops, division. 
 Phrases : Kara \6xovs, by compa- 
 nies, i.e. with the four ivufiorlai 
 in file one behind the other, iii. 4. 
 
 22 ; opdiois Tots Xo'xots, see 6pdios, 
 iv. 2. 11 ; irapdyeiv roi/s \6xovi, see 
 irapdyw, iv. 6. 6. 
 
 AvSCd, as [ADSo's], Lydia, i. 2. 5, 
 iii. 5. 15, vii. 8. 20, a fertile country 
 in the western part of Asia Minor, 
 irrigated by the gold-bearing rivers 
 I Hermus and Pactolus. Its chief 
 I city was Sardis. Under Croesus 
 I it was a powerful and prosperous 
 kingdom, but after his defeat by 
 Cyrus the Great, in 546 b.c, it was 
 made a Persian satrapy, i. 9. 7, 
 with the following boundaries, 
 which it retained also under the 
 Romans : on the north Mysia, 
 east Phrygia, south the Maeander, 
 separating it from Caria, and west 
 Ionia. Under the Persians the 
 previous warlike nature of the 
 people was softened into that 
 effeminacy of life for which Lyd- 
 ians were afterwards famous. 
 
 AvSiosi a, ov [AiiSo's], belonging 
 to Lydia, Lydian, i. 5. 6. 
 
 AvSos, 6, a native of Lydia, a 
 Lydian, iii. i. 31. 
 
 AvKaia, Tct, the Lycaea, a festi- 
 val in honour of ZeOs Au/catos, or 
 MKaios, of Mt. Lycaeus, celebrated 
 in the spring by the Arcadians, i. 
 2. 10. ^ 
 
 AvKdov€s, wv, oi, natives of Ly- 
 caonia, Lycaonians, iii. 2. 23. 
 
 AvKoovCd, as [An/cao^'es], Lycao- 
 nia, a country in the central part 
 of Asia Minor, north of Cilicia, 
 ho.stile to Persia, i. 2. 19, vii. 8. 25. 
 The chief city was Iconium. 
 
 AvKeiov, TO [0/. Eng. /yceum], 
 the Lycmm, a gymnasium just 
 outside the wall of Athens to the 
 east, and near a temple of Apollo 
 Lycaeus, vii. 8. 1. Its foundation 
 was ascribed by some to Pisistra- 
 tus, by others to Pericles. Lycur- 
 gus embellished it with gardens 
 and a palaestra. Here the Athen- 
 ians exercised under arms before 
 a war, and here was the tribunal 
 of the Polemarch. Aristotle used 
 the gardens for his lectures. 
 
AvKios-jia-yaSis 
 
 134 
 
 AvKios, 6, Lycius, an Athenian, 
 who was appointed to command 
 the cavalry, and distinguished him- 
 self against the Cardilchi, iii. 3. 20, 
 iv. 3. 22, 25, 7. 24. 
 
 AvKios, 6, Lycius, a Syracusan, 
 i. 10. 14, 15. 
 
 AvKos, 6 [Xi/Kos], the Lycus or 
 Wolf River, a common name for a 
 powerfully flowing stream. The 
 Lycus of the Anab. emptied into 
 the Pontus near Heraclea, vi. 2. 3. 
 (Kelkit Tchai.) 
 
 \vKos, 6, [cf. Lat. lupus, wolf, 
 Eng. wolf], wolf, sacrificed by the 
 Persians to Ahriman, the prince of 
 darkness, ii. 2. 9. 
 
 AvKwv, uvos, 6, Lycon, an 
 Achaean in the Greek army, v. 6. 
 27, vi. 2. 4, 7, 9. 
 
 \i)fj.aivo^ai, {Xvfxav-), Xv/j-avovfiai, 
 eXvfnjvd/j.7]v XeXtfiafffxai, eXvixdvd-qv 
 
 [Xtfir], insult], outrage, destroy, 
 cause ruin, spoil, Lat. jioceo, with 
 ace. of thing and dat. of pers., i. 
 
 3- !?• , . 
 
 Xvir«ci>, XDtt^j-co, etc. [Xuittj], 
 grieve, pain, vex, Lat. dolore adji- 
 cid, vii. 7. 12 ; of an enemy, annoy, 
 molest, trouble, Lat. laedo, ii. 3. 
 23, 5. 14, V. 2. 26 ; pass., he pained 
 or sfflc?, fie sorry, Lat. doled, i. 3. 
 8, iii. I. 11. 
 
 Xvirt], 7?s, pain of body or mind, 
 grief, sorrow, Lat. dolor, iii. i. 3. 
 
 X.virr]p6s, i, 6;/ [Xuttt?], painful, 
 distressing, sad, of things, vii. 7. 
 28 ; of persons, troublesome, an- 
 noying, Lat. molestus, with dat., 
 "• 5: !••• 
 
 XvcriTeXt'o), iXvcnriXrjcra [\uw-|-E. 
 TaX], pa?/ expenses, be profitable, 
 pay, Lat. prosum, with dat. of 
 pers., iii. 4. 36. (See X6w, 7?n.) 
 
 XvTTa, i;s, madness, Lat. rabies, 
 of dogs, V. 7. 26. 
 
 X'Oo), Xv(f(i}, eXma, X^Xuko, XiXvfiai, 
 iXvd7)v [c/. Lat. luo, loose, soluo, 
 loose, Eng. lose, loose, louse, 
 ana-fysel, loose, set free, tmbind, 
 release, Lat. soluo, iii. 4. 35, iv. 3. 
 8, 6. 2 ; dissolve, separate, hence 
 
 of a bridge or obstruction, break 
 down, remove, Lat. rescindo, ii. 4. 
 17, iv. 2. 26 ; of a truce or oaths, 
 break, Lat. foedera ruinpo, ii. 5. 
 38, iii. 2. 10 ; mid., redeem, ran- 
 som, vii. 8. 6. Phrase : ovk i86K€L 
 Xveiv aiiToi/s vvkt6s -rropevecrdai, they 
 thought marching by night didn't 
 pay, iii. 4. 36, where Xveiv is used 
 as in poetry for Xiio-treXetj', which 
 some read here. 
 
 ' X(i>T0(}>d70i,, ol [XwTo's, 6, lotus + 
 €0070 v], lotus-eaters, iii. 2. 25. The 
 lotus-tree {rhamnus lotus of Lin- 
 naeus) , growing on the north coast 
 of Africa, bears a fruit shaped like 
 an olive, and sweet, like a date or 
 fig. The lotus-eaters lived along 
 the coast of Tunis and Tripoli, 
 where the fruit is still used and 
 is called jujube. According to the 
 story, first appearing in Odyssey 9, 
 82 ff., whoever ate the lotus lost 
 all recollection of his home. 
 
 Xw<j>dci>, Xw0^a-w, fXuxp-qaa, XeXdi- 
 (f)7)Ka, slacken, rest, cease, of the 
 throwing of stones, abs., iv. 7. 6. 
 
 Xw'uv, Xyov, gen. ocos, preferable, 
 used as comp. of dyadds, better, in 
 the sense of pleasanter, more 
 agreeable, in Att. prose generally 
 in neut. with ecnl, followed by inf. 
 or dat. and inf., iii. i. 7, vi. 2. 15, 
 vii. 6. 44. 
 
 M. 
 
 [id, intensive particle, surely, 
 used in oaths, and foil, by ace, 
 always neg. unless preceded by 
 val, as dXXd /xd tovs 6eovi, no, by 
 the gods! i. 4. 8, cf v. 8. 21, vii. 6. 
 11; val fxd Ala, yea, bij Zeus! v. 
 8. 6, vii. 6. 21. 
 
 fid-yaSiS) '5os, 17, dat. iiayddl, ma- 
 gadis, a musical instrument, prob. 
 of Lydian origin, said to have been 
 one of the most perfect stringed 
 instruments in use among the 
 Greeks. It comprised two full oc- 
 taves, the left hand playing the 
 
135 
 
 Md-yvTiT€s-MavTivtis 
 
 lower notes, the right the upper. 
 Hence, olov fxayddl, as on the maya- 
 dis, i.e. in the octave, vii. 3. 32. 
 
 Md7VT)T£s, oov, ol [(■/. Eng. mag- 
 net, magnesia~\, Alagnesians, na- 
 tives of Magnesia, vi. i. 7, a penin- 
 sula In Thessaly between the Pe- 
 gasaean Gulf and the Aegean. 
 
 (j.d0£, fJLd0T|s, H-dOot, see fj.avddvu). 
 
 Maiav8pos, 6 [rf. Eng. meander], 
 the Maeander, a. large river rising 
 near Celaenae, i. 2. 7, and flowing 
 thence through Phrygia and be- 
 tween Lydia and Caria into the 
 Aegean, i. 2. 5, 8. Its winding 
 course was proverbial among the 
 Greeks and Romans, hence Eng. 
 meander. (Boyiik or Mendere 
 Tchai.) 
 
 |jia(vo(t.a(, (juac-), navov/iai, fi^/irjva, 
 i/j.dvT^i' [U. |ia], rage, be raving or 
 mad, Lat. furo, ii. 5. 12, iv. 8. 20, 
 vii. I. 29 ; aor., go mad, ii. 5. 10. 
 
 Mai,crd8i]St ov, I\faesades, father 
 of Seuthes, vii. 2. 32, 5. 1. 
 
 (AttKapC^w (fiaKapid-) , efiaKapua, 
 ifiaKapi(jdr)v [H. |iaK], regard as 
 happy, think fortunate, iii. i. 19. 
 
 (laKapio-rds, 7^, 6v [R. |AaK], to he 
 thought happy, hence enviable, Lat. 
 inuidiosus. Phrase : ttoWoIs fiuKa- 
 piurbv iivolrjcrev, he made him an 
 object of envy to many, i. 9. 6. 
 
 MaKCo-Tios, 6 [MaKicTTos, Macis- 
 1118], a Ma,cistian, a native of Ma- 
 cistus, a city in southern Elis, vii. 
 4. 16 (Samikon). 
 
 ^aKpos, a, 6v [R. jittK], long, of 
 .space and time, Lat. longiis, i. 5. 
 7, ii. 2. 12, iv. 3. 4, vi. 4. 2. 
 Phrases: iiaKpdv (sc. 686v), a long 
 way_ or distance, iii. 4. 17, cf p-aKpo- 
 Tipdv, ii. 2. 11, ixaKpoTdr-qv, vii. 8. 
 20 ; fiaKpd irXo'ia, men-of-war, Lat. 
 ndnes longae, v. i. 11 ; paKpbv 9)v 
 with inf., it loas too far to, Lat. 
 longum erat, iii. 4. 42 ; p-aKporepov, 
 adv., further, at longer range, iii. 
 4. 16. 
 
 MdKpwvEs, (^v, 01, the Macrones, 
 llacronians, a free and warlike 
 people on the coast of the Pon- 
 
 tus, south of Trapezus, iv. 7. 27, 
 8. 1 ff., V. 5. 18. 
 
 [jidXa, by elision ;uaX', adv. [<•/'. 
 Lat. melior, better], very, exceed- 
 ingly, much, Lat. ualde, i. 5. 8, iii. 
 3. 6, 4. 15, iv. I. 23, V. 4. 18, vi. 4. 
 26, vii. I. 39; 01) p.d\a, not very 
 much, litotes for not at all, ii. 6. 
 15 ; aiiTiKa p.d\a, on the spot, in- 
 stantly, at once, iii. 5. 11, vi. 2. 5 ; 
 eO p.d\a, very easily, vi. i. 1 ; fidXa 
 Kaip6s iffTiv, iVs just the chance, iv. 
 6. 15 ; conip. p.d\\ov, more, rather, 
 better, more surely, more highly, 
 I. I. 4, 5, 7. 19, ii. I. 18, 5. 13, iij. 
 I. 35, V. 7. 9, vi. I. 17; p.a\\ov rj, 
 rather than, Lat. potius quam, i. i. 
 8, iv, 6. 11, V. 8. 26 ; oiidiv ixdWov, 
 not a hit more (than before), iii. 
 
 3. 11 ; p.d\\6v TL, rather more, iv. 
 8. 26 ; sup. pdXia-Ta, most, espe- 
 cially, generally, most highly, i. 6. 
 5, 9. 22, ii. 2. 2, iii. 2. 5, iv. 6. 16, 
 vii. 2. 4 ; with numerals, about, v. 
 
 4. 12, vi. 4. 3 ; aJs p-dXio-ra with or 
 without edvvaTO, or rj idvvaro p.d- 
 Xi(TTa, as much as jjossible, Lat. 
 quam mdxime potuit, i. 1.6, 3. 15, 
 iv. 2. 2 ; cos Tts Kal dXXos pdXiffra 
 dvdpdnrwu, as well as any other man 
 alive, i. 3. 15. 
 
 |xa\aKC^O(xai. (paXaKid-), ^p.aXa- 
 Kurdp-qv and ipaXaKl<jdT)v \^p.aXaKbs, 
 soft, cf. Eng. amalgam], be soft- 
 ened or effeminate, be iveakly or 
 indolent, v. 8. 14. 
 
 fiave'vTes, see paivopai. 
 
 {xavOdvb) (^pad-^, paOrjaopai, epa- 
 dov, pepddrjKa [R. jjia], learn, esp. 
 by inquiry, find out, hear of, under- 
 stand, with ace. or inf., i. 9. 4, ii. 
 
 5. 37, iii. 2. 25, v. 2. 25 ; with 6ti 
 or an interr. clause, ii. 5. 16, iv. 
 8.5. 
 
 (lavTctd, as [R. jxa], prophetic 
 announcement, prediction, oracle, 
 Lat. ordculum, iii. i. 7. 
 
 fji,avT«vT6s> v, 6v [R. |xa], directed 
 or advised by an oracle, vi. i. 22. 
 
 MavTivtts, we, ol, Mantineans, 
 natives of Mantinea, vi. i. 11, one 
 of the oldest cities of Arcadia, in 
 
 
fiavTis-jiaxaipa 
 
 136 
 
 the eastern part, on the streamlet | 
 Ophis. Its situation on a low pass j 
 between Arcadia and Argos made 
 it a centre of traffic, and it was an 
 important military position. Here 
 were fought two great battles, in 
 418 and in 362 b.c. In the latter 
 Epaminondas of Thebes conquered 
 the Spartans and Athenians with 
 whom the Martineans were aUied. 
 Here fell Gryllus, the son of Xeno- 
 phon. (Palaeopolis.) 
 
 |xdvTiS) ews, 6 [R. [t,a ], one in a 
 frenzy or possessed, one inspired, 
 'who thus declares the will of the 
 gods, seer, prophet, diviner, sooth- 
 sayer, exercising his art by in- 
 specting the vitals of victims, like 
 the haruspex, 1. 7. 18, v. 2. 9, 6. 29, 
 vi. 4. 13, vii. 8. 10, or by observing 
 the flight of birds, like the augur, 
 vi. I. 23, 5. 2. Sometimes he slew 
 the victims, iv. 3. 18, v. 6. 16, vi. 5. 
 8. In V. 7. 35 the ixavreis took 
 charge of purifying the army. 
 
 MdpSoi or MapSovioi, oi, the 
 Mardi or Mardonii, a warlike, 
 marauding race who probably lived 
 in the Masius Mts. in southern 
 Armenia, iv. 3. 4. It is thought 
 that both words are adjectives 
 meaning manhj. 
 
 MapiavSivoC, ol, the Mariandyni, 
 a race inhabiting the eastern part 
 of what the Romans called Bithy- 
 nia, vi. 2. 1. They were reduced 
 by the Heracleans to the condition 
 of Helots. 
 
 (idpo-iiros or iidpo-iiriros, [r/. 
 Eng. marsupial'\, pouch, hag, Lat. 
 marsuppium, with gen. of con- 
 tents, iv. 3. 11. 
 
 Mapo-vds, ov, Marsyas, 
 a satyr of Phrygia, killed 
 and flayed by Apollo 
 after being beaten in a 
 musical contest, the flute against 
 the lyre, i. 2. 8. From him, ace. 
 to the myth, the river Marsyas 
 was named ; rising in a small lake 
 near Celaenae, called Aulocrene, 
 because about it grew reeds suit- 
 
 able for the mouthpiece of the 
 flute, it emptied into the Maean- 
 der, i. 2. 8. 
 
 piapTvpcw, yuaprupijerw, etc. \^ixdp- 
 Tus], be a loitness, testify, bear loit- 
 ness, Lat. testor, with dat., iii. 3. 
 12, vii. 6. 39. 
 
 (xapTvpiov, TO [/idprus], evidence, 
 proof, Lat. argumentuin, iii. 2. 13. 
 
 (idprvs, vpos, 6 [(/. Eng. martyr'], 
 witness, Lat. testis, vii. 7. 39. 
 
 Mapwv€CTT]S, ov \_Mapuveia, Maro- 
 nea], a Maronite, native of Maro- 
 nea, vii. 3. 16, a city in the land of 
 the Cicones, east of Abdera, re- 
 nowned even in Homer's time for 
 its wine. (Marogna.) 
 
 Mdo-Kds, a (Dor. gen.), 6, Mascas, 
 called a river by Xen., i. 5. 4, but 
 really a canal about Kopa-urrj, q.v. 
 
 (lao-TcvM [R. |j.a], seek after, 
 search for, abs. or with ace, v. 6. 
 25, vii. 3. 11 ; strive, with inf., iii. 
 I. 43. Poet, verb, except in Xen. 
 
 \ia.<rTiy6o), /j-auTcydiffuj, ifxaffriyu- 
 aa, iixaiTTlyu}dr)v [ixda-rl^], tohip, 
 chastise, Lat. uerbero, iv. 6. 15. 
 
 udo-Ti^, 4705, 7), lohip, lash, Lat. 
 flagellum ; inrb naffTtyuv, under the 
 'lash, Lat. flagelUs codct'i, iii. 4. 25. 
 Fur an illustration of the fido-Ti^ 
 used as riding whip, see s.v. iinro- 
 dpo/j-os (No. 31). 
 
 fjiacTTos, 6, nipple, breast, of men, 
 Lat. papilla, in pi., i. 4. 17, iv. 3. 
 6 ; hill, hillock, iv. 2. (J, 18. 
 
 jjidraios, a, ov [/ictrT?, folly], 
 foolish, vain, idle, Lat. udnus, of 
 "words and deeds, vii. 6. 17, 7. 24. 
 
 lidxaipa, as [R. (lax], sword, 
 sabre, cutlass, with straight back 
 
 and curved edge, a Greek weapon, 
 vii. 2. 30, although worn also by 
 the Thracians, xCi. 5; adapted to 
 ripping, iv. 6. 26 ; and carried by 
 
137 
 
 |Aaxaipi-ov-(x«8i.|jivos 
 
 cavalrymen, cavalry sabre, i. 8. 7 ; 
 in vii. 4. 10, identified with tlie 
 ^l<pos, q.v. 
 
 \La\a.ipiov, to [K. |J.ax], dagger, 
 dirk, iv. 7. 16. 
 
 [i.a\i\, •>7s [R. |xax], battle, en- 
 qagement, fight, Lat. pugna, proe- 
 lium, i. 2. (>,"5. 16, 8. 6, ii. 2. 21, 
 vi. 3. 21 ; place of battle, battle- 
 field, ii. 2. 6, V. 5. 4. Phrase : 
 fjidxv or iJ-axv vIkS.v, see w/cdcj, ii. 
 1.4, 6.5. 
 
 p,dxi(ios, ov [R. fj.ax], fit to fight ; 
 Avdpas /xaxi/J-ovs, liqhtinq men, vii. 
 8. 13. 
 
 |j.dxo|J.ai, fiaxov/jiai, efjiaxfO'dfirji', 
 /xe/xdxwat [R. [i.a.\], fight, give 
 battle, fight loith or against, Lat. 
 pugnb, or proelium committo, abs. 
 or with dat. of pers., i. 5. 9, 7. 1, 
 17, 8. 23, ii. I. 4, 4. 6, iii. 4. 33, iv. 
 I. 19, V. 4. 21, 5. 13, vi. 3. 5; very 
 rarely with wpos and ace, vii. 8. 
 19, while (Tvv with dat. means on 
 the side of, with the aid of, vi. 3. 
 13 ; in defence of , for or about, is 
 expressed by iiir^p and gen. of pers., 
 or irepi or wpb and gen. of thing, i. 
 9.31, ii. I. 12, vi. I. 8; wrangle, 
 quarrel, iv. 5. 12. 
 
 |i€, |i,oi, (Aov, see ^7w. 
 
 Mt-yctPvtos, 6, Megabyzus, the 
 official name of the keeper or sex- 
 ton of the temple of Ephesian Ar- 
 temis, always a eunuch, v. 3. 6, 7. 
 
 (Ae-ydXiiv, see fxeyas. 
 
 fi€-Ya\T)"yop€w, ep.eya\r]y6pr]<ra [R. 
 (laK + dY€ipw], talk big, boast, 
 brag, Lat. glorior, vi. 3. 18. 
 
 |jic-ya\oirp€ir(0Si adv. [R. jxaK + 
 irpiirw}. in magnificent style, mu- 
 nificently, splendidly, in a princely 
 manner, Lat. mdgnifice, i. 4. 17, 
 vii. 6. 3 ; sup. /jLeyaXotrpeir^ffrara, 
 vii. 3. 19. 
 
 |jic-yd\(os, adv, [R. |AaK], greatly, 
 exceedingly, grossly, Lat. mdgno- 
 pere, iii. 2. 22. 
 
 McyapcvS) f't"^?, 6 [M^7a/)a, il/e- 
 gr«j'rt], a Megarian, native of il/e- 
 Qfara, i. 2. 3, 4. 7, the capital of 
 Megaris. This state lay between 
 
 Attica and Corinth, and was long 
 the commercial rival of the latter, 
 founding many colonies, such as 
 Chalcedon, Byzantium, and Hera- 
 clea, vi. 2. 1. Its prosperity was 
 destroyed when at its greatest 
 height with the loss of Salamis, 
 508 B.C. It was always the enemy 
 of Athens, but was esp. hostile in 
 the Peloponnesian war. 
 
 |j.€7as, fj.€yd\7}, fi4ya [R. (xaK], 
 great in its widest sense, Lat. 
 mdgnus, comp. p-el^wv, sup. ^^71- 
 (TTos ; of size or extent, great, 
 large, spacious, tall, i. 2, 6, 22, 4. 
 9, 9. 7, ii. 4. 13, iii. 4. 17, vii. i. 
 37 ; important, iceighty, poioeiftil, 
 high, mighty, stinking, i. 2. 4, 9. 
 30, ii. 5. 8, 14, 38, iv. 7. 23, vi. i. 
 20 ; of a name, renowned, famous, 
 ii. 6. 17, vi. I. 20; of dre^s, fine, 
 i. 9. 23 ; of sound, loud,^ iv. 5. 18, 
 
 7. 23 ; of a hole, deep, iv. 5. 6 ; of 
 I the sea, heavy, high, v. 8. 20 ; used 
 
 also as a title of the king of 
 Persia, like 'Great Mogul,' i. 2. 
 
 8, ii. 3. 17 ; neut. as adv., p.iya, 
 greatly, iii. i. 38. Phrases: rb 
 IxiyicTTov, what is or xvas the chief 
 poiyit, most of all, chiefly, i. t,. 10, 
 V. 6. 29, vii. 7. 23; to. p.eyd\a 
 ed TTOLovvTa, conferring great bene- 
 fits, i. 9. 24 ; irpQTov Kai fiiyifxrov, 
 first and foremost, ii. 5. 7 ; p-eydXa 
 ^v TO. xp'jc'A'oi's TTOLovvTa, there were 
 iveighty reasons which made them 
 good soldiers, ii. 6. 14 ; ol /x^yicTTov 
 Svvdfievoi, cf Lat. pliirimum posse, 
 the most powerfid, ii. 6. 21, vii. 6. 
 37 ; ^MTTTeiv p-eydXa, do much 
 harm, iii. 3. 14, cf. v. 8. 17; p-iya. 
 (ppoveTv, see Kppov^w, iii. i. 27, v. 
 6.8. 
 
 M€Ya({>€pvT]S) ov, Megaphernes, 
 a Persian nobleman, put to death 
 by ('yrus, i. 2. 20. 
 
 |i.€Y«eos, ous, rb [R. ^o.k], bigness, 
 size, Lat. mdgnitudo, ii. 3. 15 ; of 
 a river, width, iv. i. 2. 
 
 p.€7io-TOs, see (ae7as. 
 
 ficSifivos, 6 [cf. Lat. modius, corn 
 measure}, medimnus, the largest 
 
|X€0'-M£Xivo<|>d'yoi 
 
 138 
 
 Attic dry measure, containing 52.53 
 liters, 47.7+ quarts, U. S. clry meas- 
 ure, or about a bushel and a half, 
 vi. I. 15, 2. 3. See s.v. x"''''^- 
 fieO', by elision and euphony for 
 
 HeOtiifii. ['w]' ^'^i ?ti, give up, 
 Lat. dlmittu, vii. 4. 10. 
 
 |i€0io-Tii|jii [K. o-ra], set in a dif- 
 ferent place, remove; aor. mid., 
 make go aside, set apart, ii. 3. 8 ; 
 2 aor. act., go aside, stand apart, 
 ii. 3. 21. 
 
 MeOvSpuvs, ews, 6 [Me^iJSpioi', 
 Methydriuni], a Methydrian, native 
 of 3Iethydrium, iv. i. 27, 6. 20, 7. 
 9, a little town in central Arcadia, 
 between the rivers Maloetas and 
 Mylaon, whence its name. On the 
 founding of Megalopolis the inhab- 
 itants of Methydrium were trans- 
 ferred thither, and it lost all im- 
 portance. (Near Nemnitza.) 
 
 IwOvw [fi^dv, wine, cf. Eng. 
 mead], be in loine, be drztnk, Lat. 
 ebrius stm, iv. 8. 20, v. 8. 4, vii. 3. 
 35. 
 
 |j.€(Swv, comp. of iJi^yas, q.v. 
 
 [LiiklXios, a, ov [cf. neiXixos, 
 soft, gentle], mild, gracious, mer- 
 ciful, an epithet of Zei/s (q.v.), 
 whose favour was to be won with 
 propitiatory sacrifices. The great- 
 est of the festivals in honour of 
 Zeys MetXix'os was the Diasia, cele- 
 brated at Athens by all the people 
 in the month of February with 
 bloodless offerings. But bloody 
 sacrifices, such as swine, might 
 also be offered to Zeus under this 
 title. These were then burnt whole, 
 vii. 8. 4, 5. 
 
 p.civai., jj.«ivavT€S, jieCveiav, H-cCv^), 
 see /xtVoj. 
 
 |j,£iov, as adv., see fidwv. 
 
 |ieipdKkOv, t6 [/oietpaf, lass}, lad, 
 hoy, youth, from 14 to 20 years, 11. 
 6. 16, 28. 
 
 (leCwfia, aros, t6 [/iet6a), make 
 smaller, ixdwv'], curtailment, defi- 
 ciency, shortage, of money, v. 8. 1. 
 
 [leiwv, ov, used as comp. of fiiKpos, 
 
 small, little [cf. Lat. minuo, dimin- 
 ish, minor, less, Eng. mio-cene'], 
 sjnaller, lesser, weaker, fewer, i. 9. 
 10, iv. 5. 36 ; fiecov, adv. less, of 
 force, distance and number, ii. 4. 
 10, V. 4. 31 ; so fj.ehv ij, less than, 
 or without ^ and followed by gen., 
 iii. I. 2, V. 4. 19, vi. 4. 3, vn. 7. 24. 
 Phrase: /ietov ex"*', be worse off, 
 iii. 2. 17, get the worst of it, in a 
 battle, i. 10. 8, ui. 4. 18. 
 
 McXavSirai, we, Melanditae, a 
 tribe in European Thrace, men- 
 tioned only in Anab., vii. 2. 32. 
 
 [xcXavid, as [/oiAds], blackness, i. 
 8.8. 
 
 p.eXdS) fJ-eXaiva, fi^Xav, gen. fji4\a- 
 vos, etc. [cf. Lat. malus, evil, Eng. 
 calo-mel ,melan-choly'\, black, dark, 
 Lat. niger, iv. 5. 13, 15. 
 
 jjieXci., iJ.e\-/i(rei, e/xATjo-e, fxefiiXriKe 
 [R. (leX], impers., it is a care, it 
 concerns, with dat. of pers. and 
 Sirajs with fut. indie, or with opt., 
 often best translated personally as 
 ifjLol jj-eXria-et, I will take care or 
 see to it, i. 4. 16, cf. 8. 13, vn. 7. 44. 
 Phrases: t^ deQ fieXria-ei, euphem- 
 istically, the goddess will punish, 
 V. 3. 13 ; dia TO n^Xeiv diracTLv, as it 
 teas a matter of general interest, vi. 
 4. 20. (In poetry the above tenses 
 are used personally, as well as 
 -fj.eixiXrifjLai, efxeXT)dr]v.) 
 
 (xcXcrdw, neXeTr)<xw, ifxeXdrrjO-a, /ie- 
 fj.€\^Tr]Ka [R. lAtX], attend to, prac- 
 tise, Lat. me exerceo in, with inf., 
 iii. 4. 17, iv. 6. 14. 
 
 HeXcTTjpos, a, 6v [R. jitX], prac- 
 tising diligently, well exercised or 
 trained, Lat. exercitdtus, with gen., 
 i. 9- 5. 
 
 p,€X(vTi, 17s [cf. Lat. milium, mil- 
 lef], millet, a kind of grain (see 
 K^7Xpos), sing, or pi., i. 2. 22, 5. 10, 
 vi. 4. 6, 6. 1 ; also in pi., millet 
 fields, u. 4. 13. 
 
 MeXi.vo(^dYOi, 01 [fxeXlvrj -J- e<^a- 
 701'], Melinophagi, a Thracian 
 tribe, living between Byzantium 
 and Salmydessus, where the peo- 
 ple still eat millet, vii. 5. 12. 
 
139 
 
 p.€\\w-|l,€'p0S 
 
 |i.€'XX.(i>, /ueWijffw, i/ji^W-rjffa [R. 
 IJitX.], be about to, be on the jwint of 
 an action, be going to do anything, 
 be likely, witli pres. or fut. inf., 
 serving lilie the Lat. periphrastic 
 conjugation to denote simple fu- 
 turity (when the word means shall, 
 will, should, would, etc.) or pur- 
 pose or wish, i. 8. 1, 9. 28, ii. i. 3, 
 4. 24, iii, I. 8, iv. 7. 16, v. 4. 20, vi. 
 4. 18, vii. 7. 40; delay, abs., iii. i. 
 46, 47 ; intend, jmrpose, with ace, 
 ii, 5. 5. Phrase : to ixiWov, the 
 future, vi. i. 21. 
 
 |i€|ivfio, |j.€(JivT](rai, )X€|x,vVja-€a-dai, 
 etc., see fxi.fj.vy a koj. 
 
 |XC|i4>0fi.ai., fj.^fj.\j/ofj.aL, efxefvpafirfv 
 and ffxifx(pdr)v, find fault with, blame, 
 Lat. reprehendo, of persons and 
 things, ii. 6. 30, vii. 6. 39. 
 
 |A€v, post-positive particle (never 
 used as a conj. to connect words 
 or sentences), used to distinguish 
 the word or clause with which it 
 stands from something that is to 
 follow, and commonly answered 
 by 5^, when it may be rendered by 
 on the one hand, indeed, truly, or 
 left untranslated, but its presence 
 shown by stress of the voice, i. i. 
 1, 2. 4, 6. 6, ii. I. 10, 2. 17, iii. i. 3, 
 
 19, 43, 2. 2, iv. 4. 3, V. 6. 12, vi. 4. 
 
 20, vii. I. 29 ; but sometimes other 
 words take the place of 5^, as 
 (TreiTa, fi^vToi, Kal, dWd, i. 2. 1, 3. 
 10, ii. I. 13, iii. 2. 8; frequently 
 combined with the art. or other 
 words, as 6 /liv . . . 6 8i, the one 
 . . . the other, pi., some . . . others, i. i. 
 7, 2. 25, 8. 20, ii. 2. 5 ; dXXA fi^v, 
 but certainly, for a fact, i. 7. 6, vii. 
 1.9; 01) fikv dri, nor yet in truth, i. 
 9. 13, ii, 2. 3, iii. 2. 14 ; fxev dri, in 
 fact, certainly, ii. i. 20, iii. i. 35; 
 with a pers. pron., esp. iyoj jxiv, I 
 for my part, or / at least, i. 9, 28, 
 ii. 5. 25, iii. i. 19, vii. 6. 10. 
 
 fit'vToi, adv. and conj. [^t^j'-f roi], 
 used to strengthen the meaning 
 of an assertion or protestation 
 or to show opposition, really, cer- 
 tainly, in truth, moreover, i. 9, 6, 
 
 29, iii, 2. 17, vii. 6. 21 ; yet, still, 
 however, nevertheless, i. 3. 10, 4. 8, 
 
 9. 14, ii, 3. 9, 22, iii. 1. 5, iv. 6. 16. 
 |X€V(o, fievCi, efifiva, fj.€fj,4vr]Ka [R. 
 
 |ia], wait, stay, tarry, abide, Lat. 
 maneo, i. 2. 6, 21, 3. 11, 5. 13, ii. i. 
 21, 4. 3, iii. I. 7, 3. 12, iv. 2. 5, v. 2, 
 
 10, vi. 5. 20, vii. 7. 54 ; be lasting, 
 last, hold good, of a truce, ii, 3. 24 ; 
 wait for, with ace, Lat. exspecto, 
 iv. 4. 20. 
 
 Mcvuv, wvos, 6, Menon, a Thes- 
 salian adventurer, one of the com- 
 manders of Cyrus's Greek force. 
 In his youth he was a favourite 
 of Aristippus of Larissa, who gave 
 him the command of the merce- 
 naries whom Menon brought to 
 help Cyrus, ii. 6. 28, i. 2. 6 ; he was 
 employed by Cyrus to escort home 
 the Cilician queen, i. 2. 20 ff., and 
 won favour by being the first to 
 cross the Euphrates, i. 4. 13 ff. ; 
 he commanded the left wing at 
 Cunaxa, i. 8. 4. With the other 
 generals he was seized, ii. 5. 31 ff., 
 but not beheaded as they were, 
 but tortured to death, ii. 6. 29. He 
 was probably guilty of treachery 
 towards the Greeks with his friend 
 Ariaeus, ii. 4. 15, 5. 28. An un- 
 favourable account of his charac- 
 ter is given in ii. 6. 21 ff. 
 
 [xepi^o) (/uepiS-), fxepiQ, efiipiffa, 
 fiefiipiafxai, efi€pi<jdi}v [_fi^pos], divide, 
 divide up, v. i. 9. 
 
 [xepos, ovs, TO [_cf. Lat. mereo, be 
 entitled to}, division, part, share, 
 portion, Lat. pars, i. 6. 2, iv. 6. 24, 
 V. 3. 4, vi, 6. 28, vii. 7. 35. Phrases : 
 fiipos Ti T^s evTa^ias, a bit ov'an 
 instance of their discipline, Lat. 
 disciplinae specimen, i. 5. 8 ; iv T<p 
 fjiipei, each in turn, i.e. according 
 to his place in the ranks, Lat. sud 
 quisque loco et brdine, iii. 4. 23 ; 
 /card fxipos, alternately, in reliefs, 
 Lat. per uices, v. i. 9 ; (card t6 Xei- 
 pi(r6(pov piipos, in the place of Chiri- 
 sophus, vi. 4. 23 ; iv rep fxipeL Kal 
 irapa t6 /xipos, according to and be- 
 yond one''s share, vii. 6. 36, 
 
H.€crTifj.Ppid-(i€Ta8C8<«>p.i 
 
 140 
 
 fi€a-T](j.Ppid, ds l_fji((70s -\- i]fJ.^pd], 
 middmj, noon, Lat. meridies; hence, 
 from the place of the sun at that 
 hour, the SoiUh, i. 7. 6, iii. 5. 15. 
 
 (xeo-o-yaia or |j.€o-6-y€i-a, ds [/x^iros 
 + "yfi], the midland or heart of a 
 country, the interior, Lat. mediter- 
 rdneae regiones, vi. 2. 19, 4. 5. 
 
 |X€(ro$, 17, ov [c/. Lat. medius, 
 middle, Eng. mid], what is in the 
 middle, middle, mid, central, in 
 the middle, generally in the predi- 
 cate position before the art. or 
 after the subst., i. 2. 7, 17, ii. i. 11, 
 iv. 8. 8, vii. I. 14; but in attrib. 
 position, i. 8. 13, and without art., 
 vii. 6. 24 ; subst., fxeaov, with or 
 without t6, the middle, the centre, 
 i. 2. 15, 23, 8. 12, iii. i. 46, 4. 43, v. 
 4. 13, the space between, the interval 
 between, with gen., as 5td /xeo-ov tov- 
 Twv, betvieen these, i. 4. 4, rd iv fi^crip 
 ToijTuv, the parts between these, i. 7. 
 6, cf. i. 5. 14, ii. 2. 3, iii. 4. 20, v. 2. 
 26, vi. 4. 2. Phrases : fiiaai vvktcs, 
 midnight, i. 7. 1, iii. i. 33, vii. 3. 
 40 ; fi'iffov vfj-epas, midday,^ i. 8. 8, 
 iv. 4. 1 ; ev fj.i<T(^ Keirai dd\a, lie 
 open to competition as prizes, iii. 
 1.21. 
 
 (i£o-6« [/ueVos], be in the middle ; 
 
 Tre'pd fjL((Tov<Tr]S ttJs ijfj.ipds, ichen it 
 7/Y/.S p((ftt noon, vi. 5. 7. 
 
 M€o-iri\a, ds [acc. to some from 
 mashjyil, desolated, others, compar- 
 ing Hebrew hishpU in Isaiah xxv. 
 12, take the meaning to be brottght 
 loic ; others again compare ix€<roirv- 
 Xat], Mcspila, a name applied in 
 iii. 4. 10 to the extensive ruins of 
 thfft part of the ancient Assyrian 
 capital, Nineveh, which lie over 
 against the commercial city of 
 Mosul. It was the northwest cor- 
 ner of Nineveh, about 18 miles 
 above Larissa, Nineveh having 
 been a collection of towers and 
 palaces not surrounded by a single 
 wall but covering a district 90 
 stadia broad and 480 stadia in cir- 
 cuit. Nineveh was destroyed in 
 608 or 606 b.c. by a coalition of 
 
 and Babylonians under 
 Cyaxares and Nabopolassar. Xen- 
 ophon's statement, iii. 4. 12, that 
 the Persians took it from the 
 Medes, is explained by the fact 
 that it was not utterly destroyed, 
 but remained part of the Median 
 empire till this was overthrown by 
 Cyrus the Great in 550 b.c, when 
 the city disappeared from history. 
 It is at present represented by the 
 ruins of Koyunjik and Nebi-Yunus. 
 Excavations on these sites have 
 disclosed fine palaces, libraries, 
 sculptures, and monuments. 
 
 (teo-Tos, ■^, dv, filled, fnll of, 
 abounding in, Lat. plemis, with 
 gen., i. 4. 19, ii. 5. 9, iii. 5. 1, iv. 4. 
 7, V. 3. 11 ; abs., full, vii. 3. 26. 
 
 |A€Td, by elision and euphony 
 fier and fxeO', prep, with gen. and 
 acc. With gen., loith, in company 
 with, among (for which Xen. usu 
 ally has aiv), Lat. cum, i. 2. 20, 3. 
 5, V. 4. 34 ; in conjunction loith, to- 
 gether with, vii. 3. 13, 6. 34 ; under 
 command of, in the army of, i. 7. 
 10, 10. 1, ii. 2. 7 ; with the aid or 
 by means of, ii. 6. 18. With acc, 
 of place or order, behind, after, 
 next, i. 8. 4, vii. 7. 22 ; of time, 
 after, next, Lat. post, i. 3. 16, ii. i. 
 12, iii. I. 45, iv. 8. 8 ; li-era tovto or 
 ravTa, after this, thereupon, next, 
 i. 3. 9, 6. 7, ii. 4. 23, iv. 6. 4, v. 7. 
 17 ; /ue^* i]fx€pdv, by day {i.e. after 
 daybreak), iv. 6. 12, vii. 3. 37. In 
 composition fierd may signify par- 
 ticipation, ivith, among, or succes- 
 sion in time or place, after, but 
 generally it signifies change. 
 
 H£TapdX\« [pdX.X«J, throw into 
 a different place, change quickly; 
 mid., rd SnXa p.eralSaWop.ii'ovs, 
 shifting our aims, so that the 
 shield should cover and protect 
 the back during a retreat, vi. 5. 16. 
 
 (itTa-yiYvwo-KO) [R. *yv«], change 
 one^s mind, Lat. sententiam muto, 
 u. 6. 3. 
 
 ji€Ta8(8<oji,i [R. 80], give among, 
 share, distribute, give a share or 
 
141 
 
 (X6Ta(l,€\€l-}JlTJ 
 
 part, Lat. impertio, with dat. of 
 pers. and either gen. of the whole 
 of which a part is given, or ace. of 
 the part given, iii. 3. 1, iv. 5. 5, 6, 
 vii. 8. 11. 
 
 |ji€Ta|ie\€i [R. [kiK], it is a care 
 afterwards, it makes one sorry, 
 with dat. of pers., best translated 
 personally, / am sorry, I repent, 
 Lat, paenitet me, i. 6. 7, ii. 6. 9, v. 
 6. 36 ; with dat. and partic, as 
 TreiOofxivois avrols ov fj.erafieX'/icreL, 
 they will not be sorry for obeying, 
 vii. I. 34, cf. vii. i. 5. 
 
 |X€Ta|v, adv. [/aerd + ^Ov — cnjv'], 
 in the midst, in between, in the 
 phrases : nera^H viroXa^wv, inter- 
 rupting him in the midst of his 
 talk, iii. i. 27 ; oi iroWoO xP^^°" 
 fxera^h yevo/jL^vov, after a short in- 
 terval, V. 2. 17 ; as prep., between, 
 of place, with gen., Lat. inter, i. 7. 
 15, iii. 4. 37, V. 4. 22. 
 
 (ji€Tdir€|A'TrTOS, ov [verbal of /.lera- 
 TT^/xTTw], sent for, summoned, i. 4. 3. 
 
 |A€Tair«ji.ir« [tt^/xttw], send for or 
 after ; mid., send for a person or 
 thing to come to oneself, summon, 
 Lat. arcesso, i. 3. 8, 4. 5, iii. i. 4, 
 vii. I. 38 ; with diro or e/c and gen. 
 of place, and irpds or e^s with ace. 
 of pers. or place, i. i. 2, 2. 26, vii. 
 I. 3, 20. 
 
 )xeTa(rTp^<{>(>> [orp^^o)], turn a 
 thing round; mid., turn oneself 
 round, turn round, Lat. se con- 
 uerto, vi. i. 8. 
 
 (i€Td(rxoi, see lUer^xw. 
 
 [i,€Tax.«>p£(» [x'^p^'^]) go to an- 
 other place, change one''s position, 
 vii. 2. 18. 
 
 (xcTcifxi [R. £0-], be among; in 
 prose only impers., /jijerea-Ti, there 
 is a share, so ovdevbs tj/jlIp fiereit], 
 we had no share, iii. i. 20. 
 
 |A£T«'xw [R. o-€x], have a share of, 
 share, take part in, abs. or with 
 gen., V. 3. 9, vi. 2. 14, vii. 6. 28, 8. 17. 
 
 |x€T€a>pos, Of [dtCpw], raised rip 
 from the ground. Phrase: ixereupovs 
 e^eKdfiio-av ras d/id^ds, they lifted 
 and carried nut the wagons, i. 5. 8. 
 
 ^€Tp£6>, i/j.4Tp7)aa, e/xeTprjdifjv [p.^- 
 rpov}, measure, Lat. metior, iv. 5. 6. 
 
 |i,€Tpi(os, adv. [yu^rpios, moderate, 
 p.irpou'], in due measure, moder- 
 ately, Lat. moderate, ii. 3. 20. 
 
 liETpov, t6 [c/. Lat. metior, meas- 
 ure, Eng. metre, dia-meter, thermo- 
 meter, sym-metry], measure, dry 
 and liquid, iii. 2. 21. 
 
 (i.£Xpi, adv., up to a place or time, 
 before et's and eirl, as far as, even 
 to, lip to, Lat. usque ad, v. i. 1, vi. 
 4. 20 ; M^XP' evraOda, up to that 
 point, V. 5. 4 ; as prep., with gen. 
 of place or time, up to, as far as, 
 until, i. 7. 15, 10. 11, iv. 5. 36, 7. 
 15, vi. 4. 1 , 25 ; yit^xP' o^, down or 
 tip) to xchere, until the time when, 
 i. 7. 6, V. 4. 16 ; as conj., imtil, 
 Lat. dum, donee, vnth indie, or 
 dv with subjv., i. 4. 13, ii. 3'. 7, 24, 
 6. 5, iii. 4. 8, iv. 2. 4, 4. 3, vi. 5. 
 29. 
 
 (iTJ, adv., not, used both in inde- 
 pendent and dependent clauses. 
 In independent clauses : in prohi- 
 bitions with pres. imv. or aor. 
 subjv., ii. I. 12, vi. 6. 18, vii. i. 8; 
 with subjv. of exhortation, vii. i. 
 29; and in the phrase ov p.71 with 
 subjv. for a strong future, ii. 2. 12, 
 vi. 2. 4, vii. 3. 26. In dependent 
 clauses : after a final conj., as tVa, 
 (OS, Sttws, i. 4. 18, ii. 4. 17, iii. i. 18, 
 47, 2. 27 ; with verbs and parties, 
 forming protases, ii. i. 4, 3. 5, iv. 2. 
 17, V. 3. 1, vi. 4. 9, 19, vii. 2. 33, 8. 2 ; 
 with a partic. equivalent to a rel. 
 clause, iv. 4. 15 ; with inf., ii. 3. 10, 
 iii. 4. 21, 5. 11, iv. 3. 28, vi. 4. 24, 
 vii. 6. 22 ; p.7] ov and inf., ii. 3. 11, 
 iii. I. 13; after verbs and expres- 
 sions of fear, caution, or danger, 
 lest, that, Lat. 7ie, with subjv. or 
 opt., i. 3. 10, 17, 10. 9, ii. 3. 9, iii. 
 1.5, 2. 25, iv. I. 6, 2. 13, 15, v. 6. 
 17, vi. I. 28, vii. 7. 31, p.^ oi>, that 
 not, i. 7. 7, iii. i. 12. Phrases: ei 
 p.ri, except, ii. i. 12 ; el 5^ p.'f), other- 
 wise, ii. 2. 1, iv. 7. 20, vii. i. 31. 
 The compounds of p.-rj follow the 
 usage of the simple word. 
 
^j.Ti8afifj-fiT|p6s 
 
 142 
 
 ^'qSafJi'g, adv. [/xTjSa/iis, none, 
 fiTjde + dfios, an obsolete word = 
 Tis], in no xcay, not at all, of place, 
 noichere, Lat. nusquam, vii. 6. 29. 
 
 |jiT]8a)ia>Si adv. \_cf. /njSafjL^]. by 
 no means, Lat. nequaquam, i. 9. 7, 
 vii. 7. 23. 
 
 IJitlSe, neg. conj. and emphatic 
 adv. [/iT7 + 5^]. and not, hut not, 
 nor. Lat. neqne, nee, ii. 4. 1, iii. 2. 
 17 ; not even. Lat. ?ie . . . quidem, i. 
 3. 14, iii. 2. 21, 5. 7, vii. 6. 18. 7. 40. ' 
 
 MT|S«ia, ds, Medea, wife of the 
 last king of the ^Nledes. Astyages ; 
 fled to Mespila when Cjtus the 
 Elder conquered her husband, iii. 
 4.11. 
 
 MTjSeids T€ixoS) see MTjS/ds ret- 
 
 fiT)8Eis> A"'a, iv [/xijSe + ets], not 
 one, no one, nobody, no, Lat. nemo, 
 nulhis. i. 3. 15, ii. i. 19, v. 5. 9, vi. 
 2. 10, 6. 28, vii. 6. 36 ; ix-r)b€v, neut. 
 as adv.. not by any means, v. 4. 19. 
 
 HT)8€iroT€, adv. [juTjSe + ttot^], 
 ?;f^r^r, Lat. mimqnam, iii. 2. 3, iv. 
 5. 13. 
 
 (iT]8€T€pos, a, ov [/x?75e + ?Tepos] , 
 neither, when two are in question, 
 Lat. neuter, vii. 4. 10. 
 
 Mi]8id, ds [old Persian IMada, in 
 the Bible Madai, cf. M^Soi], Me- 
 dia, prop, a district in Central Asia, 
 bounded on the north by the Cas- 
 pian sea, on the east by the Parthi- 
 ans and Hyrcanians, on the south 
 by Susiana and Persis, and on the 
 west by Armenia and Assyria. It 
 included the modern Irak, Adser- 
 beidschan. Ghilian. and a part of 
 :Manzandaran. Under Cyaxares 
 and with the help of Nabopolassar, 
 king of Babylon, the Medes over- 
 threw the Assyrian empire, 608 or 
 606 B.C.. and extended their own 
 to the Persian gulf and westward. 
 They were conquered by Cyrus 
 the Elder in 550 b.c. In the Anab. 
 the name iledia is applied to the 
 district prop, called Assj'ria, ii. 4. 
 27, iii. 5. 15. 
 
 MT]8ids or Mi]8c(ds rtixos, ors, 
 
 t6, the ^fedian Wall, i. 7. 15, ii. 4. 
 12, extending from the Tigris to the 
 Euphrates and separating Mesopo- 
 tamia from Babylonia. It was 
 built by the Babylonians as a bul- 
 wark against the Medes, perhaps 
 at the beginning of the sixth cen- 
 turj- B.C. 
 
 MfjSoi, oi, the Medes. natives of 
 Media, iii. 2. 25, 4. 7, 10. 
 
 Miq8oKos, 6, Medocus, king of 
 the Odrvsae in Thrace, vii, 2. 32, 
 3. 16, 7.x 11. 
 
 MT]8ocrd,8T]s, ov, Medosades, min- 
 ister and ambassador of Seuthes, 
 vii. I. 5, 2. 10, 23, 7. 1, 11. 
 
 \i.-f\9', by ehsion and euphony for 
 
 \Li\Kir\., adv. [/iij + ^Ti'], notagain, 
 no lonqer, i. 2. 27, 4. 16, 6. 9, v. 7. 
 15, 8. 8. 
 
 IxfjKOs, ov%, TO [R. piaK], length, 
 Lat. longitudo, i. 5. 9 (pi.), ii. 4. 
 12, V. 4. 32. 
 
 liVjv, intensive particle, post-posi- 
 tive, in truth, surely, truly, Lat. 
 iiero, used after other particles, as 
 ov fx-qv, to be sure not, yet certainly 
 not, i. 10. 3, vii. 6. 38 ; ov5^ /jl-Ziv, 
 and certainly not, ii. 4. 20, vii. 6. 
 22; Kai nrjv, and in fact, and yet, 
 i. 7. 5, iii. I. 17 ; dXXd /x-fiv, but 
 surely, but still, i. 9. 18, ii. 5. 12, 
 iii. 2. 16 ; ^ firiv, see ^. 
 
 p.T|v, ix-nvos, 6 [cf. Lat. mensis, 
 month. Eng. moox, moxth], month, 
 i. I. 10, 3.^21, 9. 17, V. 5. 4, vii. 
 5. 4, 9. 
 
 [i.T)voEi8^s, ^s [fjL-nvri, moon, cf. fii)v 
 -f R.FtS], half moon shaped, cres- 
 cent shaped, Lat. lunatus. v. 2. 13. 
 
 p.r]vv<i>, ix-t)vv(TU3, etc. [R. |ia], 
 show xchat is hidden, show up, re- 
 real, inform against, Lat. indico, 
 ii. 2. 20. 
 
 (iiqiroT£, adv. 1/XTJ + Tfori'}, never, 
 Lat. nunquam, i. i. 4, 6. 2, iii. i. 
 35. 
 
 jiTJirw, adv. [jxti + ttw], not yet, 
 Lat. nondum, iii. 2. 24. 
 
 jiT)p6s, 6, thic/h. Lat. femur, vii. 
 . 4. 4, 8. 14. 
 
143 
 
 fJ,irJT£-|XlO-9o8oTl(i) 
 
 (i^T€, neg. conj. [fi-rj + r^l, CMid 
 not, distinguished from ovre as /t^ 
 from ov, either doubled, neither . . . 
 nor, i. 3. 14, iv. 4. 6, or followed 
 by t4, not only not . . . hut also, 
 Lat. neque . . . et, ii. 2. 8, iii. i. 
 30, 2. 23. 
 
 |jiirJTiip, firjTpds, 17 [c/. Lat. mater, 
 another, Eng. mother], mother, i. 
 
 1. 4, 8, ii. 4. 27, vi. 4. 8. 
 H.T]Tpo'TroXis, eojs, -^ [^i^rr^p + R. 
 
 irXa], the mothcr-rity as related to 
 her colonies ; hence, chief city, 
 capital, Lat. caput, v. 2. 3, 4. 15, 
 25. 
 
 |XT)xavdo|xai, /xTixo-f^croixai, ifirj- 
 Xavt]a-d/xr]v, /jL€fi7]xdvr]fj.ai [R. |JiaK], 
 contrive, devise, frame, scheme, 
 esp. something crafty, Lat. lua- 
 chinor, with ace. or inf., ii. 6. 27, 
 iv. 7. 10. 
 
 |iTlXav/j, ^y [R. [xaK], machine, 
 instrument, Lat. machina; hence 
 contrivance, scheme, device, or, 
 more generally, means, iv. 5. 16, v. 
 
 2. 24, vii. 2. 8. 
 [iCa, see els. 
 
 MtSds, ov, Midas, a mythologi- 
 cal king of Phrygia, son of Gordius 
 and Cybele. He entrapped Sile- 
 nus, the Satyr, i. 2. 13, but treated 
 him well and was rewarded by Dio- 
 nysus with the granting of any wish 
 he chose to ask. Having foolishly 
 requested that all lie touched should 
 be turned to gold, he died of hun- 
 ger. The same Midas, having 
 awarded the prize to Pan over 
 Apollo in a musical contest, was 
 given ass's ears by the angry god. 
 
 MiOpiSaTTis or MiOpaSdrr];, ov, 
 Mithriddtes, satrap of Lycaonia 
 and Cappadocia, vii. 8. 25, a fol- 
 lower of Cyrus, ii. 5. 35, but after- 
 wards treacherous to the Greeks, 
 iii. 3. 1, 6, 4. 2. 
 
 HiKpos, a, 6v [c/. Eng. micro- 
 scope], small, little, of size and 
 quantity, Lat. paruus, ii. 4. 13, iii. 
 2. 21, V. 3. 12, vii. 7. 53; of im- 
 portance, of small account, trifling, 
 trivial, iii. 2. 10, v. 8. 20 ; subst., 
 
 ixiKpov, TO, a short space or distance, 
 a short time, a little, ii. i. 6, iii. i, 
 11, iv. 7. 7, V. 4. 22 ; neut. as adv., 
 IMKpov, hardly, i. 3. 2. Phrase : 
 Kara fxlKpd or fxiKpov, in small 
 parts, in bits, v. 6. 32, vii. 3. 22. 
 
 MiXirjo-ios, a, ov [MfXr;ros], Mile- 
 sian, i. I. 11; subst., MlX-rjffLoi, Mi- 
 lesians, natives of Miletus, i. 9. 9, 
 vi. I. 15; 7) MlX-qa-ld, the Milesian 
 woman, i. 10. 3. 
 
 MtXi^Tos, 17, Milet^is, an ancient 
 and famous city in Ionia, south of 
 the mouth of the Maeander, i. i. 
 6, 2. 2, 4. 2, noted for its colonies 
 and commerce until its capture by 
 the Persians in 494 b.c. It was 
 also a centre of art and literature, 
 and was the native place of several 
 great philosophers and historians. 
 (Palatia or Pellatia.) 
 
 MiXtokvOiis, 01;, Miltocythes, 
 commander of Thracian troops ; 
 deserted to the king, ii. 2. 7. 
 
 |iip,EO(iai, fufirjcroiJLai, €fxTfX7]adfiriv, 
 fxepifxriixai l/J-ip-os, 6, actor, cf. Eng. 
 mimic, panto-mime], imitate, copy, 
 take as example, Lat. imitor, iii. i. 
 30 ; of actors, represent, play a 
 part, vi. I. 9. 
 
 p,i|j.vT)(rK(i) (fjiva-), -/jLv/jau}, e/iv7)<ra, 
 fjiip.vqp.ai, ep.v7)<T9riv [R. |ia], remind 
 (never act. in Anab.); mid. and 
 pass., recall to oneself, remember, 
 where the pf. has the pres. sense, 
 Lat. memini, the fut. pf. p.ep.pri(Top.ai 
 serves as fut., and the plpf. as 
 impf., abs. or with gen., i. 7. 5, iii. 
 1.27, 2. 39, V. 8. 25, 26, vii. 5. 8, 
 6. 38 ; make mention, talk of, sug- 
 gest, with inf. or w's and a clause, 
 vi. 4. 11, vii. 5. 8. 
 
 ^Itria, pu(rrj<ru, etc. \_pT<Tos, to, 
 hatred, cf. Lat. miser, wretched, 
 maestus, sorrowful, Eng. mis-an- 
 thropte], hate, Lat. odi, vi. 2. 14, 
 vii. 6. 15. 
 
 p,io-6oSo(rCd, ds [/xto-^o's -f R. 80], 
 giving of pay, ii. 5. 22. 
 
 (i.io-6o8oT£'(>> [/^to-^o's -{- R. 80], pay 
 wages, employ, with dat. of pers,, 
 vii. I. 13. 
 
(J.L<rBo5oTT]S-(lVT](l€tOV 
 
 144 
 
 [j.i<j-9o86tt]s, on [/xi(7^o's + R. 80], 
 one ii-ho pays ivages, employer, 
 with dat. of pers., i. 3. 9. 
 
 [xiorOos, 6 \_cf. Eug. meed], icages, 
 jmy, esp. of soldiers, Lat. stlpeu- 
 dium, i. I. 10, 2. 11, v. 6. 31, vii. 5. 
 5. Cyrus at first paid his Greek 
 troops one daric monthly, but af- 
 terwards increased it one-half, i. 3. 
 21. The usual pay was a daric for 
 a private, two for a captain, and 
 four for a general, vii. 6. 1, 7. 
 From this sum the soldier provided 
 not only his arms and clothes, but 
 also his daily rations, since among 
 the Greeks there was no commissa- 
 riat in the modern sense, but each 
 soldier bought his own provisions. 
 
 |ii(r0o<|>opd, as [/xtir^os-l- R. <J)€p], 
 receipt of wages, icages received, 
 pay, of soldiers, v. 6. 23, 35, vi. i. 
 16, vii. I. 3. 
 
 p,i.(r0o({>6pos, ov IfUffdos + R. <j)€p] , 
 receiving pay; subst., 01 ixiadoipo- 
 poL, mercenary troops, mercenaries, 
 Lat. mercennarii, i. 4. 3, iv. 3. 4, 
 vii. 8. 15. 
 
 ^ktOoo), /xLffddxru}, etc. [/iio-^os], 
 let out for hire; mid., cause to let 
 out for hire, hire, Lat. conduco, vi. 
 4. 13, vii. 7. 34 ; pass., be hired, be 
 paid, i. 3. 1. 
 
 |jLva, as, mina, the next to the 
 highest denomination in Attic sil- 
 ver money, although never actu- 
 ally minted as a coin, the one- 
 sixtieth of the talent, i. 4. 13, v. 
 8. 1. 
 
 The Attic table of money is as 
 follows : — 
 
 The weight of the drachma was 
 4.366 grams or 67.376 grains of 
 pure silver. In one silver dollar 
 of U. S. money there are 371.25 
 grains of imre silver, so that the 
 grain has the legal value of .269-|- 
 cents. The drachma, therefore, es- 
 timated m U. S. silver money, taken 
 at its legal value, would be worth 
 18-f- cents. Taking the value at 
 18 cents, we have the following 
 table : — 
 
 Td\avTov 
 
 — 
 
 .$1080.00 
 
 fjLva 
 
 = 
 
 18.00 
 
 dpaxM'V 
 
 = 
 
 .18 
 
 o^oUs 
 
 = 
 
 .03 
 
 The ratio of value of silver to 
 gold is established by law in the 
 U. S. at about 1 : 16. In Xeno- 
 phon's time it was estimated at 
 1 : 10. On this account the silver 
 in an Attic drachma is worth less 
 now than it would have been then. 
 See ddpeiKos. 
 
 Attic currency was silver. The 
 highest denomination actually 
 corned was the ten- drachma piece. 
 The commonest coin was the four- 
 drachma piece. The accompanying 
 
 6^o\6; 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 600 
 
 36000 
 
 Spaxfiv 
 
 
 100 
 6000 
 
 Hva 
 60 \Td\avTov 
 
 That is, 6 obols equalled 1 drach- 
 ma, 100 drachmas equalled" 1 mina, 
 6U uiinas equalled 1 talent. 
 
 illustration is a representation of 
 the drachma, the obverse showing 
 the helmeted head of Athena, the 
 reverse the owl and olive branch 
 and an inscription containing the 
 first three letters of the name of 
 the goddess. 
 
 |i,vt]|ji€iov, TO [R. p.a], remem- 
 brance, memorial, monument, Lat. 
 monumentum, iii. 2. 13. 
 
145 
 
 (AVT|(XT^-Mv<r6s 
 
 ^i.v■f\\^.■t\, vs [R. |xa], remembrance, 
 memori/, Lat. memoria, vi. 5. 24. 
 
 livqixovEVU, fjLvrj/xoveiJcru}, eixvr)ixb- 
 vevixa, -efiv-qfiovevKa, fjj.frj/j.ovevdrii' [R. 
 [la], recall, recollect, Lat. recor- 
 der, iv. 3. 2. 
 
 p.vT]|ioviK6s, v, 0" [R- (Att], having 
 a good memory, in sup., vii. 6. 38. 
 
 jj.vT)o-6fi, see /xifMu-^a-Koj. 
 
 flVTlO-lKaKtO), IXVr}<JlKaKT]<TUJ, ifj.vrj(Ti- 
 
 KdKTjaa [H. fia + Kayo's], ?-e?yie?)i6er 
 icrongs received, bear a grudge, 
 with dat. of pers. and gen. of cause, 
 ii. 4. 1. 
 
 (jioXiSi adv., with difficitUy, hardly, 
 only just, Lat. mix, iii. 4. 48, iv. 8. 
 28, V. 2. 27, 4. 25, 8. 14, vii. 8. 18 ; 
 ndXa fioXis, vnth extreme difficult)/, 
 vii. I. 39. 
 
 |j.o\vP8iS| i5os, 7} [/io'\ii/35os], 
 leaden ball, btdlet, Lat. gldnsplum- 
 bea, used in slings, iii. 3. 17. 
 
 (loXvpSos, 6 [c/. Lat. plumbum, 
 lead'], lead, iii. 4. 17. 
 
 (xoXoxriv, see ^\ui<tkw. 
 
 lJ.ovapx.Cd, as [/xo'tos + apx«], rule 
 of one; of a general, command in 
 chief, vi. i. 31. 
 
 [lovaxfi, adv. [yuomxo's, single, 
 solitary, /xoVos], in a si)ii/h' vay, 
 alone, only; ■^irep fiovaxv, vhcre 
 alone, iv. 4. 18. 
 
 ixovifi, ^s [R. |j.a], « tarrying, stay, 
 halt, V. 1.5, 6. 22, 27. 
 
 jiovo^vXoS) ov [/xo'i/os + ^y\ov], 
 i/iflrff' of ((H(? log, of canoes, v. 4. 
 11. 
 
 [jiovos, v^ ov \_cf. Eng. monk, min- 
 ster, monastery, monad, and mono- 
 in mono-loyue, mono-gram, etc.], 
 alone, left alone, by oneself, Lat. 
 solus, iii. I. 2, V. 2. 26, 4. 34 ; alone, 
 only, sole, i. 4. 15, ii. i. 12, iii. i. 
 41, iv. 6. 3, vi. 3. 5, vii. 7. 50 ; alone 
 among or of, witli gen., ii. 3. 19, v. 
 7. 30; neut. as adv., fxbvov, alone, 
 only, solely, ii. 5. 14, iii. 2. 19, v. 2. 
 15, 7. 10. 
 
 |i6o-(ri)v, T(TO?, dat. pi. fxoffffivoi^, 
 6, \r<iO(!i-» tin'-er, v. 4. 20. 
 
 Moo-O-IJVOIKOI, 01 [f/.6(X(TVV + R. 
 
 Fik], Hip Mossynoeci {dwellers in 
 
 xoooden totvers), a rude and barbar- 
 ous but warlil^e race, living along 
 the Euxine vrest of Trapezus, v. 
 4. 2, 8, 15, 5. 1. Their manners 
 and customs are described in Anab. 
 V. 4. 
 
 |i,6o-x€ios> ov Ifidffxos, 6, calf], of 
 a calf, Lat. uitulimis ; Kpia /j.6<TxeLa, 
 veal, iv. 5. 31. 
 
 \ioxOio), /xox^ijcw, ifji.6xOrjcra [m^x- 
 60s, 6, toil], be burdened, labour, 
 toil, Lat. labbro, with irepl and 
 ace, vi. 6. 31. 
 
 nox^os, 6, bar of a gate or door, 
 Lat. sera. The gates of a Greek 
 town were double and opened in- 
 ward. When closed they were 
 barred on the inside by a timber 
 (fxox'f^bs) which crossed them at 
 the centre and fitted into the 
 posts on each side. A hollow bolt, 
 which could be removed only with 
 a key, was then shot through a 
 hole in the post and in the end of 
 the bar. vii. i. 12, 15. 
 
 \i.vlo>, suck, abs., iv. 5. 27. 
 
 MvpittvSos, V, Myriandus, a city 
 in Syria on the gulf of Issus, near 
 the later Alexandria, i. 4. 0. (Is- 
 kanderun. ) 
 
 ^{ipids, ados, 7] l_nvplos, cf. Eng. 
 myriad], the number ten thousand, 
 myriad, i. 4. 5, 7. 12, v. 6. 9. 
 
 [xcpioi, see /xvpios. 
 
 [kvpios, a, ov, countless, unnum- 
 bered, vii. I. 30; pi. jxtpioi, at, a, 
 as a definite number, ten thousand, 
 being the largest Greek number 
 expressed by one word, Lat. decern 
 milia, i. I. 9, 2. 9, ii. i. 19, iii. 2. 
 18, V. 7. 9, vii. 3. 48 ; so in sing, 
 with a collective subst., i. 7. 10. 
 
 (jivpov, TO, sweet-smelling oil, iv. 
 4. 13. 
 
 Miio-id, as [Mu(rtos], Mysia, a 
 country in the northwestern part 
 of Asia Minor, including Greater 
 and Lesser Mysia, vii. 8. 7, 8. 
 
 Mbo-ios, a, ov [Mv(t6s], belong- 
 ing to Mysia, Mysian, i. 2. 10. 
 
 Mvo-os, 6, a native of Mysia, a 
 Mysian. The Mysians as a nation 
 
Mii<r6s-vavs 
 
 146 
 
 were noted robbers, and were hos- 
 tile to the king, i. 6. 7, 9. 14, ii. 5. 
 13, iii. 2. 23. 
 
 Mvo-os, o, Mysus, a brave My- 
 sian in the Greek army, v. 2. 
 29 ff. . 
 
 (i.vx<5s, o, innermost part, recess, 
 of a mountain, heart, cranny, iv. 
 1.7. 
 
 (lupos, a, ov \_cf. Eng. sopho- 
 morel, dull, stupid, foolish, Lat. 
 stultus, in sup., iii. 2. 22. 
 
 )i,(&pc>>s, adv. [yLtwpos], stupidly, 
 vii. 6. 21. 
 
 vavXov or vavo-OXov, to [vavs], 
 money for passage by ship, fare, 
 V. I. 12. 
 
 vavTrr]Yif|(ri|ios, 7?, ov, or os, ov [vavs 
 + K. iroYJ, hdonginrj to or fit for 
 shipbuilding, vi. 4. 4. 
 
 vavs, fews, ^ [vavs], s/ti/J, Lat. 
 nduis, either the merchant vessel, 
 vii. 5. 12 ff., or the man-of-war, i. 
 4. 2, 3, 5, V. I. 15 (where vadi is 
 identified with irevrrjKdvTopos, q.v.), 
 4. 10. The former, as designed for 
 transport, was broad and roomy, 
 and went mainly under sail ; the 
 
 val, intensive particle [c/. vi), 
 Lat. we], strongly affirmative, in 
 answers or oaths, certainly, yes, 
 with ace. with or without /xd, (q.v.), 
 V. 8. 6, vi. 6. 34, vii. 6. 21. 
 
 vdos, 6, temple, Lat. aedes, v. 3. 
 9, 12, 13 ; Attic ace. veuiv from 
 j/ecis, 6, V. 3. 8. 
 
 vdiTT), Tjs, or vaTTos, ovs, to, looody 
 dell, valley, ravine, glen, Lat. sal- 
 tus, iv. 5. 15, V. 2. 31, vi. 5. 12, 18, 
 20, 31. ^ I 
 
 vavapxco) [vavs + apx<o], com- 
 m,and a fleet, be admiral, v. i. 4, 
 vii. 2. 7. 
 
 vavapxos, 6 [vavs + apx«>], com- 
 mander of a fleet, Lat. praefectus 
 classis, esp. a Spartan officer, ad- 
 miral, i. 4. 2, vi. I. 16, 6. 13, vii. 
 
 2.5. 
 
 vavK\T)poS) [vavs -{■ KXrjpos, 6, 
 lot] , shipowyier, who generally was 
 also master, captain, vii. 2. 12, 5. 14. 
 
 latter was long and narrow, and 
 was propelled in action by oars. 
 As here illustrated each is provided 
 with rudders (see s.v. Trr]5d\iov), 
 a ship's ladder (see s.v. /c\?/ia?), 
 a foredeck, a balustrade running 
 along the side of the ship and de- 
 signed to serve as a bulwark, a 
 single mast su^jported by two 
 stays, and a sail attached to a 
 yard which is secured by braces. 
 The hull of the merchantman is 
 high above the water, and the bow 
 curves upwards and outwards and 
 terminates in a point, which is not 
 fashioned into a figurehead, but 
 has the ' eye,' which may have 
 been either a hawse hole or of the 
 nature of an amulet. The man-of- 
 war has the ram, in which is the 
 ' eye,' and two banks of oars. In 
 the historical development of ship- 
 building among the Greeks the 
 merchantman first appears, then 
 
147 
 
 vav<r0\ov-v«wv 
 
 the pirate ship, which was swifter 
 but still capable of stowing plun- 
 der, and then the man-of-war. The 
 latter reached its perfect form in 
 the Tpi.T^prjs, q.v. See also s.v. TtevT-rj- 
 KbvTopos, TpiaKdvTopos, and ttXoiov. 
 
 vov<r0\ov, see vav\ov. 
 
 Nauo-iKXeCSrjs, ov, WausicUdes, 
 who brought pay to the Greek 
 army from Thibron, vii. 8. (5. 
 
 vav<r£iropos, ov [vaiis + R. "Ttp]. 
 that CI III be traversed in ships, of a 
 river, iKtcigable, 11. 2. 3. 
 
 VaVTlKOS, V, 
 
 6v [vaOs], he- 
 longing to 
 ships, naval, 
 with dvvapus, 
 naval power, i. 3. 12. 
 
 vcdvicTKoSi 6, ^^vedvids, young 
 man, v^os], youth, young man, 
 a term covering the period from 
 boyhood up to forty years, Lat. 
 inuenis, ii. 4. 19, Iv. 3. 10, vii. 2. 
 33, 7. 4; used sneeringly, ii. i. 13. 
 
 v€i|i.ai, see vi/xoi. 
 
 v€Kp6s, 6 [c/. Lat. nex, death, 
 need, slay, Eng. necro-logy, necro- 
 mancy], dead body, corpse, Lat. 
 cadduer, iv. 2. 18, 23, v. 7. 18, vi. 
 4. 9. Phrases : divev ttoXXwv veKpdv, 
 toithout severe loss, v. 2.9; 01 ve- 
 Kpoi, the dead, Lat. mortui, v. 4. 17. 
 
 v£|i(i>, ce/iw, eveifia, -veviix-qKa, vevi- 
 P-tlPLOLi, iveix-qd-qv [R. v£|j,], distribute, 
 portion out, award, Lat. distribud, 
 vi. 6. 33 ; of meat, divide up, carve, 
 vii. 3. 21 ; of herdsmen, drive to 
 pasture, Lat. pdsco ,' and so mid. 
 of animals, graze, feed, ii. 2. 15, 
 and in pass., 6pos v^p-erai ai^i, the 
 moiintain is pastured with goats, 
 iv. 6. 17. 
 
 v£V€|iT]ii€v«v, see v4p.w. 
 
 v€vTi|X€vwv, see viu, heap. 
 
 vcoSapTOs, ov [v^s-l-R. Sap], 
 freshly flayed, iv. 5. 14. 
 
 N^ov Ttixos, ovs, t6, Nevj Fort, 
 a fortress in Thrace west of Perin- 
 thus, vii. 5. 8. 
 
 v^os, d, ov [c/. Lat. nouus, new, 
 Eng. NKw, neo-phyte'], young. 
 
 fresh, of men, comp. vewrepos, sup. 
 vewraros, Lat. inuenis, iunior, 
 minimus ndtU, i. i. 1, 10. 3, ill. 2. 
 37, iv. I. 27, 2. 1(5, vii. 4. (i ; of 
 grain, new, fresh, this yeafs, Lat. 
 nouus, v. 4. 27. 
 
 v€V}i,a, aros, t6 [vetJw, nod, cf. 
 Lat. adnuo, nod at, nuto, nod}, 
 nod, sign with the head; vevp-aro^ 
 fidvov 'iveKa, for a mere nod, v. 8.20. 
 
 v€vpd, as [(/. vevpov'], sinew, 
 string, esp. bowstring, Lat. neruus. 
 
 iv. 2. 28, V. 2. 12. For additional 
 illustrations, see s.v. t6^ov and 
 (papirpd. 
 
 v«vpov, t6 [c/. Lat. 7ieruHs, sinew, 
 muscle, Eng. neur-algia], sinew, 
 cord, used in slings, iii. 4. 17. See 
 s.v. crcpevSo'vr]. 
 
 v€vo-6|Ji€voi, or v€v<rov|Ji€voi, see 
 viii}, swim. 
 
 v£<|>€\ti, 7)s lv€<pos, t6, cloud, cf. 
 Lat. niibes, cloud, nebida, mist^, 
 cloud, i. 8. 8, iii. 4. 8. 
 
 via, evr]aa, vivy]p.ai, heap, pile 
 up, V. 4. 27. 
 
 V€« {vv), v€V(70ixai or vevaovp-ai, 
 -ivevcra, -vivevKa [vavs], sicim, Lat. 
 nato, iv. 3. 12, v. 7. 25. 
 
 vfcoKoposi 6 [1/5654- R- KtX], keeper 
 of a temple, sacristan, Lat. aedituus, 
 a" priestly officer of high rank, who 
 had the superintendence of the 
 temple and of its treasures, v. 3. 6. 
 
 Nc'wv, wws, 6, Neon, a Spartan 
 from Asine, at first lieutenant of 
 Chirisophus, v. 3. 4, 6. 36, but af- 
 terwards his successor, vi. 4. 11, 
 23, and unfriendly to Xenophon, 
 V. 7. 1, vi. 2. 13, 5. 4, vii. 2. 17, 29. 
 
 vcwpiov, t6 [vavs -|- R. 2 Ftp], 
 place where ships are cared for, 
 navy yard, dockyard, vii. i. 27. 
 
 v£(ov, see va6s. 
 
 vciov, see vav<s. 
 
148 
 
 vcftXTTi, adv. [v^os], freshly, lately, 
 iv. I. 12. 
 
 VTJ, intensive particle [c/. voi], 
 used in affirmative oaths, with ace, 
 as VT) A/a, yes, bri Zeus ! i. 7. 9, v. 
 7. 22. 
 
 vfjes, see vavs. 
 
 vii<ros, i] [vavs], inland, Lat. in- 
 sula, ii. 4. 22, vii. i. 27. 
 
 NtKavSpos, 6, Nicander, of La- 
 conia, who killed Dexippus, v. i. 
 15. 
 
 NtKapxos, 6, NicarcJius, of Ar- 
 cadia, who brouglit the Greeks 
 news of the seizure of their gener- 
 als, ii. 5. 33 ; either he or a captain 
 of the same name afterwards de- 
 serted, iii. 3. 5. 
 
 viKdo), vlK-quui, etc. [yf/oj], con- 
 quer, get the upper hand, prevail 
 over, surpass, Lat. uinco, abs. or 
 with ace, i. 2. 8, 7. 7, 9. 11, ii. i. 
 4, 8, iii. 2. 11, V. 2. 18, vi. 5. 18; 
 with cognate ace, vi. 5. 23 ; with 
 dat. iJ.dxv, ii- i. 4, 6. 5 ; in the 
 pres. often with a sense of pf., be 
 victorious, be a victor, i. 8. 21, 10. 
 4, 5, iii. I. 2, 2. 39, iv. 6. 24. 
 Phrases : to. /xeydXa vIkSLv, outdo in 
 great matters, i. 9. 24 ; to. iravra 
 fiKoiv, be completely victorious, ii. 
 I. 1 ; e/c TTJs vIkucttis (sc. yvibfiris), 
 in conformity to a majority vote, 
 vi. I. 18, 2. 12. 
 
 viKii, Tjs, victory, Lat. uictoria, 
 i. 5. 8, 8. K), iii. i. 23. 
 
 NiKojiaxos, 6, Nicomachus, of 
 Oeta in Thessaly ; volunteered for 
 service with his light- armed troops, 
 iv. 6. 20. 
 
 voEco, voriaw, etc. [R. ^vto], ob- 
 serve, perceive, think out, plan, 
 iii. 4. 44, V. 6. 28. 
 
 v66os, v, Of, or OS, ov, illegitimate, 
 bastard, Lat. spurius, ii. 4. 25. 
 
 vo^irj, ^s [R. v€(j.], pasture, v. 3. 
 9 ; herd out at pasture, herd, iii. 
 5-2. 
 
 vo|j.(^ci> (co/xtS-), vofxiQ, etc. [R. 
 v€|x], regard as a custom; pass., 
 be the custom, be usual, Lat. soleo, 
 iv. 2. 23, vii. 3. 18 ; so dwpa a. vo/j.i- 
 
 ferat, the regular gifts, i. 2. 27, and 
 T(x vom^o/j-eva, the regular wages, vii. 
 
 3. 10; ovn, regard, acknowledge, 
 consider, believe, think, fancy, Lat. 
 puto, with ace. and inf., i. i. 8, ii. 
 
 I. 11, iii. 2. 7, V. 5. 18 ; with inf., 
 i. 3. 10, ii. 5. 13, iii. i. 3, vi. i. 22, 
 vii. 3. 8 ; with two aces., i. 4. 9, 10, 
 ii. 5. 39, iii. 2. 28 ; with partic, vi. 
 6. 24. 
 
 vofiinos, i)i 0" [R- vtjj.], custom- 
 ary, usual, lawful, with inf., iv. 6. 
 15. 
 
 vofjios, 6 [R. v€[ji], custom, loay, 
 fashion, practice, Lat. mos, i. 2. 15, 
 v. 4. 33, vii. 2. 38, 3. 37, 8. 5 ; law, 
 Lat. Zex, iv. 6. 14 ; as a musical 
 term, mode, strain, Lat. modus, v. 
 
 4. 17. ^ 
 
 voo-cco, iv6(rr](Ta, vevbariKa [voVoj], 
 ?>e diseased or i7? ; of a country, be 
 disordered or ui a bad condition, 
 vii. 2. 32. 
 
 v6<ros, i], disease, illness, Lat. 
 morbiis, v. 3. 3, vii. 2. 32. 
 
 voTos, 6, «/ie south u'ind, Lat. 
 auster, v. 7. 7. 
 
 vov)j,T]vid, as [j/^os -f M''7'']i "^^^ 
 moon, hence ./irsJ 0/ ?/ie month, 
 Lat. kalendae, v. 6. 23, 31. 
 
 vovs, voO, 6 [R. -yvw], paicer of 
 thought, mind, seiise, Lat. mens. 
 Phrases: rbv voCu Trpoo-^x^'"! P^V 
 attention, abs. or with dat., ii. 4. 2, 
 iv. 2. 2, vi. 3. 18, so Toj irpoaexovTi. 
 Tcv vodv, to the attentive ahserver, 
 i. 5. 9 ; ev vi(> ix^'-"-. purpose, plan, 
 intend, iii. 3. 2, 5. 13. 
 
 vvKT£pcva>, ivvKTipevffa [vuKrepos, 
 by night, vv^], spend the night, 
 bivouac, Lat. i)ernoctd, iv. 4. 11, 5. 
 
 II, vi. 4. 27. 
 
 vvKTtt, vvktC, vvktos, see vv^. 
 
 vvKTO^vXa^, a/cos, 6 [vv^ -\- <|>v- 
 XdTTw], night-uiatch, picket, Lat. 
 excubitor, vii. 2. 18, 3. 34. 
 
 vvKTwp, adv. Ivv^'], by night, in 
 the night, at night, Lat. noctu, iii. 
 4. 35, iv. 4. 9, vii. 3. 37, 8. 20. 
 
 vwv, adv. [cf. Lat. nunc, now, 
 Eng. now], of time, now, just note, 
 just, at present, i. 4. 14, ii. i. 12. 
 
149 
 
 vvv-Q£vo<j)a)v 
 
 iii. I. 20, 2. 33, iv. i. 19, v. 4. 21, 
 vii. 2. 34 ; strengthened by 517, vii. 
 I. 28, 6. 37. Phrases: en. vvv, even 
 to this day, iii. 2. 12 ; to vvv ehai, 
 for the present, iii. 2. 37 ; t6v vvv 
 xpovov, at the present time, vi. 6. 13. 
 
 vtiv, inferential particle, post- 
 positive and enclitic, wealcer than 
 vvv, q.v., with an imv., tdi vvv, come 
 now, vii. 2. 26. 
 
 vijvi, adv., stronger than vvv, q.v., 
 even now, at this moment, v. 6. 32, 
 vii. 3. 3. 
 
 vv|, vvKTos, Tj [c/. Lat. nox, night, 
 Eng. night], night, i. 10. 19, ii. 2. 
 19, iii. I. 13, v. 2. 23, vi. i. 13. 
 Phrases : vvktos, by night, ii. 6. 7, 
 iii. I. 40, iv. 4. 15, vii. 2.22; ttjs 
 VVKTOS, by night, in the night, where 
 the context shows that a particular 
 night is meant, ii. 2. 1, iii. 4. 34, 
 iv. 4. 8, V. 7. 14, vii. 2. 17 ; 5td 
 VVKTOS, all night long, iv. 6. 22 ; 
 fiicrat vvKTes, midnight, i. 7. 1, iii. 
 I. 33 ; r]ix4pav Kal vvktu, a day and 
 a night, vi. i. 14, cf. vi. 6. 38 ; Kal 
 vuktcl Kal Tjfi^pdv, night and day, 
 vii. 6. 9. 
 
 vw, see vods. 
 
 vtoTov, to, hack, Lat. tergum, v. 
 4. 32. 
 
 gav0iK\fis, iovs, 6, Xanthicles, 
 of Achaea, elected general in the 
 place of Socrates, iii. i. 47; fined 
 for neglect, v. 8. 1 ; see also vii. 
 2. 1. 
 
 ^6vid, as [^€vos], tie or bond of 
 friendship or hospitality, Lat. hos- 
 pitium., vi. 6. 35. 
 
 gevids, ov, Xenias, of Parrha- 
 sia in Arcadia, general in Cyrus's 
 army, i. i. 2, 2. 1, 3, but after- 
 wards a deserter, i. 3. 7, 4. 7, 8. 
 
 ^€vi^(i> (^ewS-), e^ivLca, e^ivicrfiai, 
 i^evLad-qv [|£vos], entertain a stran- 
 ger or guest-friend, entertain, Lat. 
 hospitio accipio, v. 5. 25, vii. 3. 8, 
 6.3. 
 
 I ^€vik6s, t?, ov [|€'vos], belonging 
 to a foreigner ; subst., t6 |ei't/c6i' 
 (.sc. ffTpaTevfia), mercenary force, 
 i. 2. 1, ii. 5. 22. 
 
 ^t'vios, a, ov [ge'vos], belonging to 
 a stranger ov guest, hospitable, Lat. 
 hospitdlis ; ZeOs ^^i^tos, see Zei;s, iii. 
 2. 4 ; subst., TO. ^ivia, friendly gifts, 
 pledges of guest-friendship, gifts 
 typifying friendship, iv. 8. 23, v. 5. 
 2, 14, vi. I. 15; eirl ^evta e5^x<'*''ro 
 avTo6s, they entertained them at a 
 batiquet, vi. i. 3, cf. vii. 6. 3, where 
 a formal state affair is meant like 
 the Lat. lautia. 
 
 ^cvoofiai, ^evuffo/iai, e^ivu/xai, i^e- 
 vJid-qv [i,ivo<i\, form a tie of guest- 
 friendship with one, become a 
 guest-friend, be entertained, with 
 dat. of pers., vii. 8. 6, 8. 
 
 |€vos, 6 [|£vos], stranger, for- 
 eigner, Lat. hospes, esp. a "foreigner 
 with whom one has made a bond 
 of friendship and mutual hospital- 
 ity under the patronage of Zivs 
 ^ivLos, a connexion usually ex- 
 l^ressed in Eng. by the term guest- 
 friend, for want of a similar tie in 
 modern times ; hence ^ivos means 
 either party to the compact, guest, 
 host, i. I. 10, 3. 3, ii. i. 5, 4. 15, iii. 
 1.4, V. 3. 6, vii. 3. 22 ; also of one 
 who enters a foreign service for 
 pay, mercenary, i. i. 10, 3. 18, ii. 
 6.28. 
 
 Q€vo4>ciJv, uivTos, 6, Xenophon, an 
 Athenian, the author of the Anaba- 
 sis. He was the son of Gryllus and 
 Diodora, was of equestrian rank 
 and of the deme Erchia. His birth 
 is usually set in 444 b.c, but it 
 may have been as late as 434 n.c. 
 He was a pupil of Socrates, iii. i. 
 5 ; in 401 he joined the army of 
 Cyrus, not as a soldier, but as the 
 companion of his old friend Proxe- 
 nus, iii. i. 4 ff., and took no active 
 part until after Cunaxa. When 
 the Greek generals were seized and 
 put to death by Tissaphernes, Xen- 
 ophon aroused the soldiers from 
 their dejection and was elected 
 
H*Pl'n5-|<5avov 
 
 150 
 
 general in the place of Proxenus, 
 ii. 5. 37, 41, iii. i. 11 ff., 47. The 
 remainder of the Anabasis is the 
 story of how his courage and skill 
 brought the army to Mysia and 
 delivered it into the service of the 
 Spartan Thibron in the spring of 
 399 B.C., vii. 8. 24. He was ban- 
 ished from Athens on account of 
 his serving against the Persians and 
 with Spartans, and in 
 394 B.C. left Asia Minor ('fel^ 
 with Agesilaus and fol- ^*^"''~^^ 
 lowed him against The- 
 bes and Athens in the battle of 
 Coronea, v. 3. 6. The Spartans pre- 
 sented him with an estate at Scillus 
 in Elis about 387, where he erected 
 a little temple to Artemis, v. 3. 7 ff., 
 and where he lived in retirement 
 with his wife Philesia, and his sons 
 Gryllus and Diodorus. Here were 
 written his well-known works. 
 After the battle of Leuctra, 371 
 B.C., the Eleans drove him out of 
 Scillus and he went to Corinth. 
 According to some the Athenians 
 withdrew their sentence of banish- 
 ment against him, and his last 
 years were spent in his native city ; 
 others state that he died in Cor- 
 inth. It is certain that his sons 
 were in the service of Athens, and 
 that the elder fell at Mantinea in 
 362. Xenophon himself died not 
 later than 355. His principal works 
 were the Anabasis, Hellenicn, 
 MemoraUlia of Socrates, Cyropae- 
 dla, Symposium, and (if they be 
 genuine works of Xen.) the Lace- 
 daemonian State and Agesilaus. 
 
 H«'p?^Si °^ [P^^s. Khshyarshan, 
 of doubtful meaning, chief ? 
 ruler ?'\, Xerxes, son of Darius 
 Hystaspes and Atossa, king of 
 Persia from 485 to 465 b.c, chiefly 
 famous for his mighty but ill-fated 
 expedition against Greece, i. 2. 9, 
 iii. 2. 13. 
 
 ^eo-Tos, v-, o'" [verbal of ^ew, 
 scrape, polish'], scraped, planed, 
 jmlished, Lat. politus, iii. 4. 10. 
 
 |i]paivo> (^Tjpav-), ^Tjpavw, i^^- 
 pava, e^rjpacTfiai, e^ijpcivdriv [|77p6s], 
 parch, dry, Lat. sicco, of fruits, ii. 
 3- 15. 
 
 |T]p6s, a, 6v, dry, Lat. siccus, iv. 
 5. 33. 
 
 |i<{>os, ov%, t6, sword, Lat. gla- 
 dius. ii. 2. 9, v. 8. 21, vii. 4. 16. 
 The |t>os had a straight blade and 
 
 » 
 
 No. 47. 
 
 was double edged, and was there- 
 by distinguished from the /xdxaipa, 
 q. V. Both were short, as compared 
 with modern swords. The cros.s- 
 bar, or guard, of the |t>os was not 
 large; the hilt was often orna- 
 mented. The |i>os was carried in 
 a scabbard of metal, or of leather 
 
 with metal mountings, which rested 
 on the left side of the body and was 
 supported by a strap that passed 
 over the right shoulder. See s.v. 
 6ir\ov, oirX'TTis, and irvpplxv (where 
 note the shape of the edge of the 
 blade). 
 
 |6avov, TO [f^w, c/. leo-ris], piece 
 of carved vjork, esp. carved image 
 o'f a god placed in a temple, v. 3. 
 12. 
 
151 
 
 |v^\t1-{58« 
 
 ^vTJXi], 77s l^vui, scrape, akin to 
 l^w, cf. ^eo-To's], tool for scraping, 
 hence, curved or sickle-shaped dag- 
 ger, used by the Spartans, iv. 7. 
 16, 8. 25. 
 
 ivXC^oK'd'*' i^vXiS-) [^vXov'], gather 
 wood or faggots, Lat. lignor, with 
 e/c and gen., ii. 4. 11. 
 
 |v\ivos, 1), ov [^i/Xov], made of 
 ivood, wooden, Lat. Ugneus, i. 8. 9, 
 ii. I. 6, V. 2. 5. 
 
 gvXov, TO [c/. Eng. zylonitel, 
 vDood, Lat. lignum, as material, v. 
 4. 12, or piece or ftar of wood, i. 10. 
 12 ; esp. in pi., trood, beams, logs, 
 trees, fuel, i. 5. 12, ii. i. 6, 2. 16, 
 iv. 4. 12, V. 2. 23, 26, vi. 4. 4, 5. 
 
 6, 17, TO, def. art., the, originally 
 a dem. pron. but retaining this 
 force in Attic chiefly in the ex- 
 pressions 6 fjiiv . . .6 54 in all cases, 
 sing, and pi., this . . . that, the one 
 . . . the other, he . . . the rest, i. i. 
 7, 10. 4, ii. 2. 5, iii. 3. 7, 4. 16, iv. 
 3. 33, vii. 2. 2 ; sometimes 6 5^ is 
 found without a preceding 6 fj.4v, 
 and he, btit he, i. i. 3, 4, 9, 2. 2, 16, 
 
 3. 21, ii. 3. 4, iv. 5. 10 ; pi., others, 
 the rest, i. 5. 13, 10. 3, ii. 3. 10, iv. 
 I. 14, V. 4. 31 ; TO, ixiv or to. fxiv tl 
 . . . TO. 34, partly . . . partly, iv. i. 
 14, v. 6. 24 ; ra fiev . . . t4\os 84, at 
 first . . . finally, i. 9. 6; ttj fj-iv . . . 
 TTJ 84, in this respect . . . in that, 
 iii. 1. 12, cf. iv. 8. 10. In its proper 
 use as the article, 6, i], to, it corre- 
 sponds in general to the Eng. art., 
 although it is sometimes wanting 
 in Greek where we should use it, i. 
 I. 1, 4. 4, or is used where we omit 
 it, as with proper names to mark 
 them as well known or before men- 
 tioned, i. 1.2, 2. 5, 4. 7, ii. 3. 8, iii. 
 
 4. 39, vi. I. 15, vii. 2. 8, or before 
 numerals when they denote an ap- 
 proximate number, i. 2. 10, 7. 10, 
 ii. 6. 15, iv. 8. 15. It may be used 
 
 restrictively, marking the thing to 
 which it refers as well known, i. 2. 
 9, as customary, usual, or proper, 
 i. 3. 20, ii. 5. 23, iii. i. 25, v. 6. 26, 
 vii. 6. 23, or as belonging to a per- 
 son, where we use a poss. pron., i. 
 I. 1, 3, iv. 6. 26, V. 6. 6 ; sometimes 
 it has a distributive force, as in tov 
 firjvbs r(p a-TpaTiwry, per month to 
 each soldier, i. 3. 21. The neuter 
 TO or TO. is often used before a gen., 
 as TO, Kvpov, Cyrus''s relations, i. 3. 
 9 ; Toi tCHv ffTpaTMTiov, the condition 
 of the troops, iii. i . 20 ; tu iKdvwv, 
 their property, v. i. 9, but ol iKeivov, 
 his men, i. 2. 15. The art. is used 
 before a partic, as oi (pevyovTes, 
 the exiles, i. i. 7, 6 ^ovXa/xepos, who- 
 ever wishes, i. 3. 9, oCik %(ttlv 6 to\- 
 yLiT^crwv, there is not a man that vnll 
 venture, ii. 3. 5, cf. 4. 5 ; with inf. 
 as subst., ii. 4. 3, 6. 19 ; before ad- 
 verbs, in phrases like ol oikol, those 
 at home, i.2.1,oiepSov, those icithin, 
 ii. 5. 32, 01 TOTe, the men of that 
 day, ii. 5. 11, ets to wpoffOev, for- 
 ward, i. ID. 5, but TO TTpoadev, be- 
 fore, i. 10. 10 ; before prepositions, 
 in phrases like oi vapa ^acn.\4ws, 
 men from the king, i. i. 5, oi « t^s 
 dyopds, market men, i. 2. 18, oi <tvv 
 aiiTcp, his men, i. 2. 15, to, irapk 
 Pain\4ws, neivs from the king, ii. 3. 
 4, TO, irepi IIpo^4vov, the fate of 
 Proxenus, ii. 5. 37, t6 irpb's €air4pdi>, 
 icestioard, vi. 4. 4, to, irap' vfiiv, 
 our condition, vi. 3. 26. 
 
 o, see Ss. 
 
 oPeXictkos* 6 [o^eXo's, 6, spit, cf 
 Eng. obelisk}, little spit, Lat. ueru, 
 vii. 8. 14. 
 
 6Po\6s, 6, obol, an Attic coin, 
 worth about three cents, i. 5. 6. 
 See s.v. fivd. 
 
 d^SoTJKovTa, indecl. [oktw 4- €i- 
 Koo-i], eighty, Lat. octogintd, iv. 8. 
 15, V. 4. 31. 
 
 07S00S, »?, ov [oktw], eighth, Lat. 
 octmms, iv. 6. 1. 
 
 o8£, rjSe, Tode, dem. pron. [6 -f- 
 -5e], this, referring to what is close 
 at hand, but more emphatically 
 
68€V<i>-otK€'o 
 
 152 
 
 than ouTos, accompanied generally 
 with a gesture, ii. 3. 19, vii. 3. 47 ; 
 often referring to what is to fol- 
 low, while ovTos regularly refers to 
 what precedes, the following, i. i . 
 9, 9. 29, ii. I. 17; Xe7et rdde, he 
 spoke as follows, i. 5. 15, ii. 5. 40 ; 
 dat. as adv., rySe, in the folloioing 
 manner, thus, ii. 3. 1 ; r^Se, of 
 place, here, vii. 2. 13. 
 
 oScvw, w5eu(j-a [686s], j/o one''s 
 I'xn/, march, with 5td and gen., 
 vii." 8. 8. 
 
 6Soiirop€cd, wdonr6p7]<Ta, odonreiro- 
 prjKa [oSos-l-R. irtp], ijo by land, 
 V. I. U. 
 
 6Soiroi€b), loSoTToirja-a, wSoiroi-tjfJiai 
 [686s + iroKw], make a road, make 
 passable, mend a road, abs., with 
 odov, or with dat. of pers., iii. 2. 
 24, iv. 8. 8, V. I. 1.3, 14, 3. 1. 
 
 686s, V [686s], loay, road, path, 
 Lat. nia, i. 2. lo, 25, 9. 13, ii. 2. 10, 
 
 4. 4, iii. I. 2, 4. 24, iv. i. 10, 2. 8, 
 v. I. 13, 3. 1, vi. 3. 24, vii. 3. 42 ; 
 march, journey, i. 4. 11, 5. 9, ii. 2. 
 12, iii. I. 6, 8, iv. 3. 16, v. 5. 4, vi. 
 
 3. 16, vii. 3. 2, 16 ; way, means, ii. 
 6. 22. 
 
 '08pv(rT]s, ov, an Odrysian, vii. 
 
 5. 1, 7. 11, pi., the Odrysae, a 
 Thracian tribe whose power once 
 extended from Abdera to the Ister 
 and the Pontus, and from Byzan- 
 tium to the Strymon, but it de- 
 clined at the end of the fifth cen- 
 tury, B.C.. vii. 2. 32 {rf. 22), 3. 16, 
 
 4. 21, 5. 15, 7. 11. 
 
 '08v(ro-€vs, ^'■'s, 6, Odysseus, of 
 Ithaca, son of Laertes and Anti- 
 clea, husband of Penelope and 
 father of Telemachus. He was 
 one of the most famous chiefs 
 before Troy, and is the hero of 
 the Odyssey ; the incident referred 
 to in V. 1.2 is related in Od. xiii. 
 79 ff. 
 
 oOev, adv. [os],/ro»i tt'hich place, 
 whence, from tchich side or source, 
 Lat. unde, i. 2. 8, vii. 3. 5, 6. 12, 7. 
 I ; in indir. questions, ii. 4. 5, v. 7. 
 6 ; of persons, from whom. ii. 5. 26. 
 
 oQtvirtp, adv., stronger than Sdev, 
 q.v., from which very place, ii. 
 
 I 01, see 0. 
 o'i, see OS. 
 
 j ol, to him, see ov. 
 
 j olSa, 2 pf. with pres. sense, 
 plpf. as impf. ydeLv, fut. eta-o/xai 
 
 I [R. FtSJ, know, understand, feel 
 sure, have knowledge of, be ac- 
 quainted xcith, abs. or with ace, 
 i. 4. 12, 7. 4, 8. 21, iv. i. 22, 23, v. 
 7. 23, vi. I. 31, vii. 7. 7 ; with ace. 
 and 'oTL with a clause, ii. 4. 6, vi. i. 
 32 ; with on and a clause, i. 3. 15, 
 iii. I. 36, iv. i. 27, v. 8. 10, vii. 7. 
 38 ; with a partic. in nom. or ace, 
 i. 10. 16, ii. I. 13, V. 8. 15, vii. 6. 12, 
 7. 22 ; with et, whether, or a rel. 
 clause, i. 3. 5, 4. 8, 7. 4, iii. i. 40, 
 V. 7. 6. Phrases : x'^/"" f'Sewt, 
 abs. or with dat. of pers. and gen. 
 of cause, be grateful, feel thank- 
 ful, Lat. grdtids habere, i. 4. 15, 
 vii. 4. 9, 6. 32 ; eKaa-raxoce eidevai, 
 know the way in every direction, 
 iii. 5. 17 ; olS' on, parenthetically, 
 surely, certainly, v. 7. 33. 
 oK&., see olofiai. 
 
 ol'KaSe, adv. [R. Fik], to oner's 
 home, homeward, to one's native 
 country, Lat. domum, i. 2. 2, ii. 3. 
 23, iii. 2. 24, iv. 6. 3, vii. 8. 2 ; t^s 
 oi'/v-aSe 65o0, the return march, iii. 
 1.2. 
 
 otKcios, a, ov [R. Fik], belonging 
 to one''s house, home or family, 
 hence familiar, intimate, Lat. fa- 
 milidris, with dat. of pers., ii. 6. 28. 
 As subst., ol oiKeioi, one''s family, 
 kinsmen, relatives, friends, iii. 2. 
 26, 39, 3. 4, vii. i. 29. 
 
 otK€i(os, adv. [R. Fik], in a 
 friendly loay, kindly, vii. 5. 16. 
 
 olKeTi]S) ov [R. Fik], member of 
 one''s household: pi., household, in- 
 cluding slaves, Lat. domestici, iv. 
 5. 35, 6. 1, but esp. slaves, servants, 
 hat. famuU, ii. 3. 15, vi. 6. 1. 
 
 oIkcci), oiK-qcTw, etc. [R. Fi-k], have 
 a home, dwell, live, Lat. habito, 
 cold, abs., with avd, Kara, or Trapd 
 
153 
 
 ol!Ktifi.a-olp9 
 
 house, Lat. 
 11, iv. I. 
 
 and ace, iv and dat., or vwep and 
 acc.,^. I. 9, 2. 24, 7. 6, ii. 3. 18, 
 iii. 2. 24, 5. 16, iv. 7. 17, vi. i. 15, 
 vii. 5. 13 ; duiell in, live in, inhabit, 
 with ace, iii. 2. 23, 4. 7, iv. 7. 1 ; 
 of a city, have its place, be sitttated, 
 lie, with wapd and ace, v. i. 13; 
 in pass., be inhabited or peopled, 
 be situated, i. 2. 6, 14, 4. 11, ii. 4. 
 25, V. 4. 15, vi. 4. 6. 
 
 o<!KT]|ia, aroy, to [R. Fik]? dwell- 
 ing, house, Lat. domicilium, vii. 
 
 4. "15. 
 
 ol'Kri<ris, ews, ij [R. Fik], aci 0/ 
 dwelling, dwelling place, residence, 
 Lat. habitdtio, vii. 2. T" 
 
 olKid, a9 [R. Fik], 
 domus, ii. 2. 16, iii. 1 
 
 5. 25, V. 2. 1, vii. 2. 6. 
 oIkCJw (otKiS-), oi- 
 
 klCo, i^KLcra, (^KLfffj-ai, , 
 (^Kiffdvv [R. Fik], 
 found, settle, colo- 
 nize, of a city, Lat. 
 condo, V. 6. 17, vi. 
 4. 14, 6. 3 ; pass., of ^ 
 a person, be settled, v. 3. 7. 
 
 olKo8o{t,€a>, oiKodofiTfjcrw, etc. [R. 
 FiK + difjLO}, build, cf. Lat. domus, 
 house'], build a house, build, Lat. 
 aedifico, i. 2. 9, v. 4. 26 ; of a 
 wall", construct, erect, ii. 4. 12, iii. 
 4.7. 
 
 oi^KoOfv, adv. [R. FiK],/ro?» one''s 
 house, away from home, Lat. domo, 
 iii. I. 4, iv. 8. 25. 
 
 oI'koi, adv. [R. Fik], at home, in 
 one's own country, Lat. domi, vii. 
 4. 24, 8. 4. Phrases : 01 oJ'Kot, one''s 
 countrymen or family, i. i. 10, 2. 
 1, 7. 4, iii. 2. 26, V. 6. 20 ; ra oI'koi, 
 home life, i. 7. 4 ; rots oikoi r^Xem, 
 the home government, vii. i. 34. 
 
 olKovofioS) 6 [R. FiK+R. veiA], 
 household siiperintendent, house- 
 keeper, steward, Lat. dispensdtor, 
 i. 9. 19. 
 
 oIkos, 6 [R. Fik], house regarded 
 as a home; so of an official resi- 
 dence, ii. 4. 8. 
 
 olKTEipU (olKT€p-),OLKT€pQ, (^KTSLpa 
 
 [oI/cTos, b, pity], pity, Lat. misereor, 
 
 abs. or with ace, i. 4. 7, iii. i. 19, 
 vii. 2. 6. 
 
 oI|iai, see ot'o/iai. 
 
 olvos, 6 [cf Lat. u'lnum, wine], 
 wine, i. 2. 13, 9. 25, ii. 4. 28. iii. 
 4. 31, iv. 2. 22, V. 4. 29, vii. 2. 23 ; 
 olvos (poivcKuv, palm wine, ii. 3. 14, 
 cf. i. 5. 10; olvos Kptdivos, barley 
 wine, i.e. beer, iv. 5. 26. 
 
 olvoxoos, 6 [01VOS + x^'^i pour, cf. 
 e7X^'^]i o«c ;"/io pours wine, cup- 
 bearer, iv. 4. 21, vii. 3. 24, 29. At 
 a Greek symposium the oivox^oi 
 were usually young slaves. Their 
 duty was to mix the wine, bring 
 in tlie mixers (see 
 s.v. KpdTTjp), and with 
 long-handled ladles 
 
 or with wine-jugs dip the wine from 
 the mixers and fill the drinking 
 cups for the guests, who received 
 them as they reclined upon the 
 couches. 
 
 oto|i,ai or ot|j.ai, ol-qirofiai, (^-ftOrjv, 
 think, believe, suppose, expect, 
 fancy, abs. or parenthetically, like 
 Lat. op'inor, i. 5. 8, 9. 22, ii. i. 16, 
 iii. I. 15, v. 8. 22, vii. 6. 38; also 
 with inf. or ace and inf. (freq. 
 with &v), i. 3.6, ii. I. 1, iii. i. 38, 
 iv. 2. 4, 7. 22, V. 1.8, vi. 3. 26, vii. 
 6. 17; with fut. inf., i. 4. 5, 7. 9, 
 9. 15, ii. I. 12, iii. i. 17, v. 3. 6. 
 
 olos, a, ov, rel. pron., as a rel., 
 Lat. qudlis, often with the correl- 
 ative ToiovTos omitted, such as, of 
 such a kind as, ii. 3. 15, 6. 8, v. 8. 
 3 ; so with inf. as ov yap 9jv upa o'ia. 
 dpdeiv, it loas not the proper sea- 
 son for watering, ii. 3. 13 ; hence, 
 in the phrases oUs ri ei/j.i with inf., 
 / am able, I can, v. 4. 9, and oUv 
 
oi6o-n-6p-6XovTpox.os 
 
 154 
 
 re effTi and inf., it is j^ossible, i. 3. 
 17, iii. 3. 9, iv. 2. 3, also without 
 eo-Ti, ii. 2. 3, 4. 6, iii. 3. 15, so oJs 
 oio;' re /idXttrra ire(f>v\ayfjLivii>s, as 
 guardedly as possible, ii. 4. 24 ; 
 ifreq. in indir. questions, of what 
 sort or nature, lohat kind of, i. 3. 
 13, 7. 4, ii. 2. 5, 5. 10, iii. i. 19, vii. 
 7. 4 ; so opwv ev oibts iff/x^v, seeing 
 in what straits ice are, iii. i. 15. 
 With sup. olov xaXe^airarot', Lat. 
 quam difficillimum, as strong as 
 jwssible, iv. 8. 2, cf. vii. i. 24. 
 Neut. as adv., otov, just as, for ex- 
 ample, iv. I. 14, vii. 3. 32. 
 
 oloor-rrep, aTrep, ovirep, a Stronger 
 form of olos, q.v., just exactly as, 
 just such as, i. 3. 18, 8. 18, iv. 4. 
 16, V. 4. 13, vii. 7. 47. 
 
 ols, oi6s, ace. pi. oh, 7) [c/. Lat. 
 Olds, Eng. ewe], sheep, iv. 5. 25, 
 vi. 2. 3. 
 
 oi!(r£i., see cpipo). 
 
 olorOa, see ol5a. 
 
 olo-Tos, 6, arrou.\ Lat. sagitta, ii. 
 I. 6. See s.v. rd^ev/xa. 
 
 Olraios, 6 [OiTT), Oeta}, an Oe- 
 taean, one who lives near Mt. Oeta 
 in Thessaly, iv. 6. 20. 
 
 oi!ov, see oio/xac. 
 
 ol'xo|j,ai,, oixv<^ofiai, pres. with 
 force of pf., be gone, have gone, i. 
 4.8, ii. 1.6, iv. 3. 30, 5. 24, vi. i. 
 14 ; be missing, be dead, iii. i. 32 ; 
 esp. with partic. expressing the 
 leading idea, i. 10. 5, 16, ii. 4. 24, 
 iii. 3. 5. iv. 6. 3, v. 4. 17. 
 
 olwvos, 6 [R. 2 aF], large bird 
 or bird of prey, hence, as auguries 
 were taken from the flight of such 
 birds, omen, sign, portent, like 
 Lat. auis, iii. 2. 9, vi. i. 23, 5. 21. 
 
 6k€X\(o, w/cetXa [R. k€\], run 
 ashore, strike, of ships, vii. 5. 12. 
 
 OKXdt« (oKXaS-), wKXaaa, crouch 
 dmon, squat, in a dance, sink 
 down, vi. I. 10. 
 
 OKVCW, OKvrjcrw, wKvyiaa [^kvos], 
 shi-ink from an act, hesitate, with 
 inf., i. 3. 17 ; dread, fear, with fi-q 
 and subjv. or opt., ii. 3. 9, 4. 22, vi. 
 6. 5. 
 
 0KVT]pus, adv. [oKvripos, sh)'ink- 
 ing, 6kvos'], icith hesitation, teluc- 
 tantly, vii. i. 7. 
 
 oKvos, 6, hesitation, reluctance, 
 with inf., iv. 4. 11. 
 
 OKTaKKTxtXioi., at, o [okt« + x'- 
 Xioi], eight thousand, v. 3. 3, 5. 4. 
 
 OKTaKOo-ioi, at, a [oktw + eKarov], 
 eight hundred, Lat. octingentl, i. 2. 
 9, vii. 8. 15. 
 
 oKTw, indecl. [6kt«], eight, Lat. 
 octo, i. 2. 6, ii. 4. 13, iii. 4. 3, vi. 3. 5. 
 
 oKTUKaCScKa, indecl. [oktw + 
 ScKa], eighteen, Lat. octodecim, iii. 
 4.5. 
 
 oXeOpos, 6 [oWiifii, destroy, cf. 
 d7r6XXi'/xt] , destruction, killing, 
 death, i. 2. 26. 
 
 6X170S) 7?, ov [c/. Eng. o//gr- 
 ajr/i?/], feio, TiHt. paucus, of num- 
 ber, iv. 3. 30, 7. 5, V. 5. 1, vi. 3. 22, 
 esp. as subst. masc. pi., a feio men, 
 a handful, i. 5. 12, 7. 20," iii. i. 3, 
 iv. I. 10, V. I. 6, vii. I. 12 ; of size, 
 time, space, or amount, small, 
 little, brief, short, trifling, Lat. 
 paruus, iii. 3. 9, 15, v. 6. 15, vii. i. 
 23, 7. 36 ; neut. as adv., oXlyov, a 
 little, iii. 4. 46, iv. 8. 20, vii. 2. 20. 
 Phrases : aiirov oXlyov deriffavros 
 KaTaXeva-drjvai, though he had been 
 almost stoned to death, i. 5. 14 ; 
 iir' oXlywv, few in depth, iv. 8. 11 ; 
 oXiyai (sc. irXrjyds) iraLaeifv, had 
 struck too few bloios, v. 8. 12 ; wap 
 dXlyov iwoLovvTo YiXiavbpov, they 
 treated Oleander as a man of no 
 account, 'L?A. paru'i fecerunt, vi. 6. 
 11 ; Ka.T oXLyovs, in small parties, 
 vii. 6. 29. 
 
 oXio-Odvci) (6X1(76-), 2 aor. uXicOov, 
 slip, iii. 5. 11. 
 
 6Xio-0T]p6s, a, 6v [dXiada.vu)'], slip- 
 pery, Lat. lubricus, iv. 3. 6. 
 
 oXkoIS) ados, i] [eX^w], ship of 
 burden (named oXkols because orig- 
 inally it was towed), merchantman, 
 Lat. nduis onerdria, i. 4. 6. See 
 s.v. vav%. 
 
 oXoiTpoxos, 6 [root F«X, roll, cf. 
 Lat. uoluo, roll,-\-Tpix^'\i rolling 
 stone, round stone, iv. 2. 3. 
 
155 
 
 6\oKai)T€u)-6(i.6(r£ 
 
 oXoKavTCo) [6\os + Ka£w], briiuj a 
 niiole burnt offering, instead of the 
 usual portions, offer a holocaust, 
 abs. or with ace. of the victim, vii. 
 8. 4, 5. 
 
 oXos, ■»;, ov [c/. Lat. salmis, sound, 
 safe, solidus, whoW], ivhole, all, 
 entire, complete, Lat. totus, i. 2.17, 
 ii. 3. 16, iii. 3. 11, iv. 2. 4; in at- 
 trib. position, iv. 8. 11. 
 
 'OXv(i,irid, as [^OMfiwios, Ohjm- 
 pian,'0\vfji-iros,b, Olympus'], Ohjin- 
 pia, situated on the right bank of 
 the Alpheus in the district of Pisfi- 
 tis in Elis. It was never a real 
 city, but a sacred precinct with 
 temples, public buildings, and a 
 few dwelling houses. It was fa- 
 mous for its shrines, esp. the tem- 
 ple of Zeus, V. 3. 11, containing his 
 statue by Phidias, and for the cele- 
 bration of the Olympian games, v. 
 3. 7, which were held there period- 
 ically for over a thousand years. 
 
 'OXvvOios, 6 ["OXvi'^os, 17, Olyn- 
 thtis'], an Ohjnthian, native of Olijn- 
 thus, i. 2. 6, vii. 4. 7, the principal 
 city in the Chalcidian peninsula at 
 the head of the Toronaic Gulf. In 
 spite of the endeavours of Demos- 
 thenes, it was destroyed by Philip 
 of Macedon, b.c. 347. 
 
 ofiaXVjs, ^s [a(j.a], even, level, 
 Lat. acquns, planus, of ground, i. 
 
 5. 1 ; ofiaXfs Uvai, march over level 
 ground, iv. 6. 12. 
 
 6|j.a\6st 1?, ov [ctjia], even, level, 
 Lat. aequus, planus, of ground, iv. 
 
 6. 12 ; e;' ry oixaXip, in the plain, 
 iv. 2. 16. 
 
 ofxaXus, adv. [aji.a], evenly, in 
 even step or line, i. 8. 14. 
 
 o|ji.T]pos, 6 [ajia -f R. ap], hostage, 
 Lat. obses, vi. 3. 9, vii. 4. 12, 7. 5o ; 
 with gen., iii. 2. 24. 
 
 6fi.lX£co, 6/j.l\riau, wfit\r]<ra, oj/xt- 
 Xij/ca [a|j.tt-|- fXrj], associate vnth, 
 consort u-ith, iii. 2. 25. 
 
 6|iixXt), ijs [cf. Eng. mist], va- 
 pour, mist, fog, iv. 2. 7. 
 
 o|jLp,a, aTos, TO [R. oir], eye, Lat. 
 oculus; hence, look, pi., vii. 7. 40. 
 
 6|xvi}|i.i or o|j.vvci> (6/u,-, Ofxo-), dfxoO- 
 /xat, lifioaa, ofiui/xoKa, dju.ii>/jio(^(r)/j,at, 
 u>fi6(ff)dr}v, swear, swear to or by, 
 take an oath, Lat. iuro, abs. or 
 with ace. of thing sworn, ii. 2. 9, 
 3. 28, 4. 7 ; with dat. of pers. to 
 whom or ace. of gods by whom, ii. 
 3. 27, 5. 39, vi. I. 31, 6. 17, vii. 6. 
 18 ; with inf., vi. 6? 17, vii. 7. 40 ; 
 with fut. inf., ii. 2. 8, 3. 27, 5. 39 ; 
 with eirl TovTOLs, iii. 2. 4. 
 
 ojAoios, a, ov [a(xa], like, similar, 
 resembling, of the same kind, Lat. 
 similis, of persons and things, v. 4. 
 21, 34; with dat., iv. i. 17, vi. 6. 
 16 ; with inf. (but some read dat.), 
 ofj.0101 1j<Tav davfxd^eiv, they ivere like 
 to imnder, they seemed amazed, iii. 
 5. 13. Phrases: ev ry 6/jioi(p, on a 
 level, iv. 6. 18 ; ol S/juoioi, equal citi- 
 zens, peers in its literal sense, a 
 name applied to Spartans pos- 
 sessed of full civic rights, iv. 6. 
 14. 
 
 6|i.oCa>s, adv. [ajitt], in like man- 
 ner, alike, Lat. similiter, i. 3. 12, vii. 
 6. 10 ; dfxoio}^ wa-irep, like as though, 
 just as if, Lat. aeque ac, vi. 5. 31. 
 
 6|xoXo-y€(o, ofioXoyrjCTM, etc. [a|xa -|- 
 R. X67], hold the same vienis about 
 anything, agree, admit, confess, 
 own, Lat. confiteor, concedo, abs. 
 and generally parenthetically, also 
 with ace. or inf., i. 6. 7, 8, ii. 6. 7, 
 V. 8. 3, vi. 6. 17, 26 ; concede, grunt, 
 admit, abs., with ace, or with inf., 
 vi. I. 27, 28, 3. 9, vii. 4. 13 ; in pass, 
 used pers. where we use an im- 
 pers. const., i. 9. 1, 14, 20. 
 
 6|jLoXo-yov|j,cva>s, adv. [o(jia 4- R- 
 Xc^i, avowedly, by common con- 
 sent; so with ^K TrdvTwv, ii. 6. 1. 
 
 6|X0p.irJTpi,0S) a, ov [a|ia 4- /ii^rr/p], 
 burn of the same mother, iii. i. 17. 
 
 6|xo-irdTpios, a, ov [a|Aa-f Trar^p], 
 begot by the same father, iii. i. 17. 
 
 6\i.6<rai, see 6/jlvv/j.l. 
 
 6p,6(r£, adv. [dfjia], to the same 
 spot; in military phrases, to close 
 quarters, hand to hand, Lat. com- 
 minus, with 6eTv, x'^pe'tv, and tVi/ai, 
 iii. 4. 4, V. 4. 26, vi. 5. 23. 
 
6|iOTpd'ir€5os-o'm(r0o<j)xi\a| 
 
 156 
 
 OHtorpdirclos, ov [ofia + T«TTap€S 
 4-R. ireS], nt the same table loith 
 one, a table companion, Lat. con- 
 uictor, a title of honour among 
 the Persians, applied to those who 
 dined in the same apartment with 
 the king, but not at his table, i. 8. 
 25, iii. 2. 4. 
 
 6|jkov, adv. [ajj.a], together, at 
 once, at the same place or time, 
 Lat. simul, una, of place, time, or 
 association, i. lo. 8, iv. 2. 22, 5. 
 29, V. 4. 25 ; with gen. (some read 
 dat.), bixov eivai, join, meet, iv. 6. 
 24. 
 
 d|j,4>a\6si \_cf. Lat. umbilicus, 
 navel, Eng. nave, navel], navel, 
 iv. 5. 2. 
 
 o|x«s, adv. [afia], all the same, 
 for all that, nevertheless, Lat. ta- 
 men, generally followed by 5^ or 
 preceded by dXXa, i. 3. 21, ii. i. 9, 
 iii. 2. 3, iv. 4. 21, v. 8. 19, vi. 5. 30, 
 vii. I. 10; after a concessive par- 
 tic, yet, still, however, i. 8. 23, iii. 
 I. 10, 2. 16, V. 5. 17 ; so when the 
 idea of concession precedes, with- 
 out a partic, ii. 2. 17, 4. 23. 
 
 ov, see eifj.1. 
 
 ov, see Ss. 
 
 ovap, TO, only in nom. and ace, 
 dream, vision, Lat. somuium, iii. 
 I. 12, 13. Phrase: eUev 5vap, he 
 had a dream, iii. i. 11, cf. iv. 3. 8, 
 vi. I. 22. 
 
 dveipara, 3d decl., rd [c/. 6vap'], 
 metaplastic form of 6v€ipos or Svei- 
 pov, dream, vision of the night, Lat. 
 somnium, iv. 3. 13. 
 
 dvf)(rai, see 6vlvy]iii. 
 
 dv(vT](xi {ova-'), ovria-o}, wvrjffa, 
 2 aor. mid. wvnfX7]i>, oiv^driv, help, 
 benefit, aid, assist, iii. i. 38, v. 6. 
 
 20, vi. I. 32, vii. i. 21 ; pass., de- 
 rive benefit, gain advantage, v. 
 5-2. 
 
 ovo|xa, aros, ro [R. ■yv*)], name, 
 Lat. nomen, i. 5. 4, ii. 5. 15, iv. 7. 
 
 21, V. 2. 29 ; in ace, by name, i. 2. 
 23, ii. 4. 28, vi. 2. 3, but in i. 4. 
 11 some read dat. ; name, fame, 
 renown, ii. 6. 17, v, 6. 17. 
 
 dvo|iao-Ti, adv. [R. ^vw], by 
 name, Lat. nomindtim, with KaKd\', 
 vi. 5. 24, vii. 4. 15. 
 
 ovos, 6 [c/. Lat. a-;i lilts, ass, Eng. 
 ass], ass, ii. i. 6, iii. 5. 9, v. 8. 3 ; 
 6voi aypi-oi, wild asses, i. 5. 2 ; 6vovs 
 dX^ras, see dX^TTjs, i. 5. 5. 
 
 ovra, see el/il. 
 
 o^os, ovs, TO [R. aK], sour wine, 
 ii. ;v 14. 
 
 o'ivs, e^a, V [R. aK], sharp, esp. 
 to the taste, sour, bitter, of wine, 
 Lat. acerbus, v. 4. 29. 
 
 oircp, see ocrirep. 
 
 om\, relative adv., of place, 
 where, Lat. qua, iv. 2. 12, vi. 4. 3 ; 
 of manner, in what imy, how, ii. i. 
 19, iv. 5. 1 ; of direction, ichither, 
 V. 6. 20, vii. 6. 37. In indir. ques- 
 tions, i. 4. 8, vi. I. 21. 
 
 oirtiviKa, relative adv., at ichat 
 hour, Lat. quando, iii. 5. 18. 
 
 oirio-6€v, adv. [oirlffo}], from be- 
 hind, from the rear, behind, at the 
 rear, Lat. a tergo, i. 10. 6, iii. 4. 14, 
 iv. 2. 25, 3. 7, vii. 4. 17; at the 
 bottom, V. 4. 12. Phrases : d-n-ia-deu 
 ■yev6fjL€vos, getting behind, i. 8. 24 ; 
 TTOL-qcracrdai. biriffdev top iroTafiov, put 
 the river at one's back, i. 10. 9, cf. 
 vi. 5. 18 ; ot owLadev, the hindermost, 
 the rear of an army, Lat. nouissimi, 
 I iv. 2. 26, V. 8. 16 ; to. bwiadei', the 
 ' rear guard, iii. 4. 40 ; e« Toinria-dev 
 To^etjovTes, letting fiy behind them, 
 iii. 3. 10 ; eK tov '6vi(7dev eTrianoiTO, 
 I should follow in their rear, iv. i. 
 I 6. With gen., i. 7. 9, iv. 2. 9, vi. 
 
 Is- 16. 
 
 dirio'Oo(|>v\aK€(d, uTn.(T6o<l)v\a.Kr]ffa 
 l6wi<Te€i'-\-^v\aTT<a^,guardtherear, 
 command or bring up the rear, form 
 the rear guard, of generals or sol- 
 diers, ii. 3. 10, iii. 2. 36, 3. 8, iv. 2. 
 4, vii. 3. 40. 
 
 o'irio-9o<j>vXaK(d, ds [STrio-^ev -f 
 <j>v\dTT«], office of guarding the 
 rear, command of the rear, iv. 6. 
 19. 
 
 dino-0o<j)v\a|, a/cos, 6 [^6iri<Tdev-{- 
 4>v\dTTw], one guarding the rear; 
 I pi. , the rear guard, Lat. nouissi- 
 
157 
 
 dir£<rw-birXov 
 
 mum dgmen, iii. 3. 7, iv. i. 6, 3. 
 20, 7. 3, 8, V. 8. 9. 
 
 diri<rco, adv., harJc, hackimrds, 
 behind oue''s back, vi. i. 8. 
 
 oirXC^co (ottXiS-), wVXto-a, wirXi- 
 (Tfiai, wTr\l(T6r)v [R. o-eir], make 
 ready, esp. in arms, a>v», equip, 
 Lat. arwio ; mid., arm oneself, put 
 on one's armour, ii. 2. 15 ; pass., 
 be armed, i. 8. 6, ii. 6. 25, iv. 3. 
 
 ;;n.^ 
 
 oirXicis, et»s, 17 [R. creir], equip- 
 ment, esp. military accoutrements, 
 ii. 5. 17. 
 
 6ir\iT€v« [R. <r«Tr], be or serve 
 as a hoplite, or heavy-armed sol- 
 dier, V. 8. 5. 
 
 oirXiTTis, OD [R. o-€ir], heavy- 
 armed soldier, hoplite, i. i. 2, 5. 
 
 13, 8. 9, iii. 3. 8, 4. 27, iv. 2. 21, 
 V. 2. 8, vi. 5. 27, vii. 3. 45. The 
 
 infantry of a Greek army was 
 divided into two classes, the heavy 
 infantry and the light infantry. 
 For the latter see s.v. yv^v-qs, ire\- 
 Tacrrris. The heavy infantry, or 
 hoplites, constituted the troops 
 of the line, who fought at short 
 range and were armed accord- 
 ingly. Their defensive armour 
 consisted of foi;r pieces : helmet 
 (see s.v. Kpdvos), cuirass (see s.v. 
 dupd^), shield (see s.v. da-iris), 
 and (jreaves (see s.v. Kv-qius). 
 Their offensive armour consisted 
 of two spears (see s.v. 86pv) and 
 sword (see s.v. £,i(pos). 
 These six pieces of armour 
 are estimated to have 
 weighed about 35 kilograms 
 (some 75 pounds). The 
 hoplite carried them all, 
 however, only in action. 
 On the march they were 
 either conveyed on wagons 
 or beasts of burden, or 
 were borne by an attend- 
 ant. For the hoplite's or- 
 dinary dress, see s.v. x^a- 
 
 oirXiTiKos, -f], 6v [R. o-tir], 
 belonging to or composed 
 of heavy-armed troops ; 
 subst., rb ottXItikSv, heavy- 
 armed corps, heavy infan- 
 try, iv. 8. 18, vii. 3. 37, 6. 
 26. 
 
 67r\o|t.axid, as [R. o-eTr-f- 
 R. K-*X]i fighting in heavy 
 arms, hence the art of icar, 
 heavy infantry tactics, ii. 
 I. 7. 
 
 oirXov, t6 [R. <r€ir], im- 
 plement or tool of any 
 sort; pi., gear, esp. arms, 
 armour, Lat. arma, ap- 
 plied to all sorts of arms, 
 both offensive and defen- 
 sive, but esp. to the heavy 
 armour of the hoplite, i. 
 . 2, 7. 20, ii. I. 8, iii. i. 29, 
 . 28, iv. 3. 4, V. 2. 15. See 
 .V. bir\iT7)% and the accompanying 
 
6"Tr60€v-oirov 
 
 158 
 
 illustration. By metonymy 57r\a 
 may be used in place of onXiTai, 
 heavy infantry, hoplites, ii. 2. 4, iii. 
 2. 36, 3.' 7, 4. 26, V. 4. 14, vii. 3. 40 ; 
 
 6ir6<ros, Vi of, relative pron., as 
 many as, whatever, as great as, i. 
 I. 6, 2. 1, V. 2. 16, vl. 5. 5 ; M'ith &v 
 and subjv. or with opt. in prot. or 
 
 or to designate the place cohere the 
 arms are piled, place of arms, in 
 front of the hoplites' quarters, ii. 4. 
 15, iii. I. 3, 33, v. 7. 21. Phrases: 
 ei's or iirl to. 6ir\a, to arms, i. 5. 13, 
 ii. 5. 34, iii. i. 40; ev rots SttXois, 
 under arms, Lat. in armis, iv. 3. 
 7, vi. 4. 27 ; Tideadai and 7rpo/3dXXe- 
 ffdai TO. oirXa, see the verbs. 
 
 oiroOev, relative adv., from 
 whence, whence, from whatever 
 place, Lat. ^inde, iii. i. 32, v. 2. 
 2, vi. 2. 4 ; in indir. questions, iii. 
 5.3. 
 
 oiroi, relative adv., v^hither, to 
 lohat place, where, Lat. quo, i. 9. 
 13, V. 5. 16, vii. 7. 5 ; in indir. ques- 
 tions, ii. 4. 19, iii. 5. 13, vi. 2. 23. 
 
 oiroios, d, ov, relative pron., either 
 with dem. pi-eceding or with dem. 
 omitted, what kind of such kind 
 of . . . as, such as, v. 2. 3, 6. 28 ; 
 with &v and subjv., of tohatsoever 
 sort, whatsoever, Lat. qudliscum- 
 que, ii. 2. 2, vii. 7. 15 ; of what sort, 
 how constituted, ichat kind of Lat. 
 qudlis, in indir. questions, ii. 6. 4, 
 V. 5. 15. Phrases: biroibv ri icrn, 
 ichat it amoimts to, iii. i. 13 ; Tjyec- 
 rai ToO CTTpaTevfiaTos bwolov, that 
 part of the army ichich, vii. 3. 37. 
 
 in indir. disc, of whatever amount 
 or size, as many soever as, Lat. 
 quantuscumque, iii. 2. 21, v. i. 16, 
 vii. 2. 33, 36 ; horv much, how large, 
 pi., /joM' many, Lat. quantus, in 
 indir. questions, i. 8. 27, iv. 4. 17 ; 
 neut. as rel. adv., as far as, iii. 3. 
 10. 
 
 6ir6rav londTe -f av], relative 
 adv., ichenever, tchcn, Lat. quando- 
 que, with subjv., after a primary 
 or secondary tense, ii. 3. 27, v. 2. 
 12, 7. 7, vi. 5. 15, vii. 3. 36. 
 
 oTTOTt, relative adv., oitim.e,ti:hrn, 
 at the time lohen, Lat.o?«m, quando, 
 with indie, i. 6. 7, iv. 7. 16 ; with 
 subjv., see oirbTav; with opt. in 
 indir. disc, by attraction, or in a 
 general cond., ichenever, i. 2. 7, 5. 
 7, ii. 6. 27, iii. 2. 36, iv. 6. 20, vii. 
 7. 17; of cause, since, because, iii. 2. 
 2, 15 ; oirdre ye, since at least, see- 
 ing that, Lat. quandoquidem, vii. 
 
 6. 11. 
 
 oiroTjpos, d, 01-, relative pron., 
 which of two parties, icldchever, 
 Lat. liter, iii. i. 21, 42, 4. 42, vii. 
 
 7. 18. 
 
 oirov, relative adv., lohere, in the 
 place ivhere, Lat. ubi, vdth indie, 
 i. 5 8. iii. I. 2, 2. 34; with &v and 
 
159 
 
 dirrdco-opOios 
 
 subjv., wherever, Lat. uhicumqup, 
 i. 3. 6, iii. 2. 9, iv. 8. 26 ; with opt. 
 in general conditions or in indir. 
 disc, i. 9. 15, 27, iii. i. 32, iv. 5. 
 30, 8. 26, vii. 2. 18. __ 
 
 oirTdw, oirriycroj, WTrxTjcra, wttttj- 
 /itti, WTTT-qdrjv [oirrbs'], roast, of 
 bread, />fflA,-e,Lat. coqud, v. 4. 29. 
 
 oTTTos, 1^, ^v, roasted, of bricks, 
 baked, burnt, Lat. coctus, ii. 4. 12. 
 
 oirws, relative adv., used also as 
 final particle. Adv., in what watj, 
 horo, as, ii. i. 6, vi. 5. 30; so in 
 the phrase ovk effr.iv owus ovk iin.dr)- 
 a-erai, it is not possible that that he 
 will not attack, ii. 4. 3 ; in indir. 
 questions, i. 6. 11, iii. i. 7, v. 7. 7, 
 vi. 1. 17 ; in obj. clauses, hoio, that, 
 with fut. indie, i. i. 4, 3. 11, iii. 
 I. 16, iv. 6. 7, 8. 9, V. 4. 21, with 
 subjv., iii. I. 38, 2. 3, with opt., i. 
 8. 13, ii. 6. 8, vii. i. 38, 2. 12, with 
 opt. and &v, iv. 3. 14, v. 7. 20, so in 
 an elliptical clause with fut. indie, 
 Sttws eaeade dv8pes, see that you be 
 men, i. 7. 3 ; under the adv. use 
 may be classed fcws introducing 
 indir. disc, for &ti. or cJs, that, vii. 3. 
 34 ; cf. the elliptical phrase ovx 
 Sirws, not only not, vii. 7. 8. As 
 final particle (in Anab. used much 
 more frequently than tVo or cJs), 
 that, in order that, with subjv. after 
 primary tenses, i. 7. 4, iv. 6. 15, v. i. 
 12, 5. 20, vi. 3. 13, vii. 3. 43 ; rarely 
 after secondary, i. 6. 6, ii. 5. 28, v. 
 6. 21, which are generally followed 
 by opt., i. I. 6, 4. 5, ii. i. 9, iii. i. 
 34, iv. 6. 1, 7. 19, V. I. 16, vii. 2. 18 ; 
 with 8.V and opt., vii. 4. 2. 
 
 opdw (opoL-, 67r-), 6\j/opLai, eSpaKa 
 or iibpaKa, idjpa.iJ.aL or dtfi/jLat, ixi<t>drjv 
 (for 2 aor. eibov, see the word) [K- 
 2 F€p and R. oir], see in its widest 
 sense, behold, look, observe, per- 
 ceive, Lat. %iided, abs. (esp. in par- 
 enthetical clauses), or with ace, 
 i. 3. 2, 12, 9. 28, ii. i. 4, 16, 3. 3, 
 iii. I. 3, 27, iv. 3. 5, v. i. 10, 7, 22, 
 vi. 5. 10, vii. 2. 18 ; with ace. and 
 partic, i. 5. 12, 8. 21, ii. 3. 12, iii. 
 I. 43, iv. 2. 12, V. I. 11, vii, 2. 15, 
 
 but either of these may be omitted, 
 iii. I. 36, 5. 5, iv. 3. 22, 30, v. 6. 15, 
 vi. I. 31 ; rarely with 6ti or ws and 
 a clause, ii. 2. 5, iii. 2. 29, v. 8. 20, 
 vi. I. 27. 4. 23 ; with a rel. or interr. 
 clause or with wbrepov, whether, 
 ii. 5. 13, iii. i. 15, vi. 5. 16; witli 
 ace. and inf. (where also a partic. 
 has preceded), vii. 7. 30 ; dependent 
 on an adj., as opav a-Tvyvbs 9iv, his 
 look was stern, ii. 6. 9, cf. iii. 4. 5. 
 
 op-yifj, ^s, temperament, temper, 
 esp. anger, Lat. Ira ' as adv., opyri, 
 in a passion, i. 5. 8, ii. 6. 9. 
 
 6p7ito|xak (opyid-), opywOfiai, etc. 
 [6p7T^], be angry, be in a passion, 
 be enraged, Lat. Irdscor, abs. or 
 with dat. of pers., i. 2. 26, 5. 11, 
 vii. I. 25; with iAv and subjv., vi. 
 1.30. 
 
 opYvid, as [o/)^7w], the reach of 
 the two arms, as originally a nat- 
 ural measure of length, fathom. As 
 an exact linear measure the opyvtd 
 equalled 6 Greek feet, or 1.774 
 metres, or about 5 ft., 10 inches. 
 See s.v. TTovs. i. 7. 14, iv. 5. 4, vii. 
 1.30. 
 
 op^-yw, 6p4^oj, wpe^a, c^p^x^V [c/. 
 Lat. rego, direct, lead, regio, direc- 
 tion, tract, Eng. reach, right, 
 rich], reach, stretch, reach out, 
 vii. 3. 29. 
 
 6p€iv6s, 17, 6v l6pos], consisting 
 of mountains, mountainous, hilly, 
 Lat. montuosus, v. 2. 2. 
 
 opeios, a, ov [cipos], belonging to 
 mountains, mountainous, Lat. mon- 
 tdnus, of persons, mountain-dwell- 
 ing, vii. 4. 11 ; subst., tQiv dpelwv, 
 mnuntaineers, vii. 4. 21. 
 
 opOios, a, ov [opdos^, straight up, 
 steep, Lat. praereps, of a hill or 
 road, i. 2. 21, iv. i. 20, 2. 14 ; subst., 
 t6 6pdi.ov, steep place, ascent, iv. 2. 
 3. Phrases : bpOiov Uvai, march up 
 hill, iv. 6. 12 ; dpdioi \6xoi, compa- 
 nies in column, a military forma- 
 tion that was esp. serviceable in 
 attacking a height, iv. 2. 11, 3. 17, 
 8. 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, V. 4. 22. If 
 an infantry force were drawn up 
 
dp0(is-opvKT6s 
 
 160 
 
 in line (see s.v. (f)d\ay^) with the 
 Xoxot (having eacli a front of 24 
 and a depth of 4 men) ranged side 
 by side, each company could be 
 brouglit into ' column ' by advan- 
 cing the first enomoty at the right 
 (see s.v. ivioiJ-orLd) a suiiicient dis- 
 tance before the line and deploy- 
 ing the second, third, and fourth 
 enomoties to the right to a position 
 behind it. Tlie 6pdLos Xo'xos thus 
 formed would have a front of 6 and 
 a depth of 1(3 men, and spaces 
 would be left between the columns. 
 But the front and depth of the 
 column varied according to circum- 
 stances. The essential feature of 
 the formation was that the depth 
 of the column should be greater 
 than the front, and that spaces 
 should be left between columns. 
 
 6p66s, v, ^v \_cf. Eng. ortho-dox, 
 ortho-yraphy^, straight, Lat. rectus, 
 of a road, direct, vi. 6. 38 ; straight 
 up and down, upright, erect, ii. 5. 
 23, iv. 8. 20. 
 
 opOpos, 6, daybreak, dawn, strictly 
 the twilight just before sunrise, 
 Lat. dlluculum, ii. 2. 21, iv. 3. 8. 
 
 opOus, adv. [6p^6s] , in the straight 
 or right way, rightly, with reason, 
 justly, Lat. recie, i. 9. 30, ii. 5. 6, 
 iii. 3. 12, vii. 3. 39. Phrase : opdQs 
 exetv, be proper, iii. 2. 7. 
 
 opia, TO, [c/. 6/?tfw], limits, of a 
 country, boundary, frontier, Lat. 
 fines, iv. 8. 8, yi. 2. 19. 
 
 opi^w, -optuj, wpLixa, wpiKa,<j}pL(rfxai, 
 uipia-driv [6'po?, 6, boundary, cf. Eng. 
 ap-horism, horizon^, be a boundary 
 between, as a river, bound, iv. 3. 1, 
 8. 1, 2, define, determine, vii. 7. 36 ; 
 mid., set up as one^s boundary, vii. 
 5.13. 
 
 opKos, 6, oath, Lat. iusiurandum, 
 ii. 5. 3, 41, iii. i. 20, vii. 7. 17 ; ol 
 tQ)v deuv SpKoi, oaths in the name 
 of the gods, ii. 5. 7, iii. i. 22. 
 
 6p|Jidw, 6pp,-^ao}, etc [op/ii^,], start 
 quickly, hasten on, rush, start, 
 with iK and gen., or eTrt or Kara 
 and ace, iii. 4. 33, iv. 3. 31, v. 7. 
 
 25 ; with inf., iii. 4. 44 ; mid. and 
 pass., set out, start, Lat. proficls- 
 cor, abs. or with e/c or d-n-d and gen., 
 i. I. 9, 2. 5, ii. I. 3, iii. 2. 24, vi. i. 
 23. Phrases : bpudv rrjv 656v, start 
 on o?je's march, iii. i. 8; eis rb 
 did)Keiv 6pfj.ri(ravT€s, starting in pur- 
 suit, i. 8. 25. 
 
 6p|x^<i> [Ppp-os, 6, anchorage'], be 
 moored, lie at anchor, Lat. in an- 
 coris consisto, i. 4. ; with irapd, 
 off, i. 4- 3. 
 
 6p|j.if|, ^s, motion, start, ev op/j.^ 
 6vT0}v, being on the point of start- 
 ing, ii. I. 3; in a hostile sense, 
 movement, attack, iii. i. 10; mo- 
 tion, impulse, Lat. impetus, iii. 2. 9. 
 
 6p|xi^(0 {dpixid-}, bpp.Lodp.aL, u)pp,tffa, 
 (l}pp.Lapai, (jopp.la6r]v \_rf. bpp^Lo], bring 
 to anchor, anchor, Lat. dcligo ad 
 ancords, iii. 5. 10 ; mid., come to 
 anchor, cast anchor, Lat. in ancorls 
 consisto, abs. or with eis and ace. 
 or vapd and dat., vi. i. 15, 2. 1, 2. 
 
 opv£ov, TO [c/. dpvW], bird, vi. i. 
 23. 
 
 6pvt6£tos, a, ou [6pvh'], belonging 
 to a bird, of bird or foivl ; Kpia 
 bpvtdeLa, chicken, iv. 5. 31. 
 
 opvls, 6pvWos, b, i] [cf. Eng. or- 
 nitho-logy], bird, esp. fowl, hen, 
 Lat. gallina, iv. 5. 25. 
 
 'Opovrds, a, or ov, Orontas, a 
 Persian officer of royal blood, con- 
 demned and executed by Cyrus 
 for treason, i. 6. 1, 5, G ff., 9. 29. 
 
 'Opovrds, a (Dor. gen.), Orontas, 
 a Persian nobleman, son-in-law of 
 the king, ii. 4. 8, in command of 
 part of the Persian army, ii. 4. 9, 
 iii. 4. 13, and satrap of Armenia, 
 iii. 5. 17, iv. 3. 4. 
 
 opos, ovs, TO, mountain, Lat. 
 mons, i. 2. 21, ii. 5. 18, iii. 4. 30, iv. 
 3. 7, V. 3. 11, vi. 6. 5, vii. 4. 22. 
 
 opo<|>os, 6 [cf. ip4<j)(x), cover with a 
 roof], roof of a house, Lat. tectum, 
 vii. 4. 16. 
 
 opvKT^S) ■)}, 6v [dpijTTw'], made by 
 digging, dug, of a ditch, i. 7. 14 ; 
 of an entrance to a cave, sunken, 
 iv. 5. 25. 
 
ini 
 
 opvTTco-6«rTio-ovv 
 
 opwTTw (^opvx-), -opiy|w, (ipv^a, 
 ■opdipvxo-i opwpvy/xai, up^x^Vt <li()i 
 Lat. fodio, v. 8. 9 ; of stoue, quarri/, 
 i. 5. 5. 
 
 6p({>av6S) v, ^v [c/. Lat. orbus, be- 
 reft, Eng. orphan], orphan, father- 
 less, vii. 2. 82. 
 
 6px.£0fJ.ai, dpxrja-o/xai., wpxV<''^f^VV 
 [cf. Eng. orchestra^, dance, Lat. 
 salto, abs. or with ace. of the name 
 of the dance, v. 4. 34, vi. i. 5, 7, 
 10, 12. 
 
 opxTio-is, ews, T] lopx^ofxai], dance, 
 Lat. saltdtio, vi. 1.8, 11. 
 
 6pxTi<rTpis, iSos, 17 [^opx^op.ai'], 
 dancing girl, Lat. saltdtrlx, vi. 1. 12. 
 
 'Opxo(i.«vios, 6 ['Opx^Mfo'S) 17, 
 Orcliomenus'], an Orchomenian. 
 native of Orchomenus, ii. 5. 37, iv. 
 8. 18, a city in Arcadia (Kalpaki). 
 
 OS, rf, S, relative pron., who, 
 which, what, Lat. qui, often at- 
 tracted to case of antec, which is 
 often omitted or rarely attracted 
 to the case of rel., i. i. 2, 2. 2, 5. 
 13, 7. 3, ii. 5. 14, iii. i. 6, 17, 2. 20, 
 21, 23, V. I. 8, 5. 20, 7. 33, vi. 2. 
 12, vii. 6. 15 ; tlie rel. clause some- 
 times precedes the dem., i. 8. 11, 
 ii. 6. 26, vi. 4. 9 ; rarely in indir. 
 questions, ii. 4. 18 ; as dem., /cat 
 Ss, Kai o'i, and he, and they, i. 8. 16, 
 iii. 4. 48, V. 2. 30, vi. 5. 22, vii. 6. 
 4 ; ov, ^, as advs., see the words. 
 Phrases: iv^v, during which time, 
 meantime, i. 2. 20 ;'' d(p' ov, since, 
 iii. 2. 14 ; /^ ov, since uihen, vi. 6. 
 11 ; fj.^xP'- oS, to the point tohere, 
 i. 7. 6, V. 4. 16 ; St' S, see 5to'. 
 
 bo-ios, a, ov, sanctioned by the 
 gods'' laws, holy ; of persons and 
 acts, pious, Lat. religiosus, ii. 6. 
 25, V. 8. 26. 
 
 oo-os, 77, ov, relative pron., as 
 correlative to to<tovto% or ttSs (but 
 these may be omitted), as great as, 
 as much as, as many as, Lat. quan- 
 tus, i. I. 2, 2. 1, ii. I. 11, 16, 4. 26, 
 iii. I. 36, 45, v. 8. 13, vii. 3. 20, 4. 
 6 ; foil, lay inf., the antec. too-ovtos 
 being expressed or omitted, suffi- 
 cient, enough, iv. i. 5, 8. 12, vii. 3. 
 
 22 ; how great, how much or many, 
 in indir. quest., ii. 5. 10, iii. i. 19 ; 
 neut. as adv., 8crop, of space, as 
 far as, so far that, iii. 3. 15, vi. 3. 
 14, vii. 3. 9 ; e</)' Scroc, as widely as, 
 vi. 3. 19 ; with numerals, about, i. 
 8. 6, iii. 4. 3, vii. 3. 7, c/. iv. 5. 10, 
 vii. 3. 20, 8. 19. Phrases: with 
 comps., to denote degree, Lat. 
 quanto, as dfay darrov, the quicker, 
 i. 5. 9, cf. iv. 7. 23, vii. 3. 20 ; with 
 sups., Scrov edtJuavTO p.iyi<Trov, as 
 loudly as possible, Lat. quam mdx- 
 ime piiterant, iv. 5. 18, cf. vii. i. 
 37, 7. 46 ; so without sup., v. 5. 14, 
 vii. 7. 8 ; d<Tov ov, all but, almost, 
 vii. 2. 5. 
 
 ooroo-irep, 6(T'r)irep, 8(rouir€p, strong- 
 er than 6aos, q.v., just as great, 
 much, or many as, i. 7. 9, iv. 2. 23, 
 3. 2, vi. 5. 28 ; of time, just as long 
 as, vii. 4. 19 ; with comp., vii. 7. 28. 
 
 oo-irep, TjTrep, oirep, stronger than 
 6'j, q.v., who certainly, lohich to be 
 sure, ii. 6. 29, iii. 2. 10 ; just tohat, 
 exactly what, i. 4. 5, iii. i. 34, 2. 29, 
 V. 4. 34. 
 
 oo-irpiov, t6, pulse, i.e. any legu- 
 minous plant, Lat. legumen; pi., 
 legumes, beans, iv. 4. 9, vi. 4. 6. 
 
 oo-Tis, r/Tts, 5 Ti, gen. and dat. in 
 Anab. always 6tov, Stu}, gen. pi. 
 Utoiv, rel. pron. [Ss-j- ris], ichoever, 
 whichever, whatever, whosoever, 
 toho, which, ichat, i. 3. 5, 6. 7, iii. 
 I. 26, 2. 4, iv. I. 26, V. 7. 33, vi. 
 
 6. 18, vii. 6. 24 ; in sing, referring 
 to a pi. antecedent, i. i. 5, iii. 
 3. 1 ; in pi. after ^Kaaros, vii. 3. 16 ; 
 in indir. questions, i. 3. 11, 6. 9, 
 ii. 4. 7, V. 7. 23 ; in a clause fol- 
 lowing ovTu, that he, ii. 5. 12, vii. i. 
 28, cf. ii. 5. 21, 6. 6 ; introducing a 
 final clause in fut. indie, i. 3. 14, ii. 
 3. 4, V. 4. 10 ; 8tov with partic, 
 whoever it was, i.e. somebody, iv. 
 
 7. 25, V. 2. 24. Phrases : & ti iSv- 
 varo, as much as he coidd, vi. i. 
 32 ; i^ 6tov, ever since, vii. 8. 4. 
 
 ©(TTKTOVV, OTIOVV [cfcTTiS -f oSv]. 
 
 Phrase : fxr/d' ovrivaovv p.i(r06v, not 
 the slightest payment, vii. 6. 27. 
 
o<r4)pa£vofi.ai-ov8€£s 
 
 162 
 
 d(r(j)paivo|xai {6cr(ppav-, 6(T<ppa-, 
 ocrcpp-)., dtrcpprjcrofxai, dacppdfirjv^ wer- 
 (ppdvdrjv [6i''w, smell, cf. evwd-rj^, + 
 R. <J>€p], smell, get a smell of, with 
 gen., V. 8. 3. 
 
 orav, relative adv. [Sre + &v'], 
 whe7iever, when, with subjv., iii. 3. 
 15, 4. 20, iv. 7. 4, V, 5. 20, vii, 7. 
 47. 
 
 0T€, relative adv., at the time 
 when, as, lohen, Lat. cum, with 
 indie, i. 2. 9, 8. 8, iii. i. 33, v. 3. 6, 
 vii. 7. 10 ; with subjv., see orav ; 
 with opt. in a general cond., when- 
 ever, as often as, ii. 6. 12, iv. i. 10. 
 
 OTi, conj. [neut. of Scrrts], that, in- 
 troducing indir. disc, with indie, 
 after both primary and secondary 
 tenses, i. 3. 9, ii. i. 8, 4. 21, iv. 7. 
 20, V. 8. 10, vi. 3. 11, vii. 2. 16 ; after 
 a secondary tense with opt., i. 6. 
 
 10, iii. I. 10, vii. 1. 16, or with both 
 indie, and opt., i. 2. 21, vi. 3. 11, 
 but editt. differ, i. 3. 21, 8. 13 ; with- 
 out a preceding verb expressed, iv. 
 3. 29, V. 8. 8; the infs. found in 
 Mss. after 6Vt have been altered 
 by editors, iii. i. 9, v. 6. 34, vi. i. 
 29, vii. I. 5. Introducing dir. disc, 
 i. 6. 8, 8. 16, ii. 4. 16, v. 4. 10, vii. 
 6. 7. Causal, because, since, Lat. 
 quod, with indie, i. 2. 21, ii. 3. 19, 
 iii. I. 12, iv. 8. 6. To strengthen a 
 sup., as 6ti airapaiKevoTarov, as 
 unprepared as possible, i. 1.6, cf. 
 iii. I. 45, iv. 3. 29, vii. 3. 7. 
 
 ov, before a vowel ovk, before a 
 rough vowel ovx, neg. adv., not, 
 Lat. non, used to deny a fact, i. 2. 
 
 11, 3. 5, ii. 2. 11, 5. 21, iii. i. 13, 
 18, V. 2. 17, vi. 2. 4 ; accented at 
 the end of a clause or sentence, iv. 
 8. 3, V. I. 17 ; in litotes, as ov irdvv 
 wpds, at some distance from, i. 8. 
 14, cf ii. I. 13, 6. 15, vi.' i. 26 ; in- 
 troducing a question expecting the 
 answer yes, Lat. nonne, iii. i. 29, 
 vii. 6. 24. Phrases : ov ^tjij.1, deny, 
 Lat. 7iegd, i. 3. 1, iv. i. 21, vi. 4. 19, 
 cf vii. 7. 19, and see edw ; ou fir), 
 see Ml?. 
 
 ov, relative adv. [Ss], where, Lat. 
 
 quo, i. 2. 22, ii. I. 6, iii. 4. 32, iv. 7. 
 27, V. 7. 33 ; strengthened by 8rj, 
 where in fact, iv. 5. 6 ; /x^xP' o2> 
 see Ss. 
 
 ov, dat. ol (the only sing, form 
 found in Anab.), pers. pron. of the 
 thii'd pers., but in Attic Greek al- 
 ways refl. and generally indir. retl. 
 [pronominal stem I for crpe, if- Lat. 
 se], of himself, Lat. sui, i. 1.8, 2. 
 8, 9. 29, iii. 4. 42 ; pi., themselves, 
 ffcpeis, V. 7. 18, vii. 5. 9, o-^iSv, iii. 
 5. 16, iv. 3. 28, vi. 6. 33, (r<l>l<ri, i. 
 
 7. 8, 8. 2, V. 4. 33, ff<pas, v. 7. 25, 
 vii. 2. 16. 
 
 ovSa(j.fj, adv. [oySoiOo's, none, ov8i 
 + dfws, an obsolete word = ris] , in 
 no loay, in no wise, Lat. nuUo 
 modd, V. 5. 3, vii. 3. 12, 6. 30. 
 
 ov8a|j.60€v, adv. [r/. oySajU^], 
 from no place, direction, or quar- 
 ter, Lat. nulla ex parte, ii. 4. 23, 
 iv. 5. 30. 
 
 ovSafioi, adv. [c/. ovSap.rj'], to no 
 place, nowhere, vi. 3. 16. 
 
 ov8a|i,ov, adv. [c/. ovdanxi'], in no 
 place, nowhere, Lat. misquam, i. 
 10. 16, ii. 2. 18, iv. 5. 18. 
 
 ovSe, neg. conj. and emphatic 
 adv. [oy-f-S^], and not, but not, 
 nor yet, nor, connecting a follow- 
 ing with a preceding neg. clause, 
 Lat. neqiie, nee, i. 2. 25, 3. 11, 4. 
 
 8, 8. 20, iii. I. 2, 10, iv. 7. 2, v. 8. 
 25 ; not even, Lat. ne . . . quidem, 
 i. 3. 21, 4. 9, ii. I. 11, iii. 4. 15, 
 vii. 6. 35 ; not at all, by no means, 
 i. 3. 12, ii. 5. 18 ; oiiS' ws, not even 
 so, not even in these cii'Cimistances, 
 i. 8. 21, iii. 2. 23 ; ov fiivroL ovd^, 
 not by ami means hoicever, ii. 2. 
 16. 
 
 ovSeCS) ovdefiLa, oiid^v, gen. ovSe- 
 vos, oi)5eyittas (o/. ov5^ fx-ids, vi. 3. 16) 
 [oi)5^-f-efs], not one, not any, none, 
 no, Lat. nullns, ii. 5. 1, iv. i. 9, vii. 
 I. 29; subst., ovSeh, nobody, Lat. 
 nemo, i. 2. 22, 8. 20, iii. i. 16, iv. 5. 
 18 ; oiSiv, nothinq, Lat. nihil, i. 8. 
 20, ii. 2. 11, V. 2. 3, vi. 2. 10 ; ov8i» 
 Ti, nothing at all, vii. 3. 35 ; neut. 
 as adv., ov8^v, in no respect, not at 
 
163 
 
 0i8^ir0T€-0TJT«S 
 
 all, i. I. 8, 6. 7, vii. i. 25; with 
 comps., oi/Siv iJ-aWov iSXdTTTeic, do 
 not a bit the more harm, iii. 3- H' 
 c/. 13, vii. 5. y. 
 
 ow8€iroT«, adv. [oi)5^ + -rroTe], 
 never, Lat. numquam, ii. 6. 13. 
 
 oiSeiro), adv. [oy5^ + irw], not yet, 
 Lat. 7wn(lum, yii. 3; ^^ ; separated, 
 ovdk vvv TTw, vii. 6. 35. 
 
 OV0', see oure. 
 
 ovK, see ov. 
 
 oiKtTi, adv. [o^ + eTi], no more, 
 no longer, no further, i. 8. 17, 10. 
 12, iii. 4. 16, vii. 6. 29; owin fiv 
 and subjv., ii. 2. 12, see oi ix-fi under 
 
 ovKowv, inferential particle [ov + 
 oSc], therefore not, Lat. nwJt i(/ifwr ; 
 ovKoyv €;ttoi7e So/cet, I don't ^/t^■«^• 
 so then, iii. 5- 6. In old editt. 
 sometimes in questions, but see 
 
 OVKOVV. r . , 
 
 ovKovv, interr. particle \ov + 
 oCv], not therefore? expecting an 
 affirmative answer, Lat. nonne 
 igitur, i. 6. 7, ii. 5. 24 ; as inferen- 
 tial conj., therefore, then, so, Lat. 
 igitur, iii. 2. 19, v. 8. 9, vi. 5. 21, 
 vii. 6. 14, 10, 7. 26, 29, 31 (where 
 the old editt. have ovkow, intro- 
 ducing a question). 
 
 o3v, post-positive particle of in- 
 ference, stronger than S.pa, there- 
 fore, then, so, in consequence, cer- 
 tainly, of course, at any rate, hnvi- 
 ever that may be, i. i. 2, 2. 12, 3. 
 
 5, 5. 6, iii. I. 20, 2. 30, v. 1.8, vi. 
 
 6. 15 ; Kal yap odv, for the fact is, 
 i. 9. 8, 12, 17. 
 
 owwcp, adv., stronger than 01;, 
 q.v.. just ivhere, iv. 8. 26. 
 
 oi5iroT€, adv. [oi, + ir or f\, never, 
 Lat. numquam, i. 3. 5, ii. 5. 7, iii. 
 I. 3, 19. 
 
 ovirw, adv. [ov + ttuj'], not yet, 
 not before, Lat. nondum, i. 5. 12, 
 8. 8, 9. 25, iii. 2. 14 ; separated, sec 
 
 oiirwirore, adv., before a rough 
 vowel ovirunrod [ov + tt wTrore] . never 
 yet, never before, i. 4. 18 (see ird}- 
 ■jTore). 
 
 ovpd, as, tail of an animal, Lat. 
 Cauda; of an army rear, Lat. 
 nouissimum dymen, iii. 4- 38, 42, 
 
 vi- 5- •'>■ 
 
 oApd-^os, 6 [oOpd + n. o.y], rear 
 leader, i.e. tlie last man m a file 
 who led when the file faced about, 
 iv. 3. 26, 29. 
 
 ovpavos, 6, the heavens, the sky, 
 Lat. caelum, iv. 2. 2. 
 
 ovs, wt6s, to [R. 1 aF], ear, Lat. 
 auris, pi., iii. i- 31, vii. 4. 4. 
 
 ovT£, neg. -conj. [01) -^t^], and 
 not, Lat. negwe, doubled, neither 
 . . . Hor, i. 2. 26, 3. 6, 4- 8, ii. 5- 
 7, 21, V. 3. 1, or followed by t4, 
 not only not . . . but also, Lat. ne- 
 que . . .et, ii. 5. 4, iv. 3. 6, vu. 7. 
 48. 
 
 ovToi, adv. [oi+Toi], certainly 
 not, Lat. ndn sane, vii. 6. 11. 
 
 ovTos, avT-q, tovto, dem. pron., 
 I this, pL, these, freq. as pers. pron., 
 he, she, it, pi., they, Lat. hic, gen- 
 erally referring to what precedes 
 and in pred. position when used 
 with subst., i. I. 7, 9, 2. 4, 5. 10, 11. 
 2. 12, iii. 2. 20, 4- 29, iv. 2. 6, 8. 4, 
 V. 8. 15,vi.4. 5, vii. 1.9, 2. 10, 5-3; 
 when the subst. has also an adj., 
 oStos follows the adj., iv. 2. 6, vii. 3. 
 30 cf.l I. 7 ; the art. is sometimes 
 omitted, i. 5. 16, esp. with proper 
 names, v. 5. 10, vii. 2. 29; rarely 
 ovTos refers to what follows, ni. i. 
 7, 2. 17, iv. 6. 3, vii. 3. 22. Phrases : 
 Kal OVTOS, he too, even he, iii. 2. 5, 
 iv. I. 27, cf. i. 1. 11, ii. 6. 30, iv. 7. 9 ; 
 Kal TavTa, and that too, although, 
 with partic, i. 4- 12, ii. 4- 15, cf 
 ii. 5. 21. 
 
 ovToa-i, avT-nT, TovTi, strength- 
 ened form of OVTOS, applied to a 
 person or thing present and imply- 
 ing a gesture, this man here, this 
 present, without the art., i. 6. 6, 
 vii. 2. 24, 6. 12. 
 
 ovTws, or, before a consonant, 
 ovTO), adv. [oStos], in this way, so, 
 thus, to such an extent or degree, 
 under these circumstances, Lat. ita, 
 i. 1.5, 10, 8. 22. ii. 6. 1, 6, iii. i.31, 
 
ovxC-ira-yKpariov 
 
 164 
 
 2. 10, iv. I. 11, 7. 4, V. 2. 20, 4. 22, 
 vii. I. 28, 7. 50 ; referring rarely to 
 what follows, thiis, as follows, ii. 
 2. 2, iv. 6. lU, V. 6. 12, 32. 
 
 ovxi, adv., emphatic form of ov, 
 m.i. 13, vi. 5. 18, vii. 7. 47. 
 
 d({>£CX(i> (6<^e\-), 6<p€i\-qcrw, u(p€[- 
 X^o-a and w^eXov, o^xpelX-qKa, d}<p€L- 
 Xrid-qv, oi':e, Lat. (?e6eo; pass., be 
 due, of pay, i. 2. 11, vii. 7. 14, 
 34; with inf., be bound, ought, 
 should, as in wishes, u^eXe Kvpos 
 ^vv, would Gyrus were living, Lat. 
 utinam uiueret, ii. i. 4. 
 
 6(|>€Xos, TO, only in nom. and 
 ace, help, advantage, use, good. 
 Phrase : cTpaT-qyoxi 6(peXos ov54v, a 
 general is of no use, Lat. 7idn pro- 
 dest, i. 3. 11, cf. ii. 6. 10. 
 
 d4>8aXfi6s, 6 [R. oir], eye. Lat. 
 oculus, i. 8. 27, iv. 5. 12. Phrase : 
 (X°vTes iv 6(p6aX/jLois, keeping in 
 sight, cf. Lat. in ocul'is habere, iv. 
 5. 29. 
 
 d4>XicrKdv«^(60X-, d^Xter/c-), d^Xi}- 
 <rw, cocpXov, wipXrjKa, u<f>XTj/iai [cf. 
 6<p€lXw], owe or 6e Zm6?e to a money 
 fine, be fined, 'La.t.midtor, with ace 
 of^fine and gen. of cause, v. 8. 1. 
 
 '0<})pvviov, TO, Ophrynitim, a city 
 on the coast of the Troad, between 
 Dardanus and Rhoeteum, vii. 8. 5. 
 (Fren Kievi.) 
 
 oxtTos, 6 [R. F«x]i cha7inel for 
 water, ditch, drain, Lat. candlis, 
 ii. 4. 13. 
 
 dx««, dx-n(ro} [R. FexJi c^T?/, 
 pass., be carried, ride, Lat. uehor, 
 with fTTt and gen., iii. 4. 47. 
 
 r/er, supporter, in the widest sense, 
 as a wagon, ship, or animal, vehi- 
 cle, conveyance ; of the earth, iii. 
 2. 19. 
 
 o\9r\, 17s, height, esp. AigrA 6anA; 
 of a stream, bluff, iv. 3. 3, 5, 17, 
 23. (Poetic in Attic, except here.) 
 
 o'xXos, 6 [R. F«x]» 'mass, throng, 
 rroivd, company, press, Lat. turba, 
 of men, ii. 5. 9, iv. i. 20, v. 4. 34, 
 vii. I. 18 ; as a military phrase ap- 
 plied to the undisciplined part of 
 
 the army, camp followers, non- 
 combatants, Lat. imped^imenta, iii. 
 2. 36, iv. 3. 15, vi. 5. 3 ; confusion, 
 annoyance, in the phrase* 6xXov 
 ■rrapixova-Lv, are a bother, iii. 2. 27. 
 
 ©xvpos, a, 6v [R. <r€x], tenable, 
 esp. in a military sense, of a height 
 or fortress, strong, secure, fortified 
 by nature, i. 2. 22, 24 ; subst.j to 
 ox^pd, holds, strongholds, iv. 7, 17. 
 
 d\|/€, adv., late, Lat. sero, ii. 2. 10, 
 vi. _5. 31. 
 
 o\|/€(r6ak, see opdu. 
 
 d\|/i5«, ox/yia-e-nv [of e], do a thing 
 /«<e, 6e or come late, iv. 5. 5. 
 
 oi|/is, ews, 17 [R. ott], aspect, look, 
 appearance, ii. 3. 16 ; s2(/;i«, spec- 
 tacle, shoic, vi. i. 9. 
 
 n. 
 
 ira"YKpa,Tiov, to' [irds-f R. 1 Kpa], 
 the pancratium, iv. 8. 27, an ath- 
 letic contest in which, as the name 
 
 No. 52. 
 
 signifies, all the powers of the 
 fighter were called into action. It 
 comprised boxing (see s.v. wvy/xi^) 
 and wrestling (see s.v. irdXri), but 
 in the boxing the hands were not 
 bound with thongs, since these 
 would have been a hindrance in 
 
165 
 
 •ira'YX'i^«'"'OS-ird\'q 
 
 wrestling, nor was the blow deliv- 
 ered with clenched fist but simply 
 with the fingers bent. In the wres- 
 tling the object was not the simple 
 fall, but the fighting was continued 
 on the ground. The struggle was 
 maintained until one of the con- 
 testants was either disabled or de- 
 clared himself defeated. The pan- 
 cratium was one of the regular con- 
 tests at the Greek national games. 
 
 iraYXO'^.t'n'OS, ov [iras -f- X'^^^"''^']) 
 very difficult, v. 2. 20. 
 
 ira'Yx.aX.e'Trcos, adv. [ircts + x^^^' 
 7r(Ss], ve7-y hardly. Phrase: 7rp6s 
 Sevo^tSj/ra 7ra7xaX^7rws dxov, they 
 were very hard on Xenophon, vii. 
 
 iraoetv, see irao-xw. 
 
 ■irdOT]|xa, arosyTo [R.o-ira],io?'e<c/i- 
 edness, misfortune, vii. 6. 30. 
 
 irdOos, ovs, TO [R. o-ira], experi- 
 ence, accident, mishap, trouble, 
 matter, Lat. casus, i. 5. 14, iv. 5. 7. 
 
 iraidvt^w, e-n-aidvia-a [Tratac, pae- 
 ati], sing the paean, in honour of 
 Apollo or Artemis ; as a loar song 
 the paean followed the prayer and 
 immediately preceded the war cry 
 and attack, i. 8. 17, 10. 10, iv. 3. 19, 
 8. 16, V. 2. 14 ; it was sung in ac- 
 knowledgment of any blessing, e.g., 
 of an omen, iii. 2. 9, at a feast after 
 the libation preceding the sympo- 
 sium, vi. I. 5, and in sacred pro- 
 cessions, vi. I. 11. 
 
 iraiScid, as [irats], bringing up, 
 education, training, Lat. mstitutio, 
 iv. 6. 15, 16. 
 
 iraiSepao-TTis, oO [irats-H ep"/"'*']' 
 lover of boys, vii. 4. 7. 
 
 irai8£v<i>, TraiSeicTij}, etc. [irais], 
 train up a child, educate, Lat. in- 
 stituo, pass., i. 9. 2, 3. 
 
 iraiSiKd, TO. [irais], beloved youth, 
 favourite, Lat. deliciae, ii. 6. 6, v. 
 8.4. 
 
 iraiSiov, TO [-n-ais], infant, little 
 child, iv. 7. 13. 
 
 ■jraiSio-KT], Tjs [irais], maiden, 
 young girl, JjHt. puella, iv. 3. 11. 
 
 irais, TraiSos, 6, rj [irais], child, 
 
 boy, girl, but in Anab. always 
 masc. in sing., boy, son, Lat. 2'>uer, 
 pi. without article, children, Lat. 
 liberi, i. I. 1, 7. 9, ii. 6. 12, iii. i. 3, 
 iv. 6. 3, V. 3. 10, vii. 8. 22. Phrase : 
 eK waidojv, from boyhood, iv. 6. 14. 
 
 iraCo), Traiau, eTraicra, -Tr^waiKu, 
 eTraladriv [root iraFi cf. Lat. pauid, 
 strike, paued, be struck with fear, 
 Eng. ana-paest], strike, hit, beat, 
 strike at, Lat. caedo, abs., with 
 ace, or with /card or 7rp6s and ace, 
 i. 8. 26, ii. 3. 11, iii. i. 29, 2. 19, iv. 
 2. 3, 6. 2, V. 7. 21, 8. 16, vi. 6. 27. 
 Phrase : 6X1705 waicreiev, v. 8. 12, 
 see 6X1705. 
 
 irdXat, adv., of old, long ago, 
 long, long since, Lat. iamdudum, 
 iampridem, i. 4. 12, iv. 8. 14, vii. 6. 
 37, 7. 48. Phrase : oi TrdXat i]kovt€s, 
 the early comers, iv. 5. 5. 
 
 iraXaiosi a, 6v [TrdXat, cf. Eng. 
 palaeo-graphy, palae-ontology], old 
 in years, Lat. uetus, iv. 4. 9 ; comp. 
 iraXahepos, somewhat old, iv. 5. 35. 
 Phrase : 7-6 Tra\aL6v, in old times, 
 iii. 4. 7. 
 
 iraXaid), eTrdXaicra, eTraXaiirdrjv 
 [TrdX??, cf. Eng. palaestra^, wrestle, 
 Lat. luctor, iv. 8. 26. 
 
 ird\T|, 775 [TrdXXw, poise, sway^, 
 wrestling, Lat. luctdtio, iv. 8. 27, 
 
 No. 53. 
 
 practised among the Greeks in two 
 forms. In the first, named TrdX?; 
 opd-T] or opdld, the wrestlers stood. 
 
irdXiv-irapd 
 
 166 
 
 and the bout ended when one of 
 them had received a fall. Three 
 falls meant defeat. In the second, 
 named dXlvdrj^is or KuXicns, lit. I'oll- 
 iuf/ (cf. KvXlvdu), the struggle con- 
 tinued on the ground until one of 
 the combatants was disabled or 
 declared himself defeated. The 
 first was the form practised in the 
 Tr^vTa6\ov, the second that in the 
 vayKpaTLov, q.v. Before all gym- 
 nastic and athletic contests among 
 the Greeks, the body was well 
 rubbed with oil, to make it sup- 
 ple ; before wrestling, it was also 
 sanded, in order to furnish a firmer 
 hold. 
 
 irdXiv, adv. [cf. Eng. pa/i'm-psest, 
 pa/in -ode], of place, back, back- 
 wards, Lat. rursus, i. 3. 16, ii. 3. 
 24, iii. I. 7, iv. 3. 12, v. 7. 1 ; of 
 time, again, over again, a second 
 time, Lat. iterum, i. i. 3, 6. 7, ii. i. 
 2.3, iii. 2. 9, vi. 6. 37, vii. 2. 25. 
 
 iraWaKCs, iSos, ^, concubine, kept 
 mistress, Lat. paelex, i. 10. 2. 
 
 iraXTov, t6 [cf. irdXr]'], lance, jave- 
 lin, spear, used in the Anab. only 
 by Persians and the Mossynoeci, 
 not by Greeks. Those of the Mos- 
 synoeci, which they used for hurl- 
 ing, were six cubits long. i. 5. 15, 
 8. .:, 27. V. 4. 12, 25. 
 
 •7rafji,Tr\r]9TJs, es [irds+H. ir\a], 
 in full numbers, vast, multitudi- 
 notis, iii. 2. 11. 
 
 ird|nroX\is, ndWrj, iroXv [irds -f R. 
 ■n-Xa], very much, great, or numer- 
 ous, very many, Lat. permultus, ii. 
 4. 26, iv. I. 8, vii. 7. 35. Phrase: 
 iwl irdfiTToXv, over a great extent, 
 far and loide, with gen., vii. 5. 12. 
 
 irafjiirovqpos, ov [irds + R. o-ira], 
 wholly bad, utterly depraved, vi. 6. 
 25. 
 
 iravovpYid, as [irds -f R. F€p7], 
 knavishness, villainy, vii. 5. 11. 
 
 Travovp-yos, ov [irds-f R. Ftpv], 
 that will do anything, of persons, 
 in a bad sense, villainous, rascally, 
 knavish, Lat. perditus, ii. 5. 39, 6. 
 
 iravrdiroio-i, -ffiv before a vowel, 
 adv. [irdsj, altogether, wholly, en- 
 tively, Lat. p7-drsus, i. 2. 1, 11.-5.21, 
 V. 2. 20, vii. 6. 23 ; after a neg., at 
 all, Lat. omnlno, ii. 5. 18, iii. i. 38, 
 iv. 2. 3. , 
 
 iravTax'g, adv. [tras], everywhere, 
 Lat. ubique, ii. 5. 7. 
 
 iravraxov, adv. [irds], every - 
 ichere, Lat. ubique, ii. 6. 7, iv. 5. 30. 
 
 iravT€X«s, adv. [irds -f reXos], 
 wholly, utterly, Lat. prorsus, ii. 2. 
 11, vii. 4. 1. 
 
 •irdvTTi, adv. [irds], in every way, 
 throughout, on all sides, i. 2. 22, ii. 
 3. 3, iii. I. 2. 
 
 iravToSairos, v, ov [irds] , of every 
 sort, manifold, of all sorts, Lat. 
 omne genus, i. 2. 22, iv. 4. 9, vi. 4. 5. 
 
 irdvToOev, adv. [irds] , from every 
 side or quarter, on every side, Lat. 
 undique, iii. i. 12, vi. 6. 3. 
 
 iravToios, a, ov [irds], of all sorts 
 or kinds, Lat. omne genus, i. 5. 2, 
 ii. 4. 14. 
 
 irdvToo-€, adv. [irds], in every 
 direction, everywhere, Lat. passim, 
 vii. 2. 23. 
 
 irdvTws, adv. [irds], altogether, 
 thoroughly, at any rate, anyhow, 
 vi. 5. 21, vii. 7. 43. 
 
 irdvv, adv. [irds] , ■ue?-?/, altogether, 
 Lat. %talde, i. 4. 10, 9. 27, ii. 2. 3, 
 iii. 4. 15, iv. 5. 27, v. 6. 7 ; very loell, 
 vi. I. 31 ; after a neg., at all, Lat. 
 omnino, i. 8. 14, vi. i. 26. Phrases : 
 irdw iv Kaipif, just at the right time, 
 ill. I. 39; ndw /j.ev oSv, to be sure, 
 vii. 6. ft. 
 
 wdojiai, a supposed pres., not in 
 use, fut. irda-Ofxai, iirdadfiriv, iriird- 
 fiai, acquire, perf. as pres. possess, 
 have, i. 9. 19, iii. 3. 18, vi. i. 12, vii. 
 6.' 41. (Poetic verb, except in Xen.) 
 
 irapd, before a vowel wap , prep, 
 with gen., dat., and ace. [cf para- 
 in composition in Eng. words, as 
 para-graph, paralyse, e«c.], be- 
 side, generally used with persons. 
 With gen., from beside, from the 
 presence of, from, throuqh, Lat. a, 
 i. I. 5, 3.' 16, 6. 7, ii. i. 17, 3. 18, 
 
167 
 
 irapa|3aiv(i>- irapaKaXcw 
 
 6. 14, iii, 4. 8, v. 2. 25, 6. 18, vi. 6. 
 24, vii. 3. 7 ; with a pass, verb, by, 
 i. 9. 1. With dat., beside, by the 
 side of, at or on the side of, loith, 
 at, Lat. ajnid, i. i. 5, 4. 3, 8. 27, 9. 
 29, ii. 6. 20, iv. i. 24, 3. 29, vi. 2. 
 2, "vii. 7. 47 ; to, Trap i/xoi, my for- 
 tunes, my side, i. 7. 4, c/. iv. 3. 27, 
 vi. 3. 26. With ace, to the side of, 
 to, towards, along to, Lat. ad, i. 2. 
 12, 7. 8, ii. 2. 3, iv. 3. 13, vii. 3. 24, 
 (•/■. i. 6. 3 ; along, near, by, past, i. 
 2. 13, 5. 5, 7. 15, 10. 7, ii. 4. 14, 
 iii. I. 32, vi. 2. 18, cf. t^p/xow wapa 
 TTjv Kvpov (TK-qv-qv, they anchored off 
 Cyrtis's tent, i. 4. 3 ; beside, be- 
 yond, against, contrary to, in viola- 
 tion of, Lat. contra, ii. i. 18, 5. 41, 
 v; 8. 17, vii. 7. 17 ; of time, during, 
 ii. 3. 15. Plirase : irap oXlyou, see 
 dXiyos, vi. 6. 11. In composition 
 Trapd signifies along, alongside, by, 
 beside, beyond, amiss. 
 
 irapaPa(v<o [R. Pa], Step beyond, 
 transgress, break, of a treaty, iv. 
 
 1. 1. 
 
 irapaPoiiGca) [R. poF+^^w], go 
 to the aid or rescue, iv. 7. 24, 
 
 ■irapaY-ycWw [d77AXw], pass 
 along a message or esp. an order, 
 pass the loord, command, give 
 order, give out, direct, abs. or with 
 ace, i. 8. 15, 16, iii. 5. 18, iv. 3. 27, 
 vii. 3. 6 ; witli dat. or ace. of pers. 
 and inf., i. 1.6, 8. 3, ii. 2. 21, iii. 
 5. 18, iv. 3. 14, 6. 8, cf iv. 3. 29, v. 
 
 2. 12 ; with inf. alone, iii. 4. 14, iv. 
 I. 16, vi. 5. 25; witli Sttws and a 
 clause, vii. 3. 34. Phrases : irapay- 
 y^Wei ei's to, SwXa, he calls to arms, 
 i. 5. 13 f Kara ra irapr\yy€\p.iva, 
 according to orders, ii. 2. 8, cf vi. 
 3. 18 ; wapriyyeXTo, orders heed been 
 given, iii. 4. 3, vi. 5. 25. 
 
 irapd"yY€Xo-is, ews, t] [Trapay- 
 7AXw], word of command; dirb 
 ■rrapayyeXa-ews, at the word, iv. i. 5. 
 
 irapo-yi7vo|Aai [R. -yev], be by or 
 beside, be present or at, be at one''s 
 side, come to, arrive, abs. or with 
 dat. of pers., i. i. 11, 2. 3, v. 6. 8, 
 vi. 6. 33, vii. 2. 34, 7. 30 ; with eh 
 
 and ace. of place or eV and dat., i. 
 2. 3, 7. 12, iii. 4. 38. 
 
 irapd-yw [R. a-y], lead along or 
 aside, conduct, lead on, iv. 8. 8, 
 vii. 2. 8, 6. 3. Phrases: eh ra 
 wXayia irapdyeiv, lead into position 
 on either flank (said when the ap- 
 proach is from the rear, and the 
 enemy in front is moving in a 
 hollow square), iii. 4. 14; wapijyop 
 e^ojdev tCov Kepdruv, led on (their 
 companies) out of the way of {i.e. 
 behind) the wings, iii. 4. 21 ; irap' 
 dffTrlda Trapayaydvras rrjv ivw/xo- 
 rldv, moving the enomoty (which 
 had been in column) to the left (so 
 that it became part of the line of 
 battle), iv. 3. 26; so irapdyei.v rom 
 Xoxovs, bring the companies (which 
 had been marching /card Kipas) into 
 the line, iv. 6. 6. 
 
 irapa-ywYTJ, ^s [R. a^], convey- 
 ance, esp. along the coast, trans- 
 portation, v. I. 16. 
 
 ■irapdSeio-os, 6 [Persian word, cf 
 Eng. paradise~\, park, pleasure 
 garden, when used for game, 2)re- 
 serve, Lat. uiudrium, i. 2. 7, 4. 10, 
 ii. 4. 14. 
 
 irapaSCSup-i [R. 80], give over to 
 a person, give up, deliver over, 
 surrender, Lat. trddo, ii. i. 8, 12, 
 iii. I. 27, 4. 2, iv. 2. 1, 8. 26, v. 4. 
 30, vii. 2. 14 ; of the watchword, 
 give out, vii. 3. 34 ; of gods, grant, 
 allow, vi. 6. 34. 
 
 irapaSpaiicIv, see waparpex'^- 
 
 irapaOappvvci) [0pao-vs], em- 
 bolden, encourage, cheer up, ii. 4. 
 1, iii. I. 39. 
 
 irapaOcco [^f'w], run past, out- 
 run, iv. 7. 12. 
 
 irapaiv€u {alviw, aiv^ffu, rjveaa, 
 -T^veKa, -rjvrip.aL, -yvidyjv [alcos, 6, tale, 
 jjraise'], praise), recommend, ad- 
 vise, exhort, Lat. admoneo, i. 7. 2, 
 V. 7. 35, vii. 3. 20. 
 
 7rapai.TE0|jiai [alrew], intercede 
 with a person for another, with 
 wepi and gen., vi. 6. 29. 
 
 irapaKaXcw [R. KaX], call to 
 one''s side, summon, invite, Lat. 
 
'TrapaKaTa6T|KT)--irapaTa5is 
 
 168 
 
 nrcessd, i. 6. 5, ii. 5. 31, iii. i. 32, 
 iv. 7. 11, V. 6. 1, vi. I. 3, vii. 6. 22 ; 
 call on, urge on, exhort, iii. i. 44, 
 vi. 5. 24; witli iiri and ace, iii. i. 
 24. 
 
 irapaKaTaOTJKT], rj% [R. Ot], what 
 is put down beside one, a deposit 
 for safe keeping, Lat. depositum, 
 V. 3. 7.^ 
 
 irapdK€i,|iai [K€i|iai], lie near, he 
 set near, vii. 3. 22. 
 
 irapaKE\£vo|xai [R. kcX], exhort, 
 encourage, urge, Lat. adhortor, 
 with dat. of per.s., to wliich may 
 be added tlie inf., i. 7. 9, 8. 11, iv. 
 2. 11, V. 7. 19. 
 
 irapaKcXcvo-iS) ews, 17 [R. KeX], 
 encouraging, cheering on, iv. 8. 28. 
 
 irapaKoXovOcw [R. kcX], follov) 
 beside one, accompany, abs., iii. 3. 
 4, iv. 4. 7. 
 
 -irapaXafiPdvb) [\a/ij8d;'w], receive 
 from one, toA;e iHto o«e's posses- 
 sion, Lat. accipio, vii. 6. 41, 7. 47 ; 
 as a military plirase succeed to the 
 command, Lat. succedo, vi. 4. 11, 
 vii. 8. 24; take along, v. 6. 36, vii. 
 2. 17. 
 
 irapaXeCirw [Xe^Tro;], leave at one 
 side, leave out, jmss by, Lat. omittd, 
 vi. 3. 19, 6. 18. 
 
 irapaXvirc'w [XDtt^w], g'foe trouble, 
 be refractory, abs., ii. 5. 29. 
 
 irapaXvu [\6w], ?oose />*o?W ^/jr^ 
 side, of a rudder, unship, v. i. 11. 
 
 -irapa|ieCPopLai (afxei^w, afieiipo], 
 riixutpa, -T]nel(p6r]v, change), dep. mid. 
 and pass., change one's position; 
 irapaiieopdixevos els to airb axrjfLa, 
 chanqinq to the same formation, i. 
 10. 10. 
 
 irapajxeXe'w .[R. jxeX], disregard, 
 neglect, abs. or with gen., ii. 5. 7, 
 vii. 8. 12. 
 
 ■n-apafievo) [R. [ta], Stay by, Stand 
 by, remain loyal, ii. 6. 2, vi. 2. 15. 
 
 irapa|j,T]pC8ia, rd [firjpds, 6, thigh'], 
 thigh pieces, armour for the thighs, 
 i. 8. 6. 
 
 irapair€|ji7r(o [Tre/xTroj], se?ifZ along, 
 despatch, of troops sent from the 
 main body to the front or flanks. 
 
 iv. 5. 20 ; with et's and ace, vi. 3. 
 15. 
 
 irapairXew [R. irXeF]) sail along 
 or past, coast, sail, Lat. praeterue- 
 hor, abs. or witli et's and ace, v. i. 
 11, 6. 10, vi. 2. 1, vii. 2. 7. 
 
 irapairX'rio-ioSi a, ov, or os, oV 
 [7r\7;(7ios], t'Zose beside, nearly re- 
 sembling, like, i. 3. 18, 5. 2. 
 
 -irapapp€(o [p^w], yfoic beside, with 
 Trapd and acc, v. 3. 8 ; of snow, run 
 beside, run 0/ (after melting), with 
 dat. of pers., iv. 4. 11. 
 
 irapao-dY-yTis, ov [Persian word], 
 parasang, a Persian road measure, 
 equal to about 30 stadia (ii. 2. 6, v. 
 5. 4), used not only of distances 
 travelled (as below), but also of 
 length and distance in general, i.' 
 7. 15, 10. 1, ii. 4. 10, iii. 4. 7, iv. 5. 
 10. The Greeks marched usually 
 from 6 to 7 parasangs a day, i. 2. 
 5, 7, 4. 10, 5. 1, iii. 4. 10, iv. 7. 1 ; 
 once 8 parasangs, i. 2. (5 ; the long- 
 est march was ten, i. 2. 10, 11 ; the 
 shortest five, i. 2. 10, 14, 4. 1, ii. 4. 
 25, iv. 6. 4, except when the pres- 
 ence of enemies or other causes 
 reduced the distance still more, i. 
 7. 1, 14, iii. 4. 13. iv. 5. 3. 
 
 ■?rapao-K£vdt(o [R. o-kv], get ready, 
 prepare, provide, Lat. prml, ii. 6. 8 ; 
 mid., make one''s preparations, get 
 ready, arrange, procure, provide, in 
 past tenses, be all ready for, abs. 
 or with acc, i. 9. 27, 10. 18, iii. 1. 16, 
 36, iv. 6. 10, V. 2. 21 ; with fut. par- 
 tic, or oTTws and fut. indie, i. 10. 6, 
 iii. I. 14, V. 4. 21, vi_. i. 33; with 
 inf. with or without uia-re, iii. 2. 24, 
 vii. 3. 35 ; with els and acc, i.8. 1, vi. 
 4.21. Phrases: irapaffKevaaafi^vovs 
 TTjv yv(I)tJLT]v, vyith our minds made 
 ttp,vi. 3. 17; otKaSe -rrapaaKeva^dixevos, 
 getting ready to go home. vii. 7. 57. 
 
 TrapacTKEv^, ^s [R. <rKv], prepa- 
 ration, of an armament, Lat. ap- 
 paratus, i. 2. 4. 
 
 irapa(rKr]v£(i> [R. <rKa], aor., en- 
 camp beside, iii. i. 28. 
 
 irapdra^is, ews, 17 [R. tok], order 
 of battle, V. 2. 13. 
 
169 
 
 irapao-x.T|<rw-iraptT| |ii 
 
 irapa<rxT|o-w, see trapix^- 
 
 irapardTTw [R. raKJ, draw up 
 side by side, only in pass, in Anab., 
 irapaTeTay/j.^vos, drami up in line 
 of battle or in battle array, Lat. 
 instructns, i. lo. 10, iv. 3. S, 8. 'J, 
 V. 2. 13. 
 
 irapaT£iv(i> [ret'i/w], Stretch out, 
 extend, with Trapd and ace, vii. 3. 
 48 ; mid. intr., i. 7. 15. 
 
 ■trapaTietiixi [H. Ge], |H(« beside, 
 of food, se« before, serve, Lat. ad- 
 jWJio, iv. 5. 30, 31 ; mid., put aside, 
 of arms, lay at one''s side, vi. i. 8. 
 
 irapaTpexw [rp^x<^]) >'"« along, 
 run by, abs. or witli wapd and ace, 
 iv. 5. 8, vii. I. 23, 4. 18 ; run over 
 or across, iv. 7. 6, 7 ; with ei's and 
 ace, iv. 7. 11. 
 
 7rapaxpfi[xa, adv. [xp'jA'a], for 
 TTopa t6 xPVf^^-! on the spot, of a 
 payment, in cash, vii. 7. 24. 
 
 irapsY-yvaw [7rap€77i;77], j)«ss the 
 vjord, esp. of command, yive or- 
 ders, exhort, suggest, abs., with 
 inf., or with ace. and inf., iv. 1. 17, 
 7. 24, 25, 8. 16, vi. 5. 12, vii. 3. 4(i ; 
 with TttOra, vii. i. 22. Phrase: Sre 
 ■rrapeyyvuTo, vjhenever irord was 
 passed, iv. i. 17. 
 
 •irap€Y7^''ni ^75 [</• iyyvdw'], word 
 passed, order, command, vi. 5. 13. 
 
 irap€8€8pa|j,ir|K€<rav, see wapa- 
 Tpix'^. 
 
 irdptip [R. €o-], be beside, be at 
 hand or neay-, be there, be present, 
 have come, arrive, Lat. adsum, abs. 
 or witli dat., i. i. 1, 4. 8, 5. 15, ii. 
 
 4. 19, 6. 14, iii. I. 17, 40, iv. 3. 9, 
 v. 5. 8, 6. 29, vi. 6. 20; with ds, 
 ivi, or wpos and ace, previous mo- 
 tion being implied, i. 2. 2, vi. 4. 15, 
 6. 26, vii. I. 11, 35, 2. 5; denoting 
 possession, with dat., have, ii. 3. 9, 
 iii. 2. 18 ; impers., it is possible, iv. 
 
 5. 6, vii. I. 26, so ace abs., v. 8. 3. 
 Phrases : rd irapovTo. with or with- 
 out wpdy/xara, the present state of 
 things, circumstances, i. 3. 3, iii. i. 
 34, iv. I. 26 ; ei* rep irapbvri, in the 
 present crisis, ii. 5.8; ck tQv irapov- 
 Twv, from these straits, iii. 2. 3. 
 
 irdp€i|ii. [ei/xi], go or pass by, 
 come by, pass, abs. or with ace, iii. 
 2. 35, 4. 37, iv. 2. 13, 5. 30, v. 4. 30, 
 vii. 8. 14 ; go or come along, iii. 4. 
 48, vi. 5, 12, vii. 3. 46, with Trapd 
 and ace, vi. 5. 23. Phrase : ol wa- 
 pidvres, those who come forward, 
 esp. of spealiers, v. i. 3. 
 
 irapeXavvw [Aai^vw], drive by, 
 march by or jxist, pass in review, 
 abs., i. 2. 16, 8. 12, vi. 5. 25 ; with 
 iwi and gen., i. 2. 16, iii. 4. 46 ; with 
 ace, ride past, review, i. 2. 17, iii. 
 5-4. 
 
 irap€pxo|xai. [epxo/uat], pass by, 
 pass, pass through, go along, abs. 
 or with ace, i. 4. 4, 7. 16, 8. 16, ii. 
 4. 25, iv. 7. 11 ; with eiVw or e|aj 
 1 and gen., i. 10. 6, ii. 4. 12 ; come by 
 others to the front, come forward, 
 esp. of speakers, v. 5. 24, vi. i. 31, 
 6. 21, cf vii. 5. 11 ; of time, go by, 
 elapse, pass, i. 7. 18, iv. 3. 2, v. 8. 1. 
 
 irap«(rxilK.«vos, see ■wapix'^- 
 
 irape'xw [R. o-ex], hold beside or 
 ready, afford, provide, offer, fur- 
 nish, give, supply, hat. praebeo, ii. 
 
 1. 11, 3.22, 24, 4.5, 10, 11, iii. I. 
 
 2, iv. I. 22, 6. 13, V. 3. 9, 6. 1, vii. 
 6. 22 ; render, make, ii. 5. 13, 6. 27, 
 iii. 5. 9 ; produce, arotise, cause, 
 inspire, i. i. 11, iii. i. 18, 2. 27, v. 
 
 8. 15, vi. 5. 29 ; mid., <ff'er for one- 
 self, contribute, display, vi. 2. 10, 
 
 ! vii. 6. 11. Phrase: irpdyp-ara wa- 
 I pexeiv, see irpdyp.a. 
 j irapiicrOo, see -rrdpeifn, be beside. 
 IlapOcviov, TO, Parthenium, a 
 
 town in Mysia with a citadel, near 
 
 Pergamus, vii. 8. 15, 21. 
 I IlapOcviosi 6, the Parthenius, a 
 
 river flowing between Paphlagonia 
 
 and Bithynia into the Pontus, v. 6. 
 
 9, vi. 2. 1. (Bartan Tchai.) 
 xapOcvoS) V, maiden, virgin, Lat. 
 
 uirgo, iii. 2. 25. 
 
 Xlapidvoi, oi [ndpio^], Parians, 
 natives of Parium, vii. 3. 16. 
 
 iraptt])xi, [tTj/ii], let by, let pass, 
 give xoay, yield, allow, abs. or with 
 inf., Lat. concedo, v. 7. 10, vii. 2. 
 15. 
 
Xlapiov-TraTpios 
 
 170 
 
 ndpiov, TO, Parium, a city on 
 the northern coast of the Troad on 
 the Propontis, vii. 2. 7, 25, 3. 20. 
 (Kamares.) 
 
 irapCo-TTiiii [R. o-ra], set by or 
 near; intrans. in pf. and 2 pf., 
 stand by or beside., abs. or with 
 dat., V. 8. 10, 21 ; aor. mid. trans., 
 set by one''s side, produce, bring 
 forward, of victims at sacrifice, vi. 
 
 1. 22, of a soothsayer, vii. 8. 3. 
 irdpoSos, 17 [686s], toay by or 
 
 along, passage, i. 7. 15, iv. i. 2 ; 
 pass, i. 4. 4, iv. 2. 24. 
 
 irapoivew, firapi^vriaa, ireirapifi- 
 vrjKa, €Trap(^vr)dr}v [wdpoivos, ad- 
 dicted to wine, oivos'], act or treat 
 insolently when in ivine, v. 8. 4. 
 
 irapoix.op.ai [oi'xo/iat], be gone 
 by or past ; suljst., tQv irapoixop-e- 
 vojv, the past, ii. 4. 1. 
 
 liappdorios, 6, a Parrhasian, na- 
 tive of Parrhasia, I i. 2, iv. i. 27, 
 vi. 5. 2, a district or canton in 
 soutliwestern Arcadia. 
 
 Ilapva-aTis, i8os, ij, Pary satis, 
 daughter of Artaxerxes I., and 
 half-sister as well as wife of Da- 
 rius Nothus, king of Persia, i. i. 1, 
 4. 9, mother of Artaxerxes II. and 
 of Cyrus the Younger, i. 7. 9, ii. 4. 
 27. Of an intriguing and cruel 
 character, she had an almost abso- 
 lute power during the life of her 
 weak husband. She favoured the 
 designs of Cyrus and saved his 
 life, i. 1.4; afterwards, by her in- 
 fluence with Artaxerxes, she com- 
 passed the death of all the leaders 
 who had opposed her favourite son. 
 
 -iras, Trdcra, wdv, gen. wavrds, ird- 
 a-qs, wavTos [irds], all, Lat. omnis ; 
 with a subst. generally in pred. 
 position, all, the whole, i. 1.6, 5. 
 9, 9.9, ii. I. 16, 5.33, iii. i. 13, v. 
 
 2. 11, vii. 2. 11, but in this sense 
 the art. is freq. omitted with plu- 
 rals, i. 8. 9, iii. i. 18, 2. 22, iv. 5. 
 29, V. 4. 15, vi. 2. 16; rarely in 
 attributive position, ii. 3. 18, v. 6. 
 7 ; without the art., every, Lat. 
 quisque, i. 9. 18, ii. 5. 9, iii. 5. 11, 
 
 vi. I. 21, vii. 2. 8 ; with numerals, 
 in all, altogether, iv. 3. 2. Subst.. 
 irdvTes, everybody, all, i. i. 2, ii. 3. 
 
 11, v. 1.3; irdv, irdvTa, everything, 
 i. 4. 10, iii. 2. 28, vii. 3. iS. Neut. as 
 adv., wavTa, in all respects, or rela- 
 tions, utterly, i. 3. 10, 9. 2. Phrases : 
 Trepi travrbs iwoie'iTo, with inf., he 
 considered it all-important, seewepi, 
 i. 9. 16, cf. ii. 4. 3 ; ovk &v ivl irdv 
 eXdoL ; woidd he not make every 
 effort? cf. Lat. omnia facere, iii. i. 
 18 ; 5td. iravTos woXiixov livai, wage 
 every kind of war, iii. 2. 8 ; ^ rod 
 iravTos dpxvi the command in chief, 
 vi. 2. 12 ; did iravrds, ever, through- 
 out, vii. 8. 11. 
 
 Ildo-Cwv, uvos, 6, Pasion, of Me- 
 gara ; joined Cyrus with a force, i. 
 2. 3, hut deserted when his troops 
 went over to Clearchus, i. 3. 7, 4. 7 f . 
 
 irdcrx.ft) (^TraO-, wevd-), irelffoixai, 
 ewaOov, iriivovda., [R. <rira], experi- 
 ence, feel, be treated, iindergo, 
 stand, suffe?', Lat. potior, i. 3. 5, 
 ii. 5. 5, iii. i. 13, 17, 2. 6, iv. 3. 2, 
 V. 8. 15, vii. I. 16; with tI, suffer 
 hurt, be imtmded, i. 8. 20, vi. i. 6, 
 also euphemistically for die, like 
 our if anything happens to one, 
 Lat. si quid humrtnitus acciderit, 
 V. 3. 6, vii. 2. 14. Phrases : e5 or 
 dyadbv iradeTv, with ii7r6 and gen. of 
 pers., receive benefits from one or 
 be well treated by one, i. 3. 4, v. 5. 
 9, vii. 7. 8 ; /ca/cws iraOeiv, see /ca/ciDs. 
 iii. 3. 7, v. 2. 2, vii. 3. 38 ; dlKaia or 
 eVxttTa Tradeiv, see the adjs., ii. 5. 
 24, V. I. 15. 
 
 traraa-a-oi, Trard^w, iirdra^a, beat, 
 strike, iv. 8. 25, vii. 8. 14. 
 
 IlaTTiYvds, a (Dor. gen.), Pate- 
 g>/as, a Persian follower of Cyrus, 
 i.'S. 1. 
 
 iraTTip, Tp6s, 6 \_cf. Lat. pater, 
 father, Eng. father], father, i. 4. 
 
 12, 9. 7, vi. 4. 8 ; as a title of love 
 to a benefactor, vii. 6. 38. 
 
 irdrpiosi a, ov [ttot^p], of or 
 belonging to a father, hereditary, 
 old established, ancestral, Lat. pa- 
 trius, iii. 2. 16, v. 4. 27, vii. 8. 6. 
 
171 
 
 TraTpCs-iTftpa 
 
 irarpCs, iSos, rj [irorijp], father- 
 land, native land, Lat. j^atria, i. 3. 
 3, iii. I. 4, iv. 8. 4 ; pi., iii. i. 3, vii. 
 
 1. 29. 
 
 irarpuosi a, ou [ttot'^p], belong- 
 ing to or inherited from one''s 
 father, applied to concrete objects, 
 ancestral, hereditary, Lat. pater- 
 nus, i. 7. 0, iii. i. 11, vii. 2. 34, 3. 
 31. 
 
 irovXtt, 7;s [Trai;^], stopping point, 
 means of stopping, prevention, v. 
 
 iravw, Traucrci;, eirauaa, w^iravKa, 
 ir^iravixaL, eiravd-qv [root irav, ZlMe, 
 cf. Lat. 2MUCUS, few, pauper, poor, 
 Eng. few], )?ia^-e cease, bring to an 
 end. Stop, Lat. cohibeo, sisto, ii. 5. 
 
 2, with ace. of partic, ii. 5. 13 ; 
 mid., cease, leave off, stop, finish, 
 end, rest, Lat. desistd, abs. or with 
 gen., i. 2. 2, 5. 3, 6. 6, iii. 5. 6, v. 6. 
 31, vi. 4. 14 ; with nom. of partic, 
 iii. I. 19, iv. 2. 4, vii. 6. 9 ; be rid 
 of, with gen., v. i. 2. Phrase : TraiJ- 
 o-airas ttjv (pdXayya, giving up the 
 phnlanx fnnnntion, iv. 8. 10. 
 
 na4>\a70vid, as [Yla(p\ayd}v'], 
 Paphhtgunia, v. 5. 6, vi. i. 1, 14, 
 a district in Asia Minor on tlie 
 Pontus. 
 
 na<)>\a70viK6s, 17, 6v [Ila^Xa- 
 ydjv'], Paphlagonian, v. 2. 22, 4. 13 ; 
 subst., i] lla(p\a'yopiK-q (sc. x'^P^^t 
 Paphlagonia, vi. i. 15. 
 
 IIa((>\.a7wv, , bvos, 6, a Paphla- 
 gonian, native of Paphlagonia, i. 
 8. 5, V. 5. 12, 22; vi. I. 1, 14. 
 
 irdxos, oys, to [R. ira-y], thick- 
 ness, V. 4. 13. 
 
 iraxvs, eta, <> [R. iraY], thick, 
 large, stout, Lat. crassiis, v. 4. 25 ; 
 thickset, Lat. densus, iv. 8. 2. 
 
 ireSii, Tjs [R. ir«8], fetter, shackle, 
 for the feet, Lat. pedica, but gen- 
 erally pi. like Lat. compedes, iv. 3. 8. 
 
 ireSivos, v, (>v [R. ireS], jjZane, 
 .^a<, level, vii. i. 24, in comp., v. 
 5-2. 
 
 ircSCov, TO [R. ireS], level ground 
 or open country, plain, Lat. pldni- 
 ties, campus, i. i. 2, ii. 5. 18, iii. 2. 
 
 23, iv. 4. 1, V. 6. t), vi. 2. 3, vii. 4. 
 11 ; used with a proper subst. to 
 form a city name, like Lai,."cainp7is, 
 Eng. -field, i. 2. 11, vii. 8. 7, 8. 
 
 iTfliia, eir^^evffa [R. ireS], iratJe^ 
 on foot or 5^ Z«?if?, v. 5. 4. 
 
 ireSfi, ^'iv- [1^- "^^S], oji /oof, 
 fc/oof, Lat. pedibus, as opp. to go- 
 ing on horseback, iii. 4. 49, or to 
 sailing, by land, i. 4. 18, v. 4. 5, vi. 
 
 4. 12. 
 
 irt^os, 77, ov [R. irtS], on foot, 
 afoot, walking, as opp. to riding, 
 Lat. pedes, pedester, vii. 3. 45 ; 
 subst., tre^os, foot soldier, pi. in- 
 fantry, i. 10. 12, ii. 2. 7, iii. 3. 15, 
 V. 6. 9. Phrase : dvvajxiv Tre'giiv, in- 
 fantry force, i. 3. 12. 
 
 ■ir€i.6apx€(0, eir€idapxv<^oi [R- "iriO + 
 apx«], o6e// a superior, obey, defer 
 to, with dat., i. 9. 17. 
 
 ireiOw (irid-), weiaoo, eVeio-a, eTrt- 
 dov, w^veiKa or iriiroida, irew€i(rfjiai, 
 e-welffdrjv [R. iriB], perstiade, win 
 over, induce, prevail upon, Lat. 
 persuaded, abs. or with ace, i. 2. 
 26, 6. 7, ii. I. 10, 5. 15, iii. i. 26, v. 
 
 5. 11 ; with added inf. or ws and a 
 clause, ii. 6. 2, v. 1. 14, vi. 1. 19, 4. 14 ; 
 in a bad sense, bribe, vii. 2. 2 ; mid. 
 and pass., be talked over, be brought 
 round, be won over or prevailed 
 upon, i. I. 3, 4. 13, vii. 5. 12 ; hence, 
 obey, yield, comply with, Lat.pareo, 
 abs. or with dat., i. 2. 2, 3. 15, ii. 
 2. 5, iii. 2. 29, 30, v. 1. 13, vii. 3. 39 ; 
 believe, vii. 8. 3. 
 
 ircivdco, weivf}(7w, iireivrja-a, ireird- 
 vt]Ka [R. o-ira], be hungry, fast, i. 
 9. 27. 
 
 ircipa, as [R. x€p], <rm?, proof, 
 Lat. perlculum. so ei^ ffiavT^ Trecpav 
 \aj3ibv, since I have tested it in my 
 own person, Lat. qui perlculum 
 feci, V. 8. 15 ; ireTpav Xa^eiv Ae^lir- 
 TTov, put Dexippus to the test, vi. 6. 
 33 ; ireipav rjS-q e'xere avrdv, you 
 have already put them to the proof, 
 i.e. you know all about them, iii. "2. 
 16 ; hence, Kvpov SoKorjvTojv iv welpq. 
 yeviadai, reputed to have had inti- 
 mate relations iwith Cyrus, i. 9. 1. 
 
ir6ipdo[iai-Tr€\TatrTT|s 
 
 17: 
 
 ir£ipao)iai, Treipdcro/xai, eTreipaaa- 
 firjv, Tr€Treipafj.ai, iiveLpadriv [IX,. irep], 
 try., attempt, endeavour., Lat. conor, 
 generally with inf., i. i. 7, 9. 19, ii. 
 3. 23, 6. 3, iii. 2. 39, iv. 6. 15, v. 4. 25, 
 vi. 2. 11, vii. 2. 15; with Sttojs and 
 siibjv., iii. 2. 3 ; abs. or with an 
 adv., iv. 2. 4, 3. 6, vii. 2. 37 ; make 
 a trial of., test, Lat. exploro, with 
 gen., iii. "2. 38, 5. 7. 
 
 irficds, iTiia-dfirt, see Treldw. 
 
 TTiitrti, ir€C(rO)iai., see Trda-xt^- 
 
 ireio-TCOv, verbal of ireidw [R. 
 -iriO], o?ie mnst obey, obedience must 
 be rendered, ii. 6. 8, vi. 6. 14. 
 
 x«\d£a) (treXad-), TreXdcrui or ireXw, 
 fireXaira, erreXdcrdrjv [irAas, adv.. 
 Hear, c/. TrXijo-ios], rf>-aw Tiear, ap- 
 proach, with dat., iv. 2. 3 ; abs., i. 
 8. 15 (where v-n-eXdo-ds is commonly 
 read). (Poetic, except in Xen.) 
 
 II€\Xt)V€vs, ^«s, 6 [IleXX^i'T?, Pel- 
 lene^, a Pellenian, native of Pel- 
 lene, v. 2. 15, an ancient city in 
 Achaia near the boundary of 
 Sicyon. 
 
 neXoirovvi^o-ios, a, ov [vovs], be- 
 longing to Peloponnesus, Pelopon- 
 nesian, i. 1.6; subst. pi., Pelopon- 
 nesians, vi. 2. 10. 
 
 IleXoirovvTjo-oSi i] [vavs], Pelo- 
 ponnesus, i.e. Pelops''s Island (Mo- 
 rea), the peninsula constituting the 
 southern half of Hellas, i. 4. 2. 
 
 ireXTdJcu (ireXrad-) [ttAtt?], be a 
 peltnst, serve in the peltasts, v. 8. 5. 
 
 neXrai, Qv, PeUae, a city in 
 Greater Phiygia, on the Maean- 
 der, i. 2. 10. 
 
 ■JTcXTao-Tiis, ov [TreXTdfo;], pel- 
 tast, targeteer. The peltasts dif- 
 fered from other light-armed 
 troops (see s.v. yvfxvri%, aKovnaT-qs, 
 To^brris, crcpevSovrjTri^) in carrying a 
 shield (see s.v. ttAtt;). There is 
 no evidence in the Anab. that they 
 had other defensive armour, but 
 doubtless they were offensively 
 armed with a sword as well as with 
 spears. Of the latter they carried 
 probably several, which were hurled 
 with (v. 2. 12) or without the thong. 
 
 After the expedition of the Ten 
 Thousand, they were developed 
 by the Athenian Iphicrates into a 
 
 distinct branch of the service, 
 combining the peculiar advantages 
 both of heavy- armed and light- 
 armed troops. Iphicrates added 
 to the shield a linen corselet, in- 
 creased the length of the spear 
 and sword, and invented an im- 
 proved sort of boots, which took 
 his name. The peltasts among the 
 Ten Thousand were largely Thra- 
 cians, i. 2. 9, but those of other 
 races are specifically named, i. 2. 
 6. This sort of troops was of 
 Thracian origin, cf. vi. 3. 4, vii. 3. 
 40. In contrast with hoplites, the 
 peltasts were detailed to service 
 that required celerity of move- 
 ment, iv. 3. 22, 4. 20, 6. 25, 8. 18, 
 cf. vi. 3. 4. In the Anab. they are 
 sometimes contrasted with bow- 
 men, i. 2. 9, iv. 8. 15, with bowmen 
 and slingers, iv. 3. 27, v. 6. 15, and 
 once with the xplXol, i.e. light-armed 
 troops of any sort not armed with 
 the .shield, v. 2. 16. But they 
 probably usurped the place of the 
 dKovTiffTai, V. 6. 15, who are but 
 seldom mentioned ; and since the 
 bowmen and slingers were few in 
 number relatively to the peltasts, 
 the term ireXracrTaL is constantly 
 used as a designation of the light- 
 armed troops in general as con- 
 trasted with the heavy- armed. Cf. 
 i. 2. 9, where in an enumeration 
 of the forces of Cyrus 2000 pel- 
 tasts are named as representing 
 the total of the light-armed troops 
 in contrast with 11,000 hoplites. 
 
173 
 
 ireXrao-TiKOS-'n^^^ ■ 
 
 These 2000 peltasts included tlie 
 500 yvfiv^Te^ and 200 To^drai men- 
 tioned in i. 2. o, 9. The same 
 contrast of light- armed troops, 
 designated as peltasts, with heavy- 
 armed troops is found also in i. 7. 
 10, 10. 7, equal to to TreXTaa-TiKdv 
 in i. 8. 5, where all the light-armed 
 troops of Cyrus are meant, iii. 3. 
 8, 4. 3, iv. I. 26 ((•/. iv. i. 28, where 
 yvfjLVTJTes is equivalent to the pre- 
 ceding TreXrotrraQ , V. 2. 4, vi. 2. 16, 
 vii. 1.23, 3.44 ((•/. vii. 3.37). Cf. 
 also V. 8. 5. 
 
 ireXTao-TiKos, 17, 6v [TreXrao-TTjs], 
 of ov belonging to peltasts ; subst., 
 TO ireKTacrTi.K6v (sc. a'Tpa.Tevfj.a), the 
 peltast force, the light-armed 
 troops, i. 8. 5, vii. 3. 37, 6. 29, 
 
 itsXtt], 17s, shield, target, small 
 and light as compared with the 
 hoplite's shield (see s.v. da-n-is), 
 
 was of Thracian origin, (/. vii. 4. 
 7, 17, but was used by other bar- 
 barian tribes, vi. i. 9. The text 
 
 that part of the armour of the pel- 
 tasts (see s.v. TreXrao-TTj?) which 
 distinguished them from other 
 light-armed troops. The ttAti; 
 consisted of a wooden frame cov- 
 ered with leather. Sometimes it 
 was covered wholly or in part 
 with bronze, v. 2. 29. In shape it 
 was either elliptical or crescent 
 shaped, generally the latter, to 
 judge from representations of it in 
 works of art. This was the form 
 of shield attributed to the Ama- 
 zons (see s.v. 'Afia^div) . The tt At?; 
 
 in il. I. 6 is probably corrupt, 
 since there is no evidence that any 
 of the Persian troops were armed 
 with TrArat. In i. 10. 12 ttAtij is 
 equivalent to dopv or Xoyxv^ 
 unless the reading should be 
 TraXry. 
 
 irefjuTTaioS) a, ov [irt'vTt], on 
 the fifth day, of persons ; hence, 
 of corpses, ^a-av irefiirTaloi, they 
 had lain unhiiried five days, vi. 
 4. 9.^ 
 
 Tre'inrros, ri, ov [irevTe], fifth, 
 Lat. qu'intns, iii. 4. 24, iv. 7. 21. 
 ire'iAirw, Tre/ii/'O), iirefvpa, iri- 
 iroficpa, ir^ir€iJifj.ai, iirip.<t)dy)v, 
 send, despatch, send word, send 
 a message, Lat. mitto, abs. or 
 with ace, i. 9. 25, ii. 3. 1, iii. i. 
 27, iv. 3. 28, v. 5. 19, vi. 2. 7, 
 vii. 3. 1 ; there may be added the 
 dat. of pers., i. 3. 8, vii. i. 31, 
 or irp6s, irapd or et's and ace. of 
 pers., i. I. 8, iv. 3. 27, v. 4. 2 or iirl 
 or eis and ace. of place, i. 10. 14, 
 vii. 2. 24 ; the purpose is expressed 
 by a fut. or pres. partic, i. 3. 14, 
 V. 2. 10, vi. I. 2, Sttojs with a clause, 
 iv. 7. 19, the inf., v. 2. 12, or irpbs 
 TovTo, vii. 2. 13. 
 
 ir€'vT)s, v'Tos, 6 [R. o-ira], toiler, 
 day-labourer, poor man, vii. 7. 
 28.' 
 
irevCd-II^PYanos 
 
 174 
 
 ■mvia, as [R. <rira], pnrrrty, 
 narroio means, Lat. penuria, vii. 
 6. 20. 
 
 ircvop.ai. [R. o-rra], toil, work be- 
 cmise of poverty, he poor, iii. 2. 26. 
 
 irtvTaKoo-ioi, ai, a [irt'vTe + tKa- 
 T6v],^i;e hundred, Lat. quingenti, 
 i. 2. 3, iii. 2. 12, vi. i. 15. 
 
 irivrt, indecl. [ireWe], Jive, Lat. 
 quinque, i. 2. 8, iii. 4. 7, vii. 7. 12. 
 
 ircvTCKaiScKa, indecl. [ire'vTc + 
 ZiKo.'], fifteen, Lat. quindedm, i. 4. 
 11, iv. 4. 3, vi. 5. 5. 
 
 •irevTViKOVTa, indecl. [irt'vTC + 
 el'Kocri], fifty, Lat. qu'i7iqud(/iHtd, 
 i. 4. !!•, li. 6. 15, iii. 4. 10. 
 
 •7r€VTT]K0VTVjp, VPOS, 6 [ir€VT€ + €l'- 
 
 Koo-i], commander of fifty men, i.e. 
 of half a company (see irevrriKoa-- 
 Ti^s), iii. 4. 21. 
 
 irtvTtiKovTopos, v [irevTe + tl'KOo-i 
 + R. €p], sc. vaus, fifty- oared ship, 
 penteconter, vi. 6. 5," 22, in v. i. 15 
 called simply vavs, q.v. The pente- 
 conter was a war vessel of the 
 pirate type. It had single banks 
 of oars, twenty-five on each side, 
 and in the development of ship- 
 building preceded the bireme. See 
 
 No. 57. 
 
 s.v. TpiTjprjs. It was not decked 
 throughout, and might, like the tri- 
 reme, carry a ram. Like the ttXoTov, 
 vavi, and rpi-qp-qs, it was provided 
 with masts and sails. 
 
 ir«vTT|KO<rTvs> vos, i] [irtvTt -)- tV- 
 Koo-i], the number fifty, a body of 
 fifty men, i.e. half a company (see 
 Xoxos), iii. 4. 22. 
 
 •jT^irdvTai, irsirdTai, see irdofiai. 
 
 ir€"ir6v0d<riv, ireirovOws, see ird- 
 crxw. 
 
 iren pdK€vai, ireirpdo-tTat, see irt- 
 irpaaKoi. 
 
 ireTTTWKOTa, see iriirTU}. 
 
 irep, an intensive and post-jjosi- 
 tive enclitic particle, very, just, 
 even, in Attic prose found only 
 joined to rels. and particles ; see 
 idvwep, ettrep, Kaddwep, Kalwep, oio's 
 Trep, Sffirep, vjcnrep, etc. 
 
 ircpd, adv. [R. irep], beyond, fur- 
 ther, Lat. Tdtrd; of time, ovk^tl 
 ir^pd, no further, vi. i. 28; with 
 gen., Ttipa fj.ea-oij(T7is rijs ijp.^pds, in 
 the afternoon, vi. 5. 7. 
 
 irepaCvb) (^wepdv-), irepavQ, iir4- 
 pdva, ireTripa<Tp.ai, iirepdvdrjv [R. 
 ir€p], bring to an end, carry out, 
 execute, accomplish, Lat. exsequor, 
 iii. I. 47, 2. 32, vi. i. 18. 
 
 TTCpaiow, Trepaiiiffw, eirepaluxTa, 
 Tr€ir€pa,iwfjLai., eirepaLdjd-qv [R. ir£p], 
 set oijer a stream, transport; mid. 
 and pass., pass over, cross, Lat. 
 trdnsicio, vii. 2. 12. 
 
 ir£pdv, adv. [R. irep], on the 
 further side, Lat. trans, ii. 4. 20, 
 iii. 5. 12, iv. 3. 24 ; with a verb of 
 motion, across, over, over to, iv. 3. 
 29, vi. 5. 22, vii. 2. 2 ; t6 iripav, the 
 further bank, Lat. ulterior ripa, 
 iii. 5. 2, iv. 3. 11 ; with gen., across, 
 on the further bank, i. 5. 10, iv. 3. 3. 
 ir€pd(o, irepdcw, i-rrepdcra, tte- 
 wipaKa [R. ■ir€p], drive right 
 through, pass through, cross, 
 of water, iv. 3. 21. 
 
 ncpYa^xos, i], or Ilcp-yafiov, 
 TO, Pergamus or Pergamon (the 
 nom. is not found in Anab., and 
 both forms are found in the Greek 
 and Roman authors, but the word 
 occurs earliest probably in Xen. 
 Hell. iii. 1.6, where it is f em.), a city 
 in Mysia, in the valley of the CaTcus 
 and district of Teuthrania, settled 
 in early times by Aetolians, vii. 8. 
 8, 23. After the partition of the 
 empire of Alexander, it became the 
 capital of a kingdom embracing 
 the whole western half of Asia 
 Minor, and was adorned with fa- 
 mous works of art and with libra- 
 ries. Were parchment (pergamena) 
 was first used. Under the Romans 
 
175 
 
 ir€p8i^-"7r€pi5 
 
 it was the capital of the province 
 of Asia. (Bergama.) 
 
 ir€pSi|, JKos, 6, i] \_cf. Eng. par- 
 tridge~\, partridge, i. 5. 3. 
 
 ir€p£, prep, with gen., dat., and 
 ace. [r/. peri- in Eng. words, as 
 peri-helion, peri-jMtetic, peri-od], 
 on all sides, about, round. With 
 gen., not in the Uteral sense, but 
 indicating the subject about which 
 some mental act centres, about, 
 with respect to, concerning, because 
 of, for, Lat. de, i. 2. 8, 7. 2, ii. i. 
 12, 5. 8, iii. 2. 15, V. 5. 7, 8. 4, vi. 3. 
 9, vii. 6. 35 ; expressing compara- 
 tive value {cf. TrepLylyvo/xai, irepieifit, 
 be superior), in the phrases irepi 
 iravTos TToieia-dai, consider all-impor- 
 tant, i. 9. 16, ii. 4. 3, Trepl irXeiovos 
 TTOLeXa-daL, consider more important, 
 V. 6. 22, vii. 7. 44, irepl irXeLa-Tov iroi- 
 ela-dai, consider most important, i. 9. 
 7, iii. 2. 4, cf. Lat. mdximl, pluriml, 
 pluris facere. With dat. rarely, of 
 position, round, about, Lat. circd, 
 of parts of the body, i. 5. 8, vii. 4. 4. 
 With ace, of position, aboxit, all 
 round, rcjund, Lat. circa, i. 6. 4, 
 iii. 5. 10, iv. 4. 3, 5. 36, v. 2. 5 ; of 
 persons, about, attending on, 1. 2. 
 12, 5. 7, 6. 4, but sometimes the 
 person himself is included, as oi 
 irepl 'Apiatov, Ariaeits and his peo- 
 ple, ii. 4. 2, cf. iv. 5. 21, vi. 3. 25 ; 
 of things, Trepl to. eirLTTjdeia ^crav, 
 they were busy about the provisions, 
 iii. 5. 7; of time, about, i. 7. 1, ii. 
 I. 7, vi. 5.32, vii. 8. 12 ; of relation, 
 esp. towards persons, in respect to, 
 to, in one^s dealings with, Lat. de, 
 i. 4. 8, 6. 8, iii. 2. 20, vii. 6. 38, 
 towards things, v. 7. 33. In com- 
 position irepl signifies round, about, 
 (remaining) over, but especially 
 superiority, excess, and intensity, 
 like per- and super- in Latin. 
 
 ir£pi.pdXX(>) [pAXXw], throw round 
 or about, of persons, embrace, Lat. 
 amp)lector, iv. 7. 25; mid., throw 
 oneself round, compass, get pos- 
 session of, vi. 3. 3. Phrase: 6iri- 
 ffdev Trep{.^a.W6ixevoi ras tt^Xtos, 
 
 shifting their shields to their backs, 
 vii. 4. 17. 
 
 ircpi^C-yvofjiai [R. -ysv], be superior 
 to, get the upper hand, conquer, 
 abs. or with gen., Lat. superd, i. i. 
 10, iii. 2. 29, vii. i. 28 ; remain over, 
 issue, result, with ua-re and inf., v. 
 8. 26. 
 
 irepieiSov [R. F18], overlook, al- 
 loiv, suffer, permit, Lat. sino, with 
 ace. of "pers. and partic, vii. 7. 40, 
 49. 
 
 irepwiXe'fl) (ei\iu3, -eiXridrjv, press), 
 press round, put or wrap round, 
 with irepi and ace, iv. 5. 36. 
 
 ■ircpCeifJii [R. €(r], be superior to, 
 excel, be greater, abs. or with gen., 
 i. 8. 13, 9. 24, iii. 4. 33. 
 
 ir€p££i)it. [el/ut], go round or about, 
 traverse, abs. or with ace, iv. i. 3, 
 2. 2, vii. I. 33. 
 
 irepUXKw [?\kco], drag about, vii. 
 6. 10. 
 
 •irepuo-TWTas, see irepdcTTriixu 
 
 'Tr€piexw [U. a-ix], surround, Lat. 
 cingo, i. 2. 22. 
 
 irepiio-TT)|jii [R. o-ra], place 
 round ; iiitrans. in 2 aor. and 2 pf. 
 act., stand round or about, iv. 7. 2 ; 
 TOL's Trepteo-TtDras, the bystanders, 
 Lat. cin'nm.^t antes, vi. 6. 6. 
 
 ■ir£piKVKX6o(Aat [kv/cXo'co], s?0'- 
 round roinph'tel;/, beset, vi. 3. 11. 
 
 •ir€piXa|xpdva) [Xafi^dvu)'], seize 
 round, embriice, vii. 4. 10. 
 
 'n-£pi(iev(o [R. \i.a], wait round, 
 abide, remain, abs. or with 8.xpi or 
 i(TT dv and subjv., ii. i. 6, 3. 2, v. i. 
 4, vii. 3. 41 ; wait for, expect, with 
 ace. of pers., ii. i. 3, 4. 1. 
 
 Ileptveios, 6 [n(^pt)'^os], a Per- 
 inthian, a native of Perinthus, vii. 
 2.8, 11. 
 
 XlepivGos, Vi Perinthus, a city in 
 European Thrace on the Propontis 
 founded by the Samians in 599 B.C., 
 and called in tlie fourth century 
 A.D. Heraclea (hence Eregli), ii. 6. 
 2, vii. 2. 8, 4. 2, 6. 24. 
 
 irepil, adv. lirepl], round, about, 
 ii. 5. 14, iv. 4. 7 ; as prep., with 
 gen., round, vii. 8. 12. 
 
ir€pCoSos-ir€p(r(t<A 
 
 176 
 
 irepioSos, v [656s], icay round, 
 circumfrrcnce, circuit, iii. 4. 7, 11. 
 
 TTcpioiKcw [K. Fik], live round 
 or on the shore of, v. 6. 16. 
 
 irepCoiKos, ov [R. Fik], dwellin(j 
 round j subst., irepioLKos, 6, a Perioe- 
 cits, V. 1. 15. In Lacedaemonia the 
 Perioeci were the free mhabitants 
 of the towns, except Sparta itself, 
 the provincials, who enjoyed civil 
 but not political liberty and were 
 eligible to the lower military of- 
 fices. They were distinguished on 
 the one hand from the Spartans, 
 on the other from the Helots. See 
 AaKfdaifj.U}v. 
 
 irepiopdco [R. 2 F«p], overlook, 
 allow, suffer, perrait, Lat. sino, 
 with ace. of pers. and partic, vii. 
 
 3. 3, 7. 46. 
 
 ir«piiraTOSi o [irdros, 6, ste}), path, 
 cf. Lat. passus, step, pace, perpe- 
 tuus, uninterrupted, Eng. path, 
 /oo<-PAD, peripatetic}, a walking 
 roxind, place for toalking, walk, ii. 
 
 4. 15. 
 
 irepi'ireTOiiai [R. irfT], fly round, 
 vi. I. 2.'x 
 
 •Tr€pnrT|-Yvv(ii [R. iraY], make 
 freeze round; pass., he frozen 
 round or on, iv. 5. 14. 
 
 ircpiiriiTTw [E. im'], fall round, 
 hence of persons, fcdl on to pro- 
 tect, embrace, i. 8. 28 ; fall foul of, 
 fall upon, vii. 3. 38. 
 
 irepiirXe'u [R. irXeR], sail round, 
 coast 7-(>und. with diro and els, i. 2. 
 21, vii. I. 20. 
 
 irepiiroiew [iroi^w], make remain 
 over; mid., save for oneself, ac- 
 quire, gain, v. 6. 17. 
 
 ircpwrTuo-o-w (n-ri/a-o-w, wTvy-, 
 
 -TTTV^W, ETTTufa, -eTTTVy fiai, -eiTTlJX&V^) 
 
 fold), fold round, enfold, outflank, 
 i. 10. 9. 
 
 -ircpippca) [p^w], ^7?ow round, en- 
 circle, i. 5. 4; flnus round and off, 
 fall off from, of fetters, iv. 3. 8. 
 
 ■7r€pi<rTavp6(o {aravpow, ia-rav- 
 pwaa, -earaiipw/xai., €(XTavpwdT]v [R. 
 o-Ttt], /ence icii/i pales), surround 
 icith a paling fence, plpf. pass., had 
 
 been enclosed with a stockade, vii. 
 4.14. 
 
 irepio-Tcpd, as, dotJe, pigeon, Lat. 
 columba, i. 4. 9. Ace. to the Syrian 
 tradition the mythical queen Semir- 
 amis, daughter of the Syrian god- 
 dess Astarte, was changed into a 
 dove. 
 
 ir€piTp€'x« [rpix'^^i >"»» about, 
 iv. 5. 8. 
 
 ir€piTT«v«, eirefilTTevaoi [-n-epi], he 
 over and above, of number, esp. as 
 a military phrase, outnumber, out- 
 flank, iv. 8. 11. 
 
 irepiTTos, Vi o" [""fpCi ''iore than 
 enough, superfluous, to spare, over 
 and above, vii. 6. 31 ; subst., ot 
 ireptTToi, otttflatiking troops, iv. 8. 
 11; TO irepiTTOv, surplus, V. 3. 13; 
 TO. irepLTTo., superfluous or utinec- 
 essary articles, iii. 2. 28, 3. 1. 
 
 'ir£piTvyx*v<* [1^- TaK], happen 
 round, fall in with, meet, vi. 6. 7. 
 
 irtpK^avws, adv. [R. <j>a], visibly 
 from every point, manifestly, nota- 
 bly, iv. 5. 4. 
 
 ■ir£pi<j)€'pw [R. <}>€p], carry round, 
 pass round, vii. 3. 24. 
 
 ■ir£p(<}>o|3os, ov [(^o'/3os], in great 
 alarm, much frightened, iii. i. 12. 
 
 Iltpo-Tis, ov, a Persian, native of 
 Persia, and applied to all subjects 
 of the king whether real Persians 
 or not, i. 2. 20, 5. 8, ii. 3. 17, iii. 2. 
 25, iv, 4. 17, vii. 8. 9. Persia in its 
 restricted sense was Persis (old 
 Persian Parsa, now Fd,ris, Fdri- 
 stan), a district on the northern 
 shore of the Persian Gulf. In Per- 
 sis was the earliest royal city Pa- 
 sargadae, and also the residence 
 of Darius and Xerxes, near which 
 grew up Persepolis. The empire 
 of the Persians was extended by 
 conquest until it included, before 
 the time of Alexander the Great, all 
 Asia from the Aegean to northern 
 India, as well as Egypt. This vast 
 empire was divided into 20 sa- 
 trapies. 
 
 •jr€p<ritw [n^po-T/s], behave like a 
 Persian, talk Persian, iv. 5. 34. 
 
177 
 
 neporiKOS-IIiorCSai 
 
 Ilepo-iKos, rii ^v [n^/3(rr;s], of 
 Persia, Persian, i. 2. 27, iii. 3. 16, 
 iv. 4. 16 ; subst., rb lUpaiKov, the 
 Persian, name of a dance, de- 
 scribed in vi. I. 10. 
 
 irepo-to-Ti, adv. [■jrepcri^o}'], in Per- 
 sian, of speech, iv. 5. 10. 
 
 ir«pu<riv6s, V, (>v [ir^pi^crt, adv., 
 last year'], of a year ago, last 
 year''s, v. 4. 27. 
 
 ■7r€TaX.ov, t6 [cf. dvaveTavvvfii, 
 Eng. petal], leaf, Lat. folium, v. 
 4. 12. 
 
 iriTO\i.a.\. (jreT-, irere-, Trra-), -ttt^- 
 crofMaL and poet. ireTrjcro/xai, €TrT6jj.r)v 
 [R. Tr€T], j?;/, Lat. ho^o, i. 5. 3, vi. 
 I. 23. 
 
 ircTpd, as [c/". ireVpos], roc/i', 7('y- 
 ing rock, mass of rock, cliff, ledge, 
 Lat. saxum, i. 4. 4, iv. 2. 3, 3. 11, 
 vi, 4. 3. 
 
 irETpo^oXtd, as [7r^Tpos+ PdWw], 
 s<o«e throwing, stoning, Lat. Zapj- 
 (Zafto, vi. 6. 15. 
 
 irerpos, 6 \_cf. Fmg.petra/, petri-fy, 
 petr-oleum], stone, Lat. lapis, iv. 7. 
 12, vii. 7. 54. 
 
 ir€(|>v\a7pi€v(<>S) adv. [<j)v\dTT(i)], 
 circumspectly, cautiously, ii. 4. 24. 
 
 irT), indef. adv., enclitic, in any 
 way, anyhoio, somehow, iv. 8. 11, 
 13 ; as a dat. fem. in form irri in 
 the phrase tttJ h^v . . . tt^ 5^, in 
 some respects . . . in others, iii. i. 
 12, but in late editt. rfj. So ttt) 
 ixhv . . . oTTore S4, vi. i. 20. 
 
 irr\yr\, ijs, fountain head, spring, 
 source, Lat. fons, always pi. in 
 Anab., i. 2. 7, iii. 2. 22, iv. i. 3. 
 
 ir^'yvvji.i {nay-), irayqcroixaL, eirrj^a. 
 ■rr^irrjya, ewdy-qv, and poet. iirrixdT]v 
 [R. iraY], make fast or solid, fix, 
 freeze, Lat. gelo, iv. 5. 3, vii. 4. 3. 
 
 iriiSdXiov, TO [R. -ireS], oar, steer- 
 ing oar, paddle, rudder, Lat. gu- 
 berndculum. Each boat or ship 
 carried two, one on each side of 
 the vessel. These were removable, 
 V. I. 11. Originally simply oars, 
 they were later developed into 
 paddles with broad blades. See 
 the illustrations s.v. vavs, irevTTjKdv- 
 
 Topos, Tpir}pT)s. See also s.v. Kv^ep- 
 vrjTrjs. 
 
 irr\\6s, 6 [cf Lat. imlils, swamp], 
 clai/, mire, mud, Lat. lutum, i. 5. 
 7, 8, ii. 3. 11. 
 
 irfixvs, ews, 6, prop, forearm; 
 hence, as a natural measure of 
 length, cubit, the distance from 
 the elbow to the tip of the middle 
 finger, Lat. cubitimi, iv. 7. 16. As 
 an exact linear measure the irrjxvi 
 equalled 1^ Greek feet, or .444 me- 
 tres, or about 1 foot 5^ inches. See 
 
 s.v. TTOUS. 
 
 HiYpT^s, ■'jros, 6, Pigres, inter- 
 preter to Cyrus, i. 2. 17, 5. 7, 8. 12. 
 
 TTii^ia (TTteS-), TTuau), eTriecra, iiri- 
 ^crdrjv, press hard or, tight, squeeze 
 close, used esp. of the pressure of 
 a burden, Lat. premo ; in Anab. 
 always pass., be weighed down, be 
 encumbered, iii. 4. 48 ; be crowded, 
 iii. 4. 19 ; be hard pressed, be hard 
 jmt to it, i. I. 10, iii. 4. 27, iv. 8. 
 13, vii. 8. 18. 
 
 iriKpos, a, 6u, bitter, Lat. amdrus, 
 iv. 4. 13. 
 
 irip.ir\T](jii (TrXa-), ttX'^o-w, eirXijffa, 
 -TriirXrjKa, -■7re7rX7;(o-)/xat, iir\T^a-dr]v 
 [R. ir\a], fill, Lat. impleo, with 
 ace. and gen., i. 5. 10. 
 
 irtvw (tti-, tto-), ntoixai, eiriov, 
 ir^TTWKa, -TT^TTO/xat, -eTbdy)v [R. iro], 
 drink, Lat. bihd, abs., witli ace, 
 or witli e/c and gen., iv. 5. 32, v. 8. 
 19, vi. 1.4, 4. 11. 
 
 •rriirpdo-Kw, pres. not Attic (jpa.-), 
 iriirpaKa, Tr^Trpd/xai, eTrpddrjv, fut. pf. 
 Treir pdao/xaL [cf. Licit. pretium, price], 
 sell, Lat. uendo, vii. i. 36, 2. 6, 8. 
 6 ; with gen. of price, vii. 7. 26. 
 
 irXiTTw (Trer-, ttto-), ir€<rod/xat, eire- 
 ffov, iri-n-TuiKa [R. ireT], fall, esp. 
 in battle, Lat. cadd, abs., i. 8. 28, 
 9. 31, iv. 5. 7, vi. I. 6 ; with ets and 
 ace. , iii. i . 11; fall, be involved, 
 with els and ace, ii. 3. 18. 
 
 Ilio-iSai, Civ, the Pisidiaus, na- 
 tives of Pisidia, i. 1. 11, 2. 1, 9. 14, 
 ii. 5. 13, iii. 2. 23, a country in 
 Asia Minor, south of Phrygia and 
 north of Pamphylia, mountainous 
 
irio-Tsvw- 
 
 irXcvpa 
 
 178 
 
 ami wild. The people did not ac- 
 knowledge the sovereignty of Per- 
 sia. 
 
 ■ma-Tiixa, iri(TT€Vffw, iwicTevaa, 
 TreTri(TT€irj.ai, eTTcaTevd-rjv [R. iriG], 
 put faith in, trust, rely on, have 
 confidence in, credit, Lat. credo, 
 with dat. of pers. or thing, i. 2. 2, 
 3. 10, ii. 5. 22, iii. i. 29, v. 2. 9, vii. 
 2. 17 ; believe, with inf., i. 9. 8, vii. 
 
 7. 47 ; pass., be trusted or believed, 
 vii. 6. 3o, 7. 25. 
 
 irio-Tis, ews, •^ [R. iriB], «>•««< in 
 a person, or, as a quality, faith, 
 confidence, good faith, Lat. fides, 
 i. 6. 3. Phrases : Trio-rews g^-eKa, <o 
 ?naA-e s^lre of his loyalty, iii. 3. -1 ; 
 5ii irlareooi, see Std, iii. 2. 8 ; irlffTc-.s 
 6\a/3e, /ie received assurances of 
 protection, Lat. ^dem accepit, i. 2. 
 26. 
 
 irio-Tos, T?, ij/, [R. iri9], ^Aa« can 
 be trusted, trusty, faithful, sincere, 
 sure, true, trustworthy, JjRt.fldus, 
 fidelis, of persons, abs. or with 
 dat., i. 4. 15, 7. 5, ii. i. 14, iii. 3. 2, 
 iv. 6. 3, vii. 2. 29 ; of things, vii. 2. 
 30 ; subst., TTLffToi, a title given to 
 Persian royal counsellors, cf. Eng. 
 <■ trusty and well-beloved,' i. 5. 15, 8. 
 1 ; TTia-Td, rd, pledges, guarantees, 
 between former enemies, ii. 4. 7, iv. 
 
 8. 7, freq. with dtdovak and Xa/x^d- 
 veiv, i. 6. 7, ii. 3. 26, iii. 2. 5, v. 4. 11, 
 vii. 4. 22 ; he^ipe eirel to, irtirrd e7^- 
 vero, aftertKe exchange of pledges, 
 i.e. after the treaty was made, ii, 2. 
 10, cf iv. 8. 8. 
 
 irto-TOT'ns, T7T0S, -^ [R. iriO], faith- 
 fulness, loyalty, Lat. fidelitds, i. 8. 
 29. 
 
 irirus, vos, 17 [c/. Lat. p'lnus, 
 pinel, pine-tree, iv. 7. 0. 
 
 irX.d'yios, a, ov [7rXd7os, t6, the 
 side'], sideways, slanting, Lat. obfi- 
 quus, trdnsiiersus ; subst., rd ttXi- 
 7ta, stcZes, of an army, flanks, Lat. 
 latera, iii. 4. 14, vi. 3. 15. Phrase : 
 ei's 7rXci7to»', sidewai/s, obliquely, i. 
 8. 10. 
 
 ir\at<riov, to, any rectangular 
 figure, esp. of troops, the square, 
 
 as a marching order, more exactly 
 irXaicTLov IcroirXevpov, iii. 4. 19, Lat. 
 dgmen quadrdtum. The square 
 might be solid, iv TrXaio-iV TrX-npei 
 dvdpunrwv, i. 8. 9, or hollow, enclos- 
 ing the baggage and camp follow- 
 ers, iii. 2. 36, vii. 8. 16. The front 
 was called rd wpoadev or arofia, the 
 sides TrXevpai or /cepara, iii. 2. 36, 
 4. 19, 20, 21, 22, 28, 43. 
 
 ir\avdo|iai, wXaurjcrofj.ai, weirXlvr]- 
 IJ.ai, €TrXavr)dT]v [irXdvr], wandering, 
 cf. Eng. planet], wander, stray, 
 straggle, Lat. uagor, i. 2. 25, v. i. 
 7 ; of words, be pointless, miss the 
 mark, vii. 7. 24. 
 
 irX.dros, ovs, to [7rXari;s], breadth, 
 Lat. Idtitudd, v. 4. 32. 
 
 irXaTTft) (TrXaT-), eTrXacra, ir^TrXa- 
 a-/i3:, ewX%(Tdr)v [_cf. Eng. plastic], 
 mould, shape; mid., of falsehoods, 
 fabricate, invent, Lat. fingo, ii. 6. 
 26. 
 
 irXarvs, eta, i5 [r/. Lat. ?a«MS, 
 ./fa«^•, Eng. place, plate, plateau], 
 broad, wide, Lat. Idtus, iii. 4. 22, 
 V. 4. 29. 
 
 ■irXcOpiaios, d, ov [R.irXa], length 
 of a plethrnn, of width, with edpo%, 
 i. 5. 4, iv. 6. 4. 
 
 ■rrXeepov, to [R. irXa], plethron, 
 a measure of length, equal to 100 
 Greek feet, or 29.57 metres, or 
 about 97 ft. 1 inch. See s.v. irovs. 
 i. 2. 5, 4. 1, 4, ii. 4. 25, iii. 4. 9, iv. 
 7. 18, v. 6. 9, vi. 5. 11. 
 
 irXeto-TOS, 'jrXeiwv, see iroXv;. 
 
 irXcKw, sTrXe^a, wiTrXey fiai., eirX^X" 
 ^ryv and -ewXdKTiv \_cf. Lat. pZtco, 
 /oZfZ, duplex, d'mble, Eng. fold, 
 flax], <("us<, pZ«(7, of slings, iii. 3. 
 18. 
 
 ■irXeov, see ttoXvs. 
 
 •irX€OV€KT€w, irXeoveKT-f)<T(ii, iwXeo- 
 viKTrjcra [R. irXa + R- o'sxl' have 
 more, get a larger share, claim too 
 large a part, get the better, abs. or 
 with gen. of pers., to which may 
 be added dat. of thing, iii. i. 37, v. 
 4. 15, 8. 13. 
 
 irXevpd, as [cf. Eng. pleurisy], 
 rib, side, of man, generally (in 
 
179 
 
 irX^w-irXovcrios 
 
 Anab. always) pL, Lat. latera, iv. 
 I. 18, 7. 4 ; of a square, side, flank, 
 iii. 2. '66, 4. 22, 28 (sing.). 
 
 irXt'o) (wXv-), irXevao/xaL or TrXeu- 
 croxifxai, eirXevaa, ireTrXevKa, w^irXev- 
 <7fj.ai [R. irXeF], sail, go by sea, 
 take ship, Lat. nduigo, v. i. 4, 10, 
 6. 10, vii. 6. 37 ; with 7r/)o's and ace. 
 of pers. or ds or ewL and ace. of 
 place, i. 9. 17, ii. 6. o, vii. 2. 8 ; with 
 wapa. or e/c and gen. of pers. or 
 place, vi. 2. 17, 4. 3 ; witli ei/ and 
 dat., V. 7. 8 ; of a ship, i. 7. 15. 
 
 ir\Tj-yT),^s [ttX^ttw], blow, stroke, 
 Lat. pldga, always pi. in Anab., 
 stripes, i. 5. 11, ii. 4. 11, iv. 6. 15. 
 
 ir\fi9os, ous, TO [R. irXa], (7>vft< 
 number, multitude, crowd, mass, 
 numbers, Lat. multitiidd, of men, 
 
 1. 7. 4, ii. I. 11, iii. i. 42, iv, 2. 20, 
 V. 2. 21, vii. 7. 31 ; of things, iv. 4. 
 8, 7. 26, V. 2. 15; with a numeral, 
 number, iv. 2. 2 ; of space ami 
 time, length, amount, sum, v. 5. 4, 
 vii. 8. 20 ; dat., TrXrjdei, in nnmhcr 
 or extent, abs. or with gen., i. 5. It, 
 8. 13. Phrase : rb irXijdos, the com- 
 mon soldiers, iii. i. 37. 
 
 •Tr\T|9o),poet. TT^TrXr/^a [ILirXaJjin 
 Anab. only in pres. partic, be full, 
 see ayopd, i. 8. 1, ii. i. 7. 
 
 irXTiv, adv., used also freq. as 
 conj. [R. irXa], except, except that, 
 save that, only that, i. 2. 1, 24, 8. 
 20, 25, 9. 29, iii. i. 26, 2. 28, vii. 3. 
 2 ; as prep, with gen., except, save, 
 i. I. 6, 9. 31, ii. 4. 27, iv. 6. 1, vii. 
 
 2. 29. 
 
 irXifjpi]s, es [R. irXo], fidl, full of, 
 abounding in, Lat. plenus, with 
 gen., i. 2.'7, 5. 1, 8. 9, ii. 3. 10, iii. 5. 
 1 ; complete, in full, of pay, vii. 5. 5. 
 
 ■n'Xr](rid^ci> (^TrXr]crLa8-), TrX-qaidcro}, 
 etc. [ttXijo-Zos], approach, draw near, 
 abs. or with dat., i. 5. 2, iv. 6. 6, 
 vi. 5. 26. 
 
 TrXT]<r(os, a, ov, near, positive 
 not found in Attic prose, but sup. 
 irX-qa-LalTaros, nearest, i. 10. 5, vii. 
 
 3. 29; neut. as adv., irX-qaiov, Lat. 
 prope, near, close by, at hand, i. 8. 
 1, ii. 2. 18, iv. 5. 15, vi. 3. 16, vii. 
 
 4. 6 ; with gen., v. 2. 11, vii. i. 39 ; 
 in attrib. position, iu t(^ -n-Xriaiov 
 irapadelcrq}, in the neighbouring 
 park, ii. 4. 16, cf. iii. 4. 9J vii. 8. 15. 
 ■rrXTJTTW (7rXT77-), irXri^cj, -^ttXt/^o, 
 TriirXriya, Tr^TrXr]y/x.ai, eirXrjyTjv, and ^ 
 rare poet. -eTrXrixdvv[cf. Lat. plango, 
 strike, pldga, blow, Eng. fleck, 
 
 FLAG, FLATTER, PAT, OpO-p/eX/], 
 
 strike, hit, give a blorv, iu pass., v. 
 8. 2, 4, 12 ; loound, in pf. act., vi. 
 I. 5, which may be pass, iu sense 
 as in late writers. 
 
 irXivOivos, Vf ov [ttXij/^os], made 
 of brick, brick, iii. 4. 11. 
 
 irXivOos, 17 [cf. Eng. flint, 
 plinth], brick, Lat. later, further 
 defined by the adjs. yT^ivos, /cepa- 
 /xeoOs, and ottto's, q.v., ii. 4. 12, iii. 
 
 4. 7, vii. 8. 14. 
 
 irXolov, TO [R. irXif'], vessel, boat, 
 in the widest sense, including at 
 the extremes the canoe or '■dug- 
 out,^ irXoiov iwvo^vXov, V. 4. 11, 12, 
 and the man-of-war, irXo'iov fxaKpov, 
 Lat. nduis longa, v. i. 11, cf.i. 3. 
 14-17, where irXoiov is identified 
 with Tpcripris. In other passages 
 the irXoTov is distinguished from 
 the trireme, i. 4. 8, v. i. 4, vi. 4. 18, 
 6. 1, 5, vii. 3. 3. The term is ap- 
 plied to river boats, i. 4. 18, 7. 15 ; 
 including those by which the stream 
 was crossed, ii. 2. 3, v. 6. 9; such 
 boats might be used in the con- 
 struction of a pontoon bridge, i. 2. 
 
 5. ii. 4. 13, 24. The TrXotoc was 
 sometimes a, fishing boat, vii. i. 20 ; 
 sometimes a ship of burthen, i. 7. 
 15, vi. 5. 1 ; or might be used as a 
 transport for troops, v. i. 4, 5, 10, 
 3. 1, 6. 1, 12 ; like the mvs, irevT-q- 
 KovTopos, and Tpirjp-rjs, q.v., it was 
 fitted with masts and sails, v. 1. 11, 
 
 6. 31, 30, 7. 8, 15, vi. i. 14. 
 irXovs, 6 [R. irXeF], a sailing, 
 
 voyage, Lat. nduigdtid, vi. 4. 2 ; 
 time for sailing, sailing veather, 
 V. 7. 7, vi. I. 33. 
 
 irXovo-ios, a, ov [R. -irXa], rich, 
 opulent, Lat. dlues, i. 9. 16, iii. 2. 
 2(i, vii. 7. 28, 
 
irXowo-Cws-troXcutw 
 
 180 
 
 •irXova-iws, adv. [R. irXa], in 
 wealth or rivhes, opnienth/, iii. 2. 
 2(i ; comp. TrXoucrtwT^jOcos, i. 9. 16 
 (but some read the adj. in both 
 passages). 
 
 TrXovrio), TrXoux'^crw, iirXovrTjaa, 
 Treir\ovT7)Ka [R. irX.a], he rich, have 
 riches, abs. or with gen., i. 9. 19, 
 ii. 6. 21, vii. 7. 28, 42. 
 
 irXovTi^w (ttXoutiS-), TreTrXovri/ca 
 [R. irXa], enrich, vii. 6. 9. 
 
 irv£v(i.a, oTos, to [tti'^w, c/. Eng. 
 pneumatic, pneumonia], wind, 
 breeze, Lat. uentus, iv. 5. 4, vi. 
 I. 14. 
 
 irv€a) (ttku-), irveva-OfJiai and Trvey- 
 aovixai., iirvevcra, TriirvevKa [c/. Lat. 
 piihnd, Innr/I, blow, of the wind, 
 Lat.yfo, iv.5. 3, V. 7. 7. 
 
 irvt^w (jrvi-y-'), -Trvt^w, irrvl^a, ir^- 
 TTvlynai, -eirvifTjv, choke. Strangle, 
 pass., hp drowned, v. 7. 25. 
 
 iroSairos, -f), 6v, of what country? 
 where from? where horn? Lat. 
 cHids, iv. 4. 17. 
 
 iro8TJpT)s, es [R. ireS + R. ap], 
 reaching to the feet, of shields, i. 
 8.9. 
 
 -iro8C5<i) (iroStS-), -ttoSiw, irewo- 
 diff/xai, eno5l(T9r)v [R. ireS], tie the 
 feet, fetter, hobble, of horses, iii, 4. 
 35. 
 
 TToScav, see TToiys. 
 
 ir60€v, interr. adv., whence ? where 
 from? Lat. unde, v. 4. 7. 
 
 iroe^v, indef. adv., enclitic, from 
 somewhere or other, vi. 3. 15. 
 
 iroOcd), wod-qffoi, eTTodTjcra [tto'^os], 
 /o«^, yearn, with inf., vi. 4. 8. 
 
 iroOos, 6, longing, Lat. deside- 
 riiim, with gen., iii. i. 3. 
 
 iro£, indef. adv., enclitic, some- 
 lohither, somewhere or other, v. i. 
 8, vi. 3. 10, vii. 2. 18. 
 
 iroi€(i>, TTotija-w, e^c. [iroUo)], make, 
 produce, create, construct, fashion, 
 form, render, Lat. facio, i. 5. 5, 
 8. 18, 9. 19, ii. 2. 17, iii. i. 42, 2. 
 24, iv. I. 13, 5. 14, 8. 26, v. 2. 5, 
 3. 9, vi. 4. 9 ; with two aces., one 
 of which may be an adj., i. i. 2, 
 7. 7, 9. 6, iii. I. 4, 5. 17, v. 4. 18, 
 
 vii. 7. 47 ; bring about, effect, cause, 
 with inf., wore and inf., or ace. and 
 inf., i. 6. 2, 6, 7. 4, ii. 6. 14, iv. i. 
 22, V. 7. 27, vii. 8. 14 ; suppose, 
 imagine, Lat. facio, pond, with 
 ace. and inf., v. 7. 9 ; do, act, per- 
 form, accomplish, inflict, with ace. 
 or freq. with an adv., i. i. 11, 4. 5, 
 
 5. 8, ii. 5. 33, 6. 9, iii. i. 28, iv. 8. 6, 
 vi. 6. 18, vii. I. 8; with two aces., 
 i. 9. 11, ii. 5. 5, iii. 2. 3, v. 7. 10, or 
 an ace. and an adv., i. 4. 8, 6. 7, ii. 
 3. 23, V. 5. 9. Mid., in most of the 
 above senses but denoting that one 
 does a thing in his own interest or 
 has it done for him by another, i. 
 10. 9, ii. 3. 18, iii. 2. 36, iv. 8. 15, 
 V. 3. 5, 6, 5. 12, vi. 3. 21, vii. 8. 16 ; 
 often with an obj. so used that it 
 forms one idea with the verb, as 
 T7]v iropeiav iToieiTO = firopevero, i. 
 
 7. 20, cf i. 1.6, 2. 9, 5. 9, iii. 3. 5, 
 v. 4. 3, 8. 1. Phrases with the 
 mid. : see esp. deivos, evp-qfia, 6\L- 
 yos, irepl. 
 
 TtoKiyrioi, a, ov, verbal [iroiew], 
 to be done, or impers., one must 
 do, the agent, when expressed, be- 
 ing in the dat., i. 3. 15, iii. i. 18, 
 35, vi. 4. 12. 
 
 itoikCXoS) 17, Of [root iriK, cf. Lat. 
 pingo, paint], variegated, party- 
 coloured, of many colours, Lat. 
 uarius, i. 5. 8 ; of tattooing, v. 4. 
 32. 
 
 irotos, a, ov, interr. pron., of what 
 nature? of ivhat sort? what kind 
 of a? lohat?, Lat. qudlis, used in 
 dir. and indir. questions, ii. 5. 7, 
 13, iii. I. 14, vii. 6.24. 
 
 iroXciJiCM, TToXe/iijc'^) etc., but -Tre- 
 iroX^firj/dai [Tro'Xe/ios], be at war, make 
 or wage vxtr, do battle, fight, Lat. 
 helium gero, sometimes in aor., go 
 to war, Lat. helium Infero, abs. or 
 with dat., i. i. 5, 8, 9.* 9, ii. i. 20, 
 3. 21, iv. 8. 6, V. 5. 22, vi. i. 27, vii. 
 
 6. 1 ; with irpos and ace, i. 3. 4, vii. 
 
 8. 24. Phrase : 6<Ta iwoXefM-ndr] wpbi 
 Toiis"E\\i}vas, uihat hostilities icere 
 carried on against the Greeks, iv. 
 I. 1. 
 
181 
 
 •jroX€|iiK6s-'iroXvs 
 
 iroXe|JiiKdS| ^) ov [Tro'Xe^os, cf. Eiig. 
 polemic^, of or for icar, Lat. belli- 
 CHS ; of persons, umrlike, martial, 
 valorous, ii. 6. 1, iii. 5. 16, v. 2. 2 ; 
 subst., rb iroXe/xiKov, signal for bat- 
 tle, the charge, Lat. hellicum, iv. 
 3. 29, war cry, vii. 3. 33 ; ra iroXe- 
 ixLKo., military operations, Lat. res 
 bellica, iii. i. 38, 43. 
 
 iro\€(iiKus, adv. [TToXe/it/co's], IH 
 a hostile manner, like enemies; 
 sup., vi. I. 1. 
 
 iroX€|i(.os, a, ov [TTo'Xe/xos], 0/ or 
 belonging to war, so subst., to, wo- 
 X^fjLia, military matters, Lat. res 
 militaris, i. 6. 1 ; generally, the 
 enemy''s, hostile, Lat. hostilis, of 
 persons and places, i. 2. 19, 5. 16, 
 ii. 2. 14, iii. i. 2, iv. 3. 12, v. i. 6, 
 vi. 3. 22, vii. I. 28; subst., ^ ttoXc- 
 /ufa (sc. x'^/ja), </ie enemy'' s coun- 
 try, hostile territory, iii. 3. 5, vii. 
 6. 25 ; oi TroX^/utoi, i/ie enemy, Lat. 
 hostes, i. 4. 5, ii. 2. 16, iv. 2. 2, vi. 
 5-7. 
 
 iroXciios, 6, (/;«)•, warfare, Lat. 
 bellum, i. 5. 9, ii. 4. 5, 6. 30, iii. i. 
 20, 2. 7, iv. 3. 10, v. 4. 15, vi. i. 29, 
 vii. I. 26 ; vfith gen., ii. 5. 7 ; with 
 Trpo's and ace, i. 6. 6, iv. 4. 1, vii. 
 I. 27. Phrases: rwv els t6v iroXe- 
 fjLov epywv, warlike exercises, i. 9. 
 5 ; see also avaipidi, Sid, iKcpalvai, 
 eK(f)ipo}. 
 
 troWCjM (ttoXiS-) [R. irXa], build 
 or found a city. I'lirasc : -rroXi^ei to 
 xoopiov, he I'ms coliini:.iiiij the place, 
 vi. 6. 4. (ElsewluTc iki'i Attic.) 
 
 iroXiopKe'u), Tro\iopK7i(roj, eVoXiop- 
 Krjcra, -ireTroXiopKTj/xai, €Tro\iopKrjd7}t> 
 [K. •irXa + eipyco], hem iit a city, be- 
 siege, Lat. obsideo, i. i. 7, iii. 4. 8, 
 vi. I. 28; pass., of persons, be 
 hemmed in, be beset or blockaded, 
 iv. 2. 15, vi. 3. 11, 17, 22. 
 
 iro'Xis, ews, i] [R. irXa], city, Lat. 
 7/}-6s, i. I. 6, 2. 6, ii. 4. 21, iii. 4. 9, 
 iv. 7. 19, V. 5. 3, vi. 2. 18, vii. 3. 21 ; 
 body of citizens, state, Lat. chiitds, 
 ii. 6. 2, V. 5. 8, vi. i. 27; esp. at 
 Athens, the upper city as distin- 
 guished from Piraeeus, vii. i. 27. 
 
 iroXio-jJia, aros, to [1{. irXa], toivn, 
 iv. 7. 1(), vi. 4. 7, vii. 8. 21. 
 
 iroXiTevco, TroXIrewa;, TreTroXfrei'- 
 fjiai, irro\iT€vdT]v [R. irXa], be a citi- 
 zen, live in a city, iii. 2. 26. 
 
 iroXfTi]s, ov [R. irXa], citizen, i.e. 
 one who holds the citizenship of a 
 free state or city, Lat. c'luis, v. 3. 
 9, 10. 
 
 iroXXdKis, adv. [R. irXa], often, 
 frequently, Lat. saepe, i. 2. 11, v. 
 I. 11, vii. 3. 38. 
 
 xoXXairXa<rios, a, ov [R. irXa], 
 many times as many, many times 
 more, of number and amount, i. 7. 
 3, vii. 7. 25 ; with gen., iii. 2. 14, 
 V. 5. 22, vii. 7. 27. 
 
 iroXXoxfi) adv. [R. irXa], in many 
 ways, often, vii. 3. 12. 
 
 iroXXaxov, adv. [R. irXa], in 
 many places, on many occasions, 
 iv. I. 28. 
 
 iroXvdvOpwTTOS, ov [R. irXa + dvT)p 
 + R. oir], thickly populated, ii. 4. 
 13. 
 
 TToXwapxid, as [R. irXa + apx.w], 
 command vested in many, vi. i. 18. 
 
 IIoXvKpdTTjs, ovs, 6, Polycrates, 
 an Athenian captain, iv. 5. 24, use- 
 ful to the army, v. i. 16, and 
 trusted by Xenophon, vii. 2. 17, 
 29, 30, 6. 41. 
 
 IIoXvviKos, 6, Polynicus, a Spar- 
 tan, ambassador between Thibron 
 and the army, vii. 6. 1, 39, 43, 7. 
 13, 56. 
 
 iroXvirpd'yiJiov^w [R. irXa + Trpar- 
 Tw], be a busybody, be a meddler, 
 intrigue, v. i. 15. 
 
 iroXvs, ttoXXtj, ttoXv [R. irXa], 
 much, many, used in the widest 
 sense, of persons and things, Lat. 
 multus ; of number or amount, 
 many, in great numbers, in large 
 quantity, i. 3. 14, 5. 2, iii. i. 22, 5. 
 1, iv. 4. 7, 7. 7, vii. 5. 14, 6. 36 ; of 
 space, great, large, extensive, ii. 4. 
 21, iii. 5. 17, vi. 4. 6 ; of time, long, 
 i. 3. 2, 9. 25, V. 2. 17 ; of value, see 
 d^m, 1. 3. 12, ii. I. 14, iv. i. 28; of 
 size, force, intensity, degree, much, 
 great, large, strong, mighty, i. 2. 18, 
 
noXvo-TpaTos-iropeuWos 
 
 182 
 
 7. 4, 9. !■'), ii. 5. 9, iv. 2. 20, vii. 2. 
 15. Often joined to another adj. by 
 Kai, as TToXXd Kcifnfixo-va (s.c. vpdy- 
 fiara), many difficulties, ii. 3. 18, 
 c/. iv. 6. 27, V. 5. 8, vi. 4. 8, vii. i. 
 33. Subst., ot TToWol, the many, 
 most, the majority, abs. or with 
 gen., ii. 3. 16, 4. 2, iii. 3. 16, iv. 3. 33 ; 
 TO iroXv, the biilk, the greater part, 
 the most, with gen., i. 4. 13, 7. 20, iv. 
 I. 11, 6. 24, cf. vii. 7. 36. Neut. as 
 adv., iro\v, much, far, a great ivay, 
 i. 5. 3, iii. 3. 6, 4. 33, freq. with 
 comp. and sup., i. 5. 2, ii. 3. 13, iii. 
 
 1. 22, iv. 2, 14, rare with positive, 
 vi. 6. 34 ; so ttoXXc? with comp., ii. 
 5. 32, iv. 7. 23 ; woWd, often, iv. 3. 
 
 2. Phrases : ttoXXtJ (sc. 656s), a long 
 journey, vi. 3. 16 ; 5td TroXXd, for 
 many reasons, i. 9. 22 ; 6 iroXvs 8xXos, 
 the munerous camp followers, iii. 2. 
 36; iK TToXXoO, icM ff long start, iii. 
 
 3. 9 ; i-rrl wo\v, over a great extent, 
 i. 8. 8, iv. 2. 13, v. 6. 5 ; oJs iyri iroXv, 
 as a general rule, iii. 1.42,4.35; iroX- 
 XoO 5^0), see Sew, lack; wepl iroWov 
 TTOieiadai, see irepi. Comp. irXeiuv, 
 more, greater, with the same mean- 
 ings, in general, as above, ii. i. 20, 
 iv. I. 11, 6. 9, 7. 23, V. 6. 5, vii. 6. 
 16 ; with ri, than, i. 3. 7, 5. 13, vii. 7. 
 36 ; neut. as adv., irXdov or irXeov, 
 more, more highly, in greater de- 
 gree, i. 4. 14, V. 4. 31, vi. 3. 18 ; with 
 gen. or ^, than, i. 2. 11, iii. 2. 34, 
 3. 11, iv. 2. 28, 6. 11. Phrases: iK 
 irXdovos or ttX^ows eipevyov, they 
 fled ichen at a greater distance, i. 
 10. 11 ; Trept wXelovo^ or irXiovos 
 TToieiffOai, see wepl. Sup. 7rXet<rTos, 
 7nost, in greatest number, often 
 strengthened by tJs or 6ti, i. 1.6, 
 ii. 4. 6, iv. 6. 1 ; subst., ot TrXeta-rot 
 or TrXetcTToi, most, most of them, i. 
 5. 2, 13, V. 2. 14, vii. 4. 6"; neut. as 
 adv., TrXe'iffTov, TrXeTara, generally, 
 mostly, chiefly, iii. 2. 31, vii. 6. 35. 
 Phrases: aJs TrXeio-Tov, as /ar «.s 
 possible, ii. 2. 12 ; Trept irXel<TTov 
 TToieiadai., see Trepi. 
 
 IIoXvo-TpaTos, 6, Polystratus, fa- 
 ther of the Athenian Lycius, iii. 3. 20. 
 
 woXut€Xt|Si es [R. -irXa -f R.TaX], 
 
 reqtdring outlay, costly, expensive, 
 i. 5. 8. ^ 
 
 irofia, see rrtD/ua, 
 
 irofiTTTi, ^s [n-e/xTTO)], escort ; esp. 
 procession in honour of a god, Lat. 
 pompa, V. 5. 5. 
 
 irovcw, 7rov^(ra>, e<C., but -eirovT^drjv 
 [R. o-ira], ?(7orfc /jard, toi7, ?«i- 
 dergo hardship, Lat. laboro, esp. in 
 war, abs., i. 4. 14, ii. 6. 6, iii. 4. 46, 
 vii. 6. 36 ; with v-n-^p and gen., vii. 
 
 3. 31 ; with ace. xPVf-o-Tc^-, earn by 
 t hard work, vii. 6. 41. Phrase : iirl 
 
 Tois irewovqp.ivois, at hardships, vii. 
 
 ; 6. 10. 
 
 i iroviipoS) a, 6j' [R. <rira], burden- 
 some, troublesome, bad, poor, dan- 
 gerous, of things, Lat. molestns, iii. 
 
 4. 19, vi. 6. 10, vii. 4. 12 ; of per- 
 i sons, bad, base, worthless, Lat. 
 \xirduus, ii. 5. 21, v. 7. 33; hostile, 
 1 with TTpo's and ace, vii. 1. 39 ; subst., 
 I irovripos, 6, knave, ii- 6. 29 ; irovqpbv, 
 
 I Tb, a useless thing, iii. 4. 35. 
 I irovTJpws, adv. [R. o-ira], with 
 difficidty, Lat. moleste, iii. 4. 19. 
 
 TTovos, 6 [R. crira], hard vjork, 
 labour, toil, hardship, Lat. labor, 
 ii. 5. 18, iii. i. 12, vi. 2. 10. Phrase : 
 Tovs -rjiMeripovs ttovovs ex^i, he gets 
 the benefits of all our toil, vii. 6. 9. 
 
 ■irovTos, 6, sea; in Anab. always 
 IIovToj, the Black or Euxine Sea, 
 with or without Et^etcos (g.v-), iv. 
 8. 22, V. I. 15, 7. 7. vi. 4. 1, vii. 5. 
 12. 
 ! IIovTos, 6, Pontus, V. 6. 15, a 
 general term applied in the Anab. 
 to the countries lying along the 
 soutliern coast of the Euxine, esp. 
 to those east of Paplilagonia. This 
 part, with the northern half of Cap- 
 padocia, after Alexander's time be- 
 came a kingdom, and under the 
 Romans a province. 
 
 xop£Cd,ds [R. ir«p], a going, trav- 
 elling, journey, march, i. 7. 20, ii. 
 2. 10, iii. I. 5, iv. 5. 35, pi., vii. 3. 
 37 ; with i-n-l and ace, iii. 4. 44. 
 
 iroptvTtos, d, ov, verbal [R.irep], 
 that must be traversed or crossed. 
 
183 
 
 iropevw-irovs 
 
 ii. 5. 18 ; iinpei's., iropevT^ov, one 
 must cross or traverse, Lat. eundum 
 est, ii. 2. 12, iv. i. 2, 5. 1. 
 
 iropcvici), wop€V(T(i}, iiropevaa [R. 
 ir€p], make go, but these act. forms 
 are rare in prose, and in Auab. the 
 verb is a pass, dep., Tropevofiai, wopev- 
 a-ofiai, iTTopevdrjv, go, move, travel, 
 march, vmJk, march on, advance, 
 Lat. iter facia, abs. and freq. witli 
 advs., i. 2. 1, 3. 4, 9. 28, ii. 2. 14, 
 iii. I. 7, iv. 4. 1(3, v. 3. 1, vi. 3. 26, 
 vii. I. 10; with cJs, irapd, eirl, or 
 Trpo's and ace. of pers., i. 2. 4, 3. 7, 
 ii. 1.4, vi. 6. 19 ; witli eh, eirl, irapd, 
 or TTpo's and ace. of place, iii. 4. 41, 
 v. 4. 30, 7. G, vii. 8. 7 ; with dwo, 
 eK, did, or irapd and gen., i. 5. 4, j 
 iv. 4. 17, 5. 10, V. 4. 2, vi. 2. 4 ; ! 
 often witli cognate ace, ii. 4. 13, i 
 iii. 4. 46, iv. 4. 1. j 
 
 iropOcu, TTopd-^ffd), etc. [^iripdoj, j 
 A'fitcA;], ravage, waste, plunder, lay 
 waste, Lat. depopulor, v. 7. 14, vii. 
 7. 3, 12. 
 
 iropijw (woptS-), wopiQ, eiropiaa, 
 TTSTTopiKa, ireir6pi.crfx.ai, eiropi(Tdi)v [R. 
 TTcp], bring, bring to, bring about, 
 provide, supply, h-xt. praebed, ii. 3. 
 •"). iii. 3. 20, 5.' 8, V. 6. 5, vii. 3. 10 ; 
 uiid., supply oneself with, get, ob- 
 tain, Lat. paro, ii, i. 6, iii. i. 20, 
 V. 1.6. 
 
 iropos, 6 [R. irep], means of pass- 
 ing, of a river, /onZ, Lat. uadum, iv. 
 3. 13, 20 ; means, way in general, 
 lience, irdpovs irpbs rb vpuv iroXe/j.e'iv, 
 
 meatis of waging imr on you, ii. 5. 
 20. 
 
 iroppw, adv. [Trp6],/a?' off, afar; 
 with gen. of pers., far from, Lat. 
 procul, i. 3. 12, iii, 4. 35, 
 
 irop<)>vp€os, -q, ov, contr. irop<t>v- 
 poOS) a, ovv \_cf. irop(pvpa, purple- 
 fish, Eng. porphyry], dark red, 
 purple, i, 5. 8. 
 
 iroo-C, see Troys. 
 
 iroo-os, Tj, ov, interr. pron., of size, 
 amount, and distance, hoio large or 
 much? how far? Lat. qua7itus, in 
 dir. and indir. questions, ii, 4. 21, 
 vi, 5, 20, vii, 3, 12, 8. 1. 
 
 iroTajjios, 6 [c/. hippo-potamus^, 
 river, stream, La,t. fliimen, i. 2, 23, 
 4. 17, ii. I. 11, iii, i, 2, iv. 3. 28, v. 
 6. 9, vi. 2. 1. The name is gener- 
 ally in attrib. position, i. 2. 5, 5. 
 10, ii. 4. 25, iii. 4. 6, iv. 3. 1, vii. 8. 
 18, but, without the art., may fol- 
 low or precede iroraubs, v. 3. 8. 
 
 irore, indef. adv., enclitic, at any 
 time, once, once on a time, ever, Lat, 
 aliquando, olim, i. 5, 7, 9. 6, iii, 4, 
 10, vii, 8. 3 ; in questions, like Lat, 
 tandem, as 6woi irori Tpi\povTxi, 
 where in the world they would turn, 
 iii. 5. 13. Phrase : er wore Kai d\- 
 \oTe, if ever in the world, Lat. si 
 umqiiam alias, vi. 4. 12, 
 
 irorepos, a, ov, interr. pron., tvhich 
 of two? Lat. uter ; hence worepov, 
 adv., in questions where an alter- 
 native generally follows, as irorepov 
 . , , ■7, whether . , , or, Lat. utrum . . . 
 an, in dir. questions, iii. 2. 21, vii. 7. 
 45; in indir., i. 4. 13, ii. 2. 10, iii. 
 2. 20, V. 2. 8 ; so irorepa . . .1), ii. 
 I. 10, 5, 17, vi. 2. 15, vii. i. 14; 
 irorepov without foil. ^, V. 8. 4. 
 
 •iroTe'pws, interr, adv. [worepos], 
 in which of the two loays? followed 
 by et . . , -v ei, vii. 7, 30, 33, 34. 
 
 iroT'/|piov, TO [R. iro], drinking 
 cup, beaker, vi. i. 4. 
 
 iroTov, TO [R. iro], drink, i. 10. 
 18, esp. in the phrase criTa Kai iroTa, 
 eatables and drinkables, food and 
 drink, ii. 3, 27, iii. 2. 28, vii. i. 
 
 iroTOs, 6 [R. iro], a drinking, 
 drinking party, symposium, ii, 3. 
 15, vii. 3. 26. 
 
 irov, interr. adv., where? Lat. ubi, 
 ii. 4. 15, v. 8. 2. 
 
 irov, indef. adv., enclitic, any- 
 where, somewhere, of place, i. 2. 27, 
 ii, 2. 15, iii, 4, 23, iv. 5. 8, v. 6. 
 17 ; to modify an assertion, as ewL- 
 aTaffdi irov, you know, of course, 
 Lat, op'inor, v. 7. 13, 
 
 TTOvs, TToSo'y, 6 [R. ireS], foot, 
 Lat, pes, i. 5. 3, iv. 5. 12, v. 8. lo, vii. 
 4. 4 ; as a measure, shorter than 
 the English foot, equal to .296 
 
irpa-yna-'Trpeo-pvTTis 
 
 184 
 
 metres, or about 11.65 inches, i. 2. 
 8, ii. 4. 12, iii. 4. 7. 
 
 The table of Attic linear meas- 
 ure is as follows : 
 
 irods 
 
 TT^Xl'S 
 
 
 
 6 
 100 
 600 
 
 
 4 
 
 06.2 
 400 
 
 opyvid 
 
 
 16 1 
 100 
 
 irXidpov 
 6 (TTabLov 
 
 Phrases: rd irpb Troduiv, Lat. ante 
 pedes, what is right before one, iv. 
 6. 12 ; ^Tri voda, see dvaxb}p^(^, v. 
 2. 32.^ 
 
 irpd-y)ia, arcs, to [Trparrw, 0/. 
 Fjng. pragmatic'], thing done, deed, 
 action, fact, affair, business, Lat. 
 res, negotizim, i. 5. 15, v. 6. 28, 7. 
 18, vii. I. 17 ; in a bad sense, 
 troublesome matter, troiible, diffi- 
 culty, annoyance, i. 3. 3, ii. i, 16, 
 iv. I. 17, V. 5. 8, vi. 3. 6; pi., gov- 
 ernment, state, vii. 2. 32. Phrases : 
 TrpiyfjiaTa Trap^x"" with dat., give 
 or cause trouble, Lat. negotium 
 facessere, i. i. 11, iv. i. 22, 2. 27 ; 
 ovdiv ei-q Trpdy/xa, nothing was the 
 matter, vi. 6. 8. 
 
 ■irpd7)jiaT€vop,at., iTrpayfj.aT€V<Td- 
 furjv, Treirpa.yfidTevfj.ai, eirpdyfiarev- 
 6t]v [irpa7/txa], busy oneself in; 
 irpayfiarevdfievos dyadbv vfj.lv, striv- 
 ing to compass some benefit for 
 you, vii. 6. 35. 
 
 irpdvqs, ^s [irpo], bent forward, 
 Lat. 2^''(^>^^'^ ! of descents, head- 
 long, steep, Lat. praeceps, i. 5. 8, 
 V. 2. 28. Phrases: el% rb irpdvh, 
 straight down hill, iii. 4. 25 ; Kara 
 Tov wpdvovs, down along the in- 
 cline, iv, 8. 28, vi. 5. 31. 
 
 irpa|is, eujs, i) [Trpdrrw], a doing, 
 undertaking, enterprise, business, 
 i. 3. 16, 18, ii. 6. 17, vi. 2. 9 ; in a 
 bad sense, scheme, collusion, vii. 
 6.17. 
 
 irpupS) tta, ov, yen. pi. 
 
 I mild, of fish, tame, i. 4. 0. 
 
 irpaTTO) {it pay-), wpd^w, ewpd^a, 
 TriirpdyoL or wiirpdxa, ireirpdyfiai, 
 iirpaxGrfv [_cf. 'Eng. practice], bring 
 to pas.'^, carry out, perform, accom- 
 plish, fulfil, do, act, negotiate, Lat. 
 facio, abs. or with ace, ii. 2. 2, 18, 
 5. 21, iii. I. 14, V. 4. 20, 6. 28, vi. i, 
 18, vii. 6. 8, 32 ; with wept and gen. 
 of pers. or thing, i. 6. 6, v. 6. 28, vii. 
 2. 12 ; with vTT^p and gen. of pers., 
 vi. 6. 18 ; effect, exact from some 
 one, with "two aces., vii. 6. 17; 
 intr., be in a state or condition, do, 
 fare, esp. with advs., as e5 irpdr- 
 reiv, be fortunate or successful, vii. 
 6. 11, 7. 42; KttXtDs irpdrTeiv, prosper, 
 iii. I. 6, c/. i. 9. 10 ; ovtw npd^avTes, 
 with this result, iii. 4. 6 ; so with 
 adjs., vi. 4. 8, and rels., as a irpdr- 
 Toi, how he fared, vii. 4. 21, (/. vii. 
 6.31. 
 
 xpdcos, adv. [irp^os], mildly, 
 lightly, i. 5. 14. 
 
 irp€ir«, Tppei/'w, eVpei/'o, befitting, 
 become, suit, with dat., iii. 2. 7; 
 impers., it is fitting or proper, Lat. 
 fZecei, with inf., iii. 2. 16, so in 
 the phrase ewel rrj 7]\i.Kig. ewpewe, 
 ivhen he was of suitable age, i. 
 9. 6. 
 
 irpitr^ila, ds [Trpecr/Seuco] , ej)i- 
 5r'A\^.'/, Lat. legdtid, vii. 3. 21. 
 
 Trpco-pevo), irpea^exxrw, ewpecy^ev- 
 ffd i^v, wewpia^evKa \wpi(T^vf\, be 
 ambassador, go as envoy, vii. 2. 23, 
 7. 6 ; with Trapd and gen. of pers. , 
 ii. I. 18. 
 
 irpe'crPus, ews, 6 [r/. Eng. presby- 
 ter, priest], old, reverend, Lat. 
 senex, poetic ; as adj. in Anab. only 
 in comp. and sup., Trpea-^vrepos, 
 irpea-livTaTOS, i. I. 1, ii. I. 10, 3. 12, 
 iii. 2. 37, vii. 4. 5 ; as subst., in 
 prose always.pl., wpicr^eLs, oi, am- 
 bassadors, envoys, chosen for their 
 age and standing in a community, 
 Lat. legdfl, iii. i. 28, v. 5. 7, 6. 13, 
 vi. 2. 5. 
 
 wpto-pvTTjs, ov [irpia-^vs], old 
 man, Lat. senex, vi. 3. 10. 
 
185 
 
 irp Cao-Oai-irpoeiiTO V 
 
 irpCao-Oai,, 2 aor. mid. inf., from 
 indie, eirpi.dp.rjv, butj, used in Attic 
 for aor. of civ^ofj-aL, opt. TrpLaiiJ.-qv, 
 partic. irpidnevos, ii. 3. 20, iii. i. 20, 
 vi. 4. 22 ; with gen. of price, i. 
 5.6. 
 
 irpiv, temporal conj. [irpo], be- 
 fore, ere, until, after affirmative 
 sentences witli inf., i. 4. 13, 16, 8. 
 19, 10. 19, ii. 5. 2, 5, iv. 5. 1, v. 
 6. 16 ; after neg. sentences witli 
 indie, i. 2. 26, ii. 5. 33, iii. i. 16, 
 2. 29, vi. I. 27, with S.v and subjv., 
 i. I. 10, V. 7. 5, 12, or witli opt., i. 
 2. 2, vii. 7. 57, and in some Mss. 
 and editt. with inf. (where some 
 read opt.), iv. 5. 30. 
 
 irpo, prep, with gen. [irpo], of 
 place, before, in front of, Lat. 
 ante, i. 2. 17, 4. 4, 7. 11, 20, iv. 6. 
 12 ; hence, in defence of, for the 
 sake of, for, Lat. pro, vi. i. 8, vii. 
 6. 27, 36, but irpo tQv To^evfidruv, 
 as a defence against arrows, vii. 8. 
 18 ; of time, before, i. 7. 13, vii. 3. 
 1. In composition irpo signifies 
 before, forth, forward, in public, 
 for, on behaifof. 
 
 irpoa-yopEvw [dYeCpw], give public 
 notice, with 6tl and a clause, ii. 2. 
 20. 
 
 irpod7» [R. a^], lead forward, 
 iv. 6. 21 ; intr., go forward, ad- 
 vance, vi. 5. 6, 11. 
 
 irpoaip€a> [aip€o>], take before 
 others ; mid., pick out for oneself, 
 select, vi. 6. 19. 
 
 'Trpoai,(rOdvo(j.ai [K. 1 aF], find 
 out or observe beforehand, with 
 partic, i. i. 7. 
 
 -irpoavoXio-Ko) [dmXiVKw], spend 
 in advance, vi. 4. 8. 
 
 irpoairoTpe'iroiAai [rp^Trw], turn 
 awnij htfiirehand, leave off previ- 
 cjushj, with partic, vi. 5. 31. 
 
 ■Trpodpxo|Aai [dpxw], begin be- 
 fore, take the start, with inf., i. 8. 
 "17. 
 
 irpoPaCvw [R. Pa], step forward, 
 advance, iv. 2. 28, 3. 28 ; of time, 
 vv^ TTpo^aivei, the night is wearing 
 on, iii. I. 13. 
 
 irpopdWw [PdWw], thruiv be- 
 fore; mid., hold before oneself, 
 in the phrase to. oirXa Trpo^aX^- 
 a-dai, advance one^s arms for at- 
 tack, charge bayonets, i. 2. 17, vi. 
 5. 16, also for defence, as in the 
 
 phrase irpb dfKpolv TrpopelSX-rjuevos 
 (sc. dcnrida), holding out his shield 
 in front of both, iv. 2. 21 ; of per- 
 sons, bring forward, propose, nomi- 
 nate, vi. I. 25, 2. 6. 
 
 ■jrpoPaTov, TO, cattle, Lat. pecus, 
 generally plur., ii. 4. 27, v. 2. 4, 
 vi. 3. 3 ; chiefly confined to small 
 animals, as sheep and goats, iv. 7. 
 14, vii. 3. 48, 7. 53 ; of sheep only, 
 iii. 5. 9. 
 
 irpoPoX,'/], ijs [pdXXw], a throwing 
 forward. Phrase, ei's wpo^oX-ijv, see 
 'KaetrifiL, vi. 5. 25. 
 
 irpoPovXevco [R. PoX], plan for, 
 contrive on behalf of, with gen. of 
 pers., iii. i. 37. 
 
 irpoYovos, 6 [R. ^ev], forefather, 
 vii. 2. 22, pi., ancestor's, Lat. i7id- 
 iores, iii. 2. 11, 13. 
 
 irpo8i8(o|xi, [R. 80], give over, 
 esp. to an enemy, surrender, iii. i. 
 14 ; hence, betray, abandoii, desert, 
 IjsX.prbdo, i. 3. 5, ii. 2. 8, 5. 39, iii. 
 I. 2, 2. 5, vi. 6. 17. 
 
 irpoSiwKw [Stci/cw], pursue on or 
 further, iii. 3. 10. 
 
 irpo8oTTis, 01; [R. 80], betrayer, 
 traitor, Lat. prbditor, ii. 5. 27, vi. 
 6.7. 
 
 'rrpo8po(j.if), ^s \_cf. 5p6/xos], a run- 
 ning forth, sally,' iv. 7. 10. 
 
 xpoelSov [R. F18], see before or 
 in front of oneself, see before- 
 hand, act. and mid., i. 8. 20, vi. 
 1.8. 
 
 irp6£i(i,u [elA"], go on before or 
 ahead, i. 3. 1, 4. 18, iv. 3. 34 ; go 
 forward, advance, proceed, i. 2. 17, 
 8. 14, iv. 5. 21, vi. 5. 12 ; with eh 
 or irpos and ace, or dirb- and gen. , 
 ii. I. 2, 6, iii. 2. 22; of time, as 
 Trpowia-rts ttjs vvktos, in the course 
 of the night, ii. 2. 19. 
 
 irpoeiirov [elTrov], tell before, give 
 orders, i. 2. 17. 
 
TrpoeXavvw-irpoiiaxcwv 
 
 186 
 
 TTpoeXavvw [iXavvw^, intr. 7ide 
 hefore, march on before, push on, 
 i. "lo. 16, vi. 3. 14, 22. 
 
 ■n-po£p-yd|o(j.ai, [R. F«P7]) work or 
 do beforehand. Phrase: Trjv irpo- 
 eipya(riJ.ev7]v do^av, glory already 
 won, Lat. gloriam ante partam, vi. 
 1.21. ^ 
 
 irpo£px,o|i.ai [epxo/iat], go before 
 or first, advance before another, 
 go forward, advance, march on, 
 proceed, ii. 3. 3, iii. 3. 6, 4. 37; 
 with ace. (TTaSiovs, vii. 3. 7 ; with 
 €t's or Kara and acc, iv. 2. 10, vii. 
 2. 1. 
 
 "irpoepw, used as fut. of ■irpo'K4ya> 
 [K. 1 Fep]? tell beforehand, warn, 
 caution, vii. 7. 13, c/. 3. 
 
 -irpoexo* [R. <r«x]\ /'^^e ^Ae ad- 
 vantage of, iii. 2. 19. 
 
 irpor]'Y€oixai [II. a.y'], lead for- 
 ward, lead on, witli cognate acc, 
 vi. 5. 10. 
 
 irpoiryopto) [d-y€ipw], speak for, 
 be spokesman, v. 5. 7. 
 
 irpoGew [^eoj], run forward or 
 ahead, v. 8. 13. 
 
 irpo6v|i£0|iai., Trpo6v/j.ri<ro/xai and 
 irpod\iixir}d-f}<xop.ai, Trpov9iifj.ri9r]v [E. 1 
 6v], &e ready, eager, zealous or 
 earnest, desire, loish earnestly, Lat. 
 studeo, abs. or with inf., i. 9. 24, 
 ii. 4. 7, iii. i. 9, 4. 15, vii. 7. 
 47 ; give special attention, v. 4. 
 22 (but here probably read irpoOt- 
 effdai). 
 
 irpoGvuCd, as [E. 1 6\»], readi- 
 ness, eagerness, zeal, good xoill, 
 Lat. studium, i. 9. 18 ; with vepi 
 and acc. of pers., vii. 6. 11, 7. 
 4.3. 
 
 irpoOviios, ov [E. 1 6v], ready, 
 ivilling, devoted, eager, zealous, 
 well wishing, Lat. studiosus, i. 3. 
 19, 4. 15, 7. 8, iii. 2. 15. 
 
 irpoGvjjiws, adv. [E. 1 6w], read- 
 ily, rvillingly, eagerly, zealously, 
 i. 4. 9, iii. I. 5, v. 2. 2, vii. 7. 
 21. 
 
 irpo0«w [E. 2 Ov], sacrifice be- 
 fore ; mid., o^f r « sacrifice before 
 an event, as a battle or expedition, 
 
 offer a preliminary sacrifice, i. 7. 
 18, vi. 4. 22.^ 
 
 irpotT]|i,i [?wt], send forth; mid., 
 gj/ye oneself up, give over, entrust, 
 surrender, abs., or with acc, i. 9. 
 9, 12, V. 8. 14, vii. 3. 31. Phrase : 
 Tovs ffoi irpo€fji4vovs evepyecrldv, those 
 who have bestoioed kind offices on 
 yoti, vii. 7. 47. 
 
 irpoi<rTr][ii [E. crra], put at the 
 head of; intr. in pf., 2 pf., and 
 plpf. act., stand at the head of, 
 command, be chief of, Lat. prae- 
 sum, with gen., i. 2. 1, vi. 2. 9, 6. 
 12, vii. 2. 2. 
 
 irpoKaCo) or -Kaw [kuCw], 6?<?-?i in 
 front of, vii. 2. 18. 
 
 irpoKa\€(i> [E. KaX], call forth; 
 mid., ccdl forward to oneself, with 
 €K and gen., vii. 7. 2. 
 
 irpoKaXviTTO) (KaXyTrra;, KaXu/3-, 
 Ka\v\pu}, iKd\v\(/a, KSKaXv/Jipiai, iKa- 
 Xvfpdtjv, cover'], 2)ut a cover before, 
 cover up, iii. 4. 8. 
 
 irpoKaTaGe'w [^^w], )"i()i aZo^igf in 
 advance, vi. 3. 10. 
 
 irpOKaraKaCa) or -kow [KaCw], 
 burn down before one, i. 6. 2. 
 
 'TrpoKaTaXafjiPdvb) [Xafx^avw], oc- 
 cupy or seize before another, pre- 
 occupy, of strong positions, i. 3. 14, 
 ii. 5. 18, iii. 4. 38, iv. i. 25. 
 
 irpoKeifiai [Kcifxai], lie in front, 
 jut out, of a position on a coast, 
 with iv and dat., vi. 4. 3. 
 
 irpoKivSvvtvw [kCvSvvos], bear 
 the first risk, brave danger for an- 
 other, vii. 3. 31. 
 
 npoKXfjs, iovs, 6, Procles, gover- 
 nor of Teuthrania, a descendant 
 of Demaratus of Sparta, friendly 
 to the Greeks, ii. i. 3, 2. 1, vii. 8. 
 17. 
 
 irpoKptvco [jc/sfj/w], choose before 
 others, prefer, vi. i, 26. 
 
 irpoXe'-yw [E. Xe^], declare pub- 
 licly, give public orders or warn- 
 ing, with dat. and inf., vii. 7. 3. 
 (As fut. vpoepuj, aor. Trpoelirov, q.V.) 
 
 irpop.ax€wv, Civos, 6 [E. |Jiax], 
 rampart, battlement, Lat. propHg- 
 ndculum, vii. S. 13. 
 
187 
 
 irpo)i€T(i>iri8i.ov-irp6$ 
 
 ■irpontTwirtSiov, to [R. oir],/ron<- 
 let, armour worn on a horse's fore- 
 head, i. 8. 7. 
 
 irpo|j,vdo|xai (^fivdofiat, €fivri(rdiJLr]v 
 [R. (ia], court), sue for one, solicit, 
 vii. 3. 18. 
 
 irpovo£0)jiai, wpovoT^ffo/Mai, Trpovvorj- 
 o-d/jLTiv and Trpovvo-qdy)v [R.^yvw], take 
 thought for, provide for, vii. 7. 37 ; 
 with gen., vii. 7. 33. 
 
 irpovoia, as [R. •^va'], forethought, 
 prudent care, vii. 7. 52. 
 
 irpovofiTJ, 17s [R. vejj.], a foraging, 
 foraging party, v. i. 7. 
 
 •Trpo|€V€«, npo^evrjao}, irpov^ivr)(ja 
 [^evos], 6e one's irpo^evos, hence 
 manage anything for one, bring 
 about, in a bad sense, put upon, 
 vi. 5. 14. 
 
 •Trp6^€vos, 6 [fevos], public ^ivos, 
 the citizen of a state who was 
 appointed by a foreign state to 
 manage its business in his coun- 
 try and to protect such of its cit- 
 izens as went thither, somewhat 
 resembling our consul, but almost 
 always, it should be observed, a 
 
 citizen of the state where he per- 
 formed his duties. The proxenus 
 received many honours and dis- 
 tinctions from the state which he 
 represented, v. 4. 2, 6. 11. 
 
 IIpo^cvos, 6, Proxenus, a Theban, 
 ii. I. 10, pupil of Gorgias, ii. 6. 16, 
 ^ivos of Cyrus, i. i. 11, to whom he 
 brought troops, i. 2. 3, and one of 
 whose generals he was, command- 
 ing the centre of tlie Greeks at 
 Cunaxa, i. 8. 4. After the death 
 of Cyi'us, he was entrapped and 
 killed with the other generals, ii. 
 5. 31 ff. Xenophon, his ^ivos, v. 3. 
 5, was induced by him to join the 
 expedition, iii. i. 4 ff., and suc- 
 ceeded to his command, iii. i. 
 47 ; his character, ii. 6. 16 ff. 
 See also i. 5. 14, 10. 5, ii. 4. 15. 
 •7rpoire(Jiir(i) [tt^/xttoj], send for- 
 ward or ahead, send on, de- 
 spatch, ii. 2. 15, iv. 4. 5, V. 8. 9 ; 
 with eirl and ace, vii. 2. 8 ; con- 
 duct, attend, vi. i. 23 ; mid., send 
 on before oneself, vii. 2. 14. 
 
 irpoirtvw [R. iro], drink before 
 another, drink a health, pledge, 
 the custom being that the person 
 pledging should first himself drink, 
 and then pass the cup, with dat. 
 of pers., iv. 5. 32, vii. 2. 23, 3. 26, 
 27. 
 
 irpoirove'w [R. o-ira], work before 
 ox for another, toil for, iii. i. 37. 
 
 irpos, prep, with gen., dat., and 
 ace. , confronting, at, by. A sur- 
 vival of its original adverbial use 
 appears in 7rp6s 5' in, besides, iii. 
 2. 2. With gen., sometimes with 
 pass, verbs much like vtto, by, 
 from, in the judgment of, i. 9. 20, 
 'ii. 3. 18, iii. i. 5, vii. 6. 33, 39, 
 with adjs., in the sight of, i. 6. 6, 
 ii. 5. 20, V. 7. 12 ; of place, on the 
 side of, towards, Lat. ab, ii. 2. 4, 
 iv. 3. 26 ; expressing what is nat- 
 ural in some one, where the Greeks 
 said from, from the point of view 
 of the termimis a quo, illustrated 
 in all of the above examples, as ovk 
 Tiv TTpbs Tov Kvpov rpoTTov, it was not 
 
•irpoo-dY«-'»rpo<r^X** 
 
 188 
 
 in Cyrus's character, i. 2. 11 ; in 
 oaths, by, Lat. per, ii. i. 17, iii. i. 
 24, V. 7. 5, vii. 6. 33. With dat., 
 facing, by, near, beside, at, i. 2. 10, 
 8. 4, 14, ii. 3. 4, iv. 5. 9, 22, v. 4. 25, 
 vii. 2. 14, 3. 21 ; besides, in addition 
 to, iii. 2. 33, 4. 13, vii. 6. 32. With 
 ace, with verbs of motion or im- 
 plied motion, or of address, etc., to, 
 towards, before, at, Lat. in, i. i. 3, 
 
 5, 2. 1, 5. 7, ii. 3. 9, 6. 12, iii. 3. 2, 
 4. 28, 5. 15, iv. 2. 25, V. 6. 31, vi. 
 4. 4 ; in a hostile sense, against, 
 upon, i. 3. 21, 9. 6, ii. 6. 10, iv. 
 
 6. 11, 25, V. 4. 14 ; denoting inter- 
 course or relation, ivith, i. i. 10, 
 iii. 5. 16, vii. 3. 16; icith regard to, 
 about, touching, i. 4. 9, iv. 3. 10, 
 vii. I. 9, 7. 30; m comparison to, 
 vii. 7. 41 ; of purpose or end, for, 
 i. 10. 19, ii. 3. 11, 5. 20, iv. 3. 31 ; 
 of time, about, tovmrds, iv. 5. 21. 
 Plirases: Trpos ravra, in reply to 
 this, thereupon, i. 3. 19, 20, ii. 3. 21, 
 vii. 6. 23; tt^os (pCXlav, in a friendly 
 manner, i. 3. 19 ; irpbs av\6v, to the 
 music of the flute, vi. i. 5, 8. In com- 
 position Trpos signifies to, toioards, 
 against, besides, in addition to. 
 
 irpoa-aya [E. o^], lead to, lead 
 against, iv. 6.21 /with e/s and ace, 
 vi. I. 14 ; make approach, apply to, 
 employ, iv. i . 23 ; intr., lead on, 
 march forward, advance, iv. 8. 11 ; 
 with Trpos and ace, i. 10. 9, v. 2. 8. 
 
 irpotraiTcw [alrt'w], ask in addi- 
 tion, ask for more, i. 3. 21, vii. 6. 
 27 ; witli two aces., vii. 3. 31. 
 
 irpo(ravd\i<rK<o [dvaXicKw], spend 
 besides, vi. 4. 8. 
 
 irpoo-aveiirov [dirov'], announce 
 besides, command further, vii. i. 
 11. 
 
 irpoo-paiv(i> [R. Pa], step to or 
 upon, with Trpos and ace, iv. 2. 28. 
 
 irpoo-pdXXca [pdXXo)], strike or 
 throio against; intr., hurl (one- 
 self) against, make an attack, 
 charge, storm, abs. or with Trpo's 
 and ace, iv. 2. 11, 6. 13, v. 2. 4, 
 vi. 3. 7. 
 
 irpoo-paros, V, ov [R. Pa], that 
 
 can be approached, accessible, iv. 
 3. 12, 8. 9. 
 
 irpoo-poXT|, ^s [pdXXw], assault, 
 charge, iii. 4. 2. 
 
 irpoo-yi-yvofjiai [R. -ytv], C07ne to, 
 join, attach oneself to, as an ally, 
 iv. 6. 9, vii. I. 28, 6. 29. 
 
 irpo(rSavei|o|iai {bavel'^ofxai, 5a- 
 vei.5-, Saveicrofiai, idaveiffd/jL-qv, deSd- 
 veLff/Mai [R. 80], borroio), borrow 
 besides, vii. 5. 5. 
 
 irpoo-Sei [R. Be], there is need 
 besides, there is still need, with 
 gen. of thing and dat. of pers., iii. 
 2. 34, V. 6. 1. 
 
 xpo(rS£0|j.ai [R. Be], tieed or be 
 in loant of besides, with gen., vii. 
 
 6. 27 ; loant, strive for, with gen., 
 vi. I. 24. 
 
 irpoo-8i8(i>}i,i [R.80], give besides, 
 i. 9. 19. 
 
 irpo(r8oKd(i>, irpoa-eddK-rjo-a (the 
 simple SoKdo} does not occur), ex- 
 j^ect, look for, with ace and inf., 
 iii. I. 14, vi. I. 16, vii. 6. 11. 
 
 irpoo-8oK€i [R. 8ok], it seems good 
 or is approved besides, iii. 2. 34. 
 
 irp6(rEi|ii [et/Ltt], come to, come 
 up, approach, advance, abs., i. 5. 
 14, 7. 5, ii. 2. 17, iv. i. 16, 8. 12, vii. 
 
 7. 57 ; with dat. or 7rp6s and ace of 
 pers., ii. 4. 2, v. 6. 31, vi. i. 19; 
 with et's or Trpo's and ace of place, 
 iii. 4. 33, iv. 7. 7, vii. 6. 24. 
 
 irpoo-eXavvo) [e\ai/vw], drive 
 towards; intr., ride towards, ride 
 against, iii. 4. 39, iv. 4. 5, vi. 3. 7 ; 
 march on, march against, i. 5. 12, 
 7. 16, iii. 5. 13. 
 
 irpocr€px.O|jiai [epxap-a-i], come to, 
 come up, approach, advance, draic 
 near, abs., i. 8. 1, ii. i. 8, iv. 2. 7, 
 vi. I. 8, vii. I. 33 ; with dat. of pers., 
 iii. 5. 8, iv. 3. 10, vii. 1.8; with ei's 
 and ace, iv. 4. 5 ; of soldiers, go 
 over to, with dat., i. 3. 9. 
 
 irpoo-€vxop.ai, [eJxoMat], pray to, 
 offer up vows to, with dat., vi. 3. 21. 
 
 irpoo-t'x*) [R. o-i\], hold to; in 
 Anab. always in the phrase wpoffi- 
 xetv Tov vovv, apply the mind to, 
 pay attention to, give heed to, be 
 
189 
 
 •jrpo(rTJKw-irpo<rTdTT)s 
 
 intent on (see i/oOs), Lat. animum 
 intendere, abs. or with dat., i, 5. 9, 
 ii. 4. 2, iv. 2. 2, vi. 3. 18, vii. 8. 16 ; 
 without vovv, V. 6. 22, vii. 6. 5. 
 
 ■irpo(rT|Kw [r/Koj], /laye come to, 
 reach, witli tTrt and ace, iv. 3. 23 ; 
 of persons, belong to, be related 
 to, cf. Lat. proplnquus, with dat., 
 i. 6. 1 ; impers., it belongs to, it is 
 fitting, proper, seemly, Lat. decet, 
 with dat. or ace. and inf., iii. 2. 11, 
 15, 16, vii. 7. 18. Plirase: rovn^ 
 TTJs Boiwrlds irpoffriKei ovBdv, he has 
 nothing to do with Boeotia, iii. i. 
 31. 
 
 irpoo-^Tt, see wpSaei/xi. 
 
 ■rrpdo-eev, adv. [7r/>6s], before. Of 
 place, before, in front, in tlie 
 phrases : tfiSis tovs wpd^deu, you 
 in the van, v. 8. 16 ; els to irpbcrdev, 
 forward, to the front, i. 10. 5, ii. i. 
 2, vii. 3. 41 ; t6 irpocrdev, the van, 
 iii. 2. 36 ; with gen., els rb irpdcrdev 
 tQ}v ottXwv, see SttXov, iii. i, 33. Of 
 time, before, formerly, previously, 
 earlier, i. 3. 18, ii. 4. 5, iii. i. 45, v. 
 4. 1, vi. I. 17, vii. 2. 22; in attrib. 
 position, former, early, preceding, 
 previous, i. 4. 8, 6. 3, ii. 3. 1, 22, iii. 
 
 4. 2, iv. 3. 7, vi. 4. 11 ; freq. in the 
 clause on which a clause intro- 
 duced by TTplv depends, when irp6- 
 ffOev is superfluous in Eng., i. i. 
 10, iii. 2. 29, iv. 3. 12, vi. i. 27. 
 Phrases: t6 irpoadev, the time be- 
 fore, before, i. 10. 11, iii. i. 23 ; irpo- 
 (Tdev . . . ■ri, sooner than, ii. i. 10. 
 
 ^irpoo-Oeo) [^^w], r^tn towards or 
 up, run against, charge, abs., v. 7. 
 21, vi. 3. 7, vii. I. 15, 7. 55. 
 
 irpo<rCd(ri, see Trpoaeifii. 
 
 irpo(rti^|jii. [iT7/at], let come to, let 
 approach, with irpos and ace, iv. 5. 
 5 ; mid., let come to oneself, admit, 
 receive, iv. 2. 12 ; allow, permit, v. 
 
 5. 3. Phrase : irpoffteadaL els ravTo 
 T^pTiv avToh, admit to equal standing 
 with ourselves, iii. i. 30. 
 
 irpoo-KaX^w [R. koX.], call towards, 
 summon, i. 9. 28. 
 
 irpoo-KTdo[Jiai [Kraofiai], gain be- 
 sides, acquire in addition, v. 6. 15. 
 
 irpoo-Kuv€w, Trpo(TKvvr)(xw, irpoaeKV- 
 vt]<ra \_Kvveo}, iKuvrjcra, kiss, poetic], 
 do obeisance, bow down to, wor- 
 ship, of gods, iii. 2. 9, 13 ; of the 
 oriental salute to jjotentates, make 
 a salaam, do homage, i. 6. 10, 8. 21. 
 
 irpo(r\a(i,pdv<o [Xa/a/3di'co], take 
 besides, receive in addition, vii. 3. 
 
 13, 6. 27, 32 ; take to one, receive 
 to help, abs. or with ace, i. 7. 3, iv. 
 I. 27, vii. 7. 53; lay hold on, take 
 part in, lend a hand, ii. 3. 11. 
 
 irpoo-jjievw [R. jxa], wait still 
 longer, wait for, vi. 6. 1. 
 
 irpo(r(j.f-Yvii|J.i (^piy vv/xi, /xiy-, p.t^w, 
 e/M^a, /x^iMyfiaL, e/jdx0^>' and ifj.iyr]v 
 [R. fii-y], mix), mingle with, of 
 persons, join, finite with, iv. 2. 16. 
 
 irpoo-oSos, 17 [686s], way to, ap- 
 proach, Lat. aditus, with -n-pos and 
 ace, V. 2. 3 ; approach for worship, 
 procession, in honour of a god, 
 Lat. pompa, vi. i. 11 ; income, 
 revenue, profit, Lat. reditus, 1. 9. 
 19, vii. 7. 36. 
 
 ■tTpoa-6\ivv\ii [^/xi'i'/oit] , swear too, 
 ii. 2. 8. 
 
 irpoo-0fj.o\o7£o> [d(j.a + R. X€"y]i 
 concede to one, surrender, vii. 4. 24. 
 
 irpoo-irEpovdw (irepovij [R. ir€p], 
 pierce, not Attic), Trpoffireirepovq^iai., 
 fasten with a pin, skeioer to, vii. 3. 
 21. 
 
 irpoo-irt'irTw [R. tctr'], fall upon, 
 rush towards, vii. i. 21. 
 
 irpoo-iroieo|Aai [iroUo)], take to 
 oneself, assume, profess, with inf., 
 ii. I. 7 ; pretend, feign, make it 
 appear, Lat. simulo, with inf., i. 3. 
 
 14, iv. 3. 20, 6. 13, V. 2. 29. 
 •jrpoo-iroXep.ew [TroXe^i^w], ioar 
 
 against, carry on war against, i. 
 6." 6. 
 
 ■7rpo<r<rx6vT€S) see irpoffix^- 
 
 irpocTTaTevw [R. crra], be at the 
 head, take charge, see to a matter, 
 with Sttws and subjv., v. 6. 21. 
 
 irpocTTaTeo), irpo€<TTdTr)ffa [R. 
 o-ra], be in charge of, be manager 
 of, with gen., iv. 8. 25. 
 
 irpocTTdTt]?, ov [U. o-ra], one loho 
 stands before, chief, leader,vu. 7. 31. 
 
irpoo-TaTTw-irpw 
 
 190 
 
 irpoo-TdTTo) [R. TaKJ, assign or 
 appoint to a duty, give an order to, 
 i. 6. 10, 9. 18. 
 
 irpoo-TcXtw [t«\os] , pay or spend 
 besides, vii. 6. 80. 
 
 irpoo-TtpviSiov, TO [R. o-rpo], 
 breastplate, for horses, used partly 
 as a protection, i. 8. 7, partly as 
 au ornament. See the illustration 
 S.V. irpo/jLeTUTridiov. 
 
 irpo<rTieTi|j.i [R. 9«], add to ; mid., 
 add oneself to another, join, con- 
 cur, with dat., i. 6. 10. 
 
 -irpoo-Tpex" [Tpix^'\irun towards, 
 run up to, with dat., iv. 2. 21, 3. 10, 
 vii. 4. 7. 
 
 irpoo-(|>Epa> [R. <t>£p], bring to or 
 against, v. 2. 14 ; mid., bear or 
 conduct oneself towards, behave, 
 Lat. Hie ^ero, with dat. or irpos and 
 ace, V. 5. 19, vii. i. G. 
 
 •rrpoo-xwpeto [xc<jp^w], go over to, 
 -surrender, v. 4. 30. 
 
 irp6<rxwpos, ov [xwpos], adjacent ; 
 subst., ol wpoa-x^poi, neighbours, v. 
 3-9. 
 
 irp6<rw, adv. [irpo], forwards, 
 onward, in advance, vi. i. 1, vii. 3. 
 42, comp. irpoawTipoj, vii. 7. 1 ; at 
 a distance, far, ii. 2. 15, iv. 5. 2, 
 vii. 3. 17 ; with gen., far from, iii. 
 2. 22, iv. I. 3, but irpoVcj toO irora- 
 MoO, /a>* mto </ie river, iv. 3. 28 ; 
 sup. TrpocrwrdTw, vi. 6. 1. Phrases : 
 I4vai Tov TrpoVw, go forward, i. 3. 1 ; 
 Trpo<TU3Tipw TOV Kaipov, see Katpo's, 
 iv. 3. 34 ; ei's t6 Trp6a-ui, fonoard, in 
 advance, v. 4. 30. 
 
 irpoo-coirov, t6 [R. o-ir], visage, 
 face, look, sing, poet., but plur. 
 even of one person, ii. 6. 11. 
 
 irpordTTw [R. tok], place in 
 front, i.e. in the front rank, v. 2. 
 13. 
 
 irponXiu) [rt'Xos], pay before- 
 hand, vii. 7. 25. 
 
 irpoTcpaios, a, oi' [irpo], only in 
 the phrase t^ wporepaiq,, on the 
 day before, Lat. pridie, ii. i. 3, v. 
 4. 23. ■ 
 
 irpoTcpos, d, 01/ [irpo], former, 
 previous, earlier, ptreceding, Lat. 
 
 prior, V. 4. 26, vii. 8. 22 ; some- 
 times where we use an adv., as t] 
 yvvT] wpoTipa K6pou d(f>tKeTo, the 
 looman got there sooner than Cy- 
 rus, i. 2. 25, cf. 4. 12 ; neut. as adv., 
 irpoTepov, before, previously, ear- 
 lier, i. 2. 26, 3. 21, iv. 4. 15, vii. 6. 
 33 ; superfluous in Eng. when in a 
 clause followed by a clause with 
 irplv, iii. 1. 16. Phrase : t6 trpdrepov, 
 the time before, iv. 4. 14. 
 
 irpoTl|xdw [R. Ti], honour more 
 or above, distinguish before, with 
 gen., i. 6. 5 ; fut. mid. as pass., be 
 preferred to, he honoured above, 
 with gen., i. 4. 14. 
 
 irpoTptx" [•^P^xw], run forward 
 or on, i. 5. 2 ; with airo and gen., 
 iv. 7. 10; run ahead of, outrun, 
 with gen., v. 2. 4. 
 
 irpo<)>aivw [R. <|>a], bring to 
 light ; mid., come to light, come in 
 sight, appear, of persons and things, 
 i. 8. 1, ii. 3. 13. 
 
 irpo4>a(ritoK'(i'i (irpo<f>a(rid-),. irpo- 
 (f>acnoviJ,ai, Trpov(patTi<Tdfi7]v [R. ^o-^, 
 set up as a pretext or excuse, iii. i. 
 25. 
 
 irpotltao-is, ews, ij [R. <))a], alle- 
 gation, pretext, exciise, with inf. 
 or TOV and inf., i. i. 7, vii. 6. 22 ; 
 with us and a partic, or 'iva and a 
 clause, i. 2. 1, ii. 3. 21. 
 
 irpo(|>vXaKTi, ^s [<}>v\dTT»], pi., 
 advanced posts, outposts, pickets, 
 Lat. exctibiae, iii. 2. 1. 
 
 outpost, picket, sentinel, Lat. excu^ 
 hitor, ii. 3. 2, 4. 15, vi. 4. 26. 
 
 irpox.ci>p^(i> [xwp^w], go ^forward 
 or OH, continue, of drinking, vii. 
 3. 26 ; maA;e progress, hence, pros- 
 per, he favourable, succeed, vi. 4. 
 21 ; impers., i< is advantageous, so 
 exoi'Tt Ti irpox^poit], with whatever 
 was to his advantage, i. 9. 13. 
 
 Trpvpiva, rjs, siern of a ship, Lat. 
 puppis, V. 8. 20. 
 
 irpw or irpctft, adv. [irpo], early, 
 in the morning, betimes, Lat. mane, 
 ii. 2. 1, vi. 5. 2, vii. 6. 6 ; comp. 
 irp'.iiLTepov or irpjOialTepov. ill. 4. 1. 
 
191 
 
 irpupa-TTVYK'Ti 
 
 irpupa, as [irpo], prow, how of a 
 ship, Lat. prom, v. 8. 20. 
 
 irpwpevs, ^ojJ, 6 [irpo], m«?J at 
 the 2)row, lookout, an officer in 
 command at the bow of the Greek 
 ship, subordinate to the Kv^epv-fj- 
 TTjs, q.v., V. 8. 20. 
 
 irpwT€v«, irpwreva-u), iirpdjrevffa 
 [irpo], he first, hold the chief place, 
 ii. 6. 26. 
 
 irpwTOS, 17, ov [irp6],^>s^, in its 
 widest sense, of place, order, de- 
 gree, and ti7ne, foremost, chief, 
 principal, earliest, Lat. primus, i. 
 10. 7, ii. 2. 8, iii. 4. 25, iv. 2. 17, v. 
 8. 2, vi. 5. 5, vii. i. 40 ; often where 
 we use an adv., i. 3. 1, 6. 9, ii. 3. 19, 
 iii. 4. 20, iv. 2. 9, vi. 2. 17, vii. i. 
 29; of soldiers, oi TrpQiroi, the van, 
 the advance, ii. 2. 16, iii. 5. 12, iv. 
 2. 25; of social position, ii. 6. 17 ; 
 as adv. -n-pCJTop, at first, in the first 
 place, first, Lat. primum, primo, i. 
 2. 16, ii. 3. 5, iii. 2. 9, v. i. 6, vii. 
 
 2. 23. Phrases : t6 irpwrov, the first 
 time, at first, i. 10. 10, iv. 8. 9, vi. 
 
 3. 23, vii. 2. 18 ; cJs t6 irpurov, as 
 soon as, vii. 8. 14. 
 
 iTTOiw, irraia-w, eirraiffa [R. irtr], 
 Stumble, fall, dash, with irpds and 
 ace, iv. 2. 3. 
 
 irrapwixai. (irrap-), iirTa.pov \_cf. 
 Lat. sternuo, sneeze}, sneeze, iii. 
 
 2.9. 
 
 irT€pv|, 1/70$, 7} [R. irer], tom^ of 
 a bird, Lat. dla, i. 5. 3 ; fiap of a 
 corselet, iv. 7. 15. Round the 
 lower part of the diipd^ {Q-v-) a 
 series of flaps was attached, below 
 the ^(hvri (q.v.) consisting of leather, 
 or felt, covered with metal plates, 
 and serving to protect the hips and 
 groin, but not interfering with the 
 wearer's freedom of movement. 
 For additional illustration, see s.v. 
 apfia, do-TT t's (No. 10), and oirXtrTjs. 
 
 ■^W^> V^ [Ti^f, cf. Eng. pygmy}, 
 fist, Lat. piignus; boxing, boxing 
 match, Lat. pugildtus, iv. 8. 27. 
 Boxing, as practised at the Greek 
 national games, was a severe and 
 dangerous contest, which some- 
 
 times resulted fatally, although 
 the intentional killing of an antag- 
 onist was punished by law. The 
 very severity of the exercise, how- 
 ever, made it an excellent training 
 for soldiers. It was practised 
 naked. Boxers used the caestus, 
 thongs of leather tied round the 
 hands and wrists, and often ex- 
 tending to the elbow. In Homeric 
 times, and later in the Greek 
 wrestling schools, the thongs were 
 soft, and, while they increased the 
 force of the blow, at the same time 
 they mitigated it, since the knuc- 
 kles were covered by them. But 
 in the severer forms of the contest 
 the strips of leather were hard and 
 were loaded with metal, so that 
 
 llJJL. 
 
 No. 59. 
 
 the caestus became a frightful 
 weapon, as illustrated in the ac- 
 companying cut. Boxers were not 
 alli^wed to clinch, and there were 
 no rounds, but only enforced rests 
 
IIvBaYopds-irvpptxTf 
 
 192 
 
 as were due to the exhaustion of 
 both the fighters. The contest 
 continued until one of the combat- 
 ants was disabled or acknowledged 
 defeat by raising his hand. 
 
 IIvOaYopds, ov, P;/thagoras, ad- 
 miral of tlie Spartan fleet, i. 4. 2. 
 
 iru96fi€vos, see Trwddvo/xai. 
 
 ITVKVOS, V-, 6v \_cf. 7ry|], close- 
 
 jMcked, close, compact, close to- 
 gether, thick, Lat. densus, ii. 3. 3, 
 iv. 7. 15, 8. 2, V. 2. 5 ; neut. as adv., 
 irvKva, constantly, often, Lat. fre- 
 quenter, vi. i. 8. 
 
 iriKTx\s,ov [ttuI], pugilist, boxer, 
 Lat. pugil, v. 8. 23. 
 
 IlvXai,, wv [ttuXtj], Pylae, i.e. 
 ' The Gates,'' a fortress on the fron- 
 tiers of Mesopotamia and Babylo- 
 nia, i. 5. 5. 
 
 i7v\t], rjs, gate, of towus and 
 forts, pi. because of the two wings 
 of which such gates were composed, 
 like Lat. fores, i. 4. 4, v. 2. 1(5, vi. 2. 
 8, vii. 1. 12, 6.24; opening, entrance, 
 vi. 5. 1 ; hence jmss, generally- 
 through mountains, Lat. angustiae; 
 so TTvXai rfis KiXt/ci'as /cot ttjs livpLa.'s, 
 the Syro-Cilician Pass, i. 4. 4, on 
 the frontiers of Syria and Cilicia, 
 a narrow pass between Mt. Ama- 
 nus and the Gulf of Issus, while 
 ai TTvXai "Evpiai, in i. 4. 5, means 
 the pass to the south leading over 
 the Amanus ridge inland from the 
 coast. 
 
 Trvv6avo|Aai (ttvO-), Tr€vcroiJ.ai, iirv- 
 66/jLr]v, TT^irvfffjLai, inquire, ask, with 
 ace. and ottws with a clause, iii. i. 7 ; 
 with gen. of pers. or Trepl and gen. 
 and an interr. clause, vi. 3. 25, vii. 
 I. 14 ; learn by inquiry, ascertain, 
 discover, find out, abs. or with ace, 
 i. 5. 15, ii. 1.4, 2. 3, iv. 4. 22, vi. 3. 
 26 5 with ace. and partic. or inf., 
 i. 7. 16, vii. 6. 11 ; with gen. of pers. 
 and 8tl, iv. 6. 17, vi. 3. 23. 
 
 irv^, adv. [root irv-y, thick, close, 
 cf. TTVKvds, Lat. pugnus, fist, Eng. 
 fist], icith the fist, v. 8. 16. 
 
 iriip, pos, TO [root iru, cleanse, cf. 
 Lat. purus, clean, Eng. fire, em- 
 
 pyrean, pyre, pyro-technic], fire, 
 Lat. ignis, ii. 5. 19, iii. i. 3, iv. 5. 
 5, 21, v. 2. 3, 14, vii. '^. 16 ; 'pi. to. 
 irvpa, dat. 7riijOo?s, loatch fires, camp 
 fires, iv. 4. 9, vii. 2. 18 ; fire signals, 
 beacons, iv. i. 11, 6. 20. 
 
 irvpap.Csi iSos, ^ [c/". Eng. pyra- 
 mid^, pyramid, iii. 4. 9 (see Ad- 
 piff(Ta). 
 
 n«pa)Jios, 6, the Pyramus, one 
 of the largest rivers in Asia Minor, 
 rising in Cappadocia and flowing 
 through Cilicia to the sea, i. 4. 1 
 (Djihan). 
 
 irvpYojiaxew [7rup7os-f- R. (lax], 
 storm or assault a tower, vii. 8. 13. 
 
 irvp-yos, 6, toicer, esp. on the wall 
 of a fortress or city, Lat'. turris, 
 vii. 8. 13. 
 
 irvpe'TTo) {wvper-) [irOp], have a 
 fever, vi. 4. 11. 
 
 irflpivos, r], ov [Trirpo's], of wheat, 
 loheaten, Lat. triticeus, iv. 5. 31. 
 
 irwpois, see irvp. 
 
 irvpos, 6, xcheat, Lat. triticum, 
 always pi. in Anab., i. 2. 22, iv. 5. 
 5, 26, vi. 4. 6, 6. 1, vii. i. 13. 
 
 Ilvppids, 01^, Pyrrhias, an Arca- 
 dian taxiarch, vi. 5. 11. 
 
 ■irvpp(xil> T/S) the pyrrich, a war 
 dance, vi. i. 12. We have a de- 
 scription of it in Plato, who says 
 that the pyrrhic dance "imitates 
 the modes of avoiding blows and 
 darts by dropping, or giving way, 
 or springing aside, or rising up, or 
 falling down ; also the opposite 
 postures, which are those of action, 
 
 No. 60. 
 
 as, for example, the imitation of 
 
 archery and the hurling of javelins, 
 and of all sorts of blows." It was 
 
193 
 
 irvpo-evw-plTTTW 
 
 practised by children at Sparta, 
 and exhibitions of pyrrhic dances 
 were given at the celebration of 
 the great festival of the Pana- 
 thenaea at Athens. In the ac- 
 companying illustration two hel- 
 meted youths dance facing one 
 another, striking sword against 
 shield ; between them dances a 
 satyr with ivy-wreath and thyr- 
 sus. 
 
 irvpcrfvci), iwvpcTevcra [Trupcro's, 6, 
 torch, cf. TTvp'], light up ; make sig- 
 nals by' fire, light beacon fires, vii. 
 8. 15. 
 
 •Trt&, indef. adv., enclitic, only 
 after a neg., up to this time, yet, 
 hitherto, i. 2. 26, vi. 5. 14, vii. 3. 
 35, 5. 16, 6. 35 ; often in compo- 
 sition, Lat. -dum, see ovno), ix-fj-ww, 
 etc. 
 
 irw\^(i>, Trw\rj(Tw, eirutX-fjOriv [c/. 
 Eng. mono-poly'\, sell, Lat. uendo, 
 abs. or with ace. of pers. or thing, 
 i. 5. 5, V. 7. 13, vii. 3. 3, 7. 56. 
 
 irwXos, 6, 7] [irais], foal, colt, 
 filly, iv. 5. 24, 35. 
 
 n«\os, 6, Polus, admiral of the 
 Spartan fleet, succeeding Anaxi- 
 bius, vii. 2. 5. 
 
 orwiAa, cLTos, t6 [R. xo], drink, 
 draught, iv. 5. 27. (The form iro>a, 
 found in some old editt., is not 
 Attic.) 
 
 irioiroTC, indef. adv. [irc6-f ttot^], 
 in negative clauses like Lat. um- 
 quam, at any time, ever, ever yet, 
 i. 6. 11, 9. 18, 19, vii. 7. 48. 
 
 TTws, interr. adv., of manner, in 
 xvhat way? how? Lat. quo modo? 
 used in dir. or indir. questions, 
 i. 7. 2, iii. 4. 40, v. 7. 9, vi. 5. 19, 
 vii. 6. 6. 
 
 ircis, indef. adv., enclitic, of man- 
 ner, in anyway, somehow, somehow 
 or other, by any means, at all, ii. 3. 
 18, 5.2, 6. 3, iii. I. 20, 26; often 
 modifying or weakening another 
 word, as rexi'tx'^s ttws, in an artfid 
 sort of way, vi. i. 5 ; dfx<pl ttjv ai)- 
 TTTju TTojs uSpdv, somcwhcre about 
 the same hour, iv. 8. 21, cf. vi. 2. 
 
 17 ; u5i TTws, somewhat as follows, 
 I. 7. 9, cf iii. I. 43. 
 
 P. 
 
 paSios, a, ov [cf. Epic prjlScos, 
 root pa., join, reckon, orig. the same 
 as Ii. ap, cf. Lat. ratus, reckoned, 
 fixed, reor, reckon, think'], adapt- 
 able, easy, Lat. facilis, abs., with 
 inf., or with dat. and inf., iii. 4. 15, 
 iv. 7. 7, 8. 13, V. 2. 7 ; comp. pg.ov, 
 sup. pg.<TTov, with inf., ii. 6. 24, iv. 
 6. 12, vi. 5. 29. 
 
 paSiws, adv. [pi/Sw';], easily, with- 
 out^ difficulty, iii. 5. 9, vii. 2. 34; 
 sup. oJs pq.<TTa, with the greatest of 
 ease, iv. 6. 10. 
 
 'PaOivi^s, ov, lihathines, one of 
 the officers of I'liarnabazus, vi. 5. 7. 
 
 ptt9vn€<o \_pq.dvixos, easy-going, cf. 
 pif.dios+ Ii- 1 9v], take things easily, 
 live in idleness, ii. 6. 6. 
 
 p(xOvp.id, as [cf. pg-dviJiiu}], easy- 
 going icays, indifference, laziness, 
 ii. 6. 5. 
 
 paov, ptto-TOv, see p^dios. 
 
 pao-TwvT], 77s [pg.<rros, cf. p^'Sios], 
 easiness of disposition, indolence, 
 indifference, v. 8. 16. 
 
 p£(d (pu-), pevaofMui or pv-qaofxai, 
 poetic epp€v<Ta, ippv7)Ka, aor. j)ass. 
 as act. €ppi)7)v [cf. Eng. cata-rrh, 
 rheum'], floiv, run, of a stream, 
 Lat. flud, with dwo or Sid and gen. 
 or iwi and dat., i. 2. 7, 23, 4. 4, 7. 
 15, vi. 4. 4. 
 
 pTlTpd, as [R. 1 Fip], verbal agree- 
 ment, compact, ordinance, vi. 6. 28,* 
 a word applied in Sparta to the 
 laws of Lycurgus. 
 
 pi^os, ovs, TO [cf Lat. fr'igus, 
 cold], cold, frost, v. 8. 2. 
 
 pt-n-TU) or in pres. and impf. pi- 
 "iTTtw (pi(p-), pt^cj, epplfa, '4ppl<pa, ep- 
 pl/xfiai, ippt(t>9-nv and ippi<pT]v, throw, 
 cast, toss, Lat. iacio, iii. 3. 1, iv. 8. 
 3, vii. 3. 22 ; throw off or away, cast 
 aside or down, hurl down, i. 5. 8, 
 iv. 7. 13. 
 
pis-o-dLXxi-yl 
 
 194 
 
 pfs, piw's, 7] {_rf. Eng. rhino-ceros'], 
 nose, vii. 4. 3. 
 
 'P6810S, a, ov ['Po'Sos, Bhodes'], 
 Eliodian, iii. 5. 8 ; subst., 6 'Po'Sios, 
 a Rhodian, native of Bhodes, an is- 
 land in the Aegean, south of Caria ; 
 the people were famous slingers, 
 iii. 3. 16, 4. 15. 
 
 po<{>€ci>, f)0(p7i(T0fj.ai, epp6(pT]cra [root 
 o-op(}>, cf. Lat. sorbed, suck nj)], sup 
 up, lap, suck in, iv. 5-32. 
 
 pw9pi6s, 6 [p^u, cf. Eng. rhythm], 
 measured movement, musical time, 
 rhythm, of singing, playing, and 
 dancing, Lat. numerus ; iv pvdij.i^, 
 in time, v. 4. 14, vi. 1.8, 10 ; 7rp6s 
 rbv ivovXwv pvO/uLov, in martial 
 rhythm, vi. i. 11 ; pv6/jiovs <Ta\wl^ov- 
 Tes, keeping time with the trumpet, 
 vii. 3. 32. 
 
 pv|j,a, aros, to [c/. epiu, draw], 
 thing drawn, with to^ov, bow- 
 string. Phrase : iK to^ov pu/jLUTos, 
 with a bowshoVs start, iii. 3. 15. 
 
 pw|XT], t;s [c/. pdi)vvi)iii\, strength, 
 esp. military force, Lat. copia, iii. 
 
 puvvvfii (pw-)» -ipp<^<^CLi eppu/xai, 
 €pp(I)<T9r]v, Strengthen, see eppufxi- 
 vos. 
 
 'Pw-irdpds, a (Dor. gen.), Rhopa- 
 ras, satrap of Babylonia, vii. 8. 25. 
 
 o-d, see cro's. 
 
 o-d, see crws. 
 
 o-d-yapis, euis, ij, battle-axe, used 
 by Amazons, iv. 4. 16 ; those of 
 the Mossynoeci vpere of iron, v. 4. 
 13. The battle-axe vpas not used 
 by Greeks in historical times, but 
 in the Orient it continued in use as 
 late as the time of Alexander the 
 Great. In the hands of Amazons, 
 as depicted on the monuments, it 
 is commonly double-edged (see also 
 s.v.'Afj-a^wv), but sometimes one of 
 the sides, instead of being a blade, 
 is a curved pick, as in the accom- 
 
 panying illustration, which repre- 
 sents Phrygian battle-axes. 
 
 =::i=^ 
 
 craKlov, TO [dim. of aaKos, 6, bag, 
 cf. Eng. sack], little bag, pouch, 
 for horses' feet to keep them from 
 sinking into snow, iv. 5. 36. 
 
 ZaX|j.vSi]o-(r6s, 6, Salniydessus, a 
 coast town and district of Thrace, 
 extending from Cape Thynias to 
 the Bosporus, vii. 5. 12. This 
 was a dangerous place for ships, 
 and the inhabitants were noted 
 wreckers. 
 
 o-aXirt-yKT'^S, see (raXiriKrris. 
 
 crdXiri7|, 770s, i], trumpet, Lat. 
 tuba, used to give the signal for 
 battle, iii. 4. 4, iv. 2. 1, v. 2. 14, vi. 
 5. 27, vii. 4. 16, or to sound the 
 recall, iv. 4. 22. The aaXwiy^ was 
 a long, straight bronze tube, which 
 gradually increased in diameter and 
 terminated in a bell-shaped aper- 
 ture. (See s.v. K^pas.) The Roman 
 tuba was precisely the same in- 
 strument. Xenophon relates the 
 curious fact that the trumpets of 
 
195 
 
 o-aXirC^w-SeXivovs 
 
 the Thracians, which he calls a-dX- 
 TTLyyes, were of raw oxhide, and 
 
 that they executed on them airs 
 and tunes like the music of the 
 ixdya.8i.s (q.V.), vii. 3. 32. 
 
 o-aXiri^tt) (<raX7rt77-), ia-dXir ly^a 
 [cf. crdXTri.y^], blow the trumpet, see 
 pvd/xos, vii. 3. 32 ; in iirel ia-dXiny^e, 
 i. 2. 17, the subj. craXwiKTi^s is under- 
 stood, and the phrase means when 
 the trumpet sounded the charge, 
 cf. Lat. classicum ceciuit. 
 
 o-aXiriKT^s or <raXin-yKTT|s, oD 
 [o-aXTTifoj], trumpeter, Lat. tubicen, 
 iv. 3. 29, 32, vii. 4. 19. 
 
 2d|j.ios, a, on [Sd/;ios, Samos'\, 
 Samian, of Samos, i. 7. 5, an island 
 in the Aegean, southwest of Lydia. 
 It was one of the most imj)ortant 
 Ionic colonies. (Samo.) 
 
 2a|j.6Xds, ov or a, Samolas, a 
 taxiarch from Achaia, v. 6. 14, vi. 
 
 5- IV 
 
 2dp8€iS) eojv, at, Sardis, a city in 
 the central part of Lydia on the 
 Pactolus, a tributary of the Her- 
 mus. It was the capital of the 
 kingdom of Croesus, and under 
 the Persians remained the capital 
 of the Lydian satrapy. From it 
 
 Cyrus set out on his march, i. 2. 2, 
 5, 6. 6, Hi. I. 8, (Its ruins are 
 called Sart.) 
 
 o-arpairevw [(rarpaTrr/s], 6e satrap, 
 govern as satrap, with ace, or gen., 
 1. 7. 6, iii. 4. 31. 
 
 o-aTpd.irT]s, 01;, satrap, the title of 
 the governor of a Persian province, 
 i. I. 2, 9. 7, iv. 4. 2. 
 
 2d,Tvpos, 6, a satyr, but in Anab., 
 i. 2. 13, Silenus is meant, the jovial 
 old attendant of Dionysus. The 
 satyrs were wood, mountain, and 
 water spirits, who were found 
 everywhere, but especially in the 
 train of Dionysus. In them the 
 animal and sensual nature was 
 strongly developed ; this in art was 
 indicated by thick lips, flat nose, 
 pointed ears, long coarse hair, and 
 a horse's tail, either short or long. 
 Sporting with the nymphs, drink- 
 ing, dancing, and music were their 
 chief employments. 
 
 (TOVTOV, etc., see a-eavrov. 
 
 (ra({>^S) ^s [root o-a-ir, taste, cf. 
 Lat. sapid, have taste, be wise, 
 sapiens, loise, Eng. sap], prop. 
 tastij, of keen taste, hence, applied 
 to things, clear, plain, certain, iii. 
 I. 10. 
 
 o-a4>b>s, adv. [o-a^^s], clearly, 
 evidently, Lat. plane, i. 4. 18, iii. 4. 
 37, iv. 5. 8 ; certainly, douldlessly, 
 Lat. certe, ii. 5. 4, v. i. 10, vii. 6. 
 43. 
 
 -<r€, a suffix denoting the place 
 whither. 
 
 creavTOv, 175, contr. <ravTOv, ^s, 
 refl. pron. [pronominal stem <r€ 
 (see <ru) + avros], of yourself, dat. 
 (TXivTip, vii. 8. 3, ace. aavTov, vii. 7. 
 23. The gen. in attrib. position 
 takes the place of the possessive 
 pron., Lat. t%ius, i. 6. 7 ; here the 
 substantive may be omitted, vii. 2. 
 37. 
 
 SeXivovs, oOvTos, 6, Sellnns, a 
 little river near Scillus in Elis, y. 
 3. 8 (Kr^stena). Also a river of 
 the same name near the temple of 
 Ephesian Artemis, v. 3. 8. 
 
<r£o- o) (cr) fj.€voi-<rlTa7WYos 
 
 196 
 
 cr€crw((r)(i€voi, <r«o-(i>((r)Tai, see 
 
 S€v9tis, ou, Seuthes, v. i. 15, an 
 Odrysian prince. His fatlier, Mae- 
 sades, had governed several Thra- 
 cian tribes, but liad been expelled 
 from his country and died, vii. 2. 
 32. Seuthes was brought up by 
 Medocus (q.v.), and on attaining 
 manhood was given an indepen- 
 dent force with which he carried 
 on a- guerilla warfare, vii. 2. 33, 
 34, until Xenophon and the army 
 became his allies and reinstated 
 him in his country (for a full ac- 
 count of this, see vii. 2-8). 
 
 2T)\vPpid, as, Selijbria, a small 
 town on the Propontis west of By- 
 zantium and subject to that city, 
 vii. 2. 28, 5. 15. (Silivri.) 
 
 (rT])jiaCv(i> (ffri/xav-), (rrjixavdj, ia-q- 
 /LiTjva, (7€(T7]iJi.affiJ.ai, ia-qudvdyjv [c^/xa, 
 sign], give, or make a sign, show 
 by sign, vii. 2. 18, esp. in military 
 phrases, give the signal, Lat. s'lg- 
 num do, iv. 3. 32, vii. 4. 16, freq. 
 without subj. {rf. o-aXir/^w), (jijfial- 
 vei, the signal is given, abs., with 
 inf., with o-d\7ri77t for attack or 
 recall, and Kipan for 'taps,' ii. 2. 
 
 4, iii. 4. 4, iv. 2. 1, v. 2. 12, 30, vi. 
 
 5. 25, vii. 3. 32 ; indicate, make 
 known, inform, Lat. ostendo, vi. 
 3. 15, vii. 3. 43 ; instruct, order, 
 ii. 1.2; of the will of gods made 
 known by signs, signify, declare, 
 with dat. of pers. and inf., vi. i. 
 24, 2. 15. 
 
 (Tiintiov, t6 [_(r^/j.a, sign^, sign, 
 token, mark, trace, Lat. signum, 
 vi. 2. 2 ; signal to do a thing, ii. 5. 
 32 ; ensign, standard, i. 10. 12. 
 
 (rT](rd|iivos, -rj, ov [o-ijo-a/xoc], of 
 sesame, made of sesame, iv. 4. 
 13. 
 
 <r^<ra|iov, t6 [c/. Eng. sesame'], 
 sesame, pi. sesame seeds, i. 2. 22, 
 vi. 4. 6. The sesame (sesamtim 
 orientdlis) is an oily plant, native 
 of the East, from the seeds of 
 which is made an oil that serves 
 for food, medicine, and ointment. 
 
 o-l-yd^w {(Ttyab-) \_crl-y'n'\, make 
 silent, silence, vi. i. 32. 
 
 (rl-ydw, (TlyT}<TOfiai, etc. \_alyfi'], be 
 silent, hold one''s peace, v. 6. 27. 
 
 <ri7TJ, ris, silence, Lat. silentium, 
 ii. 2. 20 ; dat. as adv., alyrj, in si- 
 lence, i. 8. 11, iv. 2. 7. 
 
 0-17X05, 6, siglus, the old Semitic 
 name of a coin current in Persia, 
 worth 1\ obols, i. 5. 6. See s.v. 
 o^oKos. 
 
 o-i8t]p€(d, as [_cf. (TtSTjpoOs], work- 
 ing in iron, as a trade, v. 5. 1. 
 
 o-i8tjp£os, d, ov, contr. o-i.8T]povs, 
 a, ovv \_(Ti5ripos, 6, iron'], made of 
 iron, iron, hat. ferreus, v. 4. 13. 
 
 SiKvuvios, 6 [Si/ciicii', Sicyon], a 
 Sicyonian, native of Sicyon, iii. 4. 
 47, a small state with a capital of 
 the same name in the northern 
 part of Peloponnesus, west of Cor- 
 inth, a centre for the art of mould- 
 ing bronze and clay from very 
 early times, and famous for its 
 schools of painting and sculpture. 
 
 SiXdvos, 6, Sildnus, soothsayer 
 to Cyrus, from Ambracia, i. 7. 18, 
 an opponent of Xenophon, v. 6. 
 16 ff., 29, 34 ; deserted the army, 
 vi. 4. 13, 
 
 SiXdvos, 6, Sildnus, a trumpeter 
 from Macistus, vii. 4. 16. 
 
 o-tvo(j.ai, do harm, htirt, harass, 
 iii. 4. 16. (Ionic verb ; in Attic 
 only in Xen. and Plato.) 
 
 SivuTTCvS) ^(^s, 6 [lilvwirr]], a Si- 
 nopean, native of Sinope, iv. 8. 
 22, V. 3. 2, 5. 8, 6. 12, vi. i. 15. 
 
 Sivt&iTT), r/s, Sinope, v. 5. 7, 6. 
 10, a city in Paphlagonia on the 
 Euxine, colonised by Milesians, 
 vi. I. 15. It was famous for its 
 commerce and its colonies. (Si- 
 nub. ) 
 
 a-i6s> clQ, Doric for ^eo's, god; 
 esp. in oaths, as val tw a-idb, aye, by 
 the great twin brethren (Castor 
 and Pollux, protectors of the Spar- 
 tan state), vi. 6. 34, vii. 6. 39. 
 
 o-iTa^ywYos, 6v [o-iTos-fR- C17]) 
 corn-carrying ; with irXoXa, provis- 
 ion ships, i. 7. 15. 
 
197 
 
 ]SlTdXKds-(rKT)v6a) 
 
 SitgLXkoLs, oi;, the Sitalcas, a 
 Thracian war song, vi. i. (3, appar- 
 ently composed in hoiwur of Sital- 
 cas, king of the Odrysae in the 
 time of Darius Hystaspes. 
 
 o-iTtvTos, ^, dv [verbal of fflreiiu, 
 feed, (Ttros], corn-fed, fed up, fat- 
 tened, V. 4. 32. 
 
 <rtTi]p€(riov, TO [(TtTTjpos, of corn, 
 (72tos'\, provision-money, that part 
 of a soldier's pay (see s.v. fj-Lados) 
 which was allowed him for daily 
 rations, vi. 2. 4. 
 
 o-iTiov, TO [crtros], food, 1. lO. 
 18, i)\., provisions, vi. 2. 4, vii. 3. 
 10 (where some read (rira). 
 
 (TITOS, 6 [c/. Eng. para-site^, 
 grain, esp. wheat, Lat. frumentum, 
 i. 4. 19, ii. 4. 27, iii. 4. 18, v. 4. 27 ; 
 /ood, provisions, provender, sup- 
 plies, ii. I. 6, iii. i. 3, vii. i. 41 ; so 
 esp. in pi., (Tira, (tTtuv, ii. 3. 27, iii. 
 2. 28, vi. 2. 4, vii. 3. 10. Phrase : 
 (tZtos ixe\lvy]%, millet-bread or c«A;e, 
 i. 5. 10. 
 
 SittoLkti, t;s, Sittace, a city in 
 Babylonia, on the west bank of 
 the Tigris, ii. 4. 13. 
 
 <ri<oird(i>, (TiwTrya-c/jLai., ianoirrjffa, 
 ff€<7L(l)Wf)Ka, -e(Ti.uiwr)dr)v [criwTnj, si- 
 lence'], he silent, hold one''s peace, 
 i. 3. 2, V. 8. 25. 
 
 (rKc8dvvv|j.k (cr/ceSa-), c/ceScD, ^cr/ce- 
 Sacra, ecTK^dacr/jLai, iaKeddcrdriv [c/". 
 Eng. scatter], scatter; mid., of 
 persons, sptread, disperse, iii. 5. 2. 
 
 o-K€\os, ous, TO [c/. Eng. iso- 
 sce/es], leg, Lat. tT?l,s, of persons, 
 iv. 2.^20, V. 8. 10, 14. 
 
 <rKeira(r|xa, aros, to [^(TKeird^uj, 
 cover, aKiwr], shelter], covering, i. 
 5. 10 (but the better reading is 
 (TTeydfffiaTa, q.v.). 
 
 o-KeiTTeov [verbal of o-K^TTTo/xot], 
 one must consider or reflect, with 
 Sttws and a clause, i. 3. 11, iv. 6. 10. 
 
 o-KeiTTOnai (cr/ceTT-), ffKe^pofiai., i(TK€- 
 ^dixT]v, ecrK€fx/jLai, pres. rare in Attic 
 (never in Anab.), and replaced by 
 (TKoiriu, q.v. [cf. Lat. species, sight, 
 Eng. SPY, sceptic], look round, 
 view, spy, search, spy out, Lat. 
 
 speculor, with ace. or an interr. 
 clause, iv. 5. 20, 22, vii. 3. 41, 42 ; 
 observe carefully, deliberate, re- 
 flect, ponder, weigh, consider, with 
 an interr. clause, iii. 2. 20, 22, v. 
 4. 7, 7. 29, vii. 6. 33. 
 
 (TKevdJw ((r/cei;a5-), (TKeudcrw, 
 icTKevacra, ecTKevacrfMaL, -€(TKevd(xdr]v 
 [11. a-Kv], use iitensils or any gear, 
 make ready ; of persons, dress, at- 
 tire, vi. I. 12. 
 
 o-Kcvi^, ^s [R. o-Kv], attire, dress, 
 robe, iv. 7. 27. 
 
 (TKcvos, ovs, TO [R.<rKv], gear or 
 utensils of any sort, pi. baggage, 
 including all the camp equipage 
 and the property of the soldiers, 
 except arms, Lat. impedimenta, 
 sarcinae, iii. i. 30, iv. 3. 30, v. 3. 
 1, vi. 5. 1, vii. 4. 18. 
 
 <rK€vo<{>opecd, a-K€vo<f>opriao} [R. o-kv 
 -f R. <|)€p], carry baggage, of men 
 and horses, iii. 2. 28, 3. 19. 
 
 (rK€uo<j>6pos, ov [R. (tkv -f- R. <|>£p], 
 baggage-carrying, of persons, 
 suiast., 01 ifKevo<p6poL, carriers, por- 
 ters, Lat. cdlones, iii. 2. 28 ; to. 
 a-Kevoipopa, the baggage train, i. 3. 
 7, iii. 2. 36, iv. 3. 25, vii. 2. 22; 
 pac/c animals, sumpters, Lat. m- 
 menta, iii. 3. 19. 
 
 (TKTjvto), <TKy]vfj(Tw, e<TKT}vri<xa [R. 
 o-Ka], 6e in ^ente, be in quarters or 
 ui camp, be quartered, abs. or 
 with ev and dat., or with an adv., 
 i. 4. 9, iv. 4. 14, 7. 27, 8. 25, vi. i. 
 
 1, 4. 7, vii. 4. 12 ; hence, be billeted, 
 take one^s meals, feast, iv. 5. 33 ; 
 in the aor. go into camp, encamp, 
 with eis or irapd and acc, iv with 
 dat., or with an adv., ii. 4. 14, iv. 
 
 2. 22, vi. 5. 21, vii. 3. 15, 7. 1. 
 o-KiivT|, Tjs [R. o-Ka], covered 
 
 place, of soldiers, tent, Lat. tento- 
 rium, made of hides (i. 5. 10) 
 stretched on a wooden framework, 
 i. 2. 17, 4. 3, 6. 4, iii. 2. 27, iv. 4. 
 21, vi. 4. 19 ; pi., sometimes, camp, 
 quarters, bivouac,^ iii. 5. 7 (the tents 
 had been burnt, iii. 2. 27, 3. 1). 
 
 o-KTiv6<o, iaKrjvoxra, -effKrjvujKa [R. 
 o-Ka], pifc/i tents, encamp, go into 
 
o-KV|v«fi.a-2d\oi 
 
 198 
 
 quarters, Lat. castra pond, abs. or 
 with €v and dat., or /card and ace, 
 iv. 5. 28, V. 7. 31, vii. 4. 11 ; also 
 like (TK7)viw, be in camp, be quar- 
 tered, with iv and dat., v. 5. 11, 
 20, 21. 
 
 o-KTJv(0|xa, aros, to [R. <rKa], tent, 
 ii. 2. 17 ; pi., quarters, houses, vii. 
 4. 1(3. 
 
 o-KiiTTTos, 6, thunder-bolt, Lat. 
 fulriwn, iii. i. 11. 
 
 (rKT]irTOvx.os, [(Tk^tttoi' = (Tktj- 
 TTTpov, sceptre, cf. Eng. sceptre, + 
 R. o-€x]» sceptre-bearer, icand- 
 
 bearer, a high officer in the Persian 
 court, chamberlain, marshal, cf. 
 the English Usher of the Black 
 i?of?, i. 6. 11, 8.28.^ 
 
 SkiXXovs, ovvtos, 6, Scillus, &town 
 in the district of Triphylia in Elis, 
 south of Olympia, detached from 
 the territory of Elis by the Spar- 
 tans in 394 B.C. Here Xenophon 
 (q.v.) had an estate, presented to 
 him by the Spartans about 387 b.c. 
 V. 3. 7, 8. 
 
 o-Kinirovs, o5os, 6, a low bed or 
 couch, vi. I. 4. 
 
 o-kXtipos, a, Of [(■/• Eng. scle- 
 rotic], hard, rough, Lat. dilrus. 
 Phrase : ip <jK\ripQ, in a rough 
 or uneven place, iv. 8. 26. 
 
 crKXT]pws, adv. [(TKXrjpo's], aus- 
 terely, in hardship, iii. 2. 26. 
 
 o-K6Xot|>, OTTOS, 6, pointed stake, 
 palisade, used on ramparts, Lat. 
 tidllus, V. 2. 5. 
 
 o-Koirtw, only pres. and impf. (see 
 ffKiTTTOfj-ai) [o-KOTTo's], look ttt, watch 
 out for, keep a lookotit, sjiy, toatch, 
 Lat. speculor, ii. 4. 24, 5. 4, v. i. 9, 
 vi. 3. 14; look to, have an eye to, 
 vii. 4, 8, with Trpo's and ace, i. 9. 
 22 ; see, observe, learn, with « and 
 gen., iii. i. 13; consider, ponder, 
 weigh, v. 6. 30, 7. 32, vii. 8. 16 ; so 
 mid. , abs. or with an interr. clause, 
 V. 2. 8, 20. 
 
 o-Koiros, 6 [_cf. a-K^wTOfiai, Eng. 
 scope, bishop, episcopal, micro- 
 scope'], watcher, spy, scout, Lat, 
 speculator, ii. 2. 15, vi. 3. 11. 
 
 o-KopoSov, TO, garlic, Lat. dlium, 
 pi., vii. I. 37. 
 
 o-Koraios, a, ov [R. <rKa], in the 
 dark, of persons, ii. 2. 17, iv. i. 5, 
 10. 
 
 o-icoTos, ovs, TO [R. o-Ka], fZrtr^•- 
 ness, of night, Lat. tenebrae, ii. 2. 
 7, 5. 7, 9, iv. 2. 4, vii. 2, 18, 4. 18. 
 
 ^KvOai, ix)v, Scythiaiis, a no- 
 madic race first met by Greeks on 
 the northern coasts of the Pontus. 
 The name was afterwards extended 
 to the nomadic tribes in the interior 
 of Asia. The word is perhaps an 
 interpolation in iii. 4. 15. 
 
 SkvOIvoC, 01, the Scythlni, a tribe 
 living north of the Chalybes, not 
 far from the southeastern shore of 
 the Euxine, iv. 7. 18, 8. 1. 
 
 o-KvXevd), iaKvXevaa [R. (tkv], 
 strip, of a fallen enemy, sjioil, de- 
 spoil, Lat. spolio, vi. i. 6. 
 
 o-KVTaXov, TO, stick, club, vii. 4. 15. 
 
 (TKOTIVOS, t), ov [R. CTKV], Of 
 
 leather, lettthern, v. 4. 13. 
 
 o-fATivos, OVS, TO, swarm of bees, 
 iv. 8. 20. 
 
 SfxtKpTjs, ■rjTos, 6, Smicres, a gen- 
 eral in the Arcadian division of 
 the army, vi. 3. 4, 5. 
 
 SoXoi, oi [cf. Eng. solecism]. 
 Soli, an important city on the 
 coast of Cilicia, west of the mouth 
 of the Psanxs river, i. 2. 24. 
 
199 
 
 o-os-o-ttovStj 
 
 <r6s, (TV, <roV, possessive pron. 
 [pronominal stem <ri (see <ri5), c/. 
 Lat. tims, thy, Eng. thine, thy], 
 thy, thine, your, vii. 7. 29 ; subst., 
 rd o-d, 2/o?<j- interests, vii. 7. 44. 
 ' Sovo-a, rd [Semitic Shushan, 
 New Persian Sus'\, Siisa, capital 
 of the province Susiane (Semitic 
 Elam), lying east of the Tigris, 
 and used as the winter residence 
 of the Persian kings, iii. 5. 15. 
 Extensive ruins, including those 
 of the palaces of Darius and 
 Xerxes, still remain. (Sus.) 
 
 2o<j>aivcTos, 6, Sophaenetus, of 
 StymphcTlus in Arcadia, a friend 
 of Cyrus, i. i. 11, joining him with 
 1000 hoplites, i. 2. 3. He was the 
 oldest general left after Cunaxa, 
 vi. 5. 13, V. 3. 1, and was fined for 
 neglect of duty, v. 8. 1 ; mentioned 
 also in ii. 5. 37, iv. 4. 10. A history 
 of the expedition .of Cyrus is at- 
 tributed to him. 
 
 (ro<t>id, ds [(Togo's], skill, ability, 
 in music, i. 2. 8. 
 
 (ro({>6s, 17, o'u [root o-air, <'f. cracpris, 
 'EiWg. phihi-sophy, sophist], akiJIcd, 
 wise, clever, amnajilishcd, i. 10. 2., 
 
 o-n-avi^w {a-Travid-), <TiraviQi, iaird- 
 vi(ra, iawdvLa/MaL [R. o-ra], lack, 
 need, loant, with gen., ii. 2. 12, vii. 
 7. 42.^ 
 
 o-irdvios, d, ov [R. o-ira], rare, 
 scant)/, hut little, Lat. paucus, i. 9. 
 27, vii. 6. 24. 
 
 <rirdvis, ews, 17 [R. onra], scarce- 
 ness, scarcity, lack, with gen., vi. 
 4. 8, vii. 2. 15. 
 
 SirdpTT], T/s, Sparta, ii. 6. 4, the 
 capital of Lacedaemonia {q.v.), on 
 the Eurdtas, founded after the 
 Dorian invasion. It was an open, 
 unfortified city, scattered like a 
 village, and containing no costly 
 temples. The ruins are therefore 
 scanty and insignificant. 
 
 SirapTiaTTis, 01; [STrdprr;], a Spar- 
 tan, a name applied only to the 
 direct descendants of the Dorian 
 invaders of Lacedaemonia (see 
 AaKedaifiovios), iv. 8. 25, vi. 6. 30. 
 
 o-irdpTov, TO [root cirap, twine, 
 cf. (TTreipa, coil. Cable], rope, cord, 
 iv. 7. 15. 
 
 (Tirdo), -ffTrdo-cj, eo-Traira, -^o-iraKa, 
 -^ffiraa/jLai, icnrdcrOTjv [ll.<rira],draw; 
 mid., (if a sword, Lat. stringo, i. 
 8. 29, vii. 4. IG. 
 
 0"ir£ip(i) ((TTrep-), cnrepQ), fcnreipa, 
 edira.pfj.ai, ecnrdpTjv [c/. Eng. spark, 
 SPURN, sperm, sporadic}, sow, of 
 seed, Lat. serd, spargo, abs., vi. 
 I. 8; mid. and pass., of persons, 
 scatter, spread out, be dispersed, 
 vi. 3. 19. 
 
 <rir£i(rds, (rir€£o-«(rOai, etc., see 
 ffTr4vd(i}. 
 
 0"ir€v8<i), -cnreiasj}, eaTrei(Ta, eCTret- 
 a-fiai \_cf. Lat. spondeo, promise 
 solemnly], pour or offer a liba- 
 tion, make a drink-offering, Lat. 
 llho, abs., iv. 3. 13, 14 ; dep. mid., 
 of the usual libations made when 
 concluding an agreement or treaty, 
 hence, make a treaty or alliance, 
 make peace or a truce, cf. Lat. foe- 
 dus id, abs., i. 9. 8, ii. 3. 9, iii. 5. 
 5, vii. 4. 22, 23 ; with dat. of pers. 
 with or for whom, or wpos and ace. 
 of pers. with whom, i. 9. 7, ii. 3. 7, 
 iii. 5. 16; with €4>' y and inf., or 
 iiri and dat. , iv. 4. G. 
 
 (rirevSw, (nrfvcru, '4<xw€V(Ta., urge ,' 
 intr., hurry, hasten, 2^ress on, Lat. 
 propero, abs. or with inf., i. 3. 14, 
 5. 9, ii. 3. 13, iii. 4. 20, iv. 8. 2, vii. 
 3. 45. Phrase : raOr' 670; eairevdou, 
 this ims my haste, iv. i. 21. 
 
 SiriepiSaTT]?, ou, Spithriddtes, a 
 general under Pharnabazus, vi. 5. 7. 
 
 o-iroXds or crroXds, dSos, ^ 
 [crr^Ww], prop, equi/iment, a name 
 applied to the leather cuirass (see 
 s.v. dibpa^), Lat. lorlca, iii. 3. 20, 
 iv. I. 18, which was introduced at 
 an early period. Its construction 
 was similar to that of the metal 
 dwpd^, but since it was made of 
 leather, it was both lighter and 
 less expensive. 
 
 (titovStj, tJs [cf. (TTrivdoj, Eng. 
 spondee], libation, drink-offering, 
 Lat. llbdtio, iv. 3. 14, vi. i. 5; 
 
orirovBd^w-o-TdSiov 
 
 200 
 
 agreement, treaty, alliance, truce, 
 lidX. foedua, i. 9. 8, ii. 3. 9, iii. 1. 19, 
 iv. 2. 18, vi. 3. 9, vii. 4. 12 ; with 
 dat. of pers., ii. i. 21, 3. 7. 
 
 o-irouSd^w (o-TTOuSaS-), ffirovbdao- 
 /aai, etTTTOuSaa-a, e<xirov5aKa, ea-irovda.- 
 fffxai. [a-irovdri'], icork in haste, be in 
 earnest, ii. 3. 12. 
 
 o-irov8aio\o-y€w (assumed pres.), 
 e<nro\j5aio\6yr)(xa, icnrovdaioXoyridrju 
 [aiTovdaTos, seriotts, <nrov5ri + K. 
 Xe^], carry on an earnest conversa- 
 tion, i. 9. 28. 
 
 <rirov8Vi, ^s [c/. o-7reu5w], haste, 
 speed, Mirry, i. 8. 4, iv. i. 17 ; dat. 
 as adv. o-ttoi/S^, hastily, vi. 5. 14 ; 
 Kara (TttouS^v, «l /l«S(e, vii. 6. 
 28. 
 
 (rrdSiov, to, pi. (rrdStot, oi, and 
 (rrdSta, rd, equally common [R. 
 o-ira], an extended space, the sia- 
 ditim, a Greek measure of distance 
 equal to 600 Greek ft. (see s.v. 
 TToiJs), or 582 ft. 6 in. English, i. 
 4. 1, 4, 8. 17, ii. 4. 13, iii. i. 2, iv. 
 3. 1, 16, V. 3. 11, 4. 31, 6. 9, vi. 2. 
 2, vii. 5. 15. 
 
 By this term the Greeks also 
 designated the place for foot races, 
 iTTirodpoixos (q.v.) being the name 
 of the enclosure for horse races. 
 The two were similar in shape, but 
 the stadium was both shorter and 
 narrower than the hippodrome. 
 The accompanying cut represents 
 the ground plan of the stadium at 
 Messene in Peloponnesus. By aa 
 is designated the level space where 
 the races were run, through which 
 a brook now flows ; bb mark the 
 seats of the spectators on the nat- 
 ural slope of two hills, continued 
 at hh by a semicircular range of 
 stone seats. Outside the seats ran 
 colonnades, cccc (projected at ii 
 with architectural effect), enclosing 
 at the upper end a square space 
 ee, and united with one another 
 at the extreme upper limit by a 
 double colonnade e. This double 
 colonnade seems to have been the 
 main entrance, but there were 
 
 other minor entrances, as at fgd. 
 kk mark the city wall. 
 
 No. 64. 
 
 The distance from the starting 
 point near an altar (see s.v. ^(aiios) 
 to the finish (these points are not 
 marked on the plan) was 600 
 Greek feet, or a stadium, equal at 
 Athens to 582 ft. 6 in. English. 
 But the stadium at Olympia was 
 longer, the Olympic foot being 
 greater than the Attic. These 
 points were each marked by a 
 square stone pillar, and halfway 
 between these was a third. On 
 the first pillar, at the start, was in- 
 scribed the word dplareve, ' Win ! ', 
 on the second, a-wevde, ' Faster ! ', 
 on the third, at the goal, (cd^ti/'ov, 
 ' Turn ! ' The straight-away race, 
 from start to finish, was called crTd- 
 diov or dpofjLos (about 200 yards), 
 and might be run by boys, iv. 8. 27. 
 Double this distance, the runner 
 turning at the goal and coming 
 back to the starting point, was 
 called the 8lav\os. The longest 
 race was the So'Xtxos, q.v. Other 
 athletic contests took place at the 
 
201 
 
 o-raG p.6s-a-T€4>avo S 
 
 upper end of the stadium, in the 
 space enclosed by the semicircular 
 range of stone seats. See s.v. 
 irdXr], wvyfiT), and TrayKpariov. 
 
 o-TaOfjios, 6 [R. o-Ttt], standing- 
 place, stojjping- place, stall for ani- 
 mals, Lat. stabulum ; for men, 
 halting-place, lodging, Lat. mdn- 
 sio, i. 8. 1, lo. 1, ii. I. 3, iv. i. 19; 
 of the distance between two halts, 
 station, stage, da>fs march (for the 
 actual distance see wapacr dyy7]s) , i. 
 2. 5, 3. 20, 5. 5, ii. 2. 11, iii. 4. 10, 
 iv. 4. 3, V. 5. 1. 
 
 o-rds, see io-tthxi. 
 
 (TTao'id^w (^aracnaS-), (rracndffu, 
 ea-Taa-iaa-a, [R. o-ra], fo7'm a fac- 
 tion, oppose, rebel, revolt, abs., with 
 dat., or irp6s and ace. of pers., ii. 
 5. 28, vi. I. 29, 32 ; be divided into 
 parties, be at odds or at variance, 
 vii. 1.39, 2.2. 
 
 o-rdo-is, ews, i] [R. (tto], band, 
 party, faction, insurrection, dis- 
 cord, vi. I. 29. 
 
 o-ravpds, 6 [R. o-ra], stake, pali- 
 sade, Lat. tidllus, V. 2. 21, vii. 4. 
 14, 17. 
 
 o-Tavp(i>|ia, aros, to [R. o-ra], 
 palisaded rampart, stockade, Lat. 
 udllum, v. 2. 15, 19, 27. 
 
 o-T^ap, a.Tos, TO [R. crra], fat, 
 suet, of the blubber of dolphins, v. 
 4. 28. 
 
 o-T^-yacriAa, aros, to [o-TeYcifw, 
 cover, (yTiyy)], covering, of the 
 hides used to cover tents, i. 5. 10. 
 
 <j-riyii\, Tjj [c/. (TTiyw, cover, Lat. 
 ^eg-o, cover, toga, gouni, Eng. deck, 
 THATCH, tight], roof, hcncc, like 
 Lat. tectum, house, iv. 4. 14, v. 5. 
 20. 
 
 <rT€-yv6s, v> 0" [c/*- crT^yr]], cov- 
 ered; subst., TO. (TTeyvd, houses, 
 vii. 4. 12. 
 
 (TTeCPci) (<TTL^-), e<TT€i\{/a, ia-ri^r)- 
 /jLai [c/. Eng. STEP, stamp], tread; 
 pass., of roads, arei^dfievos, trodden, 
 travelled, beaten, Lat. tr'itus, i. 9. 
 13. 
 
 o-T^XXw (cTTeX-), areXQ, fffreiXa, 
 -iffToKKa, e<TTa\fj.ai, ia-rdXr^v, put in 
 
 order, arrange, of persons, equip, 
 dress, iii. 2. 7 ; pass., be set going, 
 start, journey, travel, abs. or with 
 iiri or Kara and ace, v. 1. 5, 6. 5, 
 vi. 2. 13. 
 
 <rT€v6s, ■^, ov [cf. Eng. steno- 
 graphy], narroxo, strait, Lat. «h- 
 gustuSf i. 4. 4, 7. 15, iv. i. 10, v. 2. 
 28 ; comp. arevdirepos (or crrevoTe- 
 pos), iii. 4. 19, 22; subst, to (tt€- 
 vov and TO. (TTevd, defile, pass, Lat. 
 angustiae, iv. i. 14, 4. 18, 5. 1. 
 
 <rT£vo\wpid, as [crTeco'j + xwpos], 
 narrow pass, i. 5. 7. 
 
 (TTep-yw, (TT^p^u, effTep^a, love, ii. 
 6. 23.^ 
 
 o-T«p€o-6ai, see cTTepidj. 
 
 o-T£pea>, <TTepri(T(i], etc., but -ecT^- 
 p7;/fa, ro?), deprive of, bereave, with 
 gen. or ace. and gen., i. 4. 8, ii. i. 
 12, 5. 10, iv. 5. 28; pres. pass. 
 (TT^po/xai, with pf. sense, be de- 
 prived of, have lost, be without, 
 with gen., i. 9. 13, iii. 2. 2, vii. i. 
 30, 6. 10. 
 
 «rT€pvov, TO [R. (TTpa], breast, 
 Ijiit. pectus, i. 8. 26, vii. 4. 4. 
 
 (TTcppus, adv. [(TTeppo's, aTepeos, 
 hard, firm, cf. Ijat.sterilis, barren, 
 J^ng. STARE, stereo-type^, stead- 
 fastly, resolutely, iii. i. 22. 
 
 <rT«4>avos, 6 [o-t^0w, prit roimd], 
 circlet, crown, chaplet, garland, 
 Lat. corona, of leaves, flowers, or 
 metal, worn round the head or 
 neck, and used as a festive orna- 
 ment at dinner, iv. 5. 33 (see s.v. 
 Tplwovs), or to adorn the tombs of 
 the dead, vi. 4. 9, or bestowed as a 
 reward of merit, i. 7. 7, where a gold 
 crown is promised as a mark of 
 distinguished military service, like 
 the medals and crosses of to-day. 
 It was one of the institutions of 
 Lycurgus that the Spartans should 
 go into battle wearing wreaths (cf. 
 iv. 3. 17) ; and the priest that offici- 
 ated at the altar in sacrifice always 
 wore a chaplet (cf. vii. i. 40). The 
 use of ffTi4>avoi among the Greeks, 
 on both private and public occa- 
 sions, was very common. 
 
0-T€<j)av6w-<rTpaTT]'y6s 
 
 202 
 
 (rT«<J>ttv6&), (TTecpavujffw, fcrTecpd- 
 voiaa, earecpdviafjiaL, ecrerpavudriv 
 \_(TTi(t)avo%'], croivn, wreathe, Lat. 
 corono, mid., put on a crown oi gar- 
 land, iv. 3. 17; pass., be crowned, 
 wear a chaplet, iv. 5. 33, vii. i. 40. 
 
 o-TTJXii, rjs [trr^XXw], pillar, slab, 
 post, of stone, for an inscription, 
 V. 3. 13; to mark a boundary, vii. 
 5. 13. 
 
 (rTi]voi, see iffTrjixi. 
 
 o-Tipds, ddos, 7) [o-rei/Sw], bed or 
 couch of straw or rushes, vi. i. 4. 
 
 o-TiPos, 6 [o-Tei/3co], beaten track, 
 trail, of men or horses, Lat. uestl- 
 gia, i. 6. 1, vi. 3. 24, vii. 3. 43. 
 
 (TTi^w (ffTLy-), (TtL^u), ea-TLyixai 
 [c/. Lat. stimulus, goad, Eng. 
 
 STICK, STING, STITCH, Stig-fnO], 
 
 prick, puncture, Lat.fJHH.90 ; hence, 
 TOL eiXTTpocrdeu Trdvra e(TTiyfi4vovs 
 dvdiixta, vith their fore parts all 
 tattooed icith flowers, v. 4. 32. 
 
 o-Ti<j)os, ous, TO, any close-pressed 
 body, esp. of troops, close array, 
 mass, throng, i. 8. 13, 26, vi. 5. 26. 
 
 o-tXcy^Cs, ^5os, 71, scraper, strigil, 
 flesh-scraper, l,at. strigilis, used by 
 bathers to remove impurities from 
 the skin, like our flesh-brushes; 
 of gold, given as prizes to atliletes, 
 i. 2. 10, but some understand that 
 a sort of tiara, worn as an orna- 
 ment for the liead, is here meant. 
 
 (TToXds, see cnroXds. 
 
 o-toXti, rjs [o-tAXw, cf. Eng. 
 sto/e], dress, raiment, garment, 
 robe, iv. 5. 33, 7. 13, vi. i. 2 ; <tto\t) 
 UepffiKT], Persian robe, i. 2. 27, 
 probably the same as the Kdvdvs, 
 q.v. 
 
 o-ToXos, 6 [o-tAXw], equipment, 
 expedition, esp. for hostile pur- 
 poses, abs. or vpith et's and ace, i. 
 3. 16, ii. 2. 10, iii. i. 9, 3. 2; of 
 those who go on such an expedi- 
 tion, army, force, host, i. 2. 5, ii. 
 2. 12, iii. 2. 11. 
 
 o-TOfia, aros, to [c/. Eng. stom- 
 ac/i], mouth, Lat. os, of a pers., 
 iv. 5. 27; of a river or sea, vi. 2. 
 1, 4. 1 ; of the opening or entrance 
 
 of a house underground, iv. 5. 25 ; 
 as a military expression, the fore- 
 most, front, van, iii. 4. 42, v. 4. 22. 
 Phrase: ol /card (jTOfxa, the enemy 
 in front, v. 2. 26. 
 
 o-TpaT€id, ds [R. wrpa], expedi- 
 tion, campaign, iii. i. 9, v. 4. 18. 
 
 <rTpaT£V|xa, aros, to [H. <rTpa], 
 army, Lat. exercitus, i. i. 7, ii. i. 
 6, iii. 3. 19, iv. 4. 19, v. 6. 17, vi. 3. 
 22, vii. 8. 24 ; of the parts of an 
 army under particular generals, 
 force, division, i. 5. 11, 12, 8. 4, 
 14 ; so pL, vii. 3. 38. 
 
 (TTpaTtvo), (TTpaTevaw, iaTpaTevaa, 
 iffTpdrev/xai [R. o-rpa], make an 
 expedition, conduct or carry on a 
 campaign, make war, of general 
 officers, Lat. bellum suscipio, with 
 eiri and acc, ii. i. 14, 3. 20, 6. 29, 
 iii. I. 17 ; dep. mid., of both gen- 
 erals and soldiers, serve in a cam- 
 paign, take the field, serve, march, 
 Lat. niilito, abs., with els, iwi, or 
 d/j.<p[ and acc, or avv and dat, i. 
 I. 11, 2. 2, 3, 9. 14, V. 4. 34, vi. 2. 
 15, vii. I. 2, 29, 3. 10; of single 
 persons, join an army, iii. i. 10, 
 vii. 5. 10. Phrases : Tbu deivov x"- 
 /j.Qva (TTpaTevofievoi., serving in a 
 hard unnter campaign, vii. 6. 9. 
 
 irTpaTT]Y^w, (rTpaT-qyriffoj, icrTpa- 
 TT}yy)(Ta, ecrTparriyqKa [R. (rrpa -f 
 R. a-y], be general, take command, 
 command, manage, abs., or with 
 gen., i. 4. 3, ii. 2. 13, 6. 28, iii. 2. 
 27 ; with cog. acc. and gen. , vii. 6. 
 40. Phrase : a-TpaTriyriffovTa Tav- 
 T-qv TTjc (TTpaTriyldv, to ass7ime this 
 command, i. 3. 15. 
 
 o-TpaTT]"Yid, ds [R. <rTpa + R. 
 a*y], office of general or comman- 
 der in chief l 3. 15, v. 6. 25, vii. i. 
 41 ; generalship, plan of campaign, 
 ii. 2. 13. 
 
 <rrpaTt\yia.<a [R. o-rpa -)-R. a^], 
 icish to be general, vii. i. -33. 
 
 o-rpaTTi-yos, 6 [R. o-rpa -{- R. o-y], 
 leader of an army, general, Lat. 
 dux, im'perdtor, in the Anab. ap- 
 plied not to the highest in command 
 (called Apxwv, vi. i. 18, 2. 6, 12), 
 
203 
 
 <rTpaTid-2TV|j.<J>dXios 
 
 but to every chief of a division, 
 under whom stood the taxiarchs 
 and captains, i. 2. 15, 4. 13, ii. 4. 
 
 2, iii. I. 2, iv. 3. 9, v. 4. 16, vi. 
 5.1, vii. 8. 23. The generals were 
 elected by the soldiers, iii. i. 47, and 
 conducted the campaign in accord- 
 ance with the votes of their own 
 number, vi. i. 18. When serving 
 for pay they received four times 
 the soldier's wages, vii. 3. 10, 6. 1, 
 
 7. The title is also appUed by 
 Xenophon to the Persian com- 
 mander in chief of the troops of 
 several provinces, who was prop- 
 erly called Kapavos, i. I. 2, 9. 7. 
 
 o-Tparid, as [R. (rrpa], armij, 
 Lat. exercitus, the actual effective 
 force, the host, i. 2. 12, 7. 16, ii. 4. 
 
 3, iii. I. 4, iv. 7. 3, v. 6. 1, vi. 2. 
 10, vii. 7. 56 ; the troops, in con- 
 trast to the high officers, iv. 3. 9, 
 vi. 6. 19, 20, vii. 2. 35 ; the main 
 body, i.e. hoplites, as contrasted 
 with cavalry and peltasts, vi. 3. 19. 
 
 (TTpaTiwTiis, ov [R. o-Tpa], sol- 
 dier, private, pi. troops, men, Lat. 
 miles, i. 1.9, ii. 5. 29, iii. i. 4, iv. 
 
 4, 14, V. I. 4, vi. 2. 4, vii. 8. 23. 
 Phrase : dvdpes arpaTiwrai, fellow 
 soldiers, i. 3. 3, v. 4. 19. 
 
 STpaTOKXfis, ^ovs, 6, Stratocles, 
 in command of the Cretan archers, 
 iv. 2. 28. 
 
 (TTpaToireSivw, i(rTpa.TOiredev<Td- 
 fj.rjv, ecTTpaTOTT^devfiaL [R. <rTpa + 
 R. ireS], encamp, pitch a camp, 
 bivouac, go into camp, rare in act., 
 vii. 6. 24, usually mid., abs., or 
 with advs., iv. 4. 8, vi. 3. 6, vii. 2. 
 1 ; with iyyvs and gen. of pers., 
 or with irapd, eh, dm and acc, or 
 iv and dat. of place, iii. 5. 1, iv. 3. 
 6, 8. 19, vi. 4. 7, vii. 4. 2 ; pf., be 
 encamped, ii. 4. 1. Phrase: Trapa 
 'Sevlov ia-rpaT07re5ev(TavTO Trapa KXe- 
 "■PXV^ they went over from Xenias 
 and joined Clearchus, i. 3. 7. 
 
 o-TparoirtSov, rd [R. o-Tpa + R. 
 irtS], camp ground, camp, encamp- 
 ment, bivouac, Lat. castra, i. 10. 1, 
 
 8, ii. 3. 19, iii. i. 46, iv. 4. 20, v. i. 
 
 9, vi. 4. 10, vii. 6. 42 ; of an en- 
 camped army, iv. 4. 9, vii. 3. 34, 7. 
 57. 
 
 (TTpaTos, 6 [R. o-Tpa], an en- 
 camped army, army, force, i. 5. 7. 
 
 o-Tpa<J)€'vT£s, see (TTpi(po}. 
 
 o-TpeiTTos, 17, 6v [verbal of 
 crrp^^o)], twisted, pliant; as subst., 
 6 arpeTTTos, necklace, collar, Lat. 
 torquis, worn by noble Persians, 
 
 No. 65. 
 
 i. 2. 27, 5. 8, 8. 29. See the ac- 
 companying illustration, from a 
 famous mosaic representing the 
 battle of Issus. 
 
 crTp£(|>w, (TTpi\pw, ea-Tpexpa, earpafi- 
 fiai, €<TT pi4)0r]v and i<TTpd(p7jv [c/. 
 Eng. stro-phe, apostrophe^, turn, 
 twist, braid, of cords, Lat. torqxieo, 
 iv. 7. 15; intr., and in pass., of 
 persons, turn about, face about, 
 Lat. me uerto, i. 10. 6, iii. 5. 1, iv. 
 3. 26, 32. 
 
 o-Tpov06s, 6, i] [of. Eng. ostrich'}, 
 a small bird of tlie sparroio kind ; 
 with ixiyas, oMrich, i. 5. 2, 3. 
 
 <rTpa)|iaT68e(r(ios, [R. <rTpa + 
 R. 8e], bedclothes sack, bed-sack, 
 of linen, v. 4. 13. 
 
 (TTvyvo'S) ■>?) ov [c/". (TTvyiw, hatel, 
 hateful, of the face, repulsive, 
 gloomy, ii. 6. 9 ; subst., to ffrvyvov, 
 sternness, ii. 6. 11. 
 
 2TV|X(|>d\i,os, \_'ETviJ.4>a\os, 6, 
 Stymphdlus'], a Stymphalian, na- 
 tive of Stymphdlus,' I 1. 11, ii. 5. 37, 
 
o-v-a'V|j[.pdXX(a 
 
 204 
 
 iii. I. 31, iv. 7. 13, vi. i. 30, vii. 8. 
 19, a city in the northeastern part 
 of Arcadia, on a lake of the same 
 name (ruins on Lake Zaraka). 
 
 (TV, (Tov, pers. pron. [pronominal 
 stem T€, softened to o-e, cf. Lat. 
 tu, thou, Eng. thou], thou, you, 
 i. 3. 3, ii. I. 12, 10, 17, 5. 38, iii. i. 
 45, vii. 6. 5. 
 
 a-vyyivtia, as [R. yiv'\, Jcinship, 
 relationship, vii. 3. 39. 
 
 (rvyytv(\s, is [R.-ycv], of the same 
 race or family, akin, Lat. cogndtus ; 
 subst., oi (TvyyeveTs, blood relations, 
 kinsmen, i. 6. 10, iv. 5. 32, vii. 2. 
 31. 
 
 <rv7Yi-yvoj«.ai [R. 7€v], he with, 
 keep comjyany with, be acquainted 
 tcith, meet, v?ith dat., i. i. 9, 2. 27, 
 ii. 5. 2, 28, iv. 5. 23, vii. 2. 19 ; pass 
 time with a teacher, ii. 6. 17 ; of 
 sexual intercourse, i. 2. 12, v. 4. 33. 
 
 o-v-YKdOi]|iai, \^Kddrj/j.ai'], sit down 
 together, v. 7. 21. 
 
 trv^Ko.\iu> [R. Ka\], call together, 
 call a meeting or cotmcil, assemble, 
 Lat. conuoco, abs. or with ace, i. 
 4. 8, ii. 2. 3, iii. i. 46, vi. 4. 20, vii. 
 I. 24 ; with eis and ace, i. 6. 4. 
 
 (rv*yKd|nrTw (^KafivTU}, Kafiir-, Ka/x- 
 \po3, '4Kafi\pa, -KeKafj-fiai, iKa/xrpdTjv, 
 bend), bend together, with c/cAos, 
 bend one^s knee, v. 8. 10. 
 
 o-v-yKaTaKaico or -koco [Kaiw], 
 bi(rn aloiig with, iii. 2. 27. 
 
 o-vyKarao-KeSavvvfii [tr/ceSdi'w/it], 
 join in pouring out, read by some 
 in vii. 3. 32 for KaTaa-Keddwvixi, q.v. 
 
 o-vyKaTao-Tp«<j)OfjLai [<rT/>^</>a>] , 
 help in subduing, ii. i. 14. 
 
 crvyKaTsp-yd^oiiai [R. F«PY]) help 
 one accomplish or vnn, vii. 7. 25. 
 
 (rvYK€i|iai [K€i|Aai], lie together, 
 be put together, be arranged or 
 agreed upon, Lat. constituor. 
 Phrases : et's rb (TvyKeifievov, to the 
 rendezvous, vi. 3. 4 ; Kara to. ffvy- 
 Keifxeva, according to the terms of 
 the agreement, vii. 2. 7. 
 
 <ruYK\€ia> [/cXetco], shut to, vi. 3. 
 4, vii. I. 12. 
 
 <rv"yK0|Ai5w [ko/ai^w], bring to- 
 
 gether, gather, mid., for oneself, 
 vi, 6. 37. 
 
 (rvYKviTTW (kutttw, K\)(})-, -k6^w, 
 eKv\pa, KfKiKpa, stoop"), draw to- 
 gether, converge, of the wings of 
 an army, iii. 4. 19, 21. 
 
 <rvYx<op€w [xwp^w], go with, give 
 way, yield, Lat. concedo, v. 2. 9. 
 
 (Tveios, a, oj* [<rOs], of swine, Lat. 
 sti'illus, iv. 4. 13. 
 
 2v€vv€(ris> tos, 6, Syennesis, the 
 hereditary title of the monarchs 
 of Cilicia who governed under the 
 Persian king, perhaps from the 
 Semitic schoa nasi, noble chieftain. 
 But Xenophon took it for a proper 
 name, i. 2. 12, 21, 26, 4. 4, vii. 8. 
 25. 
 
 (TVKov, TO \_cf. Lat. ficus, fig, 
 Eng. syco-2)han't^, fig, vi. 4. 6, 6. 1. 
 
 (rvXX.a}JiPdva> [Xa/A/Sdi/w], toi'e to- 
 qether, seize, arrest, Lat. compre- 
 hendo, i. i. 3, 4. 8, 6. 4, ii. 5. 32, 
 iii. I. 2, 35, vii. 2. 14; capture, iv. 
 4. 16. 
 
 (TtiXXe-yo) (-X^w, -iXe^a, -efXoxa, 
 -eiXeyfxai, -eXeynv [R. Xt^], gather), 
 collect, get together, gather, Lat. 
 colligo, of things, ii. 4. 11, iv. 3. 11, 
 V. I. 15, vi. 6. 22 ; of persons, esp. 
 of troops or an army, bring to- 
 gether, collect, levy, raise, assem- 
 ble, convoke, i. i. 7, 4. 13, ii. 6. 5, 
 iii. I. 39, V. 6. 1, vii. 6. 13; mid., 
 raise for oneself, vii. 4. 8 ; pass., 
 come together, assemble, of troops, 
 iv. I. 10, 3. 7, 8. 9, vi. 2. 4, 3. &. 
 
 o-uXXo-yVj, ^s [R. X€y], gathering, 
 of troops, ?e»y, Lat. dllectus, i. i 
 
 I o-vXXo-yos, o [R. Xe-y], gathering, 
 
 ! meeting, not of a regularly called 
 
 i assembly, v. 6. 22, 7. 2. 
 
 I (rv|xPaCv(i> [R. ^a], come together ; 
 impers., happen, hence ra crv/i- 
 ^avTCL, events, occiirrences, iii. i. 
 13. 
 
 (rv|j,pdXXw [PdXXw], throw to- 
 gether, collect, gather, iii. 4. 31 ; 
 mid., bring together one''s own, 
 contribute, with dat. of pers. and 
 els and ace. of thing, i. i . 9 ; imite, 
 
205 
 
 <rv(xpodw-o-v(j.'7roX£|A€a) 
 
 agree upon, fix on, vi. 3. 3, hence 
 ^eviav crvve^dXovTo, they contracted 
 a friendship, vi. 6. 35 ; add one's 
 opinion to others\ converse, give 
 one''s ideas, with irepi and gen., iv. 
 6.14. 
 
 (rv(i.|3oda> [R. PoF], cry out to- 
 gether. Phrase : avve^owv dXX^- 
 Xous, they called each other together 
 hy shouting, vi. 3. G. 
 ' <r\)|iPoTi0"€w [R. PoF+ fi'^w], come 
 to the rescue with others, join in 
 helping, iv. 2. 1, vii. 8. 17. 
 
 <rv|j,po\TJ, ^s [pdXXw], a hurtling 
 together, encounter, battle, vi. 5. 
 32. 
 
 orv|iPov\€v(>) [R. Po\], advise, 
 recommend, counsel, give advice, 
 Lat. consulo alicui, abs. or with 
 ace, or ace. of thing and dat. of 
 pers., ii. i. 17, 5. 41, v. 6.2, 3, 12; 
 with dat. or ace. of pers. and inf., 
 or with simple inf., i. 6. 9, ii. 1. 18, 
 3. 20, iii. I. 5, vi. 6. 29, vii. i. 30, 
 8. 4 ; with a rel. clause, ii. i. 17, v. 
 6. 4 ; mid., consult with one, ask 
 one''s opinion or advice, ask coun- 
 sel of, confer with, hold a council, 
 Lat. consulo aliquem, abs., with 
 dat. of pers. or with a clause or 
 with both, i. i. 10, 7. 2, ii. i. IG, 
 17, V. 6. 2. 
 
 (rv|iPov\irj, ^s [R. Po\], advice, 
 Lat. consilium, v. 6. 4 (see iepos), 
 11. 
 
 o-vixPovXos, 6 [R. Po\], adviser, 
 counsellor, Lat. auctor, i. 6. 5. 
 
 (rv(ji(jiav6dv(>> [R. [jia], learn thor- 
 oughly ; aor. partic, (rvfitiaddv, hav- 
 ing come to know a thing weZZ, hence 
 familiar with, used to, with ace, 
 iv. 5. 27. 
 
 <rv|X|iax.C(>>> avfiiiaxM'^i cvvend- 
 XVf^o- [R- K-axJi ^S ^'* (^^^y 01" *'* 
 alliance with, v. 4. 30. 
 
 o-v|i.|j.axid, as [R. |iax], alliance, 
 Lat. foedus, v. 4. 3, 8, vii. 3. 35. 
 
 o-v|i.|idxo|j.ai, [R. (tax], fight on 
 one''s side, be an ally, with dat. of 
 pers., V. 4. 10, vi. i. 13. 
 
 <rti|ji)xaxos, ov [R. (tax], fighting 
 with, in alliance with, allied, Lat. 
 
 socius, ii. 4.6, 5. 11, V. 4. 7 ; sukst., 
 6 <rvfji.iJ.axos, ally, i. 3. G, ii. 2. 8, v. 
 4. 6, vii. 6. 3 ; rd <rvfj.fj.axa., helps, 
 advantages, ii. 4. 7. 
 
 <rv(i(ji,€T€xw [R. <ri\], take part 
 in with one, with gen., vii. 8. 17. 
 
 (rv[jL|At"Yvii[xi (^fu-yvvfji, fxi-y-, fj-t^u, 
 ffj.l^a, fj.^ixlyfj.at, ifxtxGv <^^^^ efilyrfv 
 [R. 1A17], mix), mix with, intrans. 
 of persons, unite loith, join, with 
 dat. of pers., ii. i. 2, iv. 2. 9, vi. 3. 
 24, vii. 8. 24 ; in a hostile sense, 
 engage, join battle with, with dat., 
 
 IV. 6. 24. 
 
 o-vfiirapao-Keud^w [R- <rKv], help 
 get ready, /oJ/i in ftroviding, lielp 
 in preparations, abs. or with ace, 
 
 V. I. 8, 10. 
 
 <rvji,irap6xw [R. •rex], help in 
 producing or causing, join in af- 
 fording, with dat. of pers. and 
 ace. of thing, vii. 4. 19, 6. 30. 
 
 o-vn"irds, dcxa, av [irds], stronger 
 than Tras, all together, all taken 
 collectively, Lat. iiniuersus, entire, 
 in pred. position, vii. 8. 2G ; but oi 
 <rvfj,iravT€S oirXtrai, the hopUtes all 
 taken together, i. 2. 9. Phrases: 
 TO avfxirav, oH the whole, in gen- 
 eral, i. 5. 9 ; Sera ov8i to. <TVfi- 
 ■n-avra, more than all p^it together, 
 iv. 3. 2. 
 
 (rvp.ir£^ir(i) [ir^/iTrw], send along 
 xoith, despatch together, sometimes 
 with dat. of pers., i. 2. 20, iii. 4. 
 42, V. 5. 15, vi. 6. 18, vii. 7. 55. 
 
 crv|xir€piTVYxdv(i> [R. raK], in a 
 hostile sense, fall on together, with 
 dat., vii. 8. 22. 
 
 o-vjiirtiTTft) [R. ir€T],/aZZ together, 
 fall in, collapse, of a house, v. 2. 
 24 ; come together, grapple, close 
 loith, i. 9. 6. 
 
 o-ii|xirX.£(os, wv, gen. w [R. irXa], 
 quite full, with gen., i. 2. 22. 
 
 o-v(i,iro8C^(i) [R. ireS], shackle to- 
 gether, of snow, encumber, impede, 
 Lat. impedio, iv. 4. 11. 
 
 o-vp,iroXEp.£w [iroXefj.^u]'], help in 
 war, make war vyith, with dat. of 
 pers. and Trpo's or iirL and ace, i. 4. 
 2, iii. I. 5. 
 
o-vfjnropevoixai-trvvaKOvw 
 
 206 
 
 o-vfiTTopevofJiai [R. irep], .ravel 
 I'-itli, rnurch icith, accompany., i. 3. 
 5, 4. 9, iv. I. 28. 
 
 <rw|iiro(riapxos, [R. iro + apx»], 
 president of a drinl-ing-party, sym- 
 posiarch, master of the revels, Lat. 
 magister bihendi, rex comnuii, 
 whose commands all the company 
 had to obey and who regulated the 
 whole entertainment, vi. i. 30. 
 
 o-vjiirpoTTw [TT/jarrw], help in 
 doing, help along icith, co-operate, 
 help get, abs., vii. 7. 19 ; with dat. 
 of the pers., and ace. or wepl and 
 gen. of the thing, i. i. 8, v. 4. 9, 5. 
 23, vii. 4. 13 ; with wo-re and inf., 
 vii. 8. 23. 
 
 (Tviiirpco'Pci.Si ecov, oi [^wpecr^vs^, 
 fellow-envoys, v. 5. 24. 
 
 a-v|j.irpo6v|i£0|iai [R. 1 6v], he 
 equally zealous loith, he just as 
 earnest, tmite earnestly icith, add 
 one's efforts, with inf. or ace. and 
 inf., iii. i. 9, vii. 2. 24; with ace. 
 or owoos and a clause, vii. i. 5. 
 
 (rv|x4>£p(i> [R. 4>€p], bring together, 
 collect, Lat. cdnferd, iii. 4. 31, vi. 4. 
 9 ; endure with one, with ace. and 
 dat., vii. 6. 20 ; contribute to, he of 
 use or advantage, profit, benefit, 
 often impers., Lat. cdnferd, pro- 
 sum, abs. or with dat., ii, 2. 2, iii. 
 2. 27, vi. I. 26, vii. 3. 7. Phrases: 
 Trpos Tr}v x^pa-v (Tvij.<pipri, is suitable 
 for the ground, vii. 3. 37 ; (rwoiaeiv 
 iirl rb ^eXrlov, be to hi9 advantage, 
 vii. 8. 4. 
 
 (rv|i({>T]fjLi [R. <|>a], assent, agree, 
 (/rant, with tovto or ravra, V. 8. 8, 
 vii. 2. 26. 
 
 (rv|ji({>opos, ov [R. <|)€p], useful, 
 advantageous, vii. 7. 21. 
 
 o-vv, prep, with dat. [cf. Lat. 
 cum, with'], with, in company loith, 
 along with, together with, used 
 freq. by Xen. where other Attic 
 prose writers generally used ixerd, 
 i. 3. 5, 8. 26, 9. 2, ii.'3. 19, 5. 9, 
 37, iii. 3. 1, 14, iv. 2. 16, v. 4. 20, 
 7. 8, vii. 3. 10, 5. 3 ; esp. in phrases 
 like Miviav Kal oi crbv aiiri^, Menon 
 and his troops, i. 2. 15, cf. iii. 2. 11, 
 
 5. 3, iv. 3. 20; on the side of, i. i. 
 11, iii. 2. 17 ; with the help or aid 
 of, ii. 5. 13, vii. 3. 11, so (ri>v roh 
 ^eots, the gods helpinq, iii. i. 23, 42, 
 2. 11, V. 8. 19, vi. 6."32; of dress, 
 furnished loith, in, iv. 5. 33, so <t\jv 
 Toh SttXois, in arms, armed, iii. 2. 
 8, vi. 5. 3, cf. ii. I. 12; of manner 
 and instrument, with, in, by, i. 8. 
 4, ii. 6. 18, iii. 2. 16, 3. 2. In com- 
 position aiv becomes avix- before 
 labials and jx, avy- before palatals, 
 o-dX- before X, crvp- before p, and 
 (TV- before <7 followed by a conso- 
 nant, and signifies toith, along 
 with, together, jointly, at the same 
 time, entirely, at once, expressing 
 union or connexion of any sort, 
 and completion. 
 
 o-vva-ycipw [d-ytipw], collect to- 
 gether or closely, assemble, i. 5. 9. 
 
 o-vvd-yw [R. a-y], bring together, 
 get together, gather, collect, of per- 
 sons and things, i. 5. 10, iv. 4. 10, 
 vi. 2. 8 ; convoke, asseynble, of per- 
 sons, i. 3. 2, iii. 5. 14, v. 7. 3, vi. 
 4. 10. 
 
 o-wvaSiKt'ci) [R. 1 8aK], do wrong 
 ivith another, be an accomplice in 
 crime, with dat. of pers., ii. 6. 27. 
 
 o-vva9po(5w \_aepol^o}'], collect to- 
 gether, get together, vii. 2. 8; mid. 
 intrans., assemble, vi. 5. 30. 
 
 (Tuvaiveo) (aiV^w, aiviau, rjveaa, 
 -■QveKa, -rivy}p.ai, -rividriv [alcos, 6, tale, 
 praise], praise), agree icith one in 
 a thing, grant, with ace. of thing 
 and dat. of pers., vii. 7. 31. 
 
 <ruvaip€'w [alpe'co], take together 
 or into small compass. Phrase: ws 
 (TvveXovTi elireiv, to ptit it briefly, 
 Lat. ut breuiter cTicam, iii. i. 38. 
 
 o-vvaiTios, ov [atTt'w], jointly 
 guilt)/, accessory in the gxdlt, vi. 6. 
 28. 
 
 o-vvaKoXovOeu [R. KeX], folloic 
 along irifh, accompany, abs. or 
 with" dat., ii. 5. 30, iii. i. 4, vii. 7. 11. 
 
 o-vvaKov<o [R. KoF], hear at the 
 same time. Phrase : dva^ouivrwi' 
 dWriXwv a-vvrjKovov, they heard each 
 other''s calls, v. 4. 31. 
 
207 
 
 <rvvci\£5"~<'"^v€'Trio-if€<r9ai 
 
 (TvvdXtSw [aXifw], (father together, 
 collect, vii. 3. 48. 
 
 <rwva\\dTTW (aXXdrrw, d\\a7-, 
 dXXd^cij, ■i^XXa^a, -?;XXaxa, rjWoLy- 
 IxaL, -TjWdxG'Tlv or rjWdyrjv [aWos], 
 change), change so as to bring to- 
 gether, reconcile; pass., be recon- 
 ciled, come to terms with, with irpo's 
 and ace, i. 2. 1. 
 
 o-vvavaPaCva> [R. Pa], go up 
 xoith, V. 4. 16 ; march inland toith, 
 with dat., i. 3. 18. 
 
 o-vvavairpaTTw [Trparrw], help 
 exact, with irapa. and gen. of pers. , 
 vii. 7. 14. 
 
 <rvvavCo-TT]|Ai [R. o-ra], make 
 stand up together; intrans. 2 aor., 
 stand up with, rise loith, vii. 3. 
 35. 
 
 o-vvavTd«, (Tw^vrtja-a [dvTi], 
 7neet ivith, meet, abs. or with dat., 
 i. 8. 15, vii. 2. 5. 
 
 o-vvdir£i,|j.i [eiA"]» 6'^ away toith, 
 go off together, ii. 2. 1. 
 
 a-vvairoXa|j.pdv(<> [Xa/n^dvu)], re- 
 ceive in common, or at the same 
 time, of what is due, vii. 7. 40. 
 
 o-vvdiTTw [(Xttto;], join together; 
 of battle, with fiaxv and dat. of 
 pers., engage in battle, Lat. jiroe- 
 lium committo, i. 5. 16. 
 
 o-uvdpxoi [dpxw], rule jointly 
 with, command with, with dat. of 
 pers. and gen. of thing, vi. i. 32. 
 
 o-vivSciirvos, 6 [R. 8a], companion 
 at dinner, guest at dinner, Lat. 
 conuiua, ii. 5. 27, iv. 5. 28, vi. i. 30. 
 
 crvvSiaPaCvw [R. Pa], cross over 
 together, cross uu'th otliers, vii. i. 4. 
 
 <rvv8iairpdTT(i) [TrpaTToj], accom- 
 plish loith ; mid., negotiate \oith at 
 the same time, with virip and gen. , 
 iv. 8. 24. 
 
 o-vvSoKco) [R. 8ok], seem good 
 also, be approved also, with dat. of 
 pers., vi. 5. 9. 
 
 o-vvSvo [8vo], two at once, two 
 by two, vi. 3. 2. 
 
 o-vv€'8pa|i,ov, see crwrp^x^- 
 
 o-vvtQiXa [idiXio'], wish with one, 
 consent, favour, with dat. of pers. 
 and inf., vi. i. 32. 
 
 o-vv«i8ov [R. Fi8], see at once or 
 at a glance, observe, mar/,-, i. 5. 9. 
 a-vv£i\£-y^€voi, see (rvW^yco. 
 <ruv£i\T](ji.(i,€voi, <rvv€i\'r)<j)6L(ri, see 
 
 cruXXa/x/idj'a;. 
 
 <rvvei|ii [R. €o-], be loitli ; siibst., 
 oi cvvovres, associates, acquaint- 
 ances, ii. 6. 20, 23. Phrase : awijv 
 aevo(p(2ivTi (PlXlkQs, he ivas on 
 friendly terms icith Xenophon, vi. 
 6. 35. 
 
 o-vv£i|j.i \_elp.L], go together, as- 
 semble, iii. 5. 7 ; in a hostile sense, 
 lj.axovfj.euos avvigei, he advanced to 
 the encounter, i. 10. 10. 
 
 o"WV£i'irovTO, see crvviTrofxaL. 
 
 o-vv€io-€pxop.ai [fpxofxai.], enter 
 with, go in together, with wpos and 
 ace. of pers. and els and ace. of 
 place, iv. 5. 10. 
 
 (Tvveicnrf'irTU) [R. irtr], fall into 
 a place together, rush in together, 
 2)lunge in, abs. or with eLa-w and 
 gen., V. 7. 25, vii. i. 18. 
 
 <rt)v€KPaiv« [R. Pa], go out to- 
 gether, with i-rri and ace, iv. 3. 22. 
 
 0-vv€KPtPd5(0 (/ii/idfw, j3i/ia5-, -/3i- 
 /3dcrw or /ii/i(i, -elilliaaa [R. Pa], 
 make go, causative to ^alvw), help 
 draw out, help> extricate, i. 5. 7. 
 
 o-vveKKOTTTw [ko'tttw], help exit 
 down, iv. 8. 8. 
 
 ervv€Kirfv« [R. iro], help drink 
 up, drain with, vii. 3. 32. 
 
 o-vveKiropC^'^ [R. irep], help pro- 
 cure, jiiin. ill pmriding, v. 8. 25. 
 
 <rwv€\iiXv6aT£, see crvv^pxoiJ.ai. 
 
 <rvv£\6 vTi, see awaip^co. 
 
 o-wv£V£yk6vt£s, <rvv£VTiv£'yp.£va, see 
 
 <rvv£|£pxo[jiai [epxo/xat], go out 
 with, vii. 8. 11. 
 
 <ruv£'Traiv£ii) [^Trati/^w], join in 
 praising or approving, agree to- 
 gether, vii. 3. 36. 
 
 <rvv£ir£tixo|J.ai [evxop.ai'], VOW to- 
 gether beside!^, with dat. of the god 
 to whnni and inf., iii. 2. 9. 
 
 (rvv£'iri|X£\£0(xai [R. [A£X], help 
 take charge of, with gen., vi. i. 
 22. 
 
 crvv£iriorir£<r0ai., see ffvv€(f)iiro/j.ai. 
 
o-vvcirio-TTevSw-o-vvTaTTO) 
 
 208 
 
 o-vveirKrirevSw [(T7rei;5a;], help 
 hurry on, join in pushinq forward, 
 i. 5. 8. 
 
 o-vvtiriTptpo) {Tpi^W. Tpcji; Tpt\l/w, 
 fTplxj/a, T^Tpitpa, T^Tplp-fxaL, erpl^rjv 
 [c/. Tpi^Tj^, rub), destroy all at 
 once, tittfrJy ruin, v. 8. 20. 
 
 (niveiro|xai [K. irtv'], foUoic along 
 with, accompany, abs. or with dat., 
 i. 3. 9, iii. I. 2, V. 2. 4, vii. 3. 12, 
 
 (rvv€-ir6|jLvv|xi \_6/ivvij.l'], sivear be- 
 sides at the same time, with inf., 
 vii. 6. lii. 
 
 o-wvsp-yos, ou [R. F«P7]) working 
 with; subst., 6 (xwepyos, felloic- 
 worker, coadjutor, helper, i. 9. 20, 
 21. 
 
 (rvv€ppvi]<rav, see crvpp^w. 
 
 (Tvvcpxopiai [epxofj.at'], come to- 
 gether, meet, assemble, ii. i. 2, 3. 
 21, iii. I. 15, iv. i. 12, v. 4. 4, vi. i. 
 25, vii. 3. 10 ; with irapd and ace, 
 ii. 2. 8. 
 
 (rov€<nra)v, see ffvcirdu). 
 
 a-vv€(|>ciro^ai [R. o-€ir], follow 
 along with, attend closely, abs. or 
 with dat., iv. 8. 18, vii. 4. 6. 
 
 <ruv^X.<* U^- <''*X]i /"^^f^ together, 
 vii. 2. 8. 
 
 (Tvv'/jSop.ai [R. dS], be glad loith 
 one, rejoice with, congratulate, 
 Lat. grdtulor, abs., with dat. of 
 pers., and with Sn and a clause, 
 V. 5. 8, vii. 7. 42, 8. 1. 
 
 (j-vv0edo|jiai. [Oe'd], look at loith, 
 inspect together, vi. 4. 15. 
 
 (rvv6T]|ia, aros. to [R. 6«], thing 
 agreed on, agreement, iv. 6. 20 ; 
 signal, esp. the watchtoord, the 
 ipoj'd, Lat. signum, tessara, given 
 out and passed through the ranlis 
 before a battle as a means by 
 which friends might be distin- 
 guished from foes, i. 8. 16, vi. 5. 
 25, or used at niglit as a counter- 
 sign, vii. 3. 34. 
 
 (TuvOripdco [d-qpdw], hunt with, 
 join in the hunt, v. 3. 10. 
 
 (TvvOoiTO, see ffwrldrifxi. 
 
 (TvviSeiv, see ffwelBov. 
 
 <ruvirifj.i [t-^A«], jmt together, un- 
 derstand, Lat. intelligo, vii. 6. 8. 
 
 o-DvCo-TTiiAi [R. o-ra], make stana 
 together, of persons, bring together, 
 introduce, with dat, iii. i. 8, vi. i. 
 23 ; intr. in mid. and pf . and 2 aor. 
 act., stand together, get together, 
 gather, combine, form together, esp. 
 of troops, V. 7. 2, 16, vi. 2. 9, 5. 28, 
 vii. 3. 47. Phrases: IwiriKhv en 
 (TvveaTrjKos, cavalry with ranks still 
 unbroken, vi. 5. 30, cf. vii. 6. 26. 
 
 o-vvoSos, v [686s], meeting, junc- 
 tion, vi. 4. 9 ; in a hostile sense, 
 encounter, i. 10. 7. 
 
 (TvvoiSa [R. fih], share in knowl- 
 edge, be privy to, Lat. conscius 
 sum, with dat. of pers., as a-vfoid^ 
 p.01 el eTTtop/cw, he is cogiiisant if I 
 am a perjui'er, vii. 6. 18 ; with refl. 
 pron. and nom. of partic, be con- 
 scious of, i. 3. 10, ii. 5. 7, vii. 6. 11. 
 
 o-vvoi(r€iv, see avix(p^po}. 
 
 arvvo\o\vt,o> (oXoXvfw, 6X0X117-. 
 oXoXv^ofj-ai, coXoXu^a [6X0X11715, loud 
 cry, cf. Lat. ulula, screech-owl, Eng. 
 owl], cry aloud), cry out together. 
 of women, raise a shrill cry to- 
 gether, iv. 3. 19. 
 
 <ruvo|io\oY«w [d[JLa + R. ^€7], 
 agree with another or to a thin;: 
 with another, consent, assent to, 
 join, agree upon, with dat. of pers., 
 vii. 5. 10, ace. of thing, iv. 2. 19, 
 vii. 8. 3, or with a combination of 
 the two, V. 7. 15. 
 
 o-vvopdo) [R. 2 F«p], see at the 
 same time ; with dXX^Xous, tcatch 
 or vieio one another, iv. i. 11, v. 2. 
 13. 
 
 (Tvvovo-Cd, as [R. €0-], a being to- 
 gether, mutual intercourse, confer- 
 ence, ii. 5. 6. 
 
 o-vvrdTTo) [R. TaK], set in order 
 together, as a military term, draw 
 up in array, marshal, form, i. 2. 
 15, Lat. instruo ; mid., form one''s 
 own troops, i. 10. 5 ; intr., of 
 troops, form line of battle, fall into 
 battle array, form in line, i. 3. 14, 
 7. 14, iv. 2. 7, vi. 3. 21. Phrase : 
 ffwerdTTeTO iK rdv en TpoaiovTuiv, 
 was forming its line from those 
 -n'ho were still coming up, i. 8. 14. 
 
209 
 
 (rvvT(0Tj|Ai-o-v\v6s 
 
 o-vvTt0Ti|i,i [R. Qt^, place together; 
 mid., piit together' for oneself, con- 
 clude, covenant, contract, agree 
 on, make an agreement, with dat. 
 of pers., to which may be added 
 inf., i. 9. 7, vii. i. 35 ; with ace. of 
 thing, iv. 2. 1, V. I. 12, cf. ii. 5. 8, 
 and see KaTaTldrjfju. 
 
 <rvvTO[Lo$, oi> [t^/uj'w], cut short, 
 short, in sup., ii. 6. 22. 
 
 o-vvTpdiretoS) 6 [xtTrapcs + R. 
 ireS], table-companion, i. 9. 31, see 
 
 O/jLOTpCLTre^OS. 
 
 a-vvrpi\o> [rp^x'^]) '""^ together 
 or «o o)ie place, assemble quickly, 
 V. 7. 4, vii. 6. (i. 
 
 o-vvrpipw (TpijSu), TpijS-, Tpi\pw, 
 (Tplipa., rirpLcpa, TeTplixp-ai, erpi^-qv 
 \_(f. rpilSri], rub), rub together. 
 Plirase : avvrer p'luixivovs avdpd)irov% 
 <jKi\y], men unth their legs com- 
 pletely crushed, iv. 7. 4. 
 
 a-vvTV7xdvw [R. raK], happen 
 upon, fall in ivith, meet, of friend 
 or foe, i. 10. 8, vii. 8. 22. 
 
 (rvv(<>(j>6X€(o [wfpeX^u}'], contribute 
 to one's help, join in aiding, iii. 2. 27. 
 
 SvpdKoo-ios or SvpdKOvo-ios, 6 
 ['Evpa.Kovaai, Syracuse], a Syracu- 
 sian, native of Syracuse, i. 2. 9, 10. 
 14, a city on the eastern coast of 
 Sicily, founded by Corinthians on 
 the island Ortygia in 734 b.c. It 
 grew rapidly, owing chiefly to its 
 fine harbour, and under Gelon, 
 480 B.C., and Dionysius I., 400 b.c, 
 large suburbs on the mainland of 
 Sicily were added to it, making a 
 city of 14 miles in circumference. 
 Thenceforward it was the largest, 
 most populous and brilliant of Hel- 
 lenic cities, until the rise of the 
 great capitals in the East. 
 
 SvpCd, as [Si5pws], Syria, a coun- 
 try in Asia, including not only the 
 land south of the Euphriltes as far 
 as Arabia, and bounded on the 
 west by Palestine, Phoenicia, and 
 the Mediterranean as far as the 
 gulf of Issus, i. 4. 4, 6, 10, but also 
 the district east of the Euphrates 
 which after the Macedonian con- 
 
 quest was called by the Greeks 
 Mesopotamia, i. 4. 19. 
 
 Svpios, a, ov [SiJpos], of Syria, 
 Syrian, i. 4. 5. 
 
 Svpos, 6, a Syrian, native of 
 Syria, i. 4. 9. 
 
 <rvppc(i> [p^w], flovj together, 
 stream together, of men, abs'., with 
 et's and ace, or « and gen., iv. 2. 
 19, v. 2. 3, vi. 3. 6. 
 
 (TVS, (Tuo's, 6, T7 [c/. Cy, Lat. sus, 
 sioine, Eng. iiog, sow], swine, pig, 
 hog, boar, v. 3. 10, 11, 7. 24. 
 
 (rvo-K€vd^<o [R. (TKv], get ready 
 together, pack up; mid. intr., jiack 
 one''s own things, pack up one''s 
 baggage, of soldiers before a march, 
 Lat. udsa colligo, i. 3. 14, ii. i. 2, 2. 
 4, iii. 4. 36, 5. 18, v. 8. 14, vii. i. 7. 
 
 o-vo-Ki^vos, 6 [H. o-Ka], tent-com- 
 panion, messmate, Lat. contuber- 
 ndlis, V. 7. 15, 8. 5, 6. 
 
 o-v<rirdw [R_. <nrix],draw together, 
 of skins, sew'together, i. 5. 10. 
 
 (rv<rir€ipdo[jiai, (Tvv£cnrelpdfj.ai., crvv- 
 ea-rreipddTjv [cf. ffirapTov'], be coiled 
 up together ; of troops, be formed 
 in close order or in a solid body, 
 i. 8. 21. 
 
 o-v<rirov8d5w [(TTToyScifa)], haste 
 along irith, share one'' s zeal, ii. 3. 11. 
 
 o-vo-Tpareiiiojjiai, always dep. mid. 
 in Anab. [R. o-rpa], serve in war 
 loith, take the field with, share or 
 join a campaign or expedition, abs., 
 with dat., or (tvv and dat., v. 6. 24, 
 vi. 2. 15, vii. 3. 14, 4. 21, 7. 31 ; 
 with iirL and ace, i. 4. 3, vii. 4. 20. 
 
 o-ticTTpdTii'Yos, 6 [R. crpa -f R. 
 a-y], felloiv-general , ii. 6. 29. 
 
 o-uo-TpaTiwTT]s, [R. o-Tpa], fel- 
 loic-soldier, Lat. commilito, i. 2. 26. 
 
 o-vo-TpaTOireSevoixai [R. orrpa-f- 
 R. -ireS], encamp together, with <t\iv 
 and dat., ii. 4. 9. 
 
 <rv<rTpe<j>w iffrpicpul, turn or twist 
 together; 2 aor. pass., (rvarpacpiv- 
 res, turning or facing about in a 
 body, i. 10. 6, where others read the 
 simple ffTpa(pivres. See crTpicpw. 
 
 <rvxv6s, 77, ov, much, considera- 
 ble, great; of time, lo7ig, i. 8. 8, 
 
<r((>a'yi>d^o|i,ai-(r<|>o8p6s 
 
 210 
 
 V. 8. U ; of number, many, numer- 
 ous, abs. or with gen., v. 4. 16, 18, 
 7. 16 ; of space, diaXelirovra avxvov 
 (sc. x^pl-ov), at some ilistance apart. 
 i. 8. 10. 
 
 (r(|>aYid^o|xai., f<T<payiaa-dfi7]v [<r^d- 
 ■yi-ov], slay a victim, offer a sacri- 
 fice, Lat. hostids immolo, abs. or 
 with dat., iv. 5. 4, vi. 4. 25, 5. 8. 
 Phrase : ia-tpayid^ovTo els rbv wora- 
 fwv, they sacrificed so that the blood 
 ran into the river, cf. Lat. in mare 
 porricere, iv. 3. 18 (see ff<pd.TToj). 
 
 <r<|>d7iov, TO [cf. cripaTTO}'], animal 
 sacrificed, victim, Lat. hostia ; pi. 
 TO. cr<pdyia /caXd (^sc. ylyverai or 
 ia-Ti), the omens from the sacrifice 
 are favourable, "referring to the 
 acts and movements of the victims 
 (external omens as opp. to lepd, 
 q.v.), i. 8. 15, iv. 3. 19, vi. 5. 8, 21. 
 
 cr({>aipo6i.8TJs, ^s [acpalpa, ball, cf. 
 Eng. sphere -{-W. piS], ball-like, 
 spherical, round; so a-cpaipoeidh 
 (sc. tl), v. 4. 12, of the round ball 
 between the \6yxv ((?•«•) and the 
 shaft of the spears of the Mossy- 
 noeci (not at the butt end). 
 
 o'4>dXX(o (crcpaX-}, ff<pa\u), €(y<prfKa, 
 ea(pa\/j.at, i(r(pd\Tip [II. <r«J>a\], trip, 
 trip up, make fall; mid. and pass., 
 be balked, fall, fail, meet inth a 
 mischance, vii. 7. 42. 
 
 (r(j>ds, see ov. 
 
 o-<j>dTTw, or (older but not in 
 Anab.) (r<|>dt<o (a(pay-), (T(pd^u, 
 
 f(r(pa^a, ecrcpayfiai, iff^dyqv, slaugh- 
 ter, slay, prop, by cutting the 
 
 throat, Lat. iugido, hence of vic- 
 tims, sacrifice, as <T(pd^avT€s ravpov 
 els d(7Trlda, sacrificing a bull and 
 catching the blood in a shield (see 
 ff (pay id ^ofiai), ii. 2. 9 ; of persons, 
 kill, slay, iv. 5. 16, 7. 16. 
 
 (r({>€ls, see ov. 
 
 (r4>evSovdb>, ea-<pev56vri(7a [<T(f>ev- 
 ddvTi], use the sling, sling, iii. 3. 7, 
 15, 4. 15, iv. 3. 30. 
 
 o-<j>€v86v»i, 77s, sling, Lat. fttnda, 
 made of leather or of leather and 
 cords (see s.v. vevpov), iii. 3. 16, 
 4. 17, iv. 2. 27 ; of the stone or 
 leaden ball used in the sling, mis- 
 sile, iii. 4. 4, V. 2. 14, vii. 8. 18. 
 For the form of the sling and the 
 manner of using it, see the follow- 
 ing illustration. 
 
 0-<j)€v80VTJTT)S, OV [<r(^6i'So»'ciw], 
 
 slinger, Lat. funditor, without de- 
 fensive armour, and carrying only 
 his sling and stones or leaden bul- 
 lets. The ff<pev5ov7]Tai constituted 
 one division of the 
 Greek light-armed 
 troops, iii. 4. 26, iv. 
 3. 27, V. 6. 15 (s.v. 
 yvp.vf)s), but they 
 were relatively un- 
 important, and 
 were not organised 
 until, under the 
 pressure of neces- 
 sity, the Greeks 
 drafted men for the 
 purpose, iii. 3. 16- 
 20. These were ex- 
 pert Rhodians, who 
 used leaden bullets, which carried 
 twice as far as the big stones used 
 by the Persians. The sling was, 
 on the contrary, in great use among 
 the barbarians, iii. 3. 6, cf. iii. 3. 15, 
 iv. 2. 27, 3. 29, 30, vii. 8! 18. 
 
 (r<)>{o-i, see o5. 
 
 a-(j>68pa, adv. [atpobpbs'], with 
 vehemence, extremely, exceedingly, 
 very, ii. 3. 16, 4. 18, 6. 11, iv. 8. 20, 
 V. 4. 32, vi. 5. 28. 
 
 o-4>o8p6s, d, 6v, vehement, violent, 
 extreme, i. 10. 18. 
 
 No. 67. 
 
211 
 
 <rx€8£d-<rws 
 
 o-x«8id,, as, raj^, float, Lat.ratis, 
 made of skins, i. 5. 10, ii. 4. 28. 
 Their construction is described in 
 tlie first passage. 
 
 (TxeSov, adv. [R. «r«x]i near ; of 
 degree, nearly, closely, about, al- 
 most, mostly, chiefly, Lat. fere, i. 
 8. 25, esp. with numerals, iv. 7. 6, 
 8. 15, vii. 6. 1 ; of time, about, just 
 about, iii. i. 33, 2. 1, vi. 3. 25. 
 Phrase : (Tx^Sov ti ivaca r] cTTparcd, 
 pretty nearly all the army, vi. 4. 20. 
 
 crxeiv, see e'xw. 
 
 o-x«t\ios, a. Of [R. <ri\], holding 
 nut, nnjlinrhing, cruel, dreadful, 
 vii. 6. 30. 
 
 o-XTifi*! ^''■0!, TO [R. <r€x], fo7-m, 
 shape, of troops, formation, i. 10. 
 10. 
 
 <r\il<)>, eVxt(TO, eaxicSv" [f/- 
 Lat. scindo, split, Eng. schedule, 
 schism^, cleave, split, of wood, i. 5. 
 12, iv. 4. 12 ; pass, of troops, be 
 divided or separated, vi. 3. 1. 
 
 (TXoXa^w (crxoXaS-), i(Txo\a.(Ta, 
 eaxof^cLKa [R. or€x], be at leisure, 
 have time, Lat. otiostis sum, ii. 3. 
 2, vii. 3. 24. 
 
 <rxo\aIos, a, ov [R. <r«x]) leis- 
 urehi, lience slov}, Lat. lentus, iv. 
 I. 13. 
 
 <rxo\aC«s, adv. [R. <r£x], in a 
 leisurely way, slowly, sluggishly, 
 Lat. lente, i. 5. 8 ; comp. o-xoXaire- 
 pov, i. 5. 9. 
 
 ir\o\-f\, ■^s [R. o-txli leisure, free 
 time for anything, Lat. otium, with 
 dat. of pers. and inf., i. 6. 9, iv. i. 
 17, V. I. 9; dat. as adv., trxoX^, 
 slowly, iii. 4. 27, iv. i. 1(3. 
 
 <r<u, see irtDs. 
 
 (Tcp'^w ((TfjjS-), (Tw<TO}, iffuiaa, ai- 
 auiKa, ai(Tii}{(x)fjiai,, iawdrjv [R. craF], 
 save, preserve, save life, rescue, 
 Lat. conseruo, of persons, i. 10. 3, 
 ii. 3. 25, iii. 2. 4, vi. 3. 17 ; of things, 
 preserve, keep safe, keep, hold, re- 
 tain, i. 10. 3, ii. 5. 11, iii. 2. 39, vii. 
 7. 56 ; mid. and pass., save oneself, 
 be saved alive, escape, ii. i. 19, 4. 
 6, iii. 2. 3, V. 2. 31, vi. 3. 16, vii. i. 
 19, 8. 1 ; return safely, arrive safe. 
 
 abs. or witli ets and ace, iii. i. 6, 
 
 V. 3. 6, vi. 4. 8, 5. 20 ; ff€(T03{(T)/xivO!, 
 
 safe and sound, v. 5. 8. 
 
 2(dKpdTT]s, ous, 6, Socrates, tlie 
 renowned Athenian philosopher. 
 He was the son of Sophroniscus, a 
 sculptor, and was himself trained 
 in that art, but soon abandoned il 
 for the life of a philosopher and 
 thinker on social, political, and 
 religious problems. Ab(iut him 
 gathered a circle of friends, who 
 regarded him as their master, al- 
 though he gave no regular instruc- 
 tion and propounded no set doc- 
 trine, but was rather an eye-opener, 
 leading men to accept no statement 
 without inquiry and to acknowl- 
 edge no guide except reason. Hi.s 
 method was the dialectic, by ques- 
 tion and answer. By the Delphic 
 oracle he was pronounced wisest 
 of men. In 399 e.g., when over 
 70 years old, he was accused of 
 disbelief in the gods and of in- 
 troducing new divinities, and after 
 trial was condemned to death. He 
 left no written works, but is known 
 to us chiefly through the writings 
 of his friends and followers, espe- 
 cially Plato and Xenophon, iii. i. 
 5, 7. Xenophon's Memorabilia con- 
 tains his recollections of Socrates. 
 
 2coKpdTT]s> ovs, 6, Socrates, an 
 Achaean, a friend of Cyrus, i. i. 
 11, whom he joined with troops, 
 i. 2. 3. He was one of the generals 
 treacherously seized by Tissapher- 
 nes, ii. 5. 31 ff., and was succeeded 
 by Xanthicles, iii. i. 47. On his 
 character, see ii. 6. 30. 
 
 crufia, aros, to, body of a living 
 man, Lat. corpus, i. 9. 27, iii. i. 23, 
 2. 20, hence, life, i. 9. 12, ii. i. 12 ; 
 pi., aw/nara dvdpQv, persons, men, 
 iv. 6. 10. Phrase : tQ awfiaTi. avroO 
 Kotrp-ov, for his personal adornment, 
 i. 9. 23. 
 
 orws, <ra, aQv, or <ra)s, a-wv, de- 
 fective adj. [R. o-aF], safe and 
 sound, alive and icell, all right, 
 Lat. sdnus, saluus, occurring in 
 
2a»(ris-Td^iS 
 
 212 
 
 Anab. in the forms o-tDs, iii. i. 32, 
 aifi or (tC)oi, ii. 2. 21, v. 2, 32, o-fi or 
 (Tiia, neut. pi., v. i. 16. 
 
 2(0(ris> tos, 6, or Scoo-Cds, oi;, Sosis 
 or Sosias, of Syracuse ; joined Cy- 
 rus with troops, i. 2. 9. 
 
 <r«Tirjp, ^/3os, 6 [R. <raF], jyre- 
 server, saviour^ a title given to Zei5s, 
 q.v., i. 8. 16, iii. 2. 9, iv. 8. 25, vi. 5. 25. 
 
 a-(i>Tr]p(d, ds [R. <raF], safety, 
 welfare, preservation, deliverance, 
 Lat. salus, ii. i. 19, iii. 1.26, 2.32, 
 V. 2. 20, vi. I. 29, 3. 12. 
 
 2a)TT]pi8ds, ov, Soteridas, a hop- 
 lite of Sicyon, punished by his 
 comrades for impudence to Xeno- 
 phon, iii. 4. 47, 49. 
 
 (rcoTif|pi,os, ov [R. craF], deliver- 
 ing, salutary, Lat. salutdris, ii. 6. 
 11 ; pi. subst., TO. ffiOTrjpia (^SC. lepd), 
 thank offerings for deliverance or 
 for a safe return, iii. 2. 9, v. i. 1. 
 Phrase : ffiar-r^pLOv ti ^ovXevofji^vovs, 
 taking salutary measures, iii. 3. 2. 
 
 o-(o({>pov€'(o, (T(j)(ppovf)aijj, iaw(pp6- 
 v-qcra, aeawcppovrjKa, aecnxKppSvTqfiai 
 [R. o-aF + <|>p^v], be of sound mind, 
 be discreet, temperate, or moderate, 
 be wise or prudent, v. 8. 24, vi. 2. 
 11, vii. 6. 41. Phrase: a-w<ppoveiv 
 TO. irpb% ffi, be self-controlled in 
 their dealings with you, vii. 7. 30. 
 
 (r<o4>povi^(o, i(Tw4>p6vi(Ta, a-ecruxppd- 
 VLKa, aecroicppbvKTpLai, iaia^ypovlcrdrfv 
 [R. o-aF + ^P^"]) make discreet, 
 bring to reason or to one''s senses, 
 reform, vii. 7. 24 ; pass., come to 
 one''s soises, vi. i. 28. 
 
 o-(o(|>po(rvvT], 7;! [R. <raF+ <j)pyjv], 
 soundness of mind, discretion, mod- 
 eration, the highest quality recog- 
 nised by the Greeks, denoting that 
 avoidance of all extremes expressed 
 by our word temperance when used 
 in its proper sense, i. 9. 3. 
 
 T. 
 
 t[, by elision for t^. 
 Ta-ya6d, crasis for rd dyat 
 
 ToiXavTOv, TO [R. TttX], prop, that 
 which supports, hence, balance, pi. 
 pair of scales, by transfer the 
 weight in the scales, and then any 
 weight, and as a definite weight, 
 talent. In historical times the tal- 
 ent was both a tveight and a sum 
 of money, although the latter was 
 never actually coined. The Attic 
 talent in Xenophon's time weighed 
 about 57.75 lbs. avoirdupois ; as a 
 sum of money (vii. i. 27) it had 
 the value of this amount of silver 
 and was worth 6000 Attic drach- 
 mas. See s.v. iivd. See also s.v. 
 ddpeLK6s. ii. 2. 20, iii. 5. 8, vii. 7. 
 25, 53. 
 
 ToXXa, ToiWa, crasis for rd &\\a. 
 
 Ta|J.i€va>, Ta/jLieii(TW, TeTa/xlevfjLai 
 [rafMlds, carver, dispenser, steward, 
 cf. T^/iKoj], be comiytroUer or treas- 
 urer ; mid., administer or measure 
 out for oneself, of enemies, parcel 
 cnit or deal with at one^s pleasure, 
 ii. 5. 18. 
 
 Ta|A(os, 6, Tamos, an Egyptian 
 of Memphis, who at first served 
 under Tissaphernes in Ionia, but 
 afterwards he joined Cyrus and 
 conducted his fleet to Cilicia, i. 2. 
 21, 4. 2. After the death of Cyrus 
 he lied to Egypt, where he was 
 killed by Psammetichus for his 
 treasures and ships. His son was 
 Glus, ii. 1.3. 
 
 TdvavTia, crasis for rd ivavrla. 
 
 Ttt^iapxos, o [R. TaK+dpx«], 
 commander of a rd^is, taxiarch, iii. 
 1.37, iv. 1.28. 
 
 rd^is, ews, v [R- tok], arrange- 
 ment, Lat. o7'dd, esp. in a military 
 sense, order, array, formation, i. 
 2. 18, iii. 2. 38, 4. 19, v. 2. 13 ; rank 
 and file, line, line of battle, Lat. 
 acies, i. 8. 10, 16, ii. 2. 14, 3. 2, iii. 
 2. 17 ; of individuals, place in line, 
 post, station, iii. 4. 48, iv. 3. 29 ; 
 any body of troops, division, corps, 
 battalion, of no fixed number, i. 
 5. 14 (c/. i. 2.3), 8.3, iii. i. 32, or 
 composed of two \6xoi. of hoplites, 
 i.e. 200 men, iv. 7. 2, vi. 5. 11 ; of 
 
213 
 
 Tdoxot-Tf.xvis 
 
 peltasts, 100 men, iv. 3. 22 ; of 
 cavalry, iv. 3. 17, 22, consisting 
 of 600 men in i. 8. 21 ; of the 
 Persians, division, corps, i. 2. 16, 
 8. 8, iii. 4. 14. Phrases : kv rdfet, 
 in line, in order, in the ranks, i. 
 7. 20, ii. 2. 8, V. I. 2 ; to. dfi<pi rd^ets, 
 tactics, ii. i. 7 ; ei's rd^iv rd SwXa 
 rideirdai, get under arms in line of 
 battle, ii. 2. 21, cf. v. 4. 11. 
 
 Tdoxoi, 01, the Taochi, Taochi- 
 ans, a barbarous and warlike tribe 
 on the northern frontier of Arme- 
 nia, iv. 4. 18, 6. 5, 7. 1, 17, inde- 
 pendent of the Persians, v. 5. 17. 
 
 Ta-iretvo's, v, ov, downcast, Siib- 
 missire, ii. 5. 13. 
 
 Tair€ivo«, eTaweivwa-a, Terairelvo}- 
 fiaL, iTaTrecvwdrjv \_t awe lugs'], lower, 
 bring down, humble, vi. 3. 18. 
 
 Tains, tSos, or rairCs, i5os, ^ [c/. 
 Eng. tape, tapestry], carpet, rug, 
 Lat.^strdgulum, vii. 3. 18, 27. 
 
 TdiriTTiSeia, crasis for tA itn-f)- 
 Seia. 
 
 TapaTTO) (rapax-), rapd^w, ird- 
 pa^a, TerdpayixaL, erapdxSv^ trou- 
 ble, distm'b, agitate, make disorder, 
 hut. perturbo, v. 7. 1, vi. 2. 9 ; of 
 persons, distm-b, embarrass, ii. 4. 
 18 ; of troops, pass., be throvm into 
 confusion or disorder, iii. 4. 19, vi. 
 5. 9. 
 
 Tdpa\os, 6 [rapdrrw], confusion, 
 disorder, i. 8. 2. 
 
 Tapixevw, TeTaptxevp.ai, ercLplxev- 
 drjv [rdplxos, 6, smoked meat, root 
 Tapo-, parch, cf. Lat. terra, dry 
 land, torred, parch, Eng. thirst], 
 preserve pickle, v. 4. 28. 
 
 Tapo-oi, Qv, Tarsus, the ancient 
 capital of Cilicia, founded by the 
 Assyrian kings, on the Cydnus. 
 It v?as an important commercial 
 city and seat of learning even in 
 the Roman period, and was the 
 birthplace of St. Paul. The Cyre- 
 ans plundered it, i. 2. 23, 25, 26. 
 (Tersus.) 
 
 TaTTW (raY") , rd^w, era^a, ri- 
 Tttxci, T^Tay/xai, irdx^Vi i^'icl rare 
 poetic irdjriv [R. xaKj, arrange, 
 
 esp. as a military term, form, ar- 
 ray, draw up into line of battle, 
 marshal, assign to stations, Lat. 
 instruo, i. 2. 15, 8. 23, 24, ii. 3. 
 12, 19, iii. 2. 17, iv. 2. 9, 8. 10; 
 mid., draw up for oneself or one''s 
 own, V. 4. 22 ; mid. intr. and pass., 
 take one''s post, post oneself, be 
 stationed, i. 7. 9, 9. 31, vi. 3. 6, 
 vii. 1.23; act. also assign, order, 
 appoint, with ace. and inf., i. 5. 7, 
 iii. I. 25, so in pass., TaxOels, Lat. 
 iussris, i. 6. 6, iv. 6. 22. Phrases : 
 iv ry Terayixivcfi, in the appointed 
 place, iii. 3. 18 (but some read 
 ivTerayixivoj, see evrdrro}). 
 
 Tttvpos, 6 [cf. Lat. taurus, bull, 
 Eng. steer], bull, ii. 2. 9. 
 
 TavTT), dat. fern, of oStos, as adv. 
 [oStos], of place, in this direction 
 or way, on this side, here, Lat. hdc 
 (sc. uid), i. 10. 6, iv. 2. 4, 3. 5, 
 hence, oi ravrrj iirwoi, the horses 
 in this region, iv. 5. 36, cf. vii. 4. 
 24 ; of manner, in this way, herein, 
 in these regards, Lat. hdc ratione, 
 ii. 6. 7, iii. 2. 32. 
 
 Ta<|)€iii(rav, see edirrw. 
 Td<i>os> 6 \_ddirTw, cf. Eng. epi- 
 taph], burial, funeral, hence, bur- 
 ial place, grave, i. 6. 11. 
 Td<{>poS) y) \_cf. ddwTO)], ditch, 
 I trench, Lat. /ossa, for irrigation or 
 I defence, i. 7. 16, ii. 3. 10, 4. 13, v. 
 I 2. 5, vi. 5. 3 ; its artificial character 
 I emphasised by 6pvKT-q, i. 7. 14. 
 I rdxa, adv. [raxi^s], qrdckly , pres- 
 ently, soon, i. 8. 8, iv. 4. 12, v. 7. 
 ' 21 ; perhaps, maybe, v. 2. 17. 
 
 Taxe'ws, adv. [raxi^s], quickly, 
 .swiftly, speedily, ii. 2. 12, iii. 4. 15, 
 iv. I. 17, V. I. 4. 
 rdxKTTa, see rax^^- 
 Ta.\os, ovs, TO [raxvs], swiftness, 
 speed, ii. 5. 7. 
 
 raxvis, eta, v, quick, swift, speedy, 
 Lat. celer, iii. 3. 15, sup. rdxiffTos, 
 i. 2. 20, ii. 6. 29. Phrases: rrjv 
 raxI'CTTTiv (sc. 636 v), in the quickest 
 manner, as soon as possible, i. 3. 
 14, iii. 3. 16, vii. i. 11 ; 5td rax^wv, 
 with speed, i. 5. 9. Neut. as adv., 
 
T€-T€£v«- 
 
 214 
 
 raxv, quickly, swiftly, speedily, 
 soon, i. 5. 3, ii. 3. 6, iii. 4. 27, iv. 
 6. 25, V, 2. 25, vi. i. 28, vii. 3. 
 -12 ; comp. dlrrov, more quickly, 
 quicker, faster, i. 2. 17, iii. 5. 6, iv. 
 
 3. 32, vii. 3. 45; ^v ddrrov . . . darrou, 
 
 the sooner . . . the sooner, Lat. si- 
 mulatque . . . statim, vi. 5. 20 ; sup. 
 raxLo-Ta, vii. 6. 12, freq. used in 
 phrases meaning as quickly as pos- 
 sible, as soon as one can, formed 
 (vrith or without the appropriate 
 forms of 8vi>a.fj.ai) vrith the ad vs. 
 us, i. 3. 14, iii. 4. 44, iv. 2. 1, v. 7. 
 3, vii. 3. 44, 6ti, iv. 3. 29, vii. 2. 8, 
 y, i. 2. 4, vi. 5. 13, OTTT/, iv. 5. 1 ; 
 eireidav Tdxicra, as soo?i as, iii. i. 
 
 ble, i. I. 5, 2. 1, n, 3. 1, 8. 5, 9. 1, 
 iii. 2. 1, V. 4. 21, 5. 1, 13, vii. 5. 6; 
 oure . . . T^, see ovT€ ; re ... 8^ is 
 generally used where the construc- 
 tion is anacoluthic, v. 5. 8, vii. 8. 
 11. r^ is sometimes joined to rela- 
 tive words to increase their relative 
 force, see are, oros, ware, ipre. 
 T€0vd(ri., TsOvarov, Ti9vr]K6Ta, see 
 
 T€9pa(i|x€vous, see Tpi(pw. 
 
 Te'Gpiir-rrov, to [rtTTapes + R. aK], 
 team of four horses abreast, char- 
 iot and four, four-in-hand, Lat. 
 quadrigae, iii. 2. 24. The two mid- 
 dle horses of the team pulled by 
 the yoke (see s.v. tvyov) ; those on 
 
 9, cf. iv. 6. 9, vi. 3. 21, so cJj to.- 
 Xto-Va, iv. 3. 9. 
 
 ri, copulative conj., enclitic, and, 
 corresponding to /cat much as Lat. 
 -que to et. It stands either alone, 
 i. 5. 14, 9. 5, iii. 2. 16, vii. 6. 3, or 
 doubled, when it generally marks 
 the balance or connexion either of 
 clauses, on the one hand . . . on the 
 other, i. 8. 3, iii. 2. 11, 39, 4. 35, or 
 rarely of single v?ords, iv. 5. 12 ; re- 
 peated three and four times, vi. 5. 
 21, iv. 8. 13 ; ri . . . /cat or re Kal, 
 not only . . . but also, both . . . and, 
 Lat. cnm . . . turn, or untranslata- 
 
 the outside by means of a single 
 trace (not represented in the ac- 
 companying cut), attached at one 
 end to the horse's collar and at 
 the other to the &vtv^ (see s.v. 
 apfxa) of the chariot. For another 
 illustration of the Tidpiinrov, see 
 s.v. dpfia (No. 8). 
 
 T€£v» (rec-), TeKW, ereiva, -riraKa, 
 rirafxai., €Tddr)v \_cf. Lat. tenuis, 
 drafn out, thin, ten'do, stretch, Eng. 
 THIN, DANCE, tope, hypo-tenuse'], 
 stretch, extend ; intrans., exert one- 
 self, hasten, rush, Lat. contendo, 
 with S.VU, trpbs and ace, iv. 3. 21. 
 
215 
 
 T€ixi£w-T«Tpair\6os 
 
 Xi-O'0'1 Tereixi'Ka, TeTelxi-(TiJ.ai; eret- 
 xicrdrju [reixos], builcl a ivall, for- 
 tify, vii. 2. 36. 
 
 Tsixos, ovs, t6 [c/. Eng. dike, 
 DITCH, Diu], wall, for defence, i. 4. 
 4, 7. 15, ii. 4. 12, esp. city wall, 
 rampart, Lat. murus, moenia, iii. 
 4. 7, vi. 2. 8, vii. 2. 11 ; of tlie city 
 itself, V. 5. 6, vii. i. 15; fortress, 
 stronghold, iii. 4. 10, vii. 3. 19, 5. 
 8 ; forming tiie name of a place, 
 see N^ou rerxos. 
 
 TCK(ia(po[xai (re/f^ap-), TeKfiapov- 
 /j.ai, iT€Kij.r]pdfjL7]v [R. TttK], SPttls by 
 a mark, form a judgment, infer, iv. 
 
 2.4. 
 
 T€K|xVjpiov, t6 [R. TaKJ, sign, 
 token, proof, evidence, Lat. argil- 
 mentum, i. 9. 29, 30, iii. 2. 13. 
 
 TtKVOV, t6 [R. tok], c/iiW, pi., of 
 children with reference to their 
 parents, Lat. I'lberi, i. 4. 8, iv. 5. 28, 
 vi. 4. 8. 
 
 T€Xc'6(o [t€'\os], come into being, 
 come out, become, iii. 2. 3 ; of sac- 
 rifices, be favourable, vi. 6. 3(5. 
 (Elsewliere poetic, and some editt. 
 liave otlier readings in botli tliese 
 passages.) 
 
 TcXeuratos, ci, ov [t«\os] , Zasi, Lat. 
 ultimus, of time, iv. i. 5; of order 
 in a military sense, hindmost, at 
 the rear, rear, Lat. nouissimus, iv. 
 2. 16, vi. 5. 10, vii. 3. 39 ; subst., ol 
 TeXevracoi, the rear guard, iv. 1. 10, 
 3- 24. 
 
 TeXevrdw, reXei^TT/crw, ireXevTrjaa, 
 TereXevTTjKa, ireXevT-qdrjv [reXos], 
 bring to an end; intr., finish, end 
 one''s life, die, Lat. flnio, i. i. 3, 
 ii. I. 4, 6. 15, iii. 2. 7, vi. 3. 17, 4. 
 11 ; partic, TeXevrCov, used adv. like 
 riXos, at last, linally, iv. 5. 10, vi. 
 3-8. 
 
 TcXevTTi, ^s [reXos], end, Lat. fi- 
 nis, esp. euphemistically for death, 
 with or without toO ^Lov, i. i. 1, 9. 
 30, ii. 6. 29, iii. 2. 7. 
 
 T€X€'w, reXw, rarely -reX^o-w, ^t^- 
 Xeo-a, Ter^Xe/ca, reT^Xeafiai., eT€Xi(Tdr)v, 
 [rt'Xos], bring to completion, finish. 
 
 fulfil an obligation, pa;/, iii. 3. 18, 
 vii. 1.6, 6. 16. 
 
 TtXos, ovs, t6 [t^Xos], comple- 
 tion, fulfilment, end, issue, residt, 
 Lat. exitus, i. 10. 18, v. 2. 9, vi. i. 
 13. Phrases: riXos, adv., at last, 
 finally, to close, Lat. tandem, i. 9. 
 0, ii. 3. 26, vi. 1.5; dia riXovs, from 
 beginning to end, constantly, vi. 6. 
 11 ; tjSt) riXos ixi>vTCijv tQv iepCov, as 
 the sacrifice was nearing the end, 
 vi. 5. 2. 
 
 T€'Xos, ovs, t6 [R. TttX], what is 
 imposed on one, tax, outlay, task, 
 office, magistracy, supreme author- 
 ity, plur., TO, r^Xr), the authorities, 
 magistrates, of the Spartan ephors, 
 ii. 6. 4. Phrase : rots oikoi r^Xea-c, 
 the home government, vii. i. 34. 
 
 Tt'naxos, ovs, TO [c/. T^/j.vu'], slice, 
 of fish, V. 4. 28. 
 
 T€|A€viTT]s, see Tt] iJ.evtTr]s. 
 
 T«|xvw {refx-, T/xe-), re/xtD, fre/xov or 
 fTafxov, -T^TfjLTiKa, TiTfirj/iicLi, ir/jLTiffriv 
 [cf. Lat. temno, slight, '■cut,'' Eng. 
 a-tom, epi-tome'], ctit, of surgeons, 
 perform operations, v. 8. 18. 
 
 Ttva-yos, ovs, t6, shoal water, 
 shallows, Lat. uadum, vii. 5. 12. 
 
 T£p€p(v6lV0S or T£p[4lV0lVOS, 1], OV 
 
 [repi^Lvdos or r^p/xivdos, ij, turpen- 
 tine-tree, cf. Eng. terebinth, tur- 
 pentine^, of the turpentine-tree, tur- 
 pentine, iv. 4. 13. 
 
 TCrapTOS) 1], ov {TiTTO.pi<i], fourth, 
 Lat. qudrtus, iii. 4. 31, iv. 8. 21. 
 
 T€TpaKi<rxtXioi, at, a [reTTapes + 
 xiXtot], four thousand, Lat. quat- 
 tuor milia, i. i. 10, iii. 4. 2, vii. 7. 
 53. 
 
 TcrpaKoo-ioi., at, a [reTTOpes + 
 (Karov'], four hundred, Lat. qiiad- 
 ringenti, i. 4. 3, iii. 3. 6, vi. 2. 16 ; 
 with a collective, in sing., i. 7. 10. 
 
 T€Tpa|j.oip(d, as [TtTTap€S+ f^olpa, 
 portion, cf. p.ipos'], fourfold share, 
 four times as much, vii. 2. 36, 6. 1. 
 
 TCTpairXoos, i?, ov, contr. rerpa- 
 
 TtXoOs, T], OVV [T€TTap£S + R- "TXa], 
 
 qiiadruple ; subst., t6 TerpairXovv, 
 a fourfold share, Lat. quadruplum, 
 vii. 6. 7. 
 
TSTTapaKOvTa-TiYpTis 
 
 216 
 
 T€TTopdKovTa, indecl. [rcTTapes 
 + tX.Koa-i'\, forty, Lat. quadrdgintd, 
 i. 5. 13, ii. 2. 7, vi. 5. 4. 
 
 T€'TTap€s, a [T€TTap€s], four, Lat. 
 qriattuor, i. 2. 12, 10. 1, ii. 4. 25, 
 vii. 7. 12. 
 
 TEvSpdvid, as, Teuthrania, a dis- 
 trict in tlie soutliwestern part of 
 Mysia about tlie Caicus, contain- 
 ing Pergamus, ii. i. 3, vii. 8. 17. 
 
 Teii|€(r6£, see Tvyx°-^^- 
 
 T€vx,oS) ovs, t6 [R. TttK], tool j 
 rarely in prose, receptacle, jar, 
 chest, V. 4. 28, vii. 5. 14. 
 
 Tcxvdtw (rexvad-) [R. TttK], use 
 art, employ CJtnning, deal subtly, 
 vii. 6. 16. 
 
 Tt'xvT], rjs [R. TaK], art, craft, or 
 more generally, means, ways, iv. 5. 
 16, vii. 2. 8. 
 
 T€xviKws, adv. [R. TttK], ill a 
 skilfvl manner; TexviKQs ttcos, in 
 an artful sort ofvny, vi. i. 5. 
 
 T€a)s, adv., the while, so long, 
 meanwhile, as riojs fj-ev aiirovs dva- 
 ^alvovTas, as long as they were as- 
 cending, iv. 2. 12, cf V. 4. 16, vi. 3. 
 5 ; for a time, up to this time, hith- 
 erto, vii. 5. 8, 13, 6. 29, 7. 55. 
 
 rfl, dat. fern, of the art. as adv., 
 here, used in the phrases, ttj fikv 
 . . . rri 34, on the one hand or 
 side . . . on the other, in some re- 
 spects . . . in others, iii. i. 12, iv. 8. 
 10, so T^ flip . . . oTTore 54, vi. i. 20 
 (see ITT?'). 
 
 rrfii, see o5e, fin. 
 
 T1^K(0 (ra/c-), -TTj^w, -erij^a, re- 
 TTjKa, eraxd'ov and irdKTjv \_cf. Lat. 
 tabes, decay, Eng. thaw], melt, 
 intr., thaw, melt, of snow, iv. 5. 15. 
 
 Tr]X£p6ds, ov or d, (/le Telehoas, 
 a liranch of the Euphrates, in Ar- 
 menia, west of Lake Thospltis, iv. 
 4.3. 
 
 TTjp,€viTT)s, OV, a Temenian, a 
 native of Temenium, iv. 4. 15, a 
 town in Argolis ; others read Te/xe- 
 vLT7}s, of Temenus, part of Syra- 
 cuse ; others again, T-r)ij.viT7)s, of 
 Temnus, in Aeolis, on the Her- 
 mus. 
 
 TTJiiepov, adv. [Epic (nfifiepov, cr- 
 or T-, demonstrative pronominal 
 prefix, -f rj/jiipdl, to-day, Lat. hodie, 
 i. 9. 25, iv. 6. 8. Phrase : ttjv ttj- 
 fiepov T]fx4pdv, the present day, iv. 
 6. 9. 
 
 Tt](xvlTT)s, see T-mxevtrris. 
 
 TT]vtKavTa, adv., at that time, 
 just then, answering to ijviKa and 
 iwei, iv. I. 5, 2. 3. 
 
 TirjpTjs, oi;s, 6, Teres, founder of 
 tlie kingdom of the Odrysae, vii. 2. 
 
 TT|piPatos, see Tipipa^os. 
 Tidpd, ds [cf Eng. tiara'\, tiara, 
 a headdress worn by the Persians, 
 
 No. 69. 
 
 but especially the upright tiarn, 
 the peculiar badge of the Great 
 King, ii. 5. 23. 
 
 TidpociS'qs, ^s [riapa -f R. pi-S], 
 tiara-shaped, v. 4. 13. 
 
 TiPapTjvof, 01, the Tibareni, an 
 independent tribe in Pontus on the 
 Black Sea, extending from the 
 Chalybes to Cotyora, v. 5. 2, vii. 8. 
 25. 
 
 T£7pT)s, TjTos [old Pers. Tigra, 
 the pointed, tigri, arrow, applied to 
 t'.ie river from its rapid course, 
 Syrian Diglat, Diklat, Hebrew 
 Chiddekel, the Hiddekel of Daniel 
 X. 4], the Tigris, a great river 
 formed by streams from Mt. Tau- 
 rus in Armenia and flowing south- 
 
217 
 
 ti0t]|j,i-t£s 
 
 easterly to its junction with tlie 
 Euplirates in Babylonia, i. 7. 15, ii. 
 2.3, 4. 13, iii. 4. 6, iv. i. 2, 4. 3. 
 
 t(0i][1,i (de-), drjcrco, fdrjKa, r^deiKa, 
 rideiixai^ fTidr)v^ 2 aor. mid. idinr)v 
 [R. 6€], put, set, place, with /card 
 and ace, vii. 3. 22 ; get ready, in- 
 stitute, i. 2. 10 ; mid., place for 
 oneself, arrange, with iiri and ace, 
 vii. 3. 23. Esp. in the military 
 phrase diadai. to. 6ir\a, prop, eitlier 
 order arms, i.e. stand with one end 
 of the shield and spear resting on 
 the ground, i. 5. 14 (c/. i. 5. 13), 6. 
 4, ii. 2. 8, iv. 2. 16, 3. 26, or ground 
 artns, i.e. lay shield and spear on 
 the ground in front of one, i. 10. 
 16, iv. 3. 17, V. 2. 8, 19, vii. i. 22 
 (c/. vii. I. 24); but sometimes aj)- 
 pear or get under arms, take up a 
 military position, ii. 2. 21, v. 4. 11, 
 ,and in i. 5. 17, Kara x'^P"" edevro 
 tA oirXa, they moved back to quar- 
 ters. 
 
 Ti|xd(rC6)v, uvos, 6, Timasion, of 
 Dardanus in the Troad, who had 
 served with Clearchus and Der- 
 cylidas against Pharnabazus, v. 6. 
 24. Being in exile, v. 6. 23, he 
 joined the army of Cyrus and was 
 elected to succeed Clearchus, iii. i . 
 47. With Xenophon he was the 
 youngest of the generals, iii. 2. 37. 
 He engaged in designs against Xen- 
 ophon, v. 6. 21 ff., but cf. vii. 5. 10. 
 See also vi. 3. 14, 5. 28, Vii. i. 40, 2. 
 1, 3. 18. 
 
 Ti|j.do>, Tl/xricru}, etc. [R. Ti], vahie, 
 esteem, honour, of persons, i. 3. 3, 
 9. 14, ii. 6. 21, iii. 2. 5, v. 5. 14, vii. 
 3-29. 
 
 Ti|iTJ, ^s [R. Ti], value, icorth, 
 price, vii. 5. 2, 8. 6 ; of persons, 
 honour, esteem, i. 9. 29, ii. 1. 17, iii. 
 I. 37, vi. I. 20, vii. 3. 28. 
 
 Tiiiiio-COeos, 6, Timesitheus, of 
 Trapezus, irpd^evos of the Mos- 
 synoeci, and interpreter between 
 them and the Greeks, v. 4. 2 ff. 
 
 Ti|j,ios, a, ov [R. Tt], of things, 
 valuable, precious, i. 2. 27 ; of per- 
 sons, honoured, esteemed, i. 3. 6. 
 
 Ti\ui>pi(t>, riyawp^(Tcu, etc. [R. ti -|- 
 R. 2 F€p]» help, avenge, mid., take 
 vengeance on, p)unish, i. 9. 13, v. 4. 
 (i, vii. 6. 7, 7. 17 ; with ace. of pers. 
 and gen. of thing, vii. i. 25, 4. 23 ; 
 with vwip and gen.,/o}' the saJce of, 
 i. 3. 4; pass., be punished, ii. 5. 27, 
 6. 29. 
 
 Tl|X(opid, as [R. Ti -f R. 2 F«p], 
 help, vengeance, hence, punishment, 
 with wapd and gen., ii. 6. 14. 
 
 TipiPa^os or TtipCPatos, 6, Tiri- 
 bazus, governor of Western Arme- 
 nia in the satrapy of Orontas, iv. 4. 
 4. He was a favourite of Arta- 
 xerxes {ibid.), and made a treaty 
 with the Cyreans, which he broke, 
 iv. 4. 6, 18, 21. Transferred to the 
 west of Asia, he was instrumental 
 in promoting the Peace of Antal- 
 cidas. He was afterwards killed 
 while plotting to dethrone his mas- 
 ter. 
 
 tIs, tI, gen. Tiv6s, indef. pron. 
 enclitic, a, an, any, some, a sort of, 
 a kind of, a certain, Lat. quis, i. 2 
 20, 5. 8, 8. 8, iii. i. 4, 3. 18, 4. 23 
 iv. I. 17 ; subst., somebody, any 
 body, something, anything, pi. 
 some, i. 8. 18, 9. 8, ii. i. 9, iii. 4. 23 
 iv. I. 14, V. I. 8, 7. 10, 8. 25; esp 
 denoting a person whom one can 
 but does not name, i. 4. 12, iii. 3, 
 3, V. 6. 33 ; one, pi., they, people, 
 men, i. 5. 8, 9. 3, 11, iii. 3. 18, 5. 17, 
 vii. 4. 8. With a limiting, modify- 
 ing, or restrictive force, as in the 
 phrases : ot 5^ Tives, some few, v. 7. 
 16; ixia Tis, any single one, ii. i. 
 19, cf. vi. 6. 20; a-xeSSv ri, pretty 
 nearly, vi. 4. 20 ; ttoVi? tis, about 
 how large, ii. 4. 21, cf. vi. 5. 20; 
 6iroi6v Ti, whatsoever, what sort of 
 a, ii. 2. 2, iii. i. 13, cf. v. 5. 15; 
 ToiaijTri ris, something of this sort, 
 V. 8. 7 ; see also iv. 8. 26, v. i. 6, 8. 
 11, vi. I. 26, vii. 6. 24. 
 
 TIS, TI, gen. tLvos, interr. pron., 
 who? which? what? Lat. quis, in 
 dir. and indir. questions, i. 4. 13, 
 14, ii. I. 11, 2. 10, iii. 2. 16, 36, iv. 
 8. 5, vi. 3. 23, vii. 2. 26 ; what kind 
 
TMr<ra<j>€pvTis-To\(i£5iis 
 
 218 
 
 oJ\ vii. 6. 4 ; ueut. as adv., ti, why? 
 what for? Lat. quid^ ii. 4. 3, 5. 22, 
 iii. 4, 39, vi. 3. 25. Phrases: ^k 
 rfvos, for what reason, on what 
 grounds? v. 8. 4; rt 70/3, tI odv, 
 what then? Lat. quid eniin? v. 7. 
 10, 8. 11. 
 
 Ti(r<ra(J)€pvT)s, ovs, 6, Tissapher- 
 nes, a famous Persian, as satrap 
 of Lydia and Caria well known 
 in Greece for the double part he 
 played during the Peloponuesian 
 war, now favouring Sparta and 
 now Athens, but always extend- 
 ing the Persian power. He be- 
 came the jealous enemy of Cyrus 
 the Yoimger on the latter' s ap- 
 pointment to the government of 
 Lydia in 407 b.c, i. 1. 2, 3, 2. 4. 
 He commanded a quarter of the 
 Persian army, i. 7. 12, and distin- 
 guished himself at Cunaxa, i. 10. 
 6 ff. After the death of Cyrus 
 he pursued a course of treachery 
 towards the Cyreans, ii. 3. 17 ff., 4. 
 1, 5. 2 ff., iii. 4. 2, and entrapped 
 their generals, ii. 5. 31 ff., iii. 2. 4. 
 He succeeded to the posts held by 
 Cyrus, ii. 5. 11, but in endeavour- 
 ing to take possession of Ionia, 
 which had revolted from him to 
 Cyrus, i. i. 6, 7, 9. 9, he was op- 
 posed by the Spartans under Thi- 
 bron, vii. 6. 1, 7, 8. 24. Several 
 campaigns followed, disastrous to 
 the Persians, vmtil Tissaphernes, 
 through the influence of Parysa- 
 tis, mother of Cyrus, was put to 
 death. 
 
 Tirpuo-KU (rpo-), rpibaw, erpwaa, 
 T^Tpco/xat, erpd}97]v [t/. TpaOycta], 
 wound, inflict loounds, Lat. uol- 
 nero, abs. or with ace, ii. 2. 14, iii. 
 3. 7, 4. 26, iv. 3. 33, V. 2. 17, vi. 3. 
 8, vii. 8. 19 ; with 5td and gen. or 
 cts and ace, i. 8. 26, ii. 5. 33. 
 
 tXtjjjiwv, ov, gen. ovos [R. raX], 
 enduring, suffering, loretched, iii. 
 1.29. 
 
 Toi, intensive particle, post-posi- 
 tive and enclitic, in truth, rerili/, 
 surely, of a certainty, often best 
 
 expressed by emphasis iu English, 
 ii. I. 19, 5. 19, in. i. 18, 37, v. 5. 
 24, 6. 34. 
 
 Toi-yapovv, inferential conj. \_toL + 
 ydp + oSv~\, therefore, accordingly, 
 consequently, i. 9. 9, 15, 18, ii. 6. 
 20, V. 8. 22. 
 
 Toivvv, inferential conj., post- 
 positive Iroi+vvv}, therefore, ac- 
 cordingly, then, further, also, ii. 5. 
 41, iii. 2. 39, v. i. 2, vii. 5. 3, 10; 
 esp. with imvs., ii. i. 22, 3. 5, iii. i. 
 36, iv. 8. 5. Phrases : Trpwrov fiev 
 Toivvv, well then, first, iii. 2. 27 ; p.ri 
 Tolvvv firidi, na>i then not even, vii. 
 6. 19. 
 
 TOi6o"8€, Toidde, Toidvde, dem. 
 pron. [rotos, such, + -5e], such as 
 this, of this kind, referring to what 
 follows, as follows, v. 4. 31 ; esp. 
 eXe^e rotdSe, he spoke as follows, i. 
 3.3, 9,_o/. 7.2. ^ 
 
 TOioiJTOS} ToiavTTf], TOLovTOf, dcm. 
 pron., so constituted, of such a sort, 
 kind, nature, character or position, 
 such, Lat. talis, referring to what 
 precedes, i. 3. 14, ii. i. 16, 6. 8, iii. 
 I. 44, 2. 13, V. 7. 26, vii. 6. 35. 
 Phrases : iv toiovt({1 tov Kivdivov, at 
 such a critical point < if danger, i. 7. 
 5 ; TOiovTov ovdif, nothing of the 
 sort, ii. 5. 5 ; tovtoiv towvtojv dvruv^ 
 such being the case, ii. 5. 12 ; rot- 
 ovTwv ijfjuv els (pCKlav virapx^vToiv, 
 ichen ice have such strong grounds 
 for friendship, ii. 5. 24 ; els to, toi- 
 auTa, for services of this sort, iv. i, 
 28 ; ev ry ToiovTCiJ, at such a junc- 
 ture, V. 8. 20. 
 
 Toixos, o \_cf reixos], wall, of a 
 building, vii. 8. 14. 
 
 ToX)j.dw, To'KfjLT^a-u, etc. [R. raX], 
 have the heart, have the courage, 
 undertake, Lat. sustineo, iii. 2. 
 32, iv. 4. 12 ; venture, risk, dare, 
 Lat. audeo, ii. 2. 12, 3. 5, iii. 2. 11, 
 V. 7. 19 ; in a bad sense, have the 
 audacity or effrontery, vi. 4. 14, vii. 
 7.46. 
 
 ToX|i£8tis, ov, Tolmides, herald 
 of the Greek army, an Elean, ii. 2. 
 20, iii. I. 46, v. 2. 18. 
 
219 
 
 T6|ev|ia-Tpav(\(rai 
 
 T6|€V|xa, aros, to [R. tok], arroiv, 
 Lat. sagitta, i. 8. 19, iii. 4. 17, iv. 
 2. 28, V. 2. 14, vii. 8. 18. For illus- 
 trations, see s.v. t6^ov and (papiTpa. 
 
 To|€v«, erb^evffa^ Terb^ev/xai, iro- 
 ^evdrjv [R. TaK], shoot with a bow, 
 use one''s bow, shoot arrows, abs., 
 iii, 3. 7, 10, 4. 14, iv. i. 16, 2. 28; 
 pass., be hit with an arrow, be 
 shot, abs. or with did and. eis, i. 8. 
 20, iv. I. 18. 
 
 To^iKos, V, ^v [R. TaK], belong- 
 ing to the bovj ; subst., ^ ro^t/ci^ (so. 
 T^X""/)) archery, i. 9. 5. 
 
 t6^ov, to [R. TaK], boio, Lat. ar- 
 cus, iii. 3. 15, 4. 17, iv. 2. 27, 28, 4. 
 
 10. For additional illustrations, 
 see s.v. vevpd and (papeTpd. 
 
 to|6ttis, ou [R. TttK], bowman, 
 archer, Lat. Sagittarius, vpithout 
 defensive armour except on special 
 occasions (the Cretans mentioned 
 in V. 2. 29 were probably bowmen), 
 and carrying only his bow and 
 quiver. The To^oVai were a divis- 
 ion of the light-armed troops, iii. 
 4. 26, iv. 3. 27, 28, 8. 15, v. 2. 12, 
 4. 22, 6. 15, vi. 3. 7, being chiefly 
 Cretans and Scythians, i. 2. 9, iii. 
 4. 15, and while of gi-eater service 
 than the ff<p€vdovTJTai and than the 
 a.KovTi<7Ta.l as such (see s.v. ireX- 
 
 TaaTTjs), they were still unimpor- 
 tant relatively to the peltasts and 
 hoplites (see s.v. yv/jLVTjs). The 
 bowmen among the barbarians 
 whom the Ten Thousand encoun- 
 tered were, on the contrary, im- 
 portant and formidable, i. 8. 9, iii. 
 3.6, 4.2 (cf. 17), 20. 
 
 Toiros, 6 [(■/. Eng. topic, topo- 
 graphy, U-top-ian'], place, spot, Lat. 
 loctis, V. 7. 16, vii. 4. 12 ; region, 
 district, quarter, Lat. regio, i. 5. 1, 
 iv. 4. 4. 
 
 TOO"6<r86, Toffrjde, ToaovSe, dem. 
 pron. [Toaos, so great, + -de], so 
 many, so numerous, vi. 5. 19, but 
 in ii. 4. 4 the context shows that 
 Toaoide means so fete. 
 
 too-oOtos, ToaavTrj, roaovTov, dem. 
 pron., so much, of size, number, 
 amount, and time, so great or 
 large, ii. 5. 18, iii. 4. 37, 5. 7, iv. i. 
 20, 8. 12; so long, i. 9. 11; so 
 many, ii. i. 16, iii. i. 36 ; TO(rovT(j) 
 with comps., so much, i. 5. 9 ; neut. 
 as adv. touovtov, so far, in so far, 
 only so much, i. 8. 13, iii. i. 45; 
 with ejTre, referring either to what 
 precedes or what follows, thus 
 much, so much only, i. 3. 15, ii. i. 
 9, 5. 15. 
 
 t6t€, adv., at that time, then, i. i. 
 6, 4. 18, 6. 10, ii. 6. 5, iii. 2. 15, iv. 
 5. 35, V. 6. 19. Phrases: Ty rare 
 oLKpo^oXiaei, the late skirmish, iii. 4. 
 18 ; tQv t6t€, the (heralds of) that 
 time, ii. 2. 20. 
 
 TOT€', adv., at times, in the phrase 
 TOTi /lev . . . TOTe 8^, now . . . then, 
 at one time . . . at another, vi. i. 9. 
 
 Tpd7r]|jLa, aros, to [(/. rpco/cTo's], 
 daintiesiorenting, delicacies, sweet- 
 meats, esp. dried fruits, eaten at 
 dessert, Lat. belldria, ii. 3. 15, v. 
 3-9. , 
 
 Tpd\X£iSi ewv, oi, Tralles, a city 
 in the northern part of Caria, in 
 the plain of thQ Maeander, i. 4. 8. 
 (Aidin.) 
 
 TpavC\|/ai,, oi, the Tranipsae, a 
 tribe in the eastern part of Thrace, 
 vii. 2. 32. 
 
TpdireJa-TpiPTJ 
 
 220 
 
 rpdire^a, 77s [T^TTap€s+ R. irtSJ, 
 
 prop, talile with four legs, dinuig- 
 table, Lat. mensa, iv. 5. 31, vii. 2. 
 33 (see d7ro;3X^7ra;), 3. 22. But the 
 Tpdire'ga might have only three legs, 
 two at one end and one at the cen- 
 tre of the other (see No. 73). It 
 was low, and had a rectangular top. 
 See also s.v. kXivi]. 
 
 Tpairc^ovvTios, 6 [TpaTrefoOs], a 
 Trapez^intian, native of 7'rapezus, 
 iv. 8. 23, V. I. 11, 4. 2, 5." 10, vi. 6. 22. 
 
 Tpairejovs, oOvtos, i), Trapeziis, 
 a Greek city in the northeastern 
 part of Pontus, lying on a high 
 table-shaped plateau on the coast, 
 a colony of Sinope, iv. 8. 22, and 
 paying tribute to it, v. 5. 10. It 
 was an important commercial town 
 as early as when the Ten Thousand 
 Greeks found hospitality there, v. 
 I. 1, 2. 28, 5. 14, vi. 6. 5; it was 
 favoured by the Romans, who 
 made it the capital of Pontus Cap- 
 padocius ; and finally it became 
 the seat of the Empire established 
 by the Comneni. It was indepen- 
 dent until its capture by the Turks 
 in 1462 A.D. (Trebizond, Tara- 
 buzum.) 
 
 TpdiroiTO, see rp^Trw. 
 
 rpavfia, aros, to [cf. TirpuKTKw'], 
 jconnd, Imrt, Lat. uo'lnus, i. 8. 26, 
 iv. 6. 10. 
 
 Tpax^iXos, 6, neck, throat, Lat. 
 colliun, of men, i. 5. 8, vii. 4. 9. 
 
 Tpdxvs, ela, V [_cf. Eng. trachea'], 
 rugged, rcugh, Lat. asper, iv. 3. 
 6 ; of the voice, harsh, ii. 6. 9. 
 Phrase: 7] rpaxelo. (sc. yij), hard 
 ground, uneven coxmtnj, iv. 6. 
 12. 
 
 Tp€iS) rpla, gen. TpiCiv [rptis], 
 three, Lat. tres, i. i. 10, 4. 19, 8. 12, 
 iv. 4. 3, V. 6. 9, vii. 5. 2. 
 
 Tpeiro), Tpi\pw, eTpe\pa and erpa- 
 TTOv, T^Tpocpa and T^rpacpa, rirpa/j.- 
 fiai, €Tp^(l>dr)v and iTpdirrjv [cf. Lat. 
 torqueo, turn, twist, Eng. thread, 
 THRONG, throw], tum, direct, di- 
 vert, iii. I. 41 ; esp. as a military 
 phrase, rout, put to flight, with ds 
 
 (pvyrjv, Lat. in fugam uerto, i. 8. 
 24, cf. V. 4. 23 ; mid. and pass, in- 
 trans., turn, set one'' s face towards, 
 have recourse to, indulge in, turn 
 aside, abs., or with irpos or ewi and 
 ace, ii. 6. 5, iii. 5. 13, iv. 5. 30, vi. 
 
 1. 19, vii. I. 18 ; take flight, abs. or 
 with (pvyrj, iv. 8. 19, v. 4. 24 ; of 
 places, be turned towards, look in 
 a certain direction, Lat. uergo, with 
 wpos and ace, iii. 5. 15 ; mid. trans., 
 turn one''s enemy, rout, put to flight, 
 V. 4. 16, vi. 3. 5. 
 
 Tp£4>ti), dpi^w, e6p€\f/a, T^Tpo(pa, 
 T^dpa/xfj-aL, eTpi(pd7tv and eTpd<pr)v, 
 nurtxire, nourish, in their widest 
 sense, support, maintain, feed, of 
 men and animals, Lat. aid, v. i. 
 12, 3. 11, 4. 26 ; pass., be supported 
 or maintained, subsist, i. i. 9, vi. 5. 
 20, vii. 4. 11 ; be reared or raised, 
 of men and animals, iii. 2. 13, iv. 
 5. 24 ; redpap-jxivovi, fed up, fat- 
 tened, V. 4. 32. 
 
 Tp€x« {rpex-, 5/3a/x-), dpa/nov/jLat, 
 edpa/JLov, -deSpdfXTjKa, -deSpdfiijfiai,, 
 [c/. Spo'/ios], run, Lat. curro, i. 5. 
 
 2, iv. 8. 26, vii. 3. 45 ; with wepL 
 and gen., and e/s or iirl and ace, 
 i. 5. 8, iv. 3. 33, vi. 4. 27. (Fut. 
 -dpi^oixcn, aor. -iepe^a, poetic and 
 rare. ) 
 
 Tp€'ft), erpecra \_cf. Lat. tremo, shake, 
 terred, frighten], tremble, quake, 
 with ace, flee from for fear, i. 9. 6. 
 (Rare in prose.) 
 
 Tpia, see rpeis. 
 
 TpiaKovra, indecl. [rpcis + cl'- 
 Koo-i], thirty, Lat. trigintd, i. 2. 9, 
 ii. 3. 12, iv. 6. 6, vii. 3. 7. 
 
 TpidKovTOpos, 17 [rpeis + etKOtri 
 -f R. tp], sc. vavs, thirty-oared ship, 
 V. I. 16, vii. 2. 8. See s.v. irevrrj- 
 KdvTopos. 
 
 xpidKOO-ioi, ai, a [rptis + SKa- 
 Tov], three hundred, Lat. trecentl, 
 i. I. 2, ii. 5. 35, iii. 4. 43, vi. 2. 
 16. 
 
 Tpi^Ti, Tj's [cf rpt/3w, »'l(&, Tpi^os, 
 i], foot-path], a rubbing, of troops, 
 constant practice, service, Lat. usus, 
 V. 6. 15. 
 
221 
 
 TpiT|pT]s-Tp£irovs 
 
 TpiT|pTis, ovs, 7] [rpeis+R- «p]i 
 
 sc. vavs, trireme, galley, man-of- 
 war (see s.v. vavs), often distin- 
 guished from the irXoTov (q.v.), i. 
 2. 12, 4. 8, V. I. 4, vi. 4. 18, 6. 1, 
 5, vii. I. 21, 2. 12 (c/. 13), 3. 3. 
 The trireme had reached its most 
 perfect form in the time of Xeno- 
 phon. It was distinguished from 
 the war vessels that preceded it in 
 the development of shipbuilding 
 by the number of its banks of 
 oars. The wevTr^KdvTopos (q.v.) had 
 a single bank of oars on each side, 
 the bireme had two banks on each 
 side ranged one above the other, 
 the trireme, as the name implies, 
 had three. We have unfortunately 
 no representations of triremes on 
 Greek vases, but from inscriptions 
 and from passages in ancient au- 
 thors it is established that the tri- 
 reme was long and narrow, that 
 she was a 7-am, that she was pro- 
 pelled in action by rowers ranged 
 obliquely one above another in 
 banks, and that she was also pro- 
 vided with two masts and with 
 sails for voyaging. The position 
 of the rowers, of whom it has been 
 estimated there were 174 (31 in 
 each of the highest banks, 29 in 
 each of the middle banks, and 27 
 in each of the lowest banks) was 
 probably that represented in the 
 accompanying cut. According to 
 this represen- 
 tation each 
 rower was al- 
 lowed 8 square 
 feet of space, 
 but the oblique 
 arrangement 
 of the rowers 
 above one an- 
 other, the man 
 in the highest bank being nearest 
 the stern, made the perpendicular 
 distance occupied by the three 
 rowers in any oblique range only 
 8 feet. On the stroke the head 
 and shoulders of the rower came 
 
 No. 71. 
 
 back between the legs of the man 
 next above and behind him, on 
 the recover he came to an upright 
 position. 
 
 The trireme was a wooden ves- 
 sel, and when not in commission 
 was hauled out of the water and 
 housed, vii. i. 19, 27. Some con- 
 clusions about the speed of the 
 trireme can be gathered from vi. 
 4. 2, where it is stated that the 
 distance from Byzantium to Hera- 
 clea could be made by a trireme 
 under oars (/cwTrats) in a day, but 
 that it was a very long day's voy- 
 age. This is a distance of about 
 150 nautical miles. If the day is 
 reckoned at 15 hours, we get a 
 pace of 10 knots an hour; but 
 there is nothing in the language in 
 the passage cited to preclude the 
 supposition that the vessel had 
 also set her sails. Since the tri- 
 reme was a ram, the number of 
 mariners or fighting men on board 
 was small. In action her manoeu- 
 vres were performed with great 
 skill, the chief responsibility rest- 
 ing on the Kv^epi>riT7]s (q.v.). The 
 total crew, including rowers, ma- 
 rines, sailors, and officers, is esti- 
 mated at 220. 
 
 Tpit^piTTjs, 01; [rpeis -f- R- «p]» 
 man-of-war'' s man, vi. 6. 7. 
 
 TpiirT)Xvs, i-, [rpils + irrjxvs], of 
 three cubits, three cubits long, iv. 
 2.28. 
 
 TpiirXdo-tos, a, ov [rpeis-f-R- 
 irXa], threefold, three times as 
 large, Lat. triplus, vii. 4. 21. 
 
 TpiirXeOpos, ov [rpeis 4- R- ■""^-a], 
 of three plethra, three plethra wide, 
 V. 6. 9. 
 
 Tpiirovs, ovv, gen. ttoSos [rpeis -f 
 R. ireS], three-footed; as subst., tri- 
 pod, any article of furniture sup- 
 ported on three feet, as the metal 
 frame on which the pot was set 
 for boiling (see the illustration s.v. 
 dfKpope^s') , but commonly a table 
 with three legs, vii. 3. 21 (see s.v. 
 rpdire^a). The three-legged table 
 
TpCs-Tpoiraiov 
 
 222 
 
 had a rouud top, and the legs were 
 often handsomely carved. The 
 material of which 
 it was made was 
 commonly wood. 
 It was used as a 
 support for vessels 
 or other articles of 
 household use, as 
 in the accompany- 
 ing cut (No. 72) 
 where a Kparrip 
 rests upon the tri- 
 pod; or like the 
 ■rpd-n-e^a (see No. 
 73) it might be 
 employed at meals, 
 being set in front of the couch of 
 the feast er with the articles of food 
 upon it. 
 
 1 
 
 - 
 
 ^ 
 
 ] 
 
 
 
 
 
 L 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 No. 72. 
 
 TpicrxiXioi, ot, a [rptts + x'^'O']* 
 three thousand, i. 6. 4, v. 6. 18, vi. 
 
 2.3. 
 
 Tpiraios, a, ov [rptis], 071 the 
 third day, of persons, v. 3. 2. 
 
 TpiTos, Vi 0" [Tpeis], tliird, Lat. 
 tertius, i. 7. 1, iii. 4. 28, iv. 2. 14, 
 V. 6. 9 ; adv., rb rpirov, the third 
 time, i. 6. 8. Phrases : ry Tplrri 
 (sc. vp-ipq), 071 the third day, i. 7. 
 20, iv. 8. 21 ; ewl ry Tplri^, at the 
 thii-d signal, ii. 2. 4. 
 
 Tpixa, adv. [rpeis], threefold, in 
 three divisiotis, vi. 2. 16. 
 
 Tpixfi, adv. [Tpeis], threefold, iii 
 three dirisio)}s, iv. 8. 15. 
 
 Tpixivos, 17, Of [6pi^, Tpt.x{>s, hair, 
 cf. Eng. trichina'], from or of hair, 
 made of hair, iv. 8. 3. 
 
 TpiXOlVlKOS, 
 
 No. 73. 
 
 Tpis, adv. [rpeis], three times, 
 Lat. ter. Phrase : els rpls, tip to 
 th7'ee thnes, even th7-ice, vi. 4. 16, 19. 
 
 Tpi(rdo-)j,€vos, 77, ov [rpas + R. 
 oS], th7'ice qlad, ve7'y gladly, iii. 2. 
 24. 
 
 Tpio-KaCScKa, indecl. [Tp€is + 
 8«'Ka], thi7-teen, Lat. tredecim, i. 
 5. 5. 
 
 Tpur|jivpioi, ai, a [rpeis + p-tpi-oi], 
 thirty thousand, vii. 8. 26. 
 
 [Tp€lS-l- XO'"'^]! 
 
 holding or measur- 
 i7ig three choenices, 
 vii. 3. 23. See s.v. 
 Xoivi^. 
 
 Tpoiraiov, t6 l^rpo- 
 ir-fi, cf. Eng. tro- 
 phy'], trophy, a me- 
 morial of victory 
 erected on the field 
 of battle where the 
 enemy had turned 
 (hence the name), 
 or, in case of a vic- 
 tory gained at sea, 
 on the nearest land. 
 It consisted of the 
 arms and spoils of 
 the vanquished sus- 
 pended on the 
 lopped trunk of a 
 tree or on a post, iv. 6. 27, vi. 5. 32, 
 If it commemorated a naval victory, 
 it was ornamented with the beak of 
 one of the captured ships. Trophies 
 were sometimes of more enduring 
 form ; arms taken in battle, esp. 
 shields, were carried home and pre- 
 served in the temples of the state 
 as a perpetual memorial, iii. 2. 13. 
 Phrase: rpdiraia ^appdpwv, memo- 
 rials of victory over barbariaiis, 
 vii. 6. 36. 
 
223 
 
 Tpoirtj-uYpoTT]? 
 
 TpoTTTi, ^s [rp^TTw], a tuming of 
 the enemy, rout, defeat, i. 8. 25, 
 iv. 8. 21. 
 
 Tpoiros, o [rpiiro}, cf. Eng. trope, 
 tropic], turn, way, manner, Lat. 
 modus; fashion, sort, kind, with 
 gen., vi. i. 8; freq. adv. in dat. or 
 ace, as T(} avT^ Tpdwij}, in the same 
 loay, iv. 2. 18, ace, vi. 5. 6, cf. i. i. 
 9, ii. 5. 20, iii. 4. 8, 23 ; rpbwi^ nvl, 
 somehow, after a fashion, ii. 2. 17 ; 
 of persons, ways, character, man- 
 ner, custom, i. 2. 11, 9. 22, ii. 6. 8, 
 vii. 4. 8, 17. Phrases : e/c Travrbs 
 Tpbirov, any way one can, at any 
 rate, no matter how, iii. i. 43, vii. 
 7. 41 ; Kara iravTO. rpbirov, by all 
 means, vi. 6. 30. 
 
 Tpo4>TJ, rjs [rpicpw, cf. Eng. a-tro- 
 phy], support, maintenance, means 
 of subsistence, i. i. 9, v. 6. 32, vii. 
 3. 8. ^ 
 
 Tpoxd^w (rpoxaS-) [rpox^s, 6, 
 wheel, cf. rpix'^-, Eng. trochee, 
 truck], run along, run quickly, run 
 forward, vii. 3. 46. 
 
 Tpwdw, TerpvTryjfjLai [rpiyirr], 
 hole], bore, pierce. Phrase: to, 
 (lira Terpvinjix^vov, with his ears 
 bored, iii. i. 31. 
 
 Tpwds, ados, 7} \_Tpold, Troy], 
 Troas, the Troad, the country in 
 the northwestern part of Asia 
 Minor between the Hellespont and 
 the Gulf of Adramyttium, v. 6. 23, 
 24, vii. 8. 7. The chief city was 
 Troia or Ilium. 
 
 TpwKTos, 17, 6v [verbal of Tpthyo), 
 gnaw, nibble, cf. Eng. troglo-dyte, 
 trout], to be eaten, edible, esp. 
 vrithout cooking ; hence subst., to. 
 TpuKTd, fruits eaten at dessert, v. 
 3-12. 
 
 TpwTos, V, f>v [verbal of Tirpd)- 
 ffKw], to be wounded, vulnerable, 
 iii. I. 23. 
 
 Tvyxdvo) (^TVX; Tevx-), Teij^ofxai, 
 fTVXOV, TeTVXVK''- [R- TttK], flit, 
 
 with gen., iii. 2. 19, hence, attain, 
 reach, acquire, gain, obtain, Lat. 
 consequor, abs. or with gen., i. 4. 
 15, 9. 29, ii. 6. 18, iii. i. 20, v. 7. 
 
 33, vi. I. 26, vii. 1. 30 ; rarely with 
 ace, V. 6. 28, vi. 6. 32 ; find, meet, 
 of death, with gen., ii. 6. 29, iii. 
 2. 7 ; intr. with a partic. containing 
 the leading idea, happen, chance, 
 as irapuiv eTU7xa»'e, he happened to 
 be there, i. i. 2, cf. 5. 8, 9. 31, ii. 
 2. 14, 3. 2, iii. 2. 10, iv. i. 24, 8. 26, 
 V. 3. 8, vi. 5. 22, vii. 3. 29 ; some- 
 times the partic. is omitted, ii. 2. 
 17, iii. I. 3, V. 4. 34. Phrases: 
 OTToloiv TivQv Tjp.Qv ervxov, what sort 
 of people they found us to he, v. 
 5. 15 ; Tvxlyv, ace. abs., perhaps, 
 perchance, vi. i. 20. 
 
 Tvpaiov, Tvpidciov, or Tvpiaiov, 
 TO, Tyriaeum, a city in southern 
 Phrygia, i. 2. 14 (Ilghun). 
 
 Tvpos, 6 [c/. Eng. but-ter], cheese, 
 pL, ii. 4. 28. 
 
 Tvpo-is, tos, 17 [c/. Lat. turris, 
 tower], tower, turret, iv. 4. 2, v. 2. 
 5, vii. 2. 21, 8. 12. 
 
 TvxTi, 17s [R. TttK], luck, forttme, 
 Lat. fortuna, ii. 2. 13, v. 2. 25. 
 
 T\)x«v, see TU7xa''w. 
 
 vPpi^o) (v^pid-), vjSpLu), v^pKTa, 
 v^piKa, v^pLafiai, vjSpLcrOrjv [W^p], 
 treat with insolence, abuse, out- 
 rage, insult, vi. 4. 2 ; be insolent, 
 be wantonly abusive, v. 8. 1, 3, 22 ; 
 pass., be abused, maltreated or 
 outrageously handled, iii. i. 13, 29. 
 
 vPpis, ews, ^ [v-irs'p], insolence, 
 arrogance, wantonness, ivanton in- 
 solence, iii. I. 21, V. 5. 16, 8. 3, 19. 
 
 iPpio-Torepos, a,, ov, comp. of 
 v^pLCTT-qs, insolent, sup. vjSpia-TSTa- 
 Tos [vnrj'p], more or most insolent, 
 audacious or ivanton, v. 8. 3, 22. 
 
 vyiaLvm (117 tav-), vyldva \_vyLr}s, 
 healthy, cf. Eng. hygiene], be in 
 health, be well, be sou)ul, iv. 5. 18. 
 
 vi^poTTis, rjTos, i] [i'7pos, wet, root 
 Fvy, cf. Lat. umidiis, moist, udus, 
 wet, Eng. WAKE (of a ship), wash, 
 ox], ivetness, pliability, suppleness, 
 V. 8. 15. 
 
v5po«j)op€w-vnr^p 
 
 224 
 
 vSpo4>op£(i> [vSwp-\- R. <j>€p], carry 
 
 ivater, iv. 5. (». 
 
 v8po(|>6pos, ov [v5wp+R. <|)£p], 
 carriiing ivater ; subst., ai vdpo- 
 (popoL, tvater-carriers, iv. 5. 10. 
 
 vSwp, arcs, TO [c/. Lat. unda, 
 wave., Eng. wateh, m^et, otter, 
 hydr-aulic, hydro-gen, hydro-pho- 
 hia'], water, Lat. aqua, i. 5. 7, ii. 
 
 3. 10, iii. 5. 10, iv. 3. 6, vi. 4. 4, vii. 
 
 4. 3. Phrase : v8wp i^ oiipdvov, rain, 
 iv. 2. 2. 
 
 viSovSj ov, 6 [c/. uio's], S07i''s 
 S071, grandson, Lat. nepbs, v. 6. 
 37. 
 
 ulos, ou [root <rv, beget, cf. Eng. 
 son], soJi, Lat. fllius, iv. 6. 1, 3, 
 V. |. 18, vii. 8. 1. 
 
 wXtj, t;? [(■/. Lat, siZwa, toood], 
 wood, looodland, forest, v. 2. 31 ; 
 shrubbery, bushes, fagots, i. 5. 1, iii. 
 
 5- 10- 
 
 v|i£is, see (Tij. 
 
 vp,€T€pos> a, ov [C/ieis], your, 
 yours, Lat. ^tester, i\ i. 12, vi. i. 
 31, vii. 3. 39 ; subst., ol vnirepoi, your 
 subjects or countrymen, v. 5. 19, vii. 
 3. 19 ; ra v/xirepa, your property, 
 vii. 6. 16. 
 
 wirdYw [R. a^], lead under, abs., 
 lead on slowly, advance by degrees, 
 iii. 4. 48, iv. 2. 16 ; mid., lead under 
 one'^s own influence, draw on, sug- 
 gest craftily, with ace. or inf., ii. i. 
 18, 4. 3' 
 
 viraiOpioS) ov [al'9«], under 
 heaven's vault, in the open air, 
 Lat. sub d'luo, v. 5. 21, vii. 6. 24. 
 
 viraCrios, ov [atrew], under a 
 charge, accountable ; subst., inrai- 
 TLOv Ti, see iirairios, iii. I. 5. 
 
 viraKovu [R. koF], give ear to, 
 listen, heed, VFitli gen., iv. i. 9; 
 obey, abs., vii. 3. 7. 
 
 viravrdw, vwrjVTtjffa [avrC], go 
 to meet, as foes, iv. 3. 34. 
 
 viravTid|o) (aj'Tidfo;, dvriad-, ijv- 
 rlaaa [AvtC], meet), go to meet, as 
 foes, vi. 5. 27. 
 
 virapxos, 6 [apx«], underofficer, 
 lieutenant, lieutenant general, Lat. 
 praefect^is, i. 2. 20, 8. 5 ; in a prov- 
 
 ince, lieutenant governor, prefect, 
 serving under a satrap, iv. 4. 4. 
 
 virdpx« [apx«], begin, be under 
 as a foundation, be the first, with 
 partic, ii. 3. 23, v. 5. 9 ; be at the 
 beginning, be at the start or to 
 start with, be ready or in store, be 
 on hand, be, abs. or with dat of 
 pers., ii. 2. 11, v. i. 10, vii. i. 27, 
 
 28, 7. 32 ; belong to, be devoted to, 
 be at one''s service, or on one''s 
 side, support, with dat. of pers., i. 
 I. 4, V. 6. 23. Phrases: toioi/twv 
 Tjfuv els (piXldv vwapxovTuv, when 
 we have such strong grounds for 
 friendship, ii. 5. 24 ; e/c tQv virap- 
 XovTuv, as their means allowed, vi. 
 4.9. 
 
 iirao-TTio-Tifjs, ov [d(nrtcrT^s, one 
 armed with a shield, a<rirls'] , shield- 
 j bearer, squire, Lat. armiger, the 
 attendant, among the Spartans, 
 attached to the person of the hop- 
 lite as armour bearer, iv. 2. 20. 
 
 vireCKU (er/cw, et^t^}, el^a [cf. Lat. 
 \nc'es, changes, Eng. weak, wick- 
 er], yield), give way to, retire be- 
 fore, yield, sxibmit, witli dat., vii. 
 7.31. 
 
 vir€i|ii [R. €0-], be under, lie un- 
 der, iii. 4. 7. 
 
 v-ireXavvw [iXaiJvu}'], ride under, 
 ride %ip <o, i. 8. 15. 
 
 virc\T]Xv04vai, see inripxopiai. 
 
 vire'p, prep, with gen. and ace. 
 [dirtp]. With gen., of place, over, 
 above, Lat. super, i. 10. 12, iii. 4. 
 
 29, 39, 41, iv. 2. 6, 10, v. 4. 13, vii. 
 5. 15 ; of people or places on the 
 sea, ii. 6. 2 ; over, beyond, i. 10. 
 14 ; rarely with verbs of motion, 
 from over, iv. 7. 4 ; over, for, on 
 behalf of, for the sake of, in de- 
 fence of, Lat. pro, i. 3. 4, 8. 27, iii. 
 5. 6, iv. 8. 24, V. 7. 12, vii. 3. 31 ; 
 instead of, in the name of, v. 5. 13, 
 vii. 7. 3, 21. With ace, over, of 
 places on the sea, i. i. 9 ; with 
 numerals, above, more than, v. 3. 1, 
 vi. 5. 4, cf. 2. 10. In composition 
 virip signifies over, above, beyond, 
 exceedingly, for, in behalf of . 
 
225 
 
 iir£pdXXo|iai,-\iir6 
 
 vtrtpdWofxai [aXXo/uat], pimp 
 over, spring over, vii. 4. 17. 
 
 vircpavaTcCvb) Ireivw], stretch out 
 over, vii. 4. 9. 
 
 viTEpPaCvci) [R. Pa], go over, cross, 
 pass, scale, vii. 3. 43, 8. 7 ; with 
 els and ace, vii. i. 17. 
 
 iiir£pPd\\ii> [pdXXo)], strike over, 
 pass or cross over, cross, abs. or 
 with ace, iv. 4. 20, 6. 8, 10 ; with 
 Kara or Trpo's and ace, vi. 5. 7, vii. 
 5. 1. Plirase : t6 virep^dWov tov 
 (TTparevfjiaTos, each detachment as 
 it crossed, iv. i. 7. 
 
 vTTEpPoX'^, ^s [pdXXw], a striking 
 over, act of passing over, crossing, 
 i. 2. 25 ; of a mountain, ^jass, iii. 
 
 5. 18, iv. I. 21, 4. 18, 6. 0. 
 vircpSc'lios, a, ov [K. 2 8aK], above 
 
 on the right, of military positions, 
 above, on higher ground, iii. 4. 37, 
 iv. 8. 2, V. 7. 31. 
 
 vircpEpxofiiai. [fpxo/j.ai'], go above, 
 a-oss, pass, iv. 4. 3. 
 
 vTrepe'xw [R. o-£x], be above, pro- 
 ject, iii. 5. 7 ; overhang, iv. 7. 4. 
 
 vir£p0€v, adv. [vire'p], from above, 
 impending, overhea,d, i. 4. 4. 
 
 v-n-£pKdOT))jiai [Kci^7;/Ltat], sit down 
 above, take one''s station above, 
 with the idea of an ambush, witli 
 gen., or iiri and gen., v. i. 9, 2. 1. 
 
 viTEpopios, d, ov or OS, ov [6'pos, 6, 
 boundary, cf. bpi^o}'], over the bor- 
 der, Lat. ezternus; subst., ^ inrepo- 
 p/d (sc.y^), foreign lands, abroad, 
 vii. I. 27. 
 
 vir£pti»|/T]Xos, ov [viTEp], exceeding 
 high, iii. 5. 7. 
 
 v>ir£pxo(iai [epxoA«ii], go under, 
 loithdraw, advance sloivlg, v. 2. 30. 
 
 vir£o-X£TO, v>'ir£<rx'nH'*''0''> vi'n'*<rxov, 
 see VTri(rx''^ofiaL. 
 
 vvixa [R. o-£x], /<o/t? under, then 
 like Lat. sustineo, undergo, be sitb- 
 ject to, submit to, with 51k7)v, v. 8. 
 18, vi. 6. 15 ; 5kr;c vwoaxetv and 
 gen., ^^i-ye account for, v. 8. 1. 
 
 w'^Koos, 01/ [R. KoF], listening 
 to, obedient, subject to, subst., sub- 
 ject, vassal, with gen. or dat., i. 6. 
 
 6, V. 4. 6, 5. 1, 17, vii. 7. 29. 
 
 wirTjp£T£(o, VTTTjpeTrjaLti, vwrjp^TTiaa, 
 vir-qpirriKa, vwrfpiT-qp.ai. [R. £p], be 
 a servant, serve, do service, help, 
 Lat. ministro, with dat. of person, 
 sometimes joined to ace. of thing, 
 i. 9. 18, ii. 5. 14, vii. 7. 46 ; furnish, 
 provide, iii. 5. 8. 
 
 i-inipfTTis, ov [R. £p], underling, 
 assistant of any sort, servant, at- 
 tendant, supporter, Lat. minister, 
 i. 9. 18, 27, ii. I. 9, 5. 14. 
 
 iiiricrXVEOiiai, vwo<Txv<^op.ai, inre- 
 axoM"-, i'7r^o-x'?/xat [R. a-i\], hold 
 oneself under, bind oneself, engage, 
 undertake, promise, Lat. polliceor, 
 with ace, often also with dat. of 
 pers., i. 7. 5, 18, iv. 5. 29, v. 6. 36, 
 vii. 2. 10, 6. 5, 7. 21 ; with fut. inf., 
 i. 3. 21, iii. 4. 2, vi. i. 16, vii. i. 2 ; 
 with dat. of pers. and fut. inf., ii. 
 3. 20, iii. I. 4, v. 6. 23 ; rarely 
 with aor. inf. (here some read 
 fut.), i. 2. 2 ; with Sera eo-otro, vii. 7. 
 46. 
 
 ijirvos, 6 [ijirvos], sleep, Lat. 
 somnus, iii. i. 11. 
 
 vird, by elision vw, by elision 
 and euphony, vcp', prep, with gen., 
 dat., or ace [c/. Lat. sub, under'], 
 under. With the genitive, under, 
 from under, vi. 4. 22, 25 ; freq. of 
 agency, under the influence of, 
 with persons, by, through, from, 
 at the hands of Lat. ah, i. i. 10, 
 3. 4, 13, 5. 4, ii. 6. 15, iv. 3. 2, 
 V. I. 15, 5. 9, vii. 5. 13, 6. 15, 33, 
 
 7. 23 ; of things, through, by, by 
 reason of, from, i. 5. 5, ii. 2. 11, 
 iii. I. 3, V. 8. 3, vii. 7. 11 ; iiivb /xa- 
 (TTiywv, under the lash, iii. 4. 25. 
 With dat., under, beneath, at the 
 foot of, with verbs of rest, i. 2. 8, 
 
 8. 10, iii. 4. 24, iv. 7. 10, vi. 4. 4 ; 
 under the power or sway of, vii. 2. 
 2, 7. 32. With ace, under, down 
 under, with verbs of motion or im- 
 plying previous motion, i. 8. 27, 10. 
 14, iii. 4. 37, iv. 7. 8, vii. 4. 5, 11, 8. 
 21. In composition virb signifies 
 under, often with an idea of se- 
 crecy or craft (c/. our underhand), 
 or has diminutive force, rather. 
 
inro8€«<rT€pos-iiT'0'TrT6va) 
 
 226 
 
 sorni'trJi(((, or it denotes subordi- 
 nation or inferiority, 
 
 viroSee'o-Tepos, a, ov [R. Zi^, rather 
 defidt'nt. inferior, i. 9. 5. 
 
 viroSeiKvvftt [K. 1 SaKJ, slioio 
 privately, rather intimate, indicate, 
 V. 7. 12. 
 
 viro8€'xo|xai [R. 2 8aK], receive 
 under one's protection, vi. 5. 31, 
 hence receive with hospitality, wel- 
 come, i. 6. 3. 
 
 viro8^« [R. 8€] , bind or tie under ; 
 mid. and pass., put one''s shoes on; 
 lience y-n-oSeSTj/xevot, Mi their shoes, 
 iv. 5. 14. 
 
 vir68r])ia, aros, to [R. St], ^/laf 
 M'/^V/i ('s bound under the foot, in 
 the pi., sandals, shoes. The word 
 properly signifies sa«ftoZ,Lat.so?eo, 
 a sole bound to the foot by straps, 
 
 No. 74. 
 
 as in the accompanying illustra- 
 tions (see also s.v. i)j.dTLov, No. 27), 
 but it also means shoe or boot, Lat. 
 calceus, which had an upper, cov- 
 ering the foot wholly or in part, 
 and was either laced or fastened 
 to the foot and leg by straps. Such 
 virod-n/j-ara were worn by soldiers, 
 iv. 5. 14. For an illustration of the 
 laced shoe, see s.v. ^iciXt;, and for 
 a peculiar form of boot worn by a 
 soldier, see s.v. x^aA"^s- See also 
 s.v. KapjSdTivai. 
 
 vTTolvyiov, TO [R. Jvy], beast 
 under the yoke, beast of burden, Lat. 
 iumentum, ii. 2. 18 ; pi., draxight 
 cattle, baggage animals, such as 
 oxen and asses, ii. i. 6, carrying 
 the arms and camp equipage, i. 7. 
 20, ii. 2. 4 ; see also i. 3. 1, iii. 3. 6, 
 iv. 3. 30, 5. 36, V. 3. 11, vi. 6. 1. 
 
 viroKaTapaCvw [R. Pa], go down 
 gradually, descend a little, vii. 4. 
 11.^ 
 
 wiroKpviTTw [/cpi/TTTw], Mdc un- 
 der; mid., keep secret, hoard, i. 9. 
 19. 
 
 viroKvirrw (/cvTrrw, Kvcj)-, -Kvfu, 
 eKV\f/a, KiKvcpa, StOOp), StOOp down, 
 iv. 5. 32. 
 
 viroXafiPdvw [Xa^jSavw], receive 
 under one's protection, i. i. 7; 
 take up the discourse (sc. \6yov), 
 respond, rejoin, answer, ii. i. 15, 
 iii. I. 31, vi. 5. 14. Phrase: ixe- 
 Ta^ti viroKa^div, interrupting him 
 in the midst of his talk, iii. i. 
 27. 
 
 vtroKtiva [Xc/ttw], leave remain- 
 ing or behind ; pass., be left behind, 
 stay or fall behind, i. 2. 25, iv. 5. 
 15, vii. 2. 6 ; with gen., v. 4. 22 ; 
 subst., TO. VTroXeiird/ieva, the part left 
 behind, iv. 3. 25. 
 
 viroX6xd7os, 6 [R. Xe^+R. a^y], 
 sub-captain, lieutenant, v. 2. 13, 
 probably in command of a irevrrt- 
 KoaTvs, .see iii. 4. 21. 
 
 vTToXvci) [Xi-o;], loose beneath; 
 mid., untie one's sandals or shoes, 
 iv. 5. 13. 
 
 v'iro(t.aXaKito|ji.ai [/uoXaK^fo/iot], 
 soften down, yield a little, begin to 
 lose courage, ii. i. 14. 
 
 viro|icva> [R. jia], stay behind, 
 trait, stand one''s ground, iv. 3. 15, 
 vi. 5. 25, 29; loait a little, halt, 
 stop, iii. 4. 21, iv. i. 1(3; loait for, 
 with ace, iv. I. 21. 
 
 \cjr6|ivT]na, aros. to [R. |ia], me- 
 morial, reminder, i. 6. 3. 
 
 v'Tr6Tr€(i.irT0s, ov [verbal of viro- 
 ir^/xTTw], sent secretly, sent as a 
 spy, iii. 3. 4. 
 
 vpiroireji-irw [tt^/xttu], send secretly 
 or insidiously, send as a spy, ii. 4. 
 22. 
 
 viroirtv*) [R. -iro], drink some- 
 what or a little, pf. viroweiruKiLs, 
 euphemistically, pretty drunk, vii. 
 3- 29. 
 
 viTOirT£W(i), viroirTfvao), virdnrTevffa, 
 viruwTev6r]v [R. oir], suspect, be 
 
22i 
 
 v'iro(rTpaTiiY€'w-\)(j)(<rTT]|Ai 
 
 suspicious, mistrust, apprehend, 
 surmise, Lat. suspicor, with ace, i. 
 I. 1 ; with inf., i. 3. 1, ii. 5. 28, 
 iv. 2. 15, vii. 8. G ; with /atj and 
 inf., ii. 3. 13, or /^i? and opt., iii. 
 I. 5. 
 
 inroo-TpaTTiYto) [R. o-rpa + R. 
 a-y]. be general under one, he lieu- 
 tenant general, witli dat., v. 6. 
 
 \nro<rTpdTT]-Yos, 6 [R. o-rpa + R. 
 
 a^], lieutenant general, Lat. ?e^a- 
 <Hs, iii. I. 32. 
 
 viiT0<rTp€4)w \_ffTpi(f)ii3'], turn round 
 privately or suddenly, turn right 
 round, face right about, vi. 6. 38 ; 
 pass., vii. 4. 18. Pln-ase : vwoarpi- 
 fds, with an adroit turn, i.e. avoid- 
 ing the trap, ii. i. 18. 
 
 \>iro<rx€iv, see vir^x'^- 
 
 vtr6a-\T]a-di, viroo-x.oiTO, viro<rx6- 
 )i€vos, see I'TTicrx^'eo/iai. 
 
 {iirovp-yos, &i> [R. FspYJ, service- 
 able, conducive to, with dat., v. 8. 
 15. 
 
 viro<j>aivu [R. «|)a], show from 
 under; intr., shine a little, of the 
 day, dawn, break, Lat. inlUcesco, 
 iii. 2. 1, iv. 2. 7, 3. 9. 
 
 viro((>€i8o|j.ai ((peidofiai, (piS-, <pel- 
 (TOfiai, e<peL(jdixT)v [root <j>i8, SpAit, cf. 
 Lat. Jindo, split, finis, end, Eng. 
 BITE, BITTER, BIT, BAiTJ, Separate 
 oneself from, spare), spare a little, 
 spare a while, iv. i. 8. 
 
 inroxeipios, oc [R. x*P]i under 
 the hands of, in the power of, sub- 
 ject to, witli dat., iii. 2. 3, vii. 6. 
 43. 
 
 fiiroxos, ov [R. <ri\], under con- 
 trol, subject to, with dat., ii. 5. 7. 
 
 vtrox(op€o> [x^p^w], move under 
 another's influence, make loay, 
 retire, withdraio, retreat, abs. or 
 with dat., i. 4. 18, 7. 17, iv. 5. 
 19. 
 
 viTo^la, as [R. oir], suspicion, 
 distrust, Lat. suspicio, abs. or with 
 '6tl and a clause, i. 3. 21, ii. 4. 10, 
 5-5; apprehension, anxiety, iii. i. 
 21 ; pi., feelings of distrust, ii. 5. 
 1, 2. 
 
 'YpKdvioi, oi [old Persian Vir- 
 kana. Wolfs land'], Hyrcanians, 
 natives of Hyrcania, vii. 8. 15, a 
 district subject to Persia, north- 
 
 I west of Parthia and southeast of 
 the Caspian Sea. 
 
 vs, vos, 6, T) [_cf. o-Os], swine, boar, 
 hog, Lat. sus, v. 2. 3. 
 
 {i(rT€paios, a, ov [wtrrepos], later, 
 following ; of time, Lat. posterns. 
 
 ! Phrases : tt} wrepalq. (sc. ijfi^pq.), 
 
 I next day, the day after, Lat. postrl- 
 die, i. 2. 21, ii. 2. 18, iii. 3. 20, vi. 
 I. 14 ; TTjc xjffTepalav, during next 
 day, iii. 5. 13 ; eh tt/v wrepalav, on 
 the next day, ii. 3. 25, iv. i. 15, vii. 
 I. 35. 
 
 I v(rT€p€w, v(rT€pr)aa, vcrr^pijKa 
 [uore/jos], be later, come too late 
 for, with gen., i. 7. 12. 
 
 I vo-T€pi5w, va-repiw, var^piaa [v(TT€- 
 pos], come later, be behindhand, vi. 
 
 \ I. 18. 
 
 I v<rT€pos, a, ov [c/. Eng. out, ut- 
 ter], latter, later, following, of 
 
 I time, i. 5. 14, ii. 2. 17 ; of place, be- 
 hind, iii. 4. 21 ; neut. as adv., vare- 
 pov, later, afterwards, i. 3. 2, iii. 2. 
 13, V. I. 15, vii. 2. 20, with gen., i. 
 5. 16, iv. 3. 34. Phrase: mripa. 
 ijfx^pa. r^s (rvv65ov, the day after the 
 junction, vi. 4. 9. 
 v4)€tTo, see v(pfTj/j.i. 
 v<j>€i|x€va>s, adv. [v(peifi4vos, pf. 
 pass, partic. of v(pirip.L], slackly, 
 quietly, submissively, Lat. sub- 
 mlsse, vii. 7. 16. 
 v<|)€|<i>, see vTT^x'^- 
 v<|>T]-y£0|j.ai [R. a^], lead on 
 slowly, lead the way gradually, 
 abs. or with iirl <t>d\ayyos, iv. I. 7, 
 vi. 5. 25. 
 
 v(|>tT)|jii ['W]i *^'*<^ down, put 
 under, concede, admit, Lat. con- 
 
 I cedo, with ace. and inf., iii. 5.5; 
 
 I mid., put oneself under, yield, sur- 
 render, give in, iii. i. 17, 2. 3, v. 4. 
 
 1 26 ; permit, allotv, with dat. of 
 
 ; pers. and inf., vi. 6. 31. 
 
 ' ■u<j>io-TT](i.i [R. o-ra], jAace under, 
 
 \ station privately; intr., mid. and 
 
 1 2 aor. act., undertake, engage, 
 
v4>opd(o- ({>av€pus 
 
 228 
 
 vulnnteer, L:it. stiscipio, iv. i. 26, 
 27; with ace, vi. i. 19, 31; stop 
 quietly, stand aside, iv. 1. 14 ; stand 
 under an attack, withstand, resist, 
 abs. or with dat., iii. 2. 11, vii. 3. 
 U. 
 
 v<|>opda> [R. 2 F«p], look at from 
 below, eye vnth suspicion, Lat. sus- 
 picor, ii. 4. 10. 
 
 xn|/T)\6s, tJ, &v [vire'p], high, lofty, 
 raised, Lat. alius, i. 2. 22, v. 4. 31, 
 vi. I. 5, vii. 8. 13; sup., v. 6. 6; 
 subst., TO v.p-qXbv, height, iii. 4. 
 25. 
 
 v\|/os, ovs, t6 [virtpj, height, Lat. 
 altitudd, ii. 4. 12, iii. 4. 7, vi. 
 4.3. . 
 
 <|>a'y€iv, ^ayoxTiv, see ecpayov. 
 
 <i>ai,Sp6S) a, 6 1' [R. <t>ci], bright, 
 of the face, beaming loith anima- 
 tion, ii. 6. 11. 
 
 ()>a(i], see ^^j/it. 
 
 <f>aiv(D ((pav-), (pavQ, ec^r/co, -tt^- 
 (payKa and ^^(priva, Tr^cpacr/jLai, icpdv- 
 6rjv and e<p6.vr)v [R. <|)a], bring to 
 light, make appear, show, Lat. os- 
 tendo, iv. 3. 13; intr., ^ji'e ?f^/i<, 
 shine, of fire, iv. 4. 9 (where some 
 read pass.) ; pass., be shoicn, ap- 
 pear, shoic oneself turn out, Lat. 
 appdreo, i. 3. 19, 5. 7, 6. 11, ii. 2. 15, 
 iii. I. 24, iv. 3. 6, v. 7. 24, vi. 5. 5, 
 vii. 7. 28 ; be apparent, seem, look, 
 Lat. uideor, with inf., which may be 
 omitted, i. 9. 15, iii. 4. 13, iv. 3. 27, 
 V. 4. 29, 7. 5, vi. I. 9 ; with paitic, 
 as 01) (fidovwv icf>alveTo, it was clear 
 that he did not envy, or he evidently 
 did not envy, i. 9. 19, cf. ii. 5. 38, 
 iv. 5. 28, V. 6. 4. 
 
 <|>dXa-y|, 770s, i] [cf Eng. /7Aa- 
 /a/7jr], line of battle, phalanx, that 
 order of arrangement of troops in 
 which the front was extended and 
 the depth was small, as opposed 
 to the formation in column, which 
 
 was the common order on the 
 march. The phalanx was gen- 
 erally arranged eight men deep 
 (c/. vii. I. 23), and the order was 
 close, ii. 3. 0, but it might be only 
 four deep, as in i. 2. 17 (cf i. 2. 
 15), where the intention was to 
 display the line. It included both 
 cavalry and infantry, vi. 5. 7, but 
 might consist of infantrj' alone, vi. 
 
 5. 27. The word is applied to 
 troops in line either when ready 
 to join battle with the enemy, i. 8. 
 17, 10. 10, iv. 8. 10, 11, 12, 16, 17, 
 vi. 5. 23, or drawn up for review, 
 i. 2. 17, or waiting for orders, ii. i. 
 
 6. vi. 5. 9, or on the march, when 
 advancing cautiously through an 
 enemy's country, vi. 5. 7. The 
 word (pdXay^ also signifies any 
 compact order of troops, the main 
 body, iii. 3. 11, 4. 23, where it is 
 used of the square QirXaiaLov). 
 Phrases: eirl (pdXayyos, in line of 
 battle, iv. 3. 26 (where the troops 
 had before been arranged as \6xoi 
 6pdLoi, cf. the counter movement in 
 iv. 8. 10, and see 6pdios), iv. 6. 6 
 (where the troops had been march- 
 ing Kara K^pas, see K^pas), vi. 5. 7, 
 25 ; so Kara (pdXayya, iv. 8. 9, els 
 (pdXayya, iv. 8. 10. 
 
 ^aXivos, 6, Phallnus, a Greek 
 with a military reputation, serving 
 under Tissaphernes, ii. i. 7, 10, 13, 
 21. 
 
 ({>av€iTai, (|>av4vT0S| see (palvtii. 
 
 ()>av€p6s, a, 6v [R. <j)a], in plain 
 
 1 sight, risible, clear, evident, open, 
 
 i. 7. 17, ii. 5. 1, iv. I. 23 ; freq.with 
 
 partic. in personal constr., as (pave- 
 
 pol 9j(7av cpevyovres, it icas clear that 
 
 they were in full retreat, or, they 
 
 I icere evidently retreating, iv. 3. 33, 
 
 ' cf. i. 6. 8, ii. 5. 40, iii. 2. 24, iv. 3. 
 
 24, vii. 7. 24. Phrases : iv rf cpa- 
 
 vepf, openly, publicly, i. 3. 21 ; els 
 
 t6 (pavepbv ae KaTa(7T-quavTas, set 
 
 you in a prominent position, vii. 
 
 7. 22. 
 
 <)>avEpu$, adv. [R. <j)a], evidently, 
 manifestly, i. 9. 19. 
 
229 
 
 <|>ap€Tpd-<|)€VY* 
 
 (|>ap€Tpd, as, quiver^ iv. 4. 16. Its 
 form is shown in the accompanying 
 cut. See also s.u.'A/xafci;' and t6^oj'. 
 
 No. 75. 
 
 It was supported by a strap which 
 passed over the right shoulder, and 
 across the breast and behind the 
 back, so that the quiver rested on 
 the left hip. The |i0os {q.v.) was 
 carried in the same manner. 
 
 (|>dp|xaKov, TO \_c.f. Eng. phar- 
 macy^^ drug, noxious drug, poison. 
 Phrase : (papixaKov irniv, taking med- 
 icine, vi. 4. 11. 
 
 4>ap)JiaKOiro(rCd, as [^<l)dpfj.aKov + R. 
 TTo], a taking physic or poison, dose 
 of physic ov poison, drugging, iv. 8. 
 21. 
 
 *apvdPaSos, 6, Pharnahazus, son 
 of Pharnaces, and satrap of Lesser 
 Phrygia and Bithynia under Darius 
 Nothus and Artaxerxes Mnemon, v. 
 6. 24, vii. 1.2. He aided Sparta in 
 the Peloponnesian war. His troops 
 acted against the Cyreans, vi. 4. 24, 
 5. 7, and for fear of the Greeks he 
 induced Anaxibius to help them 
 out of Asia, vii. i. 2, 2. 12, 14. 
 Later he was at war vdth Sparta. 
 
 'I'oloridvot, oi [^aaLS, cf. Eng. 
 
 pheasant], the Phasidni, Phasi- 
 ans, a tribe living on the banks of 
 the Phasis in Colchis, v. 6. 36 ; also 
 a different tribe on the Armenian 
 Phasis, iv. 6. 5, vii. 8. 25. 
 
 4>d(riv, see (prjfxl. 
 
 <l>dcris, 'OS or i5os, 6, the Phasis, 
 a river in Colchis, flowing into 
 the Pontus, and considered as the 
 boundary between Asia and Eu- 
 rope, V. 6.30, 7. 1, 5, 7 (Rioni); also 
 the upper course of the Araxes in 
 Armenia, iv. 6. 4 (Pasin Su). 
 
 (t>do-Kci> [R. <}>a], say, assert, al- 
 lege, with inf., iii. 5. 17, iv. 4. 21, 
 8. 4, V. 8. 1. 
 
 4>aT4, see (pvi^^- 
 
 ()>av\os, V, ov, mean, trifling, com- 
 mon, of things, Lat. uilis, vi. 6. 11, 12. 
 
 <t>€p(o {(pep-, 0I-, iueK-, ivejK-), oUcru} 
 ■^vejKa. and ■^veyKov, ev-qvoxa, evqvey- 
 juat, rju^x^V [R- 4**p]i ^^fir, bring, 
 carry, Lat./ero, i. 9. 26, ii. 1.6, iii. 
 4. 32, iv. 3. 6, V. I. 2, 4. 25, vii. i. 
 37 ; with Trpds and ace, vii. 3. 31 ; 
 bear, produce, yield, of the earth, 
 i. 2. 22, vi. 4. 6 ; carry off, receive, 
 i. 3. 21, iv. I. 8, vii. 6. 7 ; bear, en- 
 dure, iii. I. 23; bring, cause, ii. i. 
 17, of tribute, pay, v. 5. 7 ; of a 
 road, bring, lead, with wp6s, iwl, or 
 et's and ace, iii. 5. 15, v. 2. 19, 22, 
 i cf. V. 7. 7. Mid., bring for oneself, 
 fetch, bring aioay, vi. 6. 1, vii. 4. 3. 
 Pass., be borne, be hurled or thrown, 
 of missiles, iv. 7. 6, 12, v. 2. 14, 
 hence, carry, iii. 3. 16 ; be dashed, 
 fly, rws/i, with 81a. or /card and gen., 
 or 7rp6s and ace, i. 8. 20, iv. 2. •">, 
 7. 14. Phrases : jSap^ws or xa^fTois 
 ecpepov, they took it ill, were annoyed 
 or troubled, Lat. moleste ferebant, 
 ii. I. 4, V. 7. 2, vii. 7. 2, with dat., 
 i. 3. 3 ; Se^tas '4<pepov, they brought 
 assurances, see 5e|i6s, ii. 4. 1 ; S,y€Lv 
 Kal (pepeiv, see S.^yia, ii. 6. 5, v. 5. 13. 
 
 <|>€V7Ci> (4>vy-),((>ev^ofJiaL and cpev^ov- 
 fiai, '4(pvyov, iricpevya [R. <t>vY]. flee, 
 take flight, run away, fly, Lat. fu- 
 gio, i. 2. 18, 3. 20, ii. i. 3, iii. 3. 9, 
 iv. 2. 27, V. 4. 18, vi. 5. 27, vii. 3. 
 11 ; with did or iK and gen., or et's, 
 
({>T||xC-4>ldX.T| 
 
 230 
 
 7rp6s, or eiri and ace, i. lo. 1, iii. 
 2. 17, iv. I. 8, 3. 32, V. 7. 29 ; rarely 
 with ace, flee fro7n, run away from, 
 iii. 2. ;)5, vi. 5. 23 ; flee from one's 
 country, be an exile, be banished, 
 abs. or with otKodev, iv. 8. 25, v. 3. 7 ; 
 subst., 6 (l>e<)ywv, exile, Lat. exsul, i. 
 I. 7, 9. 9, with eK and gen., i. 3. 3. 
 
 4>T]jiC (0a-), (pri<TO}, ecprjaa [R. <j>a], 
 rare except in pres. and impf. (the 
 other tenses being supplied by elwov 
 and by the forms given under d'pw), 
 declare, state, affirin, say, Lat. dico, 
 with inf., i. 3. 20, ii. i. 3, iii. 2. 24, 
 iv. 2. 19, V. 2. 31, vi. 2. 8, vii. i. 
 16 ; with nom. and inf., i. 8. 26, 
 iii. I. 4, iv. I. 24, vi. 2. 13, vii. 2. 
 20 ; with ace. and inf., i. 2. 25, ii. 
 6. 11, iii. I. 29, iv. 4. 18, v. 5. 19, 
 vi. 6. 15, vii. 6. 32 ; abs. or with 
 dir. discourse, i. 6. 6, ii. i. 22, 3. 
 24, V. 4. 27, 6. 25, vii. 2. 24, 6. 23 ; 
 very rarely with on and a clause, 
 vii. 1.5; the form e<pri (less com- 
 monly e<pa(Tav) freq. follows one or 
 two words of the dir. or indir. dis- 
 course, said he, quoth he, Lat. in- 
 quit, i. 3. 20, ii. 3. 7, iii. i. 7, iv. 4. 
 17, 8. 4, V. 6. 26, vi. i. 30, vii. 3. 6. 
 In answers ecprj means, he said yes, 
 he assented, 1. 6. 7, with a neg., he 
 said no, he denied, iv. i. 
 23, V. 8. 5, cf. vii. 7. 18. 
 The neg. is regularly 
 attached to <f>ir)ij.i as the 
 leading verb where we 
 attach it to the depen- 
 dent, cf. Lat. nego, as 
 ovK e(pa<rav Uvai, they 
 said they would not go, 
 they refused to go, i. 3. 
 1, fj.ia-d(A}d7}vai OVK i<pa- 
 (Tav, they said they had 
 not been hired, ibid., cf. 
 i. 2. 26, iv. 5. 15, vi. 6. 10, 
 vii. 4. 23, 8. 4. 
 
 <t>T)'s, 4'''1*''T1> <|>'n<r«, see 
 
 4>0dva) {(pda-), (pdriaofiai and 
 rarely (pdaaoj, ecpdrju or ecpdaa-a, get 
 before, get the start of, be before- 
 hand, anticijKite, outstrip, abs.. 
 
 with TL or TrpwTos, or with irplv and 
 inf., ii. 5. 5, iii. 4. 20, iv. i. 4, 6. 
 11, vi. I. 18; with ace. of pers. 
 (which may be omitted) and a 
 partic. expressing the leading idea, 
 as (pddvwffL ewl tQ dKptp yevdfievoi 
 rods iroXe/xiovs, they reached the 
 height before the enemy, iii. 4. 49 ; 
 Sttws fJ.7] (pdaffotai KaraXafiovTes, that 
 they may not get jwssession before 
 (us), i. 3. 14, cf. V. 6. 9 ; avrbv 
 4>ddveL r)fj.ipd yevonivq, the break of 
 day surprised him, v. 7. 16. 
 
 4)0€'77O|Aai, (pdiy^ofxai, icpdey^d- 
 pL-qv, f(pdeyp.aL [cf. Eng. apo-ihegm, 
 di-phthong], utter, make a sound, 
 make oneself heard, iv. 5. 18, vi. 6. 
 28 ; of the war cry, shout, i. 8. 18 ; 
 of the eagle, scream, vi. i. 23; of 
 the trumpet, sound, iv. 2. 7, v. 2. 
 14, vii. 4. 19. 
 
 ()>6€(p(i> ((pOep^, (p0epQ>, ecpdeipa, 
 i(t>dapKa and e(pdopa., €(f>6app,ai, i(p6d- 
 pi)v, corritpt, of a country, destroy, 
 lay imste, iv. 7. 20. 
 
 (|>9ov^<d, (pdovrjcro}, €(p06v7](ra, icpdo- 
 v/jdrjv [^^icos, 6, envy^, envy, with 
 dat. of pers., i. 9. 19, v. 7. 10. 
 
 4>idXT), Tjs [cf. Eng. phial, vial'], 
 a round shallow vessel like a large 
 
 saucer, but deeper, Lat. patera, 
 with neither stem, base, nor han- 
 dle, either earthenware or made 
 
231 
 
 4>i\aiT€pov-<|>oP€p6s 
 
 of bronze, gold, or silver, iv. 7. 27, 
 vii. 3. 27, and used as a drinking 
 cup or in pouring libations. 
 
 <|>iXa(T£pov, see <pi\os. 
 
 <}>i\€<o, (piXrjcrii}, icpiXrjffa, ■ir£(pl\r]- 
 nai, €<pi\7jd7]v [«j)(\os], love, of the 
 love of family and friends, Lat. 
 dlligo, i. 1.4, 9. 25, 28. 
 
 <&i\TJ<rios, 6, Philesins, of Achaea, 
 who succeeded Menon, iii. i . 47, and 
 was one of the two oldest generals, 
 V. 3. 1. He attacked Xenophon at 
 Cotyora, v. 6. 27, and was there 
 fined for failure in duty, v. 8. 1. 
 See also vii. i. 32. 
 
 <j>iX(d, ds [<j>(Xos], affection, lik- 
 ing, friendship, attachment, Lat. 
 amicitia, i. 6. 3, ii. 1. 10, v. 5. 15, 
 vii. 3. 16 ; with possessive or ob- 
 jective gen., i. 3. 5, V. 6. 11, vii. 5. 
 6 ; Trj ari (piXiq., attachment to yon, 
 vii. 7. 29. Phrases: Trpos ^nXidv 
 d(pLivai, let depart in peace, i. 3. 
 19 ; avTois dia 0iX/as Uvai, see did, 
 iii. 2. 8. 
 
 <|)i\ik6s, tJ, 6v [<|)£\.os], of or be- 
 fitting a friend, friendly, amicable, 
 iv. I. 9, V. 5. 25. 
 
 <|>i\iKws, adv. [<})C\os], amicably, 
 like a friend, ii. 5. 27, vi. 6. 35. 
 
 <^i\ios, d, ov [<})CXos], friendly, 
 amicable, at peace, of persons and 
 places, abs. or with dat., i. 6. 3, ii. 
 5. 18, V. 7. 13, vi. 2. 6, 3. 22 ; esp. 
 of a country, with or without x'^P^j 
 friendly country or power, i. 3. 14, 
 ii. 3. 27, iii. 2. 9, iv. i. 8, v. 5. 3, 
 vii. 3. 13. 
 
 <j>C\iir'iros, ov [«J)£\os + R- aK], 
 fond of horses, sup. , i. 9. 5. 
 
 <{>iX66'r]pos, ov [<J)C\os + ^^pd], 
 fond of hunting, sup., i. 9. 6. 
 
 4>i\oK€p8ea> [(piXoKepd-fis, greedy 
 of gain, <j)i\os + k^/)5os], be greedy 
 of gain, i. 9. 16. 
 
 ^iXoKivSvvos, oj' [<j)i\os+ kCvSv- 
 vos], loving danger, adventurous, 
 ii. 6. 7, sup., i. 9. 6. 
 
 <{>i\o|ia0^s, ^s [<j>(X.os+R- V-o-^-i 
 fond of knotdedge, eager to learn, 
 sup., i. 9. 5. 
 
 <|>i,\ovei,K(d, ds [0tX6i'ei/cos, /oMfZ 
 
 of strife, <|>tXos + «'e£/cos, to, strife'], 
 fondness of strife, rivalry, iv. 8. 
 27. 
 
 <|>i.XoviK(d, ds [«|)CXos + WKT?], 
 eagerness to win, rivalry, emula- 
 tion, iv. 8. 27. 
 
 <l'iX6|evos, 6, PhUoo-cnus, an 
 Achaean, a brave soldier, v. 2. 15. 
 
 <|>i,Xoir6X£p,os, ov [<j)iXos + 7r6Xe- 
 Mos], fond of war, liking war, ii. 6. 
 1, 6. 
 
 (}>CXos, r;, ov [<|)£Xos], friendly, 
 dear, attached to, kindly disposed, 
 Lat. amicus, abs. or with dat., i. i. 
 5, 3. 19, 4. 2, vii. 6. 15, 8. 11; 
 comp., (piXalrepov (some read 0/X- 
 Tepov), i. 9. 29; subst., 6 0/Xos, 
 friend, favourite, adherent, abs., 
 with dat., or gen., i. i. 2, 3. 6, 7. 6, 
 ii. I. 5, 4. 5, 5. 39, V. 4. 32, vi. 6. 4. 
 
 <|>i.X6o-o()>oS) 6 [<j)iXos + <To06s], 
 lover of knou'ledqe, philosopher, ii. 
 I. 13. 
 
 <j)iXo<rTpaTi(OTT]s, 01; [4)iXos+R. 
 o-Tpa], the soldier'' s friend, vii. 6. 
 
 4, 39. 
 
 (|>iXoTi|j,€0(i,ai, <pi\oTlfj.7)(TopLai, ne- 
 (piXoTitxyifiat, i(pi.\oTifirj6r]v [<j)(Xos -f 
 R. Ti], love or set^A: honour, be am- 
 bitious, feel piqued, with drt and a 
 clause, 1. 4. 7. 
 
 <|>iXo(|>pov£0|xai, €4>iKo(ppovT](rdfir]v 
 and i<pi\o(ppovrid7]v [<j>£Xos + <|)pTiv], 
 6e toell disposed, show kindness or 
 favour, act kindly, abs., ii. 5. 27, 
 iv. 5. 29, 32 ; receive with kindness, 
 greet with affection, with ace, iv. 
 
 5. 34. 
 
 #Xido-ios, 6 \^\lovs,Phlius'], Phli- 
 asian, native of Phlius, vii. 8. 1, 
 the chief city of Phliasia, the small- 
 est of the Doric states, between 
 yicyonia and Argolis. 
 
 ({>XvdpC(0, (pXvdprjau \^(p\(idpos, 6, 
 7wnsense'], talk nonsense, talk bosh, 
 iii. I. 26, 29. 
 
 ({>XvdpCd, ds [0Xi/dpos, 6, non- 
 sensel, babble, nonsense, pi., per- 
 fect bush, Lat. nugae, i. 3. 18. 
 
 <|)oPep6s, d, 6v [06/3os], fearful, 
 causing fear, alarming, formida- 
 ble, Lat. terribilis, ii. 5. 9, v. 2. 23, 
 
(f>oP%(i>-4>P<>vi]|ia 
 
 232 
 
 5. 17 ; with dat. of pers. and inf., 
 iii. 4. 5 ; sup. as subst., <popepw- 
 rarov, a most awful thing, ii. 5. 9. 
 Plirase: (po^epol ^aav fxr), they felt 
 afraid that, v. 7. 2. 
 
 <f>oPEa>, (polSrjcru}, €(p6^rja-a [</)6/3os], 
 frighten, terrify, frighten away, 
 Lat. terreu, iv. 5. 17 ; usually de- 
 ponent, (po^ioixai, (po^riffofiai, TTfcpo- 
 ^■nnai, €4>o^ridr)v, he frightened, fear , 
 dread, he afraid, Lat. timed, abs., 
 with ace, or irepl and gen., i. 9. 9, 
 ii. 4. 18, iii. i. 10, v. 5. 7, vii. 8. 20 ; 
 with fii) and a clause, i. 8. 13, iii. 
 4. 34, vii. I. 2, or with oti, iii. i. 12 ; 
 hesitate, be doubtful about, with 
 inf., i. 3. 17. 
 
 4>6Pos, 6 [root «J)6p, tremble, cf. 
 Epic (p^jSofiai, flee, Eng. hydro- 
 phobia], fear, dread, terror, fright, 
 Lat. timor, i. 8. 18, ii. 3. 9, iii. i. 
 18, vi. 5. 29 ; alarm, panic, ii. 2. 19 ; 
 pi., things causing fear, threats, iv. 
 I. 23. Phrase: t6v sk tQv 'E\\^- 
 vwv et's Toi>y ^ap^dpovs cpo^ov, the 
 fear inspired in the barbarians b>i 
 the Greeks, i. 2. 18, cf vii. 2. 37. 
 
 <j)0ivtK€0Si 0., ov, contr. <|>oivikovs, 
 ^, ovv ['i'otwl], purple-red, purple 
 or dark red, so named because the 
 discovery and earliest use of this 
 colour were ascribed to the Phoe- 
 nicians, i. 2. 16. 
 
 4>oivtKTi, r]s [<l>oiw^], Phoenicia, 
 the Greek name for the centre of 
 the Syrian coast land, strictly ap- 
 plied to the region west of Mt. 
 Lebanon, and extending from Ara- 
 dus to Mt. Carmel, i. 4. 5, 7. 12. 
 After the conquests made by Is- 
 raelites in the south and Aramae- 
 ans in the north, it still remained 
 in possession of Canaanite, or, as 
 they were called, Sidonian tribes. 
 Its most famous cities were Tyre 
 and Sidon. The inhabitants were 
 noted navigators, traders, and col- 
 onizers and were said to have in- 
 vented the arts of vsTiting, count- 
 ing, and dyeing. The Greek alpha- 
 bet is taken from the Phoenician. 
 
 <j>OlVlKKrTT|S, ov [_cf. (pOLvTKOVs], 
 
 j vjearer of the purple, a title of 
 rank at the Persian court ; ace. to 
 j others purple-dyer, the title of the 
 ; officers in charge of the royal piir- 
 ple fisheries, dyehouses, and ward- 
 robe, i. 2. 20. 
 
 <l»oivi^, Ikos, 6, a Phoenician, 
 native of Phoenicia, i. 4. 0. 
 J ({>oivii, Ikos, 6, palm-tree, the date- 
 palm, Lat. palma, ii. 3. 10, 15 ; oJvos 
 ! (poLviKwv, palm ivine, .made of the 
 sap flowing from the trunk when 
 tapped, ii. 3. 14, but in i. 5. 10 a 
 drink from pressed dates is meant ; 
 the crown was edible, ii. 3. 16. 
 
 $oX6t], 7?s, Pholoe, a mountain 
 range on the borders of Arcadia 
 and^ Elis, V. 3. 10. (Xiria.) 
 
 <|>ope(o, (pop-qcTix}, i<pbp7]aa, -Tre(p6- 
 pr]Ka, Tre4>6p7}p.aL, -e(poprj67iv [K. <{>€p], 
 keep bringing, carry liahitually, 
 wear, i. 8. 29, v. 2. 26, vii. 4. 4. 
 
 (}>6pos, [R. <|>€p], what is brought 
 in, tribute, Lat. tributum, v. 5. 7. 
 
 ((>opTiov, TO [R. <j)6p], what is car- 
 ried, burden, load. v. 2. 21, vii. 1.37. 
 
 4>pa5w (4>pad-). (ppdaw, e<t>pa.<Ta, 
 wi4>paKa, vecppaa J. ::, aor. pass, as 
 mid. icppdnd-qv \_cf. Lat. inter-pres, ex- 
 plainer, Y^ng. phrase, periphrasis], 
 say, tell, intimate, declare, abs., 
 with rel. clause or on, ii. 4. 18, iv. 
 5. 29, vi. 6. 20, vii. 8. 9 ; bid, com- 
 mand, ii. 3. 3, vdth dat. and inf., 
 i. 6. 3. 
 
 4>pa<r(ds, ov, Phrasias, a taxiarch 
 from Athens, vi. 5. 11. 
 
 4>p€ap, aros, to [root <|>p£F> swell, 
 cf Lat. ferued, boil, Eng. brew], 
 a well, not a natural one, but dug, 
 Jjat. pnteus, iv. 5. 25. 
 
 4>pov€b>, cppovriaoj, ecppbv-qaa, ire(f>p6- 
 vrjKa [4>p'^v], hare understanding, 
 be intelligent, be toise, Lat. sapio, 
 ii. 2. 5, vi. 3. 18. Phrases : p.4ya 
 (ppovriaas iirl tovtu) (some read 
 KaTa(j)povr)(Ta.'s), highly elated at this, 
 iii. I. 27 ; p-ei<;ov <j)povet, he is too 
 proud, V. 6. 8. 
 
 <)>p6vT]|xa, aros, to [<j>pT|v], mind, 
 spirit, conMence, Lat. animus, iii. 
 1.22, 2. 16. 
 
233 
 
 <{>p6vi|iOS-(|>VT€V(0 
 
 «)>p6vi|iiOs» ov [<|>p^v], in one^s 
 senses, prudent, wise, intelligent, 
 i. lo. 7, ii. 5. 16, 6. 7. 
 
 4>pOVT(^(l> {4>pOVTLd-), (f)pOl'TlCo, 
 
 {(ppdvTiaa, ■rre(pp6vriKa [<j>pTiv], take 
 thought, be solicitous or anxious, 
 ii. 3.25 ; devise, contrive, with 8irus 
 and opt., ii. 6. 8. 
 
 <(>povpap\os, 6 ['irp6 + R. 2 ftp + 
 apx«>>], commander of a watch, or, 
 in cities, of a garrison, i. i. 6. 
 
 <{>povpcw, (ppovpy)(Tw, e4>povpr](ra, 
 -Tr£(ppoi!iprifj.ai, €<ppovpridr]v [irpd + R- 
 2 F«p]) watch, guard, Lat. custodio, 
 i. 4. 8, V. 5. 20.^ 
 
 <|>povpi.ov, TO [irp6 + R. 2 F«p], 
 guarded post, lience, guard, garri- 
 son, Lat. praesidium, i. 4. 15. 
 
 ()>povp6s, 6 [irpo + R- 2 Ftp]? 
 watcher, gtiard, pi., garrison, vii. 
 1.20. 
 
 ({>pv-yava, rd [0pi;7w, roasi] , fined 
 sticks, fagots, kindlings, Lat. o'e- 
 mia, iv. 3. 11. 
 
 ^pvyLa., as [*pi^|], Phrygia, origi- 
 nally the whole interior of Asia 
 Minor west of the Halys, forming 
 one of the oldest kingdoms in Asia. 
 Conquered by the Lydian kings 
 about 620 b.c, it afterwards be- 
 came, with their kingdom, a Per- 
 sian province under the name of 
 Phrygia the Great or Greater Phry- 
 gia, i. 2. 6, 7, 9. 7. Afterwards the 
 northern and eastern borders were 
 conquered by the Bithynians, Ga- 
 latians, and Lycaonians, and the 
 remainder was annexed to the 
 kingdom of Pergamon, and finally 
 in 90 B.C. to the Roman province of 
 Asia. The name Phrygia Minor 
 or Lesser Phrygia was applied by 
 the Greeks to the southern coast of 
 the Propontis, because they found 
 it subject to the Phrygians at their 
 first acquaintance with it. It is 
 referred to in v. 6. 24, vi. 4. 24. 
 
 4>pvvio-KoS) 6, Phryniscus of 
 Achaea, one of the Greek gen- 
 erals, vii. 2. 1, 29, 5. 4, 10. 
 
 #pv|, 1/76$, 6, a Phrygian, native 
 of Phrygia, i. 2. 13. 
 
 ({>v7ds, ddoi, 6 [R. <J)wy], one who 
 has fled, esp. exile, refugee, Lat. 
 exsul, i. I. 9, 11, ii. 6. 4, v. 6. 
 23. 
 
 <J)V7TJ, rjs [R. «j>w'y], flight, ro^it, 
 Lat. fuga, i. 8. 24, in. 2. 17, iv. i. 
 17, vii. 8. 16 ; banishment, exile, 
 Lat. exsilium, vii. 7. 57. 
 
 <j)V76vT€s, see (pevyu. 
 
 <t>v\aKTJ, ^s [«j)v\dTT«], a ivatch- 
 ing, loatch, guard, Lat. custodia, 
 abs. or with 7rp6s and ace, iv. 5. 29, 
 V. 8. 1, vii. 6. 22 ; guard service, 
 picket duty, iii. i. 40; body of 
 guards, guard, watch, ii. 4. 17, iv. 
 
 5. 19, V. 1.9, hence, garrison, i. i. 
 
 6, 4. 4 ; of divisions of the night, 
 watch, Lat. uigilia, iv. i. 5. Phrase : 
 (pvXaKois (puM^eiv, do guard duty, 
 stand guard, ii. 6. 10, cf. v. i. 2. 
 
 <|>vi\a|, aKos, 6 \^^v\a.TTia'\,v)atcher, 
 guard, picket, outjwst, Lat. excubi- 
 tor, iv. 2. 5, 4. 19, V. i. 16, vi. 4. 
 27 ; pi., lifeguards, bodyguard, i. 2. 
 12. 
 
 <j>v\dTTa) ((pvXaK-), (pvXd^o}, i<pv- 
 Xa^a, -ir€(PvXaxci., Tr€^ijXayp.ai, i(pv- 
 Xax^v" [4)vXdTTa)], keep watch and 
 ward, stand guard, Lat. custodio, 
 intr., i. 2. 22, 4. 5, v. i. 9; guard, 
 watch, watch for, defend, with ace. 
 of pers. or place, i. 2. 1, iv. i. 20, 
 6. 1, 11, V. 2. 1, vi. 3. 11 ; take 
 charge of, keep, v. 3. 4 ; mid., look 
 out for oneself, be on one's guard, 
 beioare, defend oneself, watch out 
 against, Lat. caueo, abs. or with 
 ace, i. 6. 9, ii. 4. 10, 5. 37, iv. 7. 8, 
 vi. 4. 27, vii. 3. 33, 7. 54 ; with p.-/} 
 and subjv. or opt., ii. 2. 16, iv. 6. 15 ; 
 with were p.-f} and inf., vii. 3. 35 ; 
 with cognate ace. and ws /x^ and 
 inf., vii. 6. 22. Phrase: giuXa/cas 
 (pvXd^eiv, see (pvXaKT). 
 
 <{>v(rdo), Tr€4>va-riiJLai, i(()V<Tr]dr)v 
 [0O(ra, bellows'], blow, bloio up, in- 
 flate, iii. 5. 9. 
 
 4'v<rKos, 6, the Physcus, a river 
 emptying into the Tigris, on which 
 was Opis, ii. 4. 25. 
 
 <{>VTEV(i>, <f>vTeJLi(Tii}, i(p{iT€vcra, we- 
 (pvTevpiai, i<f)VTevd7]v l_(pvT6v, plant. 
 
<|)vw-x<iXKW|ia 
 
 234 
 
 <Pvt6s, grown, verbal of 06w], pZawi, 
 of trees, v. 3. 12. 
 
 <j>vw, (pmw, e(pv(ra and eipvv, iri- 
 (f)lKa, i(pvriv \_cf. Lat. /?«, / laaSi 
 
 Ellg. BE, BOOR, BOOTH, BY-/aW, CU- 
 
 phuism, im-p, neo-phyte, physic^., 
 bring forth, produce, of plants, i. 
 4. 10. 
 
 #<dKats, iSos, 7] [$t6/coia, Pho- 
 caea'], a Phocaean woman, woman 
 of Phocaoa, an Important Ionian 
 city northwest of Smyrna. The 
 name of the woman in i. 10. 2 was 
 Milto {cf. fiikTos, red ochre) from 
 her red cheeks, but Cyrus called 
 her Aspasia. She became the fa- 
 vourite of Artaxerxes. 
 
 (|>«v^, 7js [R. <j)a], tone, voice, 
 Lat. ubx, ii. 6. 9, vii. 3. 25; lan- 
 guage, dialect, Lat. lingua, iii. i. 
 26, iv. 8. 4. 
 
 <|>ws, <Pwt6s, to [R. 4>a], light, 
 brightness, Lat. lux, iii. i. 12, vii. 
 2. 18. Phrase: eTrei 0ws iy^vero, 
 lohen day broke, vi. 3. 2. 
 
 X. 
 
 XaCpci) (xa/)-), xttt/'T^''''^) KexdprjKa, 
 Kexdprjixai and k^x'^PMI'? 2 aor. pass, 
 as act. ix^^PV [R- XO'PIi 't'^Joice, 
 be glad, with partic, vii. 2. 4. 
 Phrases : ot^re x'^^/^oi'Tes &»< dTraXXd- 
 ^ttixe, ?/0M wouldnH get off scot-free, 
 V. 6. 32 ; ei'a xa^P^"' (from the use 
 of imv. xa''pf;./«''f^«e?Oi '^s let go, 
 he gam %ip, vii. 3. 23. 
 
 XaX.8aioi, ot, the Chaldaeans, a 
 brave and independent tribe in 
 Armenia on the upper courses of 
 the Euphrates, identified by Xen. 
 with the Chalybes, iv. 3. 4, v. 5. 17 
 {cf iv. 4. 18). The Chaldaeans of 
 Babylonia are thought to have 
 come from this region. 
 
 XaXeiraCvo) (xaXeTrai'-), x"^f- 
 
 Xe7r6sJ, be severe, be angry or vio- 
 lent, be provoked or offended, abs.. 
 
 or with dat., i. 4. 12, 5. 11, iv. 5. 
 16, V. 5. 24 ; with 6ti and a clause, 
 gve/co and gen., or gen. of cause, i. 
 
 5. 14, V. 8. 20, vii. 6. 32 ; pass., be 
 provoked, with dat. of pers., iv. 
 6.2. 
 
 XaXeiros, ■^, i>v, hard to bear, 
 grievous, painfid, Lat. grauis, iii, 
 I. 13; hard to deal loith, difficidt, 
 hard, troublesome, Lat. difficilis, 
 abs. or with inf., ii. 6. 24, iii. 2. 2, 
 iv. 8. 2, V. 2. 20, vi. 6. 13, vii. 7. 28 ; 
 of persons, severe, stern, harsh, 
 Lat. diirus, ii. 6. 9, 12 ; of an en- 
 emy, dangerous, i. 3. 12 ; of dogs, 
 savage, fierce, v. 8. 24; subst., 
 t6 xaXeTrii/, severity, sternness, ii. 
 
 6. 11, of the wind, violence, iv. 
 5-4. 
 
 XaXeirws, adv. [xaXc7r6s], hardly, 
 loith difficulty, p>ainfully, Lat. 
 aegre, iii. 3. 13, 4. 47. Phrases : 
 xaXcTTcDs (pipeiv, see (/)^/)w, i. 3. 3 ; 
 xaXeTTiDs exeif, be angry, vi. 4. 
 16. 
 
 XaXivow, exaX'i'wcro, -Kex'^Xfj'co- 
 ;aai [xaXiv6s, 6, fen'dZe], bridle, put 
 on a bridle, iii. 4. 35. The bridle, 
 or xaXIcis, consisted of bit, head- 
 stall, and reins. The bit was gen- 
 erally a snaffle, the two ends of 
 which were joined under the jaw 
 by a strap or chain, to which a 
 leading rein was sometimes at- 
 tached. For the headstall, see the 
 illu.strations under lipua 0^o. 8), 
 iinrddpoixos (No. 31), K^pas (No. 35), 
 and esp. wpop.eTuvlbiov. The last 
 shows the frontlet and cheek- 
 pieces designed to protect the head 
 of the horse. 
 
 XaXKcos, a, ov, contr. x^Xkovs, 
 ^, ovv [xaX/c6s], made of bronze, 
 bronze, Lat. aeneus, i. 2. 16, v. 2. 
 29. 
 
 XoXkos, 6, copper, Lat. aes ; also 
 bronze, a compound made of cop- 
 per and tin, used in the manufac- 
 ture of armour, hence x<»Xk6s rts, 
 bronze armour here and there, i. 
 8. 8.^ 
 
 XaXK(i)|ia, aros, to [xaXK6c<;, make 
 
235 
 
 Xd\os-x*''po''''o'T'"os 
 
 in bronze, xa^K<5s]) copper or bronze 
 vessel, iv. i. 8. 
 
 XdXoS) 6, the Chains, a river in 
 the northern part of Syria, flowing 
 by Beroe, i. 4. 9. 
 
 " Xd\vP«s, i^v, oi [cf. Eng. chalybe- 
 ate^, the Chah/bes, Chalybians, a 
 brave and warlike tribe in Pontus 
 on the frontier of Armenia, iv. 4. 
 
 18, 5. 34, 6. 5, iv. 7. 15. Others 
 nearer the coast were subject to 
 the Mossynoeci, and lived by iron 
 working, v. 5. 1. (See XaXSaroi.) 
 
 XapdSpd, ds, bed of a torrent, 
 gorge, ravine, iii. 4. 1, iv. 2. 3, v. 
 2. 3, vi. 3. 5. 
 
 XapdK(o|ta, aros, to [xapctKOw, 
 fence with a palisade, xiipa^, stake, 
 paW], palisaded place, stockade, v. 
 2. 26. 
 
 XapCcis, Uffffa, lev [R. \a.p'], 
 graceful, of a plan, pretty, clever, 
 iii. 5. 12. 
 
 X(>'pCto|^<i''' (.X^P'-^')i xap'oO/xat, 
 eXop'COM^i', Kex'ipi.a'fiai [R. X^P]' 
 shoio kindness, gratify, favour, 
 please, oblige, Lat. grdtificor, abs., 
 with dat., or with dat. of pars, and 
 ace. of tiling, i. 9, 24, ii. i. 10, 3. 
 
 19, V. 3. 6, vii. 6. 2. Phrase: riv 
 T({5 dvixi^i xaptfw/ie^ct, i/ we indulge 
 our anger, vii. i. 25. 
 
 Xdpis, tTos, 17 [R. x^p]) gracious- 
 ness, love, favour felt, thanks, 
 gratitude, Lat. gratia. Phrases: 
 xa.pivel5ivai, be grateful, feel thank- 
 ful, Lat. grdtids habere, abs., with 
 dat. of pers., and gen. of cause, i. 
 4. 15, vii. 4. 9, 6. 32 ; so x^P"' e'x""? 
 ii. 5. 14, vi. I. 26; x^P'*' a-irodda-ei, 
 he will return the favour, Lat. grd- 
 tids referet, i. 4. 15 ; toU deots x°-P'-^ 
 8ti, thank the gods that, iii. 3. 
 14. 
 
 XapjjLdvSt), 7JS, Charmande, a 
 large city in the northeastern part 
 of Arabia, on the Euphrates, i. 5. 
 10. (Hit.) 
 
 Xapjxtvos, 6, Charminus, a Spar- 
 tan sent by Thibron to ask the 
 Cyreans to join him, vii. 6. 1, 7. 
 13, 56. 
 
 X€i(i.(ov, (icos, 6 [c/. x'^i^"]) rain- 
 storm, bad iceather, storm, iv. i. 
 15, V. 8. 20; winter, the cold, Lat. 
 hiems, i. 7. 6, v. 8. 14, vii. 6. 9, 
 24. 
 
 X€ip, x^'po'i V [R- X*P]i hand, 
 Lat. manus, i. 5. 8, 10. 1, ii. 3. II, 
 5. 33, iii. I. 17, 2. 33, v. 6. 33, vi. 
 I. 8, vii. 3. 5. Phrases: eh x«pas 
 eXdelv, UvaL, 5^xf<''^a'» see the verbs, 
 i. 2. 26, iv. 3. 31, 7, 15 ; oi iK x"- 
 pos pdWovres, see ^dWui, iii. 3. 15 ; 
 e/c TtDv xe'pw" ^I-Gol, Stones thrown 
 merely with the hand (i.e. without 
 slings), v. 2. 14; e/c x^'po's, hand 
 to hand, Lat. comminus, v. 4. 
 25. 
 
 X€i.pi(ro<)>oSi 0, Chirisophus, a 
 Spartan, sent by the Ephors to 
 join Cyrus with 700 troops, i. 4. 3. 
 After the death of Cyrus he was 
 one of the envoys sent to offer the 
 throne of Persia to Ariaeus, ii. i. 
 5, 2. 1. On the death of the gen- 
 erals he encouraged the troops and 
 was chosen to command the van, 
 iii. 2. 1, 37, iv. 1.6. Although pre- 
 viously unacquainted with Xeno- 
 phon, iii. i. 45, he became very 
 friendly to him, iv. 5. 33, and they 
 had but one disagreement during 
 the retreat, iv. 6. 3. From Trape- 
 zus he went to ask Anaxibius for 
 ships for the army, v. i. 3, 4, 3. 1, 
 but returned unsuccessful to Si- 
 nope, vi. 1. 16, where he was chosen 
 commander in chief, vi. i. 32, an 
 office which he held only a week, 
 vi. 2. 12, 14. Thence with a small 
 force he marched to Calpe, vi. 2. 
 14, 18, 3. 10, where he died, vi. 4. 
 11. 
 
 XCipoofjiai, x^'P'^<''OMCi'i exetpwcrd- 
 fi7]v, KexelpojiJ-ai [R. x*P]» handle, 
 get into one''s power, subdue, vii. 3. 
 11? 
 
 X€ipoirXt]OT)s, ^J [R. x*P + R- 
 irXa], hand-filling, as large as the 
 hand toill hold, iii. 3. 17. 
 
 XtipoiroCtjTOs, ov [R. x«p + iroi€w], 
 made by the hand of man, artifi- 
 cial, iv. 3. 5. 
 
\ilpo)v-xi&v 
 
 236 
 
 X£ip(i>v, ov, gen. ovos, used as 
 coiuiJ. of KaK6s [R. x*P]> i'^orse, of 
 persons, inferior, v. 2. 13. Phrase : 
 xelpbv ea-Ti avr^, it is the loorsefor 
 him, vii. 6. 4, 39. 
 
 XeppovTio-os, v [x^ppos, 6, main- 
 land + vavs^, land-island, penin- 
 sula, vi. 2. 2 ; without an explana- 
 tory adj. the Chersonese ovThracian 
 Vhersonesus is meant, a penin- 
 sula stretching along the Helles- 
 pont opposite the Asiatic coast, 
 and consisting mostly of low hills. 
 It contained Ionic cities which 
 were founded in early times. The 
 elder Miltiades formed it into 
 a Graeco-Thracian principality 
 about 550 b.c, and after the Per- 
 sian war it was administered as 
 an Athenian possession until con- 
 quered by Macedonia in 343 b.c. 
 i. I. 9, ii. 6. 2, V. 6. 25, vii. 6. 
 14. 
 
 XilXrj, •^s, hoof, cloven hoof; 
 hence, from its projecting shape, 
 breakwater, mole, vii. i. 17. 
 
 X^v, xv^^i 0, 7) [c/. Lat. dnser, 
 goose, Eng. gander, goose], goose, 
 i. 9. 26. 
 
 X6«'s, adv. [c/. Lat. heri, yester- 
 day, Eng. YESTEK-day], yesterday, 
 vi. 4. 18. 
 
 xtXioi, at, a, thousand, Lat. mille, 
 i. 2. 3, iii. 4. 2, vi. i. 15. 
 
 \l\6s, 6, green fodder, forage, 
 provender, i. 5. 7, 9. 27, iv. 5. 25 ; 
 with ^rjpSs, hay, iv. 5. 33. 
 
 XiXow [x«X6s], fodder, feed, of 
 horses, vii. 2. 21. 
 
 X^Hiaipa, ds [c/. Eng. chimaera], 
 she-goat, Lat. capra, iii. 2. 12. 
 
 Xios, 6 [Xios, 7], Chios'], a Chian, 
 native of Chios, iv. i. 28, 6. 20, an 
 island in the Aegean west of Lydia, 
 famous for the manufacture of wine 
 and mastic. (Scio.) ' 
 
 XiTt&v, wvos, 6, under garment, 
 chiton, corresponding in use to the 
 Roman tunica. The garment in its 
 simplest form was a double piece 
 of cloth, oblong in shape, and 
 somewhat wider than the breadth 
 
 of the chest, one-half of which cov- 
 ered the front of the body, the other 
 the back. One side was closed by 
 the fold of the cloth, the other was 
 left open. The chiton was fastened 
 on each shoulder by brooches, and 
 the arms were thrust through the 
 holes just beyond these, the sides of 
 the garment dropping. But it might 
 have either full or half -sleeves, and 
 the open side was often closed by 
 a seam. It was confined over the 
 hips by the girdle, ^uivq, q.v. This 
 garment, corre- 
 sponding to the 
 modern shirt or 
 shift, was worn 
 next the person 
 by both men 
 and women. 
 But at Athens, 
 the men's chi- 
 ton was of wool 
 and came only 
 to the knees, the 
 woman's was 
 of linen and 
 reached to the 
 feet. For the latter see s.v. (ptdXr], 
 the figures at the centre and at the 
 left, and s.v. kXtvt], the woman's 
 figure. The soldier wore it under 
 his cuirass, v. 2. 15. See the illus- 
 trations s.v. apfia (No. 8), do-ir/s 
 (No. 10), ed)pa^, Kvrjfjds (No. 39), 
 and ottXittjs. The chiton was, 
 like the lyadrtoj' (q.v.), often orna- 
 mented, and might be of brilliant 
 colour, i. 2. 16. The under gar- 
 ments of Persian noblemen were 
 expensive, i. 5. 8 ; the Macronians 
 wore them made of hair, iv. 8. 3. 
 Those of the Thracians, x'-'^'^"^^ 
 irepl Tois p.t)poh, vii. 4. 4, seem to 
 have been shirt and trousers com- 
 bined. 
 
 XiTwvto-Kos, [dim. of x''''""]* 
 short chiton, Lat. tunicula, not 
 reaching to the knees, v. 4. 13. 
 
 Xiwv, 6vos, T) [c/. Lat. hiems, 
 winter], snow, Lat. nix, iv. 4. 8, 
 11,5. 36, V. 3. 3, vii. 3. 42. 
 
 No. 77. 
 
237 
 
 xXa(jLvs-XP<5vos 
 
 X\a|xvst vSoi, 7], cloak, mantle, 
 chlamys, a garment worn esp. by 
 horsemen, vii.4. 
 4, but also by 
 the foot soldier 
 on the march 
 and by travel- 
 lers in general. 
 It was an ob- 
 long piece of 
 cloth thrown 
 over the left 
 shoulder, the 
 open ends of 
 which were fas- 
 tened over the 
 right shoulder 
 by a brooch. It 
 was thus distin- 
 guished from the 
 No. 78. iixdriov (q.V.), 
 
 which confined 
 one and sometimes both of the 
 arms. 
 
 Xoivig, iKos, i), choenix, an Attic 
 dry measure, i. 5. 6, containing 1.094 
 liters, or nearly one quart U. S. 
 dry measure. Forty-eight xo^vlkcs 
 made one fx48ifivos, q.v. 
 
 XoCpcios, d, ov [xoipos], of swine ; 
 Kpia. xoi-P^'-^'-i pork, iv. 5. 31. 
 
 Xoipos, 6, i), young pig, porker, 
 Lat. porciis, vii. 8. 5. 
 
 Xop€V(o, x°P^^<^^i ^tC- [xopo's], 
 
 dance, Lat. salto, iv. 7. 16, v. 4. 17. 
 
 Xopos, 6 [cf. Eng. choir, chorus], 
 
 dance, band of dancers, chorus, 
 
 tragic or comic, v. 4. 12. 
 
 Xopros, 6, fodder, grass, i. 5. 5, 
 ii. 4. 11, with Kod(j>os, hay, i. 5. 10. 
 Xpdofiat, xPV'^of^"'-'-! ^XPV^o^/^Vi 
 Kixpvp-0.1-, and pass. ixP'O'^^Wi use, 
 make use of, employ, Lat. utor, 
 abs. or with dat., i. 4. 8, 9. 5, ii. i. 
 12, iii. 2. 21, iv. 4. 13, v. 4. 28, vi. i. 
 9 ; with two dats. or eh and ace, 
 ii. 1.6, iii. 4. 17, iv. 2. 28, v. i. 16; 
 with an ace, as rl ^ovXerai i]fuv 
 xprjcrdai, what does he want to use 
 us for, i. 3. 18, cf. ii. 1. 14, iii. i.40, 
 v. 4. 9, vii. 2. 31 ; treat, of persons, 
 with two dats. the second being 
 
 sometimes preceded by tJs, i. 4. 15, 
 ii. 5. 11, 6. 25, vii. 2. 25 ; enjoy, have, 
 find, i. 3. 5, 9. 17, ii. 6. 13, iv. i. 22, 
 6. 3. Phrases : npa^is Trapair\r}a-id 
 oig-wep ixPV'''^ ^"is ^evoLS, a business 
 like that in which he used merce- 
 naries, i. 3. 18 ; o'iiTus aiirois xp^c^e 
 w(Tirep d^iov, treat them exactly as 
 they deserve, v. 7. 5 ; XPV'^^'^'- ^ ti- 
 CLP ^ovXri, to deal with them as you 
 please, vi. 6. 20. 
 
 XP^> -XP'nceh -^XPVO'e, impers., it 
 is necessary, one must, it is need- 
 ful, with inf. or ace. and inf., i. 3. 
 
 11, 4. 14, ii. 2. 4, 5. 27, iii. 2. 24, 
 V. 7. 5, vi. 3. 18, vii. 5. 9. 
 
 XPtitw {xPV^-)i need, want, long, 
 desire, wish, abs. or with inf., i. 3. 
 20, ii. 5. 2, iii. 4. 41, v. 5. 2. 
 
 XP^lli-a, aros, r6 [xpao/iat], a 
 thing of use; pi., men's things, 
 p7-0yei-ty of any sort, goods, pos- 
 sessions, effects, chattels, i. 3. 14, 
 4. 8, 10. 18, ii. 4. 27, iii. i. 37, v. 2. 
 4, vi. 6. 1 ; esp. money, i. i. 9, 2. 
 
 12, 9. 12, ii. 6.5, vi. 4.8, vii. 6.41. 
 
 XptlllttTlO-TlKOS, "n, Of IxpvP'O-- 
 
 tL^w, transact business, xp^/""], 
 pertaining to money-making; of 
 an omen, portending gain, vi. i. 
 23. 
 
 Xpiivai, see xPV- 
 
 XpTJo-Oai, see xp°^op.ai. 
 
 XPTJo-ifAos, y), ov, and os, ov [xp^- 
 o-ts, use, xP<^op.ai\, of iise, useful, 
 valuable, serviceable, Lat. utilis, 
 of persons and things, abs. or with 
 dat., i. 6. 1, ii. 5. 23, iii. 4. 17, v. 
 6.1. 
 
 XpiK't'^ 01' XP^<'"K'°'> o-TO^i TO \_XP^'^i 
 cf. Eng. chrism], unguent, oint- 
 ment, iv. 4. 13. 
 
 Xpto), xP^'^'^1 ^XP'^'^^i '^^XP'-i'^^P-^'-i 
 ixpic^vv [cf. Lat. frio, rub, Eng. 
 GRIND, GRIST, Christ], touch slightly, 
 rub, anoint; mid., anoint oneself, 
 iv. 4. 12. 
 
 Xpovos, 6 \_cf. Eng. ana-chronism, 
 chrono-logy, chrono-meter'], time, 
 season, period, Lat. tempus, i. 8. 8, 
 22, ii. I. 17, 3. 22, iii. 4. 12, 36, iv. 
 2. 17, v. 2. 11, 8. 1, vi. 3. 20, 6. 13, 
 
xpco"£os-4'Ti4>c5'' 
 
 238 
 
 vii. 8. 19. Phrases : iro\{>v xP^''ov, 
 for a long while, i. 3. 2 ; ttoXXoC 
 Xp(>vov, in a long while, i. 9. 25. 
 
 XP^<r«os, y), ov, contr. xp^trovs, ij, 
 ovv [xpWds], golden, of gold, i. 2. 
 
 10, 27, 7. 7 ; gilded, gold moi'Med, 
 i. 2. 27, 8. 29, V. 3. 12. 
 
 Xpv<rtov, t6 [dim. of xpii(j-6s], a 
 piece or gold, coined gold, gold, i. 
 I. 9, 7." 18, vii. 8.1. 
 
 Xpvo-oiroXis, ews, rj, Chrysopolis, > 
 a city on the Bosporus, opposite . 
 Byzantium. It was subject to ! 
 Chalcedon, vi. 3. 16, 6. 38. (Scu- 
 tari.) 
 
 Xpi<r6s, 6 [c/. Eng. gold, chrys- 
 alis, chryso-lite'], gold, Lat. awntra, 
 iii. I. 19. 
 
 Xpv<roxdXivos, ov [xpWis-f X"*^'" 
 vis, 6, hridW], loith gold mounted 
 bridle, of a horse, i. 2. 27. 
 
 X<opd, as [c/. xwposji i'?«ce, esp. 
 one's assigned pZace, in a military 
 sense, position, post, station, i. 8. 
 17, iii. 4. 33, iv. 8. 15, vi. 4. 11 ; 
 station in society, office, rank, see 
 phrases ; land, region, country, 
 very freq., i. i. 11, 5. 5, 6. 7, ii. i. 
 
 11, iii. 4. 31, iv. 5. 34, v. 2. 3, vi. 6. 
 1, vii. 7. 33. Plirases : Kara x'^pa*' 
 iOevTO TO. 6ir\a, see Tidr]fj.i ; iv dv- 
 dpaTToduv X'^p? i(r6/jL€da, we shall 
 pass for slaves, Lat. seruorum loco 
 erirnus, v. 6. 13 ; iv cvoefiiq, x'^P9 
 effovrai, they will have no place, be 
 of no account, v. 7. 28. 
 
 XwpcW} x'^P'^'^'^1 ^X'^P'O'^'"-! K^X^' 
 prjKa, -K'exwp>;/xai, -ex^^pv^V [X'^P''^], 
 give place, withdraiv, move, move 
 on, advance, march, of persons, 
 i. 10. 13, ii. 4. 10, iv. 7. 11, v. 4. 26 ; 
 of missiles, with 5ici and gen., pen- 
 etrate, iv. 2. 28 ; of measures, hold, 
 contain, i. 5. 6. 
 
 X^pCt'^) ^X'^P'""'*) K€XIJ>pi<^P-0-i, ^X^' 
 
 pladriv [xwpis], se< o^^rtr^ detach, 
 vi. 5. 11 ; separate, pass., 6e remote, 
 differ from, with gen., v. 4. 34. 
 
 X<opiov, TO [dim. of x^pos], space, 
 spot, place, iii. 3. 9, iv. i. 16, 2. 28, 
 V. 2. 2, vii. I. 24 ; piece of land, 
 estate, v. 3. 7 ; place, of towns and 
 
 cities, i. 4. 6, iii. 4, 24, v. 2. 3, vii. 
 8. 15, esp. when fortified by nature 
 or art, hence, stronghold, fortress, 
 i. 2. 24, ii. 5. 7, V. i. 17, 4. 31. 
 
 Xwpis, adv., separately, apart, 
 by oneself or themselves, iii. 5. 17, 
 vi. 6. 2, vii. 2. 11 ; as prep, with 
 gen., apart or away from, i. 4. 13. 
 
 Xwpos, 6 [f/. x^pci, Eng. an- 
 choret^, a particular place, piece 
 of ground, estate, v. 3. 10, 11, 13; 
 country, in the phrase /cord Toiis 
 xdjpovs, up and down the country, 
 vii. 2. 3, 
 
 ^dpos, 6, (Ae Psarus, a large 
 river, rising in Cataonia, and flow- 
 ing southwesterly through Cilicia 
 into the Mediten-anean, i. 4. 1. 
 (Seihiin.) 
 
 >|/4-y(o, -^i^ti), €i/'efa, blame, dis- 
 parage, vii. 7. 43. 
 
 \|»^X,iov or <|/A.- 
 Xiov, TO, armlet, 
 bracelet, Lat. ar- 
 jfti7Zff, worn by 
 men among the 
 Persians as a mark 
 of distinction, i. 
 2. 27, 5. 8, 8. 29. 
 
 \|/£v8£V€8pd, as 
 [^ei;5i}s+R. o-eS], ^°- ^''• 
 
 sham ambuscade, v. 2. 28. 
 
 \|f€v8ifis, es [i/'ei55w], /aZse, lying, 
 untrue, Lat. falsus, ii. 4.24 ; subst., 
 Tii ipev^Tj, lies, ii. 6. 26. 
 
 \|;evS(0, ypeijcru, e\f/€V(ra, e^evff/xat, 
 ixpeiffd-nv \_cf. Eng. pseud -onym'], 
 deceive, Lat. /a/?o, mid., be deceit- 
 ful, lie, cheat, deceive, act falsely, 
 with ace. or 7rp6s and ace. of pers., 
 i. 3. 5, 10 ; abs., with ace, or irepl 
 and gen. of thing, i. 9. 7, ii. 6. 22, 
 28, V. 6. 35, vii. 6. 15 ; pass., be de- 
 ceived, abs. or with ace, i. 8. 11, ii. 
 2. 13, iii. 2. 31. 
 
 v{;Y](j>i^ci> (\pr]<pid-) , \j/7]<f>iw, hp'^cpi- 
 ffa, -e\f/T^(l>iKa, ^ij^wr/xai, i^ri<f>la07jv 
 [i/'^0os], reckon xoith pebbles; as 
 
239 
 
 \)ffi4>os-wpd 
 
 dep. mid., vote, resolve, decree, de- 
 cide, with ace, inf., or ace. and 
 inf., i. 4. 15, iii. 2. 31, v. i. 4, vi. 2. 
 12, vii. 7. 18. 
 
 »|ffi<j>os, V [rf. xf/du, rub'], pebble, 
 esp. as used for voting, vote, ballot, 
 Lat. suffrdyium, v. 8. 21 ; lienee, 
 decree, sentence, see e7rd7w, vii. 7. 
 57. 
 
 \|/i\6s, ■^j (>v [c/. i/'dw, rwi], 
 stripped, naked, bare, i. 8. 6 ; of a 
 couutiy, barren, i- 5. 5 ; as subst., 
 oi ypiKol, light-armed soldiers, light 
 troops, iii. 3. 7, v. 2. 10, see s.v. 
 ■yvfiv-^s and ireXraffTrjs. 
 
 \|/iX6(i), xplXdjaii}, iiptXucra, ixj/lXiI)- 
 6r)v [i/'t\6s], s^n^), ?Ha^-e bare, Lat. 
 MMrfo ; pass., be deprived of, cleared 
 of, or left by, witli gen., i. 10. 13, 
 iv. 3. 27. 
 
 «|/0()>€(i>, i\j/6<f>i]<ra [i/'o'^os], make 
 a sound, resound, ring, iv. 3. 29. 
 
 \|/<5({>os, o, noise, iv. 2. 4. 
 
 4'iix'<i> 575 [cf. i^vx'^i blow, breathe, 
 Eug. psychic, psycho-logy, metem- 
 psychosis], breath of life, Lat. 
 anima, lience life, soul, spirit, 
 heart, serving also for Lat. animus. 
 Plirases : exofiev ^vxois dfieivovas, 
 we have braver spirits, i.e. more 
 courage, iii. i. 23, cf 42 ; ras eav- 
 Twv i/'Dxas xal ffufiara, their oxon 
 lives and bodies, iii. 2. 20 ; iK rijs 
 ^^XV^i from the bottom of my 
 heart, Lat. ex animo, vii. 7. 43. 
 
 \|/{iXos, ous, TO [c/. fvx^, blow, 
 breathe], cold, Ijat. frigus, iv. 5. 12, 
 vii. 4. 3 ; pi., intense cold, frost, iii. 
 1.23. 
 
 SI. 
 
 a, exclamation, 0, frequently pre- 
 fixed to the vocative, generally left 
 untranslated on account of its rarity 
 in this use in English, i. 4. 16, 6. 7, 
 ii. I. 10, v. 5. 13, vii. 2. 24. 
 
 w, see 8s. 
 
 wSe, adv. [6'5e], as follows, thus, 
 in the following manner, i. i. 6, iii. 
 
 I. 27, iv. 6. 7, v. 4. 12; dd^ ttws, 
 somewhat as follows, i. 7. 9, 
 
 11)8^1, rjs [^5w, cf. Eng. ode, com- 
 edy, par-ody, pros-ody], song, Lat. 
 carmen, iv. 3. 27. 
 
 (bSoiroiTiixcvT], see odoiroiiui. 
 
 wcTo, u)T|9T]o"av, see oio/Mat,. 
 
 wOew (c<5(^-), wo-w and poetic 
 iiO^ffio, ewcra, fuia/xai, iJiffdriP, push, 
 shove ; mid., push out of one''s way, 
 shove out, v?ith eK and gen., iii. 4. 
 48. 
 
 w6i(r(i,6s,6 [wdl^o/xaiyjostle, ud^u], 
 a pushing, a jostling, v. 2. 17. 
 
 b)Ko86|jiT]TO, see oiKodofiiw. 
 
 ufjiopoeiosi a, ov, or (0|ioP6i.vos, y], 
 ov [ci;/i6s+ K. PoF], of raw ox-hide, 
 made of untanned ox-hide, iv. 7. 22, 
 26, vii. 3. 32. 
 
 w|ios, o [c/. Lat. umerus, shoul- 
 der], the upper arm, shoulder, vi. 
 5.25. 
 
 <o|j.6s, ij, 61/ [cf. Lat. amdrus, bit- 
 ter], raw, uncooked, Lat. crudus, 
 iv. 8. 14 ; hence, of persons, rough, 
 cruel, fierce, ii. 6. 12. 
 
 o>)j.o(rav, see 6ixvviJi.i. 
 
 a>v£0|j,ai, wvf)<TOfj.ai, €uiv7]/iai, pass. 
 f(j}vqdr)v (for 2 aor. mid., €irpid/j,-nv is 
 used, seeirpidcrdai) [civos, 6, ^j?-ice], 
 6m?/, purchase, Lat. ejjzo, ii. 3. 27, 
 V. 3. 7, vii. 2. 38, 3. 13 ; with gen. 
 of price, iii. i. 20, v. i. 6, vii. 6. 24. 
 
 wvTJoraTc, see ovtvrifM. 
 
 wvios, a. Of [wTOs, 6, pj-iVe], pMr- 
 chaseable, for sale, Lat. uendlis ; 
 subst., TO. <ivia, wares, goods, i. 2. 
 18,_ vii. 6. 24. 
 
 uovTO, see otofiai. 
 
 'fims, tSos, ^, Opis, a city on the 
 Physcus, near the Tigris, in As- 
 syria, ii. 4. 25. 
 
 wpd, ds [c/. Eng. TEAK, hour, 
 horoscope], fixed time, period ; of 
 the year, season, i. 4. 10, ii. 3. 13 ; 
 of the day, tiine, hour, Lat. hora, 
 iii. 5. 18, iv. 8. 21, vi. 5. I ; in gen- 
 eral, the right or proper time for 
 doing anything, opportunity, abs., 
 with inf., or dat. of pers. and inf., 
 i. 3. 11, 12, iii. 4. 34, iv. 6. 16, v. 7. 
 12, vi. 3. 20, vii. 3. 34. 
 
b)paiOS-WT(s 
 
 240 
 
 (bpaios, a, ov \_wpa'\, at the right 
 time, seasonable, of fruits, in their 
 season, v. 3. 12 ; of persons, in the 
 bloom of youth, ii. 6. 28 ; subst., 
 TO. ojpaia, fruits of the season, v. 
 
 3- 9- 
 
 ojpjiTjvTo, see opixiu. 
 
 «s, originally a rel. adv. of man- 
 ner [c/. 6s], but developed into a 
 great variety of uses. 
 
 Rel. adv., as, Lat. ut, v?ith verbs, 
 i. 4. 5, 6. 3, 9. 1, ii. 4. 23, iv. 8. 12, 
 V. 8. 25, vi. 3. 25, 4. 18, vii. i. 27 ; 
 with subst. or adj., i. i. 2, ii. 5. 3, iii. 
 3. 2, V. 3. 12, 5. 19 ; so with preps., 
 i. 2. 1, 4, 8. 23, ii. 5. 30, iv. 3. 11, vi. 
 
 1. 9; with circumstantial parties. 
 us shows that the partic. contains 
 a thought or assertion of the sub- 
 ject of the leading verb, or of some 
 other person prominent in the sen- 
 tence, without implying that it is 
 the thought of the speaker or writer, 
 and hence it may be rendered, ace. 
 to the context and the kind of cir- 
 cumstantial partic, as if, just as, 
 thinking that, on the ground that, 
 with the avowed intention, as 
 though, etc., i. i. 3, 11, 2. 1, 19, ii. 3. 
 29, 4. 8, 6, 2, iii. i. 17, 2. 11, iv. 2. 
 5, vi. 5. 28, vii. i. 7, 8. 16, so with 
 gen. or ace. abs., i. i. 6, ii. i. 21, 
 iii. 4. 3, V. 2. 12, vi. 4. 22 ; vrith the 
 absolute inf., w's ffweXbvn eiire'iv, to 
 put it briefly, iii. i . 38 ; with nu- 
 merals, about, i. 2. 4, 6. 1, 7. 15, cf 
 vi. 5. 11, and the phrase ws eirl rb 
 TToXtj, for the most part, generally, 
 iii. I. 42, 43, 4. 35 ; of degree, with 
 adjs. and advs., hotv, iii. i. 40, iv. 
 1. 20, vi. 6. 32, esp. with sups., Lat. 
 quam, as oJs /jidXia-ra, as much as 
 possible, i. i. 6, c/. 3. 14, ii. 2. 12, 
 5. 14, iii. I. 38, iv. 6. 1. As an im- 
 proper prep., only of persons, to, i. 
 
 2. 4, ii. 3. 29, 6. 1, vii. 7. 55. 
 Conj., of time, as, when, after, 
 
 with indie, i. i. 4, 5. 12, 8. 18, iv. 
 
 3. 27, V. 2. 6, vii. I. 19, ws rdxt^cra, 
 as soon as, iv. 3. 9 ; introducing in- 
 dir. disc, like Sn, that, i. i. 3, 3. 5, 4. 
 8, ii. 1. 14, 5. 6, vi. i. 30 ; causal, as. 
 
 when, since, for, because, Lat. ut, 
 with indie, ii. 4. 17, v. 8. 10, vi. i. 
 32 ; final, denoting purpose, that, 
 in order that, Lat. ut, with subjv. 
 or opt., i. 3. 14, 9. 28, ii. 4. 17, iii. 
 
 1. 18, iv. 6. 15, V. 7. 18, once with 
 indie, vii. 6. 23, with S.v and subjv., 
 ii. 5. 16, vi. 3. 18 ; consecutive, de- 
 noting result, so as, so that, with 
 inf., ii. 3. 10, iii. 5. 7, v. 6. 12, 
 freq. of an intended result, i. 5. 10, 
 8. 10, 15, iv. 3. 29, 6. 13, v. 2. 12, 
 so with comps., as ^pax'^repa rj oJs 
 i^LKvetadai, too short to reach, iii. 
 
 3. 7, rarely with indie, vi. i. 5. 
 «!)S, adv., thus, so, like ovrus ; 
 
 ou5' ws, not even under these cir- 
 cumstances, i. 8. 21, iii. 2. 23, vi. 
 
 4. 22. 
 
 wo-avTws, adv. [ws-j- avT6s], in 
 this same %my, likewise, just so, 
 iii. 2. 23, iv. 7. 13, v. 6. 9, vii. 3. 
 22. 
 
 «3or6', see wa-re. 
 
 «<riv, see eifxi. 
 
 (txrCv, see o5s. 
 
 wo-Tr€p, rel. adv. of manner [ws], 
 like as, just as, even as, as it were, 
 like, used like oJs before substs., 
 adjs., verbs, and preps., i. 4. 12, 5. 
 3, 8, 8. 20, ii. 4. 10, 6. 6, iv. 3. 5, 
 V. I. 2, vi. 5. 31, vii. 2. 27 ; with a 
 conditional partic. in gen. abs., i. 
 3. 16, so with ace abs., uxrirep 
 e^6v,just as if we might, iii. i. 14. 
 Phrases : wawep elxev, just as he 
 ivas, iv. I. 19 ; uxrwep Kal vvv, ex- 
 actly as at present, vii. 3. 10. 
 
 wa-Ti, rel. adv. [us+t^1,so as, so 
 that, with mdie, i. i. 8, 3. 10, 8. 
 13, 10. 19, ii. 3. 26, iii. 3. 11, v. 4. 
 20 ; with inf., i. i. 5, 4. 8, 5, 13, ii. 
 
 2. 17, iv. 2. 27, V. 6. 25, 7. 7, vi. i. 
 31, vii. I. 41; on condition that, 
 provided that, with inf., ii. 6. 6, v. 
 6. 26, vii. 4. 12. 
 
 «Ta, see o5s. 
 
 wT€, in the phrase 4(j) vre, see 
 iTrt. 
 
 oiTtiKii, Tjs, wound, hence, scar 
 i. 9. 6. 
 ■ wtCs, iSoj, 7), bustard, i. 5. 2, 3. 
 
241 
 
 ci)(|>e\c-w<}>Xc 
 
 «4>€\£, see 6(pel\w. 
 
 bi^iXiot, w(p€\-Q<Tw, etc. [30e\os3, 
 helj), succour, assist, benefit, be of 
 use or of service, Lat. iiiuo, abs., 
 with ace, or two aces., i. i. 9, 3. 
 6, iii. 3. 18, V. 6. 30, vii. 6. 11; pass.. 
 
 be helped, derive profit or advan- 
 tage, V. I. 12. 
 
 (o<{>(Xi|i,os, ov [w^eX^w], helping, 
 useful, serviceable, i. 6. 2, iv. i. 23. 
 
 b>4>0T]|i€v, see opdu. 
 
 o><{>Xe, see 6(p\i(7Kdi'u. 
 
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 This list gives the immediate sources of the preceding seventy -nine 
 illustrations. The original sources are generally stated in the books 
 to which reference is here made. Those referred to oftenest are the 
 following : — 
 
 Baumeister, Denkmciler des klassischen AUertums. 3 vols. Miin- 
 chen und Leipzig, R. Oldenbourg, 1885-1888. 
 
 Guhl and Koner, The Life of the Greeks and Romans, translated 
 from the third German edition. New York, D. Appleton and Com- 
 pany, 1876. 
 
 Hope, The Costume of the Ancients, new edition. 2 vols. London, 
 Chatto and Windus, 1875. 
 
 Rich, Dictionary of Boman and Oreek Antiquities, third edition. 
 New York, D, Appleton and Company, 1874. 
 
 Smith, Dictionary of Greek and Boman Antiquities, third edition. 
 2 vols. London, John Murray, 1890, 1891. 
 
 1. dKivdKT]s, Rich, p. 8. 
 
 2. d.\eTT)s, Guhl and Koner, p. 519 (see also the following). 
 
 3. Overbeck und Mau, Pompeji, p. 387. 
 
 4. 'A|j.a|(ov, Rich, p. 25. Illustrates also Kpdvos, tt^Xtti, o-d'yapis, vir6- 
 
 8T](xa, ({>ap£Tpd, x.itwv. 
 
 5. d[A<(>op«vs, Smith, I., p. 42G. Illustrates also PaKrqpld, 8C<i>pos, yji-ruv. 
 
 6. d|ivT], Smith, II., p. 616. 
 
 7. dpua, Rich, p. 228. 
 
 8. dp|j.a, Hope, I., plate 111. Illustrates also Sopw, ?«vti, 9(opd|, Kpdvos, 
 
 TTTepu^, <rT€<}>avos, TtOpiirirov, xaXivos {s.v. xa^'»'ow), \itu>v. 
 
 9. do-Kos, Rich, p. 711. 
 
 10. do-ir£s, Hope, I., plate 136, Illustrates also 86pw, twvn, 9wpd|, kvx]- 
 
 (jifSj Kpdvos, 6'ir\tTT]s, trripv^, xitwv. 
 
 11. d<rirCsi Riistow and Kochly, Geschichte des griechischen Kriegs- 
 fig. 17, p. 15. 
 
 243 
 
244 
 
 12. av\6s, Guhl aad Koner, 5 German edit., p. 257 (see also Baumeis- 
 
 ter, p. 1589). Illustrates also 8i8do-Ka\os, 8£<|>pos, ijidiTiov. 
 
 13. pcpXos, Guhl and Koner, 5 German edit., p. 255. 
 
 14. SdpciKos, Rich, p. 233. Illustrates also vivpa, t6|ov. 
 
 15. 8ta7Kv\6o|Aai, Guhl and Koner, p. 243. 
 
 16. 86\ixos, Krause, Gymnastik und Agonistik cler Hellenen, Tafel VI., 
 
 12, 13. 
 
 17. 86pv, Riistow und Kochly, ibid., fig. 21, p. 18. 
 
 18. 8p€'iravT)4>6pos, VoUbrecht, Worterbuch zu Xenophons Anabasis, 
 
 Tafel III., fig. 40. Illustrates also a|«v. 
 
 19. €YX^*'P'^*'°^> Smith, II., p. 525. 
 
 20. £{55«vos, Rich, p. 719. Illustrates also t6|ov, vir68iina, <j)aplTpd, 
 
 \irdiv. 
 
 21. Itvyos, Rich, p. 358. 
 
 22. twvT], Rich, p. 161. Illustrates also u'ir68Ti(ia, xitwv. 
 
 23. ld>vq, Rich, p. 162. 
 
 24. 25. epovos, Rich, p. 611. 
 
 26. 0wpa|, Hope, I., plate 111. Illustrates also lMvr\, irTe'pwl, xitwv. 
 
 27. iixoTiov, Baumeister, p. 1685 (statue of Sophocles in the Lateran 
 
 Museum at Rome). Illustrates also pCpXcs, vir68T)|ia (both 
 restorations). 
 
 28. indriov, Guhl and Koner, p. 166. Illustrates also PaKTT]pid, wiro- 
 
 8T]fi.a. 
 
 29. lirir€vs, Baumeister, p. 2030. Illustrates also d<nr£s, 86pv, S«vt|, 
 
 6(6pd^, Kpdvos, •7rapanT)p(8ia, -irTtpv^, x*^^'"'* (*•''• X"^"'"'^)? 
 
 XITWV. 
 
 30. lirir68poji.os, Guhl and Koner, 5 German edit., p. 147. 
 
 31. iinr68ponos, Panofka, Bilder des antiken Lebens, Tafel III., 4. 
 
 Illustrates also nd<rTi|, x^Xivos (s.v. x^^^>'o^)- 
 
 32. Kdv8vs, Hope, I., plate 14. Illustrates also X6yxi> v'ir687i(jia. 
 
 33. Kappdrivai, Rich, p. 118. 
 
 34. K^pas, Rich, p. 204. 
 
 35. Kt'pas, Museo Borbonico, V., Tavola xx. Illustrates also x^^'ivos 
 
 (s.u. x«^"'o''^)- 
 
 36. Kiipv|, Rich, p. 147. Illustrates also P«|i6s, 86pv, KripvKeiov, iji^o^, 
 
 v-Tr68T]|jia, x^'^'M'^s. 
 
 37. KXfvTj, Gerhard, Antike Bildioerke, Tafel LXXI. Illustrates also 
 
 avXos, indriov, Tpdx«ta, xitwv. 
 
 38. See the following. 
 
 39. Kvt\^U, Hope, I., plate 104. Illustrates also do-iris, 86pv, ?wvti, 
 
 Owpd|, Kpdvos, xi'Twv. 
 
245 
 
 40. Kpdvosi Hope, I., plate 135. 
 
 41. Kpdvos, Hope, I., plate 66. 
 
 42. KpaTTip, Gerhard, Auserlesene griechische Vasenbilder, Vierter 
 
 Theil, Tafel CCCXX. 
 
 43. p.dxaipa, Guhl and Koner, p. 245. 
 
 44. p.va, British Museum, Guide to the Select Greek and Roman Coins 
 
 exhibited in Electrotype^ plate II. Illustrates also Kpdvos. 
 
 45. vovs, Baumeister, p. 1599. Illustrates also lo-rtov, K\i|ia|, Kv^cp- 
 
 vTJTT)s, Kwirt], irT)8dXiov. 
 
 46. v€vpd, Hope, I., plate 13. Illustrates also to^ov. 
 
 47. |£<|)os, Hope, II., plate 176. 
 
 48. |£<j)os, I'anofka, ibid., Tafel VI., 3. Illustrates also do-ir£s, 86pw, 
 
 Owpd|, KVT]|xts, Kpdvos, Xi9oP6\os {s.v. \ldos), irripv^, x.tT<ov. 
 
 49. otvoxoos, Guhl and Koner, p. 268. Illustrates also o-T€<(>avos. 
 
 50. 6ir\tTT)s, Hope, I., plate 70. Illustrates also do-iris, 86pu, Oupd|, 
 
 Kvt]|xts, Kpdvos, ^t<t*°S, irrepw^, x,i,twv. 
 
 51. oirXov, Panofka, ibid., Tafel VIII., 2 (see also Baumeister, p. 1582). 
 
 Illustrates also do-iris, 6wpd|, Kvi]|j.ts, Kpdvos, ^i<})OS) x^^wv. 
 
 52. iraYKpdriov, Guhl and Koner, p. 223. 
 
 53. irdXii, Krause, ibid., Tafel X., 26. 
 
 54. ireXrao-T^is, Guhl and Koner, p. 241. Illustrates also 86pv, tt^Xtii. 
 
 55. irtXri], Hope, I., plate 20. 
 
 56. ireXTii, Rich, p. 487. Illustrates also dva^vpC8€s. 
 
 57. irevTTjKovTopos, Panofka, ibid., Tafel XV., 7. Illustrates also 
 
 IcTTlOV, KvPepVI^TTlS, KWITT], ■irT]8({XlOV. 
 
 58. Trpo|i«TwirC8iov, Daremberg et Saglio, Dictionnaire des Antiquites, 
 
 I., p. 251. Illustrates also irpoo-repvCSiov, xaXivos (s.v. xaXtw'w). 
 
 59. •iru7|ji,'q, Guhl and Koner, p. 225. 
 
 60. iruppixri, Panofka, ibid., Tafel IX., 3. Illustrates also do-irCs, 
 
 Kpdvos, ^C<j>os, o-drvpos. 
 
 61. o-d^apis, Hope, I., plate 20. 
 
 62. o-dXiriYl, Hope, II., plate 156. Illustrates also do-ir£s, flwpd^, kvi^- 
 
 p,ts, Kpdvos, x^(>'H-^s. 
 
 63. o-KTiiTTOvxos, Hope, I., plate 14. 
 
 64. o-ToSiov, Guhl and Koner, p. 120. 
 
 65. o-TpeiTTos, Rich, p. 678. 
 
 66. o-<f>dTTw, Rich, p. 341. Illustrates also Pa)|i6s, |C4>os, (J)i(xXti. 
 
 67. o-<J)€v8ov:^TT]s, Rich, p. 306. 
 
 68. TtOpiirirov, Terracottas in the British Museum, plate XIX., 34. 
 
 Illustrates also dpjjia, x^Xivos (s.v. xaX'i'ocu). 
 
 69. Tidpd, Hope, I., plate 16. 
 
246 
 
 70. To^ov, Paris, from the Aegiiia Marbles (see Rich, p. 500) ■ Illus- 
 
 trates also vivpa, T6^i\)\ia,, <f>apCTpd. 
 
 71. Tpi'^ipTjs, Guhl and Koner, p. 260. 
 
 72. Tpiirovs, Hope, II., plate 218. Illustrates also Kparrip. 
 
 73. TpdireSa, Hope, I., plate 90. Illustrates also iixaruov, KXtvn, vri^a- 
 
 vos> 
 
 74. wir68Tjjj.a, Guhl and Koner, p. 178. Illustrates also Ijids. 
 
 75. (}>ap€Tpa, Wagner, Hellas, I., p. 58 (see also Hope, I., 22). Illus- 
 
 trates also dva|vpC8es, vcvpd, T6|€V|xa, t6|ov, \nr68T]na. 
 
 76. <j)idXT), Hope, I., plate 129. Illustrates also 8£«}>pos, 5«vri, ifjioTiov, 
 
 viroS'qiia, \i.T(!)v. 
 
 77. \iTiiv, Rich, p. 697. 
 
 78. x^a^vs, Hope, I., plate 71. Illustrates also 86pu, \)ir68T]n,a. 
 
 79. \|»tXiov, Rich, p. 57. 
 
GROUPS OF RELATED WORDS. 
 
 The Greek groups contain only words found in Xenophon's Anab- 
 asis, except a few needed as connectives or to show the development 
 of the group. Compound verbs and proper names have generally been 
 omitted. 
 
 In the Greek groups, simple words whose formation is to be spe- 
 cially noted are printed in black-face letter. These are generally 
 formed on a stem derived directly from a root (not always determin- 
 able) or from an ultimate theme. Simple words, on the contrary, 
 which are formed on a stem derived from a stem that either appears 
 in some preceding word or may easily be assumed, and compounds, 
 are generally printed in light-face letter. Adjectives in -ros and -reos 
 are treated as verb-forms. 
 
 The eye is assisted in the analysis of the words by the use of 
 hyphens, which mark off case-endings and personal endings and 
 suffixes (except in some verbs, principally denominatives), and sepa- 
 rate the parts of compounds. 
 
 For fuller information about the words in the Latin groups, see 
 the Table of Roots in Lewis's Latin Dictionary for Schools or in his 
 Elementary Latin Dictionary. 
 
 In the English groups, words in small capitals are cognates, 
 those in black-face letter are borrowed words. For fuller information 
 about the English words here given, see Skeat's Etymological Diction- 
 ary of the English Language. 
 
 R. a'y, ag, drive., lead, weigh. 
 
 0,7-0), drive., lead, bring ; a-yd-v, adv. (orig. an ace), very, exceedingly, 
 ('in a driving manner'); oiY-tov, Qp-os, 6, a bringing together, assembly, 
 public contest; ayoiv-o-diT-q-s, ov {cf. R. 0«), jridge of a contest; dywvl^o- 
 fj.ai, contend, fight, engage; avT-ayuvl^o-nai, struggle against, rival; 
 a-y-pd, ay, the chase, booty; dype6-w, take in the chase, catch; iyp- 
 virvo-i, o-v {cf. iJirvos), hunting after sleep, wakeful; dypvwvi-u, lie 
 awake; ^uyp^-u (= i^uo-aype-u, see fw6-s, alive), take alive; dY-p6-s, 6, 
 field (place where cattle are driven); dyp-io-s, d, o-v, ranging the fields, 
 
 247 
 
dY€(p6> 248 
 
 rcild ,' a.y-6-s, o, leader ; a-Tpar-riyo-s, 6 (cf. E. o-rpa), leader of an army, 
 general; a-TpaT-rjy^-b), be general, command; a-u-o-TpdTTjyo-s, 6, fellow- 
 general; vTro-a-Tpdrriyo-s, 6, under-general, lieutenant-general ; {nroarpa- 
 Triy^-u, be lieutenant-general ; ffTpar-qy-la, as, office of general, gener- 
 alship ; (7T partly M-u, wish to be general; Xox-ayo-s, 6 (cf. R. \(\), 
 leader of a X^xo^t captain; Xoxayi-u, be captain; viro-\6xayo-s, 6, sub- 
 captain, lieutenant; \oxciy-ia, as, captaincy; oip-dy6-s, 6 (see oipd, 
 rear), leader of the rear; riyi-o-p-ai, lead, guide, command, infer, 
 think; a(t>-riyio-p.ai., draw out, explain, recount; ijye-ixuv, 6v-os, 6, 
 leader, guide; -riyeiiov-Ld, as, leadership), supremacy; iiyeixb-crvva, rd, 
 thank offerings for safe guidance. — d-yw-y-'^, ijs (ay-ay, by reduplica- 
 tion), a leading, carrying; dw-ayuyri, rjs, leading off, removal; irap- 
 a7a)7Tj, ijs, transport; aya^-6-s, 6-v, guiding, leading ; alT-aywyb-s, 6-u 
 (see o-tro-s, grain), corn-carrying ; drjfi-aycayd-s, 6 (cf R. 8a), popular 
 leader, demagogue ; 8-qfiaywy^-u, play the demagogue ; ayd>y-\,\i.o-9, o-v, 
 easily carried ; dywyifia, rd, freight, cargo, icares. — d|-uv, ov-os, 6 (07 
 + a- = a|), axle; d/x-a^a, tjs (cf. ajia), wagon with two connected axles, 
 prop., therefore, four-ioheeled xoagon ; dfia^-Lrd-s, 6-v, passable by wag- 
 ons; diMa^-iaXo-s, a, o-v, large enough to load a ivagon; dpfi-d/jLa^a, tjs 
 (cf. R. ap), closed carriage; d|-io-Si a, o-v, of equal weight, tcorth as 
 much, worthy; d^ia, as, loorth, value, deserts; d^t6-w, thijik worthy, 
 claim, demand; d^lw-p-a, ar-os, r6, worth, dignity, authority; d^co- 
 (xrpdrTjyo-s, o-v, worthy of being general. 
 
 ag-6, lead, drive; ag-men, in-is, n., multitude, band; ag-e-r, gri, 
 m., field; ag-ili-s, adj., easily moving, nimble; azi-s, is, ?»., axle; 
 a-la, ae, /., wing. 
 
 ACORN, ACRE, AXLE; agouy, «?i{-agonist, strat-agetn, strat-egy, 
 strat-egic, e.c-egesis, dem-agogue, par-agogic, ped-agogue, syn- 
 agogue, axiom. 
 
 djeipco, collect (R. 'yap). 
 
 d--y€(p(>> (theme dyep-), bring together, collect; d-yop-d, as, assembly, 
 meeting, meeting -place, market; dyopd-v6p.o-s, 6 (cf. R. veji), market 
 master ; dyopev-w, speak in the assembly, harangue, say; Kar-i^yopo-s, 
 o-v, speaking against, accusing; Kar-qyopi-u, accuse; Karriyop-la, as, 
 accusation; fieya\-i)yopo-s, o-v (cf. R. \i.o.k), talking big, boastful; 
 lieyaXrjyop^-u, boast, brag; irpo-'/iyopo-s, 6, advocate; -n-poTjyop^-u, speak 
 for, be spokesman ; dyopd^o}, go to market, buy. 
 
 gre-3, gre-g-is, m., flock, herd; e-greg-iu-s, adj., select, extraor- 
 dinary. 
 
 pan-egyric, par-egoric. 
 
249 R. ayK-ll. 1 aF 
 
 R. ayK, anc, bend. 
 
 d^K-c&v, iDc-os, 6, 6end o/ </ie arm, elbow, bend; d-yK-vXr), t/s, loop, 
 noose, thong of a javelin ; iv-ayKv\d-u, Jit thongs on, fit with a thong; 
 8i-ayKv\L^o-ixai., 8i-ayKv\6-o-fiai., hold by the thong (putting the finger 
 tlirough it) ; d-yK-vpa, aj, anchor; oiyk-osi e-os, to, glen, valley; o-yK- 
 o-s, 6, barb of an arrow. 
 
 anc-u-s, 1, m., one who crouches, servant (cf. Ancus Martins, servant 
 of Mars); ancil-la, ae, /., maidservant; ang-u-lu-s, i, m., angle, 
 corner; unc-u-s, i, m., hook, barb. 
 
 ANKLE, ANGLE (fish) ] ailchor. 
 
 R. dS (^apaS^, suad, be sweet. 
 
 d-v-8-dv-« (theme dd-), please; a<r-n£vo-s, r;, o-v, well pleased, joy- 
 ful; Tpi(T-a,(7fi€uo-s, 7], o-v (cf. Tpcis), thrlcc glad, very glad; r]S-o-|iai,, be 
 glad, rejoice ; t)8-ovt], ^j, joy, pleasure, delight ; t]8-v-s, eta, i, sweet, 
 pleasant, acceptable; ijd^m, adv., sweetly, cheerfully, ('.•ilh pleasure; 
 T]5v-oivo-s, o-v (see olco-s, wine), producing sweet vnne ; iidu-irad'ris, ii 
 (cf. R. (Tira), experiencing pleastire ; ijSvrradi-u}, live pleasantly, be 
 luxurious. 
 
 sua-ui-s, adj., sweet, agreeable; suad-u-s, adj., persuasive ; suad- 
 e-6, advise, persuade ; suaui-u-m or saui-u-m, T, n., love-kiss. 
 
 SWEET ; hedon-ism. 
 
 aecpm, raise. 
 
 acCpo) (theme dep-), Att. atpw (theme dp-), raise, lift ; dp-Sriv, adv., 
 raised up (' from the ground up '), wholly, quite ; aprd-w (formed on a 
 stem cip-To-), hang up, hang on to, fasten; dop, dop-os, to. Epic, hanger, 
 sword ; p.€T--qop-o-s, Att. /xer-^wp-o-s, o-v, raised from the ground, in the 
 air, on high. 
 
 aorta, met-eor. 
 
 R. 1 ap, au, perceive. 
 
 d-£-a> (for af-iu), perceive, esp. by the ear, hear; ovs, ojt-6s, t6 
 (of-aT, o-aT, UT-), ear; alo-0-dv-o-nai (alffff- for ap-cd), perceive, ob- 
 serve; aLa-dr]-Ti.K6-s, i}, 6-v, perceptive; atffdrj-ai-s, e-us, i], perception. 
 
 au-d-i-6, hear; au-r-i-s, is, /., ear; aus-cul-to, hear with atten- 
 tion; 6-men, in-is, n., foreboding, sign. 
 
 EAR ; aesthetic, a?i-aesthetic, oto-logy. 
 
II. 2 aF-ttlp€a> 250 
 
 R. 2 ap^ au, blow, 
 
 au-pd, as (a/r-pa), breeze; d-i^p, a-ip-os, 6, r] (af-ep), air," ai-X6-Si o, 
 wind instrument, flute; avKi-w, play the flute ; a.v-\i\, ^j, courtyard 
 (open to the air); avXl^o-ixai, lie in the open air, bivouac; a-e-ro-s, 
 al-c-To-s, 6 (stem ap-i, cf. Lat. aui-s), eagle ('swift as the wind') ; 
 ol-wv6-s, 6 (o/:-t), bird of prey ; dT-jio-s, 6 (a/r-r), vapour, steam; drfil^w, 
 steam. 
 
 aui-s, is,/., ftjVcZ; 6uu-m, i, n., egg; ue-nt-u-s, T, m., wind. 
 
 WEATHER, WIND ; air, hydr-auUc, asthma, atmosphere. 
 
 alSiofiat, be ashamed. 
 
 al8-E-o-|iai (theme aide-), poetic a\!8-o-)ji,ai (theme aid-), be ashamed, 
 fear, respect; alb-q-fuav, ov, gen. ov-o's, respectful, modest; alS-cGs, 6-os, 
 oOs, T) (stem a.iS-o(T-), sense of shame, respect; albo-to-s, d, o-u, regarded 
 with reverence or shame; aldoTa, rd, the private parts; al<r-xp6-s, 
 a, b-v (atS-xpo), shameful, base, infamous, disgraceful; ala-xp^s, adv., 
 disgracefully, ignominiously ; alor-xos, e-os, t6 (aiS-xetr), shame, dis- 
 grace; atVx-^i'-r?, ijs, shame, dishonour ; alffxvvo), dishonour, disgrace. 
 
 aW(o, burn. 
 
 aVO-w (theme aW-), set on fire, kindle, burn; al9-'/|p, ^p-os, 6, bright 
 upper air, ether; aWp-io-s, o-v (aldp-io- for aldep-io-), clear, bright; vw- 
 aldpLo-s, o-p, under the open air; aldp-td, as, clear sky ; di-aidpid^ta, grow 
 clear. 
 
 aed-e-s, ium, /., hearth, house; aedi-li-s, is, m., commissioner of 
 buildings, aedile ; aes-tu-s, us, m., a raging (of fire or of waves) ; 
 aes-ta-s, atis, /., summer. 
 
 ether, ether-eaL 
 
 atpeo), take (prob. R. pap). 
 
 alp-c-<o (theme aipe-), take, seize, capture; atpe-ro'-s, t}, 6-v, that may 
 be taken; avd-alpero-s, o-v (cf. avros), self-appointed; i^-alpero-s, o-v, 
 picked out, selected; verbal aipe-Tio-s, d, o-v, must be taken. — eI\-o-v 
 (theme e\-), 2 aor., / took; dX-Co-K-o-jiai (theme d\-, oXo-), be taken, 
 be captured; aXw-rd-s, -f), 6-v, to be taken; alxi^-dXuTo-s, o-v (cf. R. aK), 
 captured by the spear; dv-dXtaro-s, o-v, not to be taken, invincible; 
 fiXu-<ri-s, e-ws, ^, capture ; dXiixn-fw-^, o-v, easy to capture. 
 
 qp-haeresis, dj-aeresis, s'/jt-aeresis, heresy, heretic. 
 
251 alT€«-a\\os 
 
 alrico, ask for. 
 
 alr-E-co, ask for, claim, demand; airrj-ai-s, e-ojs, ^, request, demand; 
 aCr-Cd, aj, orig. demand, then cause, blame, censure; aiTLa-o-fiai, blame, 
 reproach; allr-io-s, a, o-i>, causing, to blame, culpable; fir-aiTio-s, o-v, 
 blamed for, blameworthy; (xw-alTio-s, o-v, jointly guilty ; vir-alTio-s, o-v, 
 under a charge, accountable. 
 
 R. a/c, ac, sharp, pointed, swift. 
 
 dK-wv, oKT-oj, 6, javelin, dart; olkovt-lo-v, to, javelin, dart; aKovrl^w, 
 hurl the javelin; dKovTi-ai-s, e-ws, 17, javelin-throwing ; d/covrtcr-T^-s, oO, 
 javelin-thrower; dK-ptTJ, ijs, point, edge, highest point; dK/jL-ij-v, adv. 
 (ace. of dKnv), on the point, just; dKiJ.d^o}, be at the highest point; 
 alx|x^, ijs (for aK-ifM7]), spear-point ; aixiJ--d'KwTo-s, o-v (cf. alpt'w), cap- 
 tured by the spear; dK-po-s, a, o-v, pointed, at the point, highest; 
 S-Kpo-v, TO, height; dKpo-^oXl^o-fiai. (cf. pdWo)), throw from a distance 
 or height; dKpo^oXi-a-i-s, e-ws, i], skinnish; d/cpo'-TroXi-s, e-ws, i] (cf. R. 
 irXa), upper city, citadel; d/cp-wwxt'a, as (5vv^, vx-os, nail), nail-tip, 
 spur, crest; dKpd, ds, height, citadel. — wk-v-s, eia, ^, swift. — 'iinro-s, 
 6, 7} (stem iK-fo), horse ('the swift one'); iTnr-apxo-s, 6 (cf. dpx«), 
 cavalry commander; tn-Tro-Spo/xo-s, 6 (see 8p6 /xo-s, a running), race- 
 course; <pl\-nnro-s, o-v (cf. ^l\os) , f07id of horses ; iirir-iKO-s, ■/], o-v, of a 
 horse or of cavalry ; lirird^o-nat, drive or ride a horse; iwira-a-ld, as, a 
 riding ; iinr-ev-s, ^-ws, 6, horseman ; iwirev-o}, ride; 'nnreld, as (for lirirep- 
 la), cavalry ; Tidp-Lwiro-v, to (cf. TtTxapes), team of four horses abreast, 
 chariot and four. — 6|-\i-s, eta, v (ok 4-0- =o|), sharp, sour; o|-os, e-os, 
 TO, sour wine. 
 
 ac-ie-s, ei, /., sharp edge or point; acu-s, iis, /., needle; acu-o, 
 sharpen; ac-er, adj., sharp, pungent; 6c-ior, adj., swifter; equ-u-s, 
 i, m., horse. 
 
 EDGE, EGG ('eggon'); acme, acro-5a<, Sicxo-polis, acrostic, etc. 
 
 a\Xo<f, other. 
 
 dX\o-s, v^ 0, other, another ; dWd, conj. (neut. plur. with changed 
 accent), but ('in another way'); dWr;, adv., in another way, else- 
 where; dWws, adv., in another xoay, otherivise ; dXXo-o-e, adv., to an- 
 other place; d\\o-T€, adv., at another time; dWo-dev, adv., from another 
 place; dWo-io-s, d, o-v, of another kind; dXXTJX-cov (reduplicated stem 
 dXX-rjXo-), of one another ; irap-dWrfKo-s, o-v, beside one another, paral- 
 lel; dWdTTw (theme dXXa7-), make other, alter; dWo-rpw-s, a, o-v, 
 another'' s, strange, foreign. 
 
&Hia-dv^p 252 
 
 aliu-s, adj., other; ali-bi, adv., elseiohere ; ali-quis, pron. indef., 
 somebody ; ali-enu-s, adj., anothefs, strange, foreign ; al-ter, adj., the 
 other; ad-ulter, adj., adulterous; alter-nu-s, adj., on- after the other, 
 in turn. 
 
 ELSE ; a.11o-2)athy, a.\l-egory, par-allel, par-aUax. 
 
 afia, together. 
 
 &|ia, adv. (for o-a/xa), at the same time, together ; d/M-a^a, rjs (cf. R. 
 a^), wagon with two connected axles, prop., therefore, four-wheeled 
 wagon; dfia^-LTo-s, 6-v, passable by wagons; dfxa^-Mio-s, a, o-v, fit for 
 a wagon, large enough to load a wagon; dpfi-dfia^a, tjs (cf. R. ap), 
 closed carriage. — 6(1.6-$, "o, o-v. Epic, one and the same; 6/j.ov, adv., 
 together, at once; opLo-cre, to the same spot; o/jlujs, couj., all the same, 
 still, 7ievertheless ; 6ix6-\oyo-s, o-v (cf. R. \iy), agreeing ; ofioXoy^-di, agree, 
 confess; 6iJ.o\oyovfj.^vm, avowedly, by common consent; ofxa-ixriTpio-s, d, 
 o-v (see MTtjp, mother), born of the same mother ; ofio-irdTpio-s, d, o-v 
 (see TTttT^p, father), begot by the same father; bfio-Tpdwe^o-i, o-v (cf. 
 T€TTap£s and R. irtS), at the same table; 8fj.-rjpo-s, 6 (cf. R. ap), pledge 
 of unity, hostage; o^-i\o-s, 6 (see IXrj, troop), crowd, throng; bjuki-w, 
 he in company with; o/jlo-io-s, d, o-v, like, similar, resembling ; o/ioluf, 
 adv., in like manner, alike; dv-6/Mio-$, o-v, unlike, different; dvofwlios, 
 adv., differently; dfia-X6-s, rj, 6-v, even, level; 6/ua\ws, adv., evenly; 
 6p.a\-ris, is, even, level. 
 
 sem-per, adv., always ; sin-guli, adj., one at a time, single ; seme-1, 
 adv., once; simu-1, adv., at the same time; simi-li-s, adj., like, resem- 
 bling. 
 
 SAME, SOME ; "Sama-dryad, hom-ily, homo-geneous, homo-logons, 
 homoeo-pathy, an-omaly. 
 
 avi]p, man. 
 
 dv^p, dv5p-6s, 6 (stem dvep-), man, Lat. uir ; dvSp-eio-s, a, o-v, manly, 
 brave; dvdpei6-Tri-s, rjT-os, i], manliness, valour; dvSpl^w, make a man 
 of, mid., act bravely; dv-avbp-o-s, o-v, unmanly; dvdp-ayaOid, as (see 
 dyado-s, good), manly virtue, valour; &vdp-wiro-s, 6, ij (cf. R. oir), 
 man ('man-face'), Lat. homo; dvdpwTr-ivo-s, rj, o-v, human; voXv- 
 dvdpwiro-s, o-v (cf. R. irXa), thickly populated. 
 
 andr-oid, poly -andry, anthi-opology, mis-eiathT-ope, phil-anthT- 
 opy. 
 
253 AvtC-K. apK 
 
 avTi, over against. 
 
 dvT(, prep., over arjainst, against, instead of; avrl-o-i, d, o-v, set 
 against, opposite; iv-avrio-i, a, o-v, opposite, in the opposite direction; 
 imvTio-o-fjLai, set oneself against ; avrtd-w, avTM^tjo, meet face to face ; 
 avTOL-w, go opposite, go to meet. 
 
 ante, adv. and prep., before; ante-s, ium, m., rows (of vines); 
 antl-quu-s, adj., old, ancient. 
 
 x-long, As-swer; antidote, ant-agonist, etc. 
 
 R. ap, ar, Jit. 
 
 dp-ap-ia-K-w (theme dp-), fit or join together, suit; dp-c-Cuv, ov, 
 covlv^., fitter, better; ap-w-o-To-s, r), o-v, sup., fittest, bravest, best; dp- 
 Ti, exactly, jtist, just now; dp9-p,6-s> 6 {ap-\-d), league, bond; dpi9- 
 (1,6 -s, 6 (ap-L-d), series, number; dpidp-i-w, number, count; dpi.dfj.ri-T6-s, 
 Ti, 6-v, easily counted, few; dv-apWii7]To-s, o-v, not to be counted, in- 
 numerable ; dp-fia, ar-os, to, team, chariot ; dpn-dfia^a, 77s (c/. d|ia and 
 R. a^), closed carriage (' chariot- wagon ') ; dpno^u (from a stem dp-no-), 
 fit together, set in order, control; dpiwcr-T-q-s, ov, organizer, harmost; 
 dpfjiov-ld, as (stem dp-p-ov-), means of fastening, framework, harmony ; 
 6>-7;p-o-s, 6 (c/. ana), pledge of unity, hostage; TroS--np-r]s, ej (c/. R. 
 trtS), joined or reaching to the feet; dp-t'-o-K-w, suit, please ; dp-«-T'^, 
 ijs, fitness, goodness, bravery, valour. 
 
 ar-s, ar-ti-s, /., skill, art ; in-er-s, adj., unskilful ; soU-er-B, adj., 
 quite skilful, clever; ar-tu-s, adj., close, narroiv ; ar-tus, uum, m., 
 joints, limbs; ar-ma, 5rum, n., armour, arms; ar-mu-s, i, m., shoul- 
 der. 
 
 ARM, RIME (misspelt r/i;/??ie) ; aiisto-cracy, arithmetic, Zo^-arithtn, 
 harmony. 
 
 R. apK, arc, keep off. 
 
 dpK-^-w, fut. dpK^-ffu, keep off, be enough, suffice. — ap'f\y-a (ap-a-K, 
 ap-r)-y), ward off, help. — dXK-'^, ^s (aX/c = apK), defence, prowess; 
 &\K-ip.o-s, o-v, able to defend, brave, warlike. — d\<|-ci) (aX-e-K-o-), ward 
 off, mid,, defend oneself from, repulse. 
 
 arc-e-o, shut up, keep aioay ; arc-a, ae, /., chest, box ; arc-anu-s, 
 adj., secret; arx, arc-i-s, /., stronghold, citadel; arc-u-s, us, m., bow. 
 
K. dpir-avTOS 254 
 
 R. a/OTT, rap^ snatch, seize. 
 
 apir-T], 77s, bird of prey., kite ; "Apir-viai, ai, the Snatchers ; apir-a|, 
 ay-OS, 6, -7, rapacious ; dpird^w, Epic fut. a/)7rd|-w (theme apTray-), Att. 
 dpwda-o} (theme dpiraS-), snatch, plunder, inllage ; dpiray-r), yjs, a seiz- 
 ing, plundering, pillage. 
 
 rap-i-6, seize, tear; rap-ax, adj., tearing, furious ; rap-ina, ae, /., 
 robbery, plunder ; rapi-du-s, adj., tearing away, impetuous. 
 
 Harpy. 
 
 dpx'^i i^ first. 
 
 apx-u, be first, in point of time, begin, in point of station, rule ; 
 part. S.px(ov, ovT-os, d, leader, ruler; vir-dpx-u, be tender as a founda- 
 tion, support, exist, be; apx-'/j, •^s, beginning, rule, dominion; dpxa.- 
 to-s, o, o-v, from the beginning, ancient, old; ivcafwr-dpxv-^, ov (see 
 ivunorld, enomoty), commander of an enomoty ; Kufx-dpxv-^, ov (cf. 
 K€i|j.ai), village chief; dpx-iKo-s, i^, d-v, jit to command; dpx-6-s, 6, 
 leader; vTr-apxo-s, 6, under officer, lieutenant ; dv-apxo-s, o-v, without 
 leaders; dvapx-id, as, lack of leaders, anarchy ; tinr-apxo-s, 6 (cf. R. 
 ok), cavalry commander; fiov-apxo-s, 6 (see /movo-s, alone), one who 
 rules alone; fiovapx-td, as, ride of one, monarchy; vav-apxo-s, 6 (cf. 
 vaws), commander of a fleet, admiral; vavapx^-<^, be admiral; ireld- 
 apxo-s, o-v (cf. R. iriS), obeying authority, obedient; irei6apx^-<^, obey 
 a superior, defer to; iroXv-apx-i-d, as (cf. R. irXa), command vested in 
 many persons; ffvfnroa-l-apxo-s, 6 (cf. R. iro), president of a drinking- 
 party ; ra^l-apxo-s, 6 (cf. R. tok), commander of a rd^ts, taxiarch ; 
 (ppovp-apxo-s, 6 (cf. irpo and R. 2 Ftp), commander of a garrison. 
 
 arch-bishop, aich-angel, aichi-episcopal, arche-type, archaic, 
 archaeo-logy, archives, a?i-archy, hier-aichy, mon-archy, hept- 
 archy, tetr-aichy, etc. 
 
 avTO'i, self, same. 
 
 avTo-s, avTTi, avrS, self, same, in derivatives and compounds, self, 
 same, very ; avTov, adv., in the very place, here, there ; aiird-dev, adv., 
 from the very spot, hence, thence ; avr6-di., adv., in this or that very place ; 
 avrb-cre, adv., to the place itself, thither; avroos, adv., in the very man- 
 ner; wff-a^rus (see ws, thus), in this same loay, likewise, just so ; aiid- 
 ■fifiepo-s, o-v (see rj/xipd, day), on the same day ; avdr)p.ep6-v, adv., on the 
 same day; avdrifiepl^w, return on the same day; avd-alpero-s, o-v (cf. 
 aipia), self-appointed; avTo-KiXeva-ro-s, o-v (cf. R. kcX), self-directed, 
 of one'' s own accord; avTo-Kpdrup, op-os, 6, -7 (cf. R. 1 Kpa), being one^s 
 
255 R. pa-pd\\« 
 
 own master, absolute; airb-ixaro-s, r], o-v {cf. R. |ia), self-impelled, 
 spontaneously ; avro-fjLoXo-s, 6 (see ^Xuio-ku, go), deserter; avTo/xoXi-ta, 
 desert; avrd-vo/j-o-s, o-v (cf. R. v€|i), under one^s own laws, independent ; 
 e-avTov, contr. avroD, etc. (see ov, of him), of himself, etc.; ifx-avrov, 
 etc. (see eyd), I), of myself, etc. ; ae-avToO, contr. a-auTov, etc. (see av, 
 you), of yourself, etc. 
 
 a.vith-e7itic, anto-hiography, a.^xto-crat, auto-graph, axito-maton, 
 anto-nomous, a\it-opsy, tauto-logy. 
 
 R. ySa, ba, ua, go. 
 
 Patvw (for jSoi'-tw), fut. ^■^-cro-fj.a.t, etc. (theme ^av-, 0a-), go, walk; 
 |3a-T6-s, ■)}, d-v, passable; d-^aro-s, o-y, impassable, not forduble ; dvcr- 
 0aTo-s, o-v, hard to travel ; dia-^aro-s, -f], 6-v, that can be crossed, ford- 
 able; d-5id/3aro-s, o-v, not to be crossed; 8v(T-8id0aTo-s, o-v, hard to 
 cross; 5ta-/3a-T^-y, a, o-v, that must be crossed; irpoa-^aTo-s, -fi, 6-v, 
 that can be approached, accessible; pd-o-i-s, e-ws, ij, a going, stepping, 
 step; dm-/3o<ri-s, e-ws, i], a going up, ascent, expedition into the interior; 
 did-0a<TL-s, e-wj, -fj, a crossing, passage ; 6K-/3ao-t-s, e-ws, 17, way out, egress ; 
 Kard-^acn-s, e-ws, 17, a going down, descent, march from the interior; 
 ^da-i-fjLo-s, o-v, passable; pd-ST)v, adv., at a walk; ^f\-\i.a, ar-os, to, step, 
 stride; Pw-jxo-s, 6, elevation, altar; Pt'-Pa-io-s, d, o-v (reduplicated 
 perf. stem ^e-/3a-), standing fast (cf. 0i0r)Ka, stand fast), trusty, con- 
 stant ; /3e/3at6-w, make sure; PaK-TT]p-Cd, ds (/3a + /c), walking-stick, 
 staff; pdS-o-s, 6 (/3a +5), a going, walk; /3a5tfw, go on foot, imlk, 
 march; Pi-Pd^w (theme /3t/3aS-), make go. 
 
 ua-d-u-m, T, n.,ford; uad-o, go, icalk ; ue-n-i-6, come ; ar-bi-ter, 
 tri, m., spectator, judge; am-bu-16, walk about; ba-c-ulu-m, i, n., 
 staff. 
 
 COME ; basis, base, bacteria. 
 
 l3aXX.co, throiv (R. /3aX). 
 
 PdWw (for j3a\-tw, theme 0a\-), throio, throw at, hit; Sia-^dWu, 
 throw across at with words, slander; Pc'X-os, e-os, to, thing thrown, 
 missile; Po\-t], 17s, a throv) ; dva-0o\r), ^s, that lohich is thrown up, 
 earthwork; 5ta-/3o\i}, rjs, slander ; etcr-/3oXi7, ^s, invasion, entrance, pass ; 
 in-^oX-^, Tjs, invasion ; ■n-po-poX'^, ^s, a throwing forward ; irpoa-^oX-r], 
 Tjs, assault, charge; (Tvii-^oX-q, ijs, a hurtling together, encounter ; virep- 
 /3o\t), ^s, a throwing over, crossing; ireTpo-^oX-ld, ds (see w^Tpo-s, 
 stone), stone-throwing ; dKpo-j3oXl^o-p.ai (cf. R. aK), throio from a dis- 
 tance ; d/cpo^6Xi-(ri-s, e-ws, i], throwing from a distance, skirmish. 
 
 e^n-blem, pro-h\Qxa, cZi«-bolic, devil, /<rtm-ble, sym-ho\. 
 
K poF-R. yiv 256 
 
 R. /8o/r, bou, cry out. 
 
 Po-ifj, Tjs, cry, shout; ^od-w, shout, cry aloud; /Sotj-^o'o-j, oc, and 
 Por)-06-s, 6-v (see d^w, run), hurrying to the shout, helping; ^o-qdi-w, 
 help, rescue; ^o-fide-ia, as, help; Pov-s, ^o-bs, 6, ij, bull, ox, coio ('the 
 bellower'); /So'-eto-s, d, o-v, of an ox; w/x.o-^6eLo-s, d, o-c, or w/jlo-^o- 
 tvo-s, ijt 0-" (see (J/[io-s, raw), of raw ox-hide; po-ei-Ko-s, -fj, 6-v, or /3o-i- 
 Ko'-s, i5, o-v, of an ox; ^ov-Xlfxld, ds (see \lfw-s, hunger), ox-hunger, i.e. 
 great hunger, bulimy ; ^ov\lfiid-u, have bulimy; ^ov-iropo-s, o-v (cf. R. 
 irtp), ox-piercing. 
 
 bo-6, cry out ; bo-s, bou-is, m. and /., bull, ox, cow ; bubu-lu-s, 
 adj., of oxen. 
 
 cow ; bn-colic, buffalo, hut-ter, hecatom-h. 
 
 R. /3oX, uol, ivilU ivi.sh. 
 
 PovX-o-(iai, loill, loish; PovX-V|, ^s, loill, plan, consultation; iiri- 
 ^ov\-ii, ^y, a planning against, plot ; avti-fiovX-f), i)?, a planning together, 
 advice; o-v/jl-^ovX-o-s, 6, adviser; PovXev-ut, plan, think up; PcX-r-tuv, 
 ov, gen. ov-os (stem /3eX-To-), comp., better ('more desired'); pc'X-r- 
 KTTo-Sj Vi o-v, sup., best. 
 
 uol-6, will, wish; uol-un-ta-s, atis, /., will, choice; nolo (7idn 
 uolo), be unwilling; malo {magis uolo), prefer. 
 
 WILL, WELL, WEAL, WEALTH, WILD. 
 
 R. 761', gen, beget 
 
 •y{.-yv-o-|j.ai, (for yi-yev-o-fj-ai), be born, become; -y^v-va, ds, descent; 
 yevva-'io-s, d, o-v, befitting one^s birth, noble; yewaio-rrj-s, ijr-os, ii, no- 
 bility ; yiv-os, e-os, to, family, race; a-vy-yev-ns, ^s, of the same race; 
 avyyive-ia, ds, kinship; yeve-d, ds, birth; -yov-o-s, 6, that which is be- 
 gotten, offspring; eK-yovo-s, o-v, born of, as subst. plur., descendants; 
 ■jrpo-yovo-s, 6, forefather; 7ov-€v-s, ^-ws, 6, begetter, plur., parents; 
 yvv-r\, yvv-aLK-6s, i), woman (orig. 'mother'). 
 
 gi-gn-6, produce, bear; gen-iu-s, I, m., tutelar deity ; in-gen-uu-s, 
 adj., freeborn, noble; gen-s, gen-ti-s, /., race, nation; gen-e-r, erl, m., 
 son-in-law; gen-us, er-is, n., birth, origin, kind; gna-sc-o-r, na-sc- 
 o-r, be born; na-tura, ae, /., birth, nature. 
 
 CHICK, CHILD, CHIT, COLT, KID, KIN, KIND, KING, KITH ; gndo-gCn, 
 
 hydro-gen, genesis, Ae^ero-geneous, genea-logy, cos?no-gony, tkeo- 
 gony, mtso-gynist. 
 
257 \€ws-R. yva 
 
 yivu<;, chin. 
 
 yivv-s, v-os, i], U7ider-jaic, chin; -y^v-tio-v, t6, part covered by the 
 beard, chin; yeveid-u, groxo a beard; d-y4veio-s, o-v, beardless. 
 gen-ae, arum, /., cheeks. 
 
 CHIN. 
 
 jrj, earth. 
 
 7^1 yv^ (for 7fa, etc., Epic and Tragic 7a-ra), earth; yq-ivo-s, rj, o-v, 
 of earth; ye-diS-qs, es (c/. R. Fi8), earthy, deep-soiled; yn-\o(f>o-s, 6 (see 
 \6(j>o-s, ridge, hill), mound of earth, hill; dvih-ye-u-v, t6, lohat is raised 
 above the ground, upper floor ; Kard-ye-io-s, o-p, under the earth, sub- 
 terranean; ixeff6-ya-io-s or fj.ea6-ye-io-s, o-v (see fj.i(To-s, middle), inland; 
 fieffdyata or fie^dyeia, as, midland, interior; yrj-t-rrj-s, ov, countryman ; 
 yelr-wv, ov-os, 6, neighbour. 
 
 apo-gee, peri-gee, geo-desy, geo-graphy, geo-logy, geo-metry, 
 ge-orgic. 
 
 R. yvco, gna, gno, know. 
 
 ■yi.-yvw-o-K-o), know, think; -yvw-iAT], rjs, thought, opinion; 7vw-(io)v, 
 ov-oi, 6, one that knows; a-yvw/icov, ov, gen. ov-os, ivithout knowledge, 
 senseless; dyvwfio-a-^vr], tjs, ignorance; 6-vo-|iia, ar-os, t6 (for o-yvo-fia 
 with prothetic o-), that by which one is known, name; ovofid^w, 
 call by name; 6voiJ.aa--T[, adv., by name; ip-drnfi-o-i, o-v, without 
 name, nameless ; ev-ww/no-s, o-v, of good name or omen; v6-o-s, contr. 
 vovs, 6 (for yvo-fo-s), power of thought, mind; voi-w, observe, think 
 out; d-v6rj-To-i, o-v, not understanding, foolish; d-yvo-ia, as, igno- 
 rance; dyvod-u), not know, not recognize; dfx<f)L-yvoi-u, think on both 
 sides, be in doubt; ev-voo-s, oo-v, kindly disposeu; evvoia, as, good-will ; 
 €vvo-ik6-s, ri, 6-v, well-disposed ; evvol'Kw^, adv., with good will or affec- 
 tion; KaKb-voo-s, oo-v (see KaK6-s, bad), ill-disposed; KaKb-vo-ia, o$, ill- 
 will; did-voia, as, way of thinking, purpose ; ev-voia, as, thought, inspi- 
 ration; irpd-voia, as, forethought. 
 
 gna-ru-9, adj., knowing, skilled; nar-r-o, make known, tell; na- 
 uu-s (gna-uu-s), adj., diligent; no-sc-o, learn; no-bili-s, adj., xoell- 
 known; no-men, inis, n., name; i-gnoro, not knoio ; no-ta, ae, /., 
 mark, sign. 
 
 CAN, CUNNING, KEN, KEEN, KNOAV, NAME, ?m-COUTH ; (Zi'fl-gnOSis, 
 
 gnome, gnostic, «-gnostic, physio-gnomy, onomato-2)oeia, an- 
 onymouB, met-onymy, patr-onymic, pseud-onym, syn-onym. 
 
R. 8a-R. 2 8aK 258 
 
 R. Ba, da, divide^ share. 
 
 8tj-|io-s, 6, divided land., community, people; Srifi-ayuyS-s, 6 (c/. 
 K. a^), papilla)- leader, demagogue ; drj/xayuye-w, play the demagogue ; 
 8r]iJ.6-aio-s, a, o-v, belonging to the community ; airo-b-rtno-s, o-v, away 
 from one''s country, abroad; diro8t]n^-w, be from home, go abroad; 
 fv-87]fio-s, o-v, at home, native. — 8oo--fi6-s, 6 (5a + o-), division, tax; 
 daa-fi-ev-ffi-s, e-ws, rj, distribution. — Sair-dvT], tjs (5a+7r), dividing of 
 one^s fortune, expense; Sairavd-u}, expend; 8a<|/iX-iris, ^s (for dair-Ti- 
 X-j/s), liberal, plentiful; 8£i'irvo-v, to (for Bstt-lvo-v), orig. distribution, 
 hence, dinner; henrvi-w, dine; d-Senrvo-s, o-v, without dinner; a-iv- 
 Sei-irvo-s, 6, companion at dinner ; Senrvo-voii-u {cf. iroiew), get dinner. 
 
 dap-s, dap-is, /., /easf ; dam-nu-m, T, n., expense, loss, injury. 
 
 TIDE, TIME ; Ciem-agogue, demo-cracy, demotic, en-demic, epi- 
 demic. 
 
 R. 1 8aK, dac, shoiv, teach. 
 
 8i-8ax-'^, v^, teaching, instruction; 8i-8d-(rK-«, fut. SiSd^u, teach; 
 Si8d<TK-a\o-i, 6, teacher. — hU-r], 179, way pointed out, custom, right, 
 justice ; &-diKo-s, o-v, unjust; dSkws, adv., unjustly ; d5iKi-u, be unjust; 
 d8iK-id, as, injustice; diKa-io-s, a, o-v, right, laioful; 5iko(ws, adv., with 
 justice; Sikuio-ttj-s, tjt-os, t], justice; diKaio-ffvvri, rjs, justice; SiKd^w, 
 give judgment ; Si/catr-r^-s, ov, one who gives judgment, dicast. — SjCk- 
 vv-(ii, show, point out; SeiY-jjio, ar-os, to, something to show with, 
 sample. 
 
 doc-e-6, teach; di-sc-6, learn; in-dex, ic-is, m. and /., one who 
 points out ; iu-dex, ic-is, m. and/., judge, juror ; causi-dic-u-s, 1, vi., 
 pleader, advocate; dico, dedicate; dic-6, say, speak. 
 
 TEACH, TOKEN ; didactic, syn-dic, jsara-digm. 
 
 R. 2 ZuK, dac, take. 
 
 8dK-T-vXo-s, 6 (formed on a stem 5a(c-To-), that which grasps, finger, 
 toe; 8aKT\)\-io-%, 6, finger-ring ; 8€x-o-n.ai, Ionic 8EK-o-^ai, take, re- 
 ceive; 80K-6-S, 6, sustaining beam, joist; Supo-doKo-s, o-v (c/. R. 80), 
 taking presents or bribes ; dcjpodoKd-u, take bribes; Sox-'^, ^s, recepta- 
 cle; Std-Soxo-s, 6, 07ie who takes in turn, successor. — Sc^-id-s, a, 6-v 
 (5eK + (r=5e|), on the right hand, right (since the right hand was 
 oftenest used in taking) ; Se^id, as (sc. xf'p)» right hand; de^i6-o-nai, 
 take by the right hand, welcome; virep-B^^io-i, a, o-v, above on the right, 
 above. 
 
259 R. 8ap-8€Ka 
 
 dig-itu-s, I, m.^ finger ; dex-ter, adj.., on the right, handy, skilful. 
 TOE, TONGS ; dactyl, date (the fruit), pan-dect, dock-yard, 
 synec- doche. 
 
 R. hap, dal, split, tear. 
 
 8^p-w, aor. iddprjv, take the skin off, flay ; veo-dap-ro-i, o-c (see v^o-s 
 neic), freshly flayed; 8^p-|xa, ar-os, to, hide, skin; Sepfidr-ivo-s, tj, o-p 
 leathern. 
 
 dol-5, split, hew; dol-or, oris, m.,pai7i; dol-e-o, feel pain. 
 
 TEAR, TIRE, TART {sour) ; ej3i-dermis, pachy-derm, taxi-dermy. 
 
 R. Se, bitid. 
 
 81-w, collateral form 8C-8i]-fj.i, fut. Sijo-w, etc., bind; Z(-<r-\i.6-i, 6, 
 band, halter; (XTpoifxaro-dea-fjio-s, 6 (cf. R. o-rpa), sack in luhich bed- 
 clothes were tied up ; vir6-5ri-na, ar-os, to, that which is bound under 
 the foot, sandal. — Set (for Sep-a), impers., it is binding, one must; 
 Si-a, fut. 5eiJo-w, etc., be hindered, lack, mid. lack, wish, desire; iv-d^w, 
 lack; fvde-ia, as, loant, scarcity; ij/xi-Se-ris, is, wanting a half, half 
 full ; viro-Se-iis, 4s, comp. viroSeiff-Tepo-s, rather deflcient, inferior. 
 
 dia-dem. 
 
 8e [8(0, fear (prob. root 8 ft'). 
 
 8c(-8-<i>, be afraid, fear; 8€-os, e-os, to, fear; d-Se-iJs, 4s, without 
 fear; ddews, adv., fearlessly; 8£i-v6-s, -q, 6-v, frightfid, terrible; 
 deLvQs, adv., terribly ; 8«i-\6-s, v, o-v, cowardly ; SecX-ld, as, cowardice ; 
 dei\id-w, be afraid. 
 
 di-ru-s, adj., fearftd, aioful. 
 
 8eKa, ten. 
 
 S^Ka, ten ; d^Ka-ro-s, rj, o-v, tenth ; deKd-Tt], rjs, tenth part, tithe ; 
 deKarev-uj, exact the tenth part ; 'iv-5eKa (see els, one), eleven ; ev84KaTo-s, 
 rj, o-v, eleventh; 5w-5e/ca (c/. Svo), twelve; Tpiff-Kal-SeKa {cf. rpcis), 
 thirteen; irevTe-Kal-SeKa, also SeKa-wivre (cf. irivrt), fifteen; iwTa-Kai- 
 5e/ca (cf. cirrd), seventeen; dKTu-Kal-SeKa (^cf. 6kt«), eighteen. 
 
 decern, ten; dec-imu-s, tenth; de-ni, ten each; dec-ur-ia, ae, /., 
 
 division often men. 
 
 TEN ; decade, deca-^on, deca.-hedron, deca-logue, deca-syllable. 
 
R. So-8vo 260 
 
 R. Bo, da, do, give. 
 
 8C-S«-(ii, give; irpo-dldu-fii, give over, surrender, betray; wpoSo-Tt)-^, 
 01/, betrayer, traitor ; fj.i<r0o-d6-T7]-s, ov (see /xio-^o'-s, wages), one v-ho pays 
 wages; fiia-dodori-cj, pay icages, employ ; fiia-dodo-a-ia, ds, giving of pay ; 
 Sw-po-v, TO, present, gift; dwp^-o-fjiai, give a present; 5wpo-5o'/co-s, o-v 
 (cf R. 2 8aK), taking presents or bribes; SwpodoK^-o), take bribes. — 
 8d-v-os, e-os, TO (da + v), money lent; davel^u, lend money, mid., have 
 money lent to one, borroiv. 
 
 do (da-re), give; do-s, dS-ti-s, /., dowry; do-nu-m, I, n., gift. 
 
 dose, fflwec-dote, anti-dote. 
 
 R. Soic, dec, heseem. 
 
 8oK-6-(o, seem, seem right, think ; 867-iJi.a, ar-os, to, that which seems 
 to one, principle ; 86|a, 77s (for 5oK-o-a), opinion, renown; ev-bo^o-s, 
 o-v, in renovm ; So^dfoj, think, believe ; 86k-i)io-5, o-v, approved; Sokl/jA^w, 
 test, examine; SoKifia-ffla, as, test, examination. 
 
 dec-et, impers., it is seemly, it behooves; dec-us, or-is, n., grace, 
 glory; dec-or, 6r-is, m., comeliness ; dec6r-u-s, adj., seemly; dig- 
 nu-8, adj., ivorthy. 
 
 dogma, doxo-logy, hetero-doK, ortho-dox, para-do:s.. 
 
 hvvafiai, he able. 
 
 8vva-|i.ai, he able, can; dwa-To-s, -q, 6-v, able, possible; a-hvvaTo-^, 
 o-v, unable, impossible; dwd-ff-Trj-s, ov, a mighty man, nobleman; 
 Svva-p.i-%, e-wy, ij, ability, means. 
 
 d3rnamic, hydro-dyaaxaicB, djmamite, dynasty. 
 
 hvo, two (root hpa, Spi). 
 
 8vo (for Sfo), two; trvv-Svo, tioo by two ; Sib-ScKa (cf. ScKa), twelve; 
 8£v-T£po-s, o, o-v, second; 8i-d, prep., orig. between, asunder, then 
 through; hL-yja., adv., in two parts; Stx^s''^, divide in two; 8(-s, adv., 
 twice, in composition also 81- ; 5icr-xtXtoi, at, a (see x'^'O'j thousand), 
 two thousand; Si-fiOLpld, ds {iiolpa, lot, portion, see fi^pos, share), 
 double share; dl-Trrjxv-s, v (see irTJxv-^, cubit), of two cubits; Si- 
 wXedpo-?, o-v (cf. R. irXa), of tioo plethra ; 5t-ir\6o-s, 77, o-v (cf. R. 
 irXa), two-fold, double; 5i-ir\dffio-s, a, o-v (cf. R. irXa), two-fold; 
 U-<t>po-%, 6 (cf. R. <|>€p), that xohich holds two, chariot-board; iv- 
 5l(pp-i.o-s, o-v, on the same seat with one; di.a-K6a-ioi, ai, a (cf. iKarov), 
 two hundred. 
 
" 261 €l'Ko<ri-£KaT6v 
 
 duo, duae, two; du-b-iu-s, adj., dotibtful ; bi-s, adv., twice; 
 bi-ni, adj., two by two ; di-s-, inseparable prefix, asunder ; due-Uu-m, 
 bellu-m, 1, n., war. 
 
 TWO, TWAIN, TWICE, TWIN ; di-fferesis, di-Zemma, di-plo7na, di- 
 phthong, dia-boUcal, dia-critic, dia-gonal, dia-gram, di-ocese, hen- 
 dia-dys. 
 
 eiKoai, twenty. 
 
 cKkoo-i (see Note), twenty; rpid-KovTa (rf. rptis), thirty; TpiaKSur- 
 opo-s, 7] {cf. R. €p), thirty-oared ship; TeTTapd-Kovra (c/". r^TTopes), 
 forty ; irevT-q-Kovra (cf. irivTt) , fifty ; TrevrrjKou-Trip, rip-os, 6, commander 
 of fifty men; wevTrjKduT-opo-s, ij (cf. R. tp), fifty-oared ship ; irevTyiKoa- 
 t6-s, ^, 6-v, fiftieth; ■wevTriKo<TT-'u-s, v-os, ij, the number fifty, body of 
 fifty men; e^-fi-Kovra {cf. 'ii,), sixty ; e^Sofiri-KovTa (cf. i-frra.), seventy ; 
 6y5oT)-KovTa (cf. oktw), eighty ; evevf}-KovTa (cf Ivvea), ninety. 
 
 uiginti, twenty; tri-ginta, thirty, etc.; ui-ce-simu-s, adj., twenti- 
 eth; tri-ce-simu-s, adj., thirtieth, etc.; ui-ce-ni, adj.,' twenty each; 
 tri-ce-ni, adj., thirty each; quadra-ge-ni, adj., forty each, etc. 
 
 TWENTY' ; icosa-hedron, pente-coBt. 
 
 Note. — ef-Koa-i, which appears in other Greek dialects as pl-Kan, 
 Pel-Kan, was originally a compound meaning twice ten. Cf. 8vo and 
 8^-Ka (-Koa-i and -kovtu in rpid-Kovra, etc., being reduced forms). Cf. 
 Latin uiginti, English twen-ty. 
 
 eKarov, hundred. 
 
 cKarov (see Note), one hundred ; Sid-K6<Tioi, ai, a (cf. Svio), two hun- 
 dred; rpid-Kb(7ML, at, a (cf. rpeis), three hundred; TeTpa-K6<noL, at, a 
 (c/. T^TTap€s), four hundred; irevTa-Kdcnoi, at, a (cf.vivrt), five hun- 
 dred; e^a-K6a-(.oi, at, a (cf. «|), six htindred ; iirTa-Kda-ioi, ai, a (cf. tirrd), 
 seven hundred; 6KTa-K6(noi, at, a (cf. 6kt«), eight hundred. 
 
 cen-tu-m, one hundred ; du-cen-ti, two hundred, etc. ; cen-tur-ia, 
 ae, /., division of one hundred men; centuri-6, 6n-is, m., commander 
 of a hundred. 
 
 HUNDRED ; hecatom-6. 
 
 Note. — e-Kardv is a compound of ^i*, one (see ets, one), and a base 
 meaning hundred, Ka-ro-v (for Kav-ro-v), appearing also as -/coo-tot (cf. 
 cen-tu-m, -cen-tl). 
 
262 
 
 «v-C, «v, prep., in; th (for ev-s), prep., into; iv-ros, adv., inside 
 (if ; ei>-do-v, adv. (an ace. in form), itiside; ei>do-dei>, adv., from the 
 inside; ecru) or eta-u (for ev-a-u), adv., inside; ea-u-dev, adv., from 
 inside; ev-da, adv., xohere, there; ivda-de, adv., /lere; tvda-irep, adv., 
 </i,ere where; ev-dev, adv., /rom there; evd^v-Se, adv., /roj?i hence; iv- 
 Tavda, adv., therein ; iv-revdev, adv., thence ; ev-repo-v, t6, intestine, 
 
 in, prep., in, inio; in-tus, acZu., within; intes-tinu-s, adj., internal, 
 neut. plur. intestina as subst., intestines; in-de, adv., thence; in- 
 ter, prep., hetiveen; inter-ior, adj., inner; in-timu-s, adj., inmost; 
 intx^, prep., within; intro, adv., within. 
 
 IN ; esoteric, dys-entery. 
 
 evvea, nine. 
 
 e-vv^a (i- prothetic), nine; ivev-fi-Kovra {cf. tlKOtri), ninetij ; eva-ro-s, 
 t), o-v, ninth; ivd-Kis, adv., nine times. 
 
 nouem, nme; nona-ginta, ninety; nonu-s, adj., ninth; Nonae, 
 arum, /., Nones (ninth day before tlie Ides). 
 
 NINE ; ennea-g^on, eiiaea.-hedron. 
 
 e|, six. 
 
 2|, six; e^d-Kis, adv., six times; e^aKtcr-xtXtoi, ai, a (see X'^"") 
 thousand), six thousand ; e^6.-ir7]xv-sor:ii-wqxv-s,v (see 7r^xi'-5> cubit), 
 of six cubits; e^a-K6(Tiot, at, a (cf. tKar6v), six hundred; e^-fi-Kovra (cf. 
 (iKocri), sixty ; 'iK-ro-s, 17, o-v, sixth; e/cr-ato-s, a, o-v, on the sixth day. 
 
 sex, six; sex-iens, adv., six times; sex-tu-s, adj., sixth; sex- 
 centi, ses-centi, six hundred; sexa-ginta, sixty; se-mestri-s, adj., 
 of six months. 
 
 SIX ; hexsL-gon, hexa-meJer. 
 
 eoiKa, he like. 
 
 c-oiK-a, pf. as pres. (theme eU-), be like, appear ; part. ioiK-ws and 
 elK-us, ma, 6s, likely, natural ; eiKSrus, adv., naturally ; eUd^w, make 
 like, compare, conjecture; cIk-wv, bv-o%, i], likeness, image; d-eiK-ris, 
 contr. aU-ris, ^s, unseemly, shameful; aM^ui, treat shamefully, outrage, 
 torture. 
 
 icono-clast, icono-graphy. 
 
263 lirrd-R. 6<r 
 
 eiTTa, seven. 
 
 €irTd, seven; iirra-Kal-deKa (cf. iiKO.), seventeen; eirTa-Kda-ioi, at, a 
 (cf. tKaro'v), seven hundred; ewrd-Kis, adv., seven times; ^^5-o/oio-s, tj, 
 o-v (for eTrr-oytio-s), seventh; ijSdo/MT^-Kovra (cf. tiKotri), seventy. 
 
 septem, seven; sept-iens, adv., seven times; sept-imu-s, adj., 
 seventh; septua-ginta, seventy ; septin-gentT, .'^even hundred. 
 
 SEVEN ; hepta-gro/i, hepta-AecZroH, hept-arc/iy, hebdomadal. 
 
 R. ep, er, ra, row. 
 
 €p-e-TT)-s, ou, rower; vir-7]p^Tr]-s, ov, rower, assistant of any sort, 
 servant; vTrrjperi-u, serve; ipecr-ld (eper-ia), as, a rowing; ipiaauj 
 (eper-Lw), row ; Tpi--f)p-r)s, e-os, i) (cf. rpeis), galley with three banks of 
 oars, mnn-of-war ; TptT/p-tT?;-?, ov, man-of-war^ s man ; TrevT-r)K6vT-op-o-s, 
 i] ((f. irivn and el'Koo-i), fifty-oared ship; Tpia.K6vT-op-o-s, ij (cf. rptis 
 and €l'Ko<ri), thirty-oared ship. 
 
 re-mu-s, I, m., oar; tri-remi-s, is, /., trireme; ra-ti-s, is, /., raft, 
 float. 
 
 ROW, RUDDER. 
 
 R. eo", es, live, be. 
 
 (l-\i.l (for e<r-p.i), tl (for ecr-i, orig. €<t-(ti), €<r-T£, etc., be; part, uv, 
 oSffa, 6v, gen. cSj/t-os, etc. (stem (Si/r-), older form e-wv, etc. (stem i-ovr- 
 for e(T-ovT-) ; oi)o--ia, as (for oir-ta), property (that which is), being, 
 existence ; i^-ovald, as, possibility, power (cf. e^-ea-n, it is free to one, 
 it is allowed); (xvu-ova-id, as, a being together; «T-dt« (from a stem 
 er-o- for cr-er-o-), examine, test (see if a thing zs) ; e^-erdf'w, examine 
 closely, inspect; i^ira-a-i-^, e-ws, ij, examination, inspection, review; 
 tT-w-(jio-s, O-V (er-v- for a-er-v-), true, actual; ^t-oi-jao-s, 17, o-v or o-s, 
 o-v (ir- for (T-er-), recsZ, ready, prepared; iroi/Mus, adv., readily ; Us 
 (for etr-u-s), reaZ, irwe, good; neut. contracted as adv., e5, weZZ. 
 
 Note. — The group is remarkable as showing in nearly all of the 
 words a complete loss of the root. The following Latin words all 
 preserve traces of it. 
 
 s-u-m (for es-u-m), be, inf. es-se ; ab-sen-s, adj., absent; prae- 
 sen-8, adj., present; 8-6-n-s, adj., the real one, guilty, criminal; 
 er-u-8, I, m., master, lord. 
 
 AM, ART, IS, ARE, SOOTH, SIN ; etymo-^>r///, evL-logy, ev-angelist. 
 
R. 1 F«P-R F€o- 264 
 
 R. 1 fep, uer, speak. 
 
 clpcrt (theme ip-), int. ipQ, pf. etpriKa, speak; say; p7j-t6-$, t), 6-v, 
 said, told; dir6-p-priTo-s, o-i>, not to be told, secret; dpr\-vr\, r/s (for 
 e-pp-q-vri), agreement, peace ; pifj-T*»p, op-o$, 6, speaker, orator; p^-rpd, 
 as, verbal agreement, compact. 
 
 uer-bu-m, I, n., word; uerb-6su-B, adj., wordy. 
 
 word; irenics, Irene. 
 
 R. 2 fep, uer, protect., watch over. 
 
 i(p-K-0S| e-os, t6, defence, wall; epv-|xa, ar-os, t6 (stem ipv- for 
 e-fep-v, e-fpv), safeguard, protection; ipv-p-vd-s, -fj, 6-v, defended, forti- 
 fied; ipv-K-(j), hold back, keep off; ovp-o-s, 6 (for fop-o-s), watcher, 
 guardian; ecp-op-o-s, 6, one who watches over, overseer; (ppovp-6-s, 6 (for 
 irpo-fop-o-s, cf. irpo), one loho watches in defence of, guard ; (ppovp^-oj, 
 loatch, guard; (ppovp-apxo-s, 6 (cf apx«), commander of a watch; 
 (ppoip-io-v, t6, guarded post, garrison; rln-wpb-s, b-v (for Tifid-popo-s, 
 cf. R. Ti), xoatching over honour, avenging ; Tlp.wp-id, as, help, ven- 
 geance; Tip.wpi-u, help, avenge; ve-upb-s, 6 (cf. vavs), superintendent 
 of the dockyard ; veibp-io-v, t6, place where ships are kept, dockyard ; 
 6pd-ci>, watch over, see, behold. 
 
 uer-e-or, reverence, fear ; ual-lu-s, i, m., stake, palisade; uallu-m, 
 I, n., rampart. 
 
 a-WARE, 6e-WARE, WARY, WARD, WARN, WARES, WORTH, WEIR, 
 
 WRAITH ; (?i-orama, pan-oxaxaa., pyl-oras. 
 
 R. pep^. 
 
 i'pY-o-v, rb, loork, deed; ipy-6-s, 6-v (Epic d-epy-b-s), without work, 
 idle; ev-epy^-rrj-s, ov, 6, ivell doer, benefactor ; evepyeri-u, do a kind- 
 ness; evepye-<rla, os, kindness; KUKovpy-o-s, 6 (Epic KaKb-epy-o-s, see 
 /co/c6-s, bad), lorong doer; KaKovpyi-u, do harm to; <Tvv-epy-6-s, 6-v, 
 working with; ipyd^o-fiai, do work, labour; irav-oOpy-o-s, o-v (for irav- 
 e-opy-o-s, cf. iros), that toill do anything, villainous; iravovpy-ia, as, 
 knavishness ; vir-ovpy-b-s, b-v, serviceable, conducive to. 
 
 WORK, WRIGHT, WROUGHT ; ew-ergy, organ, orgy, ^e-orgic, chir- 
 urgeon, s-urgeon, h'«-urgy, metall-uigy. 
 
 R. pea, ues, cover, clothe. 
 
 2v-vv-n,i (for pea-vv-pLi), clothe; ka--dr\-s, rjr-os, ij, dress, clothes; 
 tlfxa, ar-os, to (for /reer-yna), garment; l-fiaT-Lo-v, rb, outer garment. 
 
265 K. Fex-R. FtK 
 
 himation ; eV-irtpo-s, o-v, of the evening (the 'coverer') ; ea-iripa, as, 
 evening. 
 
 ues-ti-s, is, /., clothing ; uaa-u-m, i, w., older form of uas, uas-is, 
 «., vessel ; ues-per, eri or eris, m., evening star, evening. 
 
 WEAR ; Hesperus. 
 
 R. f6x-> uag, ueh, move, carry. 
 
 ox-o-s, 6, carriage, chariot; ox^-w, carry ; 6xr]-f^o,, ar-os, to, convey- 
 ance; 6x-«t6-s, 6, conductor for water, ditch, drain; ox-^o-s, 6, that 
 which moves in a mass, crowd, confusion; 6xX^-w, move, disturb, 
 trouble. 
 
 uag-u-s, adj., rambling, unfixed; ueh-5, carry ; ueh-i-culu-m, T, n., 
 carriage, conveyance; uili-s, adj., cheap, worthless; uec-tor, oris, ?»., 
 traveller; uia, ae, /., way, road; uehe-men-s, adj., eager, violent; 
 uec-ti-gal, alis, n., revenue, toll; ue-lu-m, i, n., sail. 
 
 WAG, WAGON, WAIN, WAY, WEIGH, WEDGE, WIGHT, WHIT, WING, 
 
 wALL-ewet?. 
 
 R. pth, uid, see, know. 
 
 cl8-o-v (theme ^5-), see; 18-e'd, as, look, form; cIS-os, e-os, to, 
 look, shape; ey-et5^$, h, good looking ; dvixo-eidrjs, h {cf. R. 1 0v), high- 
 spirited; ixy)vo-ei5ri$, h (fi'fivr], moon), crescent shaped ; (T(paipo-eid^s, ^s 
 ((T<pa2pa, ball), ball-like, spherical; Tidpo-eiS-rjs, 4s (see Tidpd, tiara), 
 tiara-shaped ; dvTpui5r]s, es (for avTpo-eidrjs, see &vTpo-v, cave), cave-like, 
 cavernous; ye-did-rjs, e$ (c/". ■yn), earthy, deep-soiled; ctS-wXo-v, T6,form, 
 likeness, image ; olS-a, 2 pf. with pres. sense, knout ; lV-T«p, op-os, 6, 
 one who knows, vnse man, judge ; IffTopi-u, seek to knoiv, learn ; 
 IffTop-ld, as, knoidedge got by inquiry. 
 
 uid-e-o, see; ui-su-s, lis, m., look, vision; e-uid-en-s, adj., looking 
 out, obvious; pruden-s, adj., foreseeing, prudent; ui-tru-m, i, n., 
 glass; uis-6, look at attentively. 
 
 WISE, wisE-acre, wit, wicked, witch; idea, spher-oid, typh-oid, 
 idol, history. 
 
 R. fiK, uic, eome. 
 
 d<|>-iK-v^-o-|j,ai, arrive; iK-avo-Si Vi o-v, coming up to, sufficient; 
 iKavQs, adv., sufficiently ; ik-^-tti-s, ov, he that comes for aid, petitioner ; 
 iKerev-w, beg; oIk-o-s, 6, place to which one comes, house, home; 
 o(K-(d, as, house, dioelling ; oiKo-i, at home; oiKo-Oev, avay from home; 
 
u. gvv-K. e£ 266 
 
 otK-a-de, homeward; oiKo-dofw-s, 6 (d4fjL-u, build), house-builder; oIko- 
 dofii-u, build a house, build; oIko-v6ij.o-s, 6 (cf. R. veji.), household 
 superintendent; olK-eio-s, a, o-v, belonging to one^s house, familiar; 
 oiKelus, adv., in a friendly loay ; oiKi-rtj-s, ov, member of one^s house- 
 hold, slave ; oUi-u, have a home, dwell ; otK-q-cn-s, e-ws, ij, act of dwell- 
 ing', dwelling-place ; oiK-rj-fia, ar-os, to, dwelling, house; oIkI^w, found, 
 settle ; dir-oiKo-s, o-v, away from home, as subst., colonist; diroiK-ld, as, 
 colony; Moa-a-iv-oiKoi, ol (see fioa-a-vv, wooden tower), dwellers in wooden 
 toivers ; irepi-oiKo-s, o-v, dwelling round; TrepioiK^-u, live round or on 
 the shor4 of. 
 
 uic-u-s, I, m., abode, street, village; uic-inu-s, adj., of the neigh- 
 bourhood ; uil-la, ae, /., country-seat. 
 
 di-ocese, ecumenical, par- ochial, eco-nomy. 
 
 R. ^vy, iug, bmd. 
 
 lv^-6-v, TO, yoke; viro-^Cy-io-v, to, beast under the yoke, beast of 
 burden ; lii-<f-vv-\u., yoke, join, fasten ; l,tvy-o%, e-os, to, yoke of oxen, 
 etc., team; ^€vy-r]\d-Tr)-s, ov (see iXaiivu, theme e\a-, drive), one who 
 drives a yoke of oxen, teamster ; ^evyriXaT^-u, drive a yoke of oxen. 
 
 iug-u-m, 1, n., yoke; iu-mentu-m, T, ??., beast of burden; con- 
 iunx, con-iux, iug-is, ?». and/., husband, wife; bigae, arum,/., span 
 of horses; iuxta, adv., adjoining, near ; iung-6, joui. 
 
 YOKE ; sy-zygy. 
 
 R. de, da, fa, |>Zace, put, make. 
 
 t£-0ti-)jii, place, put, do; eTri-Tier)iJ.i, lay upon, mid., attack ; hrlde- 
 ai-s, e-ws, 7], a setting on, attack; ev-eiriee-To-s, o-v, easily attacked or 
 assailable; dyuv-o-d^-Trj-s, ov (c/. R. a-y), judge of a contest; 6€-|ii-s, 
 LT-os, 7), that which is laid down, laio, right; 9i-a--]>.6-s, 6, laio, ordi- 
 nance ; wapa-KaTa-dT)-KT], -qs, what is put down beside one, deposit ; dvd- 
 drj-fia, aT-os, to, thing set tip, votive offering; avv-d-rj-fia, ar-os, to, 
 thing agreed upon, agreement, watchword ; Qi\-<r-avp6-s, 6, something 
 ptit avMy, treasure. 
 
 -do, only in compounds, as ab-do, put away, cre-do, jmt faith in, 
 believe, per-do, make avmy with, destroy; fa-c-i-6, make, do; fi-6, 
 be done, become; pro-fic-i-sc-o-r, set oneself forward, set out; fac- 
 in-us, or-is, n., deed, misdeed; fac-ili-s, adj., easy to do. 
 
 DO, DEED, DEEM, DOOM, ^•?n.r/-DOM ; thesls, anti-thssis, paren- 
 thesis, sy n-thesis. theme, oin thema. thesaurus, treasure. 
 
267 eei-R. 1 dy 
 
 Oe'd, sif/ht, spectacle (prob. root Oaf}. 
 
 ee'-d, as (Doric dd-d), sight, spectacle; 6av-|j.a, ar-os, to, something 
 gazed at, wonder ; daviid^<jj, luonder at; davfj-aa-ro-s, rj, 6-v, loonderful ; 
 6avixd<T-io-s, d, o-v, wonderfid ; 6€d-o-|iai (for Oeap-o-fj-ai), gaze at, look 
 on ; Qia-fia, ar-os, to, sight ; 0€w-p6-S) o (Doric Oed-po-s), one who gazes ; 
 9eupi-w, be a spectator, revieio. 
 
 theatre, amphi-theatxe, theorem, theory. 
 
 Oeu'i, god. 
 
 Oc-o-s, 6, god, divinity; ded, as, goddess; de-io-s, d, o-v, divine; 
 A-Oeo-s, o-v, godless, impious; deo-ae^-qs, h {<T4^-o-fiai, worship), god- 
 fearing, religious ; deoae^e-ia, as, religion, piety. 
 
 theo-cracy, theo-gony, theo-logy, theism, «-theiam, pan-theiam, 
 poly-theism, ai)o-theosis, e?i-thusiasm, j^an-theon. 
 
 dpa(TV<i, bold. 
 
 9po<r-v-s, eta, v, bold, daring, confident; dpaa^us, adv., boldly; 
 dapatvu, dappvvoj, make confident, cheer ; 6dp<r-os, 0dpp-os, e-os, to, con- 
 fidence, courage; dappi-u, be confident, be of good cheer; dapp-a\^o-s, 
 d, o-v, full of confidence ; dappakiws, adv., with confidence, boldly. 
 
 fas-tu-a, us, m., scorn, contempt ; fastid-iu-m, i, n. (iov fastu-taed- 
 iu-m), loathing, dislike. 
 
 DARE, DURST ; thrasoH-ica?. 
 
 R. 1 6v, rush. 
 
 6v-w, rush, rage ; Ov-e\\a, tjs, storm, hurricane ; dv-|i,d-S| 6, the ani- 
 mating principle in man, heart, wrath ; dvixo-o-jxai, be angry ; dvfio- 
 eiSi^s, ^s (c/. R. Fi.8), high-spirited; d-di/fMo-s, o-v, ivithout heart, dis- 
 pirited; ddvixm, adv., faintheartedly ; advix-id, os, faintheartedness; 
 ddvfx4-u, be despondent; verbal ddvp.7]-T^o-s, a, o-v, must lose courage; 
 iv-dvp.i-0-p.ai, lay to heart, consider ; evdv/mTj-ixa, ar-os, to, thought, idea; 
 eTrL-6vfii-co, have one''s heart on, desire; e-Kidvix-id, as, desire, longing ; 
 ev-dvfxo-s, o-v, of good heart, cheerful; evdviii-o-jxai, be cheerful; irpd- 
 dvno-s, o-v, with mind intent, ready, willing ; Trpodv/ius, adv., willingly ; 
 d-irp69vfj.o-s, o-v, not eager ; irpodvp.-id, as, readiness, eagerness ; wpodvp-i- 
 0-p.ai, be eager; p4-Bvp.o-s, o-v (see pq.-5io-s, easy), with mind at ease, 
 indifferent, lazy ; pq.dvfj.-ld, ds, laziness; pq.dvp.i-w, live in idleness. 
 
I^. -2 9u-K£iHiai 268 
 
 R. 2 6v, fu, smoke, sacrifice. 
 
 6w-w, offer, sacrifice; Ov-ttjp, rjp-os, 6, sacrificer ; 6v-trid, as, sacri- 
 fice ; 0v-(ia, ar-os, to, victim, sacrifice ; Ov-fi-iXri, rjs, place for sacrifice, 
 altar; dv/x-id-o}, bi(rn incense; dvfj.la-/j.a, ar-os, to, incense; Ov/iLoi- 
 T-qpLo-v, TO, vessel for burning incense, censer ; 0v-o-v, to, a tree the 
 fragrant wood of which was burnt in sacrifice ; 6v6-eis, ea-cra, ev, fra- 
 grant; dv-w8r]s, es (6^w, smell), sweet-smelling ; ei-jxc-v, to, thyme. 
 
 fu-mu-s, 1, m., smoke; fu-n-us, er-is, n., funeral rites; fu-li-go, 
 in-is, /., soot; fi-mu-s, I, Hi., filth; foe-du-s {ior foui-du-s), adj., filthy. 
 
 DUST ; thyme. 
 
 KULO), hum. 
 
 Kd-i(i), Ka-w (theme /can-), burn; KaO-o-i-s, e-ws, r), a burning ; Kavtn- 
 p.o-%, o-v, that can be burnt, combustible; Kav-To-s, Kav-<T-Td-s, t}, 6-v, 
 burnt; d-Kav^To-s, o-i>, unburnt ; oXo-Kaur^-w (see SXo-s, whole), bring 
 a whole burnt offering ; Kav-^ta, ar-os, to, heat. 
 
 caustic, cauterise, /ioZo-caust, calm. 
 
 R. Ka\ cal, call. 
 
 Ka\-€-(i>, pf. K^-Kk-q-fiai, etc., call ; kXtj-o-i-s, e-ws, 17, a calling ; iK-KXr)- 
 ffld, as, regularly summoned assembly ; eK/cXTjtnctfw, hold an assembly. 
 — KTjpv-l, vK-os, 6 (formed on a stem Krip-v-), herald, crier; KrtpvTTU), 
 be a herald, proclaim ; d-Ki^pvK-To-s, o-v, unproclaimed ; KTjpvK-eio-s, o-v, 
 of a herald; K7)pvK€to-v, to, heraUVs staff. — Kpa^o) (i'or Kpa-y-icj), cry 
 out, call aloud; KpavY-'/j, ^s, outcry. 
 
 cal-6, call together; Kale-ndae, arum, /., day of proclamation. 
 Calends; con-cil-iu-m, 1, n., meeting ; nomen-cla-tor, 6r-is, m., one 
 loho calls by name ; cla-mo, cry out; cla-ru-s, adj., clear ; clas-si-s, 
 is,/., class. 
 
 HALE, HAUL, HA L-?/«)(Z / eccleslastic. 
 
 Kel/xai, lie. 
 
 K{t-|xai, lie; Koi-iid-«, lay to rest; Kw-)io-s, 6, banquet (where the 
 guests reclined); KM-fjn], 175, dwelling-place, ^;l7^ag'e (' resting-place '); 
 Kcj/i-dpx'j-s, ov (cf. opx«), village chief; K(jjp.'f)-T-r)-s, ov, villager; Ku-fxa, 
 ar-os, TO, deep sleep. 
 
 ci-ui-s, is, m., citizen; tran-qui-Uu-s, adj., quiet; quie-s, etis, /., 
 a lying still, rest; quie-sc-6, keep quiet. 
 
269 R. K€\-R. 1 Kpa 
 
 HIVE, HIND {peasant), home; cemetery, cora-edy, comic, en- 
 comium, coma. 
 
 R. /ceX, eel, set in motion. 
 
 K€\-o-|xai, set in motion, urge on ; k^\-Xu, o-kc\-\(o, drive on, run 
 ashore; kcX-ev-u (for /ce\-e/r-w), drive, order, command, bid; /ceXeu-o-- 
 To'-s, ■^, d-v, ordered, bidden; avTo-K^Xeva-ro-s, o-v (cf. avros), self- 
 directed; ey-K^XevffTo-s, o-v, instigated ; irapa-K^Xev-a-L-s, e-ws, ^, an en- 
 couraging, cheering on; K«'\-ev-9o-s, v-, path, way, track; d-KoXovdo-s, 
 o-v, going the same way ; dKoXovO^-ui, follow ; kwX-o-v, to, leg, member 
 ('the goer'); veu-Kop-o-s, 6 (see vdo'-s, temple), keeper of a temple (one 
 who 'goes about,' i.e. attends to a temple). 
 
 cal-li-s, is, m. and f, foot-path ; cel-er, adj., sviift ; pro-cel-la, ae, 
 /., tempest; pro-cul, adv., in the distance; cele-ber, adj., trodden, 
 frequented; col-6, ptirsue, attend to, care for; cur-ro, run; cur- 
 ru-s, us, m., chariot; crus, ur-is, n., leg. 
 
 CAR, HORSE, Wal-RVS, GARROTTE, GARTER ; «-COlyte, COlon, bu- 
 
 colic. 
 
 kIvSwc^, danger. 
 
 k£v8vvo-s, 6, danger ; d-KivSluo-s, o-v, without danger ; dKivdtvus, adv., 
 without danger; iwi-Klvdvvo-s, o-v, dangerous ; (f>iXo-KLv8vvo-s, o-v (^cf. 
 <t>(\os), loving danger; Kivdvvev-w, encounter danger ; Kivdlvev-r-q-t, ov, 
 a daring person ; KivBvvev-fxa, aT-os, to, risk, venture. 
 
 R. Kof, cau, perceive., heivare. 
 
 d-Kov-(d, perceive, hear; dKov-a-To-s, -q, 6-v, that may be heard, 
 audible; dKov-iq, d.Ko-TJ, ^s, hearing, soxmd heard, report; iir--^Ko-o-s, 
 o-v, within hearing ; v-n--7)Ko-o-s, o-v, listening to, obedient. 
 
 cau-e-6, take care; cau-tu-s, adj., careful ; cau-sa, ae, /., that of 
 which one takes heed, cause. 
 
 SHEEN, show; acoustic. 
 
 R. 1 /cpa, ere, eer, do, make. 
 
 avTo-Kpd-T«p, op-OS, 6, i) (cf. avris), being one''s oivn master ; Kpdr- 
 os, e-os, TO (/cpa + r), strength, might; Kpar^-u, be strong, be mas- 
 ter; Kp«tTTwv, ov (for Kper-iuv), comp., stronger, better; KpdT-io-To-s, 
 7), o-v, sup., strongest, best; iy-Kpar^s, ^?, possessed of power; iiri- 
 Kparri^, is, master of; iiriKpare-La, as, mastery; iray-Kpdr-LO-v, to {cf. 
 
R. 2 Kpa-R. \€7 270 
 
 irds), complete contest, in which, combining both wrestling and boxing, 
 all the powers of the fighter were called into action. 
 
 Cer-es, er-is, /., Ceres ('goddess of creation'); pro-ceru-s, adj., 
 high, tall ; caeri-mon-ia, ae, /., religious rite; cor-p-us, or-is, n., 
 hodii ; cre-6, produce, create; cre-sc-6, come into being; in-cre- 
 mentu-m, i, n., growth. 
 
 HARD ; auto-crat, aristo-cra.cy, demo-cracy, demo-crat, etc. 
 
 R. 2 Kpa, car, mix, cook. 
 
 Kpd-o-i-Si e-ws, T), a mixing, crasis ; Kpa-TTJp, vp-os, 6, mixing howl ; 
 S,-Kpa.-To-s, o-v, unmixed; Kcpd-vvv-|ii, mix; d-Kipa-io-s, o-v, unmixed, 
 imre; Kepa-|xo-s, 6, earth for mixing and baking, potter'' s clay ; Kepdp.- 
 lo-v, TO, earthen jar ; Kepap.-eovs, d, oOv, of earth or clay. 
 
 car-b-6, on-is, m., charcoal; cul-ina, ae, /., kitchen; cre-mo, 
 burn; crem-or, or-is, m., broth. 
 HEARTH ; crasis, idiosyn-cxasy, crater. 
 
 R. \a6, lat, conceal. 
 
 \a-v-6-dv-w, lie hid, escape the notice of; \d0-pa, adv., secretly; 
 \Ti0-t], ■>;?, fur getf Illness ; d-\r)d-ris, ^s, unconcealed, true; dXride-ia, ds, 
 trtith, candour; dXTjd-ivo-s, rj, 6-v, gemdne ; d\T]dev-cj, speak the truth. 
 
 la-te-6, lie hid; late-bra, ae, /., hiding-place ; latebr-osu-s, adj., 
 abounding in coverts, secret. 
 
 lethargy, Lethe. 
 
 R. \ey, leg, gather. 
 
 Xiy-a, gather, count, tell, say ; Xe/c-ro'-s, ■^, 6-v, selected; d-rro-XeKTo-^, 
 o-v, selected; iiri-XeKTo-s, o-v, selected; verbal XeK-rio-s, d, o-v, to be 
 said; X6y-o-s, 6, word, saying, reason; diro-Xoy^-o-fiaL, say in defence ; 
 a-TTovdaio-Xoy^-o} {a-n-ovdaTo-s, serious), carry on an earnest conversation ; 
 6yu6-Xo7o-s, o-v (c/. djia), saying the same, agreeing ; o/xoXoyi-u, agree, 
 confess; ofioXoyov/xivus, avoioedly, by common consent; (TvX-Xoyo-^, 6, 
 a gathering, meeting; a-vX-Xoy-^, rjs, a gathering, levy; Xoyl^o-fiai, 
 take into account, consider ; d-X6yi(T-To-i, o-v, not considering, foolish. 
 
 leg-6, collect, read; leg-io, 6n-is, /., body of soldiers, legion; leg- 
 u-men, in-is, n., pulse ; supel-lex, lecti-li-s, /., furniture ; e-lega-n-s, 
 adj., accustomed to select, fastidious, choice ; llg-nu-m, i, n., gathered 
 wood, Jire wood. 
 
271 R. X€x-H. ^a 
 
 KAKE, RECKON ; (firt-lect, lexicon, aixi-logy, opo-logy, hin-logy, 
 chrono-logy, philo-logy, a/*o-logue, catu-logue, dia-logue, epi-logue, 
 homo-logous, log-arithm, logic, sv/Z-logism. 
 
 R. Xe;)^, leg, lie. 
 
 \€'x-os, e-os, TO, conch, bed; \6x-o-s, 6, a lying in wait, ambush, 
 company of armed men; Xoxt-rrj-s, ov, one of the same company ; \ox- 
 dyS-i, 6 (cf. R. ay), leader of a Xo'xos, captain; Xoxdyi-w, be captain; 
 vTro-\6xayo-s, 6, siib-captain, lieutenant ; Xoxdy-id, ds, captaincy. 
 
 lec-tu-s, T, m., couch; lect-Tca, ae, /., litter; lex, leg-is,/., law; 
 lego, send ivith a commission, depute ; con-leg-a, ae, m., partner in 
 office. 
 
 LIE, LAY, LAIR, LAAV, LOG, LOW. 
 
 R. fia, ma, thi7ik. 
 
 |i€-|Aa-a (Epic pf. with present meaning), think upon, long for, de- 
 sire; aiiTo-ixa-To-s, t], o-v (cf. olvtos), of one'' s own desire, self-impelled, 
 spontaneously. — (lav-Cd, ds {jxa -{■ v = jxav) , excited thought, madness ; 
 |j.aivo-|xai (for fiav-io-ixai), rage, be mad ; (idv-n-s, e-ws, 6, one inspired, 
 seer, prophet; /lavrev-o-nai, prophesy, presage; /j-avrev-To-s, ij, 6-v, 
 foretold or directed by an oracle; /xaure-To-s, d, o-v, oracular; fiavreid, 
 ds, prediction, oracle; (ie'v-os, e-os, to, spirit, might, disposition; ev- 
 fievris, ^s, icell-disposed ; Mov-o-a, 17s, Iluse ('inspirer of thought'); 
 |x^v-(i>, bethink oneself, wait; hov-t|, ^s, a tarrying, halt; \t.r\v-v-()>, put 
 one in mind, point out, reveal ; |iyd-o-|iai, be mindful of, pay court to ; 
 TTpo-nvdo-fxai, sue for, solicit; }i,i-fi.vT|-o-K-w, remind, mid. and pass., 
 remember; \i,v{\-\i.r\, tjs, remembrance; \t.vf\-\i.a, ar-os, to, memorial; 
 vTTo-fjLvqfia, aT-os, TO, memorial, reminder; iJ.vr}-fie-2o-v, to, monument ; 
 |AVTJ-(i(ov, 01', gen. oj'-os, mindful, of good memory ; nvTifMou-iKo-s, 17, 6-v, 
 having a good memory ; fivrj/xovev-w, recall, recollect; ixv-q-crl-KaKo-s, o-v 
 (see KaKo-s, bad), mindful of ivrongs received, bearing malice ; f^vrjo-i- 
 KaKi-Q}, bear a grudge. — fj.a-v-0-dv-co (/xa -{- = /xad) , learn, find out; 
 fjLa9r]-Tri-s, ov, learner, pupil ; ixadrt-ixa, ttT-os, to', }i'hnt is learnt; |i.d6-os, 
 e-os, TO, learning, knowledge; <pi\o-ij.a0'r)s, h (cf. ^i\os) , fond of know- 
 ledge. — |xd-io-p.ai (for fiaff-Lo-fiai, iJLa-\- (7 = /xa(r), long for, strir^e after, 
 seek ; naa-T€v-uj, seek after. 
 
 ma-s, ma-r-is, adj., maJp ; man-e-o, stay ; men-s, men-ti-s,/., mind; 
 me-min-i, remember; com-min-i-sc-o-r, devise, invent; Min-er-ua, 
 ae, /., Minerva (goddess of wisdom); men-ti-o-r, invent, deceive, lie ; 
 
R. HiaK-K. ixsX. 272 
 
 mon-e-6, remind, admonish ; mon-s-tru-m, I, n., divine, omen ; m5n- 
 stro, shoio. 
 
 MAN, MEAN (intend), mind, mood; mania, maniac, neo-o-mancy, 
 muse, museum, music, mentor, mnemonics, mathematics. 
 
 R. yu,a«, mac, be great, have j^ower. 
 
 \iaK-p6-s, a, 6-p, long ; fidK-ap, ap-os, 6, ij, lyoiverful, rich; /xaKcip- 
 lo-s, a, o-v, blessed, happy; /xa/captfw, regard as happy; /xaKapLa-To-s, 
 ■f], 6-v, to be thought happy, enviable; \LriK-os, e-os, to, length; (j,Vjk- 
 WTTO-s, 7j, o-v, sup., longest. — (iT)x-avT|, ^s, means for doing, ma- 
 chine, device; ixT]xa'''OL-o-fj.ai, devisa^ contrive; a-p.7)xo-vo-%, o-v, without 
 means, impossible, impracticable. — ne'^-a-s, /xeyd-Xr], iiiya, great, large ; 
 fieydXws, adv., greatly, exceedingly; fieyaX-rjyopo-s, o-v (cf. aydpu), 
 talking big, boastfid; iJieya\r]yopi-w, boast, brag; fieyako-wpew^s, is 
 (see irpiirw, befit), befitting a great man, magnificent ; pLeyaXoirpeirds, 
 adv., munificently, splendidly ; neC^wv, ov (for /xey-lojv), comp., greater ; 
 (iCY-io-TO-s, Vi o-''» sup., greatest; /xiye-dos, e-os, to, bigness, size. 
 
 mac-tu-s, adj., glorified, worshipped; macto, magnify, glorify; 
 mag-nu-s, adj., great; maior (iov mag-ior), adj., greater; maximu-s 
 (fur mag-simu-s), adj., greatest; mag-is, adv. (for mag-ius), more; 
 mag-is-ter, tii, m., master. 
 
 MAKE, MADE, MAY, MIGHT, MUCH, MORE, MOST, MANY, MICKLE, 
 
 MATCH, MATE, MAIN, MAID ; macro-coswt, mecbanic, omega, mega- 
 therium, megalo-sawrifs. 
 
 R. fiax, figlit. 
 
 (idx-Tj, Tjs, battle ; (i,dx-o-|j,ai, fight ; fiaxvri-^, "n-, o-v, to be fought 
 with; d-yudxTjTo-s, o-v, unconquerable, not having fought; d/j.axv-Th 
 adv., without fighting ; d-piaxo-s, o-v, without battle ; dp.ax-fl, adv., icith- 
 out resistance ; diro-paxo-s, o-v, not fighting ; iiri-p.axo-'s, o-v, that may be 
 easily attacked ; irp6-p.axo-s, o-v, fighting in front, champion; irpopax- 
 e(l)v, wc-os, 6, rampart; o-vp.-iJ.axo-s, o-v, fighting with, allied; o-n/u/xox^-w, 
 be an ally; a-vp.p.ax-la, as, alliance; 6ir\o-p.dxo-s, o-v (cf. R. <r€ir), 
 fighting in heavy arms ; birXop-ax-i-o., as, heavy infantry tactics; rrvpyo- 
 /uax^-w (see irvpyo-s, tower), storm a tower ; )jidx-t)xo-s, o-v, fit to fight ; 
 fidxaipa, as (iov piax-ap-ia), sword; p.axalp-io-v, to, dagger. 
 
 R. yLteX, mer, mind, regard. 
 
 )j,€\-€i, impers., it is a care, it concerns; d-p.e\--i^s, is, without con- 
 cern, heedless; d/xeXcDs, adv., heedlessly; dp.i\€-ia, as, carelessness: 
 
273 R. 1117-R. v€n 
 
 d/ieX^-w, be careless; rnxeXrifi^vws, adv. (from the pf. mid. partic. of 
 d/xeX^cj), carelessly ; iiri-ij.€\-ris, h, careful ; eTri^Ae-to, as, care ; iwi/j-eX^- 
 o-fiai or iirt/jL^X-o-iMai; take care of; fieX^-rr), 77s, care, attention, practice ; 
 fieXerd-co, attend to, practise ; fieXerrj-po-s, d, 6-v, well trained; p.c\-\(i>, 
 bethink oneself, hesitate, be on the point of. 
 
 mor-a, ae, /., delay; me-mor, adj., mindful ; memor-ia, ae, /., 
 memory. 
 
 R. fjLLy, mic, mix. 
 
 jit-y-vv-iAi, (Ai-y-vw-o), mix, mingle; fjuK-ro-s, ■fi, 6-v, mixed, to be 
 mixed; &-ijukto-s, o-v, unmixed; \t.(.y-a., p.C-y-8a, (iC-y-Sriv, adv., mixedly ; 
 lAigt-s, e-ws (for fuy-(ns).f^ a mingling, intercourse; ixl^o-^dp^apo-s, 
 o-v (see pdp-^apo-s, foreign), half barbarian, half Greek. 
 
 mi-sc-e-6, mix; mix-tu-s, adj., mixed; pro-misc-uu-s, adj., 
 mixed, indiscriminate. 
 
 MIX, MASH. 
 
 i/aO?, ship (R. va, vv, flow, swim). 
 
 vav-s, ve-dis, 7], ship ('swimmer'); vav-apxo-s, 6 (cf apx«>), com- 
 mander of a fleet, admiral; vavapx^-(>3, be admiral; vav-KX-qpo-s, 6 
 (kXt7/3o-s, lot, share), ship-owner; vav-iriTYo-s, 6 {cf. R. ira7), ship- 
 builder; vav-n-qyi-oj, build ships ; vavn-qy-rj-cnfjio-s, o-v, Jit for ship-build- 
 ing ; vov-rn-s, ov, seaman, sailor; vavr-iKo-s, rj, 6-v, belonging to ships, 
 naval ; vav-\o-v, t6, money for passage by ship ; vav-<r0Xo-v, t6 (for 
 vav-a-ToXo-v, see (tt^XXw, send), fare; vava-i-iropo-s, o-v {cf. R. irep), that 
 can be traversed in ships; vav-o-id, as, seasickness; ve-up6-s, 6 {cf. 
 R. 2 F«p), supei'intendent of the dock-yard; vedpio-v, t6, dock-yard; 
 v6-T0-s, 6, southwest wind (which brings wet weatlier); vii-o-o-s, •7, 
 island ('swimming in the sea'); YleXowo-v-vqffo-'s, ^ (IIAoi/', Pelops), 
 Peloponnesus ('Pelops's Island') ; 'n.€Xoirovviqa--M-s, d, o-v, Peloponne- 
 Sia7i; Xepa-6-vri(To-s, Att. Xepp6-vqa-o-'s, i} {x^pffo-s, Att. x^PP^-^i fnain- 
 land), land-island, peninsula ; vi-<a (theme w-), sicim. 
 
 na-ui-s, is, /., ship ; na-to, swim, float ; na-tr-ix, Tcis, /., water- 
 snake; no, na-re, swim; nu-t-r-i-6, suckle, 7iourish. 
 
 argonaut, nautical, nautilus, nausea, rt-ner-o?V?, Nereid, Naiad. 
 
 R. ve/jL, nem, allot. 
 
 vi\i-m, distribrUe, portion out, pasture; v6(jl-o-s, 6,. that which has 
 
 been allotted, custom, law; v6p.-ifj.o-s, tj, o-v, customary, lawful ; dyopd- 
 v6no-s, 6 {cf. aydpa), one who makes rides for the market, market- 
 
|€'vOS-6kTW 274 
 
 master; d-vo/xo-s, o-v, icitJiout Jaw, laioless ; dvo/x-la, ds, lawlessness; 
 ai/To-vo/jLo-s, o-v {cf. avTos), under one's own laws, independent; oIko- 
 v6fio-s, 6 (c/. R. Fik), one who controls a household, housekeeper; 
 vofii^u, regard as a custom, believe, think; vo\i.--f\, ijs, distribution, esp. 
 of food, 2)Ctsturage, hence, herd; irpo-vo/xi^, rjs, a going forth for food, 
 foraging. 
 
 nem-us, or-is, n., woodland; num-e-ru-s, i, m., number. 
 
 NIMBLE, NUMi! ; nemesis, anti-nova.ia.r\, astro-nomy, auto-nomy, 
 eco-nomy, nomad, numismatic. 
 
 I'eVo?, stranger. 
 
 ^€'vo-s, Ion. |€ivo-s, 6, stranger, foreigner, mercenary soldier, foreign 
 guest, friend; ey-fetvo-s, o-v, kind to strangers, hospitable; ^ev-ld, a?, 
 bond of friendship ; ^4v-io-s, d, o-v, belonging to a guest, hospitable; 
 ^ev-iK6-s, 7], 6-v, belonging to a mercenary soldier ; ^evb-o-fiai, become a 
 guest-friend, be entertained; ievl^u, entertain; irpo-^evo-s, 6, public 
 guest or friend; irpo^evi-ia, be one''s Trpd^evos, manage. 
 
 xeno-gamy, zzeno-maiiia, xen-yl. 
 
 6S6<;, wai/, road (R. aeS, go^. 
 
 6S-6-S, rii way, road; dv-o8o-s, i], way iip; S.v-o5o-s, o-v, having no 
 way ; dcp-odo-s, ij, a going away, retreat; 8l-o8o-s, rj, way through, 
 passage; d(T-o8o-%, ij, way into, entrance; e^-o8o-s, i], way out, depart- 
 ure; e7r-e|6S-to-s, o-v, belonging to a march oiit ; ev-oSo-s, o-v, easy to 
 travel; €<j>-o5o-s, i], way to, approach; wdp-o8o-s, i}, way along, pas- 
 sage; Trepl-odo-^, i], way round, circuit; wpocr-odo-s, ij, loay to, approach; 
 ev-irp6<Todo-s, o-v, easy to approach; (riv-obo-'s, i], meeting, encounter; 
 6d-io-s, o-v, belonging to a journey ; i(p-6dio-v, t6, provision for a jour- 
 ney ; od-ev-oj, go one''s way; 6doi-w6po-s, 6 (rf. R. x«p), one who goes 
 by road or by land; odonropi-w, go by land; oSo-ttojo'-j, 6 (cf. iroUw), 
 one loho makes a road; oSowoii-w, make a road. 
 
 Bol-u-m, 1, n., ground; sol-ea, ae, /., sole, sandal; sed-ulu-s, 
 adj., persistent, diligent. 
 
 epis-ode, e,r-odus, meth-od, peri-od, syn-od. 
 
 oKTo), eight. 
 
 6kt<&, eight; oKTw-Kal-heKa {cf. 8€Ka), eighteen; oKra-Kis, adv., eight 
 times; dKraKicr-xt^i-ot, ai, a (see x'^'O'i thoitsand), eight thousand; 
 oKra-Koaioi, ai, a (cf. iKarov), eight hvndrrd ; Sydo-o-s, rj, o-v (ft)r okto- 
 o-s), eighth; dydori-Kovra (cf cUkoo-i)? eighty. 
 
275 1^. oir-irais 
 
 oct5, eight; octa-uu-s, eiyhlh; Oct5-ber, adj., of the eighth 
 month (the year beginning witli Marcli) ; oct-ien-s, adv., eight times ; 
 octo-ginta, eighty ; octin-genti, eight hundred. 
 
 EIGHT ; octa-goii, octa.-hedron, octo-syllabic. 
 
 R. OTT, oc, see. 
 
 6^o-}i.ai (oTT-fTo-juat), fut., o-ir-wir-a, 2 pf., etc., see; 6ir-r6-s, -q, 
 6-v, seen, visible; vir-oirTo-i, o-v, looked at from beneath the brows, 
 viewed icith siispicion ; vTroirrev-ui, suspect; viro^ia, as (for vir-oTr-cnd), 
 suspicion ; 6t)/i-s, e-ws, ij (for ott-o-i-s), aspect, look ; 6|A-|ia, ar-os, to, eye. 
 — 6({>0-a\|j,6-s> (oir + d), eye. — «»|/, wtt-o's, i], face, countenance; 
 Ka\\-ujiri^u (stem kuXXo-, see /caXo'-s, beautiful), give a fine appearance 
 or look to, adorn ; KaXXaj7rto--/xo-s, 6, adornment ; dvOp-wir-o-s, 6 (cf 
 dvV)p), man ('man-face '); dvdpunr-ivo-s, rj, o-v, human ; iroXv-dvOpw-rro-s, 
 o-v (cf. R. irXa), thickly populated; p,iT-u}iro-v, to, forehead (the space 
 between the eyes); irpo-ixeTunr-lbi.o-s, d, o-v, before or on the forehead ; 
 irpofieTcoTridLo-v, to, frontlet (armour on horse's foreliead) ; irpba-wn-o-v, 
 TO, face, countenance. 
 
 oc-u-lu-s, I, m., eye. 
 
 EYE, OGLE ; aut-Q-psy, optic, s.?/H-opsis, ophthalmia, anfeZ-ope, 
 anthr-opo-logy, misanthr-ope, pthilantlir-opy, prus-opo-poeia. 
 
 R. Tray., pag, f.r. 
 
 •irdY-os, e-os, to, vhat is fixed, mountain-peak or rocky hill, also 
 frost; ir(\-\i-vv-y.\., make solid, freeze; vav-ir-qy-o-s, 6 {cf. vavs), shijh 
 builder ; vav-n-q'yi-w, build ships; vavn-r]yri-a-ifj.o-s, rj, o-v, or o-s, o-v, fit 
 for ship-building. — irax-v-s, e?a, v, firm, thick; irdx-os, e-os, to, 
 thickness; H-va^, adv., once for all, once. 
 
 pac-i-sc-or, agree; pax, piic-is, /., compact, peace; pa-n-g-6, 
 fasten; pa-lu-s, i, m., stake; com-page-s, is, /., a joining together; 
 pag-u-s, 1, m., district, canton. 
 
 FADGE (in Shakspere = joros;)er), faitg, fee, fair (adj.), fain; 
 J^reo-pagus, pachy-f7enn. 
 
 7rat9, child (R. Trof, pu, be(/et). 
 
 irai-s (for irap-id-s), iraid-os, 6, i), child ; irai5-lo-v, to, little child, 
 infant ; -rraid-laKo-s, 6, young boy ; iraib-icrK-r}, -qs, maiden ; TratS-tKo'-s, 17, 
 6-v, of a child, childish, playfid ; iraidiKa, Td, plaything, farotirite ; 
 Trai8-epaaTrj-s, ov (see ipa-p-ai, love), lover of boys; -jraidev-w, train a 
 
iras-K. ircS 276 
 
 child, educate ; d-iraidev-To-s, o-v, uneducated ; iraLde-id, as, edncatio7i. 
 — -irw-Xo-s, 6, 7] (for iro/r-Xo-s), /ortZ, ./f?/^/- 
 
 pu-p-illu-s, T, m., orphan hoy, loard; pu-be-s, is,/., youth; pu-er, 
 erl, m. (for pou-er), boy, child; puel-la, ae, /., girl; pul-la-s, I, »i., 
 young animal. 
 
 FOAL, FiLLv ; PHryc 7o-paedia, ped-a^o^^ie. 
 
 Tra?, all. 
 
 iras, Tracra, irai' (stem iravr-), all ; irdvT-ri, adv., in every way ; iriinus., 
 adv., anyhoic ; iravTa-xVi Travra-xoO, adv., everyiuhere ; irdmo-Bev, 
 adv., /rom ever;/ side; iravro-ffe, adv., in e^jery direction; iravro- 
 Saird-s, ij, 6-v, of every sort, 'manifold; iravTo-io-s, a, o-v, of all sorts ; 
 ■rravTa.-Trda-i(v), adv., altogether, entirely; Trdv-v, adv., altogether, very; 
 iray-KpaTio-v, t6 (cf. R. 1 Kpa), all-round contest, pancratium ; iray- 
 xdXeTTo-s, o-v (see xt^^fr^-s, hard), very hard; 7ra7xaX^Tws, adv., very 
 hardly ; irafj.-Tr\r]d-^s, ds (cf. R. irXo), in full numbers, multitudinous; 
 irdix-TToXv-s, 7r6XX7;, iro\v (cf. R. irXa), very numerous; iraix-irbvr^po-s, 
 o-v (cf. R. o-ira), wholly bad; irav-oOpyo-^, o-v (cf. R. F«PY)) that will 
 do anything, villainous ; iravovpy-ld, as, knavishness ; irav-TeKiis, h (cf. 
 TtXos), all complete, perfect ; TravTeXQs, adv., perfectly, wholly, utterly ; 
 d-Trds, d-wdffa, d-wdv, all together; aipL-irds, dffa, av, all taken collec- 
 tively, all together. 
 
 (?ia-pason, pan-ocea, pan-demonium, T^an-oply, pan-orama, pan- 
 theism, pan-theon, panto-mime. 
 
 R. ireS, ped, tread. 
 
 ir«8-o-v, TO, ground (that which is trod on); Tved-io-v, to, level 
 ground, plain ; ire8-iv6-i, -q, 6-v, flat, level ; Sd-irebo-v, to (intensive 
 prefix 5a-), solid ground; aTpaTo-iredo-v, to (cf. R. o-rpa), camping- 
 ground, camp; aTpaToweSev-u, encamp; en-iredo-s, o-v, in the ground, 
 fl.rm ; iinredo-u, make firm, hold fast; ireSo-s, v^ o-v (for 7re5-to-s), on 
 foot; 7ref5, adv., on foot; ire^ev-u3, travel on foot or by land ; iriXja., rji 
 (tor ired-ia), foot, bottom; Tpd-ire^a, ffs (cf TCTTapes), table with four 
 legs; o/Jio-Tpdire^o-s, o-v (cf ajjia), at the same table; ffvv-TpdTce^o-s, 6, 
 table-companion ; iriS-r\, rjs, fetter for the foot; ireSd-u, fetter, bind; 
 irT)8-6-v, TO, bottom or blade of an oar ; 7r7;5-dXto-v, to, rudder ; ir-qbd-w, 
 spring, leap; irov-s, ttoS-o's, 6, foot; iroS-'^pTjs, es (cf. R. ap), reaching 
 to the feet; iroSi^w, tie the feet; dpyvpo-wovs, o5-os, 6, ^ (see dpyvpeos, 
 of silver-), silver-footed ; Tpl-irovs, o5-os (cf. rptis), three-footed, tripod ; 
 
277 ircvTc-K. Trep 
 
 fn-TTod-io-s, o-v, at the feet, in the loay ; ifiirodl^ca, be in the way, hinder ; 
 ifiTTodwv, adv., in the way, hindering ; iK-iroSdv, adv., out of the imy. 
 
 pe-s, ped-is, m., foot; com-ped-e3, plur., /., shackles; pede-s, 
 i-t-is, m., foot-soldier ; pedes-ter, adj., on foot ; im-ped-i-6, hinder; 
 oppidu-m, I, n., town; pe-ior, adj., lower, worse; pes-simu-s, adj., 
 icorst. 
 
 FETCH, FETTER, FIT, FOOT, VAT; parallelopi-peAoD., <;-rt-pezium, 
 tra-pez-oid, anti-poAea, tri-poA. 
 
 Trevre, Jive. 
 
 •ttivTi, five ; irevre-Kai-deKa and deKa-irivre ((f. hiKO,), fifteen ; Trevrd- 
 Kis, adv., five times; wevTrj-KovTa (rf . dKoa-i) , fifty ; TrevTTjKOv-rrip, ^p-os, 
 commander of fifty men ; wevrriKovT-opo-s, ij {cf. 11. tp), fifty-oared ship ; 
 ir€VTr]Kocr-T6-s, t], 6-v, fiftieth ; irevTTiKoa-T-v-s, v-os, ij, the number fifty, 
 body of fifty men; -n-evTa-Kocrtot., ai, a (cf. kxaTov), five hundred; irip.w- 
 TO-s, 7], o-v (cf. Aeolic irip-ire, five), fifth; irefMirr-aio-s, a, o-c, on the fifth 
 day. 
 
 quinque,,/iiv'; quin-tu-s, adj., fifth; qninqa-ienB, adv., five times; 
 quin-decim, fifteen ; quinqua-ginta, fifty ; quin-genti, five hundred. 
 
 FIVE ; pentsL-gon, penta-meter, penta-teuch, pente-cost. 
 
 R. nrep, per, press through. 
 
 ircCpo) (theme rrep-), pierce; irip-6vr\, t/s, tongue of a brooch, pin; 
 irepova-u, pierce ; di-a/ji-Trep-is, a,dY., through and through ; irepd-u, pass 
 through, cross ; irtlpa, as (for irep-ia), trial, proof ('probing ') ; ireipd- 
 0-p.ai, try, attempt; d-weipo-s, o-v, not having tried, without experience, 
 unskilled; €/j.-TreLpo-s, o-v, acquainted with; i/xirelpus, adv., by experi- 
 ence ; irop-o-s, 6, means of passing ; '4p.-wopo-%, 6, one icho travels, mer- 
 chant ; ep.w6p-Lo-v, t6, trading-place, market; 6dol-iropo-s, o-v (cf. 686s), 
 going by land; 65otirop^-w, go by land; dvTl-wopo-s, o-v, on the other 
 side of the way, opposite; d-iropo-s, o-v, without ivays and means; 
 diropi-u}, be without ways and means, be perplexed; dirop-id, as, lack 
 of means, embarrassment; ^ov-ir6po-s, o-v (cf. R. Pop), ox-piercing; 
 dij(r-Tropo-s, o-v, hard to travel; dva-n-op-id, as, difficulty of passing ; ev- 
 iropo-s, o-v, easy to travel through; eiirop-td, as, facility of obtaining ; 
 vava-i-TTopo-s, o-v (cf. vavs), that can be traversed in ships, navigable; 
 iropev-u, make a way for, make go ; iropev-ro-s, -f), 6-v, passable ; Sv<Tr 
 iropevTo-s, o-v, hard to get through; verbal ■n-opev-rio-s, d, o-v, that must 
 be traversed; trope-Id, as, a going, journey, march ; iropl^u), cause to go, 
 carry, bring, supply; ire'p-d, adv., through, beyond; iripd-v (prop. 
 
R. -TTCT-R. ir\a 278 
 
 ace), on the further side; avTi-wipav or dvrL-wipds, Kar-avTi.vipdv or 
 KaT-avTiwipds, adv., over against; Trepa-2o-s, a, o-v, on the other side, 
 opposite ; irepaio-u, carry to the other side, transport ; -wepaivo} (theme 
 Trepaj'-), bring to the other side, bring to an end, accomplish. 
 
 peri-tu-s, adj., experienced ; peri-culu-m, i, n., trial, risk, danger; 
 por-ta, ae, /., gate; por-tu-s, us, m., harbour; porti-cu-s, us, /., 
 covered u-alA- ; paro, make ready ; par, adj., equal; peren-die, adv., 
 on the day after to-morroio. 
 
 FARE, FAR, FERRY, FRITH, FEAR, FRESH, FRISK ; em-pirical, pirate, 
 
 pore, em-porium. 
 
 R. Trer, pet, fiy, fall. 
 
 iTir-o-\i.ai, fly ; irTa-iw, stumble, dash; wt-irr-w (for iri-wer-u), fall ; 
 ev-ir€T-T^s, 4s, falling well, easy, ivithout trouble; einrerds, adv., easily ; 
 irT€-p6-v, TO, feather, icing; wr^p-v^, vy-os, ij, wing. 
 
 pet-6, strive for, seek; im-petu-s, us, m., attack ; pen-na, ae, /., 
 feather ; acci-piter, tris, m., hawk (' svrift of wing'). 
 
 feathp:r, find ; asym-ptote, coleo-pteia, di-pteia, lejndo-ptera, 
 ortho-pterous. 
 
 R. Trie, fid, bind. 
 
 iTtiQ-a (theme irid-), bind to oneself, persuade, mid., let oneself be 
 bound, obey ; verbal irei(y-Tio-v, one must obey ; d-ireid-i^s, is, disobedient ; 
 dweidi-bi, disobey; ireW-apxo-s, o-v {cf apx<»), obedient; 7rei^apx^-W) 
 obey authority, defer to ; wiot-to-s, v, o-v, that does obey, trusty, faith- 
 ful ; iriffTo-Trj-s, TjT-os, r), faithfulness ; d-iriaTo-s, not to be trusted, 
 faithless; diria-Ti-w, distrust, suspect; d-maT-ld, as, suspicion; irCo-- 
 Ti-s, e-ws, i], trust, confidence ; Tria-Tev-w, have confidence in, believe. 
 
 fid-e-s, /., tntst, faith; fid-u-s, adj., trusty; fid-6, trust; foed- 
 u-8, er-is, n., league. 
 
 BIND, BOND, BAND, BUNDLE, BODY, BED. 
 
 R. TrXa, pla, fill. 
 
 iri-ji-nXTi-ni, fat. ir\-f)-(TO}, fill ; -TrXifj-p-Tis, es, full ; irXTJ-0-«, be full; 
 irXrjO-os, e-os, to, mxdtitude ; ira/x-irXrjdris, is {cf. iras), in full num- 
 bers, multitudinous; xe'po-'rX'j^Tjs, is {cf E. x^p)' handfilling ; irXi- 
 0po-v, TO, extent, measure, pi ethron; dl-ir\eepo-s, o-v (cf. 8vo), of two 
 plethra ; ijfii-irXedpo-v, t6, half a 2^1 ethron ; Tpi-ir\e6po-s, o-v (cf. rptls). 
 
279 R. irXtF 
 
 of three plethra; irXedpL-ato-s, d, o-v, of a plcthron ; fi-TrXe-ro-s, o-v, 
 not to he filled or measured; irXt'-w-s, w-y, full; fK-irXeu-s, u-v, filled 
 up; €fi-Tr\ew-s, w-v, quite fidl; ffv/x-irXew-s, w-v, quite fidl; irXc-Cwv, 
 ov, comp., more, greater ; TrXeov-iKT-q-s, ov (cf. R. o-«x), one who has 
 01' claims more than he ought; rrXeoveKTi-w, claim too large a part, 
 get the better; irXVjv, adv. and prep., except (orig. 'more than'); 
 irXeio-TO-s, i?, o-v (for vXe-LcrTo-s), sup., most; iroX-i-s, e-ws, i], city, state 
 (orig. 'press,' 'crowd'); iroXt-T7]-s, ov, citi.ieii ; noXlTev-w, be a citizen ; 
 iroXl^u, found a city ; Tr6Xi.<j-fj.a, ar-os, TO, town; iroXi-opKi-w (see eipyw, 
 hem in), hem in a city, besiege ; aKp6-iroXi-s, e-ws, 17 ((/. R. aK), upper 
 city, citadel; fjiijTpo-TroXL-s, e-ws, i) (see m^ttjp, mother), mother city, 
 captital ; irXov-ro-s, 6, fullness, plenty, riches; irXom-io-s, d, o-v, rich; 
 irXovffiujs, adv., in riches; ttXovt^-o}, be rich; TrXovrl^u}, enrich ; iroX-v-s, 
 ■KoX-Xrj, TvoX-v, much, many ; Trdfi-TroXv-s, woXXt], iroXv {cf irds), very 
 numerous; iroXXd-Kis, adv., many times, often; noXXa-xVi adv., in 
 many ways ; iroXXa-xov, adv., mj many places ; iroXv-ivdpwwo-s, o-v (cf 
 dvTip and R. oir), thickly p)opulated ; iroXv-apxid, as (cf. apxM), com- 
 mand vested in many p>ersons ; iroXv-wpdyp.(j}v, ov, gen, ov-os (see irpdrru, 
 do), busy in many things, over-busy, officious; iroXvirpdyfiovi-w, be a 
 busybody ; iroXv-reXi^s, 4s (cf R. toX), requiring much outlay, costly ; 
 d-irX6-o-s, 77, o-v, simpde, frank; 5t-7rXo'o-s, 77, o-v (cf. Syty), two-fold, 
 double; rerpa-irXoo-s, tj, o-v (cf. reTrapes), four-fold, quadruple; 81- 
 irXdo-io-s, d, o-v (cf. 8vo), two-fold; rpt-TrXdo-to-s, d, o-v (cf. rpeis), 
 three-fold; TroXXa-TrXdo-io-s, d, o-v, many times as many. 
 
 im-ple-o, fill up; ple-nu-s, adj., full; ple-rus-que, adj., the most; 
 locu-ple-s, adj., rich in lands, rich ; plus, ccdj., more ; ple-b-s, is, 
 /., the common i^eople ; po-pulu-s, 1, m., people, nation; pu-bli-cu-s, 
 adj., of the people ; am-plu-s, adj., of large extent. 
 
 FILL, FULL ; plethora, pleio-ceHe, pleonasm, acro-polis, metro- 
 polis, cosmo-pdlite, poly-gamy, poly-glot, poly-gon, poly-hedron, 
 poly-nomial, poly-syllable, poly-theism, di-ploma. 
 
 R. vrXef, plu, ^ow, sail, rain. 
 
 irXt'-w, float, sail; irXo-o-s, contr. ttXoOs, 6, a sailing, voyage; dirS- 
 wXovs, 6, a sailing back, homeward voyage ; vepi-wXovs, 6, voyage round ; 
 ttXo-io-v, to, vessel, boat. 
 
 plu-o, rain; ploro, weep; plu-ma, ae, f, feather, plume ; plau-s- 
 tru-m, T, n., wagon. 
 
 FLY, FLOW, FLEE, FLIT, FLEET, FLUTTER, FLOAT, FLOOD, FLEA. 
 
-irpo 
 
 280 
 
 R. TTo, po, drink. 
 
 iro-To-s, 6, a drinking, drinking-parti/ ; ito-to-v, to, that which is 
 drunk, drink; iro-o-i-s, e-a>s, ij, a drinking, drink; crvfi-iroffi-o-v, to, 
 drinking -party, symposium; a-vfiwoffL-apxa-s, 6 {cf. ap\o>), president of 
 a drinking-party ; <f>ap/iaKo-iroa--ia, as (see (f>dpiiaKo-v, drug, poison), 
 a taking of physic or poison ; tto-ttip, rjp-os, 6, drinking-vessel ; wott^p- 
 lo-v, TO, cup ; irm-^a, ot-os, to, drink ; eK-7rw/xa, ar-os, drinking-cup ; 
 irt-v-o), aor, f-iri-ov, pf. Tvi-iroj-Ka, drink. 
 
 p6-tu-s, adj., drunk; poto, drink; p6-culu-m, T, n., cup; im- 
 bu-6, moisten ('cause to drink'); bi-bo, drink. 
 
 sym-posinm. 
 
 TToieco, make. 
 
 irou-w, make, do; KaKo-iroib-s, 6-v (see KaKo-s, bad), doing ill ; kuko- 
 iroii-u, do ill to; kpi(TTo-iroLi-o-nai (see api(TTo-v, breakfast), get one''s 
 breakfast ready; denrvo-irod-u (cf. R. 8a), get dinner; verbal woir]- 
 T^o-s, a, o-c, to be done; iroi-q-To-s, -fi, 6-v, made, done; x^'po-^o/^jTo-s, 
 o-v {cf. R. x^p)? "i«f?6 by the hand of man; woiri-T-q-s, ov, maker, maker 
 of verses, poet ; iroi-q-in-s, e-ws, r/, poetry ; yeXuTo-iroi-d-s, 6 (see yiXw, 
 laughter'), jester; ddo-Troi6-s, 6 (cf. 686s), one who makes a road; 
 65oiroU-u}, make a road, make passable. 
 
 poem, poesy, posy, poet, poetry, onomato -poeia, pharmaco- 
 poeia.. 
 
 Trpo, pro, before. 
 
 irpo, prep., before, in front of, in behalf of; <ppovp6-s, 6 (for wpo- 
 fopo-s, cf. R. 2 Fep), one who watches in defence of, guard; 4>povpi-w, 
 watch, guard; (t>poip-apxo-s, 6 {cf. apx«), commander of a icatch ; 
 <ppoijp-io-v, t6, guarded post, garrison; irpo-Tepo-s, a, o-v, comp., former, 
 previous; irporepa-io-s, a, o-v, on the preceding day ; irp-iv (for wpo-iov), 
 conj., before, until; irpo-ffw, by metathesis and assimilation -w^p-pw, 
 adv., forwards, in advance, far off ; -n-pojl, contr. irpc^, adv., early ; irpoi- 
 TO-s, 1?, o-v, first ; irpuTev-w, be first ; wpdv-r^s, is (ioT wpa-fa-v-rjs), bent 
 foricard, headlong; irp^-pa, as, prow; irpuip-ev-s, i-ws, 6, man at the 
 bow, lookout. 
 
 pro, prep., before; prae, prep., before; pr-ior, adj., former ; pris- 
 cu-s, adj., of old; pris-tinu-s, adj., primitive; pri-mu-s. adj., fii'st; 
 por-ro, adv., forward; pro-nu-s, adj., bent forward; pri-uu-s, adj., 
 distinguished, peculiar. 
 
 FOR, FORE. 
 
281 R. <raF-K. trix 
 
 R. o-af, sa, sound, health//. 
 
 (rw-o-S| a, o-v (for o-a/r-o-s), or <rw-s, <Ta, aw-v, safe and sowid ; cr(fi^co 
 (for o-w-tfw), ma^•e safe, save; crco-rrip, rjp-os, 6, preserver, saviour; 
 au}T-qp-i.o-s, o-v, saving, salutary; (ruTr)p-ld, as, safety; <Tdli-(f>pu}v, ov, 
 gen. ov-os {cf. ^p'ryv), of sound mind, sensible, self-controlled ; cnotppovi-ca, 
 be of sound mind, be discreet; (X(j}(j>povl'gu, make discreet ; ffutppo-aivr}, 
 r)s, soundness of mind, moderation. 
 
 sa-nu-s, adj., sound, healthy ; s6s-pe-s, adj., saved, unhurt. 
 
 R. creS, sed, sit. 
 
 ^|o-|jiai (for eb-Lo-naC), poetic, seat oneself, sit; Kad-i^o-ixai, sit down; 
 ^S-pd, as, seat; ev-iSpa, ds, a sitting in wait, ambush; ivedpei-oi, lie in 
 ambush, waylay ; ^ev8-evibpa, as (see \pevbTis, false), sham ambuscade; 
 iip-idpd, ds, a sitting by; €(f>€dpo-s, o-v, sitting by, as subst., reserve 
 force; l'S« (for id-iu), poetic, sit, make sit; Kad-i^o), make sit down, 
 seat. 
 
 sed-e-6, sit; sel-la, ae, /., seat; sol-iu-m, T, ?t., scat, throne; 
 sed-e-s, is,/., bench; sid-6, sit down. 
 
 SIT, SET, SEAT, SADDLE, SETTLE ) cath-edial, chair, chaise, deca- 
 hedron, tetra-hedron, s««-hedrim. 
 
 R. o-eTT, sec, follow. 
 
 iv-a, be about, be busy with, mid. eir-o-|xai, biisy oneself about, 
 accompany, follow; oir-Xo-v, to, implement, tool, plur., implements 
 of war, gear, arms, armour; d-oirXo-s, o-v, unarmed; ev-oir\o-s, o-v, 
 well armed; iv-6ir\-io-s, o-v, in or ivith arms; o-n-Xo-fj-axo-s, o-v {cf. E. 
 \i.a\) , fighting in heavy arms; oirXo/xax-ld, ds, heavy infantry tactics ; 
 oirXt-TTj-s, ov, heavy-armed soldier; dirXlTev-w, serve as a heavy-armed 
 soldier; oirXlr-iKd-s, -q, 6-v, composed of heavy-armed troops; oirXl^w, 
 arm, equip; i^-oirXl^u, arm fully ; i^owXi-ffld, as, state of being fully 
 armed; &irXi-<n-s, e-ws, 17, equipment, accoutrements. 
 
 sequ-o-r, follow; sec-u-ndu-s, adj., following ; soc-iu-s, I, m., 
 comrade. 
 
 pan-o-ply. 
 
 R. aexi hold, have. 
 
 i\-<a, int. ?^w or o-xij-cw, 2 aor. i-<rx-ov, have, hold; H-crx-w (for 
 (7i-(rex-w), hold, hold fast ; vir-iffx-v^-o-jxai, hold oneself under, engage, 
 promise; irXeov-eK-Tri-s, ov {cf. K. irXa), one v;ho has or claims more 
 
K. o-Ka-K. (TTra 282 
 
 than he onght; Tr\eoveKT^-co, claim too lar(je a part, get the better; 
 €x-vp6-s, d, 6-v, tenable, strong; iv-ixvpo-v, to, that ichich holds one 
 fast, pledge; o\--t\, ijs, that which supports, nourishr)ient ; ev-wx^-w, 
 nourish well,, entertain; evwx-i-a., as, feast; 6x-vp6-s, a, 6-v, tenable, 
 strong ; rjvl-oxo-s, 6 (see ijvia, reins), one ivho holds the reins, driver; 
 iTKT)TrTovxo-s, 6 (ffKTjiTTo-p, (XKTjw-Tpo-v, stttf, scejUrc), sceptrc-bearer ; 
 vTT-oxo-s, o-v, under control, subject to; o-x€-86-v, adv., holding on, 
 nearly ; o-xt-rX-io-s, a, o-v, holding out, unflinching, crnd ; <rxfi-(*.a, 
 ar-os, TO, icay of holding one^f, firm ; <rxo-Xirj, ^s, a holding up, leis- 
 ure; trxoXa-io-s, a, o-v, leisurely, slow ; trxoXaiws, adv., sloidy ; a-xoMi^u, 
 be at leisure; S.-<txo>^o-s, o-v, without leisure, busy ; do-xoX-t'a, as, lack 
 of leisure, business. 
 
 sail; ep-och, e?(n-uch, hectic, hector, scheme, school, scho- 
 lastic, scholiast. 
 
 R. (TKa., sea, cover., dark. 
 
 (TKi-d, as, shadow, shade; a-Ki\-vf\, ijs, covered place, tent ; av-aK-qvo-s, 
 6, tent-companion; (XK-qvb-w, xntch tents, encamp; a-Ki^via-fia, ar-os, t6, 
 tent, plur., quarters; ffKijv-oi, e-os, to, tent; cK-qvi-w, be quartered; 5ia- 
 (TKt]vi-(j}, be in quarters apart; verbal Sia<rK7)vri-T4o-v, must encamp 
 apart; o-k6-to-s, 6, darkness; a-KOT-ah-s, a, o-v, in the dark; (7k6t-os, 
 e-os, to, darkness. 
 
 cae-cu-s, adj., blind; co-cle-s, adj., one-eyed. 
 
 SHADE, SHADOW, SHED ; scene, pro-scenium. 
 
 R. cr/cf, SOU, cover, hide. 
 
 o-Kv-T-os, e-os, TO, hide, leather ; ctkvt-ivo-s, rj, o-v, of leather, leath- 
 ern; o-Kv-Xo-v, TO, armour, plur., arms stript from a dead enemy; 
 (TKvXev-w, strip, spoil; o-O-Xo-v, to'= o-kOXoi'; crvXd-w, strip) off, spoil; 
 <rKtv--f\, ijs, attire, dress; irapa-crKevfi, ^s, preparation; d-Trapda-Kevo-s, 
 o-v, tinprepared ; <rK«€-os, e-os, to, utensil, gear; a-Kevo-<p6po-s, o-v (cf. 
 K. <J)€p), baggage-carrying ; (TKevo(popi-w, carry baggage; (TKevd'gw, use 
 utensils, make ready, attire. 
 
 scu-ti-ca, ae,/., whip; cu-ti-s, is, /., skin; scii-tu-m, I, n., shield; 
 ob-scu-ru-s, adj., dark; cu-ri-a, ae, /., house, senate-house. 
 
 HIDE, HOUSE, HOAKD, SCUM, SCOWL, SKULK, SKY, SHOWER; a-Sylum. 
 
 R. (TTra, spa, draw, stretch. 
 
 o-ird-(i>, draw; d-ffird^o-fiai, draw to oneself., embrace; cttA-S-io-v, 
 
 TO (for cTTra-S-to-j'), extended space, stadium; crird-v-i-s, e-ws, 17, scarce- 
 
283 
 
 arpa 
 
 ness, lack ('straining'); <Tirdv-io-s, d, o-v, acaiity ; criravi^ii}, lack, need; 
 'irlv-o-\i.ai (for aire-v-o-ixai). Strain or exert oneself, toil, he pour ; irev-id, 
 ds, povertij ; ir«v-ti-s, tjt-os, 6, day-labourer, poor man; ireiva, tjs 
 (for 7rev-ia), hunyer, famine; -n-eiva-w, be hunyry ; irov-o-s, 6, labour; 
 iiri-vovo-s, 0-v, laborious, painful; irovi-w, work hard; irovr]-p6-s, d, 
 6-v, troublesome, bad; irovr]pQs, adv., with difficulty; Tra/x-Trovrjpo-s, o-v 
 (ff. iTtts), lohoUy bad; ird-o-x-w (for 7ra-^-(r/c-w), be drawn tiyht, 
 suffer, experience; irdO-os, e-os, to, exp>erience, accident; a-Tvadris, is, 
 without experience of, free from; ijdv-iraO^s, is (cf. R. dS), experienc- 
 iny pleasure ; rjdviradi-w, live pleasantly, be luxurious; wddrj-ixa, ar-os, 
 TO, anythiny that is experienced, misfortune, wretchedness. 
 
 spa-t-iu-m, I, n., room, space; pa-ti-o-r, bear, suffer ; spe-s, spel, 
 /., hope; pro-spe-r-u-s, adj., accordiny to hope, favourable ; pen-ur-ia, 
 ae, /., destitution; pann-u-s, i, m., piece of cloth; pal-la, ae, /., 
 mantle. 
 
 SPAN, SPIX, SPINDLE, SPIDER, SPEED, SPADE ; SpaSIIl, pathOS, allo- 
 
 pathy, Ziomoeo-pathy, a?i«i-pathy, «-pathy, syni-pathy. 
 
 R. crra, sta, stand, set. 
 
 i-o-TTi-iAi (for ffi-a-T-q-fxi), make stand; o-Td-cri-s, e-wj, 17, a standiny, 
 band, faction ; iiri-o-raa-i-s, e-ws, 17, a stoppiny, halt; KaTd-aracn-s, e-ws, 
 ij, an establishiny, state, condition; a-raa-id^u, stand ayainst, form a 
 faction, revolt ; dvn-ffTaffid^u, form a faction ayainst ; avnaTaa-id-Tri-s, 
 ov, one of the opposite faction ; iTri-a-Ta-Trj-s, ov, one ivho stands over 
 ov has char ye of; iwi.<rraTi-u, exercise command; Trpo-a-Td-rri-s, ov, one 
 who stands before, leader; irpoa-TaTi-ui, be leader or manayer of; 
 irpoa-TaTfv-w, be at the head, take chary e ; o-Tt-ap, ar-os, to, stiff fat, 
 suet; i-o-To-s, (for j-t-o-ro-s), mast; i(7T-io-v, to, sail; o-rav-po-s, 6, 
 stake, palisade ; cTavpo-w, fence vnth pales ; a-Tavpcj-p-a, ar-os, to, stock- 
 ade; o-Ttt-O-no-s, 6, standiny-place, stall, station. 
 
 si-sto, make stand, set; sta-tu-s, adj., fixed; sta-ti-m, adv., on 
 the spiot, immediately; sta-ti-6, 5n-is, /., a standiny; sta-bulu-m, I, 
 n., stall ; in-stau-r-6, establish; sto, std-re, stand; sta-men, in-is, 
 71., warp, thread. 
 
 STAND, STEAD, STUD, STEED, STOW ; apo-stasy, cq)o-8tate, ec-stasy, 
 histo-loyy, hydro-statics, system, stoic. 
 
 R. arpa, stra, strew. 
 
 (TTpa-To-s, 6, that which is spread out, encamped army ; (XTpaTo-wedo-v, 
 TO {cf.^.ic(S),campiny-yround, camp; (TTpaToireSev-o}, encamp ; crTpar- 
 
R. <r«t»ttX-R. TOK 284 
 
 7770-5, 6 (t/. K. a-y), leader of an army, general ; trrparrjY^-w, he gen- 
 eral, command; (rv-aTpa.Tr]yo-s, 6, fellow-general ; iivo-ffTpa.Ti)yo-$, 6, 
 under-general ; viroa-rpaTriy^-u, be lieutenant-general ; a-Tparriy-la., as, 
 office of general, generalship ; crTpor7?7td-w, wish to be general ; a^io- 
 ffTpdTTjyo-s, o-v (cf. R. a^), wiorthy of being general ; a-Tpar-id, as, army ; 
 (TTpaT-io-s, a, o-v, warlike; (rrpaTub-Trj-s, ov, soldier; cD-crpariwrij-s, 
 ov, fellow-soldier ; (piXo-a-rpaTitirri-s, ov (cf. <}>(X.os), the soldier'' s friend ; 
 ffrparev-w, make an expedition, go to roar; (rrpdrev-ixa, ar-os, to, 
 army; a-TpaTe-id, as, expedition, campaign ; iwL-ffTpaTdd, as, campaign 
 against; a-rip-vo-v, to, breast (named with reference to its expanse); 
 npo-a-Tepv-ldio-v, to, breast-plute ; <rTpw-vvv-|xi, spread, strew; o-Tpw-jjia, 
 ar-os, TO, spread, coverlet, pliir., bed-clothes ; (rrpcu/ttaro'-Seirjuo-s, 6 {cf. 
 R. 8€), sack in which bedclothes roere tied up. 
 
 stra-tu-s, adj., spread out; latu-s (for stld-tu-s), adj., broad; 
 ster-n-6, spread out; stel-la, ae, /., star; tor-u-s, 1, m., stuffed bol- 
 ster; lo-c-u-s (for stlo-c-u-s), T, m., place, spot; atra-o, place together, 
 arrange; in-stru-mentu-m, i, n., implement, tool. 
 
 STREW, STRAW, STAR ; stxaX-ugem, strat-egy, sttat-egic. 
 
 R. (TipaX, fal, trip. ' 
 
 (r(t>d\-\.(», trij) up, pass., fall, fail ; <r<|>a\-€p6-s, d, 6-v, likely to trip, 
 slippery, dangerous; d-<T(pa\-r]s, ^s, not liable to be tripped up, safe, 
 sure; do-^aXws, adv., firmly, safely; da-<pd\e-ia, as, security. 
 
 fal-16, trip, deceive; fal-su-s, adj., deceptive. 
 
 FALL, FELL, PALL; Sphalerite. 
 
 R. TaK, tec, heget., hit., prepare. 
 
 t£-kt-w (for Ti-TK-w), beget, bring forth ; t^k-vo-v, to', child; tck- 
 |iap, to', fixed goal, mark, sign, proof; TeKfiaipo-fxaL {fur TeKfiap-10-p.ai.), 
 settle by a mark, infer ; T€Kp.rip-Lo-v, to, sign, proof; t^x-vtj, tjs, loork- 
 manship, art, ivays and means; t€xv-ik6-s, tJ, 6-v, artistic, artful; 
 TexviKws, adv., artf^dly ; Tex^d^'^, use art, employ cunning; rdTTO) 
 (for TOK-tw), arrange, form; TaK-To-s, -fi, 6-v, arranged, set in order; 
 &-TaKTo-s, o-v, in disorder, undisciplined; draKT^-u, be disorderly; 
 et-ra/cTo-s, o-i', well arranged, well disciplined; evTaKTus, adv., with 
 good discipline; rd^i-s, e-us, tj, arrangement, rank ; d-Ta^ld, as, dis- 
 order, insubordination; ev-Ta^La, as, discipline; irapd-T a^i-s, e-ws, rj, 
 order of battle; Ta^l-apxo-s, 6 {cf. apx«), commander of a Td^ts, 
 taxiarch. — t€vx-w, make ready, make ; t€vx-os, f-os, to, tool, jar, 
 chest; Tv--Y-x-dv-w, hit, hit upon, reach, get; Tv\-y\, -qs, that which 
 
286 R- ToX-reXos 
 
 touches man, luck, fortune; eii-rvx-^ci, ds, good fortune, success; ei- 
 Ti/x-i}s, ^s, well off, lucky; €^tux^-w» be well off'; eiirix-n-tJ^o^i ar-os, t6, 
 piece of good fortune, success. — t6|-o-v, to (tok+o-), how; to^-ik6-s, 
 1^, o'-c, belonging to the bow; to^6-tt]-s, ov, bowman; ro^ev-u, shoot 
 inith a bow ; rd^ev-na, ot-os, to, arrow. 
 
 tig-nu-m, 1, n., building stuff; tex-6, loeave ; te-la, ae, /., v-eb ; 
 Bub-ti-li-B, adj., woven fine; sub-te-men, in-is, n., woof; tg-lu-m, I, 
 missile. 
 
 THING, ;iMs-TiNGs ; tactics, taxi-dermy, syn-tax, archi-tect, tech- 
 nical, penta-tevLch, toxico-logy, in-toxic-ate. 
 
 R. Ta\, tal, lift. 
 
 rdX-d-s, rdX-aiva, rdX-av, bearing, enduring, suffering; rdXav-ro-v, 
 TO, that vMch supports, balance, plur., pair of scales, then by transfer 
 the iceight in the scales, and as a definite weight, talent ; riWw (for 
 Te\-iw), raise oneself; dva-r^Wu}, rise (of heavenly bodies) ; iv-T^Wo- 
 fiai, lay a charge \ipon one, command; t«\-os, e-os, to, idiat is im- 
 iwsed on one, tax, task, office, plur., magistrates ; d-reXi^s, ^s, free from 
 a public tax; dTi\e-ia, dz, freedom from a public tax, any exemption; 
 TToXu-reX^s, ^s (cf. R. -irXa), requiring much outlay, costly; Xuo-t-reX'^s, 
 ^s (see \v(j}, loose, free), paying expenses, profitable; Xi/(riTeX^-w, be 
 profitable; ToX-jia, -qs, courage to undertake a thing, hardihood; 
 ToXfid-u, have the courage, venture, risk ; ev-ToXiw-s, o-v, of good cour- 
 age ; tXi]-(i,<i)v, ov, gen. ov-os, enduring, suffering. 
 
 tell-us, ur-is, /., earth; tol-lo, lift; tol-ero, endure; tul-I, I have 
 borne; opi-tulor, bear aid, help; la-tu-s (for tld-tu-s), part., carried. 
 
 THOLE {endure); a-tlas, talent, tantalize. 
 
 rekof;^ end (R. re/o, pass over). 
 
 Wp-|ia, ar-oj, to, goal, limit; T^p-(ji«v, ov-oz, 6, boundary; t^\-os, 
 e-os, TO, attained goal, end, result; tcX^-w, bring to completion, fulfil 
 an obligation, pay; iv-reX'^s, h, at the end, complete, in full; irav- 
 TeX^s, ^s (cf. -irds), quite complete; TravTeXQs, adv., ivholly, utterly; 
 TeX-^-O-w, be completed, come into being, become; Ti\-iv-Ti\, ^s, end, 
 end of life; TeXevrd-w, end one''s life, die; TeXevTa-to-s, d, o-v, at the 
 end, last. 
 
 ter-minu-s, T, m., end; trS-n-B, j^rep., across; tr5ns-tru-m, T, n., 
 cross-beam ; tra-me-s, it-is, m., cross-way. 
 
 talisman. 
 
T€TTapes-Tp€ts 286 
 
 rerrapef;, four. 
 
 T€TTap-£s, a, four; Terrapd-KovTa (cf. €l'KO(ri), forty ^ rerap-TO-s, "n, 
 
 o-v, fourth ; Terpa-Koa-iot, at, a (cf. (Karov), four hundred; rerpd-Kis, 
 adv., four times; TeTpaKicr-xi^toi, at, a (see x'^"") thousand), four 
 thousand; Terpd-iMipo-s, o-v {p-oipa, lot, portion, see fiipos, share), four- 
 fold ; Terpap-oip-La, as, fourfold share; TeTpa-ir\6o-s, o-v {cf R. irXa), 
 fouifold, quadruple; Tpa-we^a, 77s {rf R. ireS), table with four legs; 
 bp.o-Tpd'we^o-'s, o-v (cf a|i,a), at the same table; aw-Tpdire^o-s, 6, table- 
 companion; reOp-nnro-v, TO (cf R. aK), team of four horses abreast, 
 chariot and four. 
 
 quattuor, four ; quar-tu-s, adj., fourth ; quater, adv., four times ; 
 quadru-pes, adj., icith four feet. 
 
 FOUR, FORTY ; tetra-(/OH, tetra-/ief?/"o«, teXx-archy, tra-pezitim, 
 tra-pezoid. 
 
 R. Tt, pai/. 
 
 tC-o*, pay, vahie, honour ; rl-v-a, pay, pay for, mid., make pay for, 
 punish; ti-jjitj, ^s, value, worth, honour ; d-rlpLo-s, o-v, without honour, 
 dishonoured; drlnd^w, dishonour ; iv-rlixo-s, o-v, in honour, honoured; 
 ivrtfj-ois, adv., in honour; (piKo-rlfw-s, o-v (cf. <|>(Xos), loving honour, 
 ambitious, emulous; (pi\or'ip.i-o-iJ.ai, be emulous or jealous, feel piqued ; 
 Ti/x-io-s, a, o-v, vahiable, honoured; rTpLd-w, value, esteem; rlnupo-s, 
 6-v (for Ti/jLa-fopo-s, cf. R. 2 F€p), VMtching over honour, aveyiging ; 
 Tl/xup-ld, as, help, vengeance; ri/xupi-u, help, avenge. 
 
 timo-cracy. 
 
 Tpei<i, three. 
 
 Tp€is, rpi-a, three; rpLcr-Kai-deKa (cf. StKa), thirteen; rpid-Kovra (cf. 
 dKoiri), thirty; TpidK6vT-opo-s, 77 (cf. R. cp), thirty-oared ship; rpia- 
 K6(XL0i, at, a (cf. €KaTo'v), three hundred; rpi-T^prjs, e-os, r] (cf. R. tp), 
 galley %vith three banks of oars, man-of-war ; Tpiijp-trrj-s, ov, man-of- 
 war'' s man; rpl-irrixv-s, V (see ir^x^-^^ cubit), of three cubits; rpi- 
 ir\da-io-s, a, o-v (cf. R. irXa), threefold; rpl-irXedpo-s, o-v (cf. R. irXa), 
 of three plethra ; rpi-irovs, ow, gen. ttoS-os, three-footed, as subst., 6 or r), 
 table with three legs; rpi-xoivLKo-s, o-v (see x"'"'!) choenix), holding 
 three choenixes ; rpi-\a or rpi-xfj, adv., threefold, in three divisions; 
 Tp£-To-s, 7?, o-v, third; Tpna-lo-s, a, o-v, on the third day ; rpts, adv., 
 three times, thrice ; rpia-dap-evo-s, -q, o-v (cf. R. dS), th7ice glad, very 
 glad; Tpi<3--tiipioi, at, a (see nvpioL, ten thousand), thirty thousand; 
 Tptcr-xtf^ioi, at, a (see x'^'O'i thousand), three thotisand. 
 
287 virep-R. <J)a 
 
 tres, tlwee; ter-tiu-s, adj., third; ter-ni, adj., three each; ter, 
 (ido., thrice. 
 
 THREK, THRICE J triad, tii-bixick, Xxi-(jlyph, txi- gonometry, tri- 
 meter, txi-pod, txi-syllable. 
 
 uirep, over. 
 
 vTrip (Epic viTtip for vire-pi), over, ahove ; virep-Bev, adv.,/rojw above; 
 iiPp-i-s, e-ws, 17, insolence, arrogance ('uppishness'); vfipL^u}, treat with 
 insolence; v^pL-aro-s, rj, o-v (foi- the sup. form, cf. dpi-aro-s, R. ap), 
 insolent; v\|/-i (vir + <t = v^) , adv., on high; {j\|/-os, e-os, t6, height; 
 u\l/r)-\6-i, ij, 6-v (for v\pe(T-\o-s), high; virep-i\pi]\o-s, o-v, exceeding high. 
 
 sum-mu-s, adj., highest; super, prep., over; super-u-s, adj., 
 upper; super-nu-s, adj., celestial. 
 
 OVER, okt; hyper-bole, hyper-critical. 
 
 v7rvo<i., sleep (R. apair^ 
 
 vir-vo-s, o (vir for (tvit), sleep; dyp-virvo-s, o-v (cf. R. a-y), Minting 
 after sleep, ivakefil; dypvirvi-u, lie awake; iv-ijTv-w-s, o-v, happening 
 in sleep; evitrvio-v, t6, vision in sleep, dream. 
 
 som-nu-s, 1, m., sleep ; somn-iu-m, I, n., dream ; sop-or, or-is, m., 
 
 deep sleep. 
 
 hypnotic, hypnot-/sm. 
 
 R. ^a, fa, shine, show. 
 
 4>ri-[A£, show by words, say ; «j>d-flrK-w, say, allege ; «()d-<ri-s, e-ws, rj, 
 assertion; irpd-cpaa-i-s, e-ws, ij, allegation, pretext; irpocpaal^o-ixai, set np 
 as a pretext ; d-wpo<p(i(Ti<r-To-^, o-v, not offering excuses ; dTrpocpaa-iaTws, 
 adv., without offering excuses, without evasion; <|>«-v^, ^s, sound, 
 voice, language. — <j)a-i-8-p6-s, d, 6-v, shining, bright. — 4>a(v(i) (0a + v), 
 caxise to shine, bring to light, shoio ; (f>av-£po-s, a, b-v, in plain sight, 
 clear ; (pavepws, adv., evidently ; d-(f>av--fis, is, invisible, hidden; d<pavl^w, 
 make hidden, blot out; dia-cpav-ris, is, seen through, transparent ; dia- 
 (pavQis, adv., clearly, distinctly ; e/t-^ac-ijs, is, in plain sight, visible; 
 ifjLtpavQs, adv., visibly; KaTa-(pav-'^s, is, in sight; wepi-tpav-i^s, is, visible 
 from every point; irepi<pavws, adv., manifestly, notably. — ()>d-os, e-os, 
 rb (0a + /r), light; 4>olJs, (p(xir-6s, t6 (0w + t), light. 
 
 fa-ri, say; fa-t-e-o-r, confess; in-fi-ti-ae, arum, /., denial; fa- 
 bula, ae, /., story; fa-ma, ae, /., report; fas, n., divine laio. 
 
R. 4)€p-<j)(Xos 288 
 
 BAN, BANNS ) e?<-phemism, ;))-o-phesy, 7)/-o-phet, phase, eni-phasis, 
 phenomenon, cZm-phanous, ejn-phany, hieru-phant, phantasm, 
 phos-phorus, photo-graphy. 
 
 R. 0e/9, fer, bear. 
 
 4>€p-a), bear, bring ; dia-<p4pu}, bear apart, differ, part, btacpipwv, ovaa, 
 ov, differing ; 5i.a<pepbvTm, adv., differently from othevs, pecidiarltj, sur- 
 passingly ; <}>op-d, as, a carrying or taking ; fjnado-cpopd, as (see luudb-s, 
 wages'), icages received, pay; ({>op-o-s, 6, tvhat is brought in, tribute; 
 ^op^-03, keep bringing, carry habitually, wear ; y€ppo-(p6po-s, o-v (see 
 yippo-v, wicker-shield), carrying icicker-shields ; 8id-cpopo-s, o-v, bear- 
 ing apart, different; 8opv-^6po-s, 6 (see dopv, spear), one who carries a 
 spear ; 8peiravr]-(j)6po-s, o-v (see 5piiravo-v, scythe), scythe-bearing ; fiiffdo- 
 <p6po-s, o-v (see ixi<rd6-s, wages), receiving pay, mercenary ; <rKevo-<p6po-s, 
 o-v (cf. R. fTKv), baggage-carrying ; a-Kevocpopi-u, carry baggage; a-vp.- 
 ^opo-s, o-v, bearing together, i.e. fitting, useful, advantageous ; vdpo- 
 <p6po-s, o-v (see vdiop, water), carrying loater ; v5po(j>op4-o}, carry water ; 
 (|>op-To-s, 6, vjhat is carried, load; ^opr-io-v, to, burden, load; <|>op-€v-s, 
 ^-ws, 6, bearer, carrier; dp.(popev-s, 4-us, 6 (for dp.(pi-(pop€v%, in Homer), 
 vessel loith handles on both sides; 5i-<pp-o-s, 6 (cf, Svo), that which 
 holds two, chariot-board; iv-8l(pp-io-s, o-v, on the same seat with one; 
 6(7-^p-alvo-p.aL, 2 aor. 6ff-(f)p-b-p.r)v (stem o<T-(ppo- for o8-<ppo, 6^u, smell, 
 see evdjdrjs, fragrant), have an odour brought to one, smell. 
 
 fer-6, bear; fer-ti-li-s, adj., fruitful ; luci-fer, adj., light-bringing ; 
 for-s, for-ti-s, /., chance ; for-t-una, ae, /., chance; fur, fur-is, m., thief 
 
 BEAR, BURDEN, BIER, ^oAee^BARRO^V, BIRTH, BAIRN; para-pYieXJl- 
 
 alia, Christo-pher, dia-phoretic, meta-phox, jyhos-phorus. 
 
 <ptXo<i, one's otvn, dear. 
 
 ()>i\o-s, 77, o-v, dear, friendly; (j>i\-Lo-s, a, o-v, friendly; (piX-ld, as, 
 affection ; <Pi\-ik6-s, v, ^-v, of or befitting a friend, friendly ; <f>i\iKQs, 
 adv., like a friend; <pi\4-b), love; (pt\-nnro-s, o-v (cf. R. aK), fond of 
 horses; <pi\6-6r]po-s, o-v (see dr/pd, a hunting) , fond of hunting ; (fiCKo- 
 Kepd'/is, is (see Kipdos, gain), fond or greedy of gain; <pi\oK€p8i-w, be 
 greedy of gain; ^iXo-kIvSvvo-s, o-v (cf kivSvvos), loving danger, adven- 
 turous ; (fiiKo-p.ad'ns, is (cf. R. \La), fo7id of knoivledge ; <pL\6-vetKo-s, o-v 
 (veiKos, strife), fond of strife; (piXoveiK-id, fondness of strife, rivalry ; 
 <pi\6-vlKo-s, o-v (see viKt], victory), fond of xcinning, emulous; 0tXo- 
 v'lK-ld, as, eagerness to win, rivalry ; 0tXo-7r6Xe/uo-s, o-v (see irb\ep.o-s., 
 ivar), fond of war ; cpi.\6-<TO(po-s, 6 (see o-o^i-s, wise), lover of know- 
 
289 <j)pT|V-4>v\dTTW 
 
 ledge; (pLXo-a-TparidTri-i, ov (cf. R. o-rpa), the soldier'' s friend ; <pL\6- 
 Tj/io-s, o-v (cf. R. Ti), loving honour, emulous; <pi\o-Ti/x4-o-fjLai, be 
 emulous or ambitiotis, feel piqued ; (piXd-tppuv, ov, gen. ov-os {cf. ^pi\v), 
 friendly -minded ; (fiCKotppovi-o-jxai., he ivell disposed, show kindness. 
 
 biblio-phile, phil-anthropy, phil-harmonic, phil-tpptc, philology, 
 philo-sojyhy, philtre. 
 
 ^pi]v, 7nidriff. 
 
 <j)piiv, cppev-6s, 7], midriff, diaphragm, heart, mind, understanding ; 
 4>pov-i|jio-s, o-v, having understanding, prudent; 4>pov-T(-s, /5-os, 17, 
 thought, care; ^povrL^u, take thought, be anxious; ^pov^-u, have 
 understanding, be wise; (pp6vr]-fj.a, ar-os, r6, mind, spirit; &-^pu)v, ov, 
 gen. oj'-os, without sense, foolish; acppo-trvvt), rjs, folly; o-oj-^/aw;/, ov, 
 gen. ov-os (cf. R. <raf), of sound mind, sensible; awcppovi-w, be of 
 sound mind; au(ppovi^w, make discreet, bring to reason; <Tw<ppo-ffvvr], 
 7?s, soundness of mind, moderation ; <pi\6-<ppu3v, ov, gen. oc-o? (cf. <j)(\os), 
 friendly minded; (j>iKo(f>povi-o-fia.i., be well disposed, show kindness. 
 
 frantic, frenzy, phveno-logy. 
 
 (fjvy, fug, bend, flee. 
 
 4)€v-y-w, flee, be banished; ^vi-i\, rjs, fight, banishment ; <j)v7-d-S| 
 -OS, 6, one who has fled, exile, refugee. 
 
 fug-a, ae, /., flight ; fug-i-6, flee ; fugi-t-iuu-s, adj., fugitive. 
 
 BOW (bend), bow (tlie weapon), bight, bout, buxom. 
 
 (f)v\drTO), watch. 
 
 <j>v\dTTw (for (pv\aK-iui), keep imtch ; pf. partic. Tre-4>v\ay-fj.ivo-s, rj, 
 o-v, having taken care; TrecpvXay/xivias, adv., caritiously ; d-(j>v\aK-To-s, 
 o-v, unwatched, unguarded; dcpvXdKTUJs, adv., unguardedly, rashly; 
 d(pv\aKT^-u), be without a watch; <j>v\aK-'^, rjs, watch, guard; wpo- 
 <f>v\aK-n, 77s, advanced posts, x>ickets; <|>v\a|, a/c-os, 6, watcher, guard; 
 vvKro-<pv\a^, aK-os, 6 (see vv^, night), night-watch, picket; owKrOo-cpvXa^, 
 oK-os, (see 6iri(76ev, adv., at the rear), one who guards the rear, plur., 
 rear-guard; 6irLcreo<pv\aKi-w, guard the rear, form the rear guard; 
 6iru7do<f)v\aK-ld, as, command of the rear; irpo-cpvXa^, a/c-os, 6, outpost, 
 sentinel. 
 
 phylactery. 
 
K. xap-K. X€P 290 
 
 R. ;^a/3, gva,, rejoice. 
 
 Xaipw (for xa/'-'w)? rejoice, be glad; x^^P-^-Si tr-os, ij, that which 
 causes joy, love, gratitude, favour ; iiri-xapi-s, l, geu. it -os, pleasing, 
 gracious^ xapi^o-fiai, shuiv ki7idness, gratify; a.-xdpia--To-s, o-v, ungra- 
 cious, unpleasant; dxapla-rus, adv., ungraciously, vnthout gratitude; 
 XCLpi-ei-s, ea-cra, ev, graceful, pretty. 
 
 gra-tu-s, adj., agreeahle ; gra-t-ia, ae, /., favour, gratitude. 
 
 YEARN : e2<-charist. 
 
 R. ;^e/9, her, grasp. 
 
 X€£p, x^'p-iis, ^, hand; xe'/Jo-TXTj^iJs, h (cf. R. <ir\a), hand-filing, as 
 large as the hand will hold; xe'/5o-7rot7?To-s, o-v {cf. xoi€w), made by 
 the hand of man, artificial; iy-xeipd-u, lay one's hand on, make an 
 attempt; eiri-xeipi-w, put one''s hand to, attempt, try ; viro-xeip-io-s, o-v, 
 under the hands of, subject to ; x^'-p-'^^i °^i gen- ov-os, comp., subject or 
 inferior to, xoorse ; xetp6-o-/xai, haiidle, subdue ; iy-xei-p-iS-io-i, o-v, in 
 the hand; iyxei-piSio-v, t6, dagger ; Sta-xctptTw, have in hand, manage; 
 ^Y-X«ptfw, commit to the hands of, entrust; ev-fieTa-xeipL(T-To-s, o-f, easy 
 to handle or deal toith. 
 
 her-c-tu-m, I, n., inheritance; her-e-s, ed-is, m. and/., heir; hered- 
 i-ta-s, at-is, /., heirship, inheritance. 
 
 chiio-graphy, chixo-mancy, chir-urgeon, a-urgeon. 
 
ADVERTISEMENTS. 
 
64 
 
 GREEK TEXT-ROOKS. 
 
 Liddell and Scott's Greek-English Lexicon. 
 
 The seventh and last Oxford Edition, uiiabridsed. 4to. 
 pages. Mailing price, ijjlO.OO; ior introduction, pJAO. 
 
 Liddell and Scott's Greek-English Lexicon. 
 
 Abridged. Seventeenth Edition. With Appendix of Proper and Geo- 
 graphical Names, by J. M. Whiton. Square 12mo. 835 pages. Morocco 
 back. Mailing price, $2.10 ; for introduction, $;i.90. 
 
 T^HIS Abridgment is intended chiefly for use in schools, and will 
 be found sufficiently comprehensive for any ordinary course. 
 
 Schmidt's Rhythmic and Metric of the Classical 
 
 Languages. 
 
 Edited from the German by John Williams White, Ph.D., Professor 
 of Greek In Harvard University. Designed as a Manual for Classes In 
 the Greek and Latin Poets. 8vo. Cloth. 204 pages. Mailing price, 
 $2.65; for introduction, $2.50. 
 
 William S. Tyler, Professor of 
 Greek, Amherst College : It is a 
 treatise of rare learning, original- 
 ity, and thoroughness. 
 
 0. M. Fernald, Professor of 
 Greek, Williams College : It is a 
 book of great value to every clas- 
 sical scholar. 
 
 Essential Uses of the Moods in Greek and Latin. 
 
 By R. P. Keep, Principal Free Academy, Norwich, Conn. Revised by 
 John C. Rolfe, Professor of Latin, Michigan University. Square 12mo. 
 Leatherette, v + 56 pages. By mall, 30 cents ; for introduction, 25 cents. 
 
 rpmS little work presents in simple language the correspondences 
 and differences in the uses of the moods in Greek and Latin. 
 In the revised edition, made necessary by the accidental melting of 
 the plates, full references to the Latin and Greek grammars in most 
 common use have been added, and other improvements made. 
 
 Sidg wick's Greek Prose Composition. 
 
 For College Classes. By Arthur Sidgwick, Lecturer at Corpus Christ! 
 College, Oxford, and Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 12mo 
 Cloth. 280 pages. Mailing price, $1.65; for introduction, $1.50. 
 
56 
 
 GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 Anabasis Dictionary. 
 
 An Illustrated Diftiuiiary to Xenophon's Anabasis, with groups of words 
 I'tynioloi^ically related. By John Williams AVhite, Professor of 
 Greek, and ^Iorris H. Morgan, Assistaut Professor of Greek and Latin, 
 in Harvanl University. 12iuo. Cloth. Mailing price, •'$l.:tt ; for intro- 
 duction, §1.25. Also bound with Goodwin and White's ^Ina^asis; By 
 mail, .$1.65; for introduction, .$1.50. 
 
 ^PHIS is not a compilation from other vocabularies, but is made 
 on the basis of a new collection and examination of all the 
 words in tlie Anabasis itself. It contains all words found in any 
 of the principal editions now in use, both here and in Germany, 
 with every meaning which each word has in the Anabasis, and 
 with full references to the passages in which they occur. Latin 
 equivalents for Greek words and phra.ses are frequently given, to 
 aid in the comparative study of the two languages. The construc- 
 tions found with each word are indicated, as well as the quantity 
 of every long vowel, whether in Greek or Latin. Special attention 
 has been paid, in treating of etymology, to the connection of the 
 Greek words with related words in Latin and English. The facts 
 are brought out in one hundred and twenty-four groups of such 
 words, arranged conveniently for study at the end of the book. 
 The articles on geography, biography, and especially on public and 
 private antiquities, are fuller than is usual in such a work, and are 
 illustrated with seventy-nine cuts taken from the antique. 
 
 D. W. Abercrombie, Prin. Wor- 
 cester Acai/iiii;/, W"r<-cster, Mass.: 
 The vocabulary is altoijether the very 
 best I have ever seen, and leaves 
 nothing to be desired. The discus- 
 sion under each word is remarkably 
 full and valuable ; especially notice- 
 able are the proper names and the 
 words on which the illustrations are 
 based. The grouping of related 
 words is also very helpful and gives 
 evidence of accurate and recent 
 scholarship. Altogether this edition 
 must prove to be of the greatest 
 helpfulness to the work in Greek in 
 preparatory schools. 
 
 Luther Atwood, Teacher of Greek, 
 
 Classical High School, Lynn, Mass.: 
 The vocabulary is certainly a gem of 
 the first water. As I oijened the 
 book, the first word which attracted 
 my attention was fivd and with it I 
 found, concisely stated, all of the 
 facts which it once took me about 
 three hours to collect from some half 
 dozen volumes in the Harvard Uni- 
 versity libraiy. . . . The A'ocabu- 
 lary will enable the student to 
 dispense, so far as the study of the 
 Anabasis is concerned, with the best 
 of expensive reference books. The 
 introduction of the Greek roots and 
 the Latin equivalents, and the Latin 
 and English cognate words is a most 
 valuable help to the scholar. 
 
58 
 
 GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 Seymour's School Iliac/. 
 
 With Introdiictiou, (Joiniiieutary, diid Illustrated Vocabulary, by Thomas 
 
 D. Seymour, Professor of Greek iu Yale College. 
 
 Books I.-III. Square I'imo. Half-leather. 371 pages. Mailing price, 
 
 Sl.oS; tor iutroductioa, $1.25; allowauce, oO cents. 
 
 Books I.-VI. 478 pages. Mailing price, $1.75; for iutroduction, .fl.GO; 
 
 allowauce, 40 cents. 
 
 rpHIS is believed to be without exception the ideal Iliad for school 
 use. The introduction, which contains forty-five pages, pre- 
 sents, in a concise but systematic form, tlie most important facts 
 regarding Homeric life, the Homeric poem, Homeric style, syiitax, 
 dialect, and verse. The text is printed in the large and clear type 
 that has distinguished the College Series of Greek Authors. The 
 commentary has been adapted to the wants of beginners in Homer. 
 The notes are copious for the first three books. They are less copi- 
 ous for Books IV. to VI., but the commentary on Book VI. is 
 fuller than that on Books IV. and V. One finds numberless evi- 
 dences that the editor did his work not only in a careful and in a 
 painstaking and scholarly way, but with personal pleasure and with 
 sympathetic regard for the difficulties of beginners. The vocabu- 
 lary described below contains more than twenty wood-cuts, most 
 of which are new in this country. 
 
 A. H. Buck, Prof, of Greek, Boston 
 Univ. : In this book both editor and 
 publisher seem to me to have done 
 their best to furnish a positive and 
 valuable help to an easy and ade- 
 quate preparation for college work 
 in Greek poetry, and thus to have 
 made a notable contribution to the 
 caitse of classical learning. 
 
 Angle Clara Chapin, Prof, of 
 Greek, Wellesley Coll.: It seems to 
 me particularly rich in what may be 
 called literary apparatus. With such 
 a guide a teacher will have no excuse 
 for teaching the Iliad as merely " a 
 queer kind of prose," as Professor 
 Seymour says. {Dec. 16, 1889.) 
 
 William Goodell Frost, Prof, of 
 Greek Language and Literature, 
 
 Oberlin, Coll. : The Introduction is 
 admirable for its selection of mate- 
 rial, and sound in the views ex- 
 pressed. Of course the Vocabulary 
 is a feature which appeals at once to 
 every student of Homer. I observe 
 at random through both Vocabulary 
 and notes numerous felicities which 
 reveal conscientious and loving care 
 I can hardly see how the volume as 
 a whole could be improved. 
 
 Charles Forster Smith, Prof, of 
 Greek, Vandcrhilt Univ., Nashville, 
 Tenn. : I do not doubt that it will be 
 universally conceded to be the best 
 school edition of any part of the Iliad 
 that has yet been put on the Ameri- 
 can market. I shall recommend Pro- 
 fessor Seymour's Iliad to all the 
 schools that fit boys for us. 
 
60 GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 Syntax of the Moods and Tenses of the Greek 
 
 Verb. 
 
 Rewritten and Enlarged. By William Watson Goodwin, LL.D., Eliot 
 Professor of Greek Literature in Harvard University. 8vo. Cloth, 
 xxxii + 464 pages. Mailing Price, $2.15 ; Introduction Price, $12.00. 
 
 pERHAPS no other work of scholarship has enjoyed the unique 
 and unchallenged preeminence of Professor Goodwin's Syntax 
 of the Moods and Tenses of the Greek Verb. Published both in 
 England and in America, it has long been the standard for the 
 English-speaking students of two continents. 
 
 It is only necessary to say of the new edition that it is a 
 most careful revision and a judicious enlargement of the pre- 
 vious one. Full use has been made of all contributions, Ameri- 
 can and foreign, to the discussion of the subjects here treated, 
 as well as of the author's own fm'ther investigations and maturer 
 judgments. 
 
 The work is presented as something indispensable to all stu- 
 dents and teachers of Greek. 
 
 A copy of the Table of Contents, which contains twenty-two pages, 
 will be sent to any teacher who desires to see the scope of the work. 
 
 tions which it has undergone, there 
 has been nothing of importance to 
 correct or withdraw. 
 
 The Classical Review, London, 
 Eng. : It is no slight proof of the 
 value of Mr. Goodwin's work that, 
 with all the additions and amplifica- 
 
 Selections from Xenophon and Herodotus. 
 
 With Notes adapted to the revised edition of Goodwin's Greek Grammar, 
 and copperplate maps. Edited by W. W. Goodwin, Ph.D., LL.D., Eliot 
 Profes.sor of Greek Literature, and John Williams AVhite, Ph.D., 
 Professor of Greek in Harvard College. 12mo. Half-morocco, vii + 397 
 pages. Mailing Price, $1.65; for introduction, $1.50. 
 
 Greek Inflection. 
 
 By B. F. Harding, Head Master of the Belmont School, Belmont, Mass. 
 12mo. Cloth. 54 pages. Mailing price, 55 cts. ; for introduction, 50 cts. 
 
 ESIGNED to economize time for the teacher, by furnishing a 
 large number of words for ready use, as paradigms, in the 
 class-room, and at the same time to suggest a systematic and sci- 
 entific treatment of the noun and verb. 
 
 D 
 
RETURN TO the circulation desl< of any 
 University of California Library 
 
 or to the 
 
 NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 University of California 
 
 Richmond Field Station, BIdg. 400 
 
 1301 South 46th Street 
 
 Richmond, CA 94804-4698 
 
 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 
 
 To renew or recharge your library materials, you may 
 
 contact NRLF 4 days prior to due date at (510) 642-6233 
 
 DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 
 
 NOV 08 2008 
 
 DD20 12M 7-06 
 
 FORM .o. 00., .0., -r "=S^-T,^-^i,BaRKaEv 
 
 LD 21-95w-7,'37 
 
GENERAL LIBRARY - U.C. BERKELEY 
 
 Vfk 
 
 i I e 
 
 > f 3 7 ^ 
 
 lllllill 
 
 BDQD771S4S